HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP INC
8-K, 1999-07-15
SPECIALTY OUTPATIENT FACILITIES, NEC
Previous: TERRA INDUSTRIES INC, 8-K, 1999-07-15
Next: PROACTIVE TECHNOLOGIES INC, 8-K, 1999-07-15




                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               Washington, D.C.


                                   FORM 8-K

                                CURRENT REPORT

                    Pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the
                      Securities and Exchange Act of 1934


                                 July 1, 1999
               ------------------------------------------------
               Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported)


                         HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.
            ------------------------------------------------------
            (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)


               Delaware                0-10670         84-0904275
      -------------------------------------------------------------
      (State or other jurisdiction   (Commission     (IRS Employer
          of incorporation)          File Number)    Identification
                                                         Number)

              7700 OLD GEORGETOWN ROAD, BETHESDA, MARYLAND 20814
              ---------------------------------------------------
              (Address of principal executive offices) (zip code)


Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (301) 986-0701
                                                    --------------

<PAGE>

Item 2.  ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF ASSETS.

      On  July  1,  1999,  Hanger  Orthopedic  Group,  Inc.  ("Hanger"  or the
"Company") acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of NovaCare Orthotics
and Prosthetics,  Inc. ("NovaCare O&P") from NovaCare, Inc. ("NovaCare").  The
acquisition (the  "Acquisition") was effected pursuant to the terms of a Stock
Purchase Agreement,  dated as of April 2, 1999 and amended on May 19, 1999 and
June 30, 1999 (the "Stock Purchase Agreement"), by and among Hanger, NovaCare,
NC  Resources,  Inc.  (a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  NovaCare  and the sole
shareholder of NovaCare O&P;  "Resources") and HPO Acquisition  Corporation (a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Hanger;  "HPO").  The Stock Purchase  Agreement is
filed as an exhibit hereto and the following  description thereof is qualified
in its entirety by reference thereto.

      NovaCare has been engaged in the  acquisition  and operation of orthotic
and  prosthetic  ("O&P")  patient-care   centers,  in  which  business  Hanger
primarily is engaged.  NovaCare O&P has acquired over 90 O&P businesses  since
1992 and, at March 31, 1999,  employed 597  certified  O&P  practitioners  and
operated  375 O&P  patient-care  centers  in 37  states.  As a  result  of the
Acquisition,  which is being accounted for by Hanger as a purchase, Hanger has
become the leading provider of O&P patient-care services in the United States.
At March 31,  1999,  Hanger and NovaCare  collectively  had a total of 636 O&P
patient-care  centers and approximately 920 O&P practitioners in 42 states and
the District of Columbia.

TERMS OF THE ACQUISITION

      The Stock Purchase  Agreement provided for the acquisition by HPO of all
the outstanding  capital stock of NovaCare O&P from Resources for an aggregate
consideration  of $445  million,  which  consisted  of (i) the  assumption  of
promissory notes payable by NovaCare O&P or its subsidiaries to sellers of O&P
businesses  acquired by NovaCare O&P amounting to approximately $37.3 million,
(ii) the  payment of certain  severance  obligations  of  NovaCare  to certain
management personnel in the amount of approximately $1.1 million and (iii) the
balance in cash.

      Of the $407.7 cash portion of the purchase price, $15 million was placed
in  escrow  pending  certain  post-closing  adjustments  relating  to  working
capital.  If, as of July 1, 1999, the adjusted working capital of NovaCare O&P
is less than approximately $94 million, the cash portion of the purchase price
will be reduced by the amount of such  deficiency.  If, however,  the adjusted
working  capital of NovaCare  O&P as of that date  exceeds  approximately  $94
million,  the cash  portion  will be  increased  by the amount of the  excess.
Adjusted working capital will be determined prior to September 30, 1999 (i.e.,
within 90 days of the  closing) and for  purposes of the  calculation  will be
comprised of cash in an amount of at least $2.0 million,  accounts receivable,
inventory,  other current  assets,  accounts  payable and accrued  expenses to


                                      2

<PAGE>

third-parties  (excluding all  inter-company  obligations,  accrued but unpaid
taxes and the  current  portion  of the  promissory  notes  owed to sellers of
businesses  acquired by NovaCare O&P)  calculated in accordance with the terms
of the Stock Purchase Agreement and generally accepted  accounting  principles
applied on a basis consistent with NovaCare O&P's past practice.

      The  Stock  Purchase  Agreement  contains  certain  representations  and
warranties and covenants  that are customary in stock  purchase  agreements of
this type. Among these are  representations  as to NovaCare O&P's organization
and  capitalization,  its financial  statements and the absence of undisclosed
liabilities,  payment  of its  taxes,  title  to  its  assets,  its  insurance
coverage, pending litigation,  bank accounts,  intellectual property, Medicare
and Medicaid  compliance  and Year 2000 computer  readiness.  No consents of a
material  nature were  required to complete  the  Acquisition.  The  requisite
waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino  Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976
expired on May 19, 1999.  In  accordance  with the Stock  Purchase  Agreement,
Hanger has entered into  agreements  whereby  NovaCare  will  provide  certain
transitional  services to Hanger for varying  periods while the  operations of
NovaCare  O&P are  integrated  into those of  Hanger.  Such  services  include
employee payroll services and benefits, computer services and accounts payable
services.

      Hanger  required  approximately  $430.2  million  in cash to  close  the
Acquisition,  pay approximately $20.0 million of related fees and expenses and
refinance existing debt of approximately  $2.5 million.  The funds were raised
by Hanger by (i) borrowing  approximately $230 million of revolving credit and
term loans under a new bank credit facility (the "New Credit Facility");  (ii)
the sale of $150 million principal amount of 11.25% Senior  Subordinated Notes
Due 2009 (the "Senior Subordinated  Notes"); and (iii) the sale of $60 million
of 7% Redeemable  Preferred Stock. The New Credit Facility  includes a line of
credit of up to $100 million  (approximately  $30.0 million of which was drawn
at the  closing of the  Acquisition)  for  possible  future  acquisitions  and
general corporate purposes.  Additional  information  regarding the sources of
financing for the Acquisition is set forth below.

DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW CREDIT FACILITY

      The New Credit  Facility  was provided by a syndicate of banks and other
financial  institutions  lead by The Chase Manhattan  Bank, as  administrative
agent,  collateral  agent and issuing  bank,  Chase  Securities,  Inc, as lead
arranger and bank manager,  Bankers Trust Company,  as syndication  agent, and
Paribas, as documentation  agent. The following  description of the New Credit
Facility  does not purport to be complete  and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to certain  agreements  setting forth principal terms and conditions
of the facility,  including the Credit  Agreement,  dated as of June 16, 1999,
filed as an exhibit  hereto.  Capitalized  terms used herein but not otherwise


                                      3

<PAGE>

defined below have the meaning as ascribed to them in the New Credit Facility.

      The New Credit Facility  provides senior secured financing of up to $300
million,  consisting of the $100 million  Tranche A Term Facility and the $100
million Revolving Credit Facility,  each with a maturity of six years, and the
$100 million  Tranche B Term  Facility  with a maturity of seven years and six
months.

      The  Tranche  A Term  Facility,  the  Tranche  B Term  Facility  and the
Revolving  Credit  Facility  initially  bear interest  (subject to performance
based  stepdowns  applicable  to the Tranche A Term Facility and the Revolving
Credit  Facility) at a rate equal to LIBOR plus (a) in the case of the Tranche
A Term  Facility  and the  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  2.5% or, at  Hanger's
option,  the alternate base rate (as defined in the New Credit  Facility) plus
1.5% or (b) in the case of the Tranche B Term  Facility,  3.5% or, at Hanger's
option, the alternate base rate plus 2.5%.

      In addition to paying  interest on outstanding  principal  under the New
Credit  Facility,  Hanger is required to pay a  commitment  fee to the lenders
under the Revolving  Credit Facility in respect of the unutilized  commitments
thereunder at a rate equal to 0.5% per annum.

      The Tranche A Term Facility and the Tranche B Term Facility  amortize in
quarterly amounts based upon the annual amounts shown below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Tranche A Term                    Tranche B Term
                                                            Facility                          Facility
                                                            --------------                    --------------
                                                                        (dollars in millions)
<S>                                                         <C>                               <C>
Fiscal Year 1999..........................................  $     0.0                         $    0.0
Fiscal Year 2000..........................................       10.0                              1.0
Fiscal Year 2001..........................................       20.0                              1.0
Fiscal Year 2002..........................................       20.0                              1.0
Fiscal Year 2003..........................................       20.0                              1.0
Fiscal Year 2004..........................................       20.0                              1.0
Fiscal Year 2005..........................................       10.0                             47.5
Fiscal Year 2006..........................................        0.0                             47.5
Fiscal Year 2007..........................................        0.0                              0.0
                                                            ---------                         --------
Total ....................................................  $  100.00                         $ 100.00
                                                            =========                         ========
</TABLE>

      Hanger's  obligations under the New Credit Facility are  unconditionally
and irrevocably guaranteed by each of Hanger's domestic (and, to the extent no
adverse  tax  consequences  would  result,  foreign)  subsidiaries  after  the
Acquisition.  In addition,  the New Credit Facility is collateralized by first
priority  security  interests in  substantially  all  tangible and  intangible
assets of Hanger and each of Hanger's  existing and  subsequently  acquired or
organized  domestic  (and,  to the extent no adverse  tax  consequences  would
result,  foreign)  subsidiaries,  including all the capital stock of, or other


                                      4

<PAGE>

equity interests in, each of Hanger's direct or indirect subsidiaries and each
of Hanger's subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect subsidiaries
(which, in the case of a foreign  subsidiary,  will in each case be limited to
65% of such capital stock or equity interests, as the case may be).

      Subject to certain  exceptions,  the New Credit  Facility  is subject to
mandatory  prepayment with (a) 100% of the proceeds of asset sales, (b) 50% of
Hanger's excess cash flow (as defined in the New Credit Facility), (c) 100% of
the  proceeds  of  equity  offerings  and (d)  100% of the  proceeds  from the
issuance of debt obligations (other than the Senior Subordinated Notes).

      The New Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other
things,  restrict  the  ability of Hanger and its  subsidiaries  to dispose of
assets,  incur additional  indebtedness,  incur guarantee  obligations,  repay
other  indebtedness,  pay certain  restricted  payments and dividends,  create
liens  on  assets,   make  investments,   loans  or  advances,   make  certain
acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations,  make capital expenditures,
enter into sale and leaseback transactions,  or engage in certain transactions
with subsidiaries and affiliates and otherwise restrict corporate  activities.
In addition, under the New Credit Facility,  Hanger is required to comply with
specified financial ratios and tests,  including minimum fixed charge coverage
and interest  coverage  ratios and a maximum  leverage  ratio.  The New Credit
Facility also contains certain customary events of default.

DESCRIPTION OF THE SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES

      The  following  description  of the Senior  Subordinated  Notes does not
purport to be complete  and is  qualified  in its entirety by reference to the
Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of June 9, 1999,  and the  Registration  Rights
Agreement,  dated  as of  June  16,  1999,  among  Hanger  and  Deutsche  Banc
Securities  Inc.,  Chase  Securities  Inc.  and Paribas  Corporation,  and the
Indenture,  dated as of June 16, 1999, among Hanger, its subsidiaries and U.S.
Bank Trust,  National  Association,  as  Trustee,  which are filed as exhibits
hereto.

      The Senior  Subordinated  Notes, of which $150,000,000  principal amount
were sold by Hanger on June 16, 1999 to institutional investors, bear interest
at 11.25% per year and mature on June 15, 2009. Interest is payable on June 15
and December 15, beginning on December 15, 1999.

      The Senior Subordinated Notes are  uncollateralized  senior subordinated
obligations  of Hanger and rank junior to its existing and future senior debt.
Hanger's subsidiaries  unconditionally guarantee the Senior Subordinated Notes
and such  guarantees  are  subordinated  to existing and future senior debt of
such subsidiaries. If Hanger creates or acquires a new domestic subsidiary, it


                                      5

<PAGE>

will  guarantee the Senior  Subordinated  Notes unless Hanger  designates  the
subsidiary  as  an  "unrestricted  subsidiary"  under  the  Indenture  or  the
subsidiary does not have significant assets.

      The Senior  Subordinated  Notes are not redeemable by Hanger before June
15, 2004. Thereafter, Hanger may redeem some or all of the Senior Subordinated
Notes at the following  redemption prices,  which are expressed as percentages
of the  principal  amount  thereof,  if redeemed  during the  12-month  period
commencing on June 15 of the following  years:  2004-105.625%;  2005-104.500%;
2006-103.375%;  and 2007 and thereafter - 100.000%.  In addition,  the Company
must pay accrued and unpaid interest on Senior Subordinated Notes redeemed.

      At any time before June 16, 2002, which is the third  anniversary of the
issuance  of the Notes,  Hanger has the right to  repurchase  up to 33% of the
outstanding  Senior  Subordinated Notes with funds raised by it in one or more
public equity offerings,  as long as Hanger pays 111.25% of the base amount of
the Senior  Subordinated  Notes, plus interest;  Hanger repurchases the Senior
Subordinated  Notes within 90 days of completing  the public equity  offering;
and at least 65% of the sum of the  aggregate  principal  amount of the Senior
Subordinated Notes issued under the Indenture remain  outstanding  immediately
after such redemption.

      If a change in control  of Hanger  occurs,  it must give  holders of the
Senior  Subordinated  Notes the opportunity to sell their Senior  Subordinated
Notes to Hanger at 101% of their face amount, plus accrued interest. If Hanger
engages in asset sales,  it generally must either invest the net cash proceeds
from such sales in its business within 180 days,  repay senior debt or make an
offer to purchase a principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes equal to
the excess net cash proceeds.  The purchase  price of the Senior  Subordinated
Notes will be 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest.

      The  Indenture  contains  covenants  generally  limiting  the ability of
Hanger  and its  subsidiaries  to incur  additional  debt,  pay  dividends  or
distributions  on capital stock or repurchase  capital  stock,  issue stock of
subsidiaries,  make  certain  investments,  create  liens on their  assets  to
collateralize  debt,  enter  into  transactions  with  affiliates,   merge  or
consolidate with another company and transfer and sell assets.

      Hanger is obligated under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement
to register notes (the "Exchange Notes") having substantially  identical terms
as the Senior  Subordinated Notes with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
(the  "Commission")  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 as part of an offer to
exchange freely  tradable  Exchange Notes for the Senior  Subordinated  Notes.
Hanger is required to file a  registration  statement  for the Exchange  Notes
with the Commission by August 16, 1999, which is 60 days after the issuance of
the Notes,  and to use its reasonable  best efforts to cause the  registration


                                      6

<PAGE>

statement  to be declared  effective  by October 26,  1999,  which is 125 days
after the  issuance of the Notes.  Hanger  will be required to pay  additional
interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes if the above timing requirements are
not satisfied or if Hanger does not complete the exchange offer within 30 days
after the  registration  statement  is  declared  effective.  When  there is a
registration  default,  the annual  interest  rate on the Senior  Subordinated
Notes will increase by 0.50%, and the annual interest rate will increase by an
additional   0.50%  for  each  subsequent   90-day  period  during  which  the
registration  default continues,  up to a maximum additional  interest rate of
1.0% per year.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED STOCK

      The  following  description  does  not  purport  to be  complete  and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the Securities  Purchase  Agreement,
dated as of June 16, 1999, and the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of July
1, 1999, among Hanger, Chase Equity Associates, L.P.and Paribas North America,
Inc., and the  Certificate of  Designations  setting forth the principal terms
and conditions of Hanger's 7% Redeemable  Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per
share  (the  "Redeemable  Preferred  Stock"),  which  documents  are  filed as
exhibits hereto.

      The  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock,  which  has  an  initial  liquidation
preference of $1,000 per share, is entitled to receive  dividends at an annual
rate of  7.0%,  compounded  quarterly,  and  such  dividends,  whether  or not
declared,  accumulate  and compound until declared and paid. The dividend rate
will increase to 10.0% if certain events of non-compliance occur.

      The Company plans at its Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  planned to be
held in  September  1999,  to seek the  approval of its  stockholders  for the
Company  to  have  the  authority  to  make  the  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock
convertible  into  non-voting  Common Stock of the  Company.  In order for the
Redeemable Preferred Stock to become convertible into non-voting Common Stock,
the  Company's  stockholders  must  approve  (i) the making of the  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock   convertible  as  a  result  of  the  applicability  of  the
stockholder  approval  requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and (ii) an
amendment to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation  increasing the number
of authorized shares of Common Stock and creating a class of non-voting Common
Stock.  References  hereinafter to the "Non-Voting Common Stock" refer to such
proposed new class of  non-voting  Common Stock and  references to the "Common
Stock" refer to the Company's voting Common Stock.

      If the  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  becomes  convertible,  it  will be
convertible at the holder's option into shares of Non-Voting Common Stock at a
conversion  price of $16.50 per share,  subject to adjustment (the "Conversion
Price"). The Conversion Price will decrease by $1.00 on September 30, 1999 and


                                      7

<PAGE>

on the last day of each three-month period thereafter,  unless stockholders of
the Company have authorized the Company to make the Redeemable Preferred Stock
convertible  and  approved  an  amendment  to  the  Company's  Certificate  of
Incorporation  increasing the number of authorized  shares of Common Stock and
creating a class of Non-Voting Common Stock. Furthermore,  if such stockholder
approvals are attained,  the Redeemable Preferred Stock will be convertible at
the option of the Company into shares of Non-Voting Common Stock following the
third  anniversary  of the issuance of the Redeemable  Preferred  Stock if the
average  closing price of the Common Stock for 20 consecutive  trading days is
equal or greater than 175% of the  Conversion  Price.  The  Non-Voting  Common
Stock will be  convertible at the option of the holders upon the occurrence of
certain events into shares of Common Stock.

      If the Redeemable Preferred Stock, which is non-voting,  does not become
convertible,  it will be  redeemable,  in its entirety but not in part, at any
time at a  redemption  price  equal  to the  liquidation  preference  plus all
accrued and unpaid dividends. After any such redemption, each former holder of
Redeemable Preferred Stock redeemed will continue to have the right to receive
from the Company at any time, the excess,  if any, of (i) the average  closing
price of the Company's Common Stock for 20 consecutive trading days multiplied
by the number of shares of Common Stock that such holder  would have  received
if the outstanding  Redeemable  Preferred Stock had been made convertible into
Common Stock and such holder had converted all of such stock into Common Stock
(the "Common Stock Equivalent  Value") over (ii) the redemption price paid for
such holder's Redeemable Preferred Stock. The Company's obligation to pay such
amount is subject to restrictions contained in the New Credit Facility and the
Indenture relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

      If the  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock does not become  convertible,  each
holder  thereof will have the right to require the Company to  repurchase  the
Redeemable Preferred Stock (such rights, the "Put Rights") at a purchase price
equal to the Common Stock Equivalent  Value. Each such holder may exercise its
Put Rights at any time and from time to time commencing on the earliest of (a)
the date that is the 15-month  anniversary  of the issuance of the  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock, (b) the date that the shareholders of the Company decline to
approve either the making of the Redeemable Preferred Stock convertible or the
amendment to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and (c) the occurrence
of a change of control of the  Company.  The terms and  conditions  of the Put
Rights are subject to restrictions contained in applicable law, the New Credit
Facility and the Indenture relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

      If the Company is prohibited  from paying the excess of the Common Stock
Equivalent  Value over the  redemption  price  following a  redemption  at the
Company's option or from paying the purchase price on the exercise by a holder
of its Put  Rights,  the Company  will be required to use its best  efforts to


                                      8

<PAGE>

obtain the  requisite  consents  and waivers or to refinance  its  outstanding
indebtedness.

      The Redeemable  Preferred  Stock will be  mandatorily  redeemable on the
11th  anniversary of the issuance of such stock at a redemption price equal to
the liquidation preference plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. In the event
of a change  of  control  of the  Company,  it must  offer to  redeem  all the
outstanding  shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal
to 101% of the sum of the per share  liquidation  preference  thereof plus all
accrued and unpaid dividends through the date of the change of control.

      Upon  the  occurrence  of an  event of  non-compliance,  holders  of the
Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  will have the right to elect two  members to the
Company's Board of Directors.  The Certificate of Designations relating to the
Redeemable  Preferred Stock contains  customary  covenants,  including,  among
others (i) approval of  affiliate  transactions,  (ii)  approval of merger and
acquisition  transactions  in  excess of $100  million,  (iii)  incurrence  of
indebtedness  based on covenants  consistent in nature with those found in the
Senior  Subordinated Notes and (iv) approval of the issuance of any pari passu
or senior equity securities.

      Pursuant to the Investor  Rights  Agreement,  holders of the  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock have certain  rights to have their  Common  Stock  registered
under the Securities Act of 1933 and certain rights to obtain information from
the Company.

      In connection with the Acquisition and related  financing  transactions,
the Company filed a Certificate  of  Elimination  of Class A, B, C, D, E and F
Preferred  Stock with the  Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June
18, 1999, cancelling the Company's previously authorized and issued classes of
preferred stock, no shares of which were issued or outstanding on that date.


MANAGEMENT

      Following consummation of the Acquisition on July 1, 1999, Ivan R. Sabel
continued  to serve  as the  Chairman  of the  Board of  Directors  and  Chief
Executive Officer of Hanger. Ronald G. Hiscock, who had been the President and
Chief Executive  Officer of NovaCare O&P since July 1998, became the President
and Chief Operating Officer of Hanger upon effectiveness of the Acquisition on
July 1, 1999. Furthermore, upon effectiveness of the Acquisition,  Richmond L.
Taylor,  who had been the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
of  NovaCare  O&P,  became an  Executive  Vice  President  of Hanger and Chief
Operating Officer of each of Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics, Inc. and NovaCare
O&P, the two wholly-owned  subsidiaries of Hanger which now operate all of its


                                      9

<PAGE>

patient-care centers.


Item 7.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
            AND EXHIBITS.


      (a) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF BUSINESSES ACQUIRED.

      Attached hereto are (i) audited NovaCare O&P balance sheets,  dated June
30, 1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999 (unaudited), (ii) NovaCare O&P statements
of operations,  statements of NovaCare,  Inc. net investment and statements of
cash flows for the fiscal  years  ended June 30,  1996,  1997 and 1998 and the
nine-month  periods  ended March 31, 1998 and 1999  (unaudited)  and (iii) the
report of  independent  accountants  and notes to the  consolidated  financial
statements relating thereto.


      (b) PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

      Attached  hereto are  unaudited  pro forma  consolidated  statements  of
operations of Hanger for the year ended December 31, 1998,  three months ended
March 31, 1999 and 12 months ended March 31, 1999, and the unaudited pro forma
balance  sheet as of March 31, 1999,  based on Hanger's  historical  financial
statements and adjusted to give effect to its Acquisition of NovaCare O&P.

      (c) EXHIBITS.

      The following exhibits are filed herewith:

         Exhibit No.                          Document
         -----------                          --------

            2(a)              Stock Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of April 2,
                              1999, by and among NovaCare, Inc., NC Resources,
                              Inc.,  Hanger  Orthopedic  Group,  Inc.  and HPO
                              Acquisition   Corporation,   Amendment   No.   1
                              thereto, dated as of May 19, 1999, and Amendment
                              No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 30, 1999

            2(b)              Certificate   of   Designations,    Rights   and
                              Preferences of 7% Redeemable Preferred Stock

            2(c)              Certificate  of Elimination of Class A, B, C, D,
                              E and F Preferred Stock

            10(a)             Credit  Agreement,  dated as of June  16,  1999,


                                      10

<PAGE>

                              among Hanger  Orthopedic  Group,  Inc.,  various
                              bank lenders,  and The Chase  Manhattan Bank, as
                              administrative  agent,   col-lateral  agent  and
                              issuing  bank,  Chase  Securities  Inc., as lead
                              arranger  and  book   manager,   Bankers   Trust
                              Company,  as syndication agent, and Paribas,  as
                              documentation agent

            10(b)             Senior  Subordinated  Note  Purchase  Agreement,
                              dated as of June 9,  1999,  relating  to  11.25%
                              Senior    Subordinated   Notes,   among   Hanger
                              Orthopedic Group, Inc., Deutsche Banc Securities
                              Inc.,   Chase   Securities   Inc.   and  Paribas
                              Corporation

            10(c)             Indenture,  dated  as of June  16,  1999,  among
                              Hanger Orthopedic Group,  Inc., its subsidiaries
                              and U.S. Bank Trust,  National  Association,  as
                              Trustee

            10(d)             Registration Rights Agreement,  dated as of June
                              16, 1999, by and among Hanger  Orthopedic Group,
                              Inc.,   Deutsche  Banc  Securities  Inc.,  Chase
                              Securities   Inc.   and   Paribas   Corporation,
                              relating to the 11.25% Senior Subordinated Notes
                              due 2009

            10(e)             Securities Purchase Agreement,  dated as of June
                              16,  1999,  Relating to Preferred  Stock,  among
                              Hanger  Orthopedic  Group,  Inc.,  Chase  Equity
                              Associates, L.P. and Paribas North America, Inc.

            10(f)             Investor Rights  Agreement,  dated July 1, 1999,
                              among  Hanger  Orthopedic  Group,   Inc.,  Chase
                              Equity   Associates,   L.P.  and  Paribas  North
                              America, Inc.


                                      11

<PAGE>

            23                Consent of independent accountants


                                      12

<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant  has duly  caused  this  report to be  signed on its  behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.


Date: July 15, 1999                         HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.


                                            By: /s/IVAN R. SABEL
                                                ----------------
                                                Ivan R. Sabel
                                                Chairman and Chief Executive
                                                  Officer


                                      13

<PAGE>

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Page
                                                                                       ----
<S>      <C>                                                                            <C>
NovaCare Orthotics and Prosthetics, Inc.:

         Report of Independent Accountants..............................................F-1
         Balance sheets, dated June 30, 1997 and 1998
          and March 31, 1999 (unaudited)................................................F-2
         Statements of operations for the fiscal years ended
          June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and nine-month  periods ended March 31,
          1998 and 1999
          (unaudited)...................................................................F-3
         Statements of NovaCare, Inc. net investment
          for the years ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998
          and the nine-month period ended march 31, 1998
          (unaudited)...................................................................F-4
         Statements of cash flows for the fiscal years
          ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998
          and nine-month periods ended March 31, 1998
          and 1999 (unaudited)..........................................................F-5
         Notes to consolidated financial statements.....................................F-6

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information of Hanger:

         Introduction...................................................................F-15
         Pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of
           March 31, 1999...............................................................F-16
         Pro forma consolidated statement of operations
           for the year ended December 31, 1998.........................................F-18
         Pro forma consolidated statement of operations
          for the three months ended March 31, 1998.....................................F-22
         Pro forma consolidated statement of operations
          for the three months ended March 31, 1999.....................................F-25
         Pro forma consolidated statement of operations
          for the twelve months ended March 31, 1999....................................F-28
</TABLE>


                                      14

<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


To the Board of Directors and Shareholder
of NovaCare Orthotics and Prosthetics, Inc.

      In our opinion,  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets and the
related  consolidated   statements  of  operations,   of  NovaCare,  Inc.  net
investment and of cash flows present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the
financial  position  of  NovaCare  Orthotics  and  Prosthetics,  Inc.  and its
subsidiaries  (the  "Company")  at June 30, 1998 and 1997,  and the results of
their  operations  and their  cash  flows  for each of the three  years in the
period ended June 30, 1998, in conformity with generally  accepted  accounting
principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management;  our  responsibility  is to express an opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in
accordance with generally  accepted  auditing  standards which require that we
plan and perform the audit to obtain  reasonable  assurance  about whether the
financial  statements  are free of material  misstatement.  An audit  includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the  financial  statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for the opinion expressed above.

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 19, 1999


                                      F-1

<PAGE>

           NOVACARE ORTHOTICS AND PROSTHETICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NOVACARE, INC.)

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 As of
                                                                                             As of June 30,      March 31,
                                                                                             --------------      ---------
                                                                                            1997        1998       1999
                                                                                            ----        ----       ----
                                                                                                                (Unaudited)
                                        ASSETS
<S>                                                                                       <C>         <C>        <C>
Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents.........................................................   $  1,724    $  1,959   $  1,150
     Accounts receivable, net of allowance at June 30, 1997, 1998 and
        March 31, 1999 of $5,890, $11,919 and $5,090, respectively                          43,015      61,728     66,086
     Inventories.......................................................................     18,450      35,679     42,876
     Deferred income taxes.............................................................      1,907         268        268
     Other current assets..............................................................      3,043       5,210      6,262
                                                                                          --------    --------   --------
          Total current assets.........................................................     68,139     104,844    116,642
Property and equipment, net............................................................     12,087      13,149     13,837
Excess cost of net assets acquired, net................................................    180,435     258,866    256,899
Other assets, net......................................................................      2,392       2,711      1,826
                                                                                          --------    --------   --------
                                                                                          $263,053    $379,570   $389,204
                                                                                          ========    ========   ========

                     LIABILITIES AND NOVACARE, INC. NET INVESTMENT
Current liabilities:
     Current portion of financing arrangements--third parties                             $  8,871    $ 18,079   $ 13,164
     Current portion of financing arrangements--related party                                   --          --     82,854
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses--related party                                   65,684     116,925    111,605
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses--third parties                                   13,530      19,164     19,312
                                                                                          --------    --------   --------
          Total current liabilities....................................................     88,085     154,168    226,935
Financing arrangements--related party...................................................    57,894      83,029         --
Financing arrangements, net of current portion-third parties                                26,540      37,653     27,513
Deferred income taxes..................................................................      2,082       3,478      4,831
Other..................................................................................      1,330       1,752        494
                                                                                          --------    --------   --------
          Total liabilities............................................................    175,931     280,080    259,773
Commitments and contingencies..........................................................         --          --         --
NovaCare, Inc. net investment..........................................................     87,122      99,490    129,431
                                                                                          --------    --------   --------
                                                                                          $263,053    $379,570   $389,204
                                                                                          ========    ========   ========
</TABLE>

       The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.


                                      F-2

<PAGE>

           NOVACARE ORTHOTICS AND PROSTHETICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NOVACARE, INC.)

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        For the
                                                                                                      Nine Months
                                                                For the Years Ended June 30,        Ended March 31,
                                                                ----------------------------        ---------------
                                                                 1996        1997        1998         1998        1999
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
                                                                                                  (Unaudited) (Unaudited)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Net revenues...............................................   $100,886    $161,074    $251,732     $182,424    $209,442
Cost of services...........................................     74,788     120,118     188,699      137,894     155,102
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
     Gross profit..........................................     26,098      40,956      63,033       44,530      54,340
Selling, general and administrative expenses                    11,093       9,157      16,367       12,438       8,915
Selling, general and administrative allocated from
   related party...........................................      2,949       6,103       9,624        7,332      13,404
Provision for uncollectible accounts                             1,870       2,841       4,840        3,564       4,177
Amortization of excess cost of net assets
   acquired................................................      2,177       4,061       6,598        4,691       5,538
Provision for restructure..................................      1,477          --          --           --          --
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
     Income from operations................................      6,532      18,794      25,604       16,505      22,306
Interest expense--related party.............................    (2,146)     (4,291)     (7,453)      (5,404)     (5,891)
Interest expense--third parties.............................      (603)     (1,910)     (3,239)      (2,394)     (2,210)
Royalty expense--related party..............................    (5,924)     (9,106)    (15,244)     (11,445)    (12,583)
Minority interest..........................................       (111)       (114)       (135)         (81)       (137)
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
(Loss) income before income taxes..........................     (2,252)      3,373        (467)      (2,819)      1,485
Income tax (benefit) provision.............................     (1,281)      2,359       2,372          799       2,553
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
     Net (loss) income.....................................   $   (971)   $  1,014    $ (2,839)    $ (3,618)   $ (1,068)
                                                              =========   =========   =========    =========   =========
</TABLE>

       The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.


                                      F-3

<PAGE>

           NOVACARE ORTHOTICS AND PROSTHETICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NOVACARE, INC.)

           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF NOVACARE, INC. NET INVESTMENT
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Balance at June 30, 1995......................................... $  8,805
     Net contributions from NovaCare, Inc. ......................   75,169
     Net loss....................................................     (971)
                                                                  ---------
Balance at June 30, 1996.........................................   83,003
     Net contributions from NovaCare, Inc. ......................    3,105
     Net income..................................................    1,014
                                                                  ---------
Balance at June 30, 1997.........................................   87,122
     Net contributions from NovaCare, Inc. ......................   15,207
     Net loss....................................................   (2,839)
                                                                  ---------
Balance at June 30, 1998.........................................   99,490
     Net contributions from NovaCare, Inc. (Unaudited)...........   31,009
     Net loss (Unaudited)........................................   (1,068)
                                                                  ---------
Balance at March 31, 1999 (Unaudited)............................ $129,431
                                                                  =========
</TABLE>

       The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.


                                      F-4

<PAGE>

           NOVACARE ORTHOTICS AND PROSTHETICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NOVACARE, INC.)

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        For the
                                                                                                      Nine Months
                                                                For the Years Ended June 30,        Ended March 31,
                                                                ----------------------------        ---------------
                                                                 1996        1997        1998         1998        1999
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
                                                                                                  (Unaudited) (Unaudited)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net (loss) income.........................................  $ (971)      $ 1,014     $(2,839)    $(3,618)    $(1,068)
  Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net
    cash flows used in operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization........................     4,874        6,858      10,549       7,498       8,786
      Provision for uncollectible accounts                      1,870        2,841       4,840       3,564       4,177
      Minority interest....................................       111          114         135          81         137
      Deferred income taxes................................        77          (63)      2,920       1,499       1,353
      Noncash portion of nonrecurring items                     1,017           --          --          --          --
      Changes in assets and liabilities, net of ef-
        fects from acquisitions:
          Accounts receivable.............................     (5,364)      (9,769)    (11,642)     (5,114)     (9,996)
          Inventories.....................................     (2,039)       2,502     (11,849)     (9,645)     (7,229)
          Other current assets............................       (322)        (149)     (2,317)     (1,201)     (1,048)
          Accounts payable and accrued expenses
            --third parties...............................     (1,797)      (6,834)     (8,358)     (3,953)      2,051
          Other, net......................................         --          (90)        244         339        (508)
                                                              --------     --------    --------    --------    --------
            Net cash flows (used in) operating
              activities...............................        (2,544)      (3,576)    (18,317)    (10,550)     (3,345)
                                                              --------     --------    --------    --------    --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Payments for businesses acquired, net of cash
    acquired      .                                            (3,312)     (81,214)    (57,214)    (45,191)     (7,454)
  Additions to property and equipment                          (1,965)      (3,819)     (4,851)     (3,840)     (4,090)
  Proceeds from sale of assets..............................       --        3,519       1,516       1,526          --
                                                              --------     --------    --------    --------    --------
Net cash flows used in investing activities                    (5,277)     (81,514)    (60,549)    (47,505)    (11,544)
                                                              --------     --------    --------    --------    --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Payment of long-term debt and credit
    arrangements--third parties.............................   (3,505)     (16,271)    (12,357)    (10,124)    (10,998)
  Net advances from related party...........................    6,270      101,824      91,458      73,605      25,078
                                                              --------     --------    --------    --------    --------
  Net cash flows provided by financing activities               2,765       85,553      79,101      63,481      14,080
                                                              --------     --------    --------    --------    --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents           (5,056)         463         235       5,426        (809)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                    6,317        1,261       1,724       1,724       1,959
                                                              --------     --------    --------    --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                        $ 1,261      $ 1,724     $ 1,959     $ 7,150     $ 1,150
                                                              ========     ========    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>

       The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.


                                      F-5

<PAGE>

           NOVACARE ORTHOTICS AND PROSTHETICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NOVACARE, INC.)

                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
             FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1997, 1998
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

1.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

NATURE OF OPERATIONS

      NovaCare  Orthotics and  Prosthetics,  Inc. (the  "Company") is a wholly
owned  subsidiary  of NovaCare,  Inc.  (the  "Parent").  The Company  provides
clinical services to patients including the design,  fitting,  fabrication and
servicing of orthotic and  prosthetic  devices.  Orthotic  devices are used to
provide external support,  correction or protection to patients suffering from
musculoskeletal  conditions.  Prosthetic  devices are artificial limbs used by
patients  who  have  suffered  the  loss of a limb  as a  result  of  vascular
diseases, diabetes, cancer, or trauma.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

      The  financial  statements  of  the  Company  include  the  consolidated
financial position,  results of operations, and cash flows of the Company. The
Parent's historical cost basis of assets and liabilities has been reflected in
the  Company's  financial  statements.  The  financial  information  in  these
financial  statements is not necessarily  indicative of results of operations,
financial  position and cash flows that would have occurred if the Company had
been a separate  stand-alone  entity during the periods presented or of future
results.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

      The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  include  the  accounts  of the
Company, its majority-owned  subsidiaries and companies effectively controlled
through  management  agreements.  Investments  of 20%  to  50%  of the  voting
interest  of  affiliates  are  accounted  for using  the  equity  method.  All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions between the Company and its
subsidiaries have been eliminated.  The Company recognizes a minority interest
in its  Balance  Sheets  and  Statements  of  Operations  for the  portion  of
majority-owned subsidiaries attributable to its minority owners.

USE OF ESTIMATES

      The  preparation  of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to make  estimates and
assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts of  revenues  and  expenses  during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

      The  Company   considers   its  holdings  of  highly   liquid  debt  and
money-market  instruments  to be cash  equivalents  if the  securities  mature
within 90 days from the date of acquisition.  These investments are carried at
cost, which approximates fair value.

NET REVENUES

      Net revenues are reported at the net  realizable  amounts from customers
and  third-party  payers.  Net revenues  generated  directly from Medicare and
Medicaid  reimbursement programs represented 31%, 37%, 36%, 35% and 35% of the
Company's  consolidated  net revenues for fiscal years 1996, 1997 and 1998 for
the  nine  month   periods   ended  March  31,  1998  and  1999   (unaudited),
respectively.


                                      F-6

<PAGE>

           NOVACARE ORTHOTICS AND PROSTHETICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NOVACARE, INC.)

                        NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
                 STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE FISCAL YEARS
                        ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1997, 1998
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

INVENTORIES

      Inventories  consist of customized  orthotic and prosthetic  merchandise
held for sale,  work in process and raw materials and are carried at the lower
of  cost or  market.  Cost  of  inventories  is  determined  by the  first-in,
first-out method.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

      Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is provided on a
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range
principally  from three to seven years for property and equipment and 30 to 40
years for buildings.  Leasehold  improvements are amortized over the lesser of
the lease term or the asset's  estimated  useful life.  Property and equipment
also include external and incremental internal costs incurred to develop major
business systems.

EXCESS COST OF NET ASSETS ACQUIRED

      Assets and liabilities acquired in connection with business combinations
accounted for under the purchase method are recorded at their  respective fair
values.  Deferred  taxes have been  recorded  to the extent of the  difference
between  the  fair  value  and  the  tax  basis  of the  assets  acquired  and
liabilities  assumed.  The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of
net assets acquired,  including the recognition of applicable  deferred taxes,
consists of  non-compete  agreements,  customers  lists,  and  goodwill and is
amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over the  estimated  useful lives of the
assets which range from five to 40 years.

      Effective  July 1, 1997,  the Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards  (SFAS)  No.  121,  "Accounting  for the  Impairment  of
Long-Lived  Assets  and  for  Long-Lived  Assets  to be  Disposed  of",  which
establishes  accounting  standards for the  impairment  of long-lived  assets,
certain  identified  intangible assets and goodwill related to those assets to
be held and used and for long-lived assets and certain intangible assets to be
disposed  of. In  accordance  with  SFAS No.  121,  the  Company  reviews  the
realizability of long-lived  assets,  certain  intangible  assets and goodwill
whenever events or circumstances occur which indicate recorded cost may not be
recoverable.  The Company also reviews the overall  recoverability of goodwill
based primarily on estimated future undiscounted cash flows.

      If the  expected  future  cash  flows  (undiscounted)  are less than the
carrying amount of such assets,  the Company recognizes an impairment loss for
the difference  between the carrying  amount of the assets and their estimated
fair value. In estimating  future cash flows for determining  whether an asset
is impaired, and in measuring assets that are impaired,  assets are grouped by
geographic region.

OTHER ASSETS

      Other  assets  consist  principally  of  executive  savings plan assets,
acquired  patents,  and security  deposits.  The  executive  savings plan is a
non-qualified  savings plan offered to Company  executives  through NovaCare's
benefit  plan.  Contributions  made to the  fund  by  eligible  employees  are
partially  matched by the Company.  Withdrawals from the fund by employees are
limited to events specified by the plan.

INCOME TAXES

      The Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected
future tax  consequences  of events that have been recognized in the Company's
financial  statements or tax returns in accordance  with the SFAS No. 109. See
further discussion of income tax transactions with the Parent in Note 2.


                                      F-7

<PAGE>

           NOVACARE ORTHOTICS AND PROSTHETICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NOVACARE, INC.)

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

             FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1997, 1998
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

UNAUDITED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

      The  March  31,  1998  and 1999  interim  financial  data is  unaudited;
however, in the opinion of the Company, the interim unaudited data include all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments which are, in the
opinion of management, necessary for the fair statement of the results for the
interim periods.

2.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

      As a NovaCare subsidiary,  the Company entered into several arrangements
where  other  NovaCare  subsidiaries  charged  fees for  services  that  those
subsidiaries provided to the Company.

      Upon a change of control of the Company,  certain of these  arrangements
may be voided and the  Company  will no longer be subject to these  fees.  The
Company will, however, be responsible for obtaining  independent financing and
will  incur  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  related  to the
provision of these services.

      The following is a listing of the related party  transactions  reflected
in the historical financial statements of the Company.

TRADEMARKS

      The Company is charged a fee equal to a  percentage  of revenues for the
use of the  "NovaCare"  name and  trademark.  Fees are paid to the Parent on a
quarterly basis in accordance with the trademark agreement.

ADVANCES AND FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

      The Company  participated  in the Parent's  centralized  cash management
system to finance operations and acquisitions. The Company's cash deposits are
transferred  to the Parent on a daily basis.  The Parent  funds the  Company's
disbursement bank accounts as required.  When  disbursements  exceed deposits,
the Parent  advances the  difference to the Company  through an  interest-free
accrued  liability  account.  Assuming a LIBOR plus 1.5% borrowing rate, which
approximates  the Parent's  borrowing rate,  interest  expense on net advances
from the Parent would have been $702,  $2,149,  $6,424,  $4,483 and $5,732 for
the years ended June 30, 1996,  1997 and 1998 and for the  nine-month  periods
ended March 31, 1998 and 1999 (unaudited), respectively.

      In addition,  certain advances from the Parent to the Company are funded
through a line of credit arrangement.  The annual interest rate on the line of
credit is the prime rate of the  Parent's  lending bank plus 1.5% on the daily
outstanding  balance.  Interest  due  to  the  Parent  is  paid  quarterly  in
accordance with the loan agreement.

ALLOCATED SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

      The Parent has historically provided leased office space at the Parent's
headquarters and certain selling,  general and administrative  services to the
Company including shared management,  legal, information systems, finance, and
human  resources.  These  expenses were  allocated to the Company based on net
revenues,  specific  utilization,  or other  methods  which  management of the
Company believes to be reasonable.


                                      F-8

<PAGE>

           NOVACARE ORTHOTICS AND PROSTHETICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NOVACARE, INC.)

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

      The  expenses  allocated  to the  Company  for  these  services  are not
necessarily  indicative  of the expenses  that would have been incurred if the
Company  had  been a  separate,  independent  entity  that had  managed  these
functions or if the Company  contracted for these services with an independent
third party.

INCOME TAXES

      The Company is included in the consolidated Federal income tax return of
the Parent.  All tax payments are made by the Parent on behalf of the Company.
The Company  includes the liability for tax payments in its accrued  liability
account with the Parent.  Current and deferred tax expense,  included in these
statements,  was  calculated as if the Company had filed  separate  income tax
returns.

      Under a tax sharing  agreement with the Parent,  the Company is entitled
to the tax benefits,  attributable to the Company's losses,  which are used in
the Parent's consolidated return.

BENEFITS AND PAYROLL SERVICE FEES

      Beginning  in  February  1997,  the  Company  contracted  with  NovaCare
Employee   Services,   Inc.  to  provide   payroll   and  benefit   management
administration (the "Contract"). For services received, the Company is charged
a fee that  includes  an  allowance  for selling  general  and  administrative
expenses.

3.    PROVISION FOR RESTRUCTURE

      The following  table sets forth the Company's  provision for restructure
for the year ended June 30, 1996.  There was no provision for  restructure  in
fiscal 1997, 1998 or in the nine-month period ended March 31, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Productivity and cost reduction programs:
<S>                                                                    <C>
Employee severance costs.............................................  $  164
Lease terminations...................................................     780
Asset write-offs, net of estimated sale proceeds.....................     121
Other................................................................     412
                                                                       ------
Total provision......................................................  $1,477
                                                                       ======
</TABLE>


      The 1996  productivity  and cost  reduction  programs  pertained  to the
consolidation  and  reorganization  of the  Company's  operations  and certain
administrative  functions.  As  of  June  30,  1998,  the  reorganization  was
substantially complete.

A schedule of the Company's reserves for restructure is as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      Nine Months
                                                                For the Years Ended June 30,        Ended March 31,
                                                                ----------------------------        ---------------
                                                                 1996        1997        1998         1998        1999
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
                                                                                                  (Unaudited) (Unaudited)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Beginning balance...........................................  $   728      $   588     $ 1,304     $ 1,304     $   235
Provision for restructure...................................    1,477           --          --                      --
Proceeds from sale of assets................................                 3,519          --                      --
Payments and other reductions...............................   (1,617)      (2,803)     (1,069)       (769)         --
                                                              --------     --------    --------    --------    ---------
Ending balance..............................................  $   588      $ 1,304     $   235     $   535     $   235
                                                              ========     ========    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>


                                                      F-9

<PAGE>

           NOVACARE ORTHOTICS AND PROSTHETICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NOVACARE, INC.)

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

4.    ACQUISITION TRANSACTIONS

      During the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1998,  the Company  acquired 33
and 42  businesses,  respectively.  There  were  no  acquisitions  during  the
nine-month  period ended March 31, 1999.  The  following  unaudited  pro forma
consolidated  results of  operations of the Company give effect to each of the
fiscal 1997 and 1998 acquisitions as if they occurred on July 1, 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Year Ended June 30,
                                                                     -------------------
                                                                       1997         1998
                                                                       ----         ----
<S>                                                                  <C>         <C>
Net revenues......................................................   $270,102    $278,209
Net income........................................................      4,992        (242)
</TABLE>

      The above pro forma  information  is not  necessarily  indicative of the
results of operations that would have occurred had the acquisitions  been made
as of July 1, 1996, or the results that may occur in the future.

      Information with respect to businesses acquired in purchase transactions
was as follows (the allocation for fiscal 1998 acquisitions is preliminary):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         As of June 30,
                                                                     -----------------------
                                                                       1997         1998
                                                                       ----         ----
<S>                                                                  <C>         <C>
Excess cost of net assets acquired.................................  $  194,554  $  279,583
Less: accumulated amortization.....................................     (14,119)    (20,717)
                                                                     ----------- -----------
                                                                     $  180,435  $  258,866
                                                                     =========== ===========
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Year Ended June 30,
                                                                                                   -------------------
                                                                                                    1997         1998
                                                                                                    ----         ----
<S>                                                                                              <C>           <C>
Cash paid (net of cash acquired)..............................................................   $  80,469     $ 52,191
Notes issued..................................................................................      29,133       25,879
Other consideration...........................................................................                      116
                                                                                                 ---------     ---------
                                                                                                  109,602        78,186
Fair value of assets acquired, principally accounts receivable and property and
   equipment..................................................................................      7,552         6,393
                                                                                                 ---------     ---------
Cost in excess of fair value of net assets acquired...........................................   $102,050      $ 71,793
                                                                                                 =========     =========
</TABLE>


      Certain  purchase  agreements  require  additional  payments if specific
financial targets are met.  Aggregate  contingent  payments in connection with
these  acquisitions  at June 30,  1998 and at March 31,  1999  (unaudited)  of
approximately $30,005 and $20,163,  respectively have not been included in the
initial  determination of cost of the businesses  acquired since the amount of
such contingent  consideration  that may be paid in the future, if any, is not
presently determinable. In connection with businesses acquired in prior years,
the Company paid  $1,267,  $745,  $5,023,  $3,840 and $6,665 in cash in fiscal
years ended June 30, 1996,  1997 and 1998,  and the  nine-month  periods ended
March 31, 1998 and 1999 (unaudited)  respectively,  and also the Parent issued
61 and 51 shares of its common  stock on behalf of the Company  during  fiscal
years  ended June 30, 1996 and 1997,  respectively.  In fiscal 1998 and in the
nine-month  period ended March 31, 1999,  no stock was issued on behalf of the
Company.


                                     F-10

<PAGE>

           NOVACARE ORTHOTICS AND PROSTHETICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NOVACARE, INC.)

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

5.    INVENTORIES

      Inventories consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 As of
                                                                                           As of June 30,      March 31,
                                                                                           --------------      ---------
                                                                                           1997       1998       1999
                                                                                           ----       ----       ----
                                                                                                              (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Materials and supplies..................................................................   $12,569   $21,540    $27,084
Work in process.........................................................................     4,509    10,840     12,112
Finished goods..........................................................................     1,372     3,299      3,680
                                                                                           --------  --------   --------
                                                                                           $18,450   $35,679    $42,876
                                                                                           ========  ========   ========
</TABLE>



6.    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

      The components of property and equipment were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 As of
                                                                                           As of June 30,      March 31,
                                                                                           --------------      ---------
                                                                                           1997       1998       1999
                                                                                           ----       ----       ----
                                                                                                              (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Land and buildings.....................................................................   $ 2,681    $   703    $   703
Property, equipment and furniture......................................................    12,202     16,620     18,847
Leasehold improvements.................................................................     5,317      7,749     10,267
                                                                                          --------   --------   --------
                                                                                           20,200     25,072     29,817
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization........................................    (8,113)   (11,923)   (15,980)
                                                                                          --------   --------   --------
                                                                                          $12,087    $13,149    $13,837
                                                                                          ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>


      Depreciation  expense,  including  depreciation expense allocated by the
Parent,  for the fiscal  years  1996,  1997,  and 1998 and for the nine months
ended March 31, 1998 and 1999 (unaudited) was $2,697,  $2,797,  $3,951, $2,807
and $3,248, respectively.

7.    ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES -- THIRD PARTIES

      Accounts payable and accrued expenses are summarized as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 As of
                                                                                           As of June 30,      March 31,
                                                                                           --------------      ---------
                                                                                           1997       1998       1999
                                                                                           ----       ----       ----
                                                                                                              (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Accounts payable.......................................................................   $ 3,241    $ 3,848    $ 7,980
Accrued compensation and benefits......................................................     4,072      3,934      4,455
Accrued contingent purchase price......................................................     2,523      4,712      4,233
Accrued interest.......................................................................       472      2,025      1,445
Accrued costs of productivity and cost improvement programs............................     1,304        235        235
Other..................................................................................     1,918      4,410        964
                                                                                          --------   --------   --------
                                                                                          $13,530    $19,164    $19,312
                                                                                          ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>


                                     F-11

<PAGE>

           NOVACARE ORTHOTICS AND PROSTHETICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NOVACARE, INC.)

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

8.    FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

      Financing arrangements consisted of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 As of
                                                                                           As of June 30,      March 31,
                                                                                           --------------      ---------
                                                                                           1997       1998       1999
                                                                                           ----       ----       ----
                                                                                                              (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Line of credit-- related party, due November 30, 1999...............................      $ 57,894   $ 83,029   $ 82,854
Subordinated promissory notes (6% to 9%), payable through 2007......................        35,206     50,328     39,863
Other       .                                                                                  205      5,404        814
                                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                            93,305    138,761    123,531
Less: current portion...............................................................        (8,871)   (18,079)   (96,018)
                                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                          $ 84,434   $120,682   $ 27,513
                                                                                          =========  =========  =========
</TABLE>


      Subordinated  promissory  notes  consist  primarily  of notes to  former
owners of businesses  acquired.  Carrying value of the notes approximates fair
value.

      Financing  arrangements  with  related  party is  comprised of a line of
credit  with  NovaCare.  The Company  periodically  draws from the line and is
charged interest at a rate of the Parent's lending bank's prime rate plus 1.5%
on the daily  outstanding  balance (See Note 2). The interest rates charged to
the Company at June 30, 1998 and March 31,  1999  (unaudited)  were 10.00% and
9.25%, respectively.

      At June 30, 1998, aggregate annual maturities of financing  arrangements
were as follows for the next five fiscal years and thereafter:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            FISCAL YEAR
            -----------
<S>         <C>                                                                        <C>
            1999....................................................................   $ 18,079
            2000....................................................................     95,725
            2001....................................................................     10,019
            2002....................................................................      7,980
            2003....................................................................      5,252
            Thereafter..............................................................     1,706
                                                                                       --------
                                                                                       $138,761
</TABLE>


      Interest  paid on debt during the fiscal  years 1996,  1997 and 1998 and
during the nine months ended March 31, 1998 and 1999  (unaudited)  was $4,096,
$10,857, $8,805, $6,858 and $8,871, respectively.

9.    LEASES

      The Company rents office and clinical space,  transportation and therapy
equipment under non-cancelable operating leases.


                                     F-12

<PAGE>

           NOVACARE ORTHOTICS AND PROSTHETICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NOVACARE, INC.)

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998

                                (IN THOUSANDS)

      Future minimum lease  commitments  for all  non-cancelable  leases as of
June 30, 1998,  the most recent period for which the  information is available
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Operating
            Fiscal Year                                                                    Leases
            -----------                                                                   ---------
<S>         <C>                                                                            <C>
            1999........................................................................   $13,974
            2000........................................................................    10,379
            2001........................................................................     8,780
            2002........................................................................     5,556
            2003........................................................................     2,813
            Thereafter..................................................................     1,042
                                                                                            ------
            Total minimum lease payments................................................   $42,544
                                                                                           =======
</TABLE>


10.   INCOME TAXES

      The components of income tax expense were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      Nine Months
                                                                For the Years Ended June 30,        Ended March 31,
                                                                ----------------------------        ---------------
                                                                 1996        1997        1998         1998        1999
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
                                                                                                  (Unaudited) (Unaudited)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Current:
     Federal........ .......................................  $(1,558)     $ 1,522     $(1,134)    $  (971)    $   300
     State..................................................      200          900         586         271         900
                                                              --------     --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                               (1,358)       2,422        (548)       (700)      1,200
                                                              --------     --------    --------    --------    --------
Deferred:
     Federal................................................       60          (49)      2,273       1,170       1,053
     State..................................................       17          (14)        647         329         300
                                                              --------     --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                                   77          (63)      2,920       1,499       1,353
                                                              --------     --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                              $(1,281)     $ 2,359     $ 2,372     $   799     $ 2,553
                                                              ========     ========    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>


      The components of net deferred tax assets  (liabilities)  as of June 30,
1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                  As of
                                                                                            As of June 30,       March 31,
                                                                                            --------------       ---------
                                                                                            1997      1998        1999
                                                                                            ----      ----        ----
                                                                                                               (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                                        <C>       <C>         <C>
Accruals and reserves not currently deductible for tax purposes                            $1,088    $   278     $   278
Restructure reserves....................................................................      571         --          --
Other...................................................................................      410        267         267
                                                                                           -------
     Gross deferred tax assets..........................................................    2,069        545         545
                                                                                           -------
Depreciation and capital leases.........................................................   (1,922)    (3,478)     (4,831)
Other, net..............................................................................     (160)        --          --
                                                                                           -------
     Gross deferred tax liabilities.....................................................   (2,082)    (3,478)     (4,831)
                                                                                           -------
     Net deferred tax asset (liability).................................................   $  (13)   $(2,933)    $(4,286)
                                                                                           =======   ========    ========
</TABLE>


                                     F-13

<PAGE>

           NOVACARE ORTHOTICS AND PROSTHETICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NOVACARE, INC.)

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998

                                (IN THOUSANDS)

      The reconciliation of the expected tax expense (computed by applying the
federal  statutory  tax rate to income  before  income  taxes)  to actual  tax
expense was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      Nine Months
                                                                For the Years Ended June 30,        Ended March 31,
                                                                ----------------------------        ---------------
                                                                 1996        1997        1998         1998        1999
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
                                                                                                  (Unaudited) (Unaudited)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Expected federal income tax expense........................   $  (788)     $ 1,181     $  (163)    $  (987)    $   520
State income taxes, less federal benefit...................       334          660         543         390         780
Non-deductible nonrecurring items..........................        31          113          56          42          42
Non-deductible amortization of excess cost of net assets
   acquired................................................       564          988       1,452       1,089       1,208
Other, net.................................................    (1,422)        (583)        484         265           3
                                                              --------
                                                              $(1,281)     $ 2,359     $ 2,372     $   799     $ 2,553
                                                              ========     ========    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>


11.   BENEFIT PLANS

RETIREMENT PLANS

      Through the Parent,  the Company  participates  in defined  contribution
401(k)  plans  covering  substantially  all of its  employees.  The  Company's
portion of contributions made to the plans by the Parent for fiscal 1996, 1997
and 1998 for the  nine-months  ended March 31, 1998 and 1999  (unaudited)  and
were $516, $471, $712, $512 and $634, respectively.

STOCK OPTION PLANS

      Certain  employees  of the Company  participate  in the  Parent's  stock
option  plans.  Under the plans,  substantially  all options are granted for a
term of up to 10 years at prices equal to the fair market value at the date of
grant.  Upon a change of  control,  options  vest  immediately  and no further
liability would accrue to either the Company or the Parent.

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

      The Company is subject to legal  proceedings  and claims  which arise in
the ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of management,  the amount
of ultimate  liability,  if any, with respect to these actions will not have a
materially  adverse effect on the financial  position or results of operations
of the Company.


                                     F-14

<PAGE>

             UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

      The following Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated  Financial Statements (as
defined  below) of the  Company  are based on  Hanger's  historical  financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 1998 contained in its Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year then ended and  quarters  ended  March 31,  1998 and
1999  contained  in its  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter  ended
March 31, 1999, and NovaCare O&P's historical  financial  statements appearing
elsewhere in this report,  as adjusted to illustrate the estimated  effects of
the Acquisition,  related  financing  transactions  and other  acquisitions by
Hanger and NovaCare O&P during the periods presented, and reclassifications to
NovaCare O&P  financial  statements  to conform with  Hanger's  calendar  year
presentation and financial statement classifications.  The unaudited pro forma
adjustments are based upon available  information and certain assumptions that
management  believes are  reasonable.  The  Unaudited  Pro Forma  Consolidated
Financial Statements and accompanying notes should be read in conjunction with
the  above-referenced  historical  financial statements of Hanger and NovaCare
O&P.

      The  Unaudited Pro Forma  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  have been
prepared to give effect to the Acquisition and related financing transactions,
including  the  offering  of  11  1/4%  Senior  Subordinated  Notes,  and  the
application  of the  net  proceeds  therefrom,  as if  such  transactions  had
occurred as of January 1, 1998 for the  consolidated  statements of operations
(collectively,   the   "Unaudited   Pro  Forma   Consolidated   Statements  of
Operations"), and as of March 31, 1999 for the consolidated balance sheet (the
"Unaudited  Pro Forma  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet"  and,  together  with the
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations,  the "Unaudited Pro
Forma Consolidated Financial Statements").  The Acquisition will be treated as
a purchase for financial accounting purposes.

      The Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements do not purport
to be  indicative  of what the  Company's  financial  position  or  results of
operations would actually have been had the Acquisition been completed on such
date or at the beginning of the periods  indicated or to project the Company's
results of operations for any future period.


                                     F-15

<PAGE>

                UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

                             AS OF MARCH 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Hanger         Novacare
                                                          Orthopedic     Orthotics and      Pro Forma
                                                          Group, Inc.    Prosthetics, Inc.   Adjustments       Pro Forma(7)
                                                         -------------   -----------------  ------------      -------------
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>               <C>                <C>
                       ASSETS
Current Assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents.......................    $  4,982,406    $  1,150,000      $ (2,632,406)(1)   $  3,500,000
     Accounts receivable, net........................      40,511,291      66,086,000                --        106,597,291
     Inventories.....................................      17,487,818      42,876,000                --         60,363,818
     Prepaids and other assets.......................       5,433,884       6,262,000                --         11,695,884
     Deferred income taxes...........................       4,497,724         268,000                --          4,765,724
                                                         -------------   -------------     -------------      -------------
Total Current Assets.................................      72,913,123     116,642,000        (2,632,406)       186,922,717
                                                         -------------   -------------     -------------      -------------
     Property, plant and equipment,
        net..........................................      23,106,474      13,837,000                --         36,943,474
     Intangible assets, net..........................     114,011,549     256,899,000        99,765,000 (2)    470,675,549
     Other assets....................................         978,943       1,826,000                --          2,804,943
                                                         -------------   -------------     -------------      -------------
Total Assets.........................................    $211,010,089    $389,204,000      $ 97,132,594       $697,346,683
                                                         =============   =============     =============      =============
                     LIABILITIES
Current Liabilities:
     Current portion of long-term debt                   $  4,097,338    $ 96,018,000      $(85,354,000)(3)  $  14,761,338
     Accounts payable................................       5,189,337     119,585,000      (110,512,000)(3)     14,262,337
     Accrued expenses and other......................       6,641,961       6,877,000                --         13,518,961
     Customer deposits...............................         933,739              --                --            933,739
     Accrued wages and payroll taxes                        5,910,858       4,455,000                --         10,365,858
     Deferred revenue................................         292,368              --                --            292,368
                                                         -------------   -------------     -------------      -------------
Total Current Liabilities............................      23,065,601     226,935,000      (195,866,000)        54,134,601
                                                         -------------   -------------     -------------      -------------
     Long-term debt..................................      13,698,506      27,513,000       362,429,594 (4)    403,641,100
     Deferred income taxes...........................       5,222,766       4,831,000                --         10,053,766
     Other liabilities...............................       2,228,289         494,000                --          2,722,289
                                                         -------------   -------------     -------------      -------------
Total Liabilities....................................      44,215,162     259,773,000       166,563,594        470,551,756
                                                         -------------   -------------     -------------      -------------
Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred
   Stock, Class F....................................              --              --                --                 --
7% Redeemable Preferred Stock........................              --              --        60,000,000 (5)     60,000,000
                SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
     Common stock....................................         189,739              --                --            189,739
     Additional paid in capital......................     146,089,640              --                --        146,089,640
     Retained Earnings...............................      21,171,110              --                --         21,171,110
     NovaCare, Inc., net investment                                       129,431,000      (129,431,000)(6)             --
                                                         -------------   -------------     -------------      -------------
                                                          167,450,489     129,431,000      (129,431,000)       167,450,489
     Treasury Stock..................................        (655,562)                                            (655,562)
                                                         -------------   -------------     -------------      -------------
Total Shareholders' Equity...........................     166,794,927     129,431,000      (129,431,000)       166,794,927
                                                         -------------   -------------     -------------      -------------
Total Liabilities and Shareholders'
   Equity............................................    $211,010,089    $389,204,000      $ 97,132,594       $697,346,683
                                                         =============   =============     =============      =============


                                     F-16

<PAGE>

<FN>
(1)   Reflects $850,000 of additional NovaCare O&P cash required to be on hand
      at  closing  and  the use of  $3,482,406  of  Hanger  cash to be used to
      finance a portion of the Acquisition and related fees and expenses.
(2)   Reflects excess of NovaCare purchase price over net assets acquired.
(3)   Adjusts  for  net  liabilities  not  assumed  by the  Company,  and  the
      refinancing of Hanger's revolver of $2,500,000.
(4)   Represents  debt incurred in connection with the acquisition of NovaCare
      O&P:

      Tranche A Term Facility.................................. $ 100,000,000
      Tranche B Term Facility..................................   100,000,000
      Notes....................................................   150,000,000
      Revolving Credit Facility................................    12,429,594
                                                                -------------
                                                                $ 362,429,594
                                                                =============

(5)   Reflects  the  issuance  of  Preferred  Stock  in  conjunction  with the
      acquisition of NovaCare O&P.
(6)   Eliminates  NovaCare's ownership interest in NovaCare O&P being acquired
      by Hanger.
(7)   Excludes potential future contingent  consideration to be paid to former
      shareholders  of  acquired  companies  based  on  prescribed   formulas.
      Contingent  consideration is to be accounted for as additional  purchase
      price consideration if and when it becomes probable.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                     F-17

<PAGE>

           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Hanger           Novacare          Other
                                             Orthopedic      Orthotics and       Acquired          Pro Forma           Pro Forma
                                             Group, Inc.     Prosthetics Inc.*   Companies(1)     Adjustments          (13)(14)
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
<S>                                         <C>              <C>                <C>             <C>                 <C>
Net sales..............................     $ 187,870,312    $ 273,995,445      $  33,574,693   $  (3,023,256)(2)   $ 492,417,194
Cost of products & services sold.......        92,903,145      140,794,133         15,765,998      (2,632,079)(2)     246,283,570
                                                                                                     (547,627)(3)
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
Gross profit...........................        94,967,167      133,201,312         17,808,695         156,450         246,133,624
Selling, general & administrative......        63,512,051      106,304,951         11,806,001      (1,847,046)(3)     160,550,089
                                                                                                      (24,344)(4)
                                                                                                  (16,105,625)(5)
                                                                                                   (3,095,899)(6)
Depreciation & amortization............         5,781,754       11,597,865            831,461          52,569 (7)      21,004,286
                                                                                                    2,740,637 (8)
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
Income from operations.................        25,673,362       15,298,496          5,171,233      18,436,158          64,579,249
Interest expense, net..................        (1,902,315)     (11,300,871)          (115,438)      8,172,068 (4)     (43,265,599)
                                                                                                   (2,471,936)(9)
                                                                                                  (35,647,107)(10)
Other expense, net.....................          (315,337)        (182,948)           (48,853)         (8,153)(4)        (555,291)
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
Income before taxes....................        23,455,710        3,814,677          5,006,942     (11,518,970)         20,758,359
Provision (benefit) for income taxes...         9,616,000        4,171,000             50,631      (5,326,704)(11)      8,510,927
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
Net income (loss)......................     $  13,839,710    $    (356,323)     $   4,956,311   $  (6,192,266)      $  12,247,432
                                            ==============   ==============     ==============  ==============      ==============
Diluted income per common share (12)...     $        0.75                                                           $        0.66
                                            ==============                                                          ==============
Shares used to compute diluted income per
  common share.........................        18,515,567                                                              18,653,020
                                            ==============                                                          ==============
<FN>
 ----------
*     The  historical  statement  of  operations  data for  NovaCare  O&P,  as
      adjusted to conform with Hanger's financial  statement  classifications.
      Adjustments primarily relate to the following reclassifications:

            o     Administrative salary expense of $20.2 million, rent expense
                  of $13.2 million and other administrative  expenses of $23.0
                  million reclassified from cost of products and services sold
                  to selling, general & administrative expense.

            o     Depreciation  and  amortization   expense  of  $3.6  million
                  reclassified  from cost of  products  and  services  sold to
                  depreciation & amortization expense.

            o     Royalty fee expense of $16.1 million reclassified from other
                  expense to selling, general & administrative expense.

(1)   Other  Acquired  Companies  (along  with  NovaCare  O&P,  the  "Acquired
      Companies")  for the year ended  December 31, 1998 represent the results
      of operations of such  companies  from January 1, 1998 to the earlier of
      their  respective dates of acquisition or December 31, 1998. Each of the
      acquisitions  has been  accounted  for as a purchase.  Accordingly,  the
      results of operations of each of the Acquired  Companies are included in
      the historical results of operations of the Company from the date of its
      acquisition.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                     F-18

<PAGE>

Results of operations  of the  companies  acquired by Hanger during the period
January 1, 1998 through March 31, 1999 ("Other Acquired  Companies  (Hanger)")
prior to their acquisition dates for the periods presented are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Company                                                           Acquired as of        Net Sales     Net Income (Loss)
     -------                                                           --------------        ---------    -----------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                   <C>              <C>
     Wayne Rosen.................................................... January 14, 1998      $     38,061     $     (1,964)
     NOPS........................................................... March 4, 1998            1,069,662         (156,803)
     Teufel......................................................... March 31, 1998           1,005,452           16,711
     Hattiesberg.................................................... April 30, 1998             117,156           34,405
     Augusta Brace.................................................. May 15, 1998               219,584          (30,344)
     P&O Rehab. Tech................................................ June 11, 1998              238,772           (2,997)
     Associated O&P................................................. June 19, 1998              574,856           98,858
     Orthotics Techniques........................................... July 17, 1998              180,650           16,120
     Seattle Limb System............................................ August 1, 1998           9,859,000        2,707,000
     Advanced Prosthetics........................................... September 25, 1998       1,145,518          549,792
     Orthopedic Services............................................ September 30, 1998       1,949,068          364,438
     Fessenden O&P.................................................. November 13, 1998        1,220,622          399,168
     Baltimore Orthotics............................................ December 1, 1998         1,015,829           71,084
     Manasota Orthopedic............................................ December 4, 1998           340,642          (24,682)
     OST Patient Advocates.......................................... December 11, 1998          585,161            2,092
     Thornton Orthopedic............................................ January 5, 1999            934,586           39,679
     Carolina....................................................... January 6, 1999          1,551,188          397,002
     Universal O&P.................................................. January 29, 1999           821,677           (7,766)
     Medical Center Brace........................................... February 12, 1999        3,736,592           50,143
                                                                                           -------------    -------------
          Total.....................................................                       $ 26,604,076     $  4,521,936
                                                                                           =============    =============
</TABLE>


Results of  operations  of the  companies  acquired by NovaCare O&P during the
period  January 1, 1998  through  March 31, 1999  ("Other  Acquired  Companies
(NovaCare O&P)") prior to their  acquisition  dates for the periods  presented
are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Company                                                           Acquired as of        Net Sales     Net Income (Loss)
     -------                                                           --------------        ---------    -----------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                   <C>              <C>
     Kroll's........................................................ January 1, 1998       $         --     $         --
     Atlanta Prosthetics............................................ January 1, 1998                 --               --
     TD Rehab Systems............................................... January 1, 1998                 --               --
     Shamp Prosthetics-Orthotics.................................... January 1, 1998                 --               --
     Cajon Orthotics & Prosthetics.................................. January 1, 1998                 --               --
     Cahill Orthopedic Laboratory................................... February 1, 1998           138,793            4,324
     CPO Prosthetics and Orthotics.................................. February 1, 1998           392,244          (24,025)
     Kessler Associates............................................. March 1, 1998              126,000           10,858
     University O&P Consultants..................................... April 1, 1998              381,332          (23,708)
     Advanced Orthopedic Systems.................................... May 1, 1998                167,601              642
     Central Valley Prosthetics & Orthotics......................... May 1, 1998                133,230           48,204
     Meadowbrook Orthopedics........................................ May 1, 1998                318,438            9,590
     O.S. Orthotics & Prosthetics................................... May 1, 1998                266,246           75,861
     Binghamton Limb & Brace........................................ June 1, 1998               726,183           96,737
     Stockton Orthopedic............................................ June 1, 1998               445,561           24,127
     Protech O&P Center............................................. June 1, 1998               636,632           41,383
     American Rehabilitation Systems................................ June 1, 1998               362,343            8,663
     Orthopedic Laboratories........................................ June 1, 1998               201,111           10,748
     Columbus Orthopaedic Prosthetic &
       Orthotic Center.............................................. June 1, 1998               906,163           57,095
     Tuscon Limb & Brace............................................ June 1, 1998             1,078,530           45,849
     Physical Restoration Laboratories.............................. June 1, 1998               690,210           48,027
                                                                                           -------------    -------------
          Total.....................................................                       $  6,970,617     $    434,375
                                                                                           =============    =============
</TABLE>


                                     F-19


<PAGE>

(2)   Reflects  the  elimination  of profit on  intercompany  sales during the
      period  presented.  Net sales and cost of products & services  sold have
      been reduced by $3,023,256 and $2,632,079, respectively.

(3)   Reflects a net  reduction  in cost of  products  and  services  sold and
      selling,  general and administrative expense of $547,627 and $1,847,046,
      respectively,  for  employee and  practitioner  salaries of the Acquired
      Companies to reflect the difference  between such historical amounts and
      amounts  specified in  employment  contracts for  comparable  employment
      positions with the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Year Ended
            Company                                                                        December 31, 1998
            -------                                                                        -----------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>
            Other Acquired Companies (Hanger)...........................................       $ 1,552,171
            Other Acquired Companies (NovaCare O&P).....................................           842,502
                                                                                               -----------
                Total...................................................................       $ 2,394,673
                                                                                               ===========
</TABLE>


(4)   Adjustments to selling,  general and  administrative  expense,  interest
      expense and other income to reflect the elimination of historical income
      and expense  generated from assets not acquired  and/or  liabilities not
      assumed:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Selling,
                                                                             general and     Interest
            Company                                                         Administrative    expense      Other
            -------                                                         --------------   --------      -----
<S>                                                                            <C>          <C>           <C>
            NovaCare O&P..................................................     $      -     $ 8,090,290   $     -
            Other Acquired Companies (Hanger).............................       10,074          18,115     8,153
            Other Acquired Companies (NovaCare O&P).......................       14,270          63,663         -
                                                                               --------     -----------   -------
                Total.....................................................     $ 24,344     $ 8,172,068   $ 8,153
                                                                               ========     ===========   =======
</TABLE>


(5)   Adjustment to reduce selling,  general and administrative expense by the
      royalty fee of $16,105,625 charged by NovaCare, Inc. to NovaCare O&P.

(6)   Reduction  in selling,  general and  administrative  expense  related to
      elimination of intercompany profit of $3,095,899 previously allocated to
      Novacare O&P for personnel provided by a subsidiary of NovaCare.

(7)   Reflects  increases in historical  amounts of the Acquired Companies for
      amortization  expense  resulting from non-compete  agreements  signed in
      connection with acquisitions, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Year Ended
            Company                                                                        December 31, 1998
            -------                                                                        -----------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>
            Other Acquired Companies (Hanger)...........................................       $ 52,569
</TABLE>


(8)   Reflects  additional  amortization  over a  40-year  period,  as if such
      Acquired  Companies  were  acquired  as of the  beginning  of the period
      presented, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Year Ended
            Company                                                                        December 31, 1998
            -------                                                                        -----------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>
            NovaCare O&P................................................................       $ 2,020,192
            Other Acquired Companies (Hanger)...........................................           580,827
            Other Acquired Companies (NovaCare O&P).....................................           139,618
                                                                                                  --------
                Total...................................................................       $ 2,740,637
                                                                                               ===========
</TABLE>


(9)   Reflects  additional  interest  expense that would have been incurred if
      the  consideration  (in the form of cash and  promissory  notes) for the
      Other Acquired  Companies had been paid at January 1, 1998. The interest
      rates used to  calculate  pro forma  interest on the assumed  additional
      debt  required  to  fund  the  cash  payments   reflects  the  Company's
      approximate borrowing rate.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Year Ended
            Company                                                                        December 31, 1998
            -------                                                                        -----------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>
            Other Acquired Companies (Hanger)...........................................       $ 2,072,700
            Other Acquired Companies (NovaCare O&P).....................................           399,236
                                                                                                  --------
               Total....................................................................       $ 2,471,936
                                                                                               ===========
</TABLE>


                                     F-20

<PAGE>

(10)  Represents the interest  expense on the financing for the Acquisition as
      of the beginning of the period presented :

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Source                                                           Amount      Interest Rate    Interest
    ------                                                           ------      -------------    --------
<S>                                                               <C>               <C>         <C>
    Revolving Credit Facility.....................................$ 12,429,594      8.16%       $ 1,452,107(a)
    Tranche A Term Facility....................................... 100,000,000      8.16%         8,160,000
    Tranche B Term Facility....................................... 100,000,000      9.16%         9,160,000
    Notes......................................................... 150,000,000     11.25%        16,875,000
                                                                                                -----------
                                                                                                $35,647,107
                                                                                                ===========
</TABLE>

 ----------
      (a)   Interest expense  includes  $437,852 related to the unused portion
            not borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility.

      An increase or  decrease of 0.125% in the assumed  interest  rate on the
      Revolving  Credit  Facility,  Tranche A Term Facility and Tranche B Term
      Facility would change the pro forma interest expense by $265,000 for the
      twelve months ended December 31, 1998.

(11)  To reflect income taxes as if the Company and Acquired  Companies were a
      C Corporation for the period presented, at an effective tax rate of 41%.

(12)  Historical  and pro  forma  diluted  income  per  share is  computed  by
      dividing net income adjusted for preferred stock dividends by the number
      of weighted average common and common-equivalent  shares outstanding for
      the period.  The shares used in the computation of net income per common
      share  on a  pro  forma  basis  also  include  common  stock  issued  in
      connection with acquisitions.

      If approved by the  Company's  stockholders  in the future,  the Company
      may, at its option,  make the 7% Redeemable  Preferred Stock convertible
      into the  Company's  Common  Stock.  The  computation  of net income per
      common share on a pro forma basis does not include the common stock into
      which such shares of 7% Redeemable Preferred Stock would be convertible.
      If such shares were  included  in the  computation,  pro forma EPS would
      decrease from $0.66 to $0.55.

(13)  The unaudited  pro forma amounts  exclude  potential  future  contingent
      consideration  to be paid to former  shareholders of acquired  companies
      based  on  prescribed  formulas.   Contingent  consideration  is  to  be
      accounted for as additional  purchase price consideration if and when it
      becomes probable.

(14)  Does not reflect  reductions to historical amounts as a result of future
      termination of employment of certain  employees,  the closure of certain
      facilities  and  management's   estimate  of  certain  costs  that  were
      previously  allocated  to  Novacare  O&P.  Following  is  a  summary  of
      estimated cost savings not reflected in the  historical  amounts and the
      related impact on pro forma EBITDA, net income and EPS:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                              <C>
            Employee terminations............................................................... $  6,358,176
            Closure of NovaCare O&P facilities..................................................      747,576
            Elimination of corporate allocations of parent of NovaCare O&P                            970,797
                                                                                                 ------------
                                                                                                 $  8,076,549
                                                                                                 ============

            EBITDA.............................................................................. $ 85,583,535
            Adjusted EBITDA..................................................................... $ 93,660,084
            Net income.......................................................................... $ 12,247,432
            Adjusted net income................................................................. $ 20,323,981
            EPS................................................................................. $       0.66
            Adjusted EPS........................................................................ $       1.09
            Reported EPS........................................................................ $       0.75
</TABLE>


                                     F-21

<PAGE>

           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                   FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Hanger           Novacare          Other
                                             Orthopedic      Orthotics and       Acquired          Pro Forma           Pro Forma
                                             Group, Inc.     Prosthetics Inc.*   Companies(1)     Adjustments          (13)(14)
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
<S>                                         <C>              <C>                <C>             <C>                 <C>
Net sales.................................. $  40,750,018    $  62,930,280      $  15,313,025   $  (1,391,929)(2)   $ 117,601,394
Cost of products & services sold               21,303,131       31,105,257          7,395,142      (1,351,882)(2)      58,062,474
                                                                                                     (389,174)(3)
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
Gross profit..............................     19,446,887       31,825,023          7,917,883         349,127          59,538,920
Selling, general & administrative              14,729,001       27,024,656          5,682,570        (875,901)(3)      42,486,807
                                                                                                      (13,791)(4)
                                                                                                   (3,829,500)(5)
                                                                                                     (230,228)(6)
Depreciation & amortization................     1,259,983        2,638,838            366,379          21,015 (7)       5,309,466
                                                                                                    1,023,251 (8)
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
Income from operations.....................     3,457,903        2,161,529          1,868,934       4,254,281          11,742,647
Interest expense, net......................      (614,822)      (2,862,218)           (51,832)      2,046,587 (4)     (11,539,735)
                                                                                                   (1,145,673)(9)
                                                                                                   (8,911,777)(10)
Other income (expense), net................        30,345          (30,173)            20,837          (4,832)(4)          16,177
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
Income (loss) before taxes.................     2,873,426         (730,862)         1,837,939      (3,761,414)            219,089
Provision (benefit) for income taxes.......     1,178,000          342,000             12,504      (1,442,678)(11)         89,826
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
Net income (loss).......................... $   1,695,426    $  (1,072,862)     $   1,825,435   $  (2,318,736)      $     129,263
                                            ==============   ==============     ==============  ==============      ==============
Diluted income (loss) per common
  share (12)............................... $        0.10                                                           $        0.01
                                            ==============                                                          ==============
Shares used to compute diluted
  income per common share..................    17,081,983                                                              17,146,267
                                            ==============                                                          ==============
<FN>
 ----------

*     The  historical  statements  of  operations  data for  Novacare  O&P, as
      adjusted to conform with Hanger's financial  statement  classifications.
      Adjustments primarily relate to the following reclassifications:

            o     Administrative  salary expense of $4.4 million, rent expense
                  of $3.2  million and other  administrative  expenses of $7.0
                  million reclassified from cost of products and services sold
                  to selling, general & administrative expense.

            o     Depreciation  and  amortization   expense  of  $0.8  million
                  reclassified  from cost of  products  and  services  sold to
                  depreciation & amortization expense.

            o     Royalty fee expense of $3.8 million  reclassified from other
                  expense to selling, general & administrative expense.

(1)   Other  Acquired  Companies  (along  with  NovaCare  O&P,  the  "Acquired
      Companies")  for the three  months  ended March 31, 1998  represent  the
      results of  operations  of such  companies  from  January 1, 1998 to the
      earlier of their respective dates of acquisition or March 31, 1998. Each
      of the acquisitions  has been accounted for as a purchase.  Accordingly,
      the results of operations of each of the Acquired Companies are included
      in the historical  results of operations of the Company from the date of
      its acquisition.

      Results of  operations  of the  companies  acquired by Hanger during the
      period January 1, 1998 through March 31, 1999 ("Other Acquired Companies
      (Hanger)") prior to their  acquisition  dates for the periods  presented
      are as follows:
</FN>
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Company                                                           Acquired as of        Net Sales     Net Income (Loss)
     -------                                                           --------------        ---------    -----------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                   <C>              <C>
    Wayne Rosen..................................................    January 14, 1998      $     38,061     $   (1,964)
    NOPS.........................................................    March 4, 1998            1,069,662       (156,803)
    Teufel.......................................................    March 31, 1998           1,005,452         16,711
    Hattiesberg..................................................    April 30, 1998              87,867         25,804
    Augusta Brace................................................    May 15, 1998               146,389        (20,229)
    P&O Rehab. Tech..............................................    June 11, 1998              132,651         (1,665)
    Associated O&P...............................................    June 19, 1998              304,336         52,337
    Orthotics Techniques.........................................    July 17, 1998               82,114          7,055
    Seattle Limb System..........................................    August 1, 1998           4,165,775      1,143,803
    Advanced Prosthetics.........................................    September 25, 1998         384,689        184,632
    Orthopedic Services..........................................    September 30, 1998         642,550        120,144
    Fessenden O&P................................................    November 13, 1998          346,549        113,328
    Baltimore Orthotics..........................................    December 1, 1998           272,909         19,097
    Manasota Orthopedic..........................................    December 4, 1998            90,703         (6,572)
    OST Patient Advocates........................................    December 11, 1998          152,651        (38,760)
    Thornton Orthopedic..........................................    January 5, 1999            196,177          9,717
    Carolina.....................................................    January 6, 1999            376,576         90,808
    Universal O&P................................................    January 29, 1999           205,419         (1,942)
    Medical Center Brace.........................................    February 12, 1999          881,950          2,184
                                                                                           ------------     -----------
         Total...................................................                          $ 10,582,480     $ 1,557,685
                                                                                           ============     ===========
</TABLE>


                                     F-22

<PAGE>

Results of  operations  of the  companies  acquired by NovaCare O&P during the
period  January 1, 1998  through  March 31, 1999  ("Other  Acquired  Companies
(NovaCare O&P)") prior to their  acquisition  dates for the periods  presented
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Company                                                           Acquired as of        Net Sales     Net Income (Loss)
     -------                                                           --------------        ---------    -----------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                   <C>              <C>
    Kroll's........................................................  January 1, 1998       $         --     $       --
    Atlanta Prosthetics............................................  January 1, 1998                 --             --
    TD Rehab Systems...............................................  January 1, 1998                 --             --
    Shamp Prosthetics-Orthotics....................................  January 1, 1998                 --             --
    Cajon Orthotics and Prosthetics................................  January 1, 1998                 --             --
    Cahill Orthopedic Laboratory...................................  February 1, 1998           138,793          4,324
    CPO Prosthetics and Orthotics..................................  February 1, 1998           392,244        (24,025)
    Kessler Associates.............................................  March 1, 1998              126,000         10,858
    University O&P Consultants.....................................  April 1, 1998              381,332        (23,708)
    Advanced Orthopedic Systems....................................  May 1, 1998                125,701            481
    Central Valley Prosthetics & Orthotics.........................  May 1, 1998                 99,923         36,153
    Meadowbrook Orthopedics........................................  May 1, 1998                238,829          7,192
    O.S. Orthotics & Prosthetics...................................  May 1, 1998                199,685         56,896
    Binghamton Limb & Brace........................................  June 1, 1998               435,710         58,042
    Stockton Orthopedic............................................  June 1, 1998               267,337         14,476
    Protech O&P Center.............................................  June 1, 1998               381,979         24,830
    American Rehabilitation Systems................................  June 1, 1998               217,406          5,198
    Orthopedic Laboratories........................................  June 1, 1998               120,667          6,449
    Columbus Orthopaedic Prosthetic & Orthotic Center..............  June 1, 1998               543,698         34,257
    Tuscon Limb & Brace............................................  June 1, 1998               647,119         27,510
    Physical Restoration Laboratories..............................  June 1, 1998               414,122         28,817
                                                                                           ------------     -----------
         Total.....................................................                        $  4,730,545     $  267,750
                                                                                           ============     ===========
</TABLE>

(2)   Reflects  the  elimination  of profit on  intercompany  sales during the
      period presented.  Net sales and cost of products and services sold have
      been reduced by $1,391,929 and $1,351,882, respectively.

(3)   Reflects a net  reduction  in cost of  products  and  services  sold and
      selling,  general and  administrative  expense of $389,174 and $875,901,
      respectively,  for  employee and  practitioner  salaries of the Acquired
      Companies to reflect the difference  between such historical amounts and
      amounts  specified in  employment  contracts for  comparable  employment
      positions with the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Three Months Ended
            Company                                                               March 31, 1998
            -------                                                               --------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
            Other Acquired Companies (Hanger)...................................   $    666,346
            Other Acquired Companies (NovaCare O&P).............................        598,729
                                                                                   ------------
                Total...........................................................   $  1,265,075
                                                                                   ============
</TABLE>


(4)   Adjustments to selling,  general and  administrative  expense,  interest
      expense and other income to reflect the elimination of historical income
      and expense  generated from assets not acquired  and/or  liabilities not
      assumed:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Selling,
                                                                             general and     Interest
            Company                                                         Administrative    expense      Other
            -------                                                         --------------   --------      -----
<S>                                                                            <C>          <C>           <C>
            NovaCare O&P...................................................    $    --      $2,024,541    $    --
            Other Acquired Companies (Hanger)..............................      2,518         (18,088)     4,832
            Other Acquired Companies (NovaCare O&P)........................     11,273          40,134
                                                                               --------     -----------   -------
                Total......................................................    $13,791      $2,046,587    $ 4,832
                                                                               ========     ===========   =======
</TABLE>


(5)   Adjustment to reduce selling,  general and administrative expense by the
      royalty fee of $3,829,500 charged by NovaCare, Inc. to NovaCare O&P.

(6)   Reduction  in selling,  general and  administrative  expense  related to
      elimination of intercompany profit of $230,228  previously  allocated to
      NovaCare O&P for personnel provided by a subsidiary of NovaCare.

(7)   Reflects  increases in historical  amounts of the Acquired Companies for
      amortization  expense  resulting from non-compete  agreements  signed in
      connection with acquisitions, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Three Months Ended
            Company                                                               March 31, 1998
            -------                                                               --------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
            Other Acquired Companies (Hanger)..................................... $ 21,015
</TABLE>


                                     F-23

<PAGE>

(8)   Reflects  additional  amortization  over a  40-year  period,  as if such
      Acquired  Companies  were  acquired  as of the  beginning  of the period
      presented, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Three Months Ended
            Company                                                               March 31, 1998
            -------                                                               --------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
            NovaCare O&P...................................................        $  701,509
            Other Acquired Companies (Hanger)..............................           224,654
            Other Acquired Companies (NovaCare O&P)........................            97,088
                                                                                   -----------
                Total......................................................        $ 1,023,251
                                                                                   ===========
</TABLE>


(9)   Reflects  additional  interest  expense that would have been incurred if
      the  consideration  (in the form of cash and  promissory  notes) for the
      Other Acquired  Companies had been paid at January 1, 1998. The interest
      rates used to  calculate  pro forma  interest on the assumed  additional
      debt  required  to  fund  the  cash  payments   reflects  the  Company's
      approximate borrowing rate.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Three Months Ended
            Company                                                               March 31, 1998
            -------                                                               --------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
            Other Acquired Companies (Hanger).............................         $   870,463
            Other Acquired Companies (NovaCare O&P).......................             275,210
                                                                                   ------------
                Total.....................................................         $ 1,145,673
                                                                                   ===========
</TABLE>


(10)  Represents the interest  expense on the financing for the Acquisition as
      of the beginning of the period presented.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Source                                                           Amount      Interest Rate    Interest
    ------                                                           ------      -------------    --------
<S>                                                               <C>               <C>         <C>
    Revolving Credit Facility...............................      $ 12,429,594       8.16%      $   363,027(a)
    Tranche A Term Facility.................................       100,000,000       8.16%        2,040,000
    Tranche B Term Facility.................................       100,000,000       9.16%        2,290,000
    Notes...................................................       150,000,000      11.25%        4,218,750
                                                                                                -----------
        Total...............................................                                    $ 8,911,777
                                                                                                ===========
</TABLE>

 ----------

            (a)   Interest  expense  includes  $109,463  related to the unused
                  portion not borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility.

      An increase or  decrease of 0.125% in the assumed  interest  rate on the
      Revolving  Credit  Facility,  Tranche A Term Facility and Tranche B Term
      Facility would change the pro forma interest  expense by $66,000 for the
      three months ended March 31, 1998.

(11)  To reflect income taxes as if the Company and Acquired  Companies were a
      C Corporation for the period presented, at an effective tax rate of 41%.

(12)  Historical  and pro forma  diluted  income per  share,  is  computed  by
      dividing net income adjusted for preferred stock dividends by the number
      of weighted average common and common-equivalent  shares outstanding for
      the period.  The shares used in the computation of net income per common
      share  on a  pro  forma  basis  also  include  common  stock  issued  in
      connection with acquisitions.

If approved by the Company's  stockholders in the future,  the Company may, at
its  option,  make the 7%  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  convertible  into the
Company's  Common Stock.  The  computation of net income per common share on a
pro forma basis does not include the common stock into which such shares of 7%
Redeemable Preferred Stock would be convertible.  If such shares were included
in the computation, there would be an immaterial impact on pro forma EPS.

(13)  The unaudited  pro forma amounts  exclude  potential  future  contingent
      consideration  to be paid to former  shareholders of acquired  companies
      based  on  prescribed  formulas.   Contingent  consideration  is  to  be
      accounted for as additional  purchase price consideration if and when it
      becomes probable.

(14)  Does not reflect  reductions to historical amounts as a result of future
      termination of employment of certain  employees,  the closure of certain
      facilities  and  management's   estimate  of  certain  costs  that  were
      previously  allocated  to  Novacare  O&P.  Following  is  a  summary  of
      estimated cost savings not reflected in the  historical  amounts and the
      related impact on pro forma EBITDA, net income and EPS:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>
      Employee terminations.............................................................   $ 1,589,544
      Closure of NovaCare O&P facilities................................................       186,894
      Elimination of corporate allocations of parent of NovaCare O&P                           242,699
                                                                                           ------------
                                                                                           $ 2,019,137

      EBITDA............................................................................   $17,052,114
      Adjusted EBITDA...................................................................   $19,071,251
      Net income (loss).................................................................   $   129,263
      Adjusted net income...............................................................   $ 2,148,400
      EPS...............................................................................   $      0.01
      Adjusted EPS......................................................................   $      0.13
      Reported EPS......................................................................   $      0.10
</TABLE>


                                     F-24

<PAGE>

           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                   FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Hanger           Novacare          Other
                                             Orthopedic      Orthotics and       Acquired          Pro Forma           Pro Forma
                                             Group, Inc.     Prosthetics Inc.*   Companies(1)     Adjustments          (13)(14)
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
<S>                                         <C>              <C>                <C>             <C>                 <C>
Net sales..............................     $  49,144,593    $  67,684,837      $     505,078   $     (48,863)(2)   $ 117,285,645
Cost of products & services sold.......        24,888,376       32,051,014            340,370         (47,389)(2)      57,232,371
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
Gross profit...........................        24,256,217       35,633,823            164,708          (1,474)         60,053,274
Selling, general & administrative......        17,099,004       30,919,529            126,485         (65,934)(3)      41,673,340
                                                                                                       (1,259)(4)
                                                                                                   (4,104,485)(5)
                                                                                                   (2,300,000)(6)
Depreciation & amortization............         1,705,046        2,874,628              3,685           1,087 (7)       5,046,329
                                                                                                      461,883 (8)
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
Income from operations.................         5,452,167        1,839,666             34,538       6,007,234          13,333,605
Interest expense, net..................          (287,754)      (2,540,406)            (3,344)      1,872,700 (4)      (9,552,672)
                                                                                                      (32,600)(9)
                                                                                                   (8,561,268)(10)
Other income (expense), net............            37,582          (44,038)               199                              (6,257)
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
Income (loss) before taxes.............         5,201,995         (744,778)            31,393        (713,934)          3,774,676
Provision (benefit) for income taxes...         2,081,000          299,000              4,724        (874,854)(11)      1,509,870
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
Net income (loss)......................     $   3,120,995    $  (1,043,778)     $      26,669   $     160,920       $   2,264,806
                                            ==============   ==============     ==============  ==============      ==============
Diluted income per common share (12)...     $        0.15                                                           $        0.11
                                            ==============                                                          ==============
Shares used to compute diluted income per
  Common share.........................        20,201,380                                                              20,205,090
                                            ==============                                                          ==============

<FN>
 ----------

*     The  historical  statements  of  operations  data for  NovaCare  O&P, as
      adjusted to conform with Hanger's financial  statement  classifications.
      Adjustments primarily relate to the following reclassifications:

            o     Administrative  salary expense of $7.5 million, rent expense
                  of $3.6  million and other  administrative  expenses of $5.3
                  million reclassified from cost of products and services sold
                  to selling, general & administrative expense.

            o     Depreciation  and  amortization   expense  of  $0.8  million
                  reclassified  from cost of  products  and  services  sold to
                  depreciation & amortization expense.

            o     Royalty fee expense of $4.1 million  reclassified from other
                  expense to selling, general & administrative expense.

(1)   Other  Acquired  Companies  (along  with  NovaCare  O&P,  the  "Acquired
      Companies")  for the quarter ended March 31, 1999  represent the results
      of operations of such  companies  from January 1, 1999 to the earlier of
      their  respective  dates of acquisition  or March 31, 1999.  Each of the
      acquisitions  has been  accounted  for as a purchase.  Accordingly,  the
      results of operations of each of the Acquired  Companies are included in
      the historical results of operations of the Company from the date of its
      acquisition.  NovaCare  O&P did not make  any  acquisitions  during  the
      period from January 1, 1999 through March 31, 1999.

      Results of operations of Other Acquired  Companies  acquired  during the
      period January 1, 1999 through March 31, 1999 prior to their acquisition
      dates for the periods presented are as follows:
</FN>
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            Company                                               Acquired as of     Net Sale   Net Income
            -------                                               --------------     --------   ----------
<S>                                                              <C>                 <C>        <C>
            Thornton Orthopedic...............................   January 5, 1999     $      --  $     --
            Carolina..........................................   January 6, 1999            --        --
            Universal O&P.....................................   January 29, 1999       49,625    17,326
            Medical Center Brace..............................   February 12, 1999     455,453     9,343
                                                                                     ---------  --------
            Total.............................................                       $ 505,078  $ 26,669
                                                                                     =========  ========
</TABLE>


(2)   The  adjustments  to reduce net sales  $48,863 and cost of products  and
      services sold $47,389  reflect the elimination of profit on intercompany
      sales during the period presented.

(3)   Reflects a net reduction to  historical  amounts of $65,934 for employee
      and practitioner salaries of the Other Acquired Companies to reflect the
      difference  between  such  historical  amounts and amounts  specified in
      employment  contracts  for  comparable  employment  positions  with  the
      Company.

(4)   Adjustments to selling,  general and administrative expense and interest
      expense to reflect the elimination of historical  expense generated from
      assets not acquired and/or liabilities not assumed:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Selling,
                                                                               general and      Interest
            Company                                                           Administrative     Expense
            -------                                                           --------------    --------
<S>                                                                             <C>            <C>
            NovaCare O&P......................................................       --        $ 1,872,700
            Other Acquired Companies..........................................  $ 1,259
                 Total........................................................  $ 1,259        $ 1,872,700
                                                                                ========       ===========
</TABLE>


(5)   Adjustment to reduce selling,  general and administrative expense by the
      royalty fee of $4,104,485 charged by NovaCare to NovaCare O&P.


                                     F-25

<PAGE>

(6)   Reduction  in selling,  general and  administrative  expense  related to
      elimination of intercompany profit of $2,300,000 previously allocated to
      NovaCare O&P for personnel provided by a subsidiary of NovaCare.

(7)   Reflects  increases in historical  amounts of the Acquired Companies for
      amortization  expense  resulting from non-compete  agreements  signed in
      connection with Acquisitions as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Three Months Ended
            Company                                                               March 31, 1999
            -------                                                               --------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
            Other Acquired Companies..........................................     $ 1,087
</TABLE>


(8)   Reflects  additional  amortization  over a  40-year  period,  as if such
      Acquired  Companies  were  acquired  as of the  beginning  of the period
      presented, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Three Months Ended
            Company                                                               March 31, 1999
            -------                                                               --------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
            NovaCare O&P.................................................          $ 447,594
            Other Acquired Companies.....................................             14,289
                                                                                   ---------
                 Total....................................................         $ 461,883
                                                                                   =========
</TABLE>


(9)   Reflects  additional  interest  expense that would have been incurred if
      the  consideration  (in the form of cash and  promissory  notes) for the
      Other Acquired  Companies had been paid at January 1, 1999. The interest
      rates used to  calculate  pro forma  interest on the assumed  additional
      debt  required  to  fund  the  cash  payments   reflects  the  Company's
      approximate borrowing rate.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Three Months Ended
            Company                                                               March 31, 1999
            -------                                                               --------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
            Other Acquired Companies (Hanger).................................     $ 32,600
</TABLE>


(10)  Represents the interest  expense on the financing for the Acquisition as
      of the beginning of the period presented.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Source                                                           Amount      Interest Rate    Interest
    ------                                                           ------      -------------    --------
<S>                                                               <C>               <C>         <C>
    Revolving Credit Facility...............................      $ 12,429,594       7.50%      $   342,518(a)
    Tranche A Term Facility.................................       100,000,000       7.50%        1,875,000
    Tranche B Term Facility.................................       100,000,000       8.50%        2,125,000
    Notes...................................................       150,000,000      11.25%        4,218,750
         Total..............................................                                    $ 8,561,268
                                                                                                ===========
</TABLE>


            (a)   Interest  expense  includes  $109,463  related to the unused
                  portion not borrowed under the Revolver.

      An increase or  decrease of 0.125% in the assumed  interest  rate on the
      Revolving  Credit  Facility,  Tranche A Term Facility and Tranche B Term
      Facility would change the pro forma interest  expense by $66,000 for the
      three months ended March 31, 1999.

(11)  To reflect income taxes as if the Company and Acquired  Companies were a
      C Corporation for the period presented, at an effective tax rate of 40%.

(12)  Historical  and pro  forma  diluted  income  per  share,  which has been
      adjusted  for  preferred  stock  dividends,  is computed by dividing net
      income by the number of weighted  average  common and  common-equivalent
      shares outstanding for the period. The shares used in the computation of
      net income per common  share on a pro forma  basis also  include  common
      stock issued in connection with acquisitions.

      If approved by the  Company's  stockholders  in the future,  the Company
      may, at its option,  make the 7% Redeemable  Preferred Stock convertible
      into the  Company's  Common  Stock.  The  computation  of net income per
      common share on a pro forma basis does not include the common stock into
      which such shares of 7% Redeemable Preferred Stock would be convertible.
      If such  shares  were  included  in the  computation,  there would be an
      immaterial impact on pro forma EPS.

(13)  The unaudited  pro forma amounts  exclude  potential  future  contingent
      consideration  to be paid to former  shareholders of acquired  companies
      based  on  prescribed  formulas.   Contingent  consideration  is  to  be
      accounted for as additional  purchase price consideration if and when it
      becomes probable.


                                     F-26

<PAGE>

(14)  Does not reflect  reductions to historical amounts as a result of future
      termination of employment of certain  employees,  the closure of certain
      facilities  and  management's   estimate  of  certain  costs  that  were
      previously  allocated  to  Novacare  O&P.  Following  is  a  summary  of
      estimated cost savings not reflected in the  historical  amounts and the
      related impact on pro forma EBITDA, net income and EPS:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
      Employee terminations....................................................  $ 1,589,544
      Closure of NovaCare O&P facilities.......................................      186,894
      Elimination of corporate allocations of parent of NovaCare O&P                 242,699
                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                 $ 2,019,137

      EBITDA...................................................................  $18,379,934
      Adjusted EBITDA..........................................................  $20,399,071
      Net income...............................................................  $ 2,264,806
      Adjusted net income......................................................  $ 4,283,943
      EPS......................................................................  $      0.11
      Adjusted EPS.............................................................  $      0.21
      Reported EPS.............................................................  $      0.15
</TABLE>


                                     F-27

<PAGE>

           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                  FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Hanger           Novacare          Other
                                             Orthopedic      Orthotics and       Acquired          Pro Forma           Pro Forma
                                             Group, Inc.     Prosthetics Inc.*   Companies(1)     Adjustments          (13)(14)
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
<S>                                         <C>              <C>                <C>             <C>                 <C>
Net sales.................................  $ 196,264,887    $ 278,750,002      $  18,766,746   $  (1,680,190)(2)   $ 492,101,445
Cost of products & services sold..........     96,488,390      141,739,890          8,711,226      (1,327,586)(2)     245,453,468
                                                                                                     (158,452)(3)
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
Gross profit..............................     99,776,497      137,010,112         10,055,520        (194,152)        246,647,977
Selling, general & administrative.........     65,882,054      110,199,824          6,249,916      (1,037,079)(3)     159,736,622
                                                                                                      (11,812)(4)
                                                                                                  (16,380,610)(5)
                                                                                                   (5,165,671)(6)
Depreciation & amortization...............      6,226,817       11,833,655            468,767          32,642 (7)      20,741,150
                                                                                                    2,179,269 (8)
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
Income from operations....................     27,667,626       14,976,633          3,336,837      20,189,109          66,170,205
Interest expense, net.....................     (1,575,247)     (10,979,059)           (66,950)      7,998,181 (4)     (41,416,615)
                                                                                                   (1,358,863)(9)
                                                                                                  (35,434,677)(10)
Other expense, net........................       (308,100)        (196,813)           (69,490)         (3,321)(4)        (577,724)
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
Income (loss) before taxes                     25,784,279        3,800,761          3,200,397      (8,609,571)         24,175,866
Provision (benefit) for income taxes           10,519,000        4,128,000             42,851      (4,758,880)(11)      9,930,971
                                            --------------   --------------     --------------  --------------      --------------
Net income (loss).........................  $   15,265,27    $    (327,239)     $ 3,157,546     $  (3,850,691)      $  14,244,895
                                            ==============   ==============     ==============  ==============      ==============
Diluted income per common share (12)        $        0.76                                                           $        0.71
                                            ==============                                                          ==============
Shares used to compute diluted income per
  Common share............................     20,201,380                                                              20,205,090
                                            ==============                                                          ==============

<FN>
 ----------

*     The  historical  statements  of  operations  data for  NovaCare  O&P, as
      adjusted to conform with Hanger's financial  statement  classifications.
      Adjustments primarily relate to the following reclassifications:

            o     Administrative salary expense of $23.3 million, rent expense
                  of $13.6 million and other administrative  expenses of $21.3
                  million reclassified from cost of products and services sold
                  to selling, general & administrative expense.

            o     Depreciation  and  amortization   expense  of  $3.6  million
                  reclassified  from cost of  products  and  services  sold to
                  depreciation & amortization expense.

            o     Royalty fee expense of $16.4 million reclassified from other
                  expense to selling, general & administrative expense.

(1)   Other  Acquired  Companies  (along  with  NovaCare  O&P,  the  "Acquired
      Companies")  for the twelve  months ended March 31, 1999  represent  the
      results  of  operations  of such  companies  from  April 1,  1998 to the
      earlier of their respective dates of acquisition or March 31, 1999. Each
      of the acquisitions  has been accounted for as a purchase.  Accordingly,
      the results of operations of each of the Acquired Companies are included
      in the historical  results of operations of the Company from the date of
      its acquisition.

      Results of  operations  of the  companies  acquired by Hanger during the
      period April 1, 1998 through March 31, 1999 ("Other  Acquired  Companies
      (Hanger)") prior to their  acquisition  dates for the periods  presented
      are as follows:
</FN>
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            Company                                               Acquired as of     Net Sale      Net Income
            -------                                               --------------     --------      ----------
<S>                                                              <C>                 <C>           <C>
        Hattiesberg...........................................   April 30, 1998      $    29,289   $     8,601
        Augusta Brace.........................................   May 15, 1998             73,195       (10,115)
        P&O Rehab. Tech.......................................   June 11, 1998           106,121        (1,332)
        Associated O&P........................................   June 19, 1998           270,520        46,521
        Orthotics Techniques..................................   July 17, 1998            98,536         9,065
        Seattle Limb System...................................   August 1, 1998        5,693,225     1,563,197
        Advanced Prosthetics..................................   September 25, 1998      760,829       365,160
        Orthopedic Services...................................   September 30, 1998    1,306,518       244,294
        Fessenden O&P.........................................   November 13, 1998       874,073       285,840
        Baltimore Orthotics...................................   December 1, 1998        742,920        51,987
        Manasota Orthopedic...................................   December 4, 1998        249,939       (18,110)
        OST Patient Advocates.................................   December 11, 1998       432,510        40,852
        Thornton Orthopedic...................................   January 5, 1999         738,409        29,962
        Carolina..............................................   January 6, 1999       1,174,612       306,194
        Universal O&P.........................................   January 29, 1999        665,883        11,502
        Medical Center Brace..................................   February 12, 1999     3,310,095        57,302
                                                                                     -----------   ------------
            Total.............................................                       $16,526,674   $ 2,990,920
                                                                                     ===========   ============
</TABLE>

      Results of operations  of the companies  acquired by NovaCare O&P during
      the  period  April 1, 1998  through  March  31,  1999  ("Other  Acquired
      Companies  (NovaCare)") prior to their acquisition dates for the periods
      presented are as follows:


                                     F-28

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            Company                                               Acquired as of     Net Sale      Net Income
            -------                                               --------------     --------      ----------
<S>                                                              <C>                 <C>           <C>
        University O&P Consultants.............................  April 1, 1998       $        --   $      --
        Advanced Orthopedic Systems............................  May 1, 1998              41,900         160
        Central Valley Prosthetics & Orthotics.................  May 1, 1998              33,308      12,051
        Meadowbrook Orthopedics................................  May 1, 1998              79,610       2,397
        O.S. Orthotics & Prosthetics...........................  May 1, 1998              66,562      18,965
        Binghamton Limb & Brace................................  June 1, 1998            290,473      38,695
        Stockton Orthopedic....................................  June 1, 1998            178,225       9,651
        Protech O&P Center.....................................  June 1, 1998            254,653      16,553
        American Rehabilitation Systems........................  June 1, 1998            144,937       3,465
        Orthopedic Laboratories................................  June 1, 1998             80,444       4,299
        Columbus Orthopaedic Prosthetic & Orthotic Center......  June 1, 1998            362,465      22,838
        Tuscon Limb & Brace....................................  June 1, 1998            431,413      18,340
        Physical Restoration Laboratories......................  June 1, 1998            276,082      19,212
                                                                                     -----------   ---------
            Total..............................................                      $ 2,240,072   $ 166,626
                                                                                     ===========   =========
</TABLE>


(2)   Reflects  the  elimination  of profit on  intercompany  sales during the
      period presented.  Net sales and cost of products and services sold have
      been reduced by $1,680,190 and $1,327,586, respectively.

(3)   Reflects a net  reduction  in cost of  products  and  services  sold and
      selling,  general and administrative expense of $158,452 and $1,037,079,
      respectively,  for  employee and  practitioner  salaries of the Acquired
      Companies to reflect the difference  between such historical amounts and
      amounts  specified in  employment  contracts for  comparable  employment
      positions with the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Twleve Months Ended
        Company                                                                   March 31, 1999
        -------                                                                   --------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
        Other Acquired Companies (Hanger).................................         $   951,759
        Other Acquired Companies (NovaCare O&P)...........................             243,772
                                                                                   -----------
            Total.........................................................         $ 1,195,531
                                                                                   ===========
</TABLE>


(4)   Adjustments to selling,  general and  administrative  expense,  interest
      expense and other income to reflect the elimination of historical income
      and expense  generated from assets not acquired  and/or  liabilities not
      assumed:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Selling,
                                                                               general and      Interest
            Company                                                           Administrative     Expense         Other
            -------                                                           --------------    --------         -----
<S>                                                                             <C>            <C>             <C>
        NovaCare O&P                                                            $     --       $ 7,938,449     $     --
        Other Acquired Companies (Hanger)..................................        8,814            36,204        3,321
        Other Acquired Companies (NovaCare O&P)............................        2,998            23,528
                                                                                --------       -----------      -------
            Total..........................................................     $ 11,812       $ 7,998,181      $ 3,321
                                                                                ========       ===========      =======
</TABLE>


(5)   Adjustment to reduce selling, general, and administrative expense by the
      royalty fee of $16,380,610 charged by NovaCare, Inc. to NovaCare O&P.

(6)   Reduction  in selling,  general and  administrative  expense  related to
      elimination of intercompany profit of $5,165,671 previously allocated to
      NovaCare O&P for personnel provided by a subsidiary of NovaCare.

(7)   Reflects  increases in historical  amounts of the Acquired Companies for
      amortization  expenses  resulting from non-compete  agreements signed in
      connection with acquisitions, as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Twleve Months Ended
        Company                                                                   March 31, 1999
        -------                                                                   --------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
        Other Acquired Companies (Hanger)........................................  $ 32,642
</TABLE>


(8)   Reflects  additional  amortization  over a  40-year  period,  as if such
      Acquired  Companies  were  acquired  as of the  beginning  of the period
      presented, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Twleve Months Ended
        Company                                                                   March 31, 1999
        -------                                                                   --------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
        NovaCare O&P.............................................................  $ 1,766,278
        Other Acquired Companies (Hanger)........................................      370,462
        Other Acquired Companies (NovaCare O&P)..................................       42,529
                                                                                   -----------
            Total................................................................  $ 2,179,269
                                                                                   ===========
</TABLE>

(9)   Reflects  additional  interest  expense that would have been incurred if
      the  consideration  (in the form of cash and  promissory  notes) for the
      Other Acquired  Companies had been paid at January 1, 1998. The interest
      rates used to  calculate  pro forma  interest on the assumed  additional
      debt  required  to  fund  the  cash  payments   reflects  the  Company's
      approximate borrowing rate.


                                     F-29

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Twleve Months Ended
        Company                                                                   March 31, 1999
        -------                                                                   --------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
        Other Acquired Companies (Hanger)...................................       $ 1,234,837
        Other Acquired Companies (NovaCare O&P).............................           124,026
                                                                                   ------------
            Total...........................................................       $ 1,358,863
                                                                                   ============
</TABLE>


(10)  Represents the interest  expense on the Financing for the Acquisition as
      of the beginning of the period presented.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Source                                                           Amount      Interest Rate    Interest
    ------                                                           ------      -------------    --------
<S>                                                               <C>               <C>         <C>
    Revolving Credit Facility..................................   $ 12,429,594        8.06%     $ 1,439,677 (a)
    Tranche A Term Facility....................................    100,000,000        8.06%       8,060,000
    Tranche B Term Facility....................................    100,000,000        9.06%       9,060,000
    Notes......................................................    150,000,000       11.25%      16,875,000
        Total..................................................                                 $35,434,677
                                                                                                ============
</TABLE>

 ----------

      (a)   Interest expense  includes  $437,852 related to the unused portion
            not borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility.

      An increase or  decrease of 0.125% in the assumed  interest  rate on the
      Revolving  Credit  Facility,  Tranche A Term Facility and Tranche B Term
      Facility would change the pro forma interest expense by $265,000 for the
      twelve months ended March 31, 1999.

(11)  To reflect income taxes as if the Company and Acquired  Companies were a
      C  Corporation  for the period  presented,  at an effective  tax rate of
      approximately 41%.

(12)  Historical  and pro  forma  diluted  income  per  share is  computed  by
      dividing net income adjusted for preferred stock dividends by the number
      of weighted average common and common-equivalent  shares outstanding for
      the period.  The shares used in the computation of net income per common
      share  on a  pro  forma  basis  also  include  common  stock  issued  in
      connection with acquisitions.

      If approved by the  Company's  stockholders  in the future,  the Company
      may, at its option,  make the 7% Redeemable  Preferred Stock convertible
      into the  Company's  Common  Stock.  The  computation  of net income per
      common share on a pro forma basis does not include the common stock into
      which such shares of 7% Redeemable Preferred Stock would be convertible.
      If such shares were  included  in the  computation,  pro forma EPS would
      decrease from $0.71 to $0.60.

(13)  The unaudited  pro forma amounts  exclude  potential  future  contingent
      consideration  to be paid to former  shareholders of acquired  companies
      based  on  prescribed  formulas.   Contingent  consideration  is  to  be
      accounted for as additional  purchase price consideration if and when it
      becomes probable.

(14)  Does not reflect  reductions to historical amounts as a result of future
      termination of employment of certain  employees,  the closure of certain
      facilities  and  management's   estimate  of  certain  costs  that  were
      previously  allocated  to  NovaCare  O&P.  Following  is  a  summary  of
      estimated cost savings not reflected in the  historical  amounts and the
      related impact on pro forma EBITDA, net income and EPS:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                           <C>
      Employee terminations.................................................................  $  6,358,176
      Closure of NovaCare O&P facilities....................................................       747,576
      Elimination of corporate allocations of parent of NovaCare O&P                               970,797
                                                                                              ------------
                                                                                              $  8,076,549
                                                                                              ============

      EBITDA................................................................................  $ 86,911,356
      Adjusted EBITDA.......................................................................  $ 94,987,905
      Net income............................................................................  $ 14,244,896
      Adjusted net income...................................................................  $ 22,321,445
      EPS...................................................................................  $       0.71
      Adjusted EPS..........................................................................  $       1.11
      Reported EPS..........................................................................  $       0.76
</TABLE>


                                     F-30



                                                                  EXHIBIT 2(A)


                           STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                 By and Among


                                NovaCare, Inc.,

                              NC Resources, Inc.,

                         Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.

                                      and


                             HPO Acquisition Corp.



                              As of April 2, 1999


<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 PAGE
<S>                                                                               <C>
I.    PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES............................................  1

      1.01   Purchase and Sale of the Shares.....................................  1
      1.02   Purchase Price, Payment and Adjustments.............................  1
      1.03   Delivery of the Shares..............................................  4
      1.04   Intercompany Account Obligations....................................  4
      1.05   Guaranties..........................................................  4

II.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARENT AND THE SELLER................  4

      2.01   Organization and Qualification; Subsidiaries........................  4
      2.02   Conflicts...........................................................  5
      2.03   Capitalization......................................................  5
      2.04   Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities....................  5
      2.05   Accounts Receivable; Inventories....................................  6
      2.06   Absence of Certain Changes..........................................  6
      2.07   Taxes    ...........................................................  7
      2.08   Real Property Owned or Leased.......................................  8
      2.09   Title to Assets.....................................................  8
      2.10   Contractual and Other Obligations...................................  8
      2.11   Compensation and Employment Agreements..............................  9
      2.12   Employee Benefit Plans..............................................  9
      2.13   Labor Relations..................................................... 10
      2.14   Insurance........................................................... 10
      2.15   Litigation.......................................................... 11
      2.16   Permits; Compliance with Applicable Law............................. 11
      2.17   Bank Accounts....................................................... 12
      2.18   Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights.................................. 12
      2.19   Transactions with Certain Persons................................... 13
      2.20   Authority........................................................... 13
      2.21   Ownership of Shares................................................. 13
      2.22   Consents ........................................................... 13
      2.23   Foreign Person...................................................... 13
      2.24   Medicare, Medicaid and Third-Party Payors........................... 14
      2.25   Disclosure; Year 2000............................................... 14

III.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF HANGER AND THE PURCHASER................. 15

      3.01   Organization........................................................ 15
      3.02   Authority........................................................... 15


                                       i

<PAGE>

      3.03   Conflicts........................................................... 15
      3.04   Litigation; Disputes................................................ 15
      3.05   Consents ........................................................... 15
      3.06   Investment Purpose.................................................. 16
      3.07   Financing........................................................... 16

IV.   THE CLOSING................................................................ 16

      4.01   Time and Place of the Closing....................................... 16
      4.02   Termination......................................................... 16
      4.03   Effect on Obligations............................................... 17
      4.04   Return of Documentation............................................. 17
      4.05   Sole and Exclusive Remedy........................................... 18

V.    CONDITIONS TO THE SELLER'S OBLIGATIONS TO CLOSE............................ 18

      5.01   Certificates........................................................ 18
      5.02   Opinion of the Purchaser's Counsel.................................. 18
      5.03   Representations, Warranties and Covenants........................... 18
      5.04   No Litigation....................................................... 19
      5.05   Approvals........................................................... 19
      5.06   Third Party Consents................................................ 19
      5.07   HSR Act Approval.................................................... 19
      5.08   Releases ........................................................... 19

VI.   CONDITIONS TO THE PURCHASER'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE.......................... 19

      6.01   Certificates........................................................ 19
      6.02   Opinion of the Parent's Counsel..................................... 20
      6.03   Representations, Warranties and Covenants........................... 20
      6.04   No Litigation....................................................... 21
      6.05   Approvals........................................................... 21
      6.06   Third Party Consents................................................ 21
      6.07   HSR Act Approval.................................................... 21
      6.08   Resignations........................................................ 22
      6.09   Discharge of Indebtedness; Release of Liens......................... 22
      6.10   Temporary Use of Supplier Reimbursement Numbers..................... 22
      6.11   Transition Services Agreement....................................... 22
      6.12   Subscriber Services Agreement....................................... 22
      6.13   Escrow Agreement.................................................... 22

VII.  CONDUCT OF THE BUSINESS.................................................... 22

      7.01   Operation of the Business........................................... 23
      7.02   No Loans, Advances, Etc............................................. 23
      7.03   Capital Expenditures................................................ 23
      7.04   Preservation of Organization and Business Relationships............. 23
      7.05   Employee Plans...................................................... 23


                                      ii

<PAGE>

      7.06   Maintenance of Insurance............................................ 23
      7.07   Claims   ........................................................... 23
      7.08   Sale of Assets...................................................... 23

VIII. OTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES 23

      8.01   Announcements....................................................... 23
      8.02   Employee Obligations................................................ 24
      8.03   Labor Relations..................................................... 24
      8.04   Access to Information............................................... 24
      8.05   Tax Matters......................................................... 26
      8.06   Insurance Matters................................................... 28
      8.07   Agreement by the Purchaser Regarding No Other Representations or
             Warranties by the Parent or the Seller.............................. 29
      8.08   Name Change......................................................... 30
      8.09   Release of Liens.................................................... 30
      8.10   Consents and Approvals.............................................. 30
      8.11   Further Assurances.................................................. 30
      8.12   Best Efforts........................................................ 31
      8.08   Notice of Breach.................................................... 31
      8.14   Confidentiality..................................................... 31
      8.15   Access to Properties and Records.................................... 31
      8.17   Acquisition of Rights to Confidentiality............................ 31
      8.17   Financing........................................................... 32

IX.   INDEMNIFICATION............................................................ 32

      9.01   Indemnification by the Parent and the Seller........................ 32
      9.02   Indemnification by the Purchaser.................................... 33
      9.03   Procedure for Indemnification....................................... 33
      9.04   Limits on the Liability of the Seller............................... 36
      9.05   Other Limits on Indemnification..................................... 36
      9.06   Losses Net.......................................................... 37
      9.07   Sole and Exclusive Remedy........................................... 37
      9.08   Limitations on Materiality.......................................... 37

X.    BROKERS AND FINDERS........................................................ 37

      10.01  The Parent's and the Seller's Obligations........................... 37
      10.02  The Purchaser's Obligations......................................... 37

XI.   MISCELLANEOUS.............................................................. 38

      11.01  Notices............................................................. 38
      11.02  Entire Agreement.................................................... 39
      11.03  Assignment.......................................................... 39
      11.04  Further Action...................................................... 39
      11.05  Binding Effect...................................................... 39


                                     iii

<PAGE>

      11.06  Expenses............................................................ 39
      11.07  Arbitration......................................................... 39
      11.08  Schedules and Exhibits.............................................. 39
      11.09  Invalidity, Etc..................................................... 40
      11.10  Headings............................................................ 40
      11.11  Governing Law....................................................... 40
      11.12  Counterparts........................................................ 40
      11.13  Construction........................................................ 40
      11.14  Hanger's Guaranty of Purchaser's Obligations........................ 40
      11.15  Assignment of Parent Agreements..................................... 40

XII.  DEFINITIONS................................................................ 41

      12.01  Certain Definitions................................................. 41
</TABLE>


SCHEDULES

      Schedule 1.02(a)(1)    Principal Amounts of Acquired Company Notes
      Schedule 1.02(a)(2)    Acquired-company Notes
      Schedule 1.02(a)(3)    Assumed Severance Obligations
      Schedule 1.02(b)       Trial Balance
      Schedule 2.01          Subsidiaries, Capital Stock
      Schedule 2.02          Group Member Conflicts
      Schedule 2.03          Capitalization
      Schedule 2.04(a)       Financial Statements
      Schedule 2.04(b)       Liabilities
      Schedule 2.05(a)       Accounts Receivable Exceptions
      Schedule 2.05(b)       Inventory Exceptions
      Schedule 2.06          Certain Changes
      Schedule 2.07(a)       Taxes
      Schedule 2.07(b)       Tax Attributes
      Schedule 2.08          Real Property
      Schedule 2.09          Title; Liens
      Schedule 2.10          Contracts
      Schedule 2.11          Compensation
      Schedule 2.12          Benefit Plans
      Schedule 2.13          Labor Relations
      Schedule 2.14          Insurance
      Schedule 2.15          Litigation
      Schedule 2.16          Permits; Environmental
      Schedule 2.18          Intellectual Property
      Schedule 2.19          Transactions with Certain Persons
      Schedule 2.22          Consents
      Schedule 2.25          Y2K Compliance
      Schedule 9.01          Assumed Litigation


                                      iv

<PAGE>

                           STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


            THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this  "Agreement"),  made as of the
2nd day of April 1999,  by and among  NovaCare,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation
(the "Parent"),  NC Resources,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the "Seller"),
Hanger  Orthopedic Group,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  ("Hanger"),  and HPO
Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Purchaser"). Capitalized terms
used  herein and not defined in the  specific  Section in which they are used,
shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Section XII hereof.

                             W I T N E S S E T H:


            WHEREAS,  the  Seller  is the  holder  of all  of the  issued  and
outstanding  shares of common  stock,  $.01 par value per share  (the  "Common
Stock"), of NovaCare Orthotics and Prosthetics,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation
(the "Company");

            WHEREAS,  the  Parent  is the  holder  of  all of the  outstanding
capital stock of the Seller; and

            WHEREAS, the Purchaser desires to acquire from the Seller, and the
Seller desires to sell to the  Purchaser,  for the  consideration  hereinafter
provided, all of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock (collectively, the
"Shares").

            NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto,  intending
to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

                                  SECTION I.

                        PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES

      1.01  PURCHASE  AND  SALE  OF  THE  SHARES.  Subject  to the  terms  and
conditions  of  this  Agreement  and on  the  basis  of  the  representations,
warranties,  covenants and agreements  herein contained,  at the Closing,  the
Seller agrees to sell, assign and convey the Shares to the Purchaser,  and the
Purchaser agrees to purchase, acquire and accept the Shares from the Seller.

      1.02  PURCHASE PRICE, PAYMENT AND ADJUSTMENTS.

            (a)   PURCHASE PRICE AND PAYMENT.  The Purchaser agrees to provide
the Seller with an aggregate value of Four Hundred  Fifty-Five Million Dollars
($455,000,000.00)  ("PURCHASE PRICE") for the Shares by: (i) the assumption of
the  promissory  notes  payable  by the  Company to the  sellers  of  acquired
businesses  in a  principal  amount not to exceed the  amount  (the  "Relevant
Amount") set forth on Schedule  1.02(a)(1) hereto with respect to the relevant
Closing Date (the "Acquired-company Notes") as specifically listed on SCHEDULE
1.02(A)(2)  hereto;  (ii) the escrow of Ten Million  Dollars  ($10,000,000.00)
(the  "Escrowed   Funds")  until  the  determination  of  any  Purchase  Price
adjustments as provided in Section 1.02(b) hereof; (iii) the assumption of the
liability of the Parent with respect to the  severance  amounts  calculated as
set forth on SCHEDULE  1.02(A)(3);  and (iv) the payment of the balance of the


                                      1

<PAGE>

Purchase  Price in cash by wire  transfer  or  delivery  of other  immediately
available funds at the Closing.  In the event that the Closing hereunder shall
occur  prior to July 1, 1999,  at the  request of the  Seller,  the  Purchaser
agrees to use commercially  reasonable efforts to deliver, in lieu of the cash
portion of the Purchase Price, a promissory note secured by a letter of credit
(the  "Note"),  due and  payable  to the  Seller  on July 1, 1999 and on terms
otherwise acceptable to the parties;  provided,  however, that the issuance of
the Note (and the  maintenance  of the letter of credit with respect  thereto)
shall not result in any incremental cost to the Purchaser  incurred due to the
delivery  of the Note in lieu of cash or  provided,  further,  that the Seller
agrees to bear such incremental costs.

            (b)   Purchase Price  Adjustments.  (i)  Notwithstanding  anything
contained in this Agreement to the contrary,  the Seller and Parent  guarantee
that the principal  amount of the Company's  Acquired-company  Notes shall not
exceed a maximum of the Relevant  Amount  measured as of the close of business
on  the  Closing  Date.  In  the  event  that  the  principal  amount  of  the
Acquired-company  Notes exceeds the Relevant Amount,  then the cash portion of
the Purchase Price payable pursuant to Section 1.02(a) shall be reduced by the
amount, if any, by which the Acquired-company  Notes exceed the maximum amount
of the Relevant Amount.

            (ii)  If, on the Closing Date,  Adjusted  Working  Capital is less
      than  Ninety-Five  Million Five  Hundred  Seventy-Two  Thousand  Dollars
      ($95,572,000.00),  then the cash portion of the Purchase  Price  payable
      pursuant  to  Section  1.02(a)  shall be  reduced  by the amount of such
      deficiency  (the  "Working  Capital  Deficiency")  in  Adjusted  Working
      Capital.  If, on the Closing Date,  Adjusted  Working Capital is greater
      than $95,572,000.00, then the cash portion of the Purchase Price payable
      pursuant to Section  1.02(a)  shall be  increased by the amount by which
      Adjusted  Working Capital exceeds  $95,572,000.00  (the "Working Capital
      Excess").  Adjusted  Working  Capital  shall be  comprised of cash in an
      amount of not less than Two Million  Dollars  ($2,000,000.00),  accounts
      receivable,  inventory,  other current  assets,  accounts  payable,  and
      accrued   expenses  to   third-parties   (excluding  all   inter-company
      obligations,  accrued but unpaid  Taxes and the  current  portion of the
      Acquired-  company Notes) of the Company  calculated in accordance  with
      this Agreement and GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the Company's
      prior  practice.  The Adjusted  Working Capital shall be initially based
      upon an  estimated  trial  balance to be  prepared  by the  Company  and
      presented  to the  Purchaser  as of  the  end of  the  last  full  month
      immediately  prior to the month in which the Closing Date  occurs.  This
      trial  balance  shall be  attached  hereto as SCHEDULE  1.02(B).  At the
      Closing,  the  Company  shall  present to the  Purchaser  the  Company's
      initial  calculation of its Adjusted  Working  Capital as of the Closing
      Date.

            (iii) The actual Adjusted Working Capital of the Company as of the
      Closing Date and the actual  amount of  Acquired-company  Notes shall be
      based upon a final  Balance  Sheet  dated as of the  Closing  Date.  The
      Purchaser   shall   have  such   final   Balance   Sheet   compiled   by
      PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP ("PWC").  The Purchaser shall deliver to the
      Seller the calculation and  determination of the actual Adjusted Working
      Capital of the Company and Acquired-company Notes as of the Closing Date
      as  determined  by PWC within  ninety (90) days after the Closing  Date.


                                      2

<PAGE>

      Such calculation  shall be deemed  conclusive and binding on the parties
      for purposes of computing  the actual  Adjusted  Working  Capital of the
      Company and  Acquired-company  Notes as of the  Closing  Date unless the
      Seller  objects  by  delivering  a  detailed  statement  describing  the
      Seller's  objections  to the  Purchaser  within  thirty  (30) days after
      receiving  from the Purchaser the  determination  by PWC of the Adjusted
      Working  Capital of the  Company  and  Acquired-company  Notes as of the
      Closing Date. The Purchaser and the Seller will use  reasonable  efforts
      to resolve any such objections themselves. Any dispute regarding the PWC
      determination  of  the  Adjusted  Working  Capital  of the  Company  and
      Acquired-company  Notes as of the Closing  Date shall be resolved in the
      manner  set forth in Section  1.02(d)  hereof.  If the  Seller  does not
      provide such written notice to the Purchaser  within such 30-day period,
      then the Purchaser shall make the appropriate adjustment to the Purchase
      Price in accordance  with Section 1.02(c) within ten (10) days after the
      date by which the Seller was  required to provide  such  written  notice
      under this Section 1.02(b)(iii).

            (c)   The amount of any Working Capital  Deficiency and the amount
by which  the  principal  amount of the  Acquired-company  Notes  exceeds  the
Relevant  Amount  shall be  promptly  deducted  from the  Escrowed  Funds  and
returned to the Purchaser, with the remaining balance, if any, of the Escrowed
Funds being  promptly  thereafter  released  to the  Seller.  In the event the
Escrowed Funds are less than the subject Working Capital Deficiency and excess
Acquired-company  Notes,  then all of the Escrowed  Funds shall be returned to
the Purchaser and the remaining amount of such Working Capital  Deficiency and
excess Acquired-company Notes which is greater than the amount of the Escrowed
Funds shall be paid by the Parent and the Seller to the  Purchaser  in cash by
wire  transfer  within  thirty  (30) days of the final  determination  of such
amounts as provided  under this Section 1.02.  If there is no Working  Capital
Deficiency  and the amount of the  Acquired-company  Notes does not exceed the
Relevant  Amount,  then the  entire  amount  of the  Escrowed  Funds  shall be
released to the Seller. The amount of any Working Capital Excess shall be paid
by the  Purchaser to the Seller in cash by wire  transfer  within  thirty (30)
days of the final  determination  of such Working  Capital  Excess as provided
under this Section 1.02.

            (d)   Dispute Resolution Mechanism. If the parties do not obtain a
final resolution of a dispute regarding the determination by PWC of the actual
Adjusted  Working  Capital of the Company  and the amount of  Acquired-company
Notes as of the Closing Date as provided  under Section  1.02(b) hereof within
thirty (30) days after the  Purchaser has received the statement of objections
from  the  Seller,  then  PWC  shall  select  another   nationally-recognized,
independent certified public accounting firm,  reasonably  satisfactory to the
parties, to resolve any remaining objections. The determination of such second
accounting  firm so  selected  by PWC will be set forth in writing and will be
conclusive  and  binding  upon the  parties.  The  Purchaser  will  revise the
determination  of the actual  Adjusted  Working Capital of the Company and the
amount of the  Acquired-company  Notes as of the Closing  Date to reflect such
resolution  of any  objections  thereto.  The fees and expenses of such second
accounting  firm shall be borne 50% by the Purchaser and 50% by the Parent and
Seller.


                                      3

<PAGE>

      1.03  DELIVERY OF THE SHARES.  At the Closing,  the Seller shall deliver
the Shares to the Purchaser by delivering  certificates duly endorsed in blank
representing  the Shares,  each certificate to be accompanied by any requisite
stock transfer tax stamps.

      1.04  INTERCOMPANY  ACCOUNT  OBLIGATIONS.  As of the Effective Time, all
then outstanding  intercompany  obligations,  agreements and contracts between
any Group Member and the Parent,  the Seller or any of their Affiliates (other
than any Group Member) shall be cancelled or otherwise eliminated,  at no cost
to the  Purchaser,  and in all cases none of the Parent,  the  Seller,  any of
their  Affiliates  or any Group  Member  shall have any further  liability  or
obligation  in  respect  of any such  intercompany  obligation,  agreement  or
contract;  provided  that nothing in this Section 1.04 shall affect any of the
covenants, agreements, obligations or liabilities of the Parent, the Seller or
the Purchaser as set forth in this Agreement.

      1.05  GUARANTIES.  In the event  that the  Seller,  the Parent or any of
their  Affiliates  (other than any Group  Member) has  guaranteed  (the entity
obligated  under  any  such  guaranty  being  hereinafter  referred  to as the
"Guarantor")  any  obligations  (the  "Guaranteed  Obligations")  of any Group
Member  outstanding  as of the  Closing  Date,  the  Purchaser  shall  use its
commercially  reasonable  efforts to obtain the release of each Guarantor from
any liability with respect to the Guaranteed  Obligations  and shall indemnify
and hold harmless each Guarantor harmless from and against any such liability.

                                  SECTION II.

          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARENT AND THE SELLER

      In connection  with the purchase and sale of the Shares  hereunder,  the
Parent and the Seller, jointly and severally,  hereby represent and warrant to
Hanger and the  Purchaser,  as of the date hereof and as of the Closing  Date,
that:

      2.01  ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATION; SUBSIDIARIES. The Company and each
of its subsidiaries is listed on SCHEDULE 2.01 hereto (each a "Subsidiary" and
collectively, the "Subsidiaries") and is validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization,  and has all requisite
corporate or partnership (as applicable)  power,  authority and legal right to
own, operate and lease its assets and properties and to conduct the businesses
in which it is now engaged.  Each Group  Member is duly  qualified to transact
business  as a foreign  corporation  or  partnership  (as  applicable)  in all
jurisdictions  wherein it is required  to be so  qualified,  except  where the
failure to be so  qualified  would not have a  Material  Adverse  Effect.  The
Company does not have any Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiaries. Other than
the  Subsidiaries  and other than as set forth on SCHEDULE  2.01  hereto,  the
Company does not own any capital stock or other proprietary interest, directly
or indirectly,  in any corporation,  association,  trust,  partnership,  joint
venture, limited liability company or other entity nor is the Company bound by
any agreement to acquire any such capital stock or other proprietary interest.
Copies  of  the   certificate   of   incorporation   and  by-laws,   or  other
organizational  documents,  of the Company and each  Subsidiary have been made
available to the Purchaser on or prior to the Closing  Date,  which copies are
complete and correct and include all amendments,  modifications or supplements
thereto.


                                      4

<PAGE>

      2.02  CONFLICTS. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by
the  Parent  and  the  Seller,   nor  the  consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  to be  consummated  by the  Parent  or the  Seller,  (a)
violates any provision of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other
organizational  documents of the Parent, the Seller or any Group Member or (b)
constitutes a violation of any Applicable Law. Except as set forth on SCHEDULE
2.02  hereto,  neither the  execution  and  delivery of this  Agreement by the
Parent and the Seller nor the  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby to be consummated by the Parent or the Seller violates, conflicts with,
results in any  breach of any of the terms of, or  results in the  termination
of, or the  creation  of any  material  Lien  pursuant  to the  terms of,  any
Contract or any material  contract or other  obligation to which the Parent or
the  Seller  is  subject  except  where  such  violation,   conflict,  breach,
termination or Lien would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

      2.03  CAPITALIZATION.  The authorized,  issued and  outstanding  capital
stock or other equity  interests of the Company and each  Subsidiary is as set
forth on SCHEDULE  2.03 hereto.  All of the  outstanding  shares of the Common
Stock and all of the  outstanding  shares of capital  stock of each  corporate
Subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid
and  non-assessable  and are owned of record by the  Seller,  the Company or a
Subsidiary,  as the case may be.  Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 2.03 hereto,
as of the Closing  Date,  there are no  outstanding  subscriptions,  warrants,
options, calls, commitments,  convertible or exchangeable securities, or other
rights or agreements  to purchase or acquire  shares of capital stock or other
equity interests of any Group Member to which any Group Member,  the Parent or
the Seller is a party.  Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 2.03 hereto, as of the
Closing  Date,  there  are no  agreements  concerning  the  issuance,  voting,
transfer,  acquisition  or  disposition  of shares of  capital  stock or other
equity interests of any Group Member to which any Group Member,  the Parent or
the Seller is a party.

      2.04  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS;   NO  UNDISCLOSED   LIABILITIES.   (a)  The
Company's audited consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 1997 and 1998 and
related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for each of the years
ended June 30, 1996,  1997 and 1998,  and the unaudited  consolidated  balance
sheet  as  at  December  31,  1998  and  the  related  unaudited  consolidated
statements   of  income  and  cash  flows  for  the  six  months   then  ended
(collectively,  the "Financial  Statements")  are attached  hereto as SCHEDULE
2.04(A).  The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP,
consistently  applied,  in all material  respects,  except that the  Financial
Statements  as of  December  31, 1998 do not  contain  footnotes.  The balance
sheets  constituting a part of the Financial  Statements fairly present in all
material respects the consolidated  financial condition of the Group as at the
date of such balance sheets and the other related  statements  included in the
Financial  Statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated
results of operations and cash flows of the Group for the periods then ended.

            (b)   Except as set forth in  SCHEDULE  2.04(B)  hereto,  no Group
Member has any material  liabilities  or  obligations  of any nature,  whether
accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, except for:

            (i)   liabilities and obligations set forth or adequately reserved
      against in the Financial Statements;


                                      5

<PAGE>

            (ii)  liabilities and obligations  incurred in the ordinary course
      of business subsequent to the date of the Financial Statements; and

            (iii) liabilities and obligations described or otherwise disclosed
      on the Schedules to this Agreement.

            (c)   Except for  indebtedness  for borrowed money to be cancelled
or  otherwise  eliminated  as set forth in Section  1.04 hereof and except for
indebtedness  for borrowed money among Group Members,  no Group Member has any
indebtedness for borrowed money.

      2.05  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE; INVENTORIES.

            (a)   All accounts  receivable of the Group  Members  reflected on
the balance  sheet  included in the  Financial  Statements  as of December 31,
1998, and all accounts  receivable  which have arisen since December 31, 1998,
are valid accounts  receivable  subject to no known setoff or counterclaim and
have  arisen only from bona fide  arm's-length  transactions  in the  ordinary
course of the business of the Group  Members,  consistent  with past practices
and recorded in accordance with GAAP,  consistently  applied, and subject only
to the reserves reflected on the Financial Statements, except only as provided
in SCHEDULE 2.05(A).

            (b)   The  inventories  reflected on the balance sheet included in
the Financial Statements, or thereafter acquired by the Group Members (and not
subsequently disposed of in the ordinary course of business), consist of items
that are saleable in all material  respects in the ordinary course of business
for the purpose  for which they were  procured  or  manufactured,  and none of
which is damaged or defective, nor subject to any security interest, except as
otherwise  provided in SCHEDULE  2.05(B).  The values at which inventories are
carried on the balance sheet included in the Financial  Statements,  or in the
case of  inventories  acquired  following  December  31, 1998 on the books and
records of the applicable Group Member, reflect the normal inventory valuation
policy of the Group  Members  of stating  inventories  at the lower of cost or
market (on a first-in, first-out method) in accordance with GAAP.

      2.06  ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES.  Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 2.06,
since  December  31,  1998  there has not been any (a)  adverse  change in the
assets, properties,  results of operations or financial condition of the Group
which has resulted or is likely to result in a Material  Adverse  Effect;  (b)
material  damage to or  destruction  of the assets or properties of the Group,
whether or not insured;  (c) material changes in the Group's customary methods
of  operations  or the manner in which  their  business is  conducted;  or (d)
except in the  ordinary  course of  business,  sale or  transfer  of  material
tangible or intangible assets of the Group, or mortgage,  pledge or imposition
of any Lien on such assets except for Permitted Liens.

      2.07  TAXES. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 2.07(A) hereto:

            (a)   Each  Group  Member  has  filed or  caused  to be filed on a
timely  basis all  returns,  reports or other  declarations  relating to Taxes
required  to be  filed  by it (the  "Tax  Returns"),  except  for any such Tax
Returns  which the  Company or the Seller  are not aware were  required  to be
filed and the  failure  to file  which  would not have,  in the  aggregate,  a
Material  Adverse  Effect,  and each of the Group  Members  has timely paid or
caused to be paid all Federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including,  but
not limited to, income,  franchise,  property (real, tangible and intangible),


                                      6

<PAGE>

sales,  use,  unemployment,  withholding,  gross receipts,  business  license,
transfer,  capital,  net worth,  gains,  excise,  social security and workers'
compensation  taxes and  estimated  income and  franchise  tax  payments,  and
penalties,  interest  and fines with  respect to any  thereof)  (collectively,
"Taxes")  set forth on such Tax Returns as due and payable by it with  respect
to the periods  covered by such Tax Returns.  All of such Tax Returns are true
and correct in all material respects,  except where the failure to be so would
not have,  individually or in the aggregate,  a Material Adverse Effect. Since
their respective dates of acquisition, the taxable income of each of the Group
Members has been included in the  consolidated  Federal  income Tax Returns of
the Parent to the extent  required  to be  included  under the Code and in the
consolidated,  combined or unitary  state  income Tax Returns of the Parent to
the extent required to be included under applicable state income Tax rules.

            (b)   With  respect  to any Taxes of any Group  Member not yet due
and payable,  adequate reserves and accruals in all material respects for such
Taxes have been made in the  Financial  Statements or in the books and records
of the applicable Group Member.

            (c)   Neither the Seller, nor the Parent, nor any Group Member has
received written notice from any taxing authority of any material  deficiency,
claim or other dispute  relating to the payment or assessment of any Taxes for
any period which remains unsettled at the date hereof, and to the Knowledge of
the Parent no such  deficiency  exists  materially  in excess of reserves  and
accruals set forth in the Financial Statements.

            (d)   Neither the Seller, nor the Parent, nor any Group Member has
executed  any  waiver of any  statute  of  limitations  on the  assessment  or
collection of Taxes with respect to any Group Member or executed any agreement
now in effect extending the period of time to assess or collect any Taxes with
respect to any Group Member.

            (e)   There are no Liens for Taxes  (other than  Permitted  Liens)
upon or, to the Knowledge of the Parent,  threatened against any assets of the
Group, other than Liens which would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

            (f)   None of the  Seller,  the  Parent or any  Group  Member is a
party to any pending or, to the  Knowledge of the Parent,  threatened  action,
proceeding  or  assessment  by any  taxing  authority,  foreign  or  domestic,
relating to any Group Member.

            (g)   Except  for  the  Tax  Sharing   Agreement  which  shall  be
cancelled as of the Closing Date  without any effect  whatsoever  on any Group
Member for any  taxable  year,  no Group  Member is a party to any tax sharing
agreement.

            (h)   No  election  under  Section  341(f) of the Code has been or
will be made to treat  any  Group  Member  as a  "consenting  corporation"  as
defined in such Section 341(f).

            (i)   No Group Member is or has been a United States real property
holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code.

            (j)   SCHEDULE  2.07(B) hereto sets forth a summary of the Federal
and state tax attributes (net operating losses,  etc.) available to each Group
Member and not less than five (5) days prior to the Closing  Date,  the Seller


                                      7

<PAGE>

shall  deliver to the Purchaser a schedule of the  subsidiary  stock basis for
each Group Member.

      2.08  REAL PROPERTY  OWNED OR LEASED.  A list of all real property owned
or leased by each Group Member is set forth in SCHEDULE 2.08 hereto. Except as
set forth in SCHEDULE  2.08  hereto,  all such  leased  real  property is held
subject to written  leases  under which the  applicable  Group  Member has not
received a written  notice of any  existing  defaults  or events of default or
events which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute defaults on
the part of the applicable  Group Member,  nor has the applicable Group Member
done any act or  omitted  to do any  required  act  which  would  result  in a
default,  except for any such default which would not have a Material  Adverse
Effect.  Furthermore,  except as set forth in SCHEDULE  2.08 hereto,  no lease
agreement  relating  to real  property  to  which a  Group  Member  is a party
contains  a  provision  requiring  approval  by or  consent of the lessor to a
change in control or  ownership  of the lessee or an increase  in rental,  fee
payable  or other  modification  of the  terms of such  agreement  as a result
thereof, which provision would be applicable to the transactions  contemplated
by this Agreement.

      2.09  TITLE TO ASSETS. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 2.09 hereto, each
Group  Member  has good and valid  title to all of the  properties  and assets
owned by it,  free and clear of all Liens  except for  Permitted  Liens.  Each
Group Member  leases,  owns or has the right to use all  properties and assets
used in the  operation of its business as currently  conducted.  Except as set
forth on SCHEDULE  2.09,  the assets of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  are
sufficient and adequate in all material  respects to carry on their respective
businesses as presently conducted.

      2.10  CONTRACTUAL  AND OTHER  OBLIGATIONS.  Set forth in  SCHEDULE  2.10
hereto is a list as of  December  31, 1998 of all (a)  contracts,  agreements,
leases  and  guarantees  to which any Group  Member is a party or by which any
Group  Member or any of their  respective  assets  is bound,  in any case with
respect to which the unperformed  obligation of the applicable Group Member is
in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate  (excluding  contracts  and  agreements
referred to in Section 2.11 or 2.12 hereof) and (b) uncompleted orders for the
purchase by any Group Member of  materials,  supplies,  equipment and services
for the  requirements  of its  business,  and all  work-in-progress  and  open
customer orders, in any case with respect to which the unperformed  obligation
of the applicable Group Member is in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate;  all
of  the  foregoing  required  to be  listed  on  SCHEDULE  2.10  hereto  being
hereinafter  collectively referred to as the "Contracts".  To the Knowledge of
the Parent,  neither any Group  Member nor any other party to a Contract is in
default in the  performance  of any  Contract nor done any act or failed to do
any required act which would result in a default,  no written notice of such a
default has been  received by any Group  Member,  the Seller or the Parent and
none of the Seller, the Parent or any Group Member has received written notice
of an event the  occurrence of which with the giving of notice or the lapse of
time would  constitute a default  under any  covenant or  condition  under any
Contract,  except in each case for any default which would not have a Material
Adverse Effect.  Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 2.10 or SCHEDULE 2.22 hereto,
no consents  are  required  (except  for any such  consents as shall have been
obtained prior to the Closing Date), and no event of default will occur, under
any  Contract  as a result of the sale and  transfer  of the  Shares  from the
Seller to the  Purchaser,  and the change in control  of the  Company  and the
Group  Members as a result of the sale and  transfer  of the  Shares  from the
Seller  to the  Purchaser  will not give any  person  or  entity  the right to
renegotiate, change or void any terms of, or accelerate any amounts under, any


                                      8

<PAGE>

Contract,  any  Acquired-company  Notes or any  non-competition  agreement  or
clause to which the Company and/or any Group Member is a party.

      2.11  COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS. Set forth in SCHEDULE 2.11
hereto is (a) a list as of the date hereof of all written agreements, plans or
arrangements  by which any Group Member is bound with regard to  compensation,
bonus,  incentive,  stock  option,  stock  purchase,  severance  pay or  other
benefits or  perquisites,  other than any  agreements,  plans or  arrangements
listed in  SCHEDULE  2.12  hereto and (b) a list as of the date  hereof of all
employees  of  each  Group  Member  who   received   compensation   (excluding
compensation  deemed to be received  upon the  exercise  of stock  options) in
excess of $50,000  during the most  recently  completed  fiscal year and their
respective  current  positions and annual salaries and any other  compensation
which is reasonably  expected to be paid this year.  SCHEDULE 2.11 hereto also
sets forth the names of all employees of the Company and each Group Member who
is a party  to an  employment,  confidentiality  or other  agreement  with the
Company  or any  Group  Member,  together  with the  terms of such  agreement,
including  non-competition scope and duration, and not less than five (5) days
prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser a list of
the governing law, confidentiality and/or restrictive covenant provisions with
respect to such employment, confidentiality or other agreements. Except as set
forth in SCHEDULE 2.11 hereto, no employment agreement, severance agreement or
other agreement of any type to which any officer or employee of the Company or
any Group Member is a party  contains any provision  terminating  or otherwise
calling for  renegotiation,  modification  or payments  under the terms of any
such agreement in the event of a change in control or ownership of the Company
or the subject  Group  Member.  Except as set forth in SCHEDULE  2.11  hereto,
there  are no  contracts,  agreements,  plans  or  arrangements  covering  any
employee or former employee of the Company or any Group Member with "change of
control"  or similar  provisions.  There is no  contract,  agreement,  plan or
arrangement  covering  any  employee or former  employee  of the Company  that
individually or collectively could give rise to the payment of any amount that
would not be  deductible  pursuant  to the terms of Section  280G of the Code.
Neither the Company  nor any trade or business  (whether or not  incorporated)
under common  control  with the Company  within the meaning of Section 4001 of
ERISA has incurred any liability  under the Worker  Adjustment  and Retraining
Act or any similar state law relating to employment  termination in connection
with a mass layoff, plant closing or similar event.

      2.12  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.

      Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 2.12 hereto:

            (a)   No Group Member maintains or sponsors, nor is it required to
make contributions to, any pension, profit-sharing,  bonus, incentive, welfare
or other  employee  benefit  plan  within the  meaning of Section  3(3) of the
Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as amended  ("ERISA") (such
plans and related trusts,  insurance and annuity contracts,  funding media and
related  agreements  and  arrangements,  other than any  "multiemployer  plan"
(within the meaning of Section 3(37) or Section  4001(a)(3)  of ERISA),  being
hereinafter  referred to as the "Benefit Plans" and such  multiemployer  plans
being hereinafter referred to as the "Multiemployer Plans");


                                      9

<PAGE>

            (b)   Each  Benefit  Plan   complies  in  all  respects  with  all
requirements of ERISA and the Code except where the failure to so comply would
not have a Material Adverse Effect;

            (c)   Each  Benefit  Plan that is intended to be  qualified  under
Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable  determination letter from
the Internal  Revenue  Service as to such  qualification  within the period of
time prescribed by law;

            (d)   No Group Member  maintains,  sponsors or contributes to (nor
is required to contribute to) any Multiemployer Plan;

            (e)   No Benefit  Plan is a "defined  benefit  plan"  (within  the
meaning of Section 3(35) of ERISA);

            (f)   None of the  Parent,  the  Seller  or any Group  Member  has
engaged  in,  and the  Parent  has no  knowledge  of any  fiduciary  or  other
"disqualified  person or party in  interest"  of any Benefit Plan of any Group
Member that has engaged in, any "prohibited  transaction"  (within the meaning
of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975(c) of the Code);

            (g)   Each  Benefit  Plan that is intended to be  qualified  under
Section  501(a)  of the  Code as an  organization  described  in Code  Section
501(c)(9)  has  received a favorable  determination  letter from the  Internal
Revenue Service as to the tax-exempt  status of the  organization,  within the
period of time prescribed by law; and

            (h)   The  account  balance of the VEBA Trust as of March 31, 1999
is $-0-.  To the extent  that the portion of the assets held by the VEBA Trust
attributable  to Employees,  Former  Employees and  Beneficiaries  exceeds the
amount  required to fund run-out  claims of  Employees,  Former  Employees and
Beneficiaries  from the  Health  Plan,  that  portion  of the  assets  will be
spun-off to fund a separate VEBA to benefit  Employees,  Former  Employees and
Beneficiaries.

      2.13  LABOR RELATIONS.  Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 2.13 hereto,  no
Group Member is subject to any labor  strikes,  stoppages or lockouts and none
of them is a party to any contract or agreement with any labor organization or
other representative of its employees.

      2.14  INSURANCE.  Set forth on SCHEDULE  2.14 hereto is a list as of the
date hereof of the property and casualty insurance policies maintained by each
of the Group  Members,  the  coverages of such  policies,  the annual  premium
amounts, any unpaid premium amounts, the dates of renewal and expiration,  and
the dates, if any, of any gaps or lapses in such insurance coverage.  SCHEDULE
2.14 also sets forth all  insurance  policies  covering  any Group Member that
will not continue to remain in effect after the Closing Date.

      2.15  LITIGATION.  Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 2.15 hereto, there is
no litigation, arbitration or other legal proceeding (collectively, "Actions")
pending  or, to the  Knowledge  of the  Parent,  threatened  against any Group
Member or any  material  portion  of the  assets or  properties  of the Group,
except for Actions  covered by  insurance  policies  maintained  by or for the
benefit of the Group Members  (including  insurance policies which are subject
to  applicable  deductibles,   liability  retentions  or  other  reimbursement
obligations).


                                      10

<PAGE>

      2.16  PERMITS; COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

            (a)   GENERAL.  Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 2.15 hereto,  each
Group Member is in compliance  with all  Applicable Law relating to such Group
Member and its respective  assets and properties,  except where the failure to
be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

            (b)   PERMITS. The permits,  licenses,  approvals,  franchises and
authorizations   (collectively,   but  excluding  Environmental  Permits,  the
"Permits")  issued to the Group  Members are all the Permits  required for the
ownership,  operation  and use by the Group  Members of their  properties  and
assets and for the  conduct of the  business  in which the Group  Members  are
presently engaged, except for such Permits which the failure to have would not
have a Material Adverse Effect.  All the Permits are in full force and effect,
except  where the  failure to be in effect  would not have a Material  Adverse
Effect.

            (c)   ENVIRONMENTAL. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 2.16 hereto:

            (i)   Each Group Member is in  compliance  with the  provisions of
      all Federal,  state and local  environmental  laws, codes and ordinances
      and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Environmental
      Laws"),  including  with  respect to the real  property  leased by Group
      Members listed on SCHEDULE 2.08 hereto and the improvements thereon (all
      such leased real property and improvements  thereon hereinafter referred
      to  collectively as the  "Premises"),  except where the failure to be in
      compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

            (ii)  Each Group Member has obtained all required  Federal,  state
      and  local   permits,   licenses,   certificates   and  approvals   (the
      "Environmental  Permits") relating to (A) air emissions,  (B) discharges
      to surface  water or ground  water,  (C) noise  emissions,  (D) solid or
      liquid  waste   disposal,   and  (E)  the  use,   generation,   storage,
      transportation  or disposal of toxic or hazardous  substances  or wastes
      (intended  hereby and  hereafter  to include any and all such  materials
      listed in any Environmental  Law, as hazardous or potentially  hazardous
      (including,  without limitation, (1) any chemical, compound, material or
      substance that is defined,  listed in, or otherwise  classified pursuant
      to, any of the Environmental Laws as a "hazardous substance", "hazardous
      material", "hazardous waste", "toxic substance" or "toxic pollutant" and
      (2) petroleum,  natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquified natural gas,
      and synthetic gas) (collectively, "Hazardous Substances")), except where
      the failure to have obtained or maintained any such Environmental Permit
      would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

            (iii) To  the  Knowledge  of  the  Parent,  no  violation  of  any
      Environmental  Law exists,  and no Group Member has received any written
      notice of violations of any Environmental Law which have not been cured,
      relating to the use,  ownership  or  occupancy  of any of the  Premises,
      except  for any  violations  which  would  not have a  Material  Adverse
      Effect.


                                      11

<PAGE>

            (iv)  No Group  Member  has  engaged in the  generation,  storage,
      treatment,  recycling,  transportation  or  disposal  of  any  Hazardous
      Substance,  except in compliance  with  applicable  Environmental  Laws,
      except where the failure to be in  compliance  would not have a Material
      Adverse Effect.

            (v)   None of the  Premises,  nor, to the Knowledge of the Parent,
      any real property to which any Group Member has, directly or indirectly,
      transported  or  arranged  for  the   transportation  of  any  Hazardous
      Substances,  is  listed  on the  National  Priorities  List  promulgated
      pursuant to the Comprehensive  Environmental Response,  Compensation and
      Liability Act of 1980, as amended ("CERCLA"),  on CERCLIS (as defined in
      CERCLA)  or on any  similar  Federal,  state  or  foreign  list of sites
      requiring investigation or clean-up.

      2.17  BANK  ACCOUNTS.  Not less than five (5) days prior to the  Closing
Date,  the Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser a list as of such date of all
bank and securities  accounts and lockboxes  maintained by any Group Member, a
list of persons authorized to sign on behalf of each Group Member with respect
to each such account,  a list of persons with  authorized  access to each such
lockbox and a list of the balances in such  accounts  and  lockboxes as of the
most  recent  reasonably  practicable  dates (the  Seller may comply  with the
foregoing  requirement  as to balances by  attaching a copy of the most recent
bank statements for such accounts and lockboxes).

      2.18  TRADEMARKS,  PATENTS  AND  COPYRIGHTS.  SCHEDULE  2.18 hereto sets
forth a list as of the date hereof of all registrations of patents and pending
applications therefor, all registrations of trademarks, tradenames and service
marks and all pending applications  therefor,  all registrations of copyrights
and all pending applications therefor (collectively, "Intellectual Property"),
all to the extent  that the  foregoing  items are used in the  business of the
Group  Members and are owned in whole or in part by any Group  Member.  To the
Knowledge of the Parent, all of the patents, trademarks,  tradenames,  service
marks,  copyrights  and licenses or other  agreements  listed in SCHEDULE 2.18
hereto are valid and in full force and effect,  except as  otherwise  noted on
SCHEDULE  2.18  hereto.  To the  Knowledge  of the Parent,  no Group Member is
infringing  upon, or otherwise  violating,  the rights of any third party with
respect to any  Intellectual  Property and no third party is infringing on the
rights of any Group Member.

      2.19  TRANSACTIONS   WITH  CERTAIN  PERSONS.   Except  with  respect  to
insurance  arrangements  set forth on  SCHEDULE  2.14 hereto or referred to in
Section 8.06 hereof and the Tax Sharing Agreement,  and except as set forth on
SCHEDULE  2.19  hereto,  no  executive  officer,  director or Affiliate of the
Parent,  the Seller or any Group Member is presently a party to any  agreement
with any Group  Member  regarding  the  payment  of money or the  transfer  of
property by any Group  Member to such person  which will  survive the Closing,
other than  employment  agreements all of which shall survive  Closing without
change, except as otherwise provided on SCHEDULE 2.11.

      2.20  AUTHORITY.  Each of the Parent  and the  Seller has the  corporate
power and  authority to execute and deliver this  Agreement and to perform its
covenants  and  agreements  hereunder.  The  execution  and  delivery  of this
Agreement by each of the Parent and the Seller, the performance by each of the
Parent  and the  Seller of its  covenants  and  agreements  hereunder  and the


                                      12

<PAGE>

consummation  by  each  of the  Parent  and  the  Seller  of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  have been duly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate
action.  This Agreement  constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of
the Parent and the  Seller,  enforceable  against the Parent and the Seller in
accordance with its terms.

      2.21  OWNERSHIP OF SHARES. As of the Effective Time, the Seller will own
all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of Common Stock,  free and clear of
any Lien,  and the Seller will have the  unrestricted  right and power to sell
and transfer  such shares of Common Stock to the  Purchaser.  Upon transfer of
such  Shares  to the  Purchaser  in  accordance  with the  terms  hereof,  the
Purchaser will acquire good and valid title to such Shares,  free and clear of
any Lien, except those Liens created by the Purchaser or its Affiliates. As of
the Closing  Date,  the Seller will not own any shares of capital stock of the
Company  other than the shares of Common Stock and will not have any option or
other right to acquire from any person or  obligation or commitment to sell or
otherwise  transfer  to any person any shares of capital  stock of the Company
owned by the Seller.  As of the  Effective  Time,  the Company,  or one of its
direct or indirect wholly owned  Subsidiaries,  will own all of the issued and
outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  or  other  equity  interests  of each
Subsidiary,  free and clear of any Lien,  except  that the  Company  only owns
(indirectly  through its  Subsidiaries) 50% of the equity interests in each of
Orthomedics-Voner (Rancho) and Orthomedics-Voner  (Whittier),  each California
general partnerships.

      2.22  CONSENTS.  Except as may be required  under The  Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust  Improvements  Act of 1976,  as amended  ("HSR"),  and except as set
forth on SCHEDULE 2.22 hereto, no consents, approvals or authorizations of, or
filings  with,  any  Governmental  Authority or any other person or entity are
required in connection  with the  execution and delivery of this  Agreement by
the  Parent  and  the  Seller  and  the   consummation  of  the   transactions
contemplated  hereby to be  consummated  by the Parent or the  Seller,  except
where the failure to obtain such consents,  approvals,  or authorizations,  or
make such filings, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

      2.23  FOREIGN  PERSON.  Neither  the  Parent nor the Seller is a foreign
person within the meaning of Section 1445(f)(3) of the Code.

      2.24  MEDICARE,  MEDICAID AND THIRD-PARTY  PAYORS. Each Group Member has
complied with all laws, rules and regulations of Medicaid and Medicare and all
applicable  policies and procedures of third-party payors with which any Group
Member has  conducted  business  and/or  issued an  invoice  for  services  or
products,  and has filed all returns,  cost  reports and other  filings in the
manner  prescribed,  except  where  the  failure  to do  so  would  not  have,
individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. All returns, cost
reports and other filings made by each Group Member to Medicare, Medicaid, any
other  governmental  health or welfare related entity or any third-party payor
are true and  complete,  except  where  the  failure  to be so would not have,
individually or in the aggregate,  a Material Adverse Effect. No deficiency in
any such returns, cost reports and other filings,  including  deficiencies for
late  filings,  has been  asserted  or, to the best  Knowledge  of the Parent,
threatened by any Federal or state agency or instrumentality or other provider
reimbursement entities relating to Medicare, Medicaid or any third-party payor
claims,  and, to the best  Knowledge of the Parent,  there is no basis for any
claims or requests for reimbursement from any such agency,  instrumentality or
entity except for any  deficiencies  which would not have,  individually or in


                                      13

<PAGE>

the aggregate,  a Material Adverse Effect. No Group Member has been subject to
any  investigation  of any type or any audit relating to fraudulent  Medicare,
Medicaid or any third-party  payor procedures or practices,  except for audits
which would not have,  individually  or in the aggregate,  a Material  Adverse
Effect.

      2.25  DISCLOSURE;  YEAR 2000. (a) No  representation or warranty made by
the Parent or the Seller  herein,  nor any  certificate,  Schedule  or exhibit
prepared  and  furnished by the Parent,  the Seller,  the Company or any Group
Member or its respective  representatives pursuant hereto, contains any untrue
statement of a material  fact, or omits to state a material fact  necessary to
make the  statements  of fact  contained  herein or therein not  misleading in
light of the circumstances under which they were furnished.

            (b)   All items, products,  software,  components and systems used
in the  operation  of the  business  of the  Company,  which  incorporate  the
processing  of dates or  date-related  data  (including,  but not  limited to,
representing,  calculating,  comparing  and  sequencing),  including,  but not
limited to, computer systems,  infrastructure  items,  software  applications,
hardware and related  equipment and utilities  ("Components"),  developed,  in
whole  or  part,   by  the  Company  and  its   Subsidiaries   are   currently
Y2K-compliant,  except  as set  forth in  SCHEDULE  2.25 and  except  for such
non-compliance  as would not have a Material  Adverse Effect.  The Company has
used  commercially  reasonable  efforts to obtain (i) commitments that all its
vendors are or will be  Y2K-compliant  by June 30, 1999, and (ii)  enforceable
agreements  with each such vendor setting forth details of plans and schedules
to achieve  Y2K-compliance  and  agreed-upon  penalties for failure to achieve
full  compliance  pursuant to such  schedules.  The Seller agrees to cause the
TOPS  hardware and software to become  Y2K-compliant  on or before the Closing
Date  or,  to the  extent  such  software  and  hardware  programs  are not so
compliant by such time, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.05 hereof,
the Seller agrees to indemnify the Purchaser for the reasonable cost of making
such programs so compliant.

                                 SECTION III.

          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF HANGER AND THE PURCHASER

      In connection with the purchase and sale of the Shares  hereunder,  each
of Hanger and the  Purchaser,  jointly and  severally,  hereby  represents and
warrants  to the Parent and the  Seller,  as of the date  hereof and as of the
Closing Date, that:

      3.01  ORGANIZATION.  Each of Hanger and the Purchaser is duly organized,
validly  existing and in good standing under the laws of the  jurisdiction  of
its incorporation.

      3.02  AUTHORITY.  Each of Hanger  and the  Purchaser  has the  requisite
corporate  power and  authority to execute and deliver this  Agreement  and to
perform its covenants and agreements hereunder.  The execution and delivery of
this Agreement by each of Hanger and the Purchaser, the performance by each of
Hanger and the  Purchaser of its covenants  and  agreements  hereunder and the
consummation  by  each  of  Hanger  and  the  Purchaser  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  have been duly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate
action.  This Agreement  constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of
each of Hanger and the Purchaser,  enforceable  against each of Hanger and the
Purchaser in accordance with its terms.


                                      14

<PAGE>

      3.03  CONFLICTS. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by
Hanger  and  the  Purchaser,   nor  the   consummation  of  the   transactions
contemplated  hereby  to be  consummated  by  Hanger  and the  Purchaser,  (a)
violates  any  provision of the  certificate  of  incorporation  or by-laws of
either  of Hanger or the  Purchaser  or (b)  constitutes  a  violation  of any
Applicable Law. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Hanger
and the Purchaser nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
to be  consummated  by Hanger  and the  Purchaser  violates,  conflicts  with,
results in any breach of any of the terms of or results in the  termination of
or the  creation of any  material  Lien  pursuant to the terms of any material
contract,  commitment,  agreement, or lease of any kind to which Hanger or the
Purchaser  is a party  or by which  Hanger  or the  Purchaser  or any of their
respective assets are bound.

      3.04  LITIGATION;  DISPUTES.  There are no  Actions  pending  or, to the
knowledge of Hanger or the Purchaser,  threatened, against or affecting Hanger
or the Purchaser which  challenge the validity of this Agreement,  or which if
adversely  determined,  would  materially  adversely  affect their  ability to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to perform their
respective covenants and agreements under this Agreement.

      3.05  CONSENTS.  Except  as may be  required  under  HSR,  no  consents,
approvals or authorizations of, or filings with, any Governmental Authority or
any other person or entity are required in  connection  with the execution and
delivery of this Agreement by Hanger and the Purchaser and the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby to be consummated by them.

      3.06  INVESTMENT  PURPOSE.   The  Purchaser  is  purchasing  the  Shares
pursuant to this  Agreement for  investment for its own account and not with a
view to the  distribution  of all or any part  thereof as such term is used in
Section  2(11) of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Securities
Act"). The Purchaser is a sophisticated investor and capable of evaluating the
merits and the risks of acquiring the Shares. The Purchaser acknowledges that:
the  Shares  are  "restricted  securities  (as  defined  under  the  rules and
regulations  promulgated  under the Securities  Act); that the Shares have not
been issued or sold pursuant to any  registration or similar filing,  listing,
prospectus  or document,  or pursuant to any delivery  requirements  under the
laws of any Governmental Authority or the rules,  regulations or guidelines of
any stock  exchange or quotation  system;  and that it and its  Affiliates and
representatives  has  each  had  access  to  information  which  it  considers
necessary or advisable to enable it to make a decision concerning the purchase
of the  Shares  provided,  however,  such  access  shall in no way  affect  or
diminish the  representations,  warranties and covenants of the Parent and the
Seller in this Agreement.

      3.07  FINANCING. The Purchaser and/or Hanger has available all funds, or
has written binding  commitments from financial  institutions or other sources
to obtain  all funds on or prior to the  Closing  Date,  necessary  to pay the
Purchase Price as provided herein and otherwise to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.


                                      15

<PAGE>

                                  SECTION IV.

                                  THE CLOSING

      4.01  TIME AND PLACE OF THE  CLOSING.  The closing of the  purchase  and
sale of the Shares as set forth herein  (herein  referred to as the "Closing")
shall be held at the offices of Haythe & Curley,  237 Park  Avenue,  New York,
New York 10017 at 10:00 a.m.,  local  time,  on the later of (i) June 15, 1999
(provided, that the Purchaser may require the Closing to be held on an earlier
date upon giving  three (3)  business  days'  notice to the Seller at any time
after the conditions precedent to the Closing have been satisfied) or (ii) the
date which is three (3) business  days after the  conditions  precedent to the
Closing  have  been  satisfied,  or such  other  time,  place  and date as the
Purchaser and the Seller may agree (such date upon which the Closing occurs is
herein  referred to as the "Closing Date") and, for accounting  purposes,  the
Closing shall be effective as of a mutually agreeable date.

      4.02  TERMINATION.   This   Agreement   may  be   terminated,   and  the
transactions contemplated hereby may be abandoned:

            (a)   at any time before the Closing,  by written agreement of the
Seller and the Purchaser;

            (b)   unless  extended by written  agreement of the Seller and the
Purchaser,  at any time after December 31, 1999 (the  "Termination  Date"), by
either  the  Seller  or  the  Purchaser  in  writing,   if  the   transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement  have not been  consummated on or before such
date  and  such  terminating  party is not  then in  material  breach  of this
Agreement;

            (c)   at any time  before the  Closing,  by the  Purchaser  or the
Seller in writing,  in the event that any  Governmental  Authority  shall have
issued  an order,  decree,  ruling  or taken  any  other  action  restraining,
enjoining or  otherwise  prohibiting  the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement  and such order,  decree,  ruling or other  action shall have become
final and nonappealable;

            (d)   at any time before the Closing,  by the Purchaser in writing
pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof; and

            (e)   at any time before the Closing,  by either the  Purchaser or
the Seller in writing,  without  liability to the terminating party on account
of such termination,  if such terminating party is not then in material breach
of this  Agreement and the  nonterminating  party shall (i) fail to perform in
any material respect its agreements  contained herein required to be performed
on or prior to the Closing Date and such nonterminating party has not cured in
all  material  respects  such  breach on or prior to the date which is 30 days
after  such  nonterminating   party  has  received  written  notice  from  the
terminating  party of such  failure to perform  or such  longer  period in the
event that such breach  cannot  reasonably be expected to be cured within such
30-day period and such nonterminating  party is diligently pursuing such cure,
but in no event  later than the  Termination  Date or (ii)  subject to Section
6.03 hereof,  breach in any  material  respect any of its  representations  or
warranties contained herein and such nonterminating party has not cured in all
material  respects  such breach on or prior to the date which is 30 days after
such  nonterminating  party has received  written notice from the  terminating


                                      16

<PAGE>

party of such  breach or such  longer  period in the  event  that such  breach
cannot  reasonably  be expected to be cured within such 30-day period and such
nonterminating  party is diligently  pursuing such cure, but in no event later
than the Termination Date.

      4.03  EFFECT ON OBLIGATIONS.  Termination of this Agreement  pursuant to
Section 4.02 shall terminate all obligations and liabilities of the parties to
each other hereunder, except for the obligations under Sections 4.04, 8.01, X,
XI and XII,  provided  that in the event of a  termination  of this  Agreement
pursuant  to   subsection   4.02(e)  above  under   circumstances   where  the
nonterminating  party has breached its  obligation  to close the  transactions
contemplated   hereby   (notwithstanding   that  the  nonterminating   party's
conditions to such  obligation  to close  contained in Section V or VI, as the
case may be, have been satisfied or that the  terminating  party stands ready,
willing  and  able to  satisfy  such  conditions  but for  such  breach),  the
terminating party may exercise all available rights and remedies at law.

      4.04  RETURN OF  DOCUMENTATION.  Following a  termination  in accordance
with Section  4.02,  the Purchaser  shall  return,  and shall cause all of its
representatives   and  Affiliates  to  return,   all  agreements,   documents,
contracts, instruments, books, records, materials and all other information of
the Group, any Group Member, the Seller, the Parent or any of their Affiliates
provided by any Group Member,  the Seller, the Parent or by any representative
of any  Group  Member,  the  Parent  or the  Seller  to the  Purchaser  or any
representative   or  Affiliate  of  the  Purchaser  in  connection   with  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement,  and the Seller and the Parent
shall return,  and shall cause all of its  representatives  and  Affiliates to
return, all agreements,  documents,  contracts,  instruments,  books, records,
materials and all other information of the Purchaser provided by the Purchaser
or any  representative  of  the  Purchaser  to the  Seller  or the  Parent  in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

      4.05  SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Prior to the Closing, each party hereto
acknowledges  and agrees  that such  party's  sole and  exclusive  remedy with
respect to Damages  and any and all claims for any breach or  liability  under
this  Agreement or otherwise  relating to the subject matter of this Agreement
and the transactions  contemplated  hereby shall be solely in accordance with,
and limited by, Sections 4.02 and 4.03 hereof.

                                  SECTION V.

                CONDITIONS TO THE SELLER'S OBLIGATIONS TO CLOSE

      The  obligation  of the  Seller  to sell the  Shares  and  otherwise  to
consummate the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement at the Closing is
subject  to the  following  conditions  precedent,  any or all of which may be
waived by the Seller in the Seller's  sole  discretion,  and each of which the
Purchaser  hereby agrees to use its best efforts to satisfy at or prior to the
Closing:


                                      17

<PAGE>

      5.01  CERTIFICATES. The Seller shall have received:

            (a)   Certificates of incumbency  executed by the Secretary of the
Purchaser in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Seller;

            (b)   Certificate of the Secretary of the Purchaser  certifying as
to a true and correct  copy of the duly  adopted  resolutions  of the board of
directors of the Purchaser, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the
Seller,  with respect to the consummation of the transactions  contemplated by
this  Agreement and that such  resolutions  continue in full force and effect,
without amendment, as of the Closing Date; and

            (c)   Such other certificates, instruments and other documents, in
form and substance  reasonably  satisfactory to the Seller and counsel for the
Seller,  as the Seller shall have reasonably  requested in connection with the
transactions contemplated hereby.

      5.02  OPINION OF THE PURCHASER'S COUNSEL. The Seller shall have received
an opinion of  Freedman,  Levy,  Kroll & Simonds,  counsel  for Hanger and the
Purchaser,  dated the  Closing  Date and  covering  the  matters  set forth in
Sections 3.01, 3.02 and 3.03 hereof.

      5.03  REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS. The representations and
warranties of the Purchaser  contained herein shall be true and correct in all
material respects at and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though
all such  representations  and  warranties  were made at and as of the Closing
Date,  except to the extent that any of such  representations  and  warranties
are,  by their  terms,  made  expressly  as of the date of this  Agreement  or
another date, in which case such  representations  and  warranties  shall have
been true and correct in all  material  respects as of the date hereof or such
other  date,  as  applicable,  and the  Purchaser  shall have  complied in all
material  respects with all of its covenants and agreements  contained  herein
required  to be  complied  with on or prior to the  Closing  Date,  and on the
Closing Date,  the Purchaser  shall deliver to the Seller a certificate  dated
the Closing Date to such effect.

      5.04  NO  LITIGATION.  No  action,  suit,  proceeding,  writ,  judgment,
injunction, decree or similar order of any Governmental Authority restraining,
enjoining or otherwise  preventing the consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement,  or seeking any Damages or any other relief as
a result of this  Agreement  or any of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby
shall be pending.

      5.05  APPROVALS. All governmental filings,  authorizations and approvals
(if  any)  that  are  required  for  the   consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  shall  have  been  duly  made and  obtained  in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Seller and the Seller's counsel.

      5.06  THIRD PARTY  CONSENTS.  All consents of third parties set forth on
SCHEDULES  2.02 AND 2.22 hereto which are indicated by an asterisk  shall have
been obtained.

      5.07  HSR ACT APPROVAL. All waiting periods applicable to this Agreement
and the transactions  contemplated hereby under HSR shall have expired or been
waived.


                                      18

<PAGE>

      5.08  RELEASES. The Seller shall have received general releases executed
by the Group Members and the Purchaser,  in form and substance satisfactory to
the Seller,  of all  officers  and  directors  of each Group Member who do not
remain  in the  employ  of any  Group  Member  immediately  subsequent  to the
Closing,  with  respect  to acts or  omissions  occurring  on or  prior to the
Closing Date.

                                  SECTION VI.

               CONDITIONS TO THE PURCHASER'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

      The  obligation of the Purchaser to purchase the Shares and otherwise to
consummate the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement at the Closing is
subject  to the  following  conditions  precedent,  any or all of which may be
waived by the Purchaser in its sole  discretion,  and each of which the Seller
and the Parent hereby agree to use their respective best efforts to satisfy at
or prior to the Closing:

      6.01  CERTIFICATES. The Purchaser shall have received:

            (a)   A true and correct copy of the certificate of  incorporation
of the  Company  and each  Subsidiary,  certified  as true and  correct by the
Secretary  of  State  or  other  appropriate   governmental  official  of  its
jurisdiction  of  organization,  and a  copy  of  the  applicable  by-laws  as
certified as true and correct by its Secretary;

            (b)   Certificate  of incumbency  executed by the Secretary of the
Seller in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser;

            (c)   Certificate  of incumbency  executed by the Secretary of the
Parent in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser;

            (d)   Certificate of the Secretary of the Seller  certifying as to
a true  and  correct  copy of the duly  adopted  resolutions  of the  board of
directors  and the duly adopted  resolutions  of the sole  stockholder  of the
Seller and a  certificate  of the  Secretary of the Parent  certifying as to a
true  and  correct  copy of the  duly  adopted  resolutions  of the  board  of
directors of the Parent, each in form and substance  reasonably  acceptable to
the  Purchaser,   with  respect  to  the   consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement  and that such  resolutions  continue in full
force and effect, without amendment, as of the Closing Date; and

            (e)   Such other certificates, instruments and other documents, in
form and substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Purchaser and counsel for
the Purchaser,  as the Purchaser shall have reasonably requested in connection
with the transactions contemplated hereby.

      6.02  OPINION OF THE PARENT'S COUNSEL. The Purchaser shall have received
an opinion of Haythe & Curley,  special counsel for the Parent and the Seller,
reasonably  satisfactory to Purchaser's counsel and dated the Closing Date and
covering  the matters set forth in the first two  sentences  of Section  2.01,
Section 2.02, the first two sentences of Section 2.03,  Section 2.15,  Section
2.20 and the second sentence of 2.21 hereof.


                                      19

<PAGE>

      6.03  REPRESENTATIONS,  WARRANTIES  AND  COVENANTS.  Subject to the next
succeeding sentence,  the representations and warranties of the Parent and the
Seller contained herein shall be true and correct in all material  respects at
and  as  of  the  Closing  Date,  except  to  the  extent  that  any  of  such
representations  and warranties are, by their terms,  made expressly as of the
date of this Agreement or another date, in which case such representations and
warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of the
date hereof or such other date, as  applicable,  and the Parent and the Seller
shall  have  complied  in all  material  respects  with all  their  respective
covenants and agreements  contained  herein required to be complied with on or
prior to the Closing Date,  and on the Closing Date, the Parent and the Seller
shall each deliver to the  Purchaser a  certificate  dated the Closing Date to
such  effect.  The Parent  and the Seller  shall  deliver to the  Purchaser  a
notification, from time to time, on or before the date which is three business
days prior to the Closing Date, which notification  (each, an "Update Notice")
shall (i) disclose  information the existence of which does or may result in a
breach  of the  Parent's  and  the  Seller's  representations  and  warranties
contained  in Section  II hereof and (ii)  update,  modify or  supplement  the
Schedules   and,  upon  delivery  of  such  Update   Notice,   the  applicable
representations  and  warranties  (and  the  applicable  Schedules),  for  all
purposes  of this  Agreement,  shall be deemed to be amended to be  consistent
with each such Update Notice; provided, however, that the delivery of any such
Update  Notice shall not relieve the Parent  and/or the Seller from any breach
of their respective representations and warranties contained in this Agreement
or the Schedules  attached hereto. In the event that the Purchaser receives an
Update  Notice  which  sets forth the  occurrence  or  existence  of events or
circumstances  which,  but for the  delivery of an Update  Notice,  would have
resulted in a breach of any of the Parent's  and the Seller's  representations
and warranties set forth in Section II hereof which is reasonably likely to or
does result in a Material  Adverse Effect the Purchaser shall (after providing
the Parent and the Seller with written notice and an opportunity to modify the
Update  Notice or to cure any such breach and the Parent and the Seller  shall
not have  modified  the Update  Notice or cured such breach on or prior to the
date  which is 60 days after the Parent  and the  Seller  have  received  such
written  notice or such  longer  period in the event that such  breach  cannot
reasonably  be expected to be cured  within such 60-day  period and the Parent
and the Seller are  diligently  pursuing such cure, but in no event later than
the  Termination  Date) have no  obligation  to  complete  the  Closing of the
transactions   contemplated  by  this  Agreement;  the  Purchaser's  sole  and
exclusive  remedy in such event shall be to terminate this Agreement  pursuant
to  Section  4.02(d)  above;  provided,   however,  that  notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  in the  event an  Update  Notice  sets  forth  the  occurrence  or
existence  of events or  circumstances  which relate to a time period prior to
the date of this  Agreement  and  which  are a breach  of any of the  Parent's
and/or the Seller's representations and warranties contained in this Agreement
or the Schedules  attached  hereto prior to the delivery of such Update Notice
which is  reasonably  likely to or does result in a Material  Adverse  Effect,
then the  Purchaser  shall have no  obligation  to complete the Closing of the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  and the  Parent and the Seller
shall be liable to the Purchaser for all damages  incurred by the Purchaser as
a result thereof,  including but not limited to the fees and costs incurred by
the Purchaser up to that time in its pursuit of the transactions  contemplated
by this Agreement.

      6.04  NO  LITIGATION.  No  action,  suit,  proceeding,  writ,  judgment,
injunction, decree or similar order of any Governmental Authority restraining,
enjoining or otherwise  preventing the consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement,  or seeking any Damages or any other relief as


                                      20

<PAGE>

a result of this  Agreement  or any of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby
shall be pending.

      6.05  APPROVALS. All governmental filings,  authorizations and approvals
(if  any)  that  are  required  for  the   consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  will  have  been  duly  made  and  obtained  in form and
substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Purchaser  and  the  Purchaser's
counsel.

      6.06  THIRD PARTY  CONSENTS.  All consents of third parties set forth on
SCHEDULES  2.02 AND 2.22 hereto which are indicated by an asterisk  shall have
been obtained.

      6.07  HSR ACT APPROVAL. All waiting periods applicable to this Agreement
and the transactions  contemplated hereby under HSR shall have expired or been
waived.

      6.08  RESIGNATIONS.  At the request of the  Purchaser,  all officers and
all  directors of each Group Member shall have  executed and delivered to each
Group Member, as applicable, resignations effective as of the Effective Time.

      6.09  DISCHARGE OF INDEBTEDNESS; RELEASE OF LIENS. The Parent shall have
performed,  or caused the Company to perform,  all acts necessary to discharge
all of  the  Company's  obligations  under  all  loan  agreements,  guarantees
relating to borrowed  funds,  pledge  agreements  relating to borrowed  funds,
promissory notes and other agreements  relating to borrowed funds,  other than
the  Acquired-company  Notes  listed on SCHEDULE  1.02(A)(2)  hereto,  and the
Parent and the Seller shall have  terminated and released all Liens,  security
interests,  charges,  interests  or other  encumbrances  on the  Shares or any
asset,  real or  personal,  tangible or  intangible,  of the  Company  arising
therefrom,  and shall have  provided the Purchaser  with  evidence  reasonably
satisfactory to the Purchaser to such effect.

      6.10  TEMPORARY USE OF SUPPLIER  REIMBURSEMENT  NUMBERS.  The Parent and
the Seller shall have executed the letter attached hereto as Exhibit 6.10 with
Hanger with respect to the  temporary  use by Hanger and its  subsidiaries  of
supplier reimbursement numbers, if any, of the Parent or any of its Affiliates
(other than any Group  Member)  used by the Company and any Group Member prior
to the Closing Date.

      6.11  TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT.  The Parent, the Seller, Hanger and
the Purchaser agree to execute the Transition Services Agreement substantially
in the form attached  hereto as Exhibit 6.11 and  containing  such other terms
and provisions as are mutually acceptable to the parties thereto.

      6.12  SUBSCRIBER SERVICES AGREEMENT. The Parent agrees to cause NovaCare
Employee Services,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation ("NCES") and a subsidiary of
the  Parent,  and the  Company  to  execute a  Subscriber  Services  Agreement
containing  substantially  the  terms in the term  sheet  attached  hereto  as
Exhibit  6.12 to  provide  for their  agreement  for NCES to  provide  certain
services to the Company and containing  such other terms and provisions as are
mutually acceptable to the parties thereto.


                                      21

<PAGE>

      6.13  ESCROW AGREEMENT. The Purchaser and the Seller shall have executed
an Escrow  Agreement with respect to the Escrowed Funds on mutually  agreeable
terms,  with a mutually  agreeable  escrow agent that is a commercial  bank or
trust company.

                                 SECTION VII.

                            CONDUCT OF THE BUSINESS

      The Seller and the Parent,  jointly and severally,  hereby  covenant and
agree with the Purchaser that, except as hereafter  consented to in writing by
the Purchaser  (which consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld or delayed),
from and after the date of this  Agreement and until the Effective  Time,  the
Seller and the Parent shall cause each Group Member not to:

      7.01  OPERATION  OF THE  BUSINESS.  Subject to the  further  limitations
contained in this Section VII, conduct any business other than in the ordinary
course of business.

      7.02  NO LOANS,  ADVANCES,  ETC. Make or incur any lease,  loan, Lien or
other  obligation to or from a third party, or make loans or advances or grant
any pay  raises,  bonuses  or  awards,  or make any other  material  payments,
whatsoever directly or indirectly, to any officer, employee or director of any
Group Member other than paying existing  compensation  amounts as set forth in
SCHEDULE  2.11 hereof and other than routine  increases  in any such  person's
compensation in the ordinary course of business not in excess of 4%.

      7.03  CAPITAL   EXPENDITURES.   Make   any   commitments   for   capital
expenditures  for  additions  to  property,  plant or  equipment  in excess of
$50,000.

      7.04  PRESERVATION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS  RELATIONSHIPS.  Fail to
use its reasonable  efforts to (a) preserve its present business  organization
intact, and (b) preserve present relationships with entities or persons having
business dealings with it except, in either case, where such failure would not
have a Material Adverse Effect.

      7.05  EMPLOYEE  PLANS.  Enter into any  material  plan,  arrangement  or
commitment whatsoever with any of its employees,  officers or consultants with
regard to compensation, benefits or perquisites.

      7.06  MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE. Fail to maintain through, but not after,
the Effective Time, insurance of the type and with such coverage amounts as is
maintained as of the date hereof.

      7.07  CLAIMS.  Waive, cancel, sell or otherwise dispose of for less than
the face  value  thereof  any  material  claim or right it has  against  third
parties.

      7.08  SALE OF ASSETS. Sell, buy, merge or dispose of all or any material
portion of the assets of any Group Member other than in the ordinary course of
business;  nor amend the charter or by-laws of any Group  Member or permit any
dividends or other  distributions by any Group Member (except to another Group
Member).


                                      22

<PAGE>

                                 SECTION VIII.

                        OTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

      8.01  ANNOUNCEMENTS. The Parent and the Purchaser will consult with each
other  before any  issuance  by them or any of their  Affiliates  of, and will
provide each other the  opportunity  to review,  comment upon and concur with,
any press release or other public  statements with respect to the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement,  and shall not issue any such press release or
make any such public  statement prior to such  consultation,  except as either
party may  determine  is  required  by  applicable  law,  court  process or by
obligations  pursuant to any listing  agreement  with any national  securities
exchange.  The parties  agree that the initial press release to be issued with
respect to the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement  shall be in the
form  heretofore  agreed to by the parties.  In addition,  the Purchaser shall
comply with the Confidentiality Agreement.

      8.02  EMPLOYEE  OBLIGATIONS.  Except  as  specifically  provided  herein
(including  in Section  8.06  hereof)  and  except in respect of the  Parent's
401(k)  plan  covering a portion of the  employees  of the Group,  and without
limiting  the  obligations  and  liabilities  of any Group  Member  arising by
operation of law or under the terms of this Agreement, after the Closing, each
of the Group  Members is and shall remain liable for and the Group Members and
the  Purchaser  shall  be  responsible  only to the  extent  set  forth in the
Schedules  attached to this  Agreement  for and shall  promptly  discharge all
liabilities,  duties  and  claims  (by  or to an  Employee,  Former  Employee,
Beneficiary,  Governmental  Authority or otherwise) arising out of or relating
to the  employment  relationship  between any Group  Member and an Employee or
Former Employee,  whether made to or imposed upon any Group Member, the Seller
or the Parent  (or any  Affiliate  thereof),  including,  without  limitation,
liabilities,  duties and  claims:  (i) for  deferred  compensation,  incentive
compensation,   retirement  benefits,  health  and  life  benefits,  severance
arrangements and benefits, disability benefits and other fringe benefits under
any employee benefit plan,  fund,  program,  arrangement,  policy or practice;
(ii) relating to  continuation  health  coverage  pursuant to ss. 4980B of the
Code and Title I,  Subtitle  B, Part 6 of ERISA;  (iii) for  unemployment  and
workers' compensation or similar benefits; and (iv) to file any and all annual
reports, filings or notices that may be required to be filed with Governmental
Authorities or provided to participants  and  beneficiaries  after the Closing
Date.

      8.03  LABOR  RELATIONS.  The  Purchaser  hereby  agrees  to  defend  and
indemnify the Seller Indemnified  Parties, and to hold each Seller Indemnified
Party harmless, from and against all Damages that are sustained or incurred by
any Seller  Indemnified  Parties by reason of or in connection with any claim,
proceeding or suit brought  against any Seller  Indemnified  Parties under the
Worker Adjustment  Retraining and Notification Act, or any other local, state,
Federal or foreign law, which relates to actions taken by the Purchaser or any
Group Member at any time after the  Effective  Time with regard to any site of
employment  or one or more  facilities  or operating  units within any site of
employment of any Group Member.

      8.04  ACCESS TO  INFORMATION.  (a) For a period  of six  years  from the
Closing Date,  the Purchaser  shall (and shall cause each of the Group Members
to), during normal business hours and upon reasonable  notice,  make available
and provide the Parent and its representatives (including, without limitation,
counsel and independent auditors) with access to the facilities and properties


                                      23

<PAGE>

of each of the Group  Members and to all  information,  files,  documents  and
records  (written  and  computer)  relating to any Group  Member or any of its
businesses  or  operations  for any and all periods  prior to or including the
Closing Date which the Parent (or any  Affiliate of the Parent)  requires with
respect to any reasonable business purpose, and shall (and shall cause each of
the Group Members to) cooperate fully with the Parent and its  representatives
(including,  without  limitation,  its counsel and  independent  auditors)  in
connection with the foregoing,  including,  without limitation, by making tax,
accounting  and  financial  personnel  and  other  appropriate  employees  and
officers of each Group Member available to the Parent and its  representatives
(including, without limitation, counsel and independent auditors), with regard
to any reasonable business purpose.

            (b)   Without limiting the generality of Section 8.04(a), from and
after the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall (and shall cause each of the Group
Members to) cooperate fully with and assist,  and shall cause its officers and
employees  (and the officers and employees of the Group  Members) to cooperate
fully with and assist, the Parent and its representatives (including,  without
limitation, its counsel and independent auditors), in connection with:

            (i)   the  preparation by the Parent at its sole cost of the Group
      Members'  (or any Group  Member's)  portion of any Federal  consolidated
      income Tax Return, report or declaration, and of any state consolidated,
      combined or unitary income Tax Return,  report or  declaration,  for any
      Seller Tax Period;

            (ii)  any Tax audit,  examination or proposed or final  assessment
      or the like (including without limitation any Tax Claim) relating to the
      Seller, the Parent, the Group or any Group Member, and to any Seller Tax
      Period;

            (iii) the  preparation  of any  financial  statements of the Group
      Members (or any Group Member) for (or  including) any period (or portion
      thereof)  ending on or before the  Effective  Time,  and to that end the
      Purchaser shall cause each Group Member to prepare for and to deliver to
      the Parent any financial  information of the type historically  prepared
      by any Group Member for all periods (or portions  thereof)  ending on or
      before the Effective Time and to cause the officers and employees of any
      Group Member to cooperate  fully and assist the Parent in its review and
      verification of the same;

            (iv)  the preparation of any statement,  report, notice,  response
      or  other   document  for  filing  with  the   Securities  and  Exchange
      Commission, any state or foreign securities commission or authority, any
      other  Governmental  Authority  or any  securities  exchange  or market,
      domestic or foreign,  including,  without limitation, in connection with
      any comments,  requests for information,  inquiries,  investigations  or
      proceedings, formal or informal, by any of the foregoing; or

            (v)   the investigation,  prosecution or defense of or response to
      any Actions, claims or inquiries commenced by any Governmental Authority
      or any other person or entity,  against the Parent or the Seller (or any
      other Seller Indemnified Party or any Affiliate thereof).


                                      24

<PAGE>

            (c)   The  cooperation  and  assistance  of the  Purchaser and the
Group Members and their  respective  officers and employees under this Section
8.04 shall be rendered during normal business hours and in a manner which does
not materially  disrupt the business and  operations of the  applicable  Group
Member,  and the  Purchaser  shall  use its  best  efforts  in the case of the
preparation  of any Tax  Return,  report  or  declaration  and  any  financial
statements,  to cause such  cooperation and assistance to be rendered  without
adverse  consequences  to the Seller or the Parent during the period that each
of the Group  Members has  normally  assisted  the Seller or the Parent in the
preparation  by the  Parent  of  Tax  Returns,  reports  or  declarations  and
financial  statements.  The Parent shall  reimburse  the Group Members for any
out-of-pocket  expenses  paid by them,  including  reasonable  accounting  and
attorney's  fees and costs, in the cooperation and assistance by the Purchaser
and the Group  Members with the Parent'  preparation  of any such Tax Returns,
reports or declarations and any such financial statements.

            (d)   Without  limiting the  generality of subsection  (a) of this
Section 8.04,  following the Closing, the Purchaser shall not (and shall cause
the Group Members not to) destroy any information, files, documents or records
(written and computer)  relating to any Group Member or any of its  businesses
or operations  without  giving at least 30 days' prior  written  notice to the
Parent and shall (and shall  cause the Group  Members to) permit the Parent to
examine,  duplicate (at the Parent's expense) and/or transfer (at the Parent's
expense) to the Parent or its representatives any of such information,  files,
documents or records (written and computer).

      8.05  TAX  MATTERS.  (a)  The  Seller,  the  Parent  and  the  Purchaser
acknowledge and agree that, for Federal income tax purposes,  the taxable year
of each Group  Member  will close on the  Closing  Date and that,  for certain
state  income  tax  purposes,  the  taxable  year of some or all of the  Group
Members may also close on the Closing  Date.  The Parent shall be  responsible
for  preparing  and filing any and all of the  foregoing  income Tax  Returns,
reports and declarations that include the Group Members for the periods ending
on or before the Closing Date, and shall be responsible  for and shall pay all
Taxes  payable  by the  Group  Members  with  respect  to  such  returns,  the
determination  of which taxes  shall be solely  within the  Parent's  control;
provided,  however,  that all such returns  shall be  prepared,  and all Taxes
shall be calculated,  lawfully and in a manner  consistent  with past practice
and the Seller shall not make any Tax  elections or change any Tax  accounting
methods (to the extent such changes would be binding on the Purchaser) without
the express written consent of the Purchaser.  Without limiting the generality
of Section 8.04 hereof,  the Purchaser  shall fully  cooperate with and assist
the Parent (including,  without limitation,  allowing access by the Parent and
its  representatives  (including its counsel and independent  auditors) to the
books and records (written and computer) of the Group Members and allowing the
Parent  at its  sole  cost to make  copies  thereof)  in  connection  with the
preparation by the Parent of any income Tax Returns,  reports and declarations
required to be prepared by the Parent or the Seller  hereunder;  and except as
provided  in Section  8.04(c),  neither  the  Parent  nor the Seller  shall be
charged with any cost or expense for the assistance  rendered by the Purchaser
or any of the Group Members in connection therewith.

            (b)   Except as provided in clause (a) of this Section  8.05,  the
Purchaser  agrees to cause the Group Members to file all Tax Returns,  reports
and  declarations  not related to income taxes  required to be filed by any of
them after the  Closing  Date and to pay all such Taxes due and payable by any
of them after the Closing Date, including any such Taxes that accrued prior to


                                      25

<PAGE>

the Closing Date or that are otherwise allocable to any Seller Tax Period that
does not end on or before the Closing Date. Without limiting the generality of
Section 8.04 or this Section 8.05,  the Parent shall be given the  opportunity
to  review,  comment  upon and  suggest  changes  or  corrections  to, any Tax
Returns,  reports  and  declarations  covered by this  Section  8.05(b)  which
include any Seller Tax Period  (and the work  papers of the Group  Members and
their accountants used in the preparation  thereof), in each case prior to the
filing  thereof (but in no event less than 30 days prior to such  filing).  In
the event of any dispute  regarding  the matters set forth in the  immediately
preceding  sentence,  then PWC (or if PWC  shall  decline  to  arbitrate  such
dispute,  then another nationally  recognized  accounting firm selected by the
Parent) shall be requested to make a determination resolving any such dispute;
and the  determination  by PWC (or  such  other  accounting  firm) of any such
dispute  shall  be final  and  binding  on the  parties  hereto.  The fees and
expenses of PWC (or such other  accounting  firm) in  resolving  such  dispute
shall be borne by the non-prevailing party.

            (c)   Any refunds or credits of Taxes of any Group  Member for any
Seller Tax Period  shall be for the  account of the Parent.  Applications  for
refunds of Taxes,  and the filing of amended Tax Returns  with  respect to any
Seller  Tax  Period  shall be made and  prosecuted  only by the  Parent or the
Seller.  Without  limiting the provisions of Section 8.04, the Purchaser shall
provide  and shall  cause  each Group  Member to  provide  to the Parent  full
cooperation  and assistance in connection  with any  application for refund or
amendment  made or proposed to be made by the Parent or the Seller as shall be
requested  by the Parent,  including by causing each Group Member to authorize
by appropriate powers of attorney such person as the Parent shall designate to
represent such Group Member with respect to such refund claim,  without charge
for any cost or expense for  assistance  rendered by officers and employees of
the Group Members in connection  therewith.  Neither the Parent nor the Seller
shall  seek any Tax  refund,  or amend any Tax  Return,  which  would have the
effect of increasing  the Taxes of any Group Member for any taxable period (or
portion  thereof)  beginning  after the Closing Date;  however,  the foregoing
shall  not apply to any  amended  Tax  Return  which  may be  required  by law
following  resolution  of a Tax dispute.  Neither the  Purchaser nor any Group
Member shall amend, or take any similar action with respect to, any Tax Return
filed by the Parent,  the Seller or by any Group  Member  with  respect to any
Seller Tax Period  without the prior written  consent of the Parent;  provided
that the  foregoing  shall not apply to any  amended  Tax Return  which may be
required by law following  resolution of a Tax dispute conducted in accordance
with this  Agreement.  The Purchaser shall or shall cause each Group Member to
forward to the Parent any refund of Taxes of any Group Member allocable to any
Seller Tax Period within five days after such refund is received (or reimburse
the  Parent  for any  credit  within  five days after the credit is allowed or
applied  against other Tax  liability).  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the
control of the  prosecution  of a claim for refund of Taxes paid pursuant to a
deficiency  assessed  subsequent  to the Closing  Date as a result of an audit
shall be governed by the provisions of Section 9.03(d) hereof. Notwithstanding
anything  contained herein to the contrary,  nothing herein shall preclude the
Purchaser from carrying back losses to  pre-Closing  Tax periods to the extent
that such action does not reduce any attributes or Tax benefits of the Seller.

            (d)   The Purchaser  shall not file an election (or cause a deemed
election) under Section 338 of the Code with respect to its acquisition of the
Group Members or any Group Member hereunder.  The Purchaser shall not take any
action, and shall cause the Group Members not to take any action,  outside the
ordinary  course of the Group  Members'  business,  which would  increase  the


                                      26

<PAGE>

amounts  included  in the gross  income of the  Parent  under  Section  551 or
Section 951 of the Code for any Seller Tax  Period.  Only after the payment of
compensation  by the Parent or the Seller to the  Purchaser in an amount which
is mutually  acceptable to the Purchaser and the Parent,  the Purchaser  shall
consent to the election  under  Treasury  Regulation  ss.  1.1502-20(g)(1)  to
re-attribute  any net operating  losses and/or net capital losses of any Group
Member to the  Seller or the  Parent,  and shall  cause the Group  Members  to
execute and file such  statements as may be necessary or appropriate to effect
such election.

            (e)   Except  as  required  by law,  without  the  Parent's  prior
written  consent,  neither the  Purchaser  nor any Group Member shall take any
position on any Tax Return, report or other declaration for any taxable period
which might result in any:

            (1)   increase  in Tax (over  accruals  therefor  on the books and
      records of the Group  Members as of the  Effective  Time) for any Seller
      Tax Period in:

            (A)   the liability of the Parent,  the Seller or any Group Member
      in respect of the consolidated  Federal income Tax  liabilities,  or any
      state consolidated,  combined or unitary income Tax liabilities,  of the
      Parent's or the Seller's tax group, as applicable, for periods while any
      Group Member was part thereof; or

            (B)   the liability of the Parent,  the Seller or any Group Member
      in  respect of any  separate  state,  local or foreign  Tax of any Group
      Member; or

            (2)   reduction  in any Tax  attributes  to which the Parent,  the
      Seller or any Group  Member may be entitled  with  respect to any Seller
      Tax Period.

            (f)   All Taxes with respect to the income, property or operations
of the Group  Members  that  relate to any  taxable  year or period  beginning
before and ending  after the  Closing  Date shall be  apportioned  between the
Seller Tax Period and the period  beginning  the day after the Closing Date as
follows: (A) in the case of Taxes other than income and sales or use Taxes, on
a per diem basis, and (B) in the case of income Taxes (including  income Taxes
based on  capital  or other  alternative  bases)  and sales or use  Taxes,  as
determined  from the books and  records of the Parent and the Group  Member in
question,  as though the taxable  year of the Group Member  terminated  on the
Closing Date, and based on the accounting  methods,  elections and conventions
used by the Parent and/or the relevant Group Member in prior years.

      8.06  INSURANCE MATTERS.

            (a)   The  Purchaser and each Group Member  acknowledge  and agree
that,  effective  as of the  Effective  Time,  coverage  under all  health and
medical  insurance plans or programs  sponsored or maintained by the Seller or
the Parent for all  Employees,  Former  Employees and their  Beneficiaries  as
applied  to any and all of the  Group  Members  (collectively,  the  "Seller's
Health  Plan")  shall  terminate  and  be  of  no  further  force  or  effect.
Notwithstanding the preceding  sentence,  any expense incurred by an Employee,
Former  Employee or  Beneficiary  prior to the Effective  Time that would have
been  covered  under  the  Seller's  Health  Plan  shall  continue  to be  the
responsibility of the Seller or the Parent, as applicable.  From and after the
Effective  Time,  the  Purchaser  shall cause the Group  Members to pay to the
Parent any premium or other  charges due in respect of coverage of  Employees,


                                      27

<PAGE>

Former Employees or  Beneficiaries  under the Seller's Health Plan through the
Effective  Time  within 30 days  after  receipt  of an  invoice  or  statement
relating  to the  same.  The  amount of such  premiums  and  charges  shall be
calculated  in  accordance  with the  Parent's  and the Group  Member's  prior
practices regarding such premiums and charges.  The Purchaser agrees to notify
all Employees, Former Employees and their Beneficiaries of the manner in which
pre-Effective Time expenses under the Seller's Health Plan are to be submitted
for reimbursement and to request that all such expenses be submitted within 60
days after the Closing Date.  The Purchaser and each Group Member  acknowledge
and  agree  that,  effective  as of  the  Effective  Time,  coverage  for  all
Employees,  Former Employees and their Beneficiaries under all life insurance,
disability,  or any other  welfare or benefit  plans or programs  sponsored or
maintained  by the Seller or the Parent as applied to any and all of the Group
Members shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.

            (b)   From and after the  Effective  Time,  (i) the Group  Members
shall cease to be covered  with respect to any event or  occurrence  after the
Effective Time under all insurance  policies  covering any Group Member (other
than  insurance  policies  described in the first  sentence of subsection  (a)
above,  which shall be subject to the provisions of such  subsection) and (ii)
with respect to any event or occurrence prior to the Effective Time, the Group
Members shall, subject to the terms and conditions of such policies,  continue
to be entitled to the benefits thereof.

            (c)   The  Purchaser  shall  cause the Group  Members  promptly to
notify  the  Parent of any claims  which  would be  subject  to any  insurance
coverage  maintained  by the  Parent,  the  Seller or any of their  Affiliates
(other than any Group Member) for the benefit of any Group Member and based on
events or  occurrences  on or prior to the Closing  Date,  and shall cause the
Group  Members  to  keep  the  Parent  advised  of  the  status  of  (and  any
developments  regarding) any such claims, and to cooperate with the Parent and
any insurance  carrier in connection with the investigation and defense of any
such claims,  all in accordance and consistent with the standard practices and
procedures  established  from time to time by the Parent or any such insurance
carrier.

            (d)   No covenant or  agreement  by any party  hereto to indemnify
any other party hereto shall release, or be deemed to release,  any insurer or
indemnitor  of any Damages  which  might be the basis for any  Indemnification
Matter.


      8.07  AGREEMENT BY THE PURCHASER  REGARDING NO OTHER  REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES BY THE PARENT OR THE SELLER.  The Purchaser  agrees that except for
the  representations  and  warranties  (including  the Schedules  with respect
thereto)  made by the Parent and the Seller and expressly set forth in Section
II of this  Agreement (as such  representations  and  warranties  are modified
pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.03 hereof), neither the Parent nor the
Seller nor any Affiliate or representative of either has made and shall not be
construed  as  having  made  to  the  Purchaser  or to any  representative  or
Affiliate  thereof,  and  neither  the  Purchaser  nor any  Affiliate  nor any
representative  thereof has relied upon, any representation or warranty of any
kind.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  and  notwithstanding
any otherwise  express  representations  and warranties made by the Parent and
the Seller in Section II hereof,  the Purchaser agrees that neither the Parent
nor the Seller nor any Affiliate or representative of either makes or has made


                                      28

<PAGE>

any  representation  or warranty to the Purchaser or to any  representative or
Affiliate thereof with respect to:

            (i)   any  projections,  estimates  or budgets  contained  in that
      certain  Confidential  Information  Memorandum  relating  to  the  Group
      Members  or  otherwise  heretofore  or  hereafter  delivered  to or made
      available  to the  Purchaser  or  its  counsel,  accountants,  advisors,
      lenders,  representatives or Affiliates of future revenues,  expenses or
      expenditures,  future results of operations (or any component  thereof),
      future  cash  flows  (or any  component  thereof)  or  future  financial
      condition (or any component thereof) of the Group or any Group Member or
      the  future  business,  operations  or affairs of the Group or any Group
      Member; and

            (ii)  any other information, statements or documents heretofore or
      hereafter  delivered  to or  made  available  to  the  Purchaser  or its
      counsel, accountants,  advisors, lenders,  representatives or Affiliates
      (including,  without limitation, the Confidential Information Memorandum
      relating to the Group  Members)  with  respect to the Group or any Group
      Member or the business,  operations or affairs of the Group or any Group
      Member.

      8.08  NAME  CHANGE.  The  Purchaser  shall take all steps  necessary  or
appropriate  to cause the Company and each other Group Member,  as applicable,
to  change  its name at or  immediately  after  the  Closing  Date to  another
corporate name not containing the name "NovaCare" or any variation thereof and
to cease conduct of business from and after the Closing Date under any assumed
or  trade  name  containing  the name  "NovaCare"  or any  variation  thereof.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Purchaser,  the  Company  and the Group
Members may continue to utilize all boxes,  labels,  products and other assets
bearing the "NovaCare" name (the  "Supplies")  until  depleted.  The Purchaser
agrees to use its best  efforts to utilize the  Supplies as  expeditiously  as
possible and will  indemnify the Parent from any and all  liabilities  arising
out of such use except to the extent that such liability arises from a product
liability  claim  which  would  constitute  a breach  of a  representation  or
warranty of the Parent or the Seller hereunder.

      8.09  RELEASE  OF LIENS.  From and after the  Closing  Date,  the Parent
agrees to do all acts  necessary  to  continue to  extinguish  and pay-off all
Liens (other than  Permitted  Liens) against all assets of the Company and all
assets of each Group  Member  which  existed as of the Closing  Date,  and the
Parent agrees to indemnify the Purchaser  from any liability or Damages due to
such Liens.

      8.10  CONSENTS AND  APPROVALS.  The Parent shall use its best efforts to
obtain all necessary  consents,  waivers,  authorizations and approvals of all
governmental  and  regulatory  authorities,  domestic and foreign,  and of all
other  persons,   firms  or  corporations  required  in  connection  with  the
execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement.

      8.11  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Upon the request of a party or parties hereto
at any time after the Closing Date,  the other party or parties will forthwith
execute  and  deliver  such  further  instruments  of  assignment,   transfer,
conveyance, endorsement, direction or authorization and other documents as the
requesting  party or parties or its or their  counsel  may request in order to
perfect title of the Purchaser and its successors and assigns to the Shares or


                                      29

<PAGE>

otherwise to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement.

      8.12  BEST EFFORTS. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement,  each of the parties  hereto will use its best efforts to take,  or
cause to be taken,  all  action,  and to do, or cause to be done,  all  things
necessary,  proper or advisable  consistent  with applicable law to consummate
and make effective in the most expeditious manner practicable the transactions
contemplated hereby.

      8.13  NOTICE OF BREACH.  Through the Closing  Date,  each of the parties
hereto  shall  promptly  give  to  the  other  parties   written  notice  with
particularity upon having knowledge of any matter that may constitute a breach
of any  representation,  warranty,  agreement  or covenant  contained  in this
Agreement.

      8.14  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Except as  required  by law,  each party  hereto
shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose to any person or entity or use any
information  not in the public domain or generally  known in the industry,  in
any form,  whether acquired prior to or after the Closing Date,  received from
another party hereto  relating to the business and  operations of the Company,
the Parent,  their  respective  subsidiaries or affiliates,  including but not
limited to information regarding customers, vendors, suppliers, trade secrets,
training programs,  manuals or materials,  technical  information,  contracts,
systems, procedures,  mailing lists, know-how, trade names, financial or other
data  (including  the revenues,  costs or profits  associated  with any of the
Company's  products or services),  business  plans,  code books,  invoices and
other financial statements,  computer programs,  software systems,  databases,
discs and printouts,  plans (business,  technical or otherwise),  customer and
industry lists,  correspondence,  internal reports, personnel files, sales and
advertising  material,  telephone  numbers,  names,  addresses  or  any  other
compilation of information,  written or unwritten, which is or was used in the
business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

      8.15  ACCESS TO PROPERTIES  AND RECORDS.  The Parent shall afford to the
Purchaser,  and  to  the  accountants,  counsel  and  representatives  of  the
Purchaser,  reasonable  access during normal  business  hours upon  reasonable
notice  throughout  the period  prior to the Closing  Date to all  properties,
books, contracts, commitments, and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries
and,  during such period,  shall  furnish  promptly to the Purchaser all other
information  concerning the business,  its properties and its personnel as the
Purchaser  may  reasonably  request,  including  but not  limited  to  monthly
financial statements  consisting of balance sheets, income statements and cash
flow  statements  for each  month  subsequent  to the  period  covered  by the
Financial  Statements  attached hereto as SCHEDULE  2.04(A) and continuing for
each month  thereafter  up to the last full month prior to the  Closing  Date;
provided  that no  investigation  or receipt of  information  pursuant to this
Section 8.15 shall qualify any representation or warranty of the Parent or the
Seller or the conditions to the obligations of the Purchaser.

      8.16  ACQUISITION  OF RIGHTS TO  CONFIDENTIALITY.  At the  Closing,  the
Parent shall  assign,  grant and convey to the  Purchaser all its rights under
confidentiality  agreements  between it and persons  other than the  Purchaser
that were entered into in  connection  with or relating to a possible  sale of
the  Shares  or  any  part  thereof   (collectively,   "Other  Confidentiality
Letters"),   including   the  right  to   enforce   all  terms  of  the  Other
Confidentiality  Letters.  At the  Closing,  the Parent  shall  deliver to the


                                      30

<PAGE>

Purchaser copies of the Other Confidentiality  Letters to the extent permitted
by the terms thereof;  provided that if any Other Confidentiality Letter shall
not be  assignable,  the Parent shall disclose to the Purchaser the parties to
such letter agreement.

      8.17  FINANCING.   The  Parent  shall   cooperate  with  Hanger  in  all
reasonable  respects to enable Hanger to obtain the financing  contemplated by
Section  3.07  (the  "Financing"),  including  using its best  efforts  to (i)
prepare  interim  financial  statements  for the Company and its  Subsidiaries
("Interim  Financials"),  if required in connection  with the Financing,  (ii)
obtain consents of its  independent  public  accountants and comfort  letters,
when  required,  with  respect to the  Financial  Statements  and any  Interim
Financials, at Hanger's cost, so that such financial statements can be used in
Rule 144A  offering  memoranda  and  registration  statements  filed under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and reports under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended ("Public Filings"),  issued or filed by Hanger,  (iii)
cooperate with Hanger so Hanger can obtain  information  sufficient for Hanger
to comply with the  requirements of the  Management's  Discussion and Analysis
portion  of the  Public  Filings,  as it may  relate  to the  Company  and its
Subsidiaries,  (iv) compile the  requisite  financial  information,  including
supplying  financial  information for purposes of comfort letters to be issued
in connection  with the Public Filings,  (vi) request the  independent  public
accountants of the Company to give full and complete  access to Hanger and its
agents  and  representatives  to its  work  papers  and any  other  supporting
information  relating to the Financial  Statements or the Interim  Financials,
subject to customary  agreements sought by independent  public  accountants in
connection   with  giving  such  access,   (vii)  sign  customary   management
representation  letters  relating to the Financial  Statements and the Interim
Financials,  (viii)  cooperate in the preparation of financial  statements for
the Company and its Subsidiaries  that are suitable for inclusion by Hanger in
the Public Filings,  including  compliance  with the applicable  provisions of
Regulation S-X, and (ix) provide reasonable assistance to Hanger in connection
with any roadshow, rating agency or lender presentations and meetings relating
to the Financing.

                                  SECTION IX.

                                INDEMNIFICATION

      9.01  INDEMNIFICATION  BY THE PARENT AND THE  SELLER.  After the Closing
Date, the Parent and the Seller,  jointly and severally,  shall  indemnify and
hold harmless the Purchaser (and its employees, officers, partners, directors,
shareholders, agents and representatives) and the Group Members (collectively,
the  "Purchaser  Indemnified  Parties") from and against all Damages which are
sustained  or incurred by any of the  Purchaser  Indemnified  Parties,  to the
extent that the Damages are  sustained or incurred by reason of (a) the breach
by the Parent or the Seller of any of its covenants or agreements hereunder to
be performed after the Closing Date, or, subject to the limitations of Section
9.05(c),  the  breach by the  Parent or the  Seller of any of its  Pre-Closing
Covenants,  (b) the breach of any of the representations or warranties made by
the Parent and the Seller in Section II hereof (as  modified  by Section  6.03
hereof),  (c) any liability (as a result of Treasury  Regulation  ss.  1.1502-
6(a) or  otherwise)  for  Taxes  of the  Parent  or the  Seller  or any  other
corporation  which is or has been  affiliated  with the  Parent or the  Seller
(other  than any of the  Group  Members)  or (d) the  litigation  set forth on
SCHEDULE 9.01.

      9.02  INDEMNIFICATION  BY THE PURCHASER.  After the Closing Date, Hanger
and the Purchaser,  jointly and severally,  shall  indemnify and hold harmless
the Parent,  the Seller and their respective  employees,  officers,  partners,


                                      31

<PAGE>

directors, shareholders, agents and representatives (collectively, the "Seller
Indemnified  Parties")  from and against all Damages  which are  sustained  or
incurred  by any of the Seller  Indemnified  Parties,  to the extent that such
Damages  are  sustained  or  incurred by reason of (a) the breach by either of
Hanger or the Purchaser of any of its covenants or agreements  hereunder to be
performed  after the Closing Date, or,  subject to the  limitations of Section
9.05(c),  the  breach  by either  of  Hanger  or the  Purchaser  of any of its
Pre-Closing  Covenants,  (b)  the  breach  of any of  the  representations  or
warranties  made by either of Hanger or the Purchaser in Section III hereof or
(c) any liability of the Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than any Group
Member) arising out of (i) those certain agreements (the "Parent Agreements"),
none of which  are  material,  to which the  Parent  or any of its  Affiliates
(other  than any  Group  Member)  is a party and  which  relate  solely to the
business of the Company (or any other Group Member),  it being  understood and
agreed that the Parent shall deliver to the Purchaser a schedule of the Parent
Agreements  (which the Parent shall use its reasonable  best efforts to ensure
is  complete)  not less than five (5) days  prior to the  Closing  Date,  (ii)
severance payments due to employees  performing all or substantially all their
services on behalf of the Company or any other Group Member, more particularly
set forth on SCHEDULE 2.11,  who are terminated at any time  subsequent to the
Closing Date,  (iii) any litigation set forth in SCHEDULE 2.15 (other than any
litigation  set  forth on  SCHEDULE  9.01) to which  the  Parent or any of its
Affiliates  (other  than  any  Group  Member)  is or  becomes  a  party,  (iv)
obligations under the employment  agreements set forth on SCHEDULE  1.02(A)(3)
assumed by the Purchaser pursuant to Section 1.02(a), or (v) the operations of
the  business of the  Company or any Group  Member  subsequent  to the Closing
Date.

      9.03  PROCEDURE  FOR  INDEMNIFICATION.  (a) Except as provided in clause
(d) of this  Section  9.03,  in the  event  that  any  party  hereto  or other
Purchaser  Indemnified Party or Seller  Indemnified Party reasonably  believes
that such party has a claim for Damages in respect of which  indemnity  may be
sought by such party  pursuant to Section  8.03,  this Section IX or Section X
(each, an  "Indemnification  Matter"),  the party  indemnified  hereunder (the
"Indemnitee")   shall   notify   the   party(s)   providing    indemnification
(collectively,  the  "Indemnitor") by sending written notice to the Indemnitor
(an  "Indemnity  Notice").  In the  case of  third  party  claims,  which,  if
successful,  could  result in an  indemnity  payment  hereunder,  an Indemnity
Notice shall be given within 30 days after the discovery by the  Indemnitee of
the filing or assertion of any claim against the Indemnitee stating the nature
and basis of such  claim;  provided,  however,  that any delay or  failure  to
notify any  Indemnitor  of any claim shall not  relieve it from any  liability
except to the extent that the Indemnitor demonstrates that the defense of such
action is prejudiced by such delay or failure to notify.  Any Indemnity Notice
(i)  shall   state   (with   reasonable   specificity)   the  basis  on  which
indemnification is being asserted,  (ii) shall set forth the amount of Damages
for which  indemnification  is being  asserted  and (iii) in the case of third
party  claims,  shall be  accompanied  by  copies of all  relevant  pleadings,
demands and other papers served on the Indemnitee.

            (b)   Except as provided in clause (d) of this  Section  9.03,  in
the case of third party claims the  Indemnitee  shall give the  Indemnitor the
right (i) to control and conduct any proceedings or negotiations in connection
therewith and necessary or appropriate to defend the Indemnitee (provided such
are pursued in a professional manner), (ii) to take all other reasonable steps
or  proceedings  to  settle  or  defend  any such  claims,  provided  that the
Indemnitor  shall not settle any such claim without the prior written  consent
of the Indemnitee, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed,


                                      32

<PAGE>

unless,  in the case that the  Parent or the  Seller is the  Indemnitor,  such
settlement  only  involves the payment of money (all of which shall be payable
by the Parent or the  Seller),  in which event the Parent and the Seller shall
have the right to settle any such claim without the consent of the Indemnitee,
and (iii) to employ  counsel  selected  by the  Indemnitor,  after  reasonable
consultation  with the  Indemnitee,  to contest any such claim or liability in
the name of the  Indemnitee or  otherwise.  Notwithstanding  the  Indemnitor's
election to appoint  counsel to represent  the  Indemnitee  in an action,  the
Indemnitee  shall have the right to employ separate counsel and the Indemnitor
shall bear the reasonable fees,  costs and expenses of such separate  counsel,
if the  Indemnitee  determines,  based  upon the  advice  of  counsel,  that a
conflict or potential  conflict of interest  exists between the Indemnitor and
the Indemnitee in such action. The Indemnitor shall, within 30 days of receipt
of an  Indemnity  Notice in  respect  of such  claim  (the  "Indemnity  Notice
Period"),  notify the  Indemnitee  in writing of its  intention  to assume the
defense  of such  claim.  In the event  that the  Indemnitor  does  assume the
defense as provided above,  the Indemnitee shall have the right to participate
fully in such  defense  (including,  without  limitation,  with counsel of its
choice),  at its sole expense,  and the Indemnitor  shall cooperate fully with
the Indemnitee in connection with such  participation.  If the Indemnitor does
not deliver to the  Indemnitee  within the  Indemnity  Notice  Period  written
notice  that the  Indemnitor  will  assume  the  defense  of any such claim or
litigation  resulting  therefrom,  the  Indemnitee may defend against any such
claim  or  litigation  in  such  manner  as it may  deem  appropriate  and the
Indemnitee may settle such claim or  litigation,  provided that the Indemnitee
shall not settle  any such  claim  without  the prior  written  consent of the
Indemnitor, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In the
event that the Indemnitor does not assume the defense as provided  above,  the
Indemnitor  shall  have  the  right  to  participate  fully  in  such  defense
(including,  without  limitation,  with  counsel of its  choice),  at its sole
expense,  and the  Indemnitee  shall  cooperate  fully with the  Indemnitor in
connection with such participation, and in all cases the Indemnitee shall keep
the Indemnitor  fully informed as to all matters  concerning  such third party
claim and shall  promptly  notify  the  Indemnitor  in  writing of any and all
significant   developments   relating  thereto.   Within  30  days  after  the
Determination  Date with respect to a third party claim,  the Indemnitor shall
pay the  Indemnitee  the  amount  of  Damages  sustained  or  incurred  by the
Indemnitee.

            (c)   In the event that  liability  hereunder  does not  involve a
third  party  claim,  the  Indemnitor  shall  within 30 days after the date of
receipt of an  Indemnity  Notice  respond in  writing to the  Indemnitee  (the
"Indemnity Response") and set forth with reasonable specificity those items in
the  Indemnity  Notice to which the  Indemnitor  does not agree as well as the
summary  basis  upon  which  such  disagreement  is  founded.  Within  30 days
following   the  receipt  of  the  Indemnity   Response  by  the   Indemnitee,
representatives  of the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee shall meet to attempt to
resolve  through  good  faith  negotiations  the  applicable   Indemnification
Matters.  The parties  shall  negotiate  in good faith for up to 60 days in an
attempt to reach a settlement of any disputed  matter.  In the event that such
good faith  negotiations are unsuccessful or in the event of any other dispute
under this Section IX, the parties shall  proceed in  accordance  with Section
11.07 of this Agreement.

            (d)   (i) If a claim shall be made by any taxing authority, which,
if  successful,  might  result  in  an  indemnity  payment  to  any  Purchaser
Indemnified  Party,  the Purchaser shall promptly notify the Parent in writing
(a "Tax Notice") of such claim (a "Tax  Claim").  If a Tax Notice is not given
to the Parent  within a  sufficient  period of time to allow the Parent or the


                                      33

<PAGE>

Seller  effectively  to contest  such Tax Claim,  or in  reasonable  detail to
apprise  the Parent of the nature of the Tax Claim,  in each case  taking into
account the facts and  circumstances  with respect to such Tax Claim,  neither
the Parent nor the Seller shall be liable to any Purchaser  Indemnified  Party
to the extent that the Parent's or the Seller's  position is  prejudiced  as a
result thereof.

            (ii)  With  respect  to any Tax  Claim,  the Parent and the Seller
      shall  have  the  right to  control  and  conduct  all  proceedings  and
      negotiations  in  connection  with  such Tax Claim  (including,  without
      limitation,  selection of counsel) and,  without limiting the foregoing,
      may in the  Parent's  sole  discretion  pursue  or  forego  any  and all
      administrative appeals,  proceedings,  hearings and conferences with any
      taxing  authority  with respect  thereto,  and may, in the Parent's sole
      discretion,  either  pay the Tax  claimed  and  sue for a  refund  where
      applicable law permits such refund suits or contest the Tax Claim in any
      permissible manner. The Parent shall, within 30 days of receipt of a Tax
      Notice with respect to a Tax Claim (the "Tax Notice Period"), notify the
      Purchaser  in  writing  of its  intention  to control  and  conduct  the
      proceedings  and  negotiations in connection with such Tax Claim. In the
      event that the Parent  does notify the  Purchaser  of its  intention  to
      control and conduct the proceedings and  negotiations in connection with
      any Tax Claim as provided  above,  the Purchaser shall have the right to
      participate  fully  in such  proceedings  and  negotiations  (including,
      without  limitation,  with counsel of its choice),  at its sole expense,
      and the Parent and the Seller shall  cooperate  fully with the Purchaser
      in connection with such participation. If the Parent does not deliver to
      the Purchaser  within the Tax Notice Period  written notice that it will
      control and conduct the proceedings and  negotiations in connection with
      a Tax Claim,  the Purchaser may control,  or cause the applicable  Group
      Member to control, and conduct such proceedings and negotiations in such
      manner as it may deem  appropriate.  In the event that the Parent or the
      Seller  do  not  exercise   their  right  to  control  and  conduct  the
      proceedings  and  negotiations  in  connection  with  any Tax  Claim  as
      provided  above,  the  Parent  and the  Seller  shall  have the right to
      participate  fully  in such  proceedings  and  negotiations  (including,
      without limitation,  with counsel of its choice), at their sole expense,
      and the Purchaser shall, and shall cause each Group Member to, cooperate
      fully  with  Parent  and the  Seller  and  their  accountants  and other
      representatives in connection with such participation,  and in all cases
      the  Purchaser  shall keep the Parent  fully  informed as to all matters
      concerning  such Tax Claim  and  shall  promptly  notify  the  Parent in
      writing  of any  and  all  significant  developments  relating  thereto.
      Without  limiting  Sections 8.04 and 8.05, the Purchaser and each of its
      Affiliates  shall (and the  Purchaser  shall cause the Group Members to)
      cooperate  fully with the Parent  and the Seller in  contesting  any Tax
      Claim,  which  cooperation  shall  include,   without  limitation,   the
      retention and (upon the Parent's request) the provision to the Parent of
      records and information which are relevant to such Tax Claim, and making
      officers and  employees  available  on a timely and mutually  convenient
      basis to provide  additional  information or explanation of any material
      provided  hereunder  or to testify at  proceedings  relating to such Tax
      Claim.

            (iii) Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained herein,
      in no event shall the  Purchaser or any Group Member settle or otherwise
      compromise  any Tax Claim  without the Parent's  prior  written  consent
      which shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  The Parent agrees to either
      give its consent or the  reasonable  basis for  withholding  its consent
      within  15 days of the  receipt  of any  notice by the  Parent  from the
      Purchaser, the Company or any Group Member.


                                      34

<PAGE>

      9.04  LIMITS ON THE LIABILITY OF THE SELLER. Subject to the terms hereof
(including  Sections  4.05 and 9.07 hereof),  the  aggregate  liability of the
Parent and the Seller for  Damages or  otherwise  with  respect to the subject
matter of this  Agreement  and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby is, and
shall be,  limited to an aggregate  amount (the "Seller's  Liability  Amount")
equal to $100,000,000,  and the Purchaser, on behalf of itself, its Affiliates
and all  Purchaser  Indemnified  Parties,  agrees  not to seek any  Damages in
excess of the Seller's  Liability Amount for any and all Damages  sustained or
incurred by any Purchaser  Indemnified Party for any breach or liability under
this  Agreement  or  otherwise  with  respect  to the  subject  matter of this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise.

      9.05  OTHER LIMITS ON INDEMNIFICATION.

            (a)   Notwithstanding anything in Section 8.03, this Section IX or
Section X to the  contrary  and subject to the final  sentence of this Section
9.05(a),  no Purchaser  Indemnified Party shall be entitled to indemnification
pursuant to Section 9.01 hereof unless and until the  aggregate  amount of all
Damages to which the indemnity set forth in Section 9.01(b) relates  sustained
or incurred by all Purchaser  Indemnified  Parties exceeds an aggregate amount
(the "Basket  Amount") equal to $1,500,000.  Subject to Section 9.04 above, if
such  Damages  exceed the  Basket  Amount,  then the  Seller's  liability  for
indemnification  under Section  9.01(b) shall be limited to the amount of such
Damages sustained or incurred which exceeds the Basket Amount. Notwithstanding
anything contained herein to the contrary, there shall be no limitation on the
liability  of the Seller  and the Parent  under  either  Section  9.04 or this
Section  9.05 for Damages of the  Purchaser  which  relate to Section  9.01(a)
[breaches of covenants],  Section 9.01(c) [Tax  liabilities],  Section 9.01(b)
(insofar as it relates to breaches of Sections 2.01, 2.02, 2.03, 2.04 or 2.21)
and/or the last sentence of Section 6.03 hereof as therein provided.

            (b)   The  representations  and  warranties  contained  in or made
pursuant to this Agreement shall expire 15 months from the Closing Date, or if
at the end of such 15 month period the Parent shall be  continuing  to operate
one or more  businesses for profit,  such period shall be extended  during the
operation  thereof for up to an  additional  three  months,  provided that the
representations and warranties  contained in Sections 2.07, 2.16(c),  2.21 and
2.24 shall survive for the  applicable  statute of  limitations,  and provided
further  that if written  notice is properly  given under this Section IX with
respect to any alleged  breach of a  representation  or warranty to which such
party  is  entitled  to be  indemnified  hereunder  prior  to  the  applicable
expiration  date,  such  representation  or  warranty  with  respect  to  such
specified matter only shall continue  indefinitely  until the applicable claim
is finally resolved.

            (c)   With  respect to any claim by the Parent or the  Seller,  on
the one hand,  or the  Purchaser,  on the other hand,  against the other based
upon a breach  of any  covenant  or  agreement  of the other  herein  which is
required to be  performed  on or prior to the Closing  Date (the  "Pre-Closing
Covenants"),  such Pre-Closing  Covenant shall not survive the Closing and the
breach  thereof  shall be deemed  to have  been  waived by the party for whose
benefit such Pre-Closing Covenant exists; provided that in the event that such
breach has had a Material  Adverse  Effect and the party who has breached such
Pre-Closing Covenant has taken actions to intentionally  conceal the existence
of such  breach from the party for whose  benefit  such  Pre-Closing  Covenant
exists, and provided further that the party for whose benefit such Pre-Closing
Covenant  exists has  sustained  or  incurred  Damages  that  would  otherwise
constitute an Indemnification Matter covered by the provisions of Section 9.01


                                      35

<PAGE>

or 9.02, as the case may be, then the applicable Pre-Closing Covenant shall be
deemed to have survived the Closing.

      9.06  LOSSES NET. The amount of any Damages for which indemnification is
provided under Section 8.03,  this Section IX or Section X shall be net of Tax
benefits to be received by the Indemnitee,  and net of any amounts recoverable
by the Indemnitee under insurance policies with respect to such Damages.

      9.07  SOLE AND  EXCLUSIVE  REMEDY.  After the Closing  Date,  each party
hereto  acknowledges  and agrees that such party's sole and  exclusive  remedy
with respect to Damages and any and all other  claims  relating to the subject
matter of this Agreement and the transactions  contemplated hereby (other than
disputes  arising under the second  sentence of Section  8.05(b)  hereof which
disputes  shall  be  resolved  as set  forth  in  such  Section)  shall  be in
accordance with, and limited by, the  indemnification  provisions set forth in
Section 8.03, this Section IX and Section X.

      9.08  LIMITATIONS ON  MATERIALITY.  For purposes of the  indemnification
provided in this Article 9, in  determining  whether the  representations  and
warranties of the Parent or the Seller have been breached or are inaccurate or
the  amount  of any  Damages,  no  effect  will be  given  to any  materiality
(including   Material  Adverse  Effect)   qualification   set  forth  in  such
representations and warranties.

                                  SECTION X.

                              BROKERS AND FINDERS

      10.01 THE PARENT'S AND THE SELLER'S  OBLIGATIONS.  Neither the Purchaser
nor any Group Member shall have any obligation to pay any financial  advisory,
finder's fee or other compensation to any person, firm or corporation claiming
by, through or under the Parent,  the Seller or any Group Member in connection
with  the  sale  of  the  Shares   contemplated  by  this  Agreement  and  the
transactions  contemplated herein, and the Parent and the Seller,  jointly and
severally,  hereby agree to defend,  indemnify and hold the Purchaser and each
Group Member harmless from any Damages  sustained or incurred by the Purchaser
or such  Group  Member by  reason of any such  claim for any such fee or other
compensation.  It is  understood  and agreed  that the Parent  shall be solely
responsible  for the fees and the  expenses  of Salomon  Smith  Barney,  Inc.,
Lehman Brothers,  Wasserstein  Perella & Co., Inc. and Warburg Dillon Reed LLC
in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

      10.02 THE  PURCHASER'S  OBLIGATIONS.  Neither  the Parent nor the Seller
shall have any obligation to pay any financial advisory, finder's fee or other
compensation to any person, firm or corporation  claiming by, through or under
the Purchaser (or any Affiliate thereof) in connection with this Agreement and
the  transactions  contemplated  herein,  and the  Purchaser  hereby agrees to
defend, indemnify and hold the Parent and the Seller harmless from any Damages
sustained  or  incurred by the Seller by reason of any such claim for any such
fee or other compensation.


                                      36

<PAGE>

                                  SECTION XI.

                                 MISCELLANEOUS


      11.01 NOTICES. All notices,  requests or instructions hereunder shall be
in writing and  delivered  personally  or sent by telecopy  or  registered  or
certified mail,  postage  prepaid,  return receipt  requested,  or by FedEx or
other recognized overnight courier as follows:

            (a)   if to the Seller or the Parent:
                  NovaCare, Inc.
                  1016 West Ninth Avenue
                  King of Prussia, Pennsylvania 19406
                  Attention:  Chief Executive Officer
                  Telecopy:  (610) 992-0310

                  with a copy to:

                  Haythe & Curley
                  237 Park Avenue
                  New York, New York  10017
                  Attention:  Andrew J. Beck, Esq.
                  Telecopy:   (212) 682-0200

            (b)   if to the Purchaser:

                  Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.
                  7700 Old Georgetown Road
                  Bethesda, Maryland 20814
                  Attention:  Chief Executive Officer
                  Telecopy:  (301) 986-0702

                  with a copy to:

                  Freedman, Levy, Kroll & Simonds
                  1050 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
                  Suite 825
                  Washington, D.C. 20036
                  Attention:  Jay W. Freedman, Esq.
                  Telecopy:  (202) 457-5151

Any of the above  addresses  may be  changed  at any time by  notice  given as
provided above;  provided,  however, that any such notice of change of address
shall be effective only upon receipt.  All notices,  requests or  instructions
given in accordance herewith shall be deemed received on the date of delivery,
if hand delivered, on the date of receipt, if telecopied,  three business days
after the date of mailing,  if mailed by registered or certified mail,  return
receipt requested,  and one business day after the date of sending, if sent by
FedEx or other recognized overnight courier.


                                      37

<PAGE>

      11.02 ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement,  the Schedules and the Exhibits
hereto contain the entire  agreement  among the parties hereto with respect to
the   transactions   contemplated   hereby,   and,  except  for  that  certain
Confidentiality  Agreement  dated  December  15, 1998  between  Salomon  Smith
Barney,  Inc., on behalf of the Parent, and Hanger, which shall remain in full
force and effect, supersede all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations
and  discussions,  whether  written or oral,  of the parties,  and,  except as
otherwise  provided in Section 6.03 hereof,  no  modification  hereof shall be
effective unless in writing and signed by the party against which it is sought
to be enforced.

      11.03 ASSIGNMENT.  This Agreement  shall not be assignable by any of the
parties  hereto  except  pursuant to a writing  executed by all of the parties
hereto,  provided  that the  Purchaser  may without  such prior  consent,  for
collateral  security purposes,  assign its rights (but not its obligations) to
providers of financing in connection with the purchase of the Shares.

      11.04 FURTHER ACTION.  Each of the parties hereto shall use such party's
best efforts to take such actions as may be necessary or reasonably  requested
by the  other  parties  hereto to carry out and  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

      11.05 BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
the  benefit  of the  parties  hereto  and  their  respective  successors  and
permitted assigns.

      11.06 EXPENSES.  Each of the parties  hereto shall bear such party's own
expenses in connection with this Agreement and the  transactions  contemplated
hereby  whether  or not the  Closing  occurs.  In the event that there are any
direct or indirect real property transfer, personal property transfer or other
similar   transfer   taxes  payable  in  connection   with  the   transactions
contemplated hereby, such taxes shall be paid by the Seller.

      11.07 ARBITRATION.  Subject to Sections 8.05(b) and 9.03(c) hereof,  the
parties agree that they shall submit any dispute arising out of or relating to
this  Agreement,  or any breach hereof,  to arbitration in accordance with the
rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in effect.  The parties
further agree that judgment upon an award  rendered by the  arbitrator  may be
entered in any court having  jurisdiction  thereof.  The arbitration  shall be
held in the District of Columbia.

      11.08 SCHEDULES  AND  EXHIBITS.  All  Schedules  and  Exhibits  to  this
Agreement are integral parts of this Agreement.

      11.09 INVALIDITY, ETC. Should any provision of this Agreement be held by
a court or arbitration panel of competent  jurisdiction to be enforceable only
if modified,  such holding  shall not affect the validity of the  remainder of
this  Agreement,  the balance of which shall  continue to be binding  upon the
parties hereto with any such  modification to become a part hereof and treated
as though  originally set forth in this  Agreement.  The parties further agree
that any such court or arbitration panel is expressly authorized to modify any
such  unenforceable  provision  of this  Agreement  in lieu of  severing  such
unenforceable  provision  from this  Agreement  in its  entirety,  whether  by
rewriting  the  offending  provision,  deleting  any or  all of the  offending
provision,  adding  additional  language to this Agreement,  or by making such
other  modifications  as it  deems  warranted  to  carry  out the  intent  and
agreement of the parties as embodied herein to the maximum extent permitted by


                                      38

<PAGE>

law. The parties expressly agree that this Agreement as so modified by a court
or  arbitration  panel shall be binding upon and  enforceable  against each of
them. In any event,  should one or more of the provisions of this Agreement be
held to be invalid,  illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity,
illegality or  unenforceability  shall not affect any other provisions hereof,
and if such provision or provisions are not modified as provided  above,  this
Agreement  shall be construed  as if such  invalid,  illegal or  unenforceable
provisions had never been set forth herein.

      11.10 HEADINGS.  The headings of this  Agreement are for  convenience of
reference only and are not part of the substance of this Agreement.

      11.11 GOVERNING LAW. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware  without giving effect to
the conflicts of laws  provisions and principles  thereof that would apply the
laws of any other jurisdiction.

      11.12 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original,  but all of which taken  together  shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

      11.13 CONSTRUCTION.  The parties hereto agree that this Agreement is the
product  of  negotiations  among  sophisticated  parties,  each  of  whom  was
represented by counsel, and each of whom had an opportunity to participate in,
and did  participate in, the drafting of each provision  hereof.  Accordingly,
ambiguities in this Agreement,  if any, shall not be construed  strictly or in
favor of or against  any party  hereto  but  rather  shall be given a fair and
reasonable construction without regard to the rule of CONTRA PROFERENTEM.

      11.14 HANGER'S  GUARANTY  OF  PURCHASER'S  OBLIGATIONS.   Hanger  hereby
unconditionally  guaranties  to the  Parent  and the Seller the due and timely
performance by the Purchaser of all of the Purchaser's  obligations under this
Agreement.

      11.15 ASSIGNMENT OF PARENT AGREEMENTS.  The Parent hereby assigns to the
Company,  and the Company hereby accepts and assumes,  all the Parent's rights
and  obligations  pursuant  to the Parent  Agreements.  To the extent that any
Parent Agreement to be assigned to the Company hereunder  requires the consent
to such  assignment  by any third party  thereto,  the Parent shall  cooperate
fully with the Company in  attempting  to procure any such  consent and in any
reasonable arrangement designed to provide the Company with the benefits under
any such Parent Agreement.  The failure of the Company or the Parent to obtain
any such consent  shall in no way relieve the Company from its  obligation  to
assume  such Parent  Agreement  and the  Company  shall  fully and  faithfully
perform,  observe and fulfill all the  unfulfilled  obligations  of the Parent
under such Parent  Agreements.  From and after the Closing  Date,  the Company
shall use  commercially  reasonable  efforts to obtain promptly and deliver to
the Parent,  written  releases in favor of the Parent with respect to any such
obligations and liabilities under all Parent Agreements.


                                      39

<PAGE>

                                 SECTION XII.

                                  DEFINITIONS

      12.01 CERTAIN  DEFINITIONS.  The following  terms when used herein shall
have the  meanings  assigned  to them below  (certain  other terms are defined
elsewhere herein):

      "Actions" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15 hereof.

      "Affiliate" means a person or entity who directly, or indirectly through
one or more intermediaries,  controls, or is controlled by, or is under common
control with, another person.

      "Applicable  Law" shall mean the collective  reference to any law, rule,
regulation,  ordinance,  writ, judgment,  injunction,  decree,  determination,
award or other order of any Governmental Authority, in each case excluding any
and all Environmental Laws.

      "Beneficiary"  shall mean the person(s) or entity(ies)  designated by an
Employee or Former  Employee,  by operation of law or otherwise,  as the party
entitled to compensation,  benefits,  damages,  insurance coverage,  payments,
indemnification or any other goods or services as a result of any liability or
claim under any applicable welfare or benefit plan or program.

      "Benefit Plan" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.12 hereof.

      "Best Efforts" or "best efforts" shall mean diligently,  promptly and in
good faith taking all actions which are reasonable,  necessary and appropriate
to accomplish the objective  requiring the use of best efforts,  but shall not
include  any  obligation  (a) to make any  payment,  incur any  costs,  commit
available resources,  or forego the receipt of any payment,  which in any case
is material in amount in light of the required objective,  (b) to initiate any
lawsuit or other proceeding to achieve the required objective,  or (c) to take
any action which is unlawful.

      "Closing"  and  "Closing  Date"  shall  have the  meanings  set forth in
Section 4.01 hereof.

      "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

      "Common Stock" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereof.

      "Confidentiality  Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
11.02 hereof.

      "Contracts" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10 hereof.

      "Control" (including the terms "controlling", "controlled by" and "under
common control  with") means the  possession,  directly or indirectly,  of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the  management  and policies of the
person,  whether through stock ownership,  voting rights,  governing boards or
otherwise.


                                      40

<PAGE>

      "Damages"  shall  mean any and all  losses,  claims,  demands,  damages,
liabilities,  obligations,  costs and expenses,  including without limitation,
reasonable fees and  disbursements of counsel (however  sustained or incurred,
including, without limitation, in any action or proceeding involving any third
party or involving any other party to this Agreement) sustained or incurred by
or claimed against the Purchaser  Indemnified  Parties (or any of them) or the
Seller  Indemnified  Parties  (or any of them),  as the case may be, and other
reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs and  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with
investigating  or  defending  any action,  suit or  proceeding,  commenced  or
threatened, but excluding punitive or consequential losses or damages.

      "Determination"  shall mean (a) the final  non-appealable  judgment by a
court of  competent  jurisdiction  or  arbitrator  with  respect  to any claim
covered by  Section IX hereof or (b) a  compromise  and  settlement  agreement
executed and delivered by both the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee  with respect
to any claim covered by Section IX.

      "Determination  Date"  shall mean the date the  Determination  is final,
legally binding, and non-appealable.

      "Effective  Time" shall mean the close of business Eastern Standard Time
on the Closing Date.

      "Employees"  shall  mean  all  individuals  with  whom  a  Group  Member
maintains, on the Closing Date, an employer-employee  relationship,  including
any  individuals on lay-off,  disability or leave of absence,  whether paid or
unpaid.

      "Environmental Laws" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(c)
hereof.

      "Environmental  Permits"  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in Section
2.16(c) hereof.

      "ERISA" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(a) hereof.

      "Financial  Statements" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.04
hereof.

      "Former   Employees"   shall  mean  all   individuals   as  to  whom  an
employer-employee  relationship  with any Group  Member  existed  prior to the
Closing Date, but does not exist on the Closing Date,  who remain  entitled to
benefits under any applicable welfare or benefit plan or program.

      "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles.

      "Governmental  Authority"  shall mean the  collective  reference  to any
court,   tribunal,   government,   or   governmental   agency,   authority  or
instrumentality, domestic or foreign.

      "Group" shall mean the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

      "Group  Member"  shall mean,  individually,  the Company and each of its
Subsidiaries.


                                      41

<PAGE>

      "Indemnification  Matter"  shall have the  meaning  set forth in Section
9.03 hereof.

      "Knowledge of the Parent" shall mean,  with respect to a particular fact
or other matter, that (i) an individual who is a director or executive officer
of the Parent,  the Seller,  the Company or any Group Member is actually aware
of such fact or other matter or (ii) a reasonably  prudent  individual  in the
satisfaction  of his or her duties as a director or  executive  officer of the
Parent,  the  Seller,  the  Company or any Group  Member  would be  reasonably
expected to discover or otherwise become aware of such fact or other matter in
the course of conducting a reasonable investigation.

      "Lien" shall mean any  mortgage,  pledge,  encumbrance,  charge or other
security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever.

      "Material  Adverse  Effect" shall mean a material  adverse effect on the
assets, properties,  businesses,  results of operations or financial condition
of the  Group,  taken as a whole,  and in any case  after  application  of the
proceeds of any  insurance  or  indemnity  under any  contract or agreement to
which any Group Member, the Parent or the Seller (or any Affiliate thereof) is
a party or, for  purposes of Section  6.03, a material  adverse  effect on the
ability of the Parent or the  Seller to  consummate  the sale of the Shares as
provided in this Agreement;  provided that the term "Material  Adverse Effect"
as used herein  shall not include  any effect  attributable  to changes in the
economy (of the United States or any other country) generally,  changes in the
industries in which any Group Member engages, or seasonality of the businesses
of any Group Member.

      "Permits" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(b) hereof.

      "Permitted Liens" shall mean:

            (a) Liens for  Taxes not yet due or which are being  contested  in
good faith by appropriate  proceedings,  provided that adequate  reserves with
respect to contested taxes are maintained on the books of any Group Member;

            (b) pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in
connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other social
security legislation;

            (c)  easements,  rights-of-way,  restrictions  and  other  similar
encumbrances  previously incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in
respect of properties or assets of the Group are not material,  and which,  in
the case of such encumbrances on the assets or properties of any Group Member,
do not materially  detract from the value of any such  properties or assets or
materially interfere with any present use of such properties or assets;

            (d)   carriers',   warehousemen's,    mechanics',   materialmen's,
repairmen's  or other like Liens  arising in the  ordinary  course of business
which  are not  overdue  for a period  of more than 90 days or which are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;


                                      42

<PAGE>

            (e) deposits to secure the performance of bids,  contracts  (other
than for borrowed money),  leases,  statutory  obligations,  surety and appeal
bonds,  performance  bonds and other  obligations of a like nature incurred in
the ordinary course of business;

            (f) statutory and  contractual  Liens on the property of any Group
Member in favor of landlords securing leases; and

            (g) Liens in existence on the Closing Date listed on SCHEDULE 2.09
hereto.

      "Pre-Closing  Covenants"  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in Section
9.05(c) hereof.

      "Purchaser  Indemnified  Parties"  shall have the  meaning  set forth in
Section 9.01 hereof.

      "Retro-Premium  Insurance  Amounts"  shall mean any  liability  or other
obligation paid by the Parent or the Seller (or any Affiliate of the Parent or
the Seller)  (whether by reimbursement to any claims security or escrow funds,
any additional  premiums on  retrospective  adjustment or otherwise) under any
policies of insurance maintained by the Parent or the Seller (or any Affiliate
of the Parent or the Seller) for the benefit of any Group Member  attributable
to events or occurrences on or prior to the Closing Date.

      "Schedules" shall mean the Schedules  attached hereto and made a part of
this Agreement.

      "Seller Indemnified Parties" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
9.02 hereof.

      "Seller's  Health Plan" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.07
hereof.

      "Seller Tax Periods"  shall mean and include any and all periods  ending
on or before the Closing  Date,  and in  addition,  the portion of any taxable
period that  includes,  but does not end on or before,  the Closing  Date that
consists of a partial period deemed to end on the Closing Date;  provided that
in the case of any  Seller  Tax  Period  that  does not end on or  before  the
Closing Date, for purposes  hereof the books and records of the relevant Group
Member(s) shall be deemed to have been closed at and as of the Closing Date.

      "Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereof.

      "Subsidiary"  and  "Subsidiaries"  shall have the  meanings set forth in
Section 2.01 hereof.

      "Taxes" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.07 hereof.

      "Tax Claim" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.03 hereof.

      "Tax Returns" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.07 hereof.


                                      43

<PAGE>

      "Tax Sharing  Agreement" shall mean the practice  employed by the Parent
in causing the Seller and each of the Group Members to pay to the Parent or to
the Seller the separate  company  liability of each Group Member in respect of
the  consolidated  Federal income Tax and state income Tax  liabilities of the
Parent's or the Seller's tax group, as applicable.

      "Y2K-compliant"  shall mean able to provide specific dates and calculate
spans of dates,  and to record,  store,  process and provide true and accurate
dates and  calculations  for dates and spans of dates  within and  between the
twentieth and twenty-first centuries prior to, including and following January
1, 2000,  including by: (i) correctly  processing  day and date  calculations;
(ii) recognizing  September 9, 1999 and January 1, 2001 as valid dates;  (iii)
recognizing  the year  2000 as a leap year  having  366  days,  and  correctly
processing  February 29, 2000 as a valid leap year date;  (iv)  employing only
four-digit year  representations in software,  components and systems owned or
operated  in  connection  with  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries;  and (v)
incorporating   interface  programs  sufficient  to  translate  accurately  to
four-digit  format (without any burden of  interpretation)  any two-digit year
representations included in software, components or systems, including but not
limited to external  databases,  data  warehouses,  software  systems and user
interfaces  that send data to or receive  data from  software,  components  or
systems used in the Business.

                                     * * *


                                      43

<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties
hereto as of the date first above written.

                                     SELLER:


                                     NC RESOURCES, INC.

                                     By: /s/TIMOTHY E. FOSTER
                                         ------------------------------
                                         Name:  Timothy E. Foster
                                         Title: Chief Executive Officer


                                     PARENT:

                                     NOVACARE, INC.

                                     By: /s/TIMOTHY E. FOSTER
                                         ------------------------------
                                         Name:  Timothy E. Foster
                                         Title: Chief Executive Officer


                                     HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

                                     By: /s/IVAN R. SABEL
                                         ------------------------------
                                         Name:  Ivan R. Sabel
                                         Title: Chief Executive Officer


                                     PURCHASER:

                                     HPO ACQUISITION CORP.

                                     By: /s/IVAN R. SABEL
                                         ------------------------------
                                         Name:  Ivan R. Sabel
                                         Title: Chief Executive Officer


                                      45

<PAGE>

                              AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
                           STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

      AMENDMENT  NO. 1 made as of May 19,  1999  ("Amendment  No.  1"), by and
among NovaCare, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), NC Resources, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Seller"), Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., a Delaware
corporation ("Hanger"), and HPO Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the
"Purchaser"),  to the Stock Purchase Agreement,  dated as of April 2, 1999, by
and among the  Parent,  the  Seller,  Hanger  and the  Purchaser  (the  "Stock
Purchase Agreement").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:


      WHEREAS,  the  parties  hereto  have  entered  into the  Stock  Purchase
Agreement  pursuant to which, among other things, the Seller shall sell to the
Purchaser,  and the Purchaser shall acquire from the Seller, all of the issued
and outstanding  shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share, of NovaCare
Orthotics and Prosthetics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"); and

      WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Stock Purchase Agreement
as hereinafter set forth.

      NOW  THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual
agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto,  intending to be legally
bound, hereby agree as follows:

      1.    DEFINED  TERMS.  All  capitalized  terms  used  but not  otherwise
defined  herein shall have the  respective  meanings  ascribed  thereto in the
Stock Purchase Agreement.

      2.    AMENDMENTS TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

      (a)   Section 1.02(a) of the Stock Purchase  Agreement is hereby amended
by deleting Section 1.02(a) thereof in its entirety and substituting  therefor
the following:

            "(a) PURCHASE PRICE AND PAYMENT.  The Purchaser  agrees to provide
      the Seller with an aggregate  value of Four Hundred  Forty-Five  Million
      Dollars ($445,000,000.00)  ("PURCHASE PRICE") for the Shares by: (i) the
      assumption of the promissory notes payable by the Company to the sellers
      of acquired  businesses  in a principal  amount not to exceed the amount
      (the  "Relevant  Amount") set forth on Schedule  1.02(a)(1)  hereto with
      respect to the relevant Closing Date (the  "Acquired-company  Notes") as
      specifically  listed on SCHEDULE  1.02(A)(2) hereto;  (ii) the escrow of
      Ten Million Dollars  ($10,000,000.00)  (the "Escrowed  Funds") until the
      determination  of any Purchase Price  adjustments as provided in Section
      1.02(b) hereof; (iii) the assumption of the liability of the Parent with
      respect to the  severance  amounts  calculated  as set forth on SCHEDULE
      1.02(a)(3); and (iv) the payment of the balance of the Purchase Price in


<PAGE>

      cash by wire transfer or delivery of other  immediately  available funds
      at the Closing."

      (b)   Section 4.01 of the Stock Purchase  Agreement is hereby amended by
deleting Section 4.01 in its entirety and substituting  therefor the following
paragraph:

            "4.01 TIME AND PLACE OF THE  CLOSING.  The closing of the purchase
      and sale of the Shares as set forth  herein  (herein  referred to as the
      "Closing")  shall be held at the  offices  of Haythe & Curley,  237 Park
      Avenue,  New York, New York 10017 at 10:00 a.m.,  local time, on July 1,
      1999, or such other time, place and date as the Purchaser and the Seller
      may agree (such date upon which the Closing occurs is herein referred to
      as the "Closing Date") and, for accounting  purposes,  the Closing shall
      be effective as of a mutually agreeable date."

      (c)   Schedule  1.02(a)(2)  to the Stock  Purchase  Agreement  is hereby
amended  by  deleting  Schedule   1.02(a)(2)   thereof  in  its  entirety  and
substituting  therefor a new Schedule  1.02(a)(2) in the form attached to this
Amendment No. 1.


      3.    MISCELLANEOUS.

      (a)   The parties  hereto  further  agree that all notices,  requests or
instructions  under this  Amendment No. 1 or any other  agreement made between
the parties hereto in connection with the Stock Purchase Agreement shall be in
writing and  delivered  personally,  sent by telecopy or sent by registered or
certified mail,  postage  prepaid,  return receipt  requested,  or by FedEx or
other recognized  overnight courier, to the address set forth in Section 11.01
of the Stock Purchase Agreement.

      (b)   Except  as  specifically   amended  herein,   the  Stock  Purchase
Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

      (c)   This  Amendment No. 1 shall be binding upon the parties hereto and
their respective successors and assigns.

      (d)   This  Amendment  No. 1 may be  executed in  counterparts,  each of
which  shall be deemed an  original,  but all of which  taken  together  shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

                                     * * *


<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 1
to be duly executed on the date first above written.

                                     NC RESOURCES, INC.

                                     By: /s/TIMOTHY E. FOSTER
                                         ------------------------------
                                         Name:  Timothy E. Foster
                                         Title: Chief Executive Officer


                                     NOVACARE, INC.

                                     By: /s/TIMOTHY E. FOSTER
                                         ------------------------------
                                         Name:  Timothy E. Foster
                                         Title: Chief Executive Officer


                                     HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

                                     By: /s/IVAN R. SABEL
                                         ------------------------------
                                         Name:  Ivan R. Sabel
                                         Title: Chief Executive Officer


                                     HPO ACQUISITION CORP.

                                     By: /s/IVAN R. SABEL
                                         ------------------------------
                                         Name:  Ivan R. Sabel
                                         Title: Chief Executive Officer



                                                                  EXHIBIT 2(B)


        CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE,
                PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS
                AND QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS

                                      OF

                         7% REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

                                      OF

                         HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.


<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I NUMBER OF SHARES AND DESIGNATIONS................................  1

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS.....................................................  1

ARTICLE III VOTING RIGHTS.................................................. 10
  3.1.  GENERAL............................................................ 10
  3.2.  SPECIAL ELECTION OF DIRECTORS...................................... 10
  3.3.  PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS.............................................. 11
  3.4.  COVENANTS IN RELATED DOCUMENTS..................................... 13

ARTICLE IV DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS..................................... 13
  4.1.  CUMULATIVE DIVIDENDS............................................... 13
  4.2.  RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS, ETC..................................... 14
  4.3.  PARTICIPATING DIVIDENDS............................................ 14

ARTICLE V LIQUIDATION...................................................... 15
  5.1.  REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK......................................... 15
  5.2.  ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS................................................ 15
  5.3.  INSUFFICIENT FUNDS................................................. 15

ARTICLE VI REDEMPTION...................................................... 15
  6.1.  CHANGE OF CONTROL.................................................. 15
  6.2.  REDEMPTION OF REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AT CORPORATION'S OPTION... 18
  6.3.  MANDATORY REDEMPTION............................................... 18
  6.4.  REDEMPTION AT HOLDER'S OPTION...................................... 19
  6.5.  WARRANTS........................................................... 20
  6.6.  ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS................................................ 21

ARTICLE VII CONVERSION..................................................... 21
  7.1.  OPTIONAL CONVERSION................................................ 21
  7.2.  MANDATORY CONVERSION............................................... 22
  7.3.  ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION PRICE..................................... 22
  7.4.  MECHANICS.......................................................... 27
  7.5.  RESERVATION OF SHARES.............................................. 28

ARTICLE VIII CERTAIN REGULATORY MATTERS.................................... 29


<PAGE>

        CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE,
              PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS AND
                QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF

                         7% REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

                          --------------------------

                        Pursuant to Section 151 of the
               General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
                          --------------------------


            HANGER  ORTHOPEDIC  GROUP,  INC.,  a  corporation   organized  and
existing  under the  General  Corporation  Law of the State of  Delaware  (the
"CORPORATION"),  hereby  certifies  that  the  following  resolution  was duly
adopted by the Board of  Directors of the  Corporation  as required by Section
151 of the Delaware General  Corporation Law at a meeting duly called and held
on June 23, 1999.

            RESOLVED,  that a  series  of the  class of  authorized  preferred
stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Corporation is hereby created and that
the designations,  powers, preferences and relative, participating optional or
other  special  rights of the shares of such series,  and the  qualifications,
limitations or restrictions thereof, are hereby fixed as follows:

                                  ARTICLE I
                       NUMBER OF SHARES AND DESIGNATIONS

      60,000 of the  shares of the  Corporation's  preferred  stock,  $.01 par
value per share, are hereby designated 7% Redeemable Preferred Stock.

                                  ARTICLE II
                                  DEFINITIONS

      As used  herein,  the  following  capitalized  terms have the  following
meanings:

      "AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any Person, (a) a director,  officer,
member or general  partner of such Person or any Person  identified  in clause
(c) below,  (b) a spouse,  parent,  sibling or descendant of such Person (or a
spouse,  parent,  sibling or  descendant  of any  director  or officer of such
Person or the general  partner or managing  member of such Person) and (c) any
other Person that directly or indirectly  through one or more  intermediaries,
controls,  is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person.  For
the  purpose of the above  definition,  the term  "CONTROL"  (including,  with
correlative  meaning,  the terms  "controlling,"  "controlled  by" and  "under
common  control  with"),  as  used  with  respect  to any  Person,  means  the
possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of the  power to  direct  or cause the
direction of the management and policies of such Person,  whether  through the
ownership of Voting Securities, by contract or otherwise.


<PAGE>

      "AFFILIATE TRANSACTION" has the meaning ascribed to it in SECTION 3.3.

      "AMENDED  CHARTER"  means  the  Amended  and  Restated   Certificate  of
Incorporation, as amended by the Charter Amendment.

      "APPLICABLE  DIVIDEND  RATE"  means  7% per  annum;  PROVIDED  that  the
Applicable  Dividend  Rate shall be  automatically  increased to 10% per annum
from and after the occurrence of an Event of Non-Compliance until such time as
such Event of Non-Compliance shall have been cured or shall otherwise cease to
exist.

      "APPLICABLE  LAW" means,  with respect to any Person,  all provisions of
laws,  statutes,  ordinances,  rules,  regulations,  permits,  certificates or
orders of any Governmental  Authority  applicable to such Person or any of its
assets or property or to which such Person or any of its assets or property is
subject, and all judgments,  injunctions, orders and decrees of all courts and
arbitrators  in  proceedings  or actions in which such Person is a party or by
which it or any of its assets or properties is or may be bound or subject.

      "BY-LAWS" means the By-laws of the Corporation, as amended and in effect
from time to time.

      "BOARD" and "BOARD OF  DIRECTORS"  means the Board of  Directors  of the
Corporation.

      "CERTIFICATE  OF  DESIGNATIONS"  means a  certificate  of  designations,
powers,  preferences  and relative,  participating,  optional or other special
rights  and   qualifications,   limitations  or  restrictions   filed  by  the
Corporation with respect to any of its Securities.

      "CHANGE OF  CONTROL"  has the meaning  ascribed  to the term  "Change of
Control" in the Indenture.

      "CHANGE OF  CONTROL  OFFER" has the  meaning  ascribed  to it in SECTION
6.1(a).

      "CHANGE OF CONTROL  PURCHASE  PRICE" has the  meaning  ascribed to it in
SECTION 6.1(a).

      "CHANGE OF  CONTROL  PAYMENT  DATE" has the  meaning  ascribed  to it in
SECTION 6.1(b).

      "CHARTER AMENDMENT" means the amendment to the Corporation's certificate
of  incorporation,  in  substantially  the form  attached  as EXHIBIT B to the
Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  together with such changes as the parties to
the Securities Purchase Agreement may agree.

      "CHASE"  means Chase  Equity  Associates,  L.P.,  a  California  limited
partnership.

      "COMMON  STOCK" means shares of Voting Common Stock,  Non-Voting  Common
Stock and all other  classes of  capital  stock of the  Corporation  hereafter
authorized  that are not limited to a fixed sum or percentage of par or stated
value in respect  to the  rights of the  holders  thereof  to  participate  in
dividends or in the distribution of assets upon any  liquidation,  dissolution
or winding up of the  Corporation;  PROVIDED that,  the  Redeemable  Preferred
Stock shall not be deemed to be Common Stock.


                                      2

<PAGE>

      "COMMON STOCK EQUIVALENTS" means all shares of Common Stock outstanding,
all  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable   (without   regard  to  any  present
restrictions  on such issuance) upon the  conversion,  exchange or exercise of
all  Securities  of the  Corporation  that are  convertible,  exchangeable  or
exercisable for Common Stock and all Common Stock appreciation rights, phantom
Common Stock  rights and other rights to acquire,  or to receive or be paid an
amount based on the value (less any exercise,  conversion  or purchase  price)
of, the Common Stock.  With respect to the Redeemable  Preferred  Stock, as of
any date, "Common Stock Equivalents" means the shares of Common Stock issuable
in accordance with this Certificate of Designations upon the conversion of all
of  the  outstanding  shares  of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  on  such  date
(calculated  by assuming that the  Convertibility  Effective Date had occurred
and that such shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock were converted into shares
of Non-Voting  Common Stock which were then immediately  converted into shares
of Voting Common Stock).

      "COMMON STOCK RIGHTS" means options, rights, warrants or other rights to
acquire   shares  of  Common  Stock  or  Securities   directly  or  indirectly
convertible into, exercisable for or otherwise entitling any Person to receive
any shares of Common Stock.

      "CONVERSION  PRICE" means  $15.50,  subject to  adjustment in accordance
with SECTION 7.3.

      "CONVERTIBILITY  EFFECTIVE  DATE"  means the first date on which (a) the
Corporation  shall have  obtained  the  approval of its  stockholders  for the
effectiveness of the  convertibility  of shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock
into shares of Non-Voting Common Stock in accordance with ARTICLE VII, (b) the
Charter  Amendment shall have become  effective in accordance with the laws of
the State of Delaware  and (c) the  Corporation  shall have  delivered  to the
Holders of the Redeemable  Preferred  Stock notice of its election to have the
Redeemable Preferred Stock become convertible in accordance with ARTICLE VII.

      "CORPORATION"  has the meaning  ascribed to it in the first paragraph of
this Certificate of Designations.

      "CORPORATION  REDEMPTION"  has the  meaning  ascribed  to it in  SECTION
6.2(a).

      "CORPORATION  REDEMPTION  NOTICE"  has  the  meaning  ascribed  to it in
SECTION 6.2(a).

      "CORPORATION  REDEMPTION DATE" has the meaning ascribed to it in SECTION
6.2(a).

      "DIVIDEND  ACCRUAL PERIOD" means,  with respect to a share of Redeemable
Preferred  Stock,  (i) the initial  period  from and  including  the  Original
Issuance Date of such share to but excluding the first  Dividend  Payment Date
occurring after such Original  Issuance Date, (ii) a period from and including
each  Dividend  Payment Date to but  excluding  the next  succeeding  Dividend
Payment Date while such share remains  outstanding  and (iii) the final period
ending on, but  excluding,  the date such share ceases to be  outstanding  and
beginning on, and including,  the Dividend Payment Date immediately  preceding
such date.

      "DIVIDEND  PAYMENT DATE" means each March 31, June 30,  September 30 and
December 31, commencing September 30, 1999.


                                      3

<PAGE>

      "EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS" means any stock option, issuance,  appreciation
rights or other equity  incentive plan;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the maximum
number of shares of Common Stock  Equivalents  issuable  thereunder  shall not
exceed 2,362,013 shares and equivalents (subject to PRO RATA adjustment in the
event of any stock dividend or distribution  paid in shares of Common Stock or
any stock split or  subdivision,  reverse stock split or  combination or other
similar PRO RATA recapitalization event affecting the Common Stock).

      "EVENT  OF  NON-COMPLIANCE"  means  any  one  of the  following  events,
occurrences or conditions:

      (i)   any failure by the Corporation, after the fifth anniversary of the
Original Issuance Date, to (A) pay on each of two consecutive Dividend Payment
Dates the full amount of cash dividends  accrued on the  Redeemable  Preferred
Stock for the Dividend  Accrual Period ending on such Dividend Payment Date or
(B) declare and set aside funds on the  Preferred  Record Date for the payment
of the full amount of cash  dividends  that will be accrued on the  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock  for  the  then  current   Dividend  Accrual  Period  if  the
Corporation  failed to pay the full  amount of cash  dividends  accrued on the
Redeemable  Preferred  Stock for the  Dividend  Accrual  Period  ending on the
immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date;

      (ii)  any failure by the Corporation to perform or comply in any respect
with any term,  provision or covenant  contained in any Related  Document and,
with respect to any such failure that can be remedied or cured, ten days shall
have  elapsed  after  the time  that  the  Corporation  becomes  aware of such
failure;

      (iii) any  representation  or warranty  made by the  Corporation  in any
Certificate of  Designations  or in any Related  Document  proves to have been
false or incorrect or misleading in any material respect at the time made;

      (iv)  the Corporation or any of its Significant  Subsidiaries  shall (A)
voluntarily  commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under
Title 11 of the  United  States  Code or any other  federal,  state or foreign
bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar law, (B) consent to the  institution of, or
fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate  manner, any such proceeding or
the filing of any such petition,  (C) apply for or consent to the  appointment
of a receiver,  trustee,  custodian,  sequestrator or similar official for any
such Person or for any substantial part of its property or assets, (D) file an
answer  admitting the material  allegations  of a petition filed against it in
any  such  proceeding,  (E)  make a  general  assignment  for the  benefit  of
creditors,  (F) fail generally to pay its debts as they become due or (G) take
any action in furtherance of any of the foregoing;

      (v)   an  involuntary  proceeding  shall be commenced or an  involuntary
petition  shall  be filed in a court of  competent  jurisdiction  seeking  (A)
relief in respect of the Corporation or any of its  Significant  Subsidiaries,
or of any substantial part of their respective property or assets, under Title
11 of  the  United  States  Code  or  any  other  federal,  state  or  foreign
bankruptcy,  insolvency  or similar  law, (B) the  appointment  of a receiver,
trustee,  custodian,  sequestrator or similar  official for any such Person or
for any substantial  part of its property or (C) the winding-up or liquidation
of any such  Person,  and such  proceeding,  petition or order shall  continue


                                      4

<PAGE>

unstayed and in effect for a period of 30 consecutive days;

      (vi)  the Corporation fails to redeem any share of Redeemable  Preferred
Stock on the Corporation Redemption Date, the Mandatory Redemption Date or any
other applicable redemption date (without giving effect to SECTION 6.4(e)); or

      (vii) a final  judgment  for the payment of money in an amount in excess
of $5 million  shall be  rendered  by a court or other  tribunal  against  the
Corporation or any of its  Subsidiaries  and shall remain  undischarged  for a
period of 30  consecutive  days  during  which such  judgment  and any levy or
execution thereof shall not have been effectively stayed or vacated.

      "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
any similar federal law then in force.

      "FAIR VALUE"  means with respect to (i) any Security  that is not listed
on any  domestic  securities  exchange  or quoted in the NASDAQ  System or the
domestic  over-the-counter  market or (ii) any  property or assets  other than
cash or Securities, the fair value thereof determined in good faith jointly by
the Corporation and the Requisite Senior Holders; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that, if
the parties are not able to agree within a  reasonable  period of time (not to
exceed  thirty (30) days) what amount  constitutes  Fair Value,  then the Fair
Value will be determined pursuant to the Valuation Procedure.

      "GOVERNMENTAL  AUTHORITY"  shall mean any Federal,  state,  municipal or
other government,  governmental department,  commission, board, bureau, agency
or instrumentality, or any court, in each case whether of the United States of
America or any political subdivision thereof, or of any other country.

      "HOLDER REDEMPTION" has the meaning ascribed to it in SECTION 6.3.

      "HOLDER REDEMPTION DATE" has the meaning ascribed to it in SECTION 6.3.

      "HOLDER REDEMPTION PRICE" means, at any time, for each outstanding share
of Redeemable  Preferred  Stock, the product of the Market Price of a share of
Voting  Common  Stock  multiplied  by the number of Common  Stock  Equivalents
issuable upon conversion of such share of Redeemable  Preferred Stock assuming
that the Convertibility Effective Date had occurred prior to such time.

      "HOLDERS" means the holders of shares of the Redeemable  Preferred Stock
and/or the Non-Voting Common Stock, as the context shall require.

      "HOLDERS  DIRECTOR  ELECTION  NOTICE" has the meaning  ascribed to it in
SECTION 3.2(d).

      "HOLDERS  DIRECTOR  REMOVAL  NOTICE" has the  meaning  ascribed to it in
SECTION 3.2(d).


                                      5

<PAGE>

      "INDEBTEDNESS"  has  the  meaning  ascribed  to  it  in  the  Indenture;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that Indebtedness shall not include any shares of capital
stock of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries.

      "INDENTURE"  means the  Indenture  dated as of June 16, 1999,  among the
Corporation and the other  signatories  thereto governing the Corporation's 11
1/4 %  Senior  Subordinated  Notes,  as such  Indenture  is in  effect  on the
Original Issuance Date.

      "INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT" means the Investor Rights Agreement dated as
of the Original  Issuance Date,  among the  Corporation  and the other parties
named therein, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

      "JUNIOR  STOCK" means all shares of capital stock ranking  junior to the
Redeemable Preferred Stock with respect to dividends or a Liquidation.

      "LIEN"  means,  with  respect to any asset,  (a) any  mortgage,  deed of
trust,  lien,  pledge,  encumbrance,  charge or security  interest of any kind
whatsoever in or on such asset  (including  the filing of or agreement to give
any   financing   statement   under  the  Uniform   Commercial   Code  of  any
jurisdiction),  (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional
sale agreement,  capital lease or title retention  agreement  relating to such
asset  and  (c)  in  the  case  of  Securities,  any  purchase  option,  call,
appreciation  right or similar  right of a third  party  with  respect to such
Securities.

      "LIQUIDATION"   means  any   voluntary   or   involuntary   liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

      "LIQUIDATION  AMOUNT"  means with  respect  to each share of  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock,  the Original Cost of such share plus an amount equal to all
accrued and unpaid dividends on such share, whether or not declared.

      "MANDATORY REDEMPTION" has the meaning ascribed to it in SECTION 6.3.

      "MANDATORY  REDEMPTION  DATE"  means  the  eleventh  anniversary  of the
Original Issuance Date.

      "MARKET  PRICE" means,  as to any  Security,  the average of the closing
prices of such  Security's  sales on the New York  Stock  Exchange  and on all
other United States securities exchanges on which such Security is at the time
listed,  or, if there have been no sales on any such  exchange on any day, the
average of the highest bid and lowest  asked  prices on all such  exchanges at
the end of such day,  or, if on any day such  Security  is not so listed,  the
average of the representative bid and asked prices quoted in the NASDAQ System
as of 4:00 P.M.,  New York time,  on such day, or, if on any day such Security
is not quoted in the NASDAQ System,  the average of the highest bid and lowest
asked prices on such day in the domestic  over-the-counter  market as reported
by the National  Quotation Bureau,  Incorporated,  or any similar or successor
organization,  in each such case averaged over a period of 21 days  consisting
of  the  day as of  which  "Market  Price"  is  being  determined  and  the 20
consecutive  trading days prior to such day. With respect to any Security that
is not  listed on any  domestic  securities  exchange  or quoted in the NASDAQ


                                      6

<PAGE>

System or the domestic  over-the-counter  market,  the "Market  Price" of such
Security shall be the Fair Value thereof.

      "MINIMUM PRICE EVENT" means, on any date after the third  anniversary of
the Original  Issuance Date,  that the Market Price of the Voting Common Stock
as of such date is equal to or greater  than 175% of the  Conversion  Price in
effect on such date (without  giving effect to any adjustment  pursuant to the
second sentence of SECTION 7.3(a)).

      "NON-VOTING  COMMON STOCK" means shares of the Corporation's  Non-Voting
Common Stock,  par value $.01 per share,  to be authorized by the  Corporation
pursuant to the Charter Amendment.

      "ORIGINAL COST" means, with respect to any share of Redeemable Preferred
Stock,  as of any particular  date, the amount  originally paid for such share
when it was  originally  issued.  In the  event of any  change  (by way of any
recapitalization,  subdivision  or  recombination)  in the  number  or kind of
shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock, the Original Cost immediately  prior to
such change shall be ratably adjusted.

      "ORIGINAL  ISSUANCE  DATE" means,  with respect to a share of Redeemable
Preferred Stock, the date on which such share was first issued.

      "PARIBAS" means Paribas North America, Inc.

      "PERSON" shall be construed broadly and shall include without limitation
an individual,  a partnership,  a corporation,  an association,  a joint stock
company,  a  limited  liability   company,  a  trust,  a  joint  venture,   an
unincorporated organization and a Governmental Authority.

      "PREFERRED RECORD DATE" has the meaning ascribed to it in SECTION 4.1.

      "PUBLIC  OFFERING" means an offering of shares of Voting Common Stock in
an underwritten offering registered under the Securities Act.

      "PUT EFFECTIVE DATE" has the meaning ascribed to it in SECTION 6.4(a).

      "PUT RIGHT" has the meaning ascribed to it in SECTION 6.4(a).

      "REDEEMABLE  PREFERRED  STOCK"  means the  Corporation's  7%  Redeemable
Preferred Stock.

      "REGULATED  STOCKHOLDER"  means Chase,  Paribas and any other Person (i)
that is subject to the provisions of Regulation Y of the Board of Governors of
the Federal  Reserve  System,  12 C.F.R.  Part 225 (or any  successor  to such
Regulation)  ("REGULATION  Y"),  (ii)  that  holds  equity  Securities  of the
Corporation  and (iii) has given written notice to the  Corporation  that such
Person is a Regulated Stockholder.

      "RELATED  DOCUMENTS"  means,   collectively,   the  Securities  Purchase
Agreement,  the Investor Rights  Agreement,  this Certificate of Designations,
the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation in effect on the date
hereof, the Amended Charter and the By-laws.

                                      7


                                                                             7

<PAGE>

      "RELINQUISHING  HOLDER" means Paribas and its  transferees and any other
Holder of a share of Redeemable Preferred Stock that delivers a written notice
to the Corporation to the effect that such Holder elects not to be entitled to
vote with respect to any matter referred to in SECTION 3.2 or SECTION 3.3(c).

      "REQUISITE  SENIOR  HOLDERS"  means the  Holders  of a  majority  of the
outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock at the time in question.

      "SALE OF THE CORPORATION" means (i) the sale of all or substantially all
of the  Corporation's  assets,  (ii) the sale or transfer  of the  outstanding
capital stock of the Corporation or (iii) the merger or  consolidation  of the
Corporation  with or into another Person,  in each case, in one or a series of
related transactions, and in clauses (ii) and (iii) above, under circumstances
in which the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding  capital
stock of the Corporation, immediately prior to such transaction, own less than
a majority in voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation
or the  surviving or resulting  corporation  or acquirer,  as the case may be,
immediately following such transaction.  A sale (or multiple related sales) of
one  or  more  Subsidiaries  of the  Corporation  (whether  by way of  merger,
consolidation,  reorganization  or sale of all or substantially  all assets or
Securities)  which  constitutes all or  substantially  all of the consolidated
assets of the Corporation shall be deemed a Sale of the Corporation.

      "SECURITIES"  means  "securities"  as  defined  in  Section  2(1) of the
Securities Act.

      "SECURITIES  ACT" means the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  or any
similar federal law then in force.

      "SECURITIES  PURCHASE AGREEMENT" means the Securities Purchase Agreement
dated as of June 16,  1999,  between the  Corporation  and the  Holders  named
therein, as amended from time to time.

      "SIGNIFICANT   SUBSIDIARY"  means,  with  respect  to  any  Person,  any
Subsidiary  of such Person that  satisfies  the  criteria  for a  "significant
subsidiary"  set forth in Rule  1.02(w) of  Regulation  S-X under the Exchange
Act.

      "SUBSIDIARY"  of any Person means any other Person (i) whose  Securities
having a  majority  of the  general  voting  power in  electing  the  board of
directors  or  equivalent  governing  body of  such  other  Person  (excluding
Securities  entitled to vote only upon the failure to pay dividends thereon or
the  occurrence  of other  contingencies)  are,  at the  time as of which  any
determination  is  being  made,  owned  by  such  Person  either  directly  or
indirectly  through one or more other entities  constituting  subsidiaries  or
(ii) more than a 50%  interest  in the  profits  or capital of whom is, at the
time as of which any  determination is being made, owned by such Person either
directly  or  indirectly  through  one or  more  other  entities  constituting
subsidiaries.

      "VALUATION  PROCEDURE"  means the  following  procedure to determine the
Fair Value (the "VALUATION AMOUNT").  The valuation amount shall be determined
by an Appraiser  selected by the Requisite Senior Holders,  and set forth in a
written  notice  delivered  to  the  Corporation  (the  "APPRAISER   SELECTION
NOTICE");  PROVIDED  that the  Corporation  may  object to such  Appraiser  by


                                      8

<PAGE>

delivering  a written  notice of such  objection  to each  Holder of shares of
Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  (the  "APPRAISER  OBJECTION  NOTICE  ").  If the
Corporation  does not deliver an  appraiser  objection  notice  within 10 days
after  delivery by the Requisite  Senior  Holders of the  appraiser  selection
notice,  then the Appraiser set forth in the appraiser  selection notice shall
be the Appraiser.  If the Corporation  delivers an appraiser objection notice,
then the Appraiser  will be selected by an  arbitrator  located in the City of
New York, New York,  selected by the American  Arbitration  Association (or if
such  organization  ceases to exist, the arbitrator shall be chosen by a court
of competent jurisdiction).  The arbitrator shall select the Appraiser (within
ten  (10)  days of its  appointment)  from a  list,  jointly  prepared  by the
Corporation and the Requisite Senior Holders,  of not more than six Appraisers
of national  standing in the United States, of which no more than three may be
named by the  Corporation and no more than three may be named by the Requisite
Senior  Holders.  The  arbitrator  may  consider,  within the  ten-day  period
allotted,  arguments from the parties regarding which Appraiser to choose, but
the selection by the arbitrator  shall be made in its sole discretion from the
list of six. The Corporation and the Requisite  Senior Holders shall submit to
the Appraiser their respective  calculations of the valuation amount,  and any
supporting arguments and other data as they may desire,  within 30 days of the
appointment of the Appraiser,  and the Appraiser  shall as soon as practicable
thereafter  make  its own  calculation  of the  valuation  amount.  The  final
valuation amount for purposes hereof shall be the average of the two valuation
amounts  closest  together,  as  determined by the  Appraiser,  from among the
valuation  amounts  submitted  by the  Corporation  and the  Requisite  Senior
Holders  and  the  valuation   amount   calculated  by  the   Appraiser.   The
determination  of the final valuation  amount by such Appraiser shall be final
and binding upon the parties.  The Corporation shall pay the fees and expenses
of the  Appraiser  and  arbitrator  (if any) used to determine  the  valuation
amount. If required by any such Appraiser or arbitrator, the Corporation shall
execute a retainer  and  engagement  letter  containing  reasonable  terms and
conditions, including, without limitation, customary provisions concerning the
rights of indemnification and contribution by the Corporation in favor of such
investment banking firm or arbitrator and its officers,  directors,  partners,
employees,  agents and Affiliates. As used herein,  "APPRAISER" means (a) with
respect to a  determination  of the Market Price of a Security,  an investment
banking firm experienced in the industry in which the Corporation participates
and (b) with respect to a determination of any other valuation  amount, a firm
of the type generally  considered to be qualified in making  determinations of
the type required.

      "VOTING COMMON STOCK" means the  Corporation's  Common Stock,  par value
$.01 per share.

      "VOTING  SECURITIES"  of a Person means all classes of capital  stock or
other  interests  (including   partnership  interests)  of  such  Person  then
outstanding  and normally  entitled  (without  regard to the occurrence of any
contingency)  to vote in the  election  of  directors,  managers  or  trustees
thereof.


                                      9

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE III
                                 VOTING RIGHTS

3.1.  GENERAL.

      Except as may be required by law or as  otherwise  provided  below,  the
Holders of shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote
on any matter to be voted on by the stockholders of the Corporation, including
any vote to elect directors of the Corporation.

3.2.  SPECIAL ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.

      From and after the occurrence of an Event of Non-Compliance, the Holders
of Redeemable  Preferred  Stock (other than the  Relinquishing  Holders) shall
have the exclusive and special right,  voting together as a single class,  but
separately  from all other classes of capital stock, to elect two directors to
the Board.  One of such directors shall be entitled to serve on each committee
of the Board. The Corporation  shall take all necessary and desirable  actions
in connection  with and in  furtherance of such rights.  Without  limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the following procedures shall apply:

      (a)   At such time as the  Holders  of shares  of  Redeemable  Preferred
Stock (other than the Relinquishing Holders) have the right to elect directors
as provided in this SECTION 3.2, the size of the Board shall be  automatically
increased by two directors.

      (b)   The  Holders  of  Redeemable   Preferred  Stock  (other  than  the
Relinquishing  Holders) may exercise their rights pursuant to this SECTION 3.2
at a  special  meeting  of such  Holders  or by  delivering  a  notice  to the
Corporation,  at any annual meeting of  shareholders  or by written consent in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

      (c)   At any time when the  Holders  of shares of  Redeemable  Preferred
Stock (other than the Relinquishing Holders) have the right to elect directors
as provided in this SECTION  3.2,  upon  delivery of a written  request by any
Holder of Redeemable  Preferred Stock (other than the Relinquishing  Holders),
the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of
the  Corporation  shall  call a special  meeting  of the  Holders of shares of
Redeemable Preferred Stock for the purpose of electing directors. Such meeting
shall be held at the  earliest  practicable  date at the  principal  executive
office of this  Corporation  or at such other  location  as the  Holder(s)  of
Redeemable Preferred Stock (other than the Relinquishing Holders) submitting a
written  request  shall  designate.  At any  meeting  held for the  purpose of
electing  directors at which the Holders of Redeemable  Preferred Stock (other
than the Relinquishing Holders) shall have the right to elect two directors as
provided in this  SECTION  3.2, the  presence,  in person or by proxy,  of the
holders of a majority of the number of shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock at
the  time  outstanding  (excluding  those  shares  held  by the  Relinquishing
Holders)  shall be  required  to  constitute  a quorum  of such  class for the
election  of any  director by the Holders of the  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock
(other than the Relinquishing Holders) as a class.

      (d)   During  any  period  that the  Holders  of  shares  of  Redeemable
Preferred Stock (other than the Relinquishing Holders) shall have the right to
vote as a class for  directors  as  provided  in this  SECTION  3.2,  (i) each
director so elected  shall hold office  until such  Holders  elect a successor


                                      10

<PAGE>

director but in no event beyond the termination of the right of the Holders of
shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock (other than the Relinquishing Holders) to
vote as a class to elect  directors  and (ii) any  vacancies  in the  Board so
elected by the Holders of shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock (other than the
Relinquishing  Holders)  shall be filled  only by a vote of a majority  (which
majority  may consist of only a single  director) of the  remaining  directors
thereof elected by the Holders of shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock or may
be filled by the vote of  holders  of a  majority  of the  number of shares of
Redeemable  Preferred Stock at the time  outstanding  (excluding  those shares
held by the Relinquishing Holders).

      (e)   Upon the Corporation  becoming aware of the occurrence of an Event
of  Non-Compliance,  it will  deliver  a notice to each  Holder of  Redeemable
Preferred Stock.

3.3.  PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS.

      (a)   For so  long as any  shares  of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  are
outstanding,  without  first  obtaining  the  affirmative  written  consent or
approval of the Requisite Senior Holders, the Corporation shall not, and shall
not permit any Subsidiary to:

            (i)     in any manner authorize,  create, designate, issue or sell
      any  shares of any class or series of capital  stock of the  Corporation
      (including any shares of treasury stock) or rights, options, warrants or
      other  Securities  convertible  into or exercisable or exchangeable  for
      capital  stock or any debt  Security  which by its terms is  convertible
      into or  exchangeable  for any equity  Security or has any other  equity
      feature or any Security that is a combination of debt and equity, which,
      in each case, as to the payment of dividends,  distribution of assets or
      redemptions,  including,  without  limitation,  distributions to be made
      upon a  Liquidation,  is  senior to or on a parity  with the  Redeemable
      Preferred Stock or which in any manner adversely  affects the Holders of
      Redeemable Preferred Stock;

            (ii)    in any manner  alter or change  the  terms,  designations,
      powers, preferences, or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions,
      of  the  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  or the  relative,  participating,
      optional  or other  special  rights  of the  Holders  of the  Redeemable
      Preferred Stock in their capacity as such;

            (iii)   reclassify  the  shares of any class or series of  capital
      stock of the  Corporation  into  shares of any other  class or series of
      capital   stock  (i)  ranking,   either  as  to  payment  of  dividends,
      distributions of assets or redemptions,  including,  without limitation,
      distributions  to be made upon a  Liquidation,  senior to or on a parity
      with  the  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  or  (ii)  which  in any  manner
      adversely affects the terms, designations,  powers or preferences of the
      Redeemable Preferred Stock or the relative,  participating,  optional or
      other  special  rights of the Holders of Redeemable  Preferred  Stock in
      their capacity as such;

            (iv)    amend,  alter or repeal any of the  provisions of (i) this
      Certificate of  Designations,  (ii) the Certificate of  Incorporation of
      the Corporation (as amended,  modified or restated from time to time) or
      (iii) the By-laws of the Corporation,  if such amendment,  alteration or
      repeal would have an adverse effect on the terms, designations,  powers,


                                      11

<PAGE>

      preferences  of  the  Redeemable   Preferred   Stock  or  the  relative,
      participating,  optional or other  special  rights of the Holders of the
      Redeemable Preferred Stock in their capacity as such;

            (v)     agree to or permit to exist,  or permit any  Subsidiary to
      agree  to or  permit  to  exist,  any  provision  in  any  agreement  or
      understanding  that would impose any  restriction  on the ability of the
      Corporation  to honor the  exercise  of any rights of the Holders of the
      Redeemable  Preferred  Stock,  other than  limitations  contained in the
      Indenture and the Credit Agreement on the Corporation's  ability to make
      payments pursuant to SECTION 6.4;

            (vi)    agree or  otherwise  commit to take any of the actions set
      forth above.

      (b)   For so  long as any  shares  of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  are
outstanding,  the  Corporation  shall not take any of the actions set forth in
SECTION  3.3(a) in a manner  that  treats any Holder of a share of  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock  different  in any  material  respect  from any other  Holder
without first obtaining the prior written consent of such other Holder.

      (c)   For so  long as any  shares  of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  are
outstanding,  without  first  obtaining  the  affirmative  written  consent or
approval of the  holders of a majority  of the number of shares of  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock  at  the  time  outstanding  (other  than  the  Relinquishing
Holders), the Corporation shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to:

            (i)     permit any  Subsidiary  to issue any capital  stock to any
      Person other than the  Corporation or a direct or indirect  wholly owned
      Subsidiary of the Corporation;

            (ii)    enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of
      related transactions, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale,
      lease or  exchange  of  property,  the  rendering  of any service or the
      payment of any  management,  advisory or similar  fees,  with or for the
      benefit of any  Affiliate of the Company (an  "AFFILIATE  TRANSACTION"),
      unless  such  Affiliate  Transaction  is  permitted  by  the  terms  and
      conditions of the Indenture;  PROVIDED that in lieu of delivering to the
      Trustee (as  defined in the  Indenture)  a  favorable  opinion as to the
      fairness  to the  Corporation  of any such  Affiliate  Transaction,  the
      Holders of Redeemable Preferred Stock shall have received a copy of such
      opinion;

            (iii)   directly or indirectly create,  incur, assume,  guarantee,
      acquire, become liable,  contingently or otherwise,  with respect to, or
      otherwise  become  responsible for payment of Indebtedness  which is not
      permitted by the terms and conditions of the Indenture;

            (iv)    merge,  consolidate or amalgamate with any Person,  except
      that any  wholly-owned  Subsidiary of the  Corporation  may be merged or
      consolidated  with or into any Person in connection with any acquisition
      permitted under SECTION 3.3(j);

            (v)     acquire or dispose of any  business  or assets in a single
      transaction or a series of related  transactions with an aggregate value
      in such transaction or series of related  transactions in excess of $100


                                      12

<PAGE>

      million  (including all assumed debt,  all cash  payments,  and the fair
      market   value  of  all   Securities   or  other   property   issued  as
      consideration);

            (vi)    engage  in any  business  other  than  one or  more of the
      businesses  in which  the  Corporation  or any of its  Subsidiaries  are
      engaged in on the  Original  Issuance  Date or any  business  reasonably
      related thereto;

            (vii)   effect,  approve  or  authorize  any  Liquidation  or  any
      recapitalization or reorganization of the Company or any Subsidiary; or

            (viii)  agree or  otherwise  commit to take any of the actions set
      forth above.

3.4.  COVENANTS IN RELATED DOCUMENTS.

      For so long as any shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock are outstanding,
the  Corporation   shall,  and,  if  applicable,   shall  cause  each  of  its
Subsidiaries  to, comply with and perform its  obligations  under each Related
Document.

                                  ARTICLE IV
                          DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

4.1.  CUMULATIVE DIVIDENDS.

      (a)   During each Dividend  Accrual Period,  dividends shall accrue on a
daily basis at the Applicable  Dividend Rate on the  Liquidation  Amount as of
the  beginning of the Dividend  Accrual  Period.  Accrued  dividends  shall be
payable in cash, on each Dividend  Payment Date,  when, as, and if declared by
the Board of Directors of the Corporation,  out of funds legally available for
that  purpose,  to the  Holders  of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock,  before any
dividends  shall be  declared  and paid or set  aside  for any  Junior  Stock.
Dividends shall accrue and compound at the Applicable Dividend Rate regardless
of whether the Board of Directors of the  Corporation  has declared a dividend
payment  or  whether  there are any  profits,  surplus  or other  funds of the
Corporation  legally  available  for  dividends.  Any  dividends  which accrue
pursuant to this SECTION 4.1 during a Dividend  Accrual Period and which shall
not have been paid shall be classified as "accrued dividends" and shall remain
"accrued and unpaid  dividends" until paid or otherwise  canceled  pursuant to
this Certificate of Designations.

      (b)   Any accrued  dividends that are not paid in cash on the applicable
Dividend  Payment  Date and all accrued  dividends  on such accrued but unpaid
dividends shall not be payable thereafter in cash and, instead, shall be added
to the  Liquidation  Amount.  Dividends on each share of Redeemable  Preferred
Stock  shall  accrue  pursuant  to this  SECTION  4.1 from and  including  the
Original  Issuance Date to, but excluding,  the date such share is redeemed in
full and all  accrued  but unpaid  dividends  thereon are also paid in full or
such share is fully converted into shares of Non-Voting  Common Stock pursuant
to ARTICLE VII. Upon  conversion of any share of Redeemable  Preferred  Stock,
all accrued and unpaid  dividends on such share of Redeemable  Preferred Stock
shall be canceled.  All payments due under this Section to any Holder shall be
made to the nearest cent. The dividends payable with respect to the Redeemable
Preferred Stock on each Dividend  Payment Date shall be paid to the Holders of


                                      13

<PAGE>

shares of the Redeemable  Preferred  Stock as they appear on the stock records
of the  Corporation  on such date (the  "PREFERRED  RECORD  DATE") as shall be
fixed by the Board of Directors, which Preferred Record Date shall be not more
than 60 days  prior to the  applicable  Dividend  Payment  Date and  shall not
precede the date upon which the resolution  fixing such Preferred  Record Date
is adopted.

4.2.  RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS, ETC.

      (a)   For so  long as any  shares  of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  are
outstanding, the Corporation shall not (i) pay, declare or set funds apart for
payment of, any dividend or make any other distribution or other payment on or
with  respect  to any  Junior  Stock or (ii)  redeem,  repurchase,  retire  or
otherwise  acquire  any  Junior  Stock,  any  Securities  convertible  into or
exchangeable  or  exercisable  directly or indirectly  for Junior Stock or any
appreciation,  phantom or other similar rights to receive payment based on the
value of the Common Stock; except (A) repurchases and redemptions of shares of
Redeemable  Preferred  Stock and shares of Common Stock in accordance with the
terms hereof and of the Amended Charter, as applicable,  (B) dividends payable
solely in shares of the class or series upon which such dividends are declared
or paid,  (C) dividends  payable in shares of Common Stock with respect to any
such Junior Stock,  together with cash in lieu of fractional  shares or (D) if
there  are no  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends  in  respect  of any  shares of
Redeemable  Preferred  Stock for the then  current  Dividend  Accrual  Period,
dividends  or  distributions  to holders  of Junior  Stock or  redemptions  or
repurchases of shares of Junior Stock to the extent that,  after giving effect
to prior or  concurrent  dividend  payments  with  respect  to the  Redeemable
Preferred Stock, such dividends, distributions, redemptions or repurchases are
permitted under the Indenture.

      (b)   No  dividend  or  distribution  shall  be paid to the  Holders  of
Redeemable Preferred Stock in any form of consideration other than cash unless
the Requisite  Senior  Holders at the time of the  distribution,  approve such
distribution (including the valuation of the consideration being distributed).

      (c)   If at any time the Corporation  pays less than the total amount of
dividends then accrued with respect to the Redeemable  Preferred  Stock,  such
payment  shall be  distributed  ratably  among the  Holders of the  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock  according to the  respective  amounts which would be payable
with respect to the shares held by them upon such  distribution if all amounts
payable on or with respect to said shares were paid in full.

4.3.  PARTICIPATING DIVIDENDS.

      In addition to all dividends  payable pursuant to SECTION 4.1,  whenever
the  Corporation  shall declare or pay any cash dividends on its Common Stock,
at the option of the  Corporation,  the  Holders of the  Redeemable  Preferred
Stock shall be entitled to receive  such  dividends  on a ratable  basis based
upon the Common Stock Equivalents issuable, directly or indirectly, in respect
of the Redeemable Preferred Stock.  Dividends payable pursuant to this SECTION
4.3 shall not reduce any  dividends  payable  pursuant to SECTION  4.1. If the
Corporation  shall  exercise  its option  not to  declare or pay any  dividend
pursuant  to the  first  sentence  of this  SECTION  4.3,  the  amount of such
dividend  which should have been declared or paid to the Holders of Redeemable


                                      14

<PAGE>

Preferred Stock will be included in the Missed Dividend Amount (in addition to
all non-cash dividends).

                                  ARTICLE V
                                  LIQUIDATION

5.1.  REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK.

      (a)   In  the  event  of  any   Liquidation   occurring   prior  to  the
Convertibility Effective Date, before any payment shall be made to the holders
of any Junior Stock, the Holders of shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock then
outstanding  shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation
legally  available for  distribution  to its  stockholders an amount per share
equal to the  greater  of (i) the  Liquidation  Amount  and  (ii)  the  Holder
Redemption Price.

      (b)   In the event of any Liquidation occurring after the Convertibility
Effective Date,  before any payment shall be made to the holders of any Junior
Stock,  the Holders of shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock then  outstanding
shall be  entitled  to receive  out of the assets of the  Corporation  legally
available for  distribution  to its  stockholders an amount per share equal to
the greater of (i) the Liquidation Amount and (ii) the amount that such Holder
would have  received,  calculated by assuming  such share was  converted  into
shares of Non-Voting Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation.

5.2.  ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS.

      In the event of any Liquidation, before any payment shall be made to the
holders  of any Junior  Stock,  the  former  Holders  of shares of  Redeemable
Preferred Stock that has been redeemed  pursuant to SECTION 6.2 or SECTION 6.3
shall be entitled to receive the amounts  payable to them  pursuant to SECTION
6.6.

5.3.  INSUFFICIENT FUNDS.

      If, upon any  Liquidation,  the assets of the Corporation  available for
distribution  shall be insufficient to pay the Persons entitled to receive the
full amount to which such Persons are entitled to receive  pursuant to SECTION
5.1 and SECTION 5.2, then such Persons shall share ratably in any distribution
of assets  according to the respective  amounts which would be payable to such
Persons upon such  distribution  with  respect to the amounts  payable to such
Persons pursuant to such Sections.

                                  ARTICLE VI
                                  REDEMPTION

6.1.  CHANGE OF CONTROL.

      (a)   Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control,  the Corporation shall
be obligated to make,  in  accordance  with the  procedures  set forth in this
SECTION  6.1,  an offer to  purchase  (the  "CHANGE  OF  CONTROL  OFFER")  the
outstanding  Redeemable  Preferred Stock on the terms and conditions set forth
in this  SECTION  6.1 for a price per share  equal to 101% of the  Liquidation


                                      15

<PAGE>

Amount  thereof  as of the  Change of  Control  Payment  Date (the  "CHANGE OF
CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE").

      (b)   Within  30 days of the  occurrence  of a Change  of  Control,  the
Corporation shall (i) cause a notice of the Change of Control Offer to be sent
at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar  business  news service
in the United States and (ii) send by first-class  mail,  postage prepaid,  to
each Holder of Redeemable  Preferred  Stock,  at the address  appearing in the
register maintained by or on behalf of the Corporation, a notice stating:

            (i)     that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to
      this  SECTION  6.1 and that all  shares of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock
      validly tendered will be accepted for payment;

            (ii)    the Change of Control Purchase Price and the purchase date
      (which  shall be a business  day not earlier than 30 days nor later than
      60 days from the date such  notice is mailed  (the  "CHANGE  OF  CONTROL
      PAYMENT DATE"));

            (iii)   that any share of Redeemable  Preferred  Stock not validly
      tendered will continue to accrue dividends;

            (iv)    that,  unless the  Corporation  defaults in the payment of
      the Change of Control  Purchase Price therefor,  any share of Redeemable
      Preferred  Stock accepted for payment  pursuant to the Change of Control
      Offer shall cease to accrue  dividends on the Change of Control  Payment
      Date;

            (v)     that Holders  accepting the offer to have their Redeemable
      Preferred Stock purchased  pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be
      required  to  surrender  their  certificates   representing   shares  of
      Redeemable  Preferred Stock to the Corporation at the address  specified
      in the  notice  prior  to the  close of  business  on the  business  day
      preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

            (vi)    that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their acceptance
      if the Corporation receives, not later than the close of business on the
      third  business  day  preceding  the Change of Control  Payment  Date, a
      telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name
      of the  Holder,  the  number  of shares of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock
      delivered for purchase,  and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing
      its election to have such Redeemable Preferred Stock purchased;

            (vii)   that Holders  whose  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock is being
      purchased only in part will be issued new certificates  representing the
      number of shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock equal to the unpurchased
      portion of the certificates surrendered; and

            (viii)  any other procedures that a Holder must follow to accept a
      Change of Control Offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance.

      (c)   The   Corporation   will  comply  with  any  securities  laws  and
regulations,  to the extent such laws and  regulations  are  applicable to the
purchase of the  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock in  connection  with a Change of


                                      16

<PAGE>

Control Offer.  Without limiting the foregoing,  in the event that a Change of
Control  occurs and the Holders of Redeemable  Preferred  Stock exercise their
right to require the Corporation to purchase  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock, if
such purchase  constitutes  a "tender  offer" for purposes of Rule 14e-1 under
the  Exchange  Act  at  that  time,  the  Corporation  will  comply  with  the
requirements of Rule 14e-1 as then in effect with respect to such purchase.

      (d)   On the Change of Control Payment Date, the  Corporation  shall, to
the extent  lawful,  (i) accept for payment the number of shares of Redeemable
Preferred Stock validly  tendered  pursuant to the Change of Control Offer and
(ii)  promptly mail to each Holder of shares so accepted the Change of Control
Purchase Price therefor and execute and issue a new Redeemable Preferred Stock
certificate  representing  the number of shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock
equal to any  unpurchased  shares  represented  by a certificate  surrendered.
Unless the  Corporation  defaults in the payment for the shares of  Redeemable
Preferred Stock accepted for payment  pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,
dividends shall cease to accrue with respect to shares of Redeemable Preferred
Stock so  accepted  and all rights of Holders of such  tendered  shares  shall
terminate,  except for the right to receive payment therefor, on the Change of
Control Payment Date.

      (e)   If any  restriction  or  limitation  contained in any agreement or
instrument  evidencing or governing any Indebtedness of the Corporation or any
of its  Subsidiaries  would  prevent the  Corporation  from making a Change of
Control  Offer or paying  the  applicable  Change of  Control  Purchase  Price
(including  any  limitation on dividends or  distributions  by  Subsidiaries),
then, upon a Change of Control,  prior to the mailing of the notice to Holders
described in SECTION  6.1(b) above,  but in any event within 30 days following
any Change of  Control,  to the extent  required  to permit  the  purchase  of
Redeemable Preferred Stock pursuant to this SECTION 6.1, the Corporation shall
be  required  to (i)  cause  the  obligors  thereunder  to  repay  in full all
obligations  under such Indebtedness or (ii) cause such obligors to obtain the
requisite consent from the holders of such Indebtedness to permit the purchase
of the  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock as described  above and the  transactions
contemplated hereunder.

      (f)   (i) If the Corporation  has issued any  outstanding  Junior Stock,
and the Corporation is required to make a Change of Control Offer or to make a
distribution  with  respect to such  Junior  Stock in the event of a Change of
Control,  the Corporation  shall not consummate any such offer or distribution
with  respect to such Junior  Stock until such time as the  Corporation  shall
have paid the  applicable  Change  of  Control  Purchase  Price in full to the
Holders  of  Redeemable   Preferred  Stock  that  have  validly  accepted  the
Corporation's Change of Control Offer and shall otherwise have consummated the
Change of Control Offer made to Holders of the Redeemable  Preferred Stock and
(ii) the  Corporation  will not issue  Junior  Stock  with  change of  control
provisions  requiring the payment of such Junior Stock prior to the payment of
the Redeemable  Preferred Stock in the event of a Change of Control under this
SECTION 6.1.

      (g)   The  Corporation  will not be required to make a Change of Control
Offer upon a Change of Control if a third  party  makes such Change of Control
Offer contemporaneously with or upon a Change of Control in the manner, at the
times and otherwise in compliance  with the  requirements  of this SECTION 6.1
and  purchases  all  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  validly  tendered  and  not
withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.


                                      17

<PAGE>

6.2.  REDEMPTION OF REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AT CORPORATION'S OPTION.

      (a)   At any time and from time to time,  the  Corporation  may elect to
redeem  all (but not less than all) of the  outstanding  shares of  Redeemable
Preferred Stock (a "CORPORATION REDEMPTION") at a price per share equal to the
Liquidation Amount thereof on the Corporation Redemption Date by giving notice
to the Holders thereof of such election (the "CORPORATION REDEMPTION NOTICE"),
whereupon  such  Holders  shall sell and  transfer  such shares of  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock to the  Corporation  on such  business day (the  "CORPORATION
REDEMPTION  DATE") as shall be determined by the  Corporation and set forth in
the Corporation  Redemption  Notice, but in any event not earlier than 30 days
and not later than 50 days after the date on which the Corporation  Redemption
Notice is delivered to such Holders.

      (b)   The  closing of the  Corporation's  redemption  of the  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock pursuant to SECTION 6.2(a) shall take place at 10:00 a.m. New
York  City  time  on the  Corporation  Redemption  Date  at the  Corporation's
principal  executive office or place of business.  The Corporation  Redemption
Notice shall specify the  Corporation  Redemption Date and the location of the
Corporation's  principal  executive  office  or place of  business  where  the
closing will occur. At the closing,  the Corporation  shall pay to each of the
Holders of the Redeemable Preferred Stock,  against the Corporation's  receipt
from such Holder of the certificate or certificates representing the shares of
such Redeemable  Preferred Stock then held by such Holder,  an amount equal to
the aggregate payment due pursuant to this SECTION 6.2 for all such shares, by
wire transfer of immediately available funds, or if such Holder shall not have
specified wire transfer  instructions to the Corporation prior to the closing,
by certified or official bank check made payable to the order of such Holder

      (c)   Anything   contained   in  this   SECTION  6.2  to  the   contrary
notwithstanding,  the outstanding  shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock shall
remain (i) subject to optional or mandatory conversion pursuant to ARTICLE VII
and (ii) subject to  redemption  pursuant to SECTION 6.4, in each case, at all
times on or prior to the Corporation Redemption Date.

6.3.  MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

      (a)   The Corporation  shall redeem (the "MANDATORY  REDEMPTION") all of
the shares of the Redeemable Preferred Stock then outstanding on the Mandatory
Redemption  Date for an  amount  per  share  equal to the  Liquidation  Amount
thereof as of the Mandatory  Redemption  Date. If the funds of the Corporation
legally  available for the redemption of shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock
shall be insufficient to permit the payment of the amounts due to such Holders
on the Mandatory  Redemption  Date,  then the Holders of Redeemable  Preferred
Stock shall share in any legally  available  funds  ratably  according  to the
respective  amounts  which would be payable with respect to such shares if all
amounts payable thereon, including amounts payable pursuant to SECTION 6.4 and
SECTION 6.6, were paid in full. As soon as practicable  after the  Corporation
has funds legally available therefor, the Corporation shall make the remaining
payments required under this SECTION.

      (b)   The closing of the  Corporation's  redemption  pursuant to SECTION
6.3(A)  shall  take place at 10:00  a.m.  New York City time on the  Mandatory
Redemption Date at the  Corporation's  principal  executive office or place of
business.  At the  closing,  the  Corporation  shall pay to each Holder of the


                                      18

<PAGE>

Redeemable Preferred Stock, against the Corporation's receipt from such Holder
of the certificate or certificates  representing the shares of such Redeemable
Preferred  Stock then held by such Holder,  an amount  equal to the  aggregate
payment due pursuant to this SECTION 6.3 for all such shares, by wire transfer
of  immediately  available  funds,  or if such Holder shall not have specified
wire  transfer  instructions  to the  Corporation  prior  to the  closing,  by
certified or official bank check made payable to the order of such Holder.

6.4.  REDEMPTION AT HOLDER'S OPTION.

      (a)   Each holder of shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock shall have the
right (the "PUT  RIGHT") to require  the  Corporation  to redeem its shares of
Redeemable  Preferred Stock in accordance with the further  provisions of this
SECTION 6.4. The Put Right shall become exercisable,  if at all, commencing on
the earliest of (the "PUT EFFECTIVE DATE") (i) the 15-month anniversary of the
Original  Issuance  Date;  (ii) the  earliest  date at which  (A) the  Charter
Amendment and/or (B) the approval of the  effectiveness of  convertibility  of
the  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock in  accordance  with  ARTICLE  VII have been
submitted to the  Corporation's  stockholders  for a vote and the stockholders
have  failed  to  approve  either  such  matter;  and  (iii)  such time as the
Corporation  shall be  obligated  to  deliver a notice of a Change of  Control
Offer pursuant to SECTION 6.1(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Put Right
shall  cease to be  exercisable  upon  the  occurrence  of the  Convertibility
Effective  Date.  The redemption  price of each share of Redeemable  Preferred
Stock redeemed  pursuant to the Put Right of the Holder thereof shall be equal
to the Holder Redemption Price.

      (b)   Each Holder's  rights under SECTION  6.4(a) may be exercised  from
time to time after the Put Effective Date by giving notice of such election to
the Corporation (the "HOLDER REDEMPTION NOTICE"),  whereupon such Holder shall
sell and transfer such shares of Redeemable  Preferred  Stock on such business
day (the "HOLDER  REDEMPTION  DATE") as shall be determined by such Holder and
set forth in the Holder Redemption  Notice,  but in any event not earlier than
10 days and not later  than 50 days  after  the date on which  the  applicable
Holder  Redemption  Notice  is  delivered  to  the  Corporation.  Each  Holder
Redemption  Notice  shall  set forth  the  number of shares of the  Redeemable
Preferred Stock that the Holder desires to have the Corporation redeem on such
Holder Redemption Date.

      (c)   The  closing of the  Corporation's  redemption  of the  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock pursuant to SECTION 6.4(a) shall take place at 10:00 a.m. New
York City time on the Holder  Redemption Date at the  Corporation's  principal
executive office or place of business.  At the closing,  the Corporation shall
pay to the  applicable  Holder,  against the  Corporation's  receipt from such
Holder  of  the  certificate  or  certificates   representing  the  shares  of
Redeemable  Preferred Stock referred to in the Holder  Redemption  Notice,  an
amount equal to the aggregate  payment due pursuant to SECTION  6.4(a) for all
shares being redeemed,  by wire transfer of immediately available funds, or if
such  Holder  shall  not have  specified  wire  transfer  instructions  to the
Corporation  prior to the closing,  by  certified or official  bank check made
payable to the order of such Holder.

      (d)   Each  Holder  shall be  entitled  to  exercise  its Put Right with
respect to a share of Redeemable  Preferred Stock at any time and from time to
time  following  the  commencement  of a Change  of  Control  Offer in lieu of


                                      19

<PAGE>

exercising  its rights to tender its shares of Redeemable  Preferred  Stock to
the Corporation in connection with such Change of Control Offer.

      (e)   If any  restriction  or  limitation  contained in any agreement or
instrument  evidencing or governing any Indebtedness of the Corporation or any
of its  Subsidiaries  would  prevent  the  Corporation  from paying the Holder
Redemption  Price  (including any limitation on dividends or  distributions by
Subsidiaries),  then,  upon  delivery  of a Holder  Redemption  Notice  to the
Corporation,  to the extent  required  to permit the  purchase  of  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock  pursuant  to this  SECTION  6.4,  the  Corporation  shall be
required to use its best efforts to cause the obligors on such Indebtedness to
obtain the requisite  consent from the holders of such  Indebtedness to permit
the purchase of the  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock as  described  above and the
transactions  contemplated hereunder. If the Corporation is not able to obtain
the requisite  consents  from such  holders,  it shall use its best efforts to
refinance  its  outstanding  Indebtedness  so as to permit the purchase of the
Redeemable   Preferred   Stock  as  described   above  and  the   transactions
contemplated  hereunder.  If, after using its best efforts, the Corporation is
not  able to  obtain  the  requisite  consent  or  refinance  its  outstanding
Indebtedness,  then, to the extent that the  Corporation  is  restricted  from
paying the Holder  Redemption  Price, it shall have no obligation to do so and
the applicable Holder(s) shall be entitled to revoke the exercise of their Put
Rights  (which may be  exercised  again at any time  pursuant to this  SECTION
6.4).  Such  revocation  may  be  exercised  by  delivering  a  notice  to the
Corporation at any time prior to the payment in full of the Holder  Redemption
Price.

6.5.  WARRANTS.

      If,  at any time on or after  the  Convertibility  Effective  Date,  the
Corporation shall redeem the outstanding shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock
pursuant  to SECTION  6.2,  then,  in addition  to the cash  redemption  price
payable  pursuant  to  SECTION  6.2 in  respect  of the  shares of  Redeemable
Preferred Stock being redeemed,  the Corporation  shall also issue warrants to
the Holders of Redeemable  Preferred  Stock unless either (i) the  Corporation
Redemption  Notice is delivered  after the third  anniversary  of the Original
Issuance  Date and a Minimum  Price Event has occurred  during the thirty days
immediately  preceding the delivery of such Corporation  Redemption  Notice or
(ii) a  Corporation  Redemption  Notice  is given at any time  after the fifth
anniversary of the Original Issuance Date.

      Such warrant initially shall be exercisable for that number of shares of
Non-Voting  Common  Stock equal to the number of shares of  Non-Voting  Common
Stock issuable upon  conversion of such Holder's  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock
immediately  prior to the redemption  thereof.  The initial exercise price per
share  of  Non-Voting  Common  Stock  for such  warrant  shall be equal to the
Conversion  Price  in  effect  immediately  prior  to  the  redemption  of the
Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  pursuant to SECTION 6.2. Such warrant shall have
customary cashless exercise provisions,  customary  anti-dilution  protections
economically  identical  to the  antidilution  protections  applicable  to the
Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  and  shall  otherwise  be in form and  substance
reasonably acceptable to the Corporation and the Requisite Senior Holders. The
warrant  shall be  delivered  to the Holder at the closing of the  Corporation
Redemption  in  exchange  for  the  certificate  representing  the  shares  of
Redeemable Preferred Stock surrendered by such Holder.


                                      20

<PAGE>

6.6.  ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS.

      If,  at  any  time  prior  to the  Convertibility  Effective  Date,  the
Corporation shall redeem the shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock pursuant to
either SECTION 6.2 or SECTION 6.3,  then, in addition to the redemption  price
received in such redemption,  each Holder of Redeemable  Preferred Stock shall
have the right to receive, at such time (the "ADDITIONAL PAYMENT DATE"), on or
after the date of such  redemption,  as such Holder shall elect, an additional
payment in respect of such share of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock equal to the
Additional  Payment Amount. The "ADDITIONAL  PAYMENT AMOUNT",  with respect to
any share of Redeemable Preferred Stock, shall be the amount, if any, by which
(a)  the  Holder  Redemption  Price  for  such  share,  determined  as of  the
Additional  Payment Date as if such share had not  previously  been  redeemed,
exceeds (b) the redemption price paid for such share upon redemption  pursuant
to SECTION  6.2 or 6.3,  as the case may be. If the  Convertibility  Effective
Date occurs following any redemption  pursuant to SECTION 6.2 or 6.3, then the
Corporation shall be entitled to pay the Additional  Payment Amount by issuing
shares of Non-Voting  Common Stock having an aggregate  Market Price as of the
Additional Payment Date equal to the Additional Payment Amount. A Holder shall
exercise its rights under this SECTION 6.6 by  delivering a written  notice to
the Company to such  effect,  indicating  the name of the Holder from whom the
shares of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock had been  redeemed  and the  number of
shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock redeemed by the Company from such Holder.
Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  set forth  herein,  any  election
pursuant to this  SECTION 6.6 may be revoked at any time after the  Additional
Payment Date if the Corporation does not pay the Additional  Payment Amount on
the Additional Payment Date.

                                 ARTICLE VII
                                  CONVERSION

7.1.  OPTIONAL CONVERSION.

      From and after the  Convertibility  Effective Date, shares of Redeemable
Preferred  Stock shall be convertible at the option of the Holder thereof into
shares of Non-Voting Common Stock in accordance with the following.

      (a)   Subject to and in  compliance  with the  applicable  provisions of
this ARTICLE VII,  each Holder of shares of Redeemable  Preferred  Stock shall
have the right,  at such  Holder's  option,  at any time and from time to time
from and after the  Convertibility  Effective Date, to convert each such share
of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock held by such Holder into that number of fully
paid and nonassessable shares of Non-Voting Common Stock equal to the quotient
of (x) the  Liquidation  Amount as of the date of  conversion of such share of
Redeemable  Preferred  Stock plus the Missed  Dividend  Amount as of such date
with  respect to such  share,  divided by (y) the  Conversion  Price,  as last
adjusted and then in effect. The Corporation shall give the Holders reasonable
prior notice of a Sale of the  Corporation,  including  the price and material
terms and  conditions  thereof,  in order to provide  the  Holders  reasonable
opportunity to consider whether to convert shares of the Redeemable  Preferred
Stock into shares of Non Voting  Common  Stock at or prior to such Sale of the
Corporation.  If the price or material terms or conditions of such transaction
thereafter  change,  the Corporation  shall promptly deliver written notice to
the Holders specifying such changes.


                                      21

<PAGE>

      (b)   The term  "MISSED  DIVIDEND  AMOUNT"  means,  to the extent that a
Holder does not receive dividends or other  distributions  pursuant to SECTION
4.3 (whether in cash or otherwise),  the Fair Value of all non-cash  dividends
or distributions  plus the amount of all cash dividends or distributions  that
such Holder  would have  received in respect of the Common  Stock  Equivalents
held by such  Holder in respect of each share of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock
held by such Holder immediately prior to the record date for such Common Stock
dividend  (without  giving  effect to any prior  application  of this  SECTION
7.1(b)).

7.2.  MANDATORY CONVERSION.

      From and after the  Convertibility  Effective Date, shares of Redeemable
Preferred  Stock shall be  convertible at the option of the  Corporation  into
shares of Non-Voting Common Stock in accordance with the following:

      (a)   At any time from and after the third  anniversary  of the Original
Issuance Date (if the  Convertibility  Effect Date shall have  occurred),  the
Corporation  may  elect  to have  all  (but  not  less  than  all) of the then
outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock converted into that number of
fully paid and nonassessable shares of Non-Voting Common Stock into which such
shares would have been  convertible in the event of an optional  conversion at
such time  pursuant  to SECTION  7.1;  PROVIDED  that  during the thirty  days
immediately  preceding  the  delivery  by  the  Corporation  of  a  notice  of
conversion in accordance with SECTION 7.4(b), a Minimum Price Event shall have
occurred.

      (b)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this SECTION
7.2, the  Corporation may not exercise its rights under this SECTION 7.2 until
such time as a shelf  registration  statement  with  respect  to the shares of
Non-Voting Common Stock or the shares of Voting Common Stock issuable upon the
exercise  thereof shall have been  declared  effective by the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission in accordance with the Investor Rights Agreement.

7.3.  ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION PRICE.

      The Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as
follows:

      (a)   The   Conversion   Price  will  be   increased  by  $1.00  if  the
Convertibility  Effective  Date is prior to September 30, 1999. The Conversion
Price  will be reduced by (i) $1.00 if the  Convertibility  Effective  Date is
after  December  31,  1999 and by an  additional  (ii) $1.00 for every 90 days
after  December 31, 1999 if the  Convertibility  Effective Date shall not have
occurred prior to any such reduction.


                                      22

<PAGE>

      (b)   If the  Corporation  shall, at any time or from time to time after
the Original  Issuance Date,  issue any shares of Common Stock or Common Stock
Rights (other than pursuant to an Equity Incentive Plan) without consideration
or for a consideration  per share less than (x) the Market Price of a share of
Voting  Common  Stock or (y) except in the case of an  issuance  pursuant to a
Public  Offering,  the  Conversion  Price in effect  immediately  prior to the
issuance of such Common Stock or Common Stock Right, then the Conversion Price
in effect  immediately  prior to each such issuance shall forthwith be lowered
to a price equal to the product of:

            (i)     the Conversion Price in effect  immediately  prior to such
      calculation, MULTIPLIED BY

            (ii)    a fraction,  (A) the  numerator of which is the sum of (I)
      the total number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding  (including  any
      shares of Common  Stock  deemed to have been issued  pursuant to SECTION
      7.3(d)(iii) upon the issuance of a Common Stock Right having a per share
      exercise  price,  conversion  price or exchange  price equal to or lower
      than the Market  Price of a share of Voting  Common  Stock)  immediately
      prior to such  issuance  and (II) the  number  of  additional  shares of
      Voting Common Stock which the aggregate  offering  price  (determined in
      the manner  provided  in SECTIONS  7.3(d)(i)  and (ii)) of the number of
      shares of Common Stock so offered  (including any shares of Common Stock
      deemed  to have been  issued  pursuant  to  SECTION  7.3(d)(iii))  would
      purchase at the greater of the Market Price of a share of Voting  Common
      Stock  and the  Conversion  Price in  effect  immediately  prior to such
      issuance, and (B) the denominator of which is the total number of shares
      of Common Stock outstanding (including any shares of Common Stock deemed
      to have been issued pursuant to SECTION 7.3(d)(iii) upon the issuance of
      a Common Stock Right having a per share exercise price, conversion price
      or exchange  price equal to or lower than the Market Price of a share of
      Voting  Common  Stock)  immediately  after the  issuance  of such Common
      Stock.

      (c)   If the  Corporation  shall, at any time or from time to time after
the  Original  Issuance  Date,  directly or  indirectly,  redeem,  purchase or
otherwise  acquire any shares of Common  Stock or any Common Stock Right for a
consideration  per share  greater  than the Market  Price of a share of Voting
Common Stock (plus,  in the case of Common Stock Rights,  the  additional  per
share  consideration  required to be paid to the  Corporation  upon  exercise,
conversion or exchange), then the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior
to each such  issuance  shall  forthwith  be lowered  to a price  equal to the
product of:

            (i)     the Conversion Price in effect  immediately  prior to such
      calculation, MULTIPLIED BY

            (ii)    a fraction,  (A) the numerator of which is the quotient of
      (I) the  difference  of (x) the product of the total number of shares of
      Common Stock outstanding (including any shares of Common Stock deemed to
      have been issued pursuant to SECTION  7.3(d)(iii) upon the issuance of a
      Common  Stock  Right  having  an  exercise  price,  conversion  price or
      exchange  price  equal to or lower than the  Market  Price of a share of
      Voting Common Stock)  immediately prior to such issuance,  MULTIPLIED BY
      the Market Price of a share of Voting Common Stock  immediately prior to
      such event MINUS (y) the aggregate consideration paid by the Corporation
      in such event (plus,  in the case of Common Stock Rights,  the aggregate


                                      23

<PAGE>

      additional  consideration  to be paid by the Corporation  upon exercise,
      conversion  or exchange)  DIVIDED BY (II) the number of shares of Common
      Stock  outstanding  (including any shares of Common Stock deemed to have
      been  issued  pursuant  to SECTION  7.3(d)(iii)  upon the  issuance of a
      Common  Stock  Right  having  an  exercise  price,  conversion  price or
      exchange  price  equal to or lower than the  Market  Price of a share of
      Voting Common Stock) immediately after the issuance of such Common Stock
      and (B) the  denominator  of  which  is the  Market  Price of a share of
      Voting Common Stock immediately prior to such event.

      (d)   For  the  purposes  of  any  adjustment  of the  Conversion  Price
pursuant to SECTION  7.3(b) or (c) above,  the following  provisions  shall be
applicable:

            (i)     In the case of the  issuance of Common Stock for cash in a
      public offering or private placement,  the consideration shall be deemed
      to be the amount of cash paid  therefor  after  deducting  therefrom any
      discounts,  commissions or placement fees payable by the  Corporation to
      any  underwriter or placement  agent in connection with the issuance and
      sale thereof.

            (ii)    In  the  case  of  the  issuance  of  Common  Stock  for a
      consideration  in whole or in part other than  cash,  the  consideration
      other than cash shall be deemed to be the Fair Value thereof.

            (iii)   In the case of the issuance of Common Stock Rights:

                    (A)   the  aggregate  maximum  number  of shares of Common
            Stock  deliverable  upon exercise of options to purchase or rights
            to subscribe  for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued
            at  the  time  such  options  or  rights  were  issued  and  for a
            consideration equal to the aggregate consideration  (determined in
            the manner  provided  in  SECTIONS  7.3(d)(i)  and (ii)),  if any,
            received by the  Corporation  upon the issuance of such options or
            rights plus the minimum aggregate  purchase price provided in such
            options or rights for the Common Stock covered thereby;

                    (B)   the  aggregate  maximum  number  of shares of Common
            Stock  deliverable  upon conversion of or in exchange for any such
            Securities  convertible  into or exchangeable  for Common Stock or
            upon the  exercise of options to  purchase or rights to  subscribe
            for such  convertible  or  exchangeable  Securities and subsequent
            conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued
            at the time such  Securities,  options,  or rights were issued and
            for a consideration equal to the aggregate  consideration received
            by the  Corporation for any such Securities and related options or
            rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest
            or   accrued   dividends),    plus   the   additional    aggregate
            consideration,  if any, to be received by the Corporation upon the
            conversion  or exchange of such  Securities or the exercise of any
            related  options or rights (the  consideration  in each case to be
            determined in the manner provided in SECTIONS 7.3(d)(i) and (ii));


                                      24

<PAGE>

                    (C)   on  any  change  in  the  number  of  shares  or the
            exercise, conversion or exchange price of Common Stock deliverable
            upon exercise of any such options or rights or  conversions  of or
            exchange for such Securities, the Conversion Price shall forthwith
            be readjusted to such Conversion  Price as would have obtained had
            the adjustment  made upon the issuance of such options,  rights or
            Securities  not  exercised  or  converted  prior to such change or
            options or rights  related to such  Securities  not  exercised  or
            converted  prior to such  change  been  made upon the basis of the
            number of shares and price after giving effect to such change; and

                    (D)   on the expiration of any such options or rights, the
            termination  of any such  rights to  convert  or  exchange  or the
            expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or
            exchangeable  Securities,  the Conversion Price shall forthwith be
            readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had the
            adjustment  made  upon  the  issuance  of  such  options,  rights,
            Securities or options or rights  related to such  Securities  been
            made upon the basis of the  issuance  of only the number of shares
            of Common Stock actually  issued upon the exercise of such options
            or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such Securities,  or
            upon  the  exercise  of the  options  or  rights  related  to such
            Securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof; PROVIDED
            that no such  readjustment  shall be made to the extent  that such
            expiration or termination is in connection  with or related to any
            settlement,  including any cash  settlement,  of any such options,
            rights, conversion rights or exchange rights.

      (e)   If, at any time after the Original  Issuance  Date,  the number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding is increased by a stock dividend payable in
shares of Common  Stock or by a  subdivision  or  split-up of shares of Common
Stock,  then,  following the record date for the  determination  of holders of
Common Stock entitled to receive such stock dividend,  subdivision or split-up
(or if no record date is set,  the date such stock  dividend,  subdivision  of
stock split is consummated),  then,  following the record date for such event,
the Conversion  Price shall be  appropriately  decreased so that the number of
shares of  Non-Voting  Common Stock  issuable on  conversion  of each share of
Redeemable  Preferred Stock, in each case, shall be increased in proportion to
such increase in outstanding shares.

      (f)   If, at any time after the Original  Issuance  Date,  the number of
shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  is  decreased  by a  combination  of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock,  then,  following the record date for such
combination, the Conversion Price shall be appropriately increased so that the
number of shares of  Non-Voting  Common Stock  issuable on  conversion of each
share of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock,  in each case,  shall be  decreased in
proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

      (g)   If   any   capital   reorganization   of  the   Corporation,   any
reclassification  of the stock of the Corporation  (other than a change in par
value or from no par  value to par  value or from par value to no par value or
as a result of a stock  dividend or  subdivision,  split-up or  combination of
shares),  or any  consolidation or merger of the Corporation shall occur, then
each  share  of  Redeemable   Preferred   Stock  after  such   reorganization,
reclassification,  consolidation, or merger shall be convertible into the kind
and  number  of  shares  of stock  or  other  Securities  or  property  of the
Corporation  or of  the  corporation  resulting  from  such  consolidation  or
surviving  such  merger  to which  the  holder  of the  number  of  shares  of


                                      25

<PAGE>

Non-Voting  Common Stock  deliverable  (immediately  prior to the time of such
reorganization,  reclassification, consolidation or merger) upon conversion of
such share of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock would have been entitled upon such
reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation or merger. The provisions of
this   clause   shall   similarly   apply   to   successive   reorganizations,
reclassifications, consolidations or mergers.

      (h)   If any event occurs of the type  contemplated by the provisions of
this SECTION 7.3 but not expressly provided for by such provisions (including,
without limitation,  the granting of stock appreciation rights,  phantom stock
rights or other rights with equity  features,  but  excluding  any issuance of
Common  Stock or Common Stock Rights  pursuant to an Equity  Incentive  Plan),
then the Corporation's  Board of Directors,  in the good faith exercise of its
fiduciary duties to the Holders of Redeemable  Preferred Stock,  shall make an
appropriate  reduction in the Conversion  Price so as to protect the rights of
the Holders of the Redeemable Preferred Stock.

      (i)   All calculations under this paragraph shall be made to the nearest
one  hundredth  (1/100) of a cent.  In no event will the  Conversion  Price be
reduced below the par value of the Common Stock.

      (j)   In any case in which  the  provisions  of this  SECTION  7.3 shall
require that an adjustment shall become effective  immediately  after a record
date of an event, the Corporation may defer until the occurrence of such event
issuing to the Holder of any share of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  converted
after such record date and before the  occurrence  of such event the number of
shares  of  capital  stock  issuable  upon  such  conversion  by reason of the
adjustment required by such event in excess of the number of shares of capital
stock issuable upon such conversion  before giving effect to such adjustments;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the  Corporation  shall  deliver  to such  Holder an
appropriate  instrument  evidencing such Holder's right to receive such excess
shares.

      (k)   Whenever  the  Conversion  Price  shall be adjusted as provided in
this SECTION 7.3, the Corporation  shall make available for inspection  during
regular  business hours, at its principal  executive  offices or at such other
place as may be  designated  by the  Corporation,  a statement,  signed by its
chief executive officer and certified by the Corporation's  independent public
accountants,  showing in detail the facts  requiring  such  adjustment and the
Conversion  Price  that  shall  be  in  effect  after  such  adjustment.   The
Corporation  shall  also  cause a copy of such  statement  to be sent by first
class certified mail,  return receipt  requested and postage prepaid,  to each
Holder of Redeemable Preferred Stock at such Holder's address appearing on the
Corporation's  records.  Where appropriate,  such copy may be given in advance
and may be  included  as part of any notice  required  to be mailed  under the
provisions of SECTION 7.3(k).

      (l)   If the  Corporation  shall propose to take any action of the types
described in SECTIONS 7.3(e), (f) or (g), the Corporation shall give notice to
each Holder of shares of Redeemable  Preferred  Stock, in the manner set forth
in SECTION  7.3(k),  which notice shall  specify the record date, if any, with
respect to any such action and the date on which such action is to take place.
Such notice shall also set forth such facts with  respect  thereto as shall be
reasonably necessary to indicate the effect of such action (to the extent such
effect may be known at the date of such  notice) on the  Conversion  Price and
the number,  kind or class of shares or other  Securities  or  property  which
shall be  deliverable  or  purchasable  upon the  occurrence of such action or


                                      26

<PAGE>

deliverable  upon conversion of shares of Redeemable  Preferred  Stock. In the
case of any action  which  would  require  the fixing of a record  date,  such
notice shall be given at least 10 days prior to the date so fixed, and in case
of all other action,  such notice shall be given at least 10 days prior to the
taking of such  proposed  action.  Failure to give such notice,  or any defect
therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of any such action.

      (m)   In the event that the Requisite  Senior Holders consent in writing
to limit, or waive in its entirety, any anti-dilution  adjustment to which the
Holders  of  the  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  would  otherwise  be  entitled
hereunder,  the  Corporation  shall  not be  required  to make any  adjustment
whatsoever  with respect to any Redeemable  Preferred  Stock in excess of such
limit or at all, as the terms of such consent may dictate.

7.4.  MECHANICS.

      (a)   Any Holder of shares of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  electing to
convert the shares or any portion thereof in accordance with SECTION 7.1 shall
give  written  notice to the  Corporation.  Such notice  shall state that such
Holder elects to convert shares of Redeemable  Preferred  Stock, the number of
such shares that it elects to convert, the applicable Expected Conversion Date
and the  name or  names  in  which  such  holder  wishes  the  certificate  or
certificates for shares of Non-Voting  Common Stock to be issued. A Holder may
make any notice of conversion, whether such conversion is in connection with a
Sale of the  Corporation or otherwise,  conditional  upon the happening of any
event or the passage of time.  A Holder may  rescind any notice of  conversion
prior to the Conversion Date.

      (b)   If the  Corporation  is  entitled  to have  all of the  shares  of
Redeemable  Preferred Stock converted into Non-Voting Common Stock pursuant to
SECTION  7.2,  it may give a  written  notice  to all  Holders  of  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock.  Such  notice  shall  state that the  Corporation  elects to
convert  all of the  outstanding  shares of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock into
Non-Voting  Common Stock and the Expected  Conversion Date, which shall be not
more than 30 days and not less than 10 days after delivery of such notice.  If
any Holder  desires to have a certificate  or  certificates  representing  the
shares of  Non-Voting  Common  Stock  issued in a name or names other than the
name in which the  shares  being  converted  are  issued,  then,  at least two
business days prior to the Conversion Date, such Holder shall deliver a notice
to such effect to the Corporation.

      (c)   On or prior to the date  indicated  in any  notice  of  conversion
delivered  pursuant to SECTION 7.4(a) or 7.4(b) (as applicable,  the "EXPECTED
CONVERSION  DATE"), the applicable Holder or, in the case of a notice pursuant
to SECTION 7.4(b),  all Holders of shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock shall
surrender  the  certificate  or  certificates   representing  such  shares  of
Redeemable  Preferred Stock to be converted,  duly endorsed,  at the office of
the  Corporation  or any  transfer  agent  for such  shares.  On the  Expected
Conversion Date, the Corporation  shall issue and deliver to or upon the order
of such Holder,  against delivery of the certificates  representing the shares
of Redeemable  Preferred  Stock that have been  converted,  a  certificate  or
certificates for the number of shares of Non-Voting Common Stock to which such
Holder shall be entitled (in the number(s) and  denomination(s)  designated by
such Holder),  and, the case of a partial conversion  pursuant to SECTION 7.1,
the Corporation shall deliver to such Holder a certificate or certificates for


                                      27

<PAGE>

the number of shares of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock that such Holder has not
elected to convert.

      (d)   The Corporation shall pay any documentary,  stamp or similar issue
or  transfer  tax due on the  issuance  of  Non-Voting  Common  Stock upon the
conversion  of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock or due on the  issuance  of a new
certificate or certificates  for any shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock not
converted.  Subject to the prior  satisfaction or waiver of any conditions set
forth in any notice of conversion  (as permitted  under SECTION  7.4(a)),  the
conversion  right with  respect to any shares of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock
shall be  deemed  to have been  exercised  on the  latest of (i) the date upon
which the  certificates  representing  the shares of  Non-Voting  Common Stock
shall have been so delivered, (ii) the date on which all of the conditions set
forth in any notice of exercise (as  permitted by SECTION  7.4(a))  shall have
been  satisfied or waived and (iii) the Expected  Conversion  Date (such date,
the "ACTUAL  CONVERSION  DATE") and the person or persons  entitled to receive
the shares of  Non-Voting  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  shall be
treated for all  purposes as the record  Holder or Holders of such  Non-Voting
Common Stock on and after that date.

      (e)   No fractional  shares of Non-Voting Common Stock or scrip shall be
issued upon conversion of shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock. The number of
full shares of Non-Voting  Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Redeemable
Preferred  Stock  shall be computed  on the basis of the  aggregate  number of
shares of such  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock to be  converted.  Instead of any
fractional shares of Non-Voting Common Stock which would otherwise be issuable
upon  conversion  of  any  such  shares,  the  Corporation  shall  pay a  cash
adjustment  in respect of such  fractional  interest in an amount equal to the
product of (i) the  Market  Price of a share of Voting  Common  Stock and (ii)
such  fractional  interest.  The holders of fractional  interests shall not be
entitled to any rights as  stockholders  of the Corporation in respect of such
fractional interests.

      (f)   Upon  issuance of shares in  accordance  with this  Section,  each
share of  Non-Voting  Common Stock issued  shall be duly  authorized,  validly
issued, fully paid and non-assessable, with no personal liability attaching to
the  ownership  thereof and free from all taxes or Liens with respect  thereto
due to any action or failure to act by or on behalf of the Corporation.

      (g)   The Corporation shall take all such actions as may be necessary to
assure  that all  shares  issued  pursuant  to this  Section  may be so issued
without  violation of any Applicable Law or any requirements of any securities
exchange upon which such shares may be listed  (except for official  notice of
issuance  which  will  be  immediately  transmitted  by the  Corporation  upon
issuance).  The Corporation  shall not close its books against the transfer of
shares in any manner which would  interfere with the timely  conversion of any
shares.

7.5.  RESERVATION OF SHARES.

      From and after the Convertibility  Effective Date, the Corporation shall
at all times  reserve and keep  available out of its  authorized  but unissued
shares of each class of capital stock or its treasury  shares,  solely for the
purpose of issuance  upon the  conversion  of shares of  Redeemable  Preferred
Stock and the exercise of the warrants which may be issued pursuant to SECTION


                                      28

<PAGE>

6.4,  such  number  of  shares  of such  class as are then  issuable  upon the
conversion of the shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock or the exercise of such
warrants.

                                 ARTICLE VIII
                          CERTAIN REGULATORY MATTERS

      The Corporation  shall not redeem,  purchase,  acquire or take any other
action affecting  outstanding  shares of any capital stock entitled to general
voting  rights  if,  after  giving  effect  to  such   redemption,   purchase,
acquisition or other action, a Regulated  Stockholder  would own (i) more than
4.99% of any class of Voting  Securities  of the  Corporation  (other than any
class of Voting  Securities that is (or is made prior to any such  redemption,
purchase,  acquisition or other action) convertible into a class of non-Voting
Securities  that  are  otherwise   identical  to  the  Voting  Securities  and
convertible into such Voting Securities on terms reasonably acceptable to such
Regulated  Stockholder)  or (ii) more than  24.99% of the total  equity of the
Corporation  or more than 24.99% of the total  value of all capital  stock and
subordinated debt of the Corporation (in each case determined by assuming such
Regulated  Stockholder  (but no other  holder)  has  exercised,  converted  or
exchanged all of its options,  warrants and other  convertible or exchangeable
Securities).

                                    * * * *


<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Corporation has caused this  Certificate to be
duly executed by an authorized  officer of the  Corporation as of the 25th day
of June, 1999.


                                                       By: /s/IVAN R. SABEL
                                                           -------------------
                                                           Name: Ivan R. Sabel
                                                           Title: President



                                                                  EXHIBIT 2(C)

CERTIFICATE OF ELIMINATION OF CLASS A, B, C, D, E AND F PREFERRED STOCK
                                  ----------

                        Pursuant To Section 151 of the
               General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
                                  ----------


      HANGER  ORTHOPEDIC  GROUP,  INC. , a corporation  organized and existing
under  the   General   Corporation   Law  of  the  State  of   Delaware   (the
"CORPORATION"),  hereby  certifies  that  the  following  resolution  was duly
adopted by the Board of  Directors of the  Corporation  as required by Section
151 of the Delaware General  Corporation Law at a meeting duly called and held
on June 9, 1999.

      RESOLVED, that all series of previously authorized preferred stock, $.01
par value per share, of the Corporation, namely the Class A Preferred Stock as
to which the original Certificate of Designations,  Preferences and Rights was
filed on May 12, 1989, the Class B Preferred  Stock,  as to which the original
Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights was filed on May 12, 1989,
the  Class  C  Preferred  Stock,  as to  which  the  original  Certificate  of
Designations, Preferences and Rights was filed on February 12, 1990, the Class
D Preferred  Stock,  as to which the  original  Certificate  of  Designations,
Preferences  and Rights was filed on February 12, 1990,  the Class E Preferred
Stock, as to which the original  Certificate of Designations,  Preferences and
Rights was filed on February 12, 1990 and the Class F Preferred  Stock,  as to
which the original  Certificate of  Designations,  Preferences  and Rights was
filed on April 13,  1991,  no shares of which  series of  preferred  stock are
currently issued or outstanding, are hereby cancelled.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Corporation has caused this  Certificate to be
duly executed by an authorized  officer of the  Corporation as of the 18th day
of June, 1999.

                                            By: /s/IVAN R. SABEL
                                                -----------------------------
                                                Name:  Ivan R. Sabel
                                                Title: Chairman of the Board,
                                                        President and Chief
                                                        Executive Officer



                                                                 EXHIBIT 10(a)


 =============================================================================


                               CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                  dated as of


                                 June 16, 1999


                                     among


                         HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.


                           The Lenders Party Hereto


                                      and


                           THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
                 as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and
                                 Issuing Bank


                            BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                             as Syndication Agent


                                   PARIBAS,
                            as Documentation Agent
                          ---------------------------

                            CHASE SECURITIES INC.,
                       as Lead Arranger and Book Manager


 =============================================================================


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                      PAGE

                             ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

<S>                                                                                                     <C>
SECTION 1.01.  Defined Terms.............................................................................1
SECTION 1.02.  Classification of Loans and Borrowings...................................................19
SECTION 1.03.  Terms Generally..........................................................................19
SECTION 1.04.  Accounting Terms; GAAP; Pro Forma Computations...........................................19

                            ARTICLE II THE CREDITS

SECTION 2.01.  Commitments..............................................................................19
SECTION 2.02.  Loans and Borrowings.....................................................................20
SECTION 2.03.  Requests for Borrowings..................................................................20
SECTION 2.04.  Letters of Credit........................................................................21
SECTION 2.05.  Funding of Borrowings....................................................................24
SECTION 2.06.  Interest Elections.......................................................................25
SECTION 2.07.  Termination and Reduction of Commitments.................................................25
SECTION 2.08.  Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.....................................................26
SECTION 2.09.  Amortization of Term Loans...............................................................27
SECTION 2.10.  Prepayment of Loans......................................................................28
SECTION 2.11.  Fees    .................................................................................29
SECTION 2.12.  Interest.................................................................................30
SECTION 2.13.  Alternate Rate of Interest...............................................................30
SECTION 2.14.  Increased Costs..........................................................................31
SECTION 2.15.  Break Funding Payments...................................................................31
SECTION 2.16.  Taxes   .................................................................................32
SECTION 2.17.  Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs..............................33
SECTION 2.18.  Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders...........................................34

                  ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 3.01.  Organization; Powers.....................................................................35
SECTION 3.02.  Authorization; Enforceability............................................................35
SECTION 3.03.  Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts.....................................................35
SECTION 3.04.  Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change..........................................35
SECTION 3.05.  Properties...............................................................................36
SECTION 3.06.  Litigation and Environmental Matters.....................................................36
SECTION 3.07.  Compliance with Laws and Agreements......................................................36


                                       i

<PAGE>

SECTION 3.08.  Investment and Holding Company Status....................................................37
SECTION 3.09.  Taxes   .................................................................................37
SECTION 3.10.  ERISA   .................................................................................37
SECTION 3.11.  Disclosure...............................................................................37
SECTION 3.12.  Subsidiaries.............................................................................37
SECTION 3.13.  Insurance................................................................................37
SECTION 3.14.  Labor Matters............................................................................37
SECTION 3.15.  Solvency.................................................................................38
SECTION 3.16.  Senior Indebtedness......................................................................38
SECTION 3.17.  Year 2000................................................................................38
SECTION 3.18.  Intellectual Property....................................................................38

                             ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS

SECTION 4.01.  Effective Date...........................................................................38
SECTION 4.02.  Each Credit Event........................................................................41

                        ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

SECTION 5.01.  Financial Statements and Other Information...............................................42
SECTION 5.02.  Notices of Material Events...............................................................43
SECTION 5.03.  Information Regarding Collateral.........................................................44
SECTION 5.04.  Existence; Conduct of Business...........................................................44
SECTION 5.05.  Payment of Obligations...................................................................44
SECTION 5.06.  Maintenance of Properties................................................................44
SECTION 5.07.  Insurance................................................................................44
SECTION 5.08.  Casualty and Condemnation................................................................45
SECTION 5.09.  Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights...........................................45
SECTION 5.10.  Compliance with Laws.....................................................................45
SECTION 5.11.  Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit....................................................45
SECTION 5.12.  Additional Subsidiaries..................................................................45
SECTION 5.13.  Further Assurances.......................................................................45
SECTION 5.14.  Interest Rate Protection.................................................................46

                         ARTICLE VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS

SECTION 6.01.  Indebtedness; Certain Equity Securities..................................................46
SECTION 6.02.  Liens   .................................................................................47
SECTION 6.03.  Fundamental Changes......................................................................47
SECTION 6.04.  Asset Sales..............................................................................48
SECTION 6.05.  Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions................................48
SECTION 6.06.  Sale and Leaseback Transactions..........................................................49
SECTION 6.07.  Hedging Agreements.......................................................................50


                                      ii

<PAGE>

SECTION 6.08.  Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness....................................50
SECTION 6.09.  Transactions with Affiliates.............................................................50
SECTION 6.10.  Restrictive Agreements...................................................................50
SECTION 6.11.  Amendment of Material Documents..........................................................51
SECTION 6.12.  Interest Expense Coverage Ratio..........................................................51
SECTION 6.13.  Leverage Ratio...........................................................................51
SECTION 6.14.  Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA Interest Coverage Ratio.....................................52
SECTION 6.15.  Maximum Capital Expenditures.............................................................52

                                  ARTICLE VII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT.......................................................................................52

                                 ARTICLE VIII

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT................................................................................54

                           ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.01.  Notices .................................................................................56
SECTION 9.02.  Waivers; Amendments......................................................................56
SECTION 9.03.  Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.......................................................57
SECTION 9.04.  Successors and Assigns...................................................................58
SECTION 9.05.  Survival.................................................................................60
SECTION 9.06.  Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness.................................................60
SECTION 9.07.  Severability.............................................................................61
SECTION 9.08.  Right of Setoff..........................................................................61
SECTION 9.09.  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process...............................61
SECTION 9.10.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.....................................................................61
SECTION 9.11.  Headings.................................................................................62
SECTION 9.12.  Confidentiality..........................................................................62
SECTION 9.13.  Interest Rate Limitation.................................................................62
SECTION 9.14.  Release of Liens and Guarantees..........................................................62
</TABLE>


                                     iii

<PAGE>

SCHEDULES:

Schedule 1.01 -- Guarantors
Schedule 2.01 -- Commitments
Schedule 3.05 -- Real Property
Schedule 3.06 -- Disclosed  Matters
Schedule 3.12 --  Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.13 -- Insurance
Schedule 6.01 --  Existing  Indebtedness
Schedule 6.02 --  Existing  Liens
Schedule 6.05 -- Existing Investments
Schedule 6.10 -- Existing  Restrictions
Schedule A -- Class I Mortgaged Property
Schedule B -- Mortgaged Property

EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A -- Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit B-1 -- Form of Opinion of Freedman, Levy, Kroll & Simonds, counsel for
               the  Borrower
Exhibit  B-2 -- Form of Opinion of local counsel for the Administrative Agent
Exhibit C -- Form of Perfection  Certificate
Exhibit D -- Form of Guarantee Agreement
Exhibit E -- Form of Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement
Exhibit F -- Form of Pledge Agreement
Exhibit G -- Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit H -- Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit I -- Form of Interest Election Request
Exhibit J -- Form of Administrative Questionnaire
Exhibit K -- Form of Permitted Seller Note
Exhibit L -- Form of Mortgage


                                      iv

<PAGE>

                                   CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of June 16, 1999,
                              among HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC., the LENDERS
                              party  hereto,  THE  CHASE  MANHATTAN  BANK,  as
                              Administrative   Agent  and  Collateral   Agent,
                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,  as Syndication Agent and
                              PARIBAS as Documentation Agent.

      Pursuant to or in connection  with the Stock  Purchase  Agreement  (such
term and each other  capitalized  term used and not otherwise  defined  herein
being used with the meaning  assigned to it in Section 1.01), (a) the Borrower
will  issue  and  sell to CCP and  PNA,  and CCP and PNA  will  purchase,  the
Preferred Stock for an aggregate cash amount of $60,000,000,  (b) the Borrower
will borrow the Term Loans and a principal amount not to exceed $20,000,000 of
the Revolving Loans under this Agreement, (c) the Borrower will issue not less
than $150,000,000  aggregate  principal amount of the Subordinated  Notes in a
public offering or in a Rule 144A or other private placement, (d) the Borrower
will  contribute  $406,000,000  to the equity of its wholly  owned  subsidiary
Hanger  Prosthetics  &  Orthotics,  Inc.,  which  will  lend  such  amount  to
AcquisitionCo, (e) AcquisitionCo will acquire from the Seller for an aggregate
cash amount not to exceed  $406,000,000 all the outstanding  capital stock of,
and will then be merged with and into, NovaCare Orthotics & Prosthetic,  Inc.,
a  Delaware  corporation  and (f) the  Borrower  will pay  fees  and  expenses
incurred in connection  with the Effective Date  Transactions  in an aggregate
amount not to exceed $20,000,000.

      The Borrower has  requested  the Lenders to extend credit in the form of
(a)  Tranche A Term  Loans on the  Effective  Date in an  aggregate  principal
amount  not in  excess  of  $100,000,000,  (b)  Tranche  B Term  Loans  on the
Effective Date in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $100,000,000,
(c)  Revolving  Loans  at any  time  and  from  time to time on or  after  the
Effective  Date  and  prior to the  Revolving  Maturity  Date in an  aggregate
principal amount at any time  outstanding not in excess of $100,000,000  minus
the LC Exposure at such time and (d) Letters of Credit in an aggregate  stated
amount  at any time  outstanding  that  will  not  result  in the LC  Exposure
exceeding  $5,000,000.  The proceeds of the Term Loans and of Revolving  Loans
(the amount of which shall not exceed  $20,000,000) made on the Effective Date
are to be used by the Borrower solely (i) to finance the Acquisition,  (ii) to
refinance  the  Scheduled  Indebtedness  and  (iii) to pay  fees and  expenses
related to the  Effective  Date  Transactions.  The proceeds of the  remaining
Revolving Loans are to be used by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to provide
working  capital  and for other  general  corporate  purposes.  The Letters of
Credit are to be used to support obligations  incurred by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their businesses.

      The parties hereto agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

      SECTION 1.01.  DEFINED TERMS. As used in this  Agreement,  the following
terms have the meanings specified below:


<PAGE>

                                                                             2


      "ABR",  when  used in  reference  to any Loan or  Borrowing,  refers  to
whether  such  Loan,  or the Loans  comprising  such  Borrowing,  are  bearing
interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

      "ACQUISITION" means the purchase by AcquisitionCo from the Seller of all
the  outstanding  capital stock of NovaCare O&P and the  subsequent  merger of
AcquisitionCo  with  and into  NovaCare  O&P,  all as  provided  in the  Stock
Purchase  Agreement.  "ACQUISITION  DOCUMENTS"  means (a) the  Stock  Purchase
Agreement and (b) the Transition Services  Agreement,  the Subscriber Services
Agreement  and the Escrow  Agreement,  each as  defined in the Stock  Purchase
Agreement.

      "ACQUISITIONCO"  means HPO Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and
a wholly owned subsidiary of the Borrower.

      "ADJUSTED LIBO RATE" means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for
any  Interest  Period,  an  interest  rate  per  annum  (rounded  upwards,  if
necessary,  to the  next  1/16 of 1%)  equal  to (a) the  LIBO  Rate  for such
Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

      "ADMINISTRATIVE  AGENT" means The Chase  Manhattan Bank, in its capacity
as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.

      "ADMINISTRATIVE  QUESTIONNAIRE" means an Administrative Questionnaire in
a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

      "AFFILIATE"  means, with respect to a specified  Person,  another Person
that directly,  or indirectly through one or more intermediaries,  Controls or
is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

      "AGENTS"  means the  Administrative  Agent,  the Collateral  Agent,  the
Syndication Agent and the Documentation Agent.

      "ALTERNATE BASE RATE" means,  for any day, a rate per annum equal to the
greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day,  (b) the Base CD Rate in
effect on such day plus 1% and (c) the Federal Funds  Effective Rate in effect
on such day plus 1/2 of 1%.  Any  change in the  Alternate  Base Rate due to a
change in the Prime Rate, the Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate
shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the
Prime  Rate,  the  Base  CD  Rate  or  the  Federal  Funds   Effective   Rate,
respectively.

      "APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE" means, with respect to any Revolving Lender, the
percentage of the total  Revolving  Commitments  represented  by such Lender's
Revolving Commitment. If the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired,
the  Applicable  Percentages  shall be  determined  based  upon the  Revolving
Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

      "APPLICABLE  RATE" means,  for any day (a) with respect to any Tranche B
Term Loan, (i) 2.50% per annum,  in the case of an ABR Loan, or (ii) 3.50% per
annum, in the case of a Eurodollar Loan, and (b) with respect to any Revolving
Loan or Tranche A Term Loan or with  respect to the  commitment  fees  payable
hereunder,  as the case may be, the applicable  rate per annum set forth below
under the caption "ABR Spread",  "Eurodollar Spread" or "Commitment Fee Rate",
as the  case  may be,  based  upon the  Leverage  Ratio as of the most  recent
determination  date;  PROVIDED  that  until  the  date  that is 45 days  after
December 31, 1999, the  "Applicable  Rate" for purposes of clause (b) shall be
the applicable rate per annum set forth below for Category 1:


<PAGE>

                                                                             3


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 ============================================================================================================
                                       ABR                 EURODOLLAR                COMMITMENT FEE
        LEVERAGE RATIO:               SPREAD                 SPREAD                       RATE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>                    <C>                          <C>
          CATEGORY 1

   Greater than or equal to           1.50%                  2.50%                        0.50%
         4.00 to 1.00
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          CATEGORY 2

   Greater than or equal to 3.50      1.25%                  2.25%                        0.50%
     to 1.00 but less than
          4.00 to 1.00
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          CATEGORY 3

   Greater than or equal to 3.00      1.00%                  2.00%                       0.375%
       to 1.00 but less than
          3.50 to 1.00
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          CATEGORY 4

    Less than 3.00 to 1.00            0.75%                  1.75%                       0.375%

 ============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

      For  purposes  of  the  foregoing,  (i)  the  Leverage  Ratio  shall  be
determined as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower's  fiscal year
based upon the Borrower's consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant
to  Section  5.01(a)  or (b) and  (ii)  each  change  in the  Applicable  Rate
resulting  from a change in the Leverage  Ratio shall be effective  during the
period commencing on and including the date of delivery to the  Administrative
Agent of such  consolidated  financial  statements  indicating such change and
ending on the date  immediately  preceding the effective date of the next such
change;  PROVIDED that the Leverage  Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1
(a) at any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (b)
at the option of the  Administrative  Agent or at the request of the  Required
Lenders,  if  the  Borrower  fails  to  deliver  the  consolidated   financial
statements  required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b),
during the period from the  expiration of the time for delivery  thereof until
such consolidated financial statements are delivered.

      "ARRANGER" means Chase Securities Inc.

      "ASSESSMENT  RATE"  means,  for any day, the annual  assessment  rate in
effect  on such day that is  payable  by a member of the Bank  Insurance  Fund
classified as  "well-capitalized"  and within  supervisory  subgroup "B" (or a
comparable successor risk classification) within the meaning of 12 C.F.R. Part
327 (or any successor provision) to the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation
for  insurance by such  Corporation  of time  deposits  made in dollars at the
offices of such member in the United States;  PROVIDED that if, as a result of
any  change  in any law,  rule or  regulation,  it is no  longer  possible  to


<PAGE>

                                                                             4


determine the Assessment Rate as aforesaid,  then the Assessment Rate shall be
such  annual rate as shall be  determined  by the  Administrative  Agent to be
representative of the cost of such insurance to the Lenders.

      "ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE"  means an assignment and acceptance  entered
into by a Lender and an assignee  (with the consent of any party whose consent
is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the
form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

      "BASE CD RATE" means the sum of (a) the  Three-Month  Secondary  CD Rate
multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate plus (b) the Assessment Rate.

      "BOARD"  means the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System of
the United States of America.

      "BORROWER" means Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

      "BORROWING"  means Loans of the same Class and Type, made,  converted or
continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a
single Interest Period is in effect.

      "BORROWING  REQUEST"  means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in
accordance with Section 2.03.

      "BUSINESS DAY" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day
on which  commercial  banks in New York City are authorized or required by law
to remain  closed;  PROVIDED that,  when used in connection  with a Eurodollar
Loan,  the term  "BUSINESS  DAY" shall also exclude any day on which banks are
not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

      "CAPITAL LEASE  OBLIGATIONS" of any Person means the obligations of such
Person to pay rent or other amounts  under any lease of (or other  arrangement
conveying  the  right to use)  real or  personal  property,  or a  combination
thereof,  which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as
capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of
such  obligations  shall  be the  capitalized  amount  thereof  determined  in
accordance with GAAP.

      "CCP" means Chase  Capital  Partners,  together  with one of more of its
affiliated investment funds.

      "CERTIFICATE  OF  DESIGNATIONS"  means the  certificate of  designations
dated as of the Effective Date governing the Preferred Stock, substantially in
the form as described in the Offering  Memorandum,  with no changes  therefrom
adverse to the Lenders.

      "CHANGE IN  CONTROL"  means (a) the  acquisition  by any Person or group
(within the meaning of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and
the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on
the date hereof) of  ownership,  directly or  indirectly,  beneficially  or of
record,  by any Person of Equity  Interests  in the Borrower  representing  at


<PAGE>

                                                                             5


least 35% of the  aggregate  ordinary  voting  power or the  aggregate  equity
represented by the issued and  outstanding  Equity  Interests in the Borrower;
(b)  occupation  of a majority of the seats  (other than vacant  seats) on the
board of directors  of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (i)  nominated
by the board of directors  of the Borrower nor (ii)  appointed by directors so
nominated;  (c) the acquisition of direct or indirect  Control of the Borrower
by any  Person or group;  or (d) the  occurrence  of a "Change  of  Control"or
similar event, however denominated, under the Subordinated Note Documents, any
other  instrument  or agreement  evidencing or governing  Indebtedness  or any
certificate of designations,  instrument or agreement  governing the Preferred
Stock or any other Equity Interests.

      "CHANGE IN LAW" means (a) the  adoption of any law,  rule or  regulation
after  the  date of  this  Agreement,  (b)  any  change  in any  law,  rule or
regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental
Authority  after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or
the Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section  2.14(b),  by any lending office
of such Lender or by such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding  company,  if
any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force
of law) of any  Governmental  Authority  made or issued after the date of this
Agreement.

      "CLASS",  when used in  reference  to any Loan or  Borrowing,  refers to
whether such Loan,  or the Loans  comprising  such  Borrowing,  are  Revolving
Loans,  Tranche  A Term  Loans or  Tranche  B Term  Loans  and,  when  used in
reference to any Commitment,  refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving
Commitment, Tranche A Commitment or Tranche B Commitment.

      "CLASS I MORTGAGE" means a mortgage, deed of trust, assignment of leases
and rents,  leasehold  mortgage or other security  document granting a Lien on
any  Class I  Mortgaged  Property  to secure  the  Obligations.  Each  Class I
Mortgage shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Collateral  Agent,
substantially in the form of Exhibit L.

      "CLASS I MORTGAGED PROPERTY" means,  initially,  each Mortgaged Property
identified  on  Schedule  A, and each other  Mortgaged  Property  on which any
manufacturing or distribution facility of a Loan Party is located or which has
a book or fair market value in excess of $750,000.

      "CLOSING DATE" means the date this Agreement becomes effective  pursuant
to Section 9.06.

      "CODE" means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time.

      "COLLATERAL"  means  any  and  all  "Collateral",   as  defined  in  any
applicable Security Document.

      "COLLATERAL  AGENT" means The Chase  Manhattan  Bank, in its capacity as
collateral agent for the Lenders hereunder.

      "COLLATERAL AND GUARANTEE REQUIREMENT" means the requirement that:

            (a) the  Administrative  Agent shall have  received from each Loan
      Party either (i) a counterpart of each of the Guarantee  Agreement,  the
      Indemnity,  Subrogation  and  Contribution  Agreement  and the  Security


<PAGE>

                                                                             6


      Documents  duly  executed and  delivered on behalf of such Loan Party or
      (ii) in the case of any  Person  that  becomes  a Loan  Party  after the
      Effective Date, a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement,  the Indemnity,
      Subrogation  and  Contribution  Agreement and each  applicable  Security
      Document,  as appropriate,  in the form specified therein, duly executed
      and delivered on behalf of such Loan Party;

            (b) all  outstanding  Equity  Interests  of the  Borrower and each
      Subsidiary  owned by or on  behalf  of any Loan  Party  shall  have been
      pledged pursuant to the Pledge  Agreement  (except that the Loan Parties
      shall not be required to pledge more than 65% of the outstanding  voting
      Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary) and the Administrative Agent
      shall have received  certificates or other instruments  representing all
      such Equity  Interests,  together with stock powers or other instruments
      of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

            (c) all  Indebtedness in an aggregate  principal  amount exceeding
      $250,000 of the Borrower and each  Subsidiary  that is owing to any Loan
      Party  shall be  evidenced  by a  promissory  note and  shall  have been
      pledged  pursuant to the Pledge Agreement and the  Administrative  Agent
      shall have received all such promissory notes, together with instruments
      of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

            (d) all documents and instruments,  including  Uniform  Commercial
      Code financing  statements,  required by law or reasonably  requested by
      the Administrative  Agent to be filed,  registered or recorded to create
      the Liens  intended to be created by the Security  Documents and perfect
      such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by,
      the Security Documents, shall have been filed, registered or recorded or
      delivered  to the  Administrative  Agent  for  filing,  registration  or
      recording;

            (e) the Administrative  Agent shall have received (i) counterparts
      of a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged  Property duly executed and
      delivered by the record owner of such Mortgaged Property,  (ii) a policy
      or policies of title insurance  issued by a nationally  recognized title
      insurance  company  insuring the Lien of each such Class I Mortgage as a
      valid first Lien on the Class I Mortgaged  Property  described  therein,
      free of any other Liens except as expressly  permitted by Section  6.02,
      together with such  endorsements,  coinsurance  and  reinsurance  as the
      Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, and
      (iii) such  surveys,  abstracts,  appraisals,  legal  opinions and other
      documents  as the  Administrative  Agent  or the  Required  Lenders  may
      reasonably  request with respect to any such Class I Mortgage or Class I
      Mortgaged Property; and

            (f) each Loan Party shall have obtained all consents and approvals
      required to be  obtained  by it in  connection  with the  execution  and
      delivery of all Loan Documents to which it is a party,  the  performance
      of its  obligations  thereunder  and  the  granting  by it of the  Liens
      thereunder.

      "COMMITMENT"  means a  Revolving  Commitment,  Tranche A  Commitment  or
Tranche B Commitment, or any combination thereof (as the context requires).


<PAGE>

                                                                             7


      "CONSOLIDATED   ADJUSTED   EBITDA"  means   Consolidated   EBITDA  minus
Consolidated Capital Expenditures for the period for which Consolidated EBITDA
is being calculated.

      "CONSOLIDATED  CAPITAL  EXPENDITURES"  means,  for any  period,  (a) the
additions to property,  plant and equipment and other capital  expenditures of
the  Borrower  and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  that are (or would be) set
forth in a  consolidated  statement  of cash  flows of the  Borrower  for such
period  prepared in  accordance  with GAAP and (b) Capital  Lease  Obligations
incurred by the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries during such period.

      "CONSOLIDATED  CASH INTEREST EXPENSE" means, for any period,  the excess
of (a) the sum of (i) the interest expense (including imputed interest expense
in respect of Capital Lease  Obligations) of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries
for such period,  determined on a consolidated  basis in accordance with GAAP,
(ii) any interest accrued during such period in respect of Indebtedness of the
Borrower or any  Subsidiary  that is required  to be  capitalized  rather than
included in consolidated  interest  expense for such period in accordance with
GAAP,  plus (iii) any cash  payments  made  during  such  period in respect of
obligations  referred  to in clause  (b)(iii)  below  that were  amortized  or
accrued in a previous period,  minus (b) the sum of (i) interest income of the
Borrower and the  Subsidiaries  for such period,  determined on a consolidated
basis  in  accordance   with  GAAP,  (ii)  to  the  extent  included  in  such
consolidated  interest expense for such period,  non-cash amounts attributable
to amortization of financing  costs paid in a previous  period,  plus (iii) to
the extent  included in such  consolidated  interest  expense for such period,
non-cash  amounts  attributable  to  amortization of debt discounts or accrued
interest  payable  in  kind  for  such  period.  Anything  contained  in  this
definition or elsewhere in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding,  in
calculating  Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for each of the periods ending
on  December  31, 1999 and March 31,  2000,  respectively,  Consolidated  Cash
Interest Expense shall be deemed to equal  Consolidated  Cash Interest Expense
for the period commencing on July 1, 1999, and ending on December 31, 1999 and
March 31, 2000, respectively.

      "CONSOLIDATED EBITDA" means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for
such  period  plus (a)  without  duplication  and to the  extent  deducted  in
determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (i) consolidated interest
expense for such period, (ii) consolidated income tax expense for such period,
(iii) all amounts  attributable  to  depreciation  and  amortization  for such
period,  (iv) any  extraordinary  charges  for such  period  and (v) solely in
determining  Consolidated  EBITDA for the periods  ending  December  31, 1999,
March  31,  2000  and  June  30,  2000,  $2,025,000,  and  minus  (b)  without
duplication and to the extent included in determining  such  Consolidated  Net
Income,  any  extraordinary  gains  for  such  period,  all  determined  on  a
consolidated  basis  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  Anything  contained  in this
definition or elsewhere in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding,  in
calculating  Consolidated EBITDA (i) for any  four-fiscal-quarter  period that
includes the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 1999, Consolidated EBITDA for
such  quarter  shall  be  increased  by  an  amount  up  to   $15,000,000   of
restructuring and acquisition and integration  expenses incurred in connection
with the  Acquisition  to the extent such costs have actually been paid by the
Loan Parties and not so included in  Consolidated  EBITDA in any prior quarter
and (ii) solely for purposes of calculating  the Leverage  Ratio,  for each of
the periods  ending on December  31,  1999 and March 31,  2000,  respectively,
Consolidated  EBITDA  shall be deemed  to equal  Consolidated  EBITDA  for the
period  commencing on July 1, 1999, and ending on (x) December 31, 1999,  plus


<PAGE>

                                                                             8


$2,025,000  multiplied by 2 and (y) March 31, 2000, plus $2,025,000 multiplied
by 4/3, respectively.  For purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any
period (each, a "REFERENCE PERIOD") in connection with determining  compliance
with Sections  6.12,  6.13 and 6.14 for such period,  if during such Reference
Period (or, in the case of pro forma calculations,  during the period from the
last day of such  Reference  Period to and including the date as of which such
calculation is made) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made a Material
Disposition  or Material  Acquisition  (each as defined  below),  Consolidated
EBITDA for such  Reference  Period shall be calculated  after giving pro forma
effect  thereto  as if  such  Material  Disposition  or  Material  Acquisition
occurred on the first day of such Reference  Period (with the Reference Period
for the  purposes of pro forma  calculations  being the most recent  period of
four consecutive fiscal quarters for which the relevant financial  information
is available);  PROVIDED that such pro forma calculations shall give effect to
the terms of any employment agreement entered into in connection such Material
Disposition or Material  Acquisition.  As used in this  definition,  "Material
Acquisition" means any acquisition or series of related acquisitions permitted
under  Section 6.05;  and  "Material  Disposition"  means any  disposition  of
property or series of related  dispositions  of property that involves  assets
comprising  all or  substantially  all of an  operating  unit of a business or
constitutes all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of a Subsidiary.

      "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, for any period,  the net income or loss
of  the  Borrower  and  the  Subsidiaries  for  such  period  determined  on a
consolidated  basis in  accordance  with GAAP;  PROVIDED  that there  shall be
excluded (a) the income of any Person  (other than the  Borrower) in which any
other  Person  (other than the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  or any  director
holding  qualifying  shares in compliance  with applicable law) owns an Equity
Interest,   except  to  the  extent  of  the  amount  of  dividends  or  other
distributions  actually paid to the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries during
such  period,  and (b) the income or loss of any Person  accrued  prior to the
date it  becomes a  Subsidiary  or is  merged  into or  consolidated  with the
Borrower or any Subsidiary or the date that such Person's  assets are acquired
by the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

      "CONTROL" means the possession,  directly or indirectly, of the power to
direct or cause the  direction  of the  management  or  policies  of a Person,
whether  through  the  ability  to  exercise  voting  power,  by  contract  or
otherwise. "CONTROLLING" and "CONTROLLED" have meanings correlative thereto.

      "DEFAULT"  means any event or condition  which  constitutes  an Event of
Default or which upon  notice,  lapse of time or both would,  unless  cured or
waived, become an Event of Default.

      "DISCLOSED  MATTERS" means the actions,  suits and  proceedings  and the
environmental matters disclosed in Schedule 3.06.

      "DOLLARS" or "$" refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

      "DOCUMENTATION AGENT" means Paribas.

      "EFFECTIVE  DATE" means the date on which the  conditions  specified  in
Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02).


<PAGE>

                                                                             9


      "EFFECTIVE DATE TRANSACTIONS" means the Transactions that have occurred,
or that are contemplated or required by this Agreement to have occurred, on or
before the Effective Date and prior to the initial  Borrowing or issuance of a
Letter of Credit hereunder.

      "ENVIRONMENTAL  LAWS"  means  all  laws,  rules,   regulations,   codes,
ordinances,  orders,  decrees,  judgments,  injunctions,  notices  or  binding
agreements issued,  promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority,
relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural
resources,  the  management,  release or  threatened  release of any Hazardous
Material or to health and safety matters.

      "ENVIRONMENTAL  LIABILITY" means any liability,  contingent or otherwise
(including  any liability  for damages,  costs of  environmental  remediation,
fines,  penalties or indemnities),  of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly
or indirectly  resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental
Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation,  storage, treatment or
disposal of any Hazardous Materials,  (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials,
(d) the release or  threatened  release of any  Hazardous  Materials  into the
environment  or (e) any contract,  agreement or other  consensual  arrangement
pursuant to which  liability  is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the
foregoing.

      "EQUITY INTERESTS" means shares of capital stock, partnership interests,
membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a
trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person.

      "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time.

      "ERISA   AFFILIATE"  means  any  trade  or  business   (whether  or  not
incorporated)  that,  together  with  the  Borrower,  is  treated  as a single
employer  under  Section  414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of
Section  302 of ERISA and  Section  412 of the Code,  is  treated  as a single
employer under Section 414 of the Code.

      "ERISA EVENT" means (a) any  "reportable  event",  as defined in Section
4043 of ERISA or the  regulations  issued  thereunder  with  respect to a Plan
(other than an event for which the 30-day  notice  period is waived);  (b) the
existence with respect to any Plan of an "accumulated  funding deficiency" (as
defined in Section  412 of the Code or Section  302 of ERISA),  whether or not
waived;  (c) the  filing  pursuant  to  Section  412(d) of the Code or Section
303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard
with  respect to any Plan;  (d) the  incurrence  by the Borrower or any of its
ERISA  Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the
termination  of any  Plan;  (e)  the  receipt  by the  Borrower  or any  ERISA
Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan  administrator  of any notice relating to an
intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer
any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of
any liability  with respect to the withdrawal or partial  withdrawal  from any
Plan or  Multiemployer  Plan;  or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA
Affiliate  of any notice,  or the receipt by any  Multiemployer  Plan from the
Borrower or any ERISA  Affiliate of any notice,  concerning  the imposition of
Withdrawal  Liability or a determination  that a Multiemployer  Plan is, or is
expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV
of ERISA.


<PAGE>

                                                                            10


      "EURODOLLAR", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to
whether  such  Loan,  or the Loans  comprising  such  Borrowing,  are  bearing
interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

      "EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

      "EXCESS  CASH  FLOW"  means,  for any  fiscal  year,  the  sum  (without
duplication) of:

            (a) the  consolidated net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its
      consolidated  Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, adjusted to exclude any
      gains or losses attributable to Prepayment Events; PLUS

            (b)  depreciation,  amortization  and other  non-cash  charges  or
      losses deducted in determining  such  consolidated  net income (or loss)
      for such fiscal year; PLUS

            (c) the sum of (i)  the  amount,  if any,  by  which  Net  Working
      Capital  decreased during such fiscal year plus (ii) the net amount,  if
      any, by which the consolidated  deferred revenues and other consolidated
      accrued   long-term   liability   accounts  of  the   Borrower  and  its
      consolidated  Subsidiaries  increased during such fiscal year plus (iii)
      the net amount,  if any,  by which the  consolidated  accrued  long-term
      asset  accounts  of  the  Borrower  and  its  consolidated  Subsidiaries
      decreased during such fiscal year; MINUS

            (d) the sum of (i) any non-cash gains included in determining such
      consolidated  net  income (or loss) for such  fiscal  year plus (ii) the
      amount,  if any,  by which Net  Working  Capital  increased  during such
      fiscal year plus (iii) the net amount, if any, by which the consolidated
      deferred revenues and other  consolidated  accrued  long-term  liability
      accounts of the Borrower  and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  decreased
      during such  fiscal year plus (iv) the net amount,  if any, by which the
      consolidated  accrued  long-term  asset accounts of the Borrower and its
      consolidated Subsidiaries increased during such fiscal year; MINUS

            (e) the sum of (i)  Capital  Expenditures  for  such  fiscal  year
      (except to the extent  attributable  to the  incurrence of Capital Lease
      Obligations or otherwise financed by incurring  Long-Term  Indebtedness)
      PLUS  (ii) cash  consideration  paid  during  such  fiscal  year to make
      acquisitions or other capital investments (except to the extent financed
      by incurring  Long-Term  Indebtedness)  PLUS (iii) to the extent paid in
      cash during such fiscal  year,  50% of payments in respect of  Permitted
      Earn-Out Obligations; MINUS

            (f) the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Long-Term  Indebtedness
      repaid or  prepaid by the  Borrower  and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries
      during  such  fiscal  year,  excluding  (i)  Indebtedness  in respect of
      Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit,  (ii) Term Loans prepaid pursuant
      to Section  2.10(c)  or (d),  and (iii)  repayments  or  prepayments  of
      Long-Term   Indebtedness   financed   by   incurring   other   Long-Term
      Indebtedness.

      "EXCLUDED TAXES" means,  with respect to the  Administrative  Agent, any
Lender,  the Issuing Bank or any other  recipient of any payment to be made by
or on account  of any  obligation  of the  Borrower  hereunder,  (a) income or
franchise  taxes  imposed  on (or  measured  by) its net  income by the United
States  of  America,  or by the  jurisdiction  under  the laws of  which  such


<PAGE>

                                                                            11


recipient is organized or in which its principal  office is located or, in the
case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any
branch  profits  taxes  imposed by the United States of America or any similar
tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a) above and (c) in
the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee  pursuant to a request by
the Borrower under Section 2.18(b)), any withholding tax that (i) is in effect
and would  apply to amounts  payable to such  Foreign  Lender at the time such
Foreign  Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending
office),  except to the extent that such Foreign  Lender (or its assignor,  if
any) was  entitled,  at the time of  designation  of a new lending  office (or
assignment),  to receive  additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to
any  withholding tax pursuant to Section  2.16(a),  or (ii) is attributable to
such Foreign Lender's failure to comply with Section 2.16(e).

      "FEDERAL FUNDS EFFECTIVE RATE" means,  for any day, the weighted average
(rounded  upwards,  if  necessary,  to the next  1/100 of 1%) of the  rates on
overnight  Federal  funds  transactions  with  members of the Federal  Reserve
System arranged by Federal funds brokers,  as published on the next succeeding
Business Day by the Federal  Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not
so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards,
if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such
transactions  received by the  Administrative  Agent from three  Federal funds
brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

      "FINANCIAL  OFFICER"  means  the  chief  financial  officer,   principal
accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.

      "FOREIGN  LENDER" means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a
jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of
this  definition,  the United  States of America,  each State  thereof and the
District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

      "FOREIGN  SUBSIDIARY"  means any Subsidiary  that is organized under the
laws of a  jurisdiction  other than the United  States of America or any State
thereof or the District of Columbia.

      "GAAP" means  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in the United
States of America.

      "GOVERNMENTAL  AUTHORITY"  means the  government of the United States of
America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof,  whether state
or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality,  regulatory body, court,
central  bank or other entity  exercising  executive,  legislative,  judicial,
taxing,  regulatory or administrative  powers or functions of or pertaining to
government.

      "GUARANTEE" of or by any Person (the "GUARANTOR")  means any obligation,
contingent or otherwise,  of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic
effect of  guaranteeing  any  Indebtedness  or other  obligation  of any other
Person (the "PRIMARY OBLIGOR") in any manner,  whether directly or indirectly,
and including  any  obligation of the  guarantor,  direct or indirect,  (a) to
purchase  or pay (or advance or supply  funds for the  purchase or payment of)
such  Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply
funds for the  purchase  of) any  security  for the  payment  thereof,  (b) to


<PAGE>

                                                                            12


purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring
the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c)
to maintain working capital,  equity capital or any other financial  statement
condition  or  liquidity  of the  primary  obligor so as to enable the primary
obligor  to pay such  Indebtedness  or other  obligation  or (d) as an account
party in  respect  of any  letter of credit  or letter of  guaranty  issued to
support such  Indebtedness  or obligation;  PROVIDED,  that the term Guarantee
shall not  include  endorsements  for  collection  or deposit in the  ordinary
course of business.

      "GUARANTEE AGREEMENT" means the Guarantee Agreement substantially in the
form of Exhibit D among the Borrower,  the Guarantors  from time to time party
thereto and the Collateral  Agent for the benefit of the Secured  Parties,  as
the  same  may be  amended,  modified  or  supplemented  from  time to time in
accordance with the provisions hereof.

      "GUARANTORS"  means each person  listed on Schedule  1.01 and each other
person that becomes party to the Guarantee  Agreement as a Guarantor,  and the
permitted successors and assigns of each such person.

      "HAZARDOUS  MATERIALS" means all explosive or radioactive  substances or
wastes and all  hazardous  or toxic  substances,  wastes or other  pollutants,
including petroleum or petroleum distillates,  asbestos or asbestos containing
materials,  polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes
and all other  substances  or wastes of any nature  regulated  pursuant to any
Environmental Law.

      "HEDGING  AGREEMENT"  means  any  interest  rate  protection  agreement,
foreign currency exchange agreement,  commodity price protection  agreement or
other  interest  or  currency   exchange  rate  or  commodity   price  hedging
arrangement.

      "INDEBTEDNESS"  of  any  Person  means,  without  duplication,  (a)  all
obligations  of such Person for borrowed  money or with respect to deposits or
advances of any kind, (b) all  obligations of such Person  evidenced by bonds,
debentures,  notes or similar instruments,  (c) all obligations of such Person
upon which interest charges are customarily  paid, (d) all obligations of such
Person under conditional sale or other title retention  agreements relating to
property acquired by such Person, (e) al obligations of such Person in respect
of the  deferred  purchase  price of property or services  (excluding  current
accounts  payable  incurred  in the  ordinary  course  of  business),  (f) all
Indebtedness   of  others  secured  by  (or  for  which  the  holder  of  such
Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by)
any Lien on  property  owned or acquired  by such  Person,  whether or not the
Indebtedness  secured  thereby has been  assumed,  (g) all  Guarantees by such
Person of  Indebtedness of others,  (h) all Capital Lease  Obligations of such
Person,  (i) all  obligations,  contingent or otherwise,  of such Person as an
account  party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty and (j)
all  obligations,  contingent  or  otherwise,  of such  Person in  respect  of
bankers'  acceptances.  The  Indebtedness  of any  Person  shall  include  the
Indebtedness  of any other entity  (including  any  partnership  in which such
Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a
result of such Person's  ownership interest in or other relationship with such
entity,  except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such
Person is not liable therefor.

      "INDEMNIFIED TAXES" means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.


<PAGE>

                                                                            13


      "INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT" means the Indemnity,
Subrogation and Contribution Agreement  substantially in the form of Exhibit E
among the  Borrower,  the  Subsidiary  Loan  Parties  from time to time  party
thereto and the Collateral  Agent for the benefit of the Secured  Parties,  as
the  same  may be  amended,  modified  or  supplemented  from  time to time in
accordance with the provisions hereof.

      "INFORMATION  MEMORANDUM" means the Confidential  Information Memorandum
dated May 1999 relating to the Borrower and the Transactions.

      "INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 3.18.

      "INTEREST  ELECTION  REQUEST" means a request by the Borrower to convert
or continue a Revolving Borrowing or Term Borrowing in accordance with Section
2.06.

      "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last
day of each March,  June,  September  and December and (b) with respect to any
Eurodollar  Loan,  the  last  day of the  Interest  Period  applicable  to the
Borrowing  of which  such  Loan is a part  and,  in the  case of a  Eurodollar
Borrowing with an Interest  Period of more than three months'  duration,  each
day prior to the last day of such Interest  Period that occurs at intervals of
three months' duration after the first day of such Interest Period.

      "INTEREST PERIOD" means, with respect to any Eurodollar  Borrowing,  the
period  commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically
corresponding  day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months
thereafter,  as the  Borrower  may elect;  PROVIDED,  that (a) if any Interest
Period  would end on a day other than a Business  Day,  such  Interest  Period
shall be  extended  to the next  succeeding  Business  Day  unless  such  next
succeeding  Business Day would fall in the next calendar  month, in which case
such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding  Business Day and (b) any
Interest  Period that  commences on the last Business Day of a calendar  month
(or on a day for which there is no numerically  corresponding  day in the last
calendar month of such Interest  Period) shall end on the last Business Day of
the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date
of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and
thereafter  shall be the  effective  date of the  most  recent  conversion  or
continuation of such Borrowing.

      "ISSUING  BANK" means The Chase  Manhattan  Bank, in its capacity as the
issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder,  and its successors in such capacity as
provided in Section 2.04(i). The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion,  arrange
for one or more  Letters of Credit to be issued by  Affiliates  of the Issuing
Bank, in which case the term "Issuing  Bank" shall include any such  Affiliate
with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

      "LC DISBURSEMENT" means a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a
Letter of Credit.

      "LC EXPOSURE"  means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate  undrawn
amount  of all  outstanding  Letters  of  Credit  at such  time  plus  (b) the
aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements  that have not yet been reimbursed by
or on behalf of the  Borrower at such time.  The LC Exposure of any  Revolving


<PAGE>

                                                                            14


Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure
at such time.

      "LENDERS" means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person
that  shall  have  become  a  party  hereto  pursuant  to  an  Assignment  and
Acceptance,  other than any such  Person  that shall have ceased to be a party
hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance or Section 2.18.

      "LETTER OF CREDIT"  means any letter of credit  issued  pursuant to this
Agreement.

      "LEVERAGE RATIO" means, on any date, the ratio of (a) Total Indebtedness
as of such date to (b) Consolidated  EBITDA for the period of four consecutive
fiscal  quarters of the  Borrower  ended on such date (or, if such date is not
the last day of a fiscal quarter,  ended on the last day of the fiscal quarter
of the Borrower most recently ended prior to such date).

      "LIBO RATE" means,  with  respect to any  Eurodollar  Borrowing  for any
Interest  Period,  the rate  appearing  on Page 3750 of the Dow  Jones  Market
Service  (or on any  successor  or  substitute  page of such  Service,  or any
successor  to or  substitute  for  such  Service,  providing  rate  quotations
comparable  to those  currently  provided  on such  page of such  Service,  as
determined  by the  Administrative  Agent  from time to time for  purposes  of
providing  quotations of interest rates  applicable to dollar  deposits in the
London  interbank  market) at  approximately  11:00  a.m.,  London  time,  two
Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest  Period,  as the rate
for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the
event that such rate is not  available  at such time for any reason,  then the
"LIBO RATE" with respect to such Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period
shall be the rate at which dollar  deposits of  $5,000,000  and for a maturity
comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal  London office
of the  Administrative  Agent in  immediately  available  funds in the  London
interbank market at approximately  11:00 a.m.,  London time, two Business Days
prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

      "LIEN"  means,  with  respect to any asset,  (a) any  mortgage,  deed of
trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation,  encumbrance,  charge or security interest
in, on or of such asset,  (b) the  interest of a vendor or a lessor  under any
conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any
financing  lease having  substantially  the same economic effect as any of the
foregoing)  relating  to such  asset  and (c) in the case of  securities,  any
purchase  option,  call or similar right of a third party with respect to such
securities.

      "LOAN  DOCUMENTS"  means this Agreement,  the Guarantee  Agreement,  the
Security Documents and the Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement.

      "LOAN PARTIES" means the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties.

      "LOANS" means the loans made by the Lenders hereunder.

      "LONG-TERM INDEBTEDNESS" means any Indebtedness that, in accordance with
GAAP, constitutes (or, when incurred, constituted) a long-term liability.


<PAGE>

                                                                            15


      "MATERIAL  ADVERSE  EFFECT" means a material  adverse  effect on (a) the
business, assets, operations,  prospects or condition, financial or otherwise,
of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or of NovaCare O&P, (b)
the ability of any Loan Party to perform any of its obligations under any Loan
Document or (c) the rights of or benefits  available to the Lenders  under any
Loan Document.

      "MATERIAL  INDEBTEDNESS"  means  Indebtedness  (other than the Loans and
Letters  of  Credit),  or  obligations  in  respect  of  one or  more  Hedging
Agreements,  of any one or more of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  in an
aggregate principal amount exceeding  $5,000,000.  For purposes of determining
Material  Indebtedness,  the  "principal  amount"  of the  obligations  of the
\Borrower or any  Subsidiary  in respect of any Hedging  Agreement at any time
shall  be  the  maximum   aggregate  amount  (giving  effect  to  any  netting
agreements)  that the Borrower or such Subsidiary  would be required to pay if
such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.

      "MOODY'S" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

      "MORTGAGE"  means a mortgage,  deed of trust,  assignment  of leases and
rents,  leasehold  mortgage or other security  document granting a Lien on any
Mortgaged  Property  to  secure  the  Obligations.   Each  Mortgage  shall  be
satisfactory in form and substance to the Collateral  Agent,  substantially in
the form of Exhibit L or the form of mortgage  pursuant to the Paribas  Credit
Agreement.

      "MORTGAGED  PROPERTY"  means,  initially,  each real  property  (and the
improvements  thereto)  owned by a Loan Party,  identified  by the  Collateral
Agent and listed on Schedule B, and each other  parcel of real  property  (and
the improvements thereto) hereafter acquired by a Loan Party.

      "MULTIEMPLOYER  PLAN" means a  multiemployer  plan as defined in Section
4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

      "NET PROCEEDS"  means,  with respect to any event, (a) the cash proceeds
received in respect of such event  including  (i) any cash received in respect
of any non-cash proceeds, but only as and when received, (ii) in the case of a
casualty,  insurance  proceeds,  and  (iii) in the case of a  condemnation  or
similar event, condemnation awards and similar payments, net of (b) the sum of
(i) all reasonable  fees and  out-of-pocket  expenses paid by the Borrower and
the  Subsidiaries to third parties (other than  Affiliates) in connection with
such event,  (ii) in the case of a sale,  transfer or other  disposition of an
asset (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction or a casualty or
a condemnation or similar proceeding),  the amount of all payments required to
be made by the  Borrower  and the  Subsidiaries  as a result of such  event to
repay  Indebtedness  (other  than  Loans)  secured by such asset or  otherwise
subject to mandatory  prepayment as a result of such event, (c) in the case of
any event described in clause (c) of the definition of "Prepayment Event," the
aggregate amount of such proceeds applied pursuant to Section 6.08(a)(iv), (d)
in the case of an issuance of common  stock by the  Borrower,  if the Borrower
shall have delivered to the Administrative  Agent  calculations  demonstrating
that the Leverage Ratio,  calculated on a pro forma basis as of the end of and
for the most  recent  period  of four  fiscal  quarters  for  which  financial
statements  shall have been  delivered  pursuant  to  Section  5.03(a) or (b),
giving effect to the  application  of the proceeds  thereof (the "COMMON STOCK
PROCEEDS")  as if such  application  had  occurred  at the  beginning  of such
period,  does not exceed  2.50 to 1.00,  the  aggregate  amount of such Common


<PAGE>

                                                                            16


Stock  Proceeds that have been applied to the  prepayment of the  Subordinated
Notes,  which amount shall not exceed 25% of the total of the aggregate amount
of such Common Stock  Proceeds  less the sum of (x) any portion of such Common
Stock Proceeds  applied  pursuant to Sectio  6.08(a)(iv) and (y) the aggregate
amount of such Common Stock Proceeds  applied in any other manner permitted by
this Agreement and (e) the amount of all taxes paid (or  reasonably  estimated
to be payable) by the  Borrower  and the  Subsidiaries,  and the amount of any
reserves  established by the Borrower and the  Subsidiaries to fund contingent
liabilities  reasonably  estimated to be payable, in each case during the year
that such event  occurred or the next  succeeding  year and that are  directly
attributable to such event (as determined  reasonably and in good faith by the
chief financial officer of the Borrower).

      "NET WORKING CAPITAL" means, at any date, (a) the  consolidated  current
assets  of the  Borrower  and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  as of such date
(excluding cash and Permitted  Investments) minus (b) the consolidated current
liabilities of the Borrower and its consolidated  Subsidiaries as of such date
(excluding  current  liabilities  in respect  of  Indebtedness).  Net  Working
Capital at any date may be a positive or negative number.  Net Working Capital
increases when it becomes more positive or less negative and decreases when it
becomes less positive or more negative.

      "NOVACARE O&P" means NovaCare  Orthotics & Prosthetic,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Seller, and its subsidiaries,
taken as a whole.

      "OBLIGATIONS"  means (a) the due and punctual payment by the Borrower or
the applicable  Loan Parties of (i) the principal of and premium,  if any, and
interest  (including  interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy,
insolvency,  receivership or other similar  proceeding,  regardless of whether
allowed  or  allowable  in such  proceeding)  on the  Loans,  when and as due,
whether  at  maturity,  by  acceleration,  upon  one or  more  dates  set  for
prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by the Borrower
under this  Agreement  in  respect  of any Letter of Credit,  when and as due,
including  payments in respect of  reimbursement  of  disbursements,  interest
thereon  and  obligations  to  provide  cash  collateral  and  (iii) all other
monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether
primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary
obligations  incurred  during  the  pendency  of any  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
receivership  or other similar  proceeding,  regardless of whether  allowed or
allowable  in such  proceeding),  of the Loan  Parties to the Secured  Parties
under this  Agreement and the other Loan  Documents,  (b) the due and punctual
payment  and  performance  of  all  covenants,  agreements,   obligations  and
liabilities of the Loan Parties,  monetary or otherwise,  under or pursuant to
this  Agreement  and the other  Loan  Documents  and (c) the due and  punctual
payment and  performance of all obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary,
monetary or  otherwise,  under each  Hedging  Agreement  entered into to limit
interest rate risk with a counterparty  that was a Lender or an Affiliate of a
Lender at the time such Hedging Agreement was entered into.

      "OFFERING  MEMORANDUM" means the offering  memorandum dated June 9, 1999
relating to the Subordinated Notes.

      "OTHER  TAXES"  means any and all  present or future  recording,  stamp,
documentary,  excise,  transfer,  sales, property or similar taxes, charges or
levies  arising  from any  payment  made under any Loan  Document  or from the


<PAGE>

                                                                            17


execution,  delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan
Document.

      "PARIBAS  CREDIT  AGREEMENT"  means  the  Credit  Agreement  dated as of
November 1, 1996, among the Borrower, JEH Acquisition  Corporation,  a Georgia
corporation,  the lenders  party  thereto  and  Paribas,  individually  and as
administrative agent, as amended to the date hereof.

      "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  referred to and
defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

      "PERFECTION CERTIFICATE" means a certificate in the form of Exhibit C or
any other form approved by the Collateral Agent.

      "PERMITTED  EARN-OUT  OBLIGATIONS"  means  obligations  of the  Borrower
incurred in connection  with an acquisition  permitted  under Section  6.05(i)
which  (a) are not  secured  or  Guaranteed,  (b) are  payable  solely  by the
Borrower upon the passage of time or in the event certain  future  performance
goals are achieved by the business  acquired in such acquisition and (c) arise
under  written  agreements  specifying  in each case an amount as the  maximum
potential  liability for the Borrower in respect thereof;  PROVIDED,  that the
Maximum Earn-Out  Liability (as defined below) shall not exceed (i) $1,000,000
for any single acquisition (including all amounts payable over the term of the
agreement creating such Permitted Earn-Out  Obligation) or (ii) $10,000,000 in
any fiscal year.  For purposes  hereof,  the amount of any Permitted  Earn-Out
Obligation  shall  be  the  maximum  potential  liability  ("MAXIMUM  EARN-OUT
LIABILITY") of the Borrower specified in the agreement creating such Permitted
Earn-Out Obligation.

      "PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES" means:

            (a) Liens  imposed  by law for  taxes  that are not yet due or are
      being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

            (b)   carriers',   warehousemen's,    mechanics',   materialmen's,
      repairmen's and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary
      course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more
      than 30 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

            (c) pledges and deposits  made in the ordinary  course of business
      in compliance  with workers'  compensation,  unemployment  insurance and
      other social security laws or regulations;

            (d) deposits to secure the performance of bids,  trade  contracts,
      leases,  statutory  obligations,  surety and appeal  bonds,  performance
      bonds  and  other  obligations  of a like  nature,  in each  case in the
      ordinary course of business;

            (e) judgment  liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute
      an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VII; and

            (f)  easements,  zoning  restrictions,  rights-of-way  and similar
      encumbrances on real property  imposed by law or arising in the ordinary
      course of business  that do not secure any monetary  obligations  and do


<PAGE>


                                                                            18

      not  materially  detract  from the  value of the  affected  property  or
      interfere  with the ordinary  conduct of business of the Borrower or any
      Subsidiary;

PROVIDED  that the term  "Permitted  Encumbrances"  shall not include any Lien
securing Indebtedness.

      "PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" means:

            (a) direct  obligations  of, or  obligations  the principal of and
      interest on which are  unconditionally  guaranteed by, the United States
      of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such  obligations are
      backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in
      each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

            (b) investments in commercial  paper maturing within 270 days from
      the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition,
      the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody's;

            (c) investments in certificates of deposit,  banker's  acceptances
      and time deposits  maturing within 180 days from the date of acquisition
      thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit
      accounts  issued or offered by, any  domestic  office of any  commercial
      bank  organized  under the laws of the  United  States of America or any
      State  thereof  which has a combined  capital and surplus and  undivided
      profits of not less than $500,000,000; and

            (d) fully collateralized  repurchase agreements with a term of not
      more  than 30 days for  securities  described  in  clause  (a) above and
      entered  into  with a  financial  institution  satisfying  the  criteria
      described in clause (c) above.

      "PERMITTED  SELLER  NOTES" means notes issued by the Borrower to sellers
of stock or assets in one or more  acquisitions  permitted under Section 6.05,
which notes (i) shall be unsecured and not guaranteed by  subsidiaries  of the
Borrower,  (ii) shall be  subordinated to the Obligations on terms at least as
favorable  to the Lenders as those set forth in Exhibit K hereto,  (iii) shall
mature  no  earlier  than the date  that is six  months  after  the  Tranche B
Maturity Date and (iv) shall otherwise be in form and on terms satisfactory to
the  Administrative  Agent;  PROVIDED,  that  Permitted  Seller  Notes  in  an
aggregate  principal amount  outstanding at any time not to exceed $15,000,000
shall be permitted (x) to be PARI PASSU with the  Obligations or (y) to mature
earlier than the date that is six months after the Tranche B Maturity Date.

      "PERSON"  means  any  natural  person,  corporation,  limited  liability
company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental
Authority or other entity.

      "PLAN"   means  any  employee   pension   benefit  plan  (other  than  a
Multiemployer  Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section
412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA,  and in respect of which the Borrower
or any ERISA  Affiliate  is (or,  if such plan were  terminated,  would  under
Section  4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an  "employer"  as  defined in Section
3(5) of ERISA.


<PAGE>

                                                                            19


      "PLEDGE AGREEMENT" means the Pledge Agreement  substantially in the form
of Exhibit F among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Loan Parties from time to time
party thereto and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties,
as the same may be  amended,  modified  or  supplemented  from time to time in
accordance with the provisions hereof.

      "PNA" means Paribas North America, Inc., an affiliate of Paribas.

      "PREFERRED  STOCK" means the 7% Redeemable  Preferred  Stock,  par value
$0.01 per share, original issue price $1,000 a share, of the Borrower,  issued
under the Certificate of Designations,  substantially in the form as described
in the Offering Memorandum, with no changes therefrom adverse to the Lenders.

      "PREPAYMENT EVENT" means:

            (a) any sale, transfer or other disposition (including pursuant to
      a sale  and  leaseback  transaction)  of any  property  or  asset of the
      Borrower or any  Subsidiary,  other than (i)  dispositions  described in
      clauses  (a)  and  (b) of  Section  6.04  and  (ii)  other  dispositions
      resulting in aggregate Net Proceeds not exceeding  $5,000,000 during any
      fiscal year of the Borrower; or

            (b) any casualty or other  insured  damage to, or any taking under
      power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any
      property  or asset of the  Borrower or any  Subsidiary,  but only to the
      extent that the Net Proceeds  therefrom (i) exceed  $1,000,000  and (ii)
      have not been  applied to repair,  restore or replace  such  property or
      asset within 120 days after such event; or

            (c) the issuance by the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  of any Equity
      Interests,  or the  receipt by the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  of any
      capital  contribution,  other than any such issuance of Equity Interests
      to, or receipt of any such capital  contribution from, the Borrower or a
      Subsidiary,  but  only to the  extent  that the Net  Proceeds  therefrom
      exceed $500,000; PROVIDED that any equity issuances shall not constitute
      Prepayment  Events to the extent the  proceeds  thereof  are  applied to
      finance  acquisitions  permitted  under  Section  6.05 or make  payments
      pursuant to Section 6.08(a)(iv); or

            (d)  the  incurrence  by the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  of any
      Indebtedness,  other than the Subordinated  Notes or other  Indebtedness
      described in clauses (iv), (vi), (vii), (viii) and (ix) of paragraph (a)
      of Section 6.01.

      "PRIME  RATE" means the rate of interest  per annum  publicly  announced
from time to time by The Chase  Manhattan  Bank as its prime rate in effect at
its principal  office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be
effective  from and  including  the date such change is publicly  announced as
being effective.

      "PROJECTIONS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(n).

      "REGISTER" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04.


<PAGE>

                                                                            20


      "RELATED  PARTIES"  means,  with respect to any specified  Person,  such
Person's Affiliates and the respective directors,  officers, employees, agents
and advisors of such Person and such Person's Affiliates.

      "REQUIRED   LENDERS"  means,  at  any  time,  Lenders  having  Revolving
Exposures, Term Loans and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the
sum of the total  Revolving  Exposures,  outstanding  Term  Loans  and  unused
Commitments at such time.

      "RESTRICTED  PAYMENT" means any dividend or other distribution  (whether
in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in
the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or
other property),  including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of
the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition,  cancelation or termination
of any Equity  Interests  in the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  or any option,
warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or
any Subsidiary.

      "REVOLVING  AVAILABILITY PERIOD" means the period from and including the
Effective  Date to but excluding the earlier of the date that is five Business
Days prior to the Revolving  Maturity Date and the date of  termination of the
Revolving Commitments.

      "REVOLVING   COMMITMENT"   means,  with  respect  to  each  Lender,  the
commitment,  if any,  of such  Lender to make  Revolving  Loans and to acquire
participations  in  Letters  of  Credit  hereunder,  expressed  as  an  amount
representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender's  Revolving Exposure
hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to
Section  2.07 and (b)  reduced  or  increased  from time to time  pursuant  to
assignments by or to such Lender  pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount
of each Lender's Revolving  Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the
Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its
Revolving  Commitment,  as  applicable.  The initial  aggregate  amount of the
Lenders' Revolving Commitments is $100,000,000.

      "REVOLVING  EXPOSURE" means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the
sum of the outstanding  principal amount of such Lender's  Revolving Loans and
its LC Exposure at such time.

      "REVOLVING LENDER" means a Lender with a Revolving Commitment or, if the
Revolving  Commitments  have  terminated or expired,  a Lender with  Revolving
Exposure.

      "REVOLVING  LOAN"  means a Loan made  pursuant  to clause (c) of Section
2.01.

      "REVOLVING  MATURITY  DATE" means the sixth  anniversary  of the Closing
Date.

      "S&P" means Standard & Poor's.

      "SCHEDULED  INDEBTEDNESS" means (a) all Indebtedness  incurred under the
Paribas Credit Agreement and (b) all Guarantees  issued by NovaCare  Orthotics
and Prosthetics, Inc. and its subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement dated as
of May 27, 1994, among NovaCare, Inc., a Delaware corporation,  certain of its
subsidiaries, the lenders party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as
agent, as amended to the date hereof.


<PAGE>

                                                                            21


      "SECURED PARTIES" means the Administrative  Agent, the Collateral Agent,
each  Lender,  the  Issuing  Bank and each  other  person  to which any of the
Obligations is owed.

      "SECURITY  AGREEMENT" means the Security Agreement  substantially in the
form of Exhibit G among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Loan Parties from time to
time party  thereto  and the  Collateral  Agent for the benefit of the Secured
Parties,  as the same may be amended,  modified or  supplemented  from time to
time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

      "SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement,
the  Mortgages  and each  other  security  agreement  or other  instrument  or
document executed and delivered pursuant to Section 5.12 or 5.13 to secure any
of the Obligations.

      "SELLER" means NovaCare, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

      "STATUTORY RESERVE RATE" means a fraction (expressed as a decimal),  the
numerator  of  which is the  number  one and the  denominator  of which is the
number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve  percentages  (including
any marginal,  special,  emergency or  supplemental  reserves)  expressed as a
decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative  Agent is subject
(a) with  respect to the Base CD Rate,  for new  negotiable  nonpersonal  time
deposits in dollars of over $100,000 with  maturities  approximately  equal to
three months and (b) with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for  eurocurrency
funding (currently  referred to as "Eurocurrency  Liabilities" in Regulation D
of the Board).  Such reserve  percentages shall include those imposed pursuant
to  such  Regulation  D.  Eurodollar  Loans  shall  be  deemed  to  constitute
eurocurrency  funding and to be subject to such reserve  requirements  without
benefit  of or  credit  for  proration,  exemptions  or  offsets  that  may be
available  from time to time to any  Lender  under  such  Regulation  D or any
comparable   regulation.   The  Statutory   Reserve  Rate  shall  be  adjusted
automatically  on and as of the  effective  date of any change in any  reserve
percentage.

      "STOCK  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT"  means the Stock Purchase  Agreement  dated
April 2,  1999,  as  amended as of May 19,  1999 by and among the  Seller,  NC
Resources, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Borrower and AcquisitionCo.

      "SUBORDINATED  NOTES" means $150,000,000  aggregate  principal amount of
the Borrower's Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 to be issued by the Borrower
pursuant to the Subordinated Note Documents.

      "SUBORDINATED  NOTE  DOCUMENTS"  means the  indenture  providing for the
issuance of the Subordinated  Notes  substantially in the form as described in
the Offering Memorandum,  with no changes therefrom adverse to the Lenders and
all other instruments,  agreements and other documents evidencing or governing
the  Subordinated  Notes or  providing  for any  Guarantee  or other  right in
respect thereof.

      "SUBSIDIARY"  means,  with  respect to any Person (the  "PARENT") at any
date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership,  association or
other  entity the  accounts of which would be  consolidated  with those of the
parent in the parent's  consolidated  financial  statements if such  financial
statements  were prepared in accordance  with GAAP as of such date, as well as
any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership,  association or
other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing


<PAGE>

                                                                            22


more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary  voting power or,
in the  case  of a  partnership,  more  than  50% of the  general  partnership
interests are, as of such date, owned,  controlled or held, or (b) that is, as
of such date, otherwise Controlled,  by the parent or one or more subsidiaries
of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

      "SUBSIDIARY" means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

      "SUBSIDIARY  LOAN  PARTY"  means  any  Subsidiary  that is not a Foreign
Subsidiary.

      "SYNDICATION AGENT" means Bankers Trust Company.

      "TAXES"  means any and all  present or future  taxes,  levies,  imposts,
duties,  deductions,  charges  or  withholdings  imposed  by any  Governmental
Authority.

      "TERM LOANS" means Tranche A Term Loans and Tranche B Term Loans.

      "THREE-MONTH SECONDARY CD RATE" means, for any day, the secondary market
rate for three-month  certificates  of deposit  reported as being in effect on
such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next  preceding  Business
Day) by the Board through the public information telephone line of the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York (which rate will, under the current  practices of the
Board, be published in Federal Reserve  Statistical  Release  H.15(519) during
the week  following  such day) or, if such rate is not so reported on such day
or such next  preceding  Business  Day,  the average of the  secondary  market
quotations for three-month certificates of deposit of major money center banks
in New York City received at approximately  10:00 a.m., New York City time, on
such  day (or,  if such  day is not a  Business  Day,  on the  next  preceding
Business Day) by the Administrative Agent from three negotiable certificate of
deposit dealers of recognized standing selected by it.

      "TOTAL INDEBTEDNESS" means, as of any date, the sum of (a) the aggregate
principal  amount  of  Indebtedness  of  the  Borrower  and  the  Subsidiaries
outstanding  as of such date,  in the  amount  that  would be  reflected  on a
balance sheet prepared as of such date on a  consolidated  basis in accordance
with GAAP,  plus (b) the aggregate  principal  amount of  Indebtedness  of the
Borrower and the Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date that is not required
to be reflected on a balance  sheet in accordance  with GAAP,  determined on a
consolidated basis.

      "TRANCHE  A  COMMITMENT"   means,  with  respect  to  each  Lender,  the
commitment,  if any, of such Lender to make a Tranche A Term Loan hereunder on
the Effective Date,  expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal
amount of the Tranche A Term Loan to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such
commitment  may be (a) reduced from time to time  pursuant to Section 2.07 and
(b) reduced or increased  from time to time pursuant to  assignments  by or to
such Lender  pursuant to Section  9.04.  The initial  amount of each  Lender's
Tranche A Commitment is set forth on Schedule  2.01, or in the  Assignment and
Acceptance  pursuant  to which such  Lender  shall have  assumed its Tranche A
Commitment,  as  applicable.  The  initial  aggregate  amount of the  Lenders'
Tranche A Commitments is $100,000,000.

      "TRANCHE  A LENDER"  means a Lender  with a Tranche A  Commitment  or an
outstanding Tranche A Term Loan.


<PAGE>

                                                                            23


      "TRANCHE A MATURITY  DATE"  means the sixth  anniversary  of the Closing
Date.

      "TRANCHE  A TERM  LOAN"  means a Loan made  pursuant  to  clause  (a) of
Section 2.01.

      "TRANCHE  B  COMMITMENT"   means,  with  respect  to  each  Lender,  the
commitment,  if any, of such Lender to make a Tranche B Term Loan hereunder on
the Effective Date,  expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal
amount of the Tranche B Term Loan to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such
commitment  may be (a) reduced from time to time  pursuant to Section 2.07 and
(b) reduced or increased  from time to time pursuant to  assignments  by or to
such Lender  pursuant to Section  9.04.  The initial  amount of each  Lender's
Tranche B Commitment  is set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the  Assignment  and
Acceptance  pursuant  to which such  Lender  shall have  assumed its Tranche A
Commitment,  as  applicable.  The  initial  aggregate  amount of the  Lenders'
Tranche B Commitments is $100,000,000.

      "TRANCHE  B LENDER"  means a Lender  with a Tranche B  Commitment  or an
outstanding Tranche B Term Loan.

      "TRANCHE B MATURITY  DATE"  means the date that is six months  after the
seventh anniversary of the Closing Date.

      "TRANCHE  B TERM  LOAN"  means a Loan made  pursuant  to  clause  (b) of
Section 2.01.

      "TRANSACTIONS" means the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan
Parties of the Loan  Documents  (including  the creation of the Liens provided
for in the Security  Documents),  the  Borrowings  and issuances of Letters of
Credit  hereunder,  the use of the proceeds of such  Borrowings and Letters of
Credit, the issuance and sale of the Preferred Stock, the issuance and sale of
the   Subordinated   Notes,   the  Acquisition  and  the  other   transactions
contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents.

      "TYPE",  when  used in  reference  to any Loan or  Borrowing,  refers to
whether  the rate of interest on such Loan,  or on the Loans  comprising  such
Borrowing,  is  determined  by  reference  to the  Adjusted  LIBO  Rate or the
Alternate Base Rate.

      "WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY" means a Subsidiary of which securities (except
for directors'  qualifying shares) or other ownership  interests  representing
100% of the equity and 100% of the ordinary  voting power are, at the time any
determination  is  being  made,  owned,   controlled  or  held,   directly  or
indirectly,  by the Borrower or one or more wholly owned  subsidiaries  of the
Borrower.

      "WITHDRAWAL  LIABILITY"  means  liability to a  Multiemployer  Plan as a
result of a complete or partial  withdrawal from such  Multiemployer  Plan, as
such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

      SECTION 1.02.  CLASSIFICATION  OF LOANS AND BORROWINGS.  For purposes of
this  Agreement,  Loans may be  classified  and referred to by Class (E.G.,  a
"Revolving Loan") or by Type (E.G., a "Eurodollar  Loan") or by Class and Type


<PAGE>

                                                                            24


(E.G., a "Eurodollar  Revolving Loan").  Borrowings also may be classified and
referred to by Class  (E.G.,  a  "Revolving  Borrowing")  or by Type (E.G.,  a
"Eurodollar  Borrowing") or by Class and Type (E.G.,  a "Eurodollar  Revolving
Borrowing").

      SECTION 1.03.  TERMS  GENERALLY.  The  definitions of terms herein shall
apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever
the  context  may  require,   any  pronoun  shall  include  the  corresponding
masculine,  feminine and neuter forms.  The words  "include",  "includes"  and
"including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation".
The word "will"  shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the
word "shall".  Unless the context requires  otherwise (a) any definition of or
reference  to any  agreement,  instrument  or other  document  herein shall be
construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from
time to time  amended,  supplemented  or  otherwise  modified  (subject to any
restrictions  on such  amendments,  supplements  or  modifications  set  forth
herein),  (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include
such Person's  successors and assigns,  (c) the words  "herein",  "hereof" and
"hereunder",  and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this
Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular  provision hereof, (d) all
references  herein to  Articles,  Sections,  Exhibits and  Schedules  shall be
construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to,
this Agreement and (e) the words "asset" and "property"  shall be construed to
have the same  meaning  and  effect and to refer to any and all  tangible  and
intangible  assets and properties,  including cash,  securities,  accounts and
contract rights.

      SECTION 1.04. ACCOUNTING TERMS; GAAP; PRO FORMA COMPUTATIONS. (a) Except
as  otherwise  expressly  provided  herein,  all  terms  of an  accounting  or
financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from
time to time; PROVIDED that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent
that the Borrower  requests an amendment to any provision  hereof to eliminate
the effect of any  change  occurring  after the date  hereof in GAAP or in the
application   thereof  on  the   operation  of  such   provision  (or  if  the
Administrative  Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required  Lenders request
an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose),  regardless of whether
any  such  notice  is given  before  or after  such  change  in GAAP or in the
application thereof,  then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of
GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become
effective  until such  notice  shall  have been  withdrawn  or such  provision
amended in accordance herewith.

      (b) All pro forma  computations  required  to be made  hereunder  giving
effect to any  acquisition,  investment,  sale,  disposition  or similar event
shall  reflect on a pro forma basis such event and, to the extent  applicable,
the historical  earnings and cash flows associated with the assets acquired or
disposed of and any related incurrence or reduction of Indebtedness, but shall
not take into account any projected  synergies or similar benefits expected to
be realized as a result of such event.


<PAGE>

                                                                            25


                                  ARTICLE II

                                  THE CREDITS

      SECTION 2.01. COMMITMENTS. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth
herein,  each Lender  agrees (a) to make a Tranche A Term Loan to the Borrower
on the  Effective  Date in a  principal  amount not  exceeding  its  Tranche A
Commitment, (b) to make a Tranche B Term Loan to the Borrower on the Effective
Date in a principal  amount not exceeding its Tranche B Commitment  and (c) to
make  Revolving  Loans to the Borrower  from time to time during the Revolving
Availability  Period in an aggregate  principal amount that will not result in
such Lender's Revolving Exposure exceeding such Lender's Revolving Commitment.
Within the foregoing  limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth
herein, the Borrower may borrow,  prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Amounts
repaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

      SECTION 2.02. LOANS AND BORROWINGS.  (a) Each Loan shall be made as part
of a  Borrowing  consisting  of Loans of the same  Class  and Type made by the
Lenders  ratably  in  accordance  with  their  respective  Commitments  of the
applicable  Class.  The failure of any Lender to make any Loan  required to be
made by it shall not relieve any other  Lender of its  obligations  hereunder;
PROVIDED that the  Commitments  of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall
be responsible for any other Lender's failure to make Loans as required.

      (b) Each  Revolving  Borrowing  and Term  Borrowing  shall be  comprised
entirely  of ABR Loans or  Eurodollar  Loans as the  Borrower  may  request in
accordance herewith. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by
causing any  domestic or foreign  branch or  Affiliate  of such Lender to make
such Loan;  PROVIDED  that any  exercise of such  option  shall not affect the
obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance  with the terms of
this Agreement.

      (c) At the  commencement  of each  Interest  Period  for any  Eurodollar
Borrowing,  such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral
multiple of $1,000,000. At the time that each ABR Revolving Borrowing is made,
such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate  amount that is not less than $500,000
and if greater,  is an integral  multiple of $1,000,000;  PROVIDED that an ABR
Revolving  Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire
unused  balance of the total  Revolving  Commitments  or that is  required  to
finance the  reimbursement  of an LC  Disbursement  as contemplated by Section
2.04(e).  Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the
same time;  PROVIDED  that there shall not at any time be more than a total of
10 Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding.

      (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,  the Borrower
shall not be  entitled  to request,  or to elect to convert or  continue,  any
Borrowing if the Interest  Period  requested  with respect  thereto  would end
after the  Revolving  Maturity  Date,  Tranche A  Maturity  Date or  Tranche B
Maturity Date, as applicable.

      SECTION 2.03. REQUESTS FOR BORROWINGS.  To request a Revolving Borrowing
or Term Borrowing,  the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such
request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than
11:00 a.m.,  New York City time,  three  Business  Days before the date of the
proposed  Borrowing  or (b) in the case of an ABR  Borrowing,  not later  than


<PAGE>

                                                                            26


11:00  a.m.,  New York City  time,  one  Business  Day  before the date of the
proposed  Borrowing;  PROVIDED  that  any  such  notice  of an  ABR  Revolving
Borrowing to finance the  reimbursement  of an LC Disbursement as contemplated
by Section 2.05(e) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time,
on the date of the proposed Borrowing.  Each such telephonic Borrowing Request
shall be  irrevocable  and shall be  confirmed  promptly  by hand  delivery or
telecopy to the Administrative  Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form
approved by the  Administrative  Agent and signed by the  Borrower.  Each such
telephonic  and  written   Borrowing   Request  shall  specify  the  following
information in compliance with Section 2.02:

            (i)  whether  the  requested   Borrowing  is  to  be  a  Revolving
      Borrowing, Tranche A Term Borrowing or Tranche B Term Borrowing;

            (ii) the aggregate amount of such Borrowing;

            (iii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

            (iv)  whether  such  Borrowing  is  to be an  ABR  Borrowing  or a
      Eurodollar Borrowing;

            (v) in the case of a Eurodollar  Borrowing,  the initial  Interest
      Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by
      the definition of the term "Interest Period"; and

            (vi) the  location and number of the  Borrower's  account to which
      funds are to be disbursed,  which shall comply with the  requirements of
      Section 2.05.

If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is  specified,  then the  requested
Borrowing  shall be an ABR Borrowing.  If no Interest Period is specified with
respect to any requested  Eurodollar  Revolving  Borrowing,  then the Borrower
shall be deemed to have selected an Interest  Period of one month's  duration.
Promptly  following  receipt of a Borrowing  Request in  accordance  with this
Section,  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  advise each Lender of the details
thereof  and of the  amount  of such  Lender's  Loan to be made as part of the
requested Borrowing.

      SECTION 2.04. LETTERS OF CREDIT.  (a) GENERAL.  Subject to the terms and
conditions set forth herein,  the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters
of  Credit  for  its  own  account,  in a form  reasonably  acceptable  to the
Administrative  Agent and the Issuing  Bank, at any time and from time to time
during the Revolving  Availability  Period.  In the event of any inconsistency
between  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this  Agreement  and the  terms  and
conditions  of any form of  letter of credit  application  or other  agreement
submitted  by the  Borrower  to, or entered  into by the  Borrower  with,  the
Issuing Bank  relating to any Letter of Credit,  the terms and  conditions  of
this Agreement shall control.

      (b)  NOTICE  OF  ISSUANCE,   AMENDMENT,   RENEWAL,  EXTENSION;   CERTAIN
CONDITIONS.  To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the  amendment,
renewal or extension of an outstanding  Letter of Credit),  the Borrower shall
hand  deliver  or  telecopy  (or  transmit  by  electronic  communication,  if
arrangements  for  doing so have been  approved  by the  Issuing  Bank) to the
Issuing  Bank and the  Administrative  Agent  (reasonably  in  advance  of the
requested  date  of  issuance,  amendment,  renewal  or  extension)  a  notice


<PAGE>

                                                                            27


requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit,  or  identifying  the Letter of
Credit  to be  amended,  renewed  or  extended,  and  specifying  the  date of
issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the
date on which such  Letter of Credit is to expire  (which  shall  comply  with
paragraph (c) of this Section),  the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name
and address of the beneficiary  thereof and such other information as shall be
necessary  to  prepare,  amend,  renew or extend  such  Letter of  Credit.  If
requested  by the Issuing  Bank,  the  Borrower  also shall submit a letter of
credit  application on the Issuing Bank's standard form in connection with any
request for a Letter of Credit.  A Letter of Credit shall be issued,  amended,
renewed  or  extended  only if  (and  upon  issuance,  amendment,  renewal  or
extension of each Letter of Credit the  Borrower  shall be deemed to represent
and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or
extension (i) the LC Exposure  shall not exceed  $5,000,000 and (ii) the total
Revolving Exposures shall not exceed the total Revolving Commitments.

      (c) EXPIRATION  DATE.  Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to
the close of  business  on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date
of the  issuance  of such  Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or
extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date
that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date.

      (d)  PARTICIPATIONS.  By the  issuance  of a  Letter  of  Credit  (or an
amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any
further  action on the part of the Issuing  Bank or the  Lenders,  the Issuing
Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Lender,  and each Revolving Lender hereby
acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal
to such Lender's Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be
drawn under such Letter of Credit.  In consideration and in furtherance of the
foregoing,  each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees
to pay to the Administrative  Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such
Lender's  Applicable  Percentage of each LC  Disbursement  made by the Issuing
Bank  and not  reimbursed  by the  Borrower  on the date  due as  provided  in
paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement  payment required to be
refunded to the Borrower for any reason.  Each Lender  acknowledges and agrees
that its  obligation to acquire  participations  pursuant to this paragraph in
respect of Letters of Credit is absolute  and  unconditional  and shall not be
affected by any circumstance whatsoever,  including any amendment,  renewal or
extension  of any  Letter of Credit or the  occurrence  and  continuance  of a
Default or reduction or  termination  of the  Commitments,  and that each such
payment shall be made without any offset, abatement,  withholding or reduction
whatsoever.

      (e) REIMBURSEMENT. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in
respect  of  a  Letter  of  Credit,  the  Borrower  shall  reimburse  such  LC
Disbursement by paying to the Administrative  Agent an amount equal to such LC
Disbursement  not later than 12:00 noon,  New York City time, on the date that
such LC  Disbursement  is made, if the Borrower shall have received  notice of
such LC  Disbursement  prior to 10:00 a.m.,  New York City time, on such date,
or, if such notice has not been received by the Borrower prior to such time on
such  date,  then not later than 12:00  noon,  New York City time,  on (i) the
Business  Day that the  Borrower  receives  such  notice,  if such  notice  is
received  prior to 10:00 a.m.,  New York City time, on the day of receipt,  or
(ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives
such notice,  if such notice is not received  prior to such time on the day of
receipt;  PROVIDED that, if such LC Disbursement is not less than  $5,000,000,
the Borrower  may,  subject to the  conditions  to borrowing set forth herein,
request in accordance  with Section 2.03 that such payment be financed with an


<PAGE>

                                                                            28


ABR  Revolving  Borrowing  in an  equivalent  amount  and,  to the  extent  so
financed,  the Borrower's  obligation to make such payment shall be discharged
and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving  Borrowing.  If the Borrower fails
to make such  payment  when due,  the  Administrative  Agent shall notify each
Revolving Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement,  the payment then due from
the  Borrower  in respect  thereof  and such  Lender's  Applicable  Percentage
thereof.  Promptly  following  receipt of such notice,  each Revolving  Lender
shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment
then due from the  Borrower,  in the same manner as  provided in Section  2.05
with  respect to Loans made by such  Lender  (and  Section  2.05 shall  apply,
MUTATIS MUTANDIS,  to the payment obligations of the Revolving  Lenders),  and
the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so
received by it from the Revolving  Lenders.  Promptly following receipt by the
Administrative  Agent  of any  payment  from  the  Borrower  pursuant  to this
paragraph,  the  Administrative  Agent shall  distribute  such  payment to the
Issuing  Bank or, to the extent  that  Revolving  Lenders  have made  payments
pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders
and the Issuing  Bank as their  interests  may appear.  Any payment  made by a
Revolving  Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank for
any LC  Disbursement  (other  than  the  funding  of ABR  Revolving  Loans  as
contemplated  above)  shall not  constitute  a Loan and shall not  relieve the
Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.


<PAGE>

                                                                            29


      (f)  OBLIGATIONS  ABSOLUTE.  The  Borrower's  obligation to reimburse LC
Disbursements  as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute,
unconditional and irrevocable,  and shall be performed  strictly in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement  under any and all  circumstances  whatsoever
and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or  enforceability  of any Letter
of Credit or this Agreement,  or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft
or other  document  presented  under a Letter of Credit  proving to be forged,
fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement  therein being untrue or
inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of
Credit against  presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply
with  the  terms  of such  Letter  of  Credit,  or (iv)  any  other  event  or
circumstance whatsoever,  whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that
might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable
discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower's obligations
hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Bank,
nor any of their Related Parties,  shall have any liability or  responsibility
by reason of or in  connection  with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of
Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder  (irrespective
of any of the  circumstances  referred to in the preceding  sentence),  or any
error,  omission,  interruption,  loss or delay in transmission or delivery of
any draft,  notice or other  communication  under or relating to any Letter of
Credit  (including any document  required to make a drawing  thereunder),  any
error in  interpretation  of technical terms or any  consequence  arising from
causes  beyond the control of the Issuing  Bank;  PROVIDED  that the foregoing
shall not be  construed  to excuse  the  Issuing  Bank from  liability  to the
Borrower  to the extent of any direct  damages  (as  opposed to  consequential
damages,  claims in respect of which are hereby  waived by the Borrower to the
extent  permitted by applicable  law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused
by the Issuing Bank's failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts
and other  documents  presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms
thereof.  The parties  hereto  expressly  agree that,  in the absence of gross
negligence  or wilful  misconduct  on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally
determined  by a court of competent  jurisdiction),  the Issuing Bank shall be
deemed to have  exercised care in each such  determination.  In furtherance of
the foregoing and without limiting the generality  thereof,  the parties agree
that, with respect to documents  presented which appear on their face to be in
substantial  compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank
may,  in its sole  discretion,  either  accept  and  make  payment  upon  such
documents without responsibility for further investigation,  regardless of any
notice or  information  to the contrary,  or refuse to accept and make payment
upon such  documents if such documents are not in strict  compliance  with the
terms of such Letter of Credit.

      (g) DISBURSEMENT PROCEDURES.  The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following
its receipt  thereof,  examine all documents  purporting to represent a demand
for payment under a Letter of Credit.  The Issuing Bank shall promptly  notify
the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy)
of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing  Bank has made or will make
an LC Disbursement  thereunder;  PROVIDED that any failure to give or delay in
giving  such  notice  shall not relieve  the  Borrower  of its  obligation  to
reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Revolving  Lenders with respect to any such
LC Disbursement.

      (h)  INTERIM   INTEREST.   If  the  Issuing   Bank  shall  make  any  LC
Disbursement,  then,  unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement
in full on the date such LC  Disbursement  is made,  the unpaid amount thereof
shall  bear  interest,  for  each  day from  and  including  the date  such LC
Disbursement  is made to but excluding  the date that the Borrower  reimburses
such LC  Disbursement,  at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving
Loans;  PROVIDED that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement
when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section,  then Sections 2.12(c) and


<PAGE>

                                                                            30


(d) shall apply.  Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the
account of the Issuing  Bank,  except that  interest  accrued on and after the
date of payment by any  Revolving  Lender  pursuant to  paragraph  (e) of this
Section to reimburse  the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender
to the extent of such payment.

      (i) REPLACEMENT OF THE ISSUING BANK. The Issuing Bank may be replaced at
any time by written agreement among the Borrower,  the  Administrative  Agent,
the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor  Issuing Bank. The  Administrative
Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank. At
the time any such replacement shall become  effective,  the Borrower shall pay
all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced  Issuing Bank pursuant
to Section 2.11(b). From and after the effective date of any such replacement,
(i) the successor  Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and  obligations  of
the Issuing Bank under this  Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be
issued  thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term "Issuing Bank" shall
be deemed to refer to such  successor or to any previous  Issuing  Bank, or to
such successor and all previous  Issuing Banks,  as the context shall require.
After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder,  the replaced Issuing Bank
shall  remain a party  hereto  and shall  continue  to have all the rights and
obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of
Credit  issued by it prior to such  replacement,  but shall not be required to
issue additional Letters of Credit.

      (j) CASH  COLLATERALIZATION.  If any Event of Default shall occur and be
continuing,  on the Business Day that the  Borrower  receives  notice from the
Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans
has been accelerated,  Revolving Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater
than 50% of the total LC Exposure)  demanding  the deposit of cash  collateral
pursuant to this paragraph,  the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the
Administrative  Agent,  in the name of the  Administrative  Agent  and for the
benefit of the Lenders,  an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such
date  plus  any  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  thereon;  PROVIDED  that  the
obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately,
and such deposit shall become  immediately due and payable,  without demand or
other  notice of any kind,  upon the  occurrence  of any Event of Default with
respect to the  Borrower  described  in clause (h) or (i) of Article  VII. The
Borrower also shall deposit cash collateral  pursuant to this paragraph as and
to the extent  required by Section  2.10(b),  and any such cash  collateral so
deposited and held by the Administrative Agent hereunder shall constitute part
of the  Borrowing  Base for purposes of  determining  compliance  with Section
2.10(b).  Each  such  deposit  shall  be held by the  Administrative  Agent as
collateral for the payment and  performance of the obligations of the Borrower
under this Agreement.  The Administrative  Agent shall have exclusive dominion
and control,  including the exclusive right of withdrawal,  over such account.
Other than any  interest  earned on the  investment  of such  deposits,  which
investments   shall  be  made  at  the  option  and  sole  discretion  of  the
Administrative  Agent and at the  Borrower's  risk and expense,  such deposits
shall not bear  interest.  Interest  or profits,  if any, on such  investments
shall  accumulate in such account.  Moneys in such account shall be applied by
the  Administrative  Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC  Disbursements
for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied,  shall
be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement  obligations of the Borrower
for the LC  Exposure  at such time or, if the  maturity  of the Loans has been
accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving  Lenders with LC Exposure
representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy
other  obligations  of the Borrower under this  Agreement.  If the Borrower is
required to provide an amount of cash collateral  hereunder as a result of the


<PAGE>

                                                                            31


occurrence  of an Event of Default,  such amount (to the extent not applied as
aforesaid)  shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after
all Events of Default  have been cured or waived.  If the Borrower is required
to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder pursuant to Section 2.10(b),
such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid)  shall be returned to the
Borrower as and to the extent that,  after giving  effect to such return,  the
Borrower would remain in compliance  with Section 2.10(b) and no Default shall
have occurred and be continuing.

      SECTION  2.05.  FUNDING OF  BORROWINGS.  (a) Each Lender shall make each
Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed  date thereof by wire transfer
of  immediately  available  funds by 12:00  noon,  New York City time,  to the
account of the  Administrative  Agent most recently  designated by it for such
purpose  by notice to the  Lenders.  The  Administrative  Agent will make such
Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received,
in  like  funds,   to  an  account  of  the  Borrower   maintained   with  the
Administrative  Agent in New York City and  designated  by the Borrower in the
applicable  Borrowing  Request;  PROVIDED  that ABR  Revolving  Loans  made to
finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.04(e)
shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Bank.

      (b) Unless the  Administrative  Agent shall have received  notice from a
Lender prior to the proposed date of any  Borrowing  that such Lender will not
make  available  to the  Administrative  Agent  such  Lender's  share  of such
Borrowing,  the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such
share  available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section
and may, in reliance upon such  assumption,  make  available to the Borrower a
corresponding  amount.  In such  event,  if a Lender  has not in fact made its
share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative  Agent, then
the  applicable  Lender  and  the  Borrower  severally  agree  to  pay  to the
Administrative  Agent  forthwith  on demand  such  corresponding  amount  with
interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made
available  to the  Borrower  to but  excluding  the  date  of  payment  to the
Administrative  Agent,  at (i) in the case of such Lender,  the greater of the
Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent
in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in
the case of the Borrower,  the interest rate  applicable to ABR Loans. If such
Lender pays such amount to the  Administrative  Agent,  then such amount shall
constitute such Lender's Loan included in such Borrowing.

      SECTION 2.06. INTEREST ELECTIONS.  (a) Each Revolving Borrowing and Term
Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing
Request  and,  in the case of a  Eurodollar  Borrowing,  shall have an initial
Interest  Period as  specified  in such  Borrowing  Request.  Thereafter,  the
Borrower  may  elect to  convert  such  Borrowing  to a  different  Type or to
continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing,  may elect
Interest Periods therefor,  all as provided in this Section.  The Borrower may
elect  different  options with  respect to different  portions of the affected
Borrowing,  in which case each such portion  shall be allocated  ratably among
the  Lenders  holding  the  Loans  comprising  such  Borrowing,  and the Loans
comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.

      (b) To make an election  pursuant to this  Section,  the Borrower  shall
notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that
a Borrowing  Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were
requesting a Revolving  Borrowing of the Type  resulting from such election to
be made on the effective date of such election.  Each such telephonic Interest


<PAGE>

                                                                            32


Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed  promptly by hand
delivery  or  telecopy  to the  Administrative  Agent  of a  written  Interest
Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative  Agent and signed by
the Borrower.

      (c) Each telephonic and written Interest  Election Request shall specify
the following information in compliance with Section 2.02 and paragraph (f) of
this Section:

            (i) the Borrowing to which such Interest  Election Request applies
      and, if  different  options are being  elected with respect to different
      portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting
      Borrowing  (in which case the  information  to be specified  pursuant to
      clauses  (iii) and (iv)  below  shall be  specified  for each  resulting
      Borrowing);

            (ii) the  effective  date of the  election  made  pursuant to such
      Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

            (iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or
      a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

            (iv) if the  resulting  Borrowing is a Eurodollar  Borrowing,  the
      Interest  Period to be  applicable  thereto  after giving effect to such
      election,  which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the
      term "Interest Period".

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does
not  specify an Interest  Period,  then the  Borrower  shall be deemed to have
selected an Interest Period of one month's duration.

      (d) Promptly  following  receipt of an Interest  Election  Request,  the
Administrative  Agent shall  advise each Lender of the details  thereof and of
such Lender's portion of each resulting Borrowing.

      (e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest  Election Request
with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period
applicable thereto,  then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein,
at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR
Borrowing.  Notwithstanding  any  contrary  provision  hereof,  if an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing and the  Administrative  Agent,  at the
request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an
Event of Default is continuing (i) no  outstanding  Borrowing may be converted
to or  continued  as a  Eurodollar  Borrowing  and (ii)  unless  repaid,  each
Eurodollar  Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the
Interest Period applicable thereto.

      SECTION  2.07.  TERMINATION  AND  REDUCTION OF  COMMITMENTS.  (a) Unless
previously terminated, (i) the Tranche A Commitments and Tranche B Commitments
shall  terminate at 5:00 p.m.,  New York City time, on the Effective  Date and
(ii) the Revolving Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Maturity Date.

      (b) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce,
the  Commitments  of any  Class;  PROVIDED  that  (i)  each  reduction  of the
Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of
$1,000,000  and not less  than  $5,000,000  and (ii) the  Borrower  shall  not


<PAGE>

                                                                            33


terminate or reduce the Revolving  Commitments  if, after giving effect to any
concurrent  prepayment of the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.10,
the  sum  of  the  Revolving   Exposures  would  exceed  the  total  Revolving
Commitments.

      (c) If any prepayment of Term Borrowings  would be required  pursuant to
Section  2.10  but  cannot  be  made  because  there  are no  Term  Borrowings
outstanding,  or because  the amount of the  required  prepayment  exceeds the
outstanding amount of Term Borrowings,  then, on the date that such prepayment
would be required,  the Revolving Commitments shall be reduced by an aggregate
amount equal to the amount of the required  prepayment,  or the excess of such
amount over the outstanding amount of Term Borrowings, as the case may be.

      (d) The Borrower shall notify the  Administrative  Agent of any election
to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section, or
any required  reduction of the Revolving  Commitments  under  paragraph (c) of
this Section, at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such
termination  or reduction,  specifying  such  election and the effective  date
thereof.  Promptly following receipt of any notice,  the Administrative  Agent
shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the
Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; PROVIDED that a notice
of  termination  of the  Revolving  Commitments  delivered by the Borrower may
state that such notice is conditioned  upon the  effectiveness of other credit
facilities,  in which case such  notice may be  revoked  by the  Borrower  (by
notice  to the  Administrative  Agent on or prior to the  specified  effective
date) if such condition is not satisfied.  Any termination or reduction of the
Commitments of any Class shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments
of any Class shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance  with their
respective Commitments of such Class.

      SECTION  2.08.  REPAYMENT OF LOANS;  EVIDENCE OF DEBT.  (a) The Borrower
hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the
account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan
of such Lender on the Revolving  Maturity Date and (ii) to the  Administrative
Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid  principal amount of each
Term Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.09.

      (b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance  with its usual practice an
account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender
resulting  from  each Loan  made by such  Lender,  including  the  amounts  of
principal  and  interest  payable  and paid to such  Lender  from time to time
hereunder.

      (c) The  Administrative  Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall
record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder,  the Class and Type thereof
and the Interest Period applicable  thereto,  (ii) the amount of any principal
or interest  due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to
each  Lender  hereunder  and  (iii)  the  amount  of any sum  received  by the
Administrative  Agent  hereunder  for the  account  of the  Lenders  and  each
Lender's share thereof.

      (d) The entries  made in the accounts  maintained  pursuant to paragraph
(b) or (c) of this Section shall be PRIMA FACIE  evidence of the existence and
amounts of the obligations recorded therein;  PROVIDED that the failure of any
Lender or the  Administrative  Agent to  maintain  such  accounts or any error
therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay
the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.


<PAGE>

                                                                            34


      (e) Any  Lender  may  request  that  Loans  of any  Class  made by it be
evidenced by a promissory  note. In such event,  the Borrower  shall  prepare,
execute and deliver to such Lender a  promissory  note payable to the order of
such  Lender  (or,  if  requested  by  such  Lender,  to such  Lender  and its
registered  assigns)  and in a form  approved  by  the  Administrative  Agent.
Thereafter,  the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest  thereon
shall at all times (including  after  assignment  pursuant to Section 9.04) be
represented by one or more promissory  notes in such form payable to the order
of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered  note,
to such payee and its registered assigns).

      SECTION  2.09.  AMORTIZATION  OF TERM LOANS.  (a) Subject to  adjustment
pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section,  the Borrower shall repay Tranche A
Term Borrowings in 22 consecutive  quarterly  installments,  payable beginning
March 31, 2000 and on each successive  date  thereafter  which is three months
after the preceding  installment date, in the aggregate amount set forth below
for each installment:

      INSTALLMENT                                      AMOUNT

         1-4                                         $2,500,000
         5-22                                        $5,000,000

      (b) Subject to adjustment pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section, the
Borrower  shall repay Tranche B Term  Borrowings in 28  consecutive  quarterly
installments,  payable  beginning  March 31, 2000 and on each  successive date
thereafter which is three months after the preceding  installment date, in the
aggregate amount set forth below for each installment:

      INSTALLMENT                                      AMOUNT

         1-22                                        $   250,000
         23-28                                       $15,750,000

      (c) To the  extent not  previously  paid,  (i) all  Tranche A Term Loans
shall be due and payable on the Tranche A Maturity Date and (ii) all Tranche B
Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Tranche B Maturity Date.

      (d) Any  prepayment of a Term Borrowing of either Class shall be applied
to reduce the subsequent  scheduled  repayments of the Term Borrowings of such
Class  to be  made  pursuant  to  this  Section  ratably;  PROVIDED  that  any
prepayment made pursuant to Section 2.10(a) shall be applied, first, to reduce
the next scheduled  repayment of the Term  Borrowings of such Class to be made
pursuant to this Section  unless and until such next  scheduled  repayment has
been eliminated as a result of reductions hereunder and, second, ratably.

      (e)  Prior to any  repayment  of any Term  Borrowings  of  either  Class
hereunder,  the Borrower  shall  select the  Borrowing  or  Borrowings  of the
applicable  Class to be repaid and shall  notify the  Administrative  Agent by
telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such selection not later than 11:00 a.m.,
New York City time,  three  Business  Days before the  scheduled  date of such
repayment. Each repayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans
included  in the repaid  Borrowing.  Repayments  of Term  Borrowings  shall be
accompanied by accrued interest on the amount repaid.


<PAGE>

                                                                            35


      SECTION 2.10. PREPAYMENT OF LOANS. (a) The Borrower shall have the right
at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part,
subject to the requirements of this Section.

      (b) In the  event  and on such  occasion  that the sum of the  Revolving
Exposures exceeds the total Revolving  Commitments,  the Borrower shall prepay
Revolving Borrowings (or, if no such Borrowings are outstanding,  deposit cash
collateral  in an account with the  Administrative  Agent  pursuant to Section
2.04(j)) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

      (c) In the event and on each occasion that any Net Proceeds are received
by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Prepayment
Event, the Borrower shall,  immediately  after such Net Proceeds are received,
prepay Term  Borrowings  in an aggregate  amount  equal to such Net  Proceeds;
PROVIDED  that,  in the  case of any  event  described  in  clause  (a) of the
definition of the term Prepayment  Event, if the Borrower shall deliver to the
Administrative  Agent a certificate of a Financial  Officer to the effect that
the Borrower and the  Subsidiaries  intend to apply the Net Proceeds from such
event (or a portion thereof  specified in such  certificate),  within 120 days
after receipt of such Net  Proceeds,  to acquire real  property,  equipment or
other  tangible  assets to be used in the  business  of the  Borrower  and the
Subsidiaries,  and certifying  that no Default has occurred and is continuing,
then no prepayment shall be required  pursuant to this paragraph in respect of
the Net Proceeds in respect of such event (or the portion of such Net Proceeds
specified in such certificate, if applicable) except to the extent of any such
Net  Proceeds  therefrom  that  have  not been so  applied  by the end of such
120-day  period,  at which time a  prepayment  shall be  required in an amount
equal to such Net  Proceeds  that have not been so applied;  PROVIDED  FURTHER
that the Borrower  shall not be permitted  to make  elections  pursuant to the
immediately  preceding proviso with respect to Net Proceeds in any fiscal year
aggregating in excess of $1,000,000.

      (d) Following  the end of each fiscal year of the  Borrower,  commencing
with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2000 , the Borrower shall prepay Term
Borrowings  in an  aggregate  amount equal to 50% of Excess Cash Flow for such
fiscal year.  Each  prepayment  pursuant to this paragraph shall be made on or
before  the date on which  financial  statements  are  delivered  pursuant  to
Section  5.01 with  respect to the fiscal  year for which  Excess Cash Flow is
being calculated (and in any event within 90 days after the end of such fiscal
year).

      (e)  Prior  to  any  optional  or  mandatory  prepayment  of  Borrowings
hereunder, the Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be prepaid
and shall specify such selection in the notice of such prepayment  pursuant to
paragraph  (f) of this  Section.  In the event of any  optional  or  mandatory
prepayment  of Term  Borrowings  made at a time when Term  Borrowings  of both
Classes remain  outstanding,  the Borrower shall select Term  Borrowings to be
prepaid so that the aggregate  amount of such prepayment is allocated  between
the Tranche A Term  Borrowings and Tranche B Term Borrowings pro rata based on
the aggregate  principal amount of outstanding  Borrowings of each such Class;
PROVIDED that any Tranche B Lender may elect, by notice to the  Administrative
Agent by telephone  (confirmed by telecopy) at least one Business Day prior to
the  prepayment  date, to decline all or any portion of any  prepayment of its
Tranche  B Term  Loans  pursuant  to this  Section  (other  than  an  optional
prepayment  pursuant  to  paragraph  (a) of  this  Section,  which  may not be
declined),  in which case the aggregate  amount of the  prepayment  that would
have been applied to prepay  Tranche B Term Loans but was so declined shall be
applied  to  prepay  Tranche A Term  Borrowings  and  Tranche B Term  Loans of


<PAGE>

                                                                            36


Lenders who accept  prepayment of their Tranche B Term Loans  pursuant to this
Section,  on a pro  rata  basis  based on their  then  respective  outstanding
principal amounts.

      (f) The  Borrower  shall  notify the  Administrative  Agent by telephone
(confirmed  by  telecopy)  of any  prepayment  hereunder  (i) in the  case  of
prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City
time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment or (ii) in the case of
prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time,
one  Business  Day before the date of  prepayment.  Each such notice  shall be
irrevocable  and shall specify the prepayment  date,  the principal  amount of
each  Borrowing  or  portion  thereof  to be  prepaid  and,  in the  case of a
mandatory prepayment,  a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such
prepayment;  PROVIDED  that,  if a notice of optional  prepayment  is given in
connection  with  a  conditional   notice  of  termination  of  the  Revolving
Commitments as  contemplated  by Section 2.07,  then such notice of prepayment
may be revoked if such notice of  termination  is revoked in  accordance  with
Section   2.07.   Promptly   following   receipt  of  any  such  notice,   the
Administrative  Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents  thereof.  Each
partial  prepayment  of any  Borrowing  shall be in an  amount  that  would be
permitted  in the  case of an  advance  of a  Borrowing  of the  same  Type as
provided in Section  2.02,  except as  necessary  to apply fully the  required
amount of a mandatory  prepayment.  Each  prepayment  of a Borrowing  shall be
applied  ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid  Borrowing.  Prepayments
shall be  accompanied  by accrued  interest to the extent  required by Section
2.12.

      SECTION 2.11. FEES. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative
Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment  fee,  which shall accrue at
the Applicable  Rate on the average daily unused amount of each  Commitment of
such Lender  during the period  from and  including  the  Closing  Date to but
excluding the date on which such  Commitment  terminates.  Accrued  commitment
fees shall be payable in arrears (i) in the case of commitment fees in respect
of the Revolving  Commitments,  on the last day of March, June,  September and
December  of each  year  and on the date on which  the  Revolving  Commitments
terminate,  commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date,
and (ii) in the case of  commitment  fees in  respect  of the  Tranche  A Term
Commitments  and  Tranche B Term  Commitments,  on the  Effective  Date or any
earlier date on which such Commitments terminate. All commitment fees shall be
computed  on the  basis  of a year of 360 days and  shall be  payable  for the
actual number of days elapsed  (including the first day but excluding the last
day).  For  purposes of  computing  commitment  fees with respect to Revolving
Commitments,  a Revolving Commitment of a Lender shall be deemed to be used to
the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure of such Lender.

      (b) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the  Administrative  Agent for the
account  of each  Revolving  Lender a  participation  fee with  respect to its
participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate
used to determine the interest rates applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Loans,
on the  average  daily  amount of such  Lender's LC  Exposure  (excluding  any
portion thereof  attributable to  unreimbursed  LC  Disbursements)  during the
period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the
date on which such Lender's  Revolving  Commitment  terminates and the date on


<PAGE>

                                                                            37


which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank
a fronting  fee,  which shall accrue at the rate of 1/4 of 1% per annum on the
average  daily  amount  of the LC  Exposure  (excluding  any  portion  thereof
attributable  to  unreimbursed  LC  Disbursements)  during the period from and
including  the  Effective  Date to but  excluding  the  later  of the  date of
termination of the Revolving Commitments and the date on which there ceases to
be any LC Exposure,  as well as the Issuing Bank's  standard fees with respect
to the  issuance,  amendment,  renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or
processing  of  drawings  thereunder.  Participation  fees and  fronting  fees
accrued  through and  including  the last day of March,  June,  September  and
December  of each year shall be payable on the third  Business  Day  following
such last day,  commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective
Date;  PROVIDED  that all such fees  shall be payable on the date on which the
Revolving  Commitments  terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on
which the  Revolving  Commitments  terminate  shall be payable on demand.  Any
other fees payable to the Issuing  Bank  pursuant to this  paragraph  shall be
payable within 10 days after demand.  All participation fees and fronting fees
shall be  computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for
the actual number of days elapsed  (including  the first day but excluding the
last day).

      (c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative  Agent, for its own
account,  fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately  agreed upon
between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

      (d) All fees  payable  hereunder  shall  be paid on the  dates  due,  in
immediately  available funds, to the  Administrative  Agent (or to the Issuing
Bank,  in the case of fees  payable  to it) for  distribution,  in the case of
commitment fees and participation fees, to the Lenders entitled thereto.  Fees
paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

      SECTION  2.12.  INTEREST.  (a) The Loans  comprising  each ABR Borrowing
shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

      (b) The Loans  comprising each Eurodollar  Borrowing shall bear interest
at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing
plus the Applicable Rate.

      (c)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if any principal of or interest on
any Loan or any fee or other amount  payable by the Borrower  hereunder is not
paid when due,  whether at stated  maturity,  upon  acceleration or otherwise,
such overdue amount shall bear interest,  after as well as before judgment, at
a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2%
plus the rate  otherwise  applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding
paragraphs  of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other  amount,  2% plus
the rate  applicable  to ABR  Revolving  Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of
this Section.

      (d)  Accrued  interest  on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each
Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans,  upon
termination of the Revolving  Commitments;  PROVIDED that (i) interest accrued
pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand,  (ii) in
the event of any  repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment
of an ABR  Revolving  Loan  prior  to the  end of the  Revolving  Availability
Period),  accrued  interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be
payable on the date of such  repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of
any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest
Period  therefor,  accrued  interest  on such  Loan  shall be  payable  on the
effective date of such conversion.

      (e) All interest  hereunder  shall be computed on the basis of a year of
360 days,  except that interest  computed by reference to the  Alternate  Base
Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be
computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year),  and


<PAGE>

                                                                            38


in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including
the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable  Alternate Base Rate
or Adjusted  LIBO Rate shall be determined by the  Administrative  Agent,  and
such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

      SECTION 2.13.  ALTERNATE RATE OF INTEREST.  If prior to the commencement
of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

            (a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall
      be conclusive  absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means
      do not exist for  ascertaining  the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest
      Period; or

            (b) the  Administrative  Agent is advised by the Required  Lenders
      that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately
      and fairly  reflect  the cost to such  Lenders of making or  maintaining
      their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the  Administrative  Agent shall give notice  thereof to the Borrower and
the Lenders by  telephone  or telecopy as promptly as  practicable  thereafter
and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that
the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest
Election  Request  that  requests  the  conversion  of any  Borrowing  to,  or
continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar  Borrowing shall be ineffective
and (ii) if any  Borrowing  Request  requests  a  Eurodollar  Borrowing,  such
Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing.

      SECTION 2.14. INCREASED COSTS. (a) If any Change in Law shall:

            (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit
      or  similar  requirement  against  assets of,  deposits  with or for the
      account of, or credit  extended by, any Lender  (except any such reserve
      requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank; or

            (ii)  impose  on any  Lender  or the  Issuing  Bank or the  London
      interbank  market  any  other  condition  affecting  this  Agreement  or
      Eurodollar  Loans  made  by such  Lender  or any  Letter  of  Credit  or
      participation therein;

and the result of any of the  foregoing  shall be to increase the cost to such
Lender of making or  maintaining  any Eurodollar  Loan (or of maintaining  its
obligation  to make any such Loan) or to  increase  the cost to such Lender or
the Issuing Bank of  participating  in, issuing or  maintaining  any Letter of
Credit or to reduce  the  amount of any sum  received  or  receivable  by such
Lender or the  Issuing  Bank  hereunder  (whether  of  principal,  interest or
otherwise),  then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as
the case may be, such  additional  amount or amounts as will  compensate  such
Lender or the  Issuing  Bank,  as the case may be, for such  additional  costs
incurred or reduction suffered.

      (b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank  determines that any Change in Law
regarding  capital  requirements  has or would have the effect of reducing the
rate of  return on such  Lender's  or the  Issuing  Bank's  capital  or on the
capital of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding  company,  if any, as a


<PAGE>

                                                                            39


consequence  of this  Agreement  or the Loans  made by, or  participations  in
Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the
Issuing  Bank,  to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or
such Lender's or the Issuing  Bank's  holding  company could have achieved but
for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender's or the Issuing
Bank's  policies  and the  policies of such  Lender's  or the  Issuing  Bank's
holding company with respect to capital adequacy),  then from time to time the
Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such
additional  amount or amounts as will  compensate  such  Lender or the Issuing
Bank or such  Lender's  or the  Issuing  Bank's  holding  company for any such
reduction suffered.

      (c) A  certificate  of a Lender or the Issuing  Bank  setting  forth the
amount or amounts  necessary to compensate  such Lender or the Issuing Bank or
its holding company,  as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b)
of this Section  shall be  delivered  to the Borrower and shall be  conclusive
absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank,
as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate  within 10
days after receipt thereof.

      (d)  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the  Issuing  Bank to
demand compensation  pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of
such  Lender's  or the  Issuing  Bank's  right to  demand  such  compensation;
PROVIDED that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the
Issuing Bank  pursuant to this Section for any  increased  costs or reductions
incurred  more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing
Bank,  as the case may be,  notifies  the Borrower of the Change in Law giving
rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender's or the Issuing
Bank's intention to claim compensation therefor; PROVIDED FURTHER that, if the
Change  in  Law  giving  rise  to  such  increased   costs  or  reductions  is
retroactive,  then the 270-day  period  referred to above shall be extended to
include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

      SECTION 2.15. BREAK FUNDING PAYMENTS. In the event of (a) the payment of
any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest
Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default),  (b)
the  conversion  of any  Eurodollar  Loan  other  than on the  last day of the
Interest  Period  applicable  thereto,  (c) the  failure to  borrow,  convert,
continue or prepay any  Revolving  Loan or Term Loan on the date  specified in
any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be
revoked under Section 2.10(f) and is revoked in accordance therewith),  or (d)
the  assignment  of any  Eurodollar  Loan  other  than on the  last day of the
Interest  Period  applicable  thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower
pursuant  to  Section  2.18,  then,  in any such  event,  the  Borrower  shall
compensate  each Lender for the loss,  cost and expense  attributable  to such
event.  In the case of a Eurodollar  Loan,  such loss,  cost or expense to any
Lender  shall be deemed to include an amount  determined  by such Lender to be
the excess,  if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on
the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted
LIBO Rate that would have been  applicable  to such Loan,  for the period from
the date of such  event to the last day of the then  current  Interest  Period
therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the
period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan),  over (ii) the
amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period
at the  interest  rate  which  such  Lender  would bid were it to bid,  at the
commencement of such period,  for dollar  deposits of a comparable  amount and
period from other banks in the eurodollar  market. A certificate of any Lender
setting  forth any amount or amounts  that such  Lender is entitled to receive


<PAGE>

                                                                            40


pursuant to this  Section  shall be  delivered  to the  Borrower  and shall be
conclusive  absent  manifest  error.  The  Borrower  shall pay such Lender the
amount  shown as due on any such  certificate  within  10 days  after  receipt
thereof.

      SECTION  2.16.  TAXES.  (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any
obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be
made free and clear of and  without  deduction  for any  Indemnified  Taxes or
Other Taxes;  PROVIDED  that if the  Borrower  shall be required to deduct any
Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments,  then (i) the sum payable
shall be increased  as necessary so that after making all required  deductions
(including  deductions  applicable  to  additional  sums  payable  under  this
Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank (as the case may be)
receives  an  amount  equal  to the sum it  would  have  received  had no such
deductions  been made,  (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii)
the Borrower shall pay the full amount  deducted to the relevant  Governmental
Authority in accordance with applicable law.

      (b) In addition,  the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant
Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

      (c) The Borrower shall indemnify the  Administrative  Agent, each Lender
and the Issuing Bank,  within 10 days after written demand  therefor,  for the
full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative
Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, on or with respect
to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or
under any other Loan  Document  (including  Indemnified  Taxes or Other  Taxes
imposed or asserted on or  attributable to amounts payable under this Section)
and any penalties,  interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with
respect  thereto,  whether or not such  Indemnified  Taxes or Other Taxes were
correctly  or  legally  imposed  or  asserted  by  the  relevant  Governmental
Authority.  A  certificate  as to the  amount  of such  payment  or  liability
delivered  to  the  Borrower  by a  Lender  or  the  Issuing  Bank,  or by the
Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the Issuing
Bank,  shall be conclusive  absent manifest error.  (d) As soon as practicable
after any payment of  Indemnified  Taxes or Other  Taxes by the  Borrower to a
Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent
the  original or a  certified  copy of a receipt  issued by such  Governmental
Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment
or  other   evidence  of  such   payment   reasonably   satisfactory   to  the
Administrative Agent.

      (e)  Any  Foreign  Lender  that  is  entitled  to an  exemption  from or
reduction of withholding  tax under the law of the  jurisdiction  in which the
Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with
respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a
copy  to the  Administrative  Agent),  at the  time  or  times  prescribed  by
applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation  prescribed
by applicable law or reasonably  requested by the Borrower as will permit such
payments to be made without  withholding  or at a reduced rate,  provided that
such Foreign Lender has received written notice from the Borrower  advising it
of  the  availability  of  such  exemption  or  reduction  and  supplying  all
applicable documentation.

      SECTION  2.17.  PAYMENTS  GENERALLY;  PRO  RATA  TREATMENT;  SHARING  OF
SET-OFFS.  (a) The Borrower shall make each payment  required to be made by it
hereunder or under any other Loan Document  (whether of  principal,  interest,


<PAGE>

                                                                            41


fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section
2.14,  2.15 or  2.16,  or  otherwise)  prior to the  time  expressly  required
hereunder  or under such other Loan  Document for such payment (or, if no such
time is expressly  required,  prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time), on the
date  when  due,  in  immediately   available   funds,   without   set-off  or
counterclaim.  Any  amounts  received  after such time on any date may, in the
discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the
next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All
such payments shall be made to the Administrative  Agent at its offices at 270
Park Avenue,  New York, New York,  except  payments to be made directly to the
Issuing Bank as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to
Sections  2.14,  2.15,  2.16 and 9.03 shall be made  directly  to the  Persons
entitled  thereto and payments  pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made
to the Persons specified therein.  The  Administrative  Agent shall distribute
any such  payments  received by it for the account of any other  Person to the
appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment under
any Loan  Document  shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date
for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the
case of any payment accruing  interest,  interest thereon shall be payable for
the period of such  extension.  All payments under each Loan Document shall be
made in dollars.

      (b) If at any time  insufficient  funds are received by and available to
the Administrative  Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal,  unreimbursed
LC  Disbursements,  interest and fees then due hereunder,  such funds shall be
applied (i) first,  towards  payment of interest and fees then due  hereunder,
ratably among the parties  entitled  thereto in accordance with the amounts of
interest and fees then due to such parties,  and (ii) second,  towards payment
of principal and  unreimbursed LC  Disbursements  then due hereunder,  ratably
among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal
and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

      (c) If  any  Lender  shall,  by  exercising  any  right  of  set-off  or
counterclaim  or otherwise,  obtain  payment in respect of any principal of or
interest on any of its Revolving  Loans,  Term Loans or  participations  in LC
Disbursements  resulting  in  such  Lender  receiving  payment  of  a  greater
proportion of the  aggregate  amount of its  Revolving  Loans,  Term Loans and
participations  in LC  Disbursements  and accrued  interest  thereon  than the
proportion  received  by any other  Lender,  then the  Lender  receiving  such
greater  proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value)  participations in
the Revolving  Loans,  Term Loans and  participations  in LC  Disbursements of
other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments
shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount
of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans, Term
Loans and  participations in LC  Disbursements;  PROVIDED that (i) if any such
participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise
thereto is recovered,  such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase
price restored to the extent of such recovery,  without interest, and (ii) the
provisions  of this  paragraph  shall not be construed to apply to any payment
made by the Borrower  pursuant to and in accordance  with the express terms of
this Agreement or any payment  obtained by a Lender as  consideration  for the
assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations
in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower
or any  Subsidiary  or Affiliate  thereof (as to which the  provisions of this
paragraph shall apply).  The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to
the extent it may  effectively  do so under  applicable  law,  that any Lender
acquiring a participation  pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise
against the Borrower rights of set-off and  counterclaim  with respect to such


<PAGE>

                                                                            42


participation  as  fully  as if such  Lender  were a  direct  creditor  of the
Borrower in the amount of such participation.

      (d) Unless the Administrative  Agent shall have received notice from the
Borrower  prior to the date on which any payment is due to the  Administrative
Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing  Bank  hereunder  that the
Borrower will not make such payment,  the Administrative Agent may assume that
the  Borrower has made such  payment on such date in  accordance  herewith and
may,  in  reliance  upon such  assumption,  distribute  to the  Lenders or the
Issuing  Bank,  as the case may be,  the amount  due.  In such  event,  if the
Borrower  has not in fact made such  payment,  then each of the Lenders or the
Issuing  Bank,  as  the  case  may  be,  severally  agrees  to  repay  to  the
Administrative  Agent  forthwith on demand the amount so  distributed  to such
Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon,  for each day from and including
the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment
to the  Administrative  Agent,  at the greater of the Federal Funds  Effective
Rate and a rate  determined by the  Administrative  Agent in  accordance  with
banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

      (e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment  required to be made by
it pursuant to Section 2.04(d) or (e), 2.05(b),  2.17(d) or 9.03(c),  then the
Administrative  Agent may, in its  discretion  (notwithstanding  any  contrary
provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative
Agent for the  account of such  Lender to satisfy  such  Lender's  obligations
under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

      SECTION 2.18. MITIGATION OBLIGATIONS; REPLACEMENT OF LENDERS. (a) If any
Lender  requests  compensation  under  Section  2.14,  or if the  Borrower  is
required  to pay any  additional  amount  to any  Lender  or any  Governmental
Authority for the account of any Lender  pursuant to Section  2.16,  then such
Lender shall use  reasonable  efforts to designate a different  lending office
for  funding  or  booking  its Loans  hereunder  or to assign  its  rights and
obligations hereunder to another of its offices,  branches or affiliates,  if,
in the judgment of such  Lender,  such  designation  or  assignment  (i) would
eliminate or reduce amounts  payable  pursuant to Section 2.14 or 2.16, as the
case may be, in the  future  and (ii)  would not  subject  such  Lender to any
unreimbursed  cost or expense and would not  otherwise be  disadvantageous  to
such  Lender.  The  Borrower  hereby  agrees to pay all  reasonable  costs and
expenses  incurred by any Lender in connection  with any such  designation  or
assignment.

      (b) If any Lender  requests  compensation  under Section 2.14, or if the
Borrower  is  required  to pay any  additional  amount  to any  Lender  or any
Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16,
or if any Lender defaults in its obligation to fund Loans hereunder,  then the
Borrower  may, at its sole expense and effort,  upon notice to such Lender and
the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate,  without
recourse  (in  accordance  with and subject to the  restrictions  contained in
Section 9.04), all its interests,  rights and obligations under this Agreement
to an assignee  that shall  assume such  obligations  (which  assignee  may be
another Lender,  if a Lender accepts such  assignment);  PROVIDED that (i) the
Borrower shall have received the prior written  consent of the  Administrative
Agent (and, if a Revolving  Commitment is being  assigned,  the Issuing Bank),
which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld,  (ii) such Lender shall have
received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding  principal of its Loans
and participations in LC Disbursements, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees
and all other  amounts  payable to it  hereunder,  from the  assignee  (to the
extent of such  outstanding  principal  and accrued  interest and fees) or the
Borrower (in the case of all other  amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such


<PAGE>

                                                                            43


assignment  resulting  from a claim for  compensation  under  Section  2.14 or
payments  required to be made pursuant to Section 2.16,  such  assignment will
result in a material  reduction in such  compensation  or  payments.  A Lender
shall not be required to make any such  assignment  and  delegation  if, prior
thereto,  as  a  result  of  a  waiver  by  such  Lender  or  otherwise,   the
circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation
cease to apply.


                                  ARTICLE III

                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

      The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

      SECTION  3.01.  ORGANIZATION;  POWERS.  Each  of the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries  is duly organized,  validly  existing and in good standing under
the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization,  has all requisite power and
authority  to carry on its  business as now  conducted  and,  except where the
failure to do so,  individually  or in the aggregate,  could not reasonably be
expected to result in a Material  Adverse Effect,  is qualified to do business
in, and is in good standing in, every juris  diction where such  qualification
is required.

      SECTION 3.02.  AUTHORIZATION;  ENFORCEABILITY.  The  Transactions  to be
entered into by each Loan Party are within such Loan Party's  corporate powers
and have been duly  authorized  by all necessary  corporate  and, if required,
stockholder action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the
Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party
is to be a party,  when  executed  and  delivered  by such  Loan  Party,  will
constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower or such Loan
Party (as the case may be),  enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject
to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws
affecting  creditors'  rights  generally and subject to general  principles of
equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

      SECTION 3.03. GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS; NO CONFLICTS. The Transactions (a)
do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any
other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained
or made and are in full  force and  effect and  except  filings  necessary  to
perfect  Liens  created  under the Loan  Documents,  (b) will not  violate any
applicable law or regulation or the charter,  by-laws or other  organizational
documents  of the  Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries  or any  order of any
Governmental Authority,  (c) will not violate or result in a default under any
indenture,  agreement or other instrument  binding upon the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries or its assets,  or give rise to a right thereunder to require
any  payment to be made by the  Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries,  and (d)
will not result in the creation or  imposition of any Lien on any asset of the
Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries,  except  Liens  created  under the Loan
Documents.

      SECTION 3.04. FINANCIAL  CONDITION;  NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE. (a) The
Borrower  has  heretofore  furnished to the Lenders its  consolidated  balance
sheet and statements of income,  stockholders  equity and cash flows (i) as of
and  for  the  fiscal  year  ended   December   31,   1998,   reported  on  by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent public accountants, and (ii) as of and
for the fiscal  quarter  and the  portion of the fiscal  year ended  March 31,
1999,  certified by its chief  financial  officer.  Such financial  statements


<PAGE>

                                                                            44


present fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial position and results
of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries
as of such dates and for such  periods  in  accordance  with GAAP,  subject to
year-end  audit  adjustments  and the absence of  footnotes in the case of the
statements  referred to in clause (ii) above.  (b) The Borrower has heretofore
furnished to the Lenders its pro forma consolidated  balance sheet as of March
31, 1999,  prepared giving effect to the Effective Date Transactions as if the
Effective  Date  Transactions  had  occurred  on such  date.  Such  pro  forma
consolidated  balance  sheet (i) has been  prepared in good faith based on the
same assumptions used to prepare the pro forma financial  statements  included
in the Information  Memorandum (which assumptions are believed by the Borrower
to be  reasonable),  (ii) is based on the best  information  available  to the
Borrower  after  due  inquiry,   (iii)  accurately  reflects  all  adjustments
necessary to give effect to the Effective Date  Transactions and (iv) presents
fairly,  in all material  respects,  the pro forma  financial  position of the
Borrower  and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  as of March 31,  1999 as if the
Effective Date Transactions had occurred on such date.

      (c) Except as disclosed in the financial statements referred to above or
the  notes  thereto  or in the  Information  Memorandum  and  except  for  the
Disclosed  Matters,  after  giving  effect  to the  Transactions,  none of the
Borrower,  its Subsidiaries or NovaCare O&P has, as of the Effective Date, any
material contingent  liabilities,  unusual long-term commitments or unrealized
losses.

      (d) Since December 31, 1998,  there has been no material  adverse change
in the business,  assets,  operations,  prospects or  condition,  financial or
otherwise, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

      SECTION 3.05. PROPERTIES.  (a) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
has good title to, or valid leasehold  interests in, all its real and personal
property material to its business (including its Mortgaged Properties), except
for minor defects in title that do not  interfere  with its ability to conduct
its business as currently  conducted or to utilize such  properties  for their
intended purposes.

      (b) Each of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  owns,  or is licensed to
use, all trademarks,  tradenames,  copyrights,  patents and other intellectual
property material to its business, and the use thereof by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for
any such  infringements  that,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  could not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

      (c) Schedule  3.05 sets forth the address of each real  property that is
owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as of the Effective
Date after giving effect to the Transactions.

      (d) As of the  Effective  Date,  neither  the  Borrower  nor  any of its
Subsidiaries  has  received  notice of, or has  knowledge  of, any  pending or
contemplated  condemnation  proceeding affecting any Mortgaged Property or any
sale or  disposition  thereof in lieu of  condemnation.  Neither any Mortgaged
Property  nor any interest  therein is subject to any right of first  refusal,
option or other  contractual  right to  purchase  such  Mortgaged  Property or
interest therein.


<PAGE>

                                                                            45


      SECTION 3.06.  LITIGATION AND  ENVIRONMENTAL  MATTERS.  (a) There are no
actions,  suits or  proceedings  by or before any  arbitrator or  Governmental
Authority  pending  against or, to the knowledge of the  Borrower,  threatened
against or affecting the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  (i) as to which
there is a reasonable  possibility  of an adverse  determination  and that, if
adversely  determined,  could  reasonably be expected,  individually or in the
aggregate,  to result in a Material  Adverse  Effect (other than the Disclosed
Matters) or (ii) that involve any of the Loan Documents or the Transactions.

      (b) Except for the  Disclosed  Matters  and except  with  respect to any
other matters that, individually or in the aggregate,  could not reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect,  neither the Borrower nor any
of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any  Environmental Law or to
obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required
under any  Environmental  Law,  (ii) has become  subject to any  Environmental
Liability,  (iii)  has  received  notice  of any  claim  with  respect  to any
Environmental  Liability  or (iv)  knows of any  basis  for any  Environmental
Liability.

      (c)  Since the date of this  Agreement,  there has been no change in the
status of the Disclosed  Matters that,  individually or in the aggregate,  has
resulted in, or materially  increased the  likelihood  of, a Material  Adverse
Effect.

      SECTION 3.07. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND AGREEMENTS.  Each of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of
any  Governmental   Authority  applicable  to  it  or  its  property  and  all
indentures,  agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property,
except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  No Default has
occurred and is continuing.

      SECTION  3.08.  INVESTMENT  AND  HOLDING  COMPANY  STATUS.  Neither  the
Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is (a) an "investment company" as defined
in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment  Company Act of 1940 or (b)
a "holding  company" as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Public
Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.

      SECTION  3.09.  TAXES.  Each of the  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  has
timely  filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns  and  reports  required to
have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes  required  to have
been paid by it,  except (a) any Taxes that are being  contested in good faith
by appropriate  proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary,  as
applicable,  has set aside on its books adequate  reserves in accordance  with
GAAP or (b) to the extent  that the failure to do so could not  reasonably  be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

      SECTION  3.10.  ERISA.  No ERISA  Event has  occurred  or is  reasonably
expected to occur that,  when taken  together with all other such ERISA Events
for which  liability is  reasonably  expected to occur,  could  reasonably  be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

      SECTION 3.11. DISCLOSURE.  The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all
agreements,  instruments  and  corporate  or other  restrictions  to which the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to
any of them,  that,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  could  reasonably be


<PAGE>

                                                                            46


expected  to result in a Material  Adverse  Effect.  Neither  the  Information
Memorandum nor any of the other reports, financial statements, certificates or
other  information  furnished  by or on  behalf  of  any  Loan  Party  to  the
Administrative  Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this
Agreement,  any  other  Loan  Document  or any  other  document  delivered  in
connection  with the  Transactions  or delivered  hereunder or thereunder  (as
modified or  supplemented  by other  information  so  furnished)  contains any
material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to
make the statements  therein,  in the light of the  circumstances  under which
they were made,  not  misleading;  PROVIDED  that,  with  respect to projected
financial information,  the Borrower represents only that such information was
prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the
time.

      SECTION  3.12.  SUBSIDIARIES.  Schedule 3.12 sets forth the name of, and
the ownership interest of the Borrower in, each Subsidiary of the Borrower and
identifies each Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Loan Party, in each case as of
the Effective Date.

      SECTION 3.13.  INSURANCE.  Schedule 3.13 sets forth a description of all
insurance  maintained by or on behalf of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries as
of the Effective  Date. As of the Effective  Date,  all premiums in respect of
such  insurance  have been paid.  The  Borrower  believes  that the  insurance
maintained by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is adequate.

      SECTION 3.14.  LABOR  MATTERS.  As of the Effective  Date,  there are no
strikes,  lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any Subsidiary pending
or, to the  knowledge  of the  Borrower,  threatened.  The hours worked by and
payments made to employees of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries  have not been
in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable  Federal,
state,  local or foreign law dealing with such matters.  All payments due from
the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or for which any claim may be made against the
Borrower  or any  Subsidiary,  on  account  of wages and  employee  health and
welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability
on the books of the  Borrower  or such  Subsidiary.  The  consummation  of the
Transactions  will  not give  rise to any  right  of  termination  or right of
renegotiation  on the  part  of any  union  under  any  collective  bargaining
agreement to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is bound.

      SECTION  3.15.  SOLVENCY.  Immediately  after  the  consummation  of the
Transactions  to occur on the  Effective  Date and  immediately  following the
making of each Loan made on the Effective  Date and after giving effect to the
application of the proceeds of such Loans, (a) the fair value of the assets of
each Loan Party, at a fair valuation,  will exceed its debts and  liabilities,
subordinated,  contingent or otherwise; (b) the present fair saleable value of
the  property of each Loan Party will be greater  than the amount that will be
required to pay the  probable  liability  of its debts and other  liabilities,
subordinated,  contingent  or otherwise,  as such debts and other  liabilities
become absolute and matured; (c) each Loan Party will be able to pay its debts
and  liabilities,  subordinated,  contingent or  otherwise,  as such debts and
liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d) each Loan Party will not have
unreasonably  small  capital with which to conduct the business in which it is
engaged as such  business is now  conducted  and is  proposed to be  conducted
following the Effective Date.

      SECTION 3.16. SENIOR  INDEBTEDNESS.  The Obligations  constitute "Senior
Debt" under and as defined in the Subordinated Note Documents.


<PAGE>

                                                                            47


      SECTION 3.17. YEAR 2000. Any reprogramming required to permit the proper
functioning,  in and following  the year 2000, of (a) the computer  systems of
the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  and (b)  equipment  containing  embedded
microchips  (including  systems and equipment supplied by others or with which
the  Borrower's  systems  interface)  and the testing of all such  systems and
equipment, as so reprogrammed, will be completed by October 31, 1999. The cost
to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of such  reprogramming and testing and of
the reasonably  foreseeable  consequences of year 2000 to the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries  (including  reprogramming  errors  and the  failure  of  others'
systems or  equipment)  will not  result in a Default  or a  Material  Adverse
Effect.  Except for such of the  reprogramming  referred  to in the  preceding
sentence as may be necessary,  the computer and management information systems
of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  are and, with ordinary course upgrading
and  maintenance,  will  continue  for  the  term  of  this  Agreement  to be,
sufficient to permit the Borrower to conduct its businesses  without  Material
Adverse Effect.

      SECTION  3.18.  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY.  The  Borrower  and  each of its
Subsidiary owns, or is licensed to use, all patents,  trademarks,  tradenames,
service marks, copyrights,  technology,  know-how and processes (together with
all applications therefor and licenses granting rights therein,  "INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY")  reasonably  necessary for the conduct of its business as currently
conducted,  except for those the  failure to own or be  licensed  to use which
could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material  Adverse  Effect.  To
the knowledge of the  Borrower,  (a) the use of  Intellectual  Property by the
Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  does not infringe on the rights of any person,
(b) no  Intellectual  Property of the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  is
being infringed upon by any Person,  and (c) no claim is pending or threatened
in writing challenging the use or the validity of any Intellectual Property of
the Borrower or any Subsidiary,  except for  infringements and claims referred
to in the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (c) that, in the aggregate, could not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.


                                  ARTICLE IV

                                  CONDITIONS

      SECTION 4.01.  EFFECTIVE  DATE.  The  obligations of the Lenders to make
Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit  hereunder  shall not
become  effective until the date on which each of the following  conditions is
satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):

            (a) The Administrative  Agent (or its counsel) shall have received
      from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed
      on behalf of such party or (ii)  written  evidence  satisfactory  to the
      Administrative  Agent  (which may  include  telecopy  transmission  of a
      signed  signature page of this  Agreement)  that such party has signed a
      counterpart of this Agreement.

            (b) The  Administrative  Agent  shall have  received  a  favorable
      written opinion (addressed to the  Administrative  Agent and the Lenders
      and dated the  Effective  Date) of each of (i) Freedman,  Levy,  Kroll &
      Simonds, counsel for the Borrower,  substantially in the form of Exhibit


<PAGE>

                                                                            48


      B-1  and  (ii)  local  counsel  for  the  Administrative  Agent  in each
      jurisdiction   where  a  Class  I   Mortgaged   Property   is   located,
      substantially  in the form of Exhibit B-2, and, in the case of each such
      opinion,  covering such other matters relating to the Loan Parties,  the
      Loan Documents or the  Transactions as the  Administrative  Agent or the
      Required Lenders shall reasonably request.  The Borrower hereby requests
      such counsel to deliver such opinions.

            (c) The  Administrative  Agent shall have received such  documents
      and  certificates  as  the  Administrative  Agent  or  its  counsel  may
      reasonably  request  relating to the  organization,  existence  and good
      standing of each Loan Party,  the  authorization of the Transactions and
      any other legal matters relating to the Loan Parties, the Loan Documents
      or the  Transactions,  all in form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the
      Administrative Agent and its counsel.

            (d) The  Administrative  Agent shall have received a  certificate,
      dated the Effective Date and signed by the  President,  a Vice President
      or a Financial Officer of the Borrower,  confirming  compliance with the
      conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02.

            (e) The Agents shall have  received all fees and other amounts due
      and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including,  to the extent
      invoiced,   reimbursement  or  payment  of  all  out-of-pocket  expenses
      (including fees,  charges and  disbursements of counsel)  required to be
      reimbursed  or paid by any Loan Party  hereunder or under any other Loan
      Document.

            (f) The  Collateral  and  Guarantee  Requirement  shall  have been
      satisfied and the  Administrative  Agent shall have received a completed
      Perfection  Certificate  dated  the  Effective  Date  and  signed  by an
      executive  officer or Financial  Officer of the Borrower,  together with
      all attachments contemplated thereby,  including the results of a search
      of the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent) filings made with respect
      to the Loan Parties in the jurisdictions  contemplated by the Perfection
      Certificate   and  copies  of  the  financing   statements  (or  similar
      documents) disclosed by such search and evidence reasonably satisfactory
      to the  Administrative  Agent that the Liens indicated by such financing
      statements (or similar  documents) are permitted by Section 6.02 or have
      been released.

            (g) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that the
      insurance  required by Section  5.07 and the  Security  Documents  is in
      effect.

            (h) The Lenders shall be reasonably satisfied as to the amount and
      nature of any  environmental and employee health and safety exposures to
      which the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  may be subject  after giving
      effect to the  Transactions,  and with the plans of the Borrower and its
      subsidiaries with respect thereto.

            (i) The Borrower  shall have  received  gross cash proceeds of not
      less than $60,000,000 from the issuance and sale of the Preferred Stock.
      The  Administrative  Agent shall have received copies of the Certificate
      of Designations  and related  documents in connection with the Preferred
      Stock substantially in the form as described in the Offering Memorandum,
      certified by a Financial Officer as complete and correct.


<PAGE>

                                                                            49


            (j) The Borrower  shall have  received  gross cash proceeds of not
      less than $150,000,000 from the issuance of the Subordinated  Notes. The
      Administrative Agent shall have received copies of the Subordinated Note
      Documents  substantially  in the  form  as  described  in  the  Offering
      Memorandum, certified by a Financial Officer as complete and correct.

            (k) All consents and  approvals  required to be obtained  from any
      Governmental   Authority  or  other  Person  in   connection   with  the
      Transactions  shall  have  been  obtained,  and all  applicable  waiting
      periods and appeal periods shall have expired,  in each case without the
      imposition  of  any  burdensome  conditions,   and  there  shall  be  no
      governmental  or  judicial  action,  actual or  threatened,  that  could
      reasonably  be  expected  to  restrain,  prevent  or  impose  burdensome
      conditions  on the  Transactions  or the  operations  or business of the
      Borrower and the Subsidiaries  after giving effect to the  Transactions.
      The  Acquisition and the other  Effective Date  Transactions  shall have
      been, or substantially  simultaneously with the initial funding of Loans
      on the  Effective  Date shall be,  consummated  in  accordance  with the
      Acquisition  Documents and applicable  law,  without any amendment to or
      waiver of any material terms or conditions of the Acquisition  Documents
      not approved by the Required  Lenders.  The  Administrative  Agent shall
      have received copies of the Acquisition  Documents and all certificates,
      opinions  and  other  documents  delivered  thereunder,  certified  by a
      Financial Officer as complete and correct.

            (l) The  Administrative  Agent  shall have  received  (i)  audited
      consolidated and consolidating  balance sheets and related statements of
      income,  stockholders'  equity  and cash flows of the  Borrower  and its
      Subsidiaries  for the three  fiscal  years ended prior to the  Effective
      Date, (ii) unaudited  consolidated and consolidating  balance sheets and
      related statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of the
      Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  for each fiscal quarter,  if any, ending
      after the end of the most recent  fiscal year and at least 30 days prior
      to the  Effective  Date (and,  to the  extent  available  and  excluding
      related statements of cash flows, for each month ending after the end of
      the most  recent such fiscal  quarter  and before the  Effective  Date),
      (iii) audited consolidated and consolidating  balance sheets and related
      statements  of income,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows of NovaCare
      O&P for the three  fiscal  years ended prior to the  Effective  Date and
      (iv) unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheets and related
      statements  of income,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows of NovaCare
      O&P for each fiscal  quarter,  if any,  ending after the end of the most
      recent  fiscal  year and at least 30 days  prior to the  Effective  Date
      (and, to the extent available and excluding  related  statements of cash
      flows,  for each  month  ending  after the end of the most  recent  such
      fiscal quarter and before the Effective Date), each of which audited and
      unaudited   financial   statements  (x)  shall  be  in  form  and  scope
      satisfactory to the Agents and (y) shall not be materially  inconsistent
      with the financial statements or the projections  previously provided to
      the Agents.

            (m) The  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received  a pro forma
      consolidated  balance  sheet  of the  Borrower  as of  March  31,  1999,
      reflecting   all  pro  forma   adjustments  as  if  the  Effective  Date
      Transactions  had been  consummated  on such  date,  and such pro  forma
      consolidated  balance sheet shall be consistent in all material respects
      with the projections and other  information  previously  provided to the
      Lenders. After giving effect to the Effective Date Transactions, neither


<PAGE>

                                                                            50


      the  Borrower nor any of its  Subsidiaries  shall have  outstanding  any
      shares  of  preferred  stock  or  any   Indebtedness,   other  than  (i)
      Indebtedness  incurred under the Loan Documents,  (ii) the  Subordinated
      Notes, (iii) existing subordinated notes of subsidiaries of NovaCare O&P
      in an  aggregate  principal  amount  not  to  exceed  $40,000,000,  (iv)
      existing  subordinated  indebtedness of the Borrower or its subsidiaries
      in an aggregate  principal amount not to exceed  $15,600,000 and (v) the
      Preferred Stock.  The aggregate  amount of fees and expenses  (including
      underwriting  discounts and  commissions)  payable or otherwise borne by
      the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries in connection with the Effective Date
      Transactions shall not exceed $20,000,000.

            (n) The  Administrative  Agent  shall have  received  management's
      consolidated and  consolidating  financial  projections for the Borrower
      and its Subsidiaries for each of fiscal years 1999 through and including
      2007, detailed on a  quarter-by-quarter  basis for fiscal years 1999 and
      2000  (the   "PROJECTIONS"),   which   projections   shall  reflect  the
      Transactions  and  include  the  written  assumptions  upon  which  such
      projections are based. Such projections shall be reasonably satisfactory
      in all respects to the Agents and shall be substantially similar in form
      to the projections set forth in the Information Memorandum.  The Lenders
      shall be satisfied with the projected  amounts and the  achievability of
      the synergies to be realized as a result of the Acquisition.

            (o) The  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received  a  solvency
      letter,  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to  the  Lenders,  from
      Valuation  Research with respect to the solvency of the Borrower and its
      subsidiaries  on  a  consolidated  basis  after  giving  effect  to  the
      Effective Date Transactions.

            (p) There shall be no litigation or administrative proceeding that
      has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, after
      giving effect to the Transactions.

            (q) The consummation of the Transactions shall not (a) violate any
      applicable  law,  statute,  rule or regulation or (b) conflict  with, or
      result in a default or event of default under, any material agreement of
      the Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries or NovaCare O&P.

            (r) The Lenders shall have  received a certificate  of a financial
      officer  of the  Borrower  with  respect  to the pro forma  Consolidated
      EBITDA of the  Borrower  and  NovaCare  O&P for the twelve  month period
      ending March 31, 1999, and such Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a pro
      forma basis to reflect  acquisitions  during such  period)  shall not be
      less than $84,000,000.

            (s) No event shall have occurred, and no condition or circumstance
      shall exist,  that in the judgment of the Required Lenders has had or is
      reasonably  likely to have a material  adverse  effect on the  business,
      operations,  properties,  assets, liabilities or condition (financial or
      otherwise) of the Borrower and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or of
      NovaCare O&P.


<PAGE>

                                                                            51


            (t)  The   Scheduled   Indebtedness   shall  have  been  or  shall
      simultaneously  be  repaid  in  full or  released,  all  agreements  and
      instruments evidencing or governing such Indebtedness and all lending or
      other  commitments  thereunder  shall have been terminated and all Liens
      securing  such   Indebtedness   shall  have  been   released,   and  the
      Administrative  Agent  shall have  received  such  evidence  as it shall
      reasonably have requested as to the satisfaction of such conditions.

The  Administrative  Agent shall  notify the  Borrower  and the Lenders of the
Effective   Date,   and  such  notice   shall  be   conclusive   and  binding.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the  obligations of the Lenders to make Loans
and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit  hereunder shall not become
effective  unless each of the  foregoing  conditions  is satisfied  (or waived
pursuant  to Section  9.02) at or prior to 5:00 p.m.,  New York City time,  on
July 31,  1999 (and,  in the event such  conditions  are not so  satisfied  or
waived, the Commitments shall terminate at such time).

      SECTION 4.02. EACH CREDIT EVENT. The obligation of each Lender to make a
Loan on the  occasion  of any  Borrowing,  and of the  Issuing  Bank to issue,
amend,  renew or extend  any  Letter of  Credit,  is subject to receipt of the
request  therefor  in  accordance  herewith  and  to the  satisfaction  of the
following conditions:

            (a) The  representations  and  warranties  of each Loan  Party set
      forth in the Loan  Documents  shall be true and correct on and as of the
      date of such  Borrowing or the date of issuance,  amendment,  renewal or
      extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable.

            (b) At the time of and  immediately  after  giving  effect to such
      Borrowing  or the  issuance,  amendment,  renewal or  extension  of such
      Letter of Credit,  as applicable,  no Default shall have occurred and be
      continuing.

Each Borrowing and each issuance,  amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter
of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a  representation  and warranty by the
Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and
(b) of this Section.


                                   ARTICLE V

                             AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

      Until the Commitments  have expired or been terminated and the principal
of and  interest on each Loan and all fees payable  hereunder  shall have been
paid in full and all Letters of Credit  shall have expired or  terminated  and
all LC Disbursements  shall have been reimbursed,  the Borrower  covenants and
agrees with the Lenders that:


<PAGE>

                                                                            52


      SECTION 5.01. FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS AND OTHER INFORMATION.  The Borrower
will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

            (a)  within  90 days  after  the end of  each  fiscal  year of the
      Borrower,  its audited consolidated and unaudited  consolidating balance
      sheet and related  statements of income,  stockholders'  equity and cash
      flows as of the end of and for such year,  setting forth in each case in
      comparative  form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported
      on by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent public accountants
      of  recognized  national  standing  (without a "going  concern"  or like
      qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as
      to the  scope  of such  audit)  to the  effect  that  such  consolidated
      financial  statements  present  fairly  in  all  material  respects  the
      financial  condition  and results of  operations of the Borrower and its
      consolidated  Subsidiaries  on a consolidated  basis in accordance  with
      GAAP consistently applied;

            (b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal
      quarters of each  fiscal  year of the  Borrower,  its  consolidated  and
      consolidating   balance   sheet  and  related   statements   of  income,
      stockholders' equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal
      quarter and the then elapsed  portion of the fiscal year,  setting forth
      in each  case in  comparative  form the  figures  for the  corresponding
      period or periods of (or,  in the case of the balance  sheet,  as of the
      end of) the previous  fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial
      Officers as  presenting  fairly in all material  respects the  financial
      condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated
      Subsidiaries   on  a   consolidated   basis  in  accordance   with  GAAP
      consistently  applied,  subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and
      the absence of footnotes;

            (c)  within 45 days  after the end of each of the first two fiscal
      months of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower,  its consolidated balance
      sheet and related  statements of income and  stockholders'  equity as of
      the end of and for such fiscal month and the then elapsed portion of the
      fiscal  year,  all  certified  by  one  of  its  Financial  Officers  as
      presenting in all material respects the financial  condition and results
      of operations  of the Borrower and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  on a
      consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject
      to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

            (d) concurrently  with any delivery of financial  statements under
      clause (a) or (b) above,  a  certificate  of a Financial  Officer of the
      Borrower (i)  certifying  as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a
      Default has  occurred,  specifying  the  details  thereof and any action
      taken or proposed to be taken with respect  thereto,  (ii) setting forth
      reasonably detailed calculations  demonstrating compliance with Sections
      6.12,  6.13,  6.14 and 6.15 and (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP
      or in the  application  thereof  has  occurred  since  the  date  of the
      Borrower's audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04 and,
      if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on
      the financial statements accompanying such certificate;

            (e) concurrently  with any delivery of financial  statements under
      clause (a) above, a certificate of the accounting  firm that reported on
      such financial statements stating whether they obtained knowledge during
      the course of their  examination  of such  financial  statements  of any


<PAGE>

                                                                            53


      Default  (which  certificate  may be limited to the extent  required  by
      accounting rules or guidelines);

            (f) prior to the commencement of each fiscal year of the Borrower,
      a  detailed  consolidated  budget  for such  fiscal  year  (including  a
      projected consolidated balance sheet and related statements of projected
      operations  and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal year and
      setting  forth the  assumptions  used for  purposes  of  preparing  such
      budget) and, promptly when available,  any significant revisions of such
      budget;

            (g) promptly after the same become publicly  available,  copies of
      all periodic and other reports,  proxy  statements  and other  materials
      filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange
      Commission,  or any Governmental  Authority  succeeding to any or all of
      the  functions  of said  Commission,  or with  any  national  securities
      exchange, or distributed by the Borrower to its shareholders  generally,
      as the case may be; and

            (h)  promptly   following   any  request   therefor,   such  other
      information  regarding the  operations,  business  affairs and financial
      condition  of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary,  or  compliance  with the
      terms of any Loan Document,  as the  Administrative  Agent or any Lender
      may reasonably request.

      SECTION 5.02.  NOTICES OF MATERIAL EVENTS.  The Borrower will furnish to
the  Administrative  Agent  and  each  Lender  prompt  written  notice  of the
following:

            (a) the occurrence of any Default;

            (b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit,  investigation
      or proceeding  by or before any  arbitrator  or  Governmental  Authority
      against or affecting  the Borrower or any  Affiliate  thereof  that,  if
      adversely  determined,  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  result in a
      Material Adverse Effect;

            (c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with
      any other ERISA Events that have occurred,  could reasonably be expected
      to  result in  liability  of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  in an
      aggregate amount exceeding $1,000,000; and

            (d) any other  development that results in, or could reasonably be
      expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice  delivered  under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement
of a Financial  Officer or other  executive  officer of the  Borrower  setting
forth the details of the event or  development  requiring  such notice and any
action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

      SECTION 5.03.  INFORMATION REGARDING  COLLATERAL.  (a) The Borrower will
furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any change (i) in
any Loan  Party's  corporate  name or in any trade name used to identify it in
the conduct of its business or in the ownership of its properties, (ii) in the
location of any Loan Party's chief  executive  office,  its principal place of
business,  any  office in which it  maintains  books or  records  relating  to
Collateral  owned by it or any office or facility at which Collateral owned by


<PAGE>

                                                                            54


it is  located  (including  the  establishment  of  any  such  new  office  or
facility),  (iii) in any Loan Party's identity or corporate  structure or (iv)
in any Loan  Party's  Federal  Taxpayer  Identification  Number.  The Borrower
agrees  not to  effect or  permit  any  change  referred  to in the  preceding
sentence  unless all filings have been made under the Uniform  Commercial Code
or  otherwise  that are  required  in order  for the  Administrative  Agent to
continue  at all  times  following  such  change  to have a valid,  legal  and
perfected  security  interest in all the Collateral.  The Borrower also agrees
promptly to notify the  Administrative  Agent if any  material  portion of the
Collateral is damaged or destroyed.

      (b) Each year,  at the time of delivery of annual  financial  statements
with respect to the  preceding  fiscal year  pursuant to clause (a) of Section
5.01, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative  Agent a certificate of
a Financial  Officer and the General Counsel of the Borrower (i) setting forth
the information  required pursuant to Section 1 of the Perfection  Certificate
or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date
of the Perfection  Certificate  delivered on the Effective Date or the date of
the most  recent  certificate  delivered  pursuant  to this  Section  and (ii)
certifying that all Uniform  Commercial Code financing  statements  (including
fixture filings,  as applicable) or other appropriate  filings,  recordings or
registrations,  including all  refilings,  rerecordings  and  reregistrations,
containing a description of the  Collateral  have been filed of record in each
governmental,  municipal  or other  appropriate  office  in each  jurisdiction
identified pursuant to clause (i) above to the extent necessary to protect and
perfect the security  interests  under the Security  Documents for a period of
not less than 18 months  after the date of such  certificate  (except as noted
therein with respect to any  continuation  statements  to be filed within such
period).

      SECTION 5.04.  EXISTENCE;  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.  The Borrower  will, and
will  cause  each of its  Subsidiaries  to, do or cause to be done all  things
necessary  to  preserve,  renew and keep in full  force and  effect  its legal
existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges,  franchises, patents,
copyrights,  trademarks  and  trade  names  material  to  the  conduct  of its
business;   PROVIDED  that  the  foregoing  shall  not  prohibit  any  merger,
consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03.

      SECTION 5.05. PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS.  The Borrower will, and will cause
each of its  Subsidiaries  to,  pay its  Indebtedness  and other  obligations,
including  Tax  liabilities,  before the same shall  become  delinquent  or in
default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Borrower or such Subsidiary has
set aside on its books  adequate  reserves with respect  thereto in accordance
with GAAP, (c) such contest  effectively  suspends collection of the contested
obligation and the  enforcement  of any Lien securing such  obligation and (d)
the failure to make  payment  pending  such contest  could not  reasonably  be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

      SECTION 5.06.  MAINTENANCE  OF  PROPERTIES.  The Borrower will, and will
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all property  material to
the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear
and tear excepted.

      SECTION 5.07.  INSURANCE.  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its
Subsidiaries to,  maintain,  with  financially  sound and reputable  insurance
companies (a) insurance in such amounts (with no greater risk  retention)  and
against such risks as are  customarily  maintained by companies of established
repute  engaged in the same or  similar  businesses  operating  in the same or


<PAGE>

                                                                            55


similar locations and (b) all insurance required to be maintained  pursuant to
the Security Documents. The Borrower will furnish to the Lenders, upon request
of the  Administrative  Agent,  information  in  reasonable  detail  as to the
insurance so maintained.

      SECTION  5.08.  CASUALTY  AND  CONDEMNATION.  (a) The  Borrower (a) will
furnish to the  Administrative  Agent and the Lenders prompt written notice of
any casualty or other insured damage to any material portion of any Collateral
or the  commencement  of any  action  or  proceeding  for  the  taking  of any
Collateral  or any part  thereof or  interest  therein  under power of eminent
domain or by condemnation  or similar  proceeding and (b) will ensure that the
Net  Proceeds of any such event  (whether in the form of  insurance  proceeds,
condemnation awards or otherwise) are collected and applied in accordance with
the applicable provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents.

      SECTION  5.09.  BOOKS AND  RECORDS;  INSPECTION  AND AUDIT  RIGHTS.  The
Borrower will, and will cause each of its  Subsidiaries  to, keep proper books
of record and account in which full,  true and correct entries are made of all
dealings and  transactions  in relation to its business  and  activities.  The
Borrower  will,  and  will  cause  each of its  Subsidiaries  to,  permit  any
representatives  designated by the  Administrative  Agent or any Lender,  upon
reasonable prior notice,  to visit and inspect its properties,  to examine and
make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances
and  condition  with its officers  and  independent  accountants,  all at such
reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested.

      SECTION 5.10.  COMPLIANCE  WITH LAWS.  The Borrower will, and will cause
each of its  Subsidiaries  to, comply with all laws,  rules,  regulations  and
orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property,  except
where  the  failure  to do so,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  could not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

      SECTION 5.11. USE OF PROCEEDS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT. The proceeds of the
Borrowings  hereunder  and the  Letters  of  Credit  will be used only for the
purposes set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.  No part of the proceeds
of any  Loan or any  Letter  of  Credit  will be  used,  whether  directly  or
indirectly,  and whether immediately,  incidentally or ultimately, to purchase
or carry any Margin Stock or to refinance any Indebtedness originally incurred
for such  purpose,  or for any other  purpose that entails a violation  of, or
that is  inconsistent  with, the  provisions of the  Regulations of the Board,
including Regulation U or X.

      SECTION 5.12. ADDITIONAL  SUBSIDIARIES.  If any additional Subsidiary is
formed or acquired after the Effective  Date, the Borrower will,  within three
Business  Days  after  such  Subsidiary  is formed  or  acquired,  notify  the
Administrative  Agent and the  Lenders  thereof and cause the  Collateral  and
Guarantee  Requirement to be satisfied with respect to such  Subsidiary (if it
is a  Subsidiary  Loan  Party) and with  respect to any Equity  Interest in or
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party.

      SECTION 5.13. FURTHER ASSURANCES.  (a) The Borrower will, and will cause
each  Subsidiary  Loan  Party  to,  execute  any  and all  further  documents,
financing  statements,  agreements and instruments,  and take all such further
actions (including the filing and recording of financing  statements,  fixture
filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents), which may be required
under any applicable  law, or which the  Administrative  Agent or the Required
Lenders  may  reasonably  request,  to  cause  the  Collateral  and  Guarantee
Requirement  to be  and  remain  satisfied,  all at the  expense  of the  Loan


<PAGE>

                                                                            56


Parties. The Borrower also agrees to provide to the Administrative Agent, from
time  to  time  upon  request,   evidence   reasonably   satisfactory  to  the
Administrative Agent as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or
intended to be created by the Security Documents.

      (b) If any material assets  (including any real property or improvements
thereto  or  any  interest  therein)  are  acquired  by  the  Borrower  or any
Subsidiary Loan Party after the Effective Date (other than assets constituting
Collateral under the Security Documents that become subject to the Liens under
the Security Documents upon acquisition thereof), the Borrower will notify the
Administrative  Agent  and the  Lenders  thereof,  and,  if  requested  by the
Administrative  Agent or the Required  Lenders,  the Borrower  will cause such
assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the  Obligations  and will take, and
cause the Subsidiary  Loan Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary
or reasonably  requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect such
Liens,  including actions  described in paragraph (a) of this Section,  all at
the expense of the Loan Parties.

      SECTION 5.14. INTEREST RATE PROTECTION. As promptly as practicable,  and
in any event within 90 days after the Effective  Date, the Borrower will enter
into, and thereafter for a period of not less than five years will maintain in
effect, one or more interest rate protection agreements on such terms and with
such parties as shall be reasonably  satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,
the effect of which shall be to fix or limit the interest cost to the Borrower
with respect to at least 50% of the outstanding Long-Term  Indebtedness of the
Borrower.


                                  ARTICLE VI

                              NEGATIVE COVENANTS

      Until the  Commitments  have expired or terminated  and the principal of
and  interest on each Loan and all fees  payable  hereunder  have been paid in
full  and  all  Letters  of  Credit  have  expired  or  terminated  and all LC
Disbursements have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the
Lenders that:

      SECTION 6.01. INDEBTEDNESS;  CERTAIN EQUITY SECURITIES. (a) The Borrower
will not, and will not permit any  Subsidiary  to,  create,  incur,  assume or
permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

            (i) Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents;

            (ii) the Subordinated Notes; PROVIDED that the aggregate principal
      amount  for  all   Indebtedness   permitted  by  this  clause  (ii)  and
      outstanding at any time shall not exceed $150,000,000;

            (iii)  Indebtedness  existing  on the date hereof and set forth in
      Schedule 6.01, but not any  extensions,  renewals or replacements of any
      such Indebtedness;

            (iv)  Indebtedness  of the Borrower to any  Subsidiary  and of any
      Subsidiary  to the  Borrower  or any  other  Subsidiary;  PROVIDED  that
      Indebtedness  of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to the Borrower


<PAGE>

                                                                            57


      or any Subsidiary  Loan Party shall be subject to Sections  6.05(d)(ii),
      (e) and (f);

            (v) Guarantees by the Borrower of  Indebtedness  of any Subsidiary
      and by any  Subsidiary  of  Indebtedness  of the  Borrower  or any other
      Subsidiary;  PROVIDED that  Guarantees by the Borrower or any Subsidiary
      Loan Party of  Indebtedness  of any Subsidiary  that is not a Loan Party
      shall be subject to Section 6.05;

            (vi)  Indebtedness  of the Borrower or any Subsidiary  incurred to
      finance the  acquisition,  construction  or  improvement of any fixed or
      capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness
      assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured
      by a Lien on any such  assets  prior  to the  acquisition  thereof,  and
      extensions,  renewals and replacements of any such  Indebtedness that do
      not increase the  outstanding  principal  amount thereof or result in an
      earlier  maturity  date or  decreased  weighted  average  life  thereof;
      PROVIDED that (a) such  Indebtedness  is incurred  prior to or within 90
      days after such  acquisition or the completion of such  construction  or
      improvement  and (b) the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Indebtedness
      permitted by this clause (vi) shall not exceed  $10,000,000  at any time
      outstanding;

            (vii)  Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary  after
      the date hereof;  PROVIDED that (a) such Indebtedness exists at the time
      such Person becomes a Subsidiary and is not created in  contemplation of
      or in  connection  with such Person  becoming a  Subsidiary  and (b) the
      aggregate  principal  amount of  Indebtedness  permitted  by this clause
      (vii) shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

            (viii)  Permitted  Seller Notes in an aggregate  principal  amount
      outstanding at any time not to exceed $65,000,000; and

            (ix) other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount
      not exceeding  $15,000,000  at any time  outstanding;  PROVIDED that the
      aggregate   principal   amount  of   Indebtedness   of  the   Borrower's
      Subsidiaries  permitted by this clause (ix) shall not exceed  $5,000,000
      at any time outstanding.

Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Borrower will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to, create,  incur or assume any  Indebtedness at any time,  unless
such  creation,  incurrence  or assumption  is expressly  permitted  under the
Subordinated Note Documents at such time.

      (b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any  Subsidiary to, issue
any preferred  stock or other  preferred  Equity  Interests other than (i) the
Preferred Stock and (ii) junior  preferred  stock;  provided that the terms of
such junior  preferred stock shall have been approved by the Required  Lenders
or shall be no more adverse to the Borrower or the Lenders than the  Preferred
Stock and shall be substantially similar to the non-voting common stock of the
Borrower, except with respect to liquidation rights.


<PAGE>

                                                                            58


      SECTION 6.02.  LIENS. (a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary  to,  create,  incur,  assume  or  permit  to exist any Lien on any
property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any
income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any
thereof, except:

            (i) Liens created under the Loan Documents;

            (ii) Permitted Encumbrances;

            (iii) any Lien on any  property  or asset of the  Borrower  or any
      Subsidiary  existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule  6.02;
      PROVIDED  that (i) such Lien  shall not apply to any other  property  or
      asset of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary and (ii) such Lien shall secure
      only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof;

            (iv) any  Lien  existing  on any  property  or asset  prior to the
      acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or existing on any
      property or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date
      hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; PROVIDED that
      (A) such Lien is not created in  contemplation  of or in connection with
      such  acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary,  as the case may
      be, (B) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the
      Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  and (c) such Lien shall  secure only those
      obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date
      such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be; and

            (v) Liens on fixed or  capital  assets  acquired,  constructed  or
      improved  by the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary;  PROVIDED  that (A) such
      security  interests  secure  Indebtedness  permitted  by clause  (vi) of
      Section  6.01(a),  (B)  such  security  interests  and the  Indebtedness
      secured  thereby  are  incurred  prior to or within 90 days  after  such
      acquisition or the completion of such  construction or improvement,  (C)
      the  Indebtedness  secured  thereby  does not  exceed 80% of the cost of
      acquiring,  constructing  or improving  such fixed or capital assets and
      (D) such  security  interests  shall not apply to any other  property or
      assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

      SECTION 6.03.  FUNDAMENTAL  CHANGES. (a) The Borrower will not, and will
not permit any Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person,
or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate  with it, or liquidate
or dissolve,  except that if at the time thereof and immediately  after giving
effect  thereto no Default  shall have  occurred  and be  continuing,  (i) any
Subsidiary  may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower
is the  surviving  corporation,  (ii any  Subsidiary  may merge  into  another
Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving  entity is a Subsidiary and
(if either  party to such merger is a  Subsidiary  Loan Party) is a Subsidiary
Loan Party and (iii) any  Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower
determines in good faith that such  liquidation  or dissolution is in the best
interests  of  the  Borrower  and  is not  materially  disadvantageous  to the
Lenders; PROVIDED that any such merger involving a Person that is not a wholly
owned  Subsidiary  immediately  prior  to such  merger,  and any  such  merger
involving a  Subsidiary  that is not a  Subsidiary  Loan  Party,  shall not be
permitted unless also permitted by Section 6.05.


<PAGE>

                                                                            59


      (b) The Borrower  will not, and will not permit any of its  Subsidiaries
to,  engage to any  material  extent in any business  other than  orthotic and
prosthetic patient-care clinic management and the manufacture and distribution
of orthotic  and  prosthetic  devices and  patient-care  products and business
activities incidental or reasonably related thereto.

      SECTION  6.04.  ASSET SALES.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, transfer,  lease or otherwise dispose of any
asset, including any Equity Interest owned by it, nor will the Borrower permit
any of its  Subsidiaries  to issue  any  additional  Equity  Interest  in such
Subsidiary, except:

            (a) sales of  inventory,  used or surplus  equipment and Permitted
      Investments  in the  ordinary  course of business  and  dispositions  of
      obsolete inventory of NovaCare O&P having an aggregate book value not to
      exceed $10,000,000  following the Borrower's initial inventory review of
      NovaCare O&P in connection with the Acquisition;

            (b)  sales,  transfers  and  dispositions  to  the  Borrower  or a
      Subsidiary;  PROVIDED  that any such sales,  transfers  or  dispositions
      involving  a  Subsidiary  that  is not a Loan  Party  shall  be  made in
      compliance with Sections 6.05 and 6.09; and

            (c) sales,  transfers and other dispositions of assets (other than
      Equity  Interests in a  Subsidiary)  that are not permitted by any other
      clause of this Section; PROVIDED that the aggregate fair market value of
      all assets sold,  transferred or otherwise  disposed of in reliance upon
      this  clause (c) shall not exceed  $5,000,000  during any fiscal year of
      the Borrower and the Net Proceeds of each sale,  transfer or disposition
      are applied in a manner  consistent  with the other  provisions  of this
      Agreement (including Section 2.10);

PROVIDED that all sales,  transfers,  leases and other dispositions  permitted
hereby (other than those permitted by clause (b) above) shall be made for fair
value and solely for  consideration  consisting  of (i) cash and (ii) non-cash
consideration  in an  aggregate  amount  for all such  transactions  after the
Effective Date not to exceed $500,000.


<PAGE>

                                                                            60


      SECTION 6.05. INVESTMENTS, LOANS, ADVANCES, GUARANTEES AND ACQUISITIONS.
The  Borrower  will  not,  and will not  permit  any of its  Subsidiaries  to,
purchase,  hold or acquire  (including  pursuant to any merger with any Person
that was not a  wholly  owned  Subsidiary  prior to such  merger)  any  Equity
Interests in or evidences of indebtedness or other  securities  (including any
option,  warrant or other right to acquire any of the  foregoing)  of, make or
permit to exist any loans or advances to,  Guarantee  any  obligations  of, or
make or permit to exist any  investment  or any other  interest  in, any other
Person,  or purchase or otherwise  acquire (in one  transaction or a series of
transactions)  any assets of any other Person  constituting  a business  unit,
except:

            (a) the Acquisition;

            (b) Permitted Investments;

            (c)  investments  existing  on the date  hereof  and set  forth on
      Schedule 6.05;

            (d)  investments  by the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  in Equity
      Interests in their respective  Subsidiaries;  PROVIDED that (i) any such
      Equity  Interests held by a Loan Party shall be pledged  pursuant to the
      Pledge Agreement (subject to the limitations  applicable to common stock
      of a Foreign Subsidiary referred to in the definition of "Collateral and
      Guarantee Requirement" in Section 1.01) and (ii) the aggregate amount of
      investments  by Loan  Parties in,  loans and advances by Loan Parties to
      and Guarantees by Loan Parties of Indebtedness of Subsidiaries  that are
      not Loan Parties  (including all such investments,  loans,  advances and
      Guarantees  existing on the Effective Date) shall not exceed $500,000 at
      any time outstanding;

            (e) loans or advances  made by the Borrower to any  Subsidiary  or
      made by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; PROVIDED
      that (i) any such  loans  and  advances  made by a Loan  Party  shall be
      evidenced by a promissory note pledged  pursuant to the Pledge Agreement
      and (ii) the amount of such loans and  advances  made by Loan Parties to
      Subsidiaries  that  are  not  Loan  Parties  shall  be  subject  to  the
      limitation set forth in clause (d) above;

            (f)  Guarantees  constituting  Indebtedness  permitted  by Section
      6.01;   PROVIDED   that  (i)  a  Subsidiary   shall  not  Guarantee  the
      Subordinated  Notes unless (A) such  Subsidiary  also has Guaranteed the
      Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee  Agreement,  (B) such Guarantee of
      the  Subordinated  Notes  is  subordinated  to  such  Guarantee  of  the
      Obligations  on  terms  no  less  favorable  to  the  Lenders  than  the
      subordination   provisions  of  the  Subordinated  Notes  and  (C)  such
      Guarantee  of the  Subordinated  Notes  provides  for  the  release  and
      termination  thereof,  without action by any party, upon any release and
      termination of such Guarantee of the Obligations, and (ii) the aggregate
      principal  amount  of  Indebtedness  of  Subsidiaries  that are not Loan
      Parties  that is  Guaranteed  by any Loan Party  shall be subject to the
      limitation set forth in clause (d) above;

            (g)  investments  received in  connection  with the  bankruptcy or
      reorganization  of, or settlement  of  delinquent  accounts and disputes
      with,  customers and suppliers,  in each case in the ordinary  course of
      business;


<PAGE>

                                                                            61


            (h) loans and advances  made by the Borrower and the  Subsidiaries
      in the ordinary  course of business  consistent  with past  practices to
      their respective  employees for  education-related  expenses  (including
      tuition and room and board),  moving,  travel and emergency expenses and
      other  similar  expenses,  so long  as the  aggregate  principal  amount
      thereof at any one time  outstanding  (determined  without regard to any
      write-downs  or write-offs of such loans and advances)  shall not exceed
      $2,500,000; and

            (i)  acquisitions  by the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  of all or
      substantially  all of the assets of, or all the Equity  Interests  in, a
      Person  or  division  or  line  of  business  of a  Person  if (i)  each
      Subsidiary,  if any,  formed for the purpose of or  resulting  from such
      acquisition  shall be a Wholly Owned  Subsidiary and a Loan Party,  (ii)
      the  ownership  by the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  of such  Person or
      business is consistent  with the  limitations of Section 6.03,  (iii) no
      Default  or  Event  of  Default  results  from  the  making  of any such
      acquisition,  (iv)  prior  to the  making  of any such  acquisition  the
      Borrower shall have delivered to the  Administrative  Agent calculations
      demonstrating  pro forma  compliance  with the  covenants  contained  in
      Sections  6.12,  6.13,  6.14  and 6.15 as of the end of and for the most
      recent  period of four fiscal  quarters for which  financial  statements
      shall have been  delivered  pursuant to Section  5.03(a) or (b),  giving
      effect to such  acquisition,  any related  incurrence  or  repayment  of
      Indebtedness and the terms of any employment  agreement  entered into in
      connection  therewith as if they had  occurred at the  beginning of such
      period and (v) the  aggregate  consideration  (including  the  aggregate
      principal amount of Permitted Seller Notes issued and Permitted Earn-Out
      Obligations incurred) paid for acquisitions  permitted under this clause
      (i) after the Effective  Date shall not exceed  $150,000,000;  PROVIDED,
      that so long as the  conditions  in clause  (iv) of this  paragraph  are
      satisfied and the Leverage Ratio (calculated as set forth in clause (iv)
      of this  paragraph)  does not exceed 2.50 to 1.00, the  restriction  set
      forth in this clause (v) shall not apply.

Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Borrower will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to, enter into any  transaction  contemplated by this Section 6.05,
unless such  transaction is expressly  permitted under the  Subordinated  Note
Documents at such time.

      SECTION 6.06.  SALE AND LEASEBACK  TRANSACTIONS.  The Borrower will not,
and will not permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to, enter into any  arrangement,
directly or indirectly,  whereby it shall sell or transfer any property,  real
or personal, used or useful in its business,  whether now owned or hereinafter
acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it
intends to use for  substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property
sold or  transferred,  except for any such sale of any fixed or capital assets
that is made for cash  consideration  in an  amount  not less than the cost of
such  fixed or  capital  asset and is  consummated  within  90 days  after the
Borrower or such  Subsidiary  acquires or completes the  construction  of such
fixed or capital asset.

      SECTION 6.07.  HEDGING  AGREEMENTS.  The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to, enter into any Hedging  Agreement,  other
than  (a)  Hedging  Agreements  required  by  Section  5.14  and  (b)  Hedging
Agreements  entered  into in the  ordinary  course  of  business  to  hedge or
mitigate  risks to which the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  is  exposed in the
conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities.


<PAGE>

                                                                            62


      SECTION 6.08. RESTRICTED PAYMENTS; CERTAIN PAYMENTS OF INDEBTEDNESS. (a)
The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, declare or make,
or agree to pay or make,  directly or indirectly,  any Restricted  Payment, or
incur any  obligation  (contingent  or  otherwise)  to do so,  except  (i) the
Borrower  may  declare and pay  dividends  with  respect to its capital  stock
payable solely in additional shares of its common stock, (ii) Subsidiaries may
declare and pay dividends  ratably with respect to their capital stock,  (iii)
the Borrower may make Restricted Payments, not exceeding $1,000,000 during any
fiscal year,  pursuant to and in  accordance  with stock option plans or other
benefit plans for management or employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
and (iv) if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Borrower  may  repurchase  shares of the  Preferred  Stock  for,  and may make
additional payments with, cash or Equity Interests in the Borrower pursuant to
the exercise by a holder of its put rights, or the exercise by the Borrower of
its call rights or any mandatory  redemption,  as applicable,  in each case as
contemplated  by the  Certificate  of  Designations;  PROVIDED that (x) to the
extent  such  Restricted  Payments  are made for Equity  Interests  other than
common stock,  the terms of such Equity  Interests shall have been approved by
the Required  Lenders and (y) to the extent that such Restricted  Payments are
made for cash,  (A) such  Restricted  Payments  may only be made with the cash
proceeds of an issuance of common  stock of the  Borrower and (B) prior to the
making of any such  Restricted  Payment,  the Borrower shall have delivered to
the Administrative Agent calculations  demonstrating pro forma compliance with
the covenants contained in Sections 6.12, 6.13, 6.14 and 6.15 as of the end of
and for the most recent  period of four fiscal  quarters  for which  financial
statements shall have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a),  (b) or (c),
giving  effect  to  such  Restricted  Payment  as if it  had  occurred  at the
beginning of such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall be
permitted  to exchange  shares of common  stock for the  Preferred  Stock,  as
contemplated by the Certificate of Designations,  or exchange shares of common
stock for shares of another class of common stock.

      (b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any  Subsidiary  to, make
or agree to make,  directly or indirectly,  any payment or other  distribution
(whether in cash,  securities or other property) of or in respect of principal
of or  interest  on any  Indebtedness,  or any  payment or other  distribution
(whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or
similar  deposit,  on  account  of  the  purchase,   redemption,   retirement,
acquisition, cancelation or termination of any Indebtedness, except:

            (i) the payment of Indebtedness  created under the Loan Documents;
      and

            (ii) regularly  scheduled  interest and principal  payments as and
      when due in  respect  of any  Indebtedness  and so long as no Default or
      Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing,  any prepayment of the
      Subordinated   Notes  pursuant  to  clause  (c)  of  the  definition  of
      "Prepayment Event" up to amount not to exceed the amount permitted to be
      deducted from the calculation of Net Proceeds  pursuant to clause (d) of
      the  definition of "Net  Proceeds",  in each case other than payments in
      respect  of  the   Subordinated   Notes  that  are   prohibited  by  the
      subordination provisions thereof.

      SECTION 6.09.  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.  The Borrower will not, and
will not permit any  Subsidiary  to,  sell,  lease or  otherwise  transfer any
property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or
assets from, or otherwise  engage in any other  transactions  with, any of its
Affiliates,  except (a)  transactions  in the ordinary course of business that
are at prices and on terms and  conditions  not less favorable to the Borrower
or such  Subsidiary  than  could be  obtained  on an  arm's-length  basis from
unrelated third parties,  (b)  transactions  between or among the Borrower and


<PAGE>

                                                                            63


the  Subsidiary  Loan  Parties  not  involving  any other  Affiliate,  (c) any
Restricted  Payment  permitted  by  Section  6.08 and (d) with  respect to the
Preferred  Stock,   the  transactions   contemplated  by  the  Certificate  of
Designations,  the  documents  executed  in  connection  with  the sale of the
Preferred Stock and the Offering Memorandum.

      SECTION 6.10.  RESTRICTIVE  AGREEMENTS.  The Borrower will not, and will
not permit any Subsidiary to,  directly or  indirectly,  enter into,  incur or
permit to exist any agreement or other  arrangement that prohibits,  restricts
or  imposes  any  condition  upon  (a)  the  ability  of the  Borrower  or any
Subsidiary  to  create,  incur or  permit  to exist  any Lien  upon any of its
property or assets,  or (b) the ability of any  Subsidiary to pay dividends or
other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make
or repay  loans or  advances to the  Borrower  or any other  Subsidiary  or to
Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;  PROVIDED that
(i) the foregoing  shall not apply to restrictions  and conditions  imposed by
law or by any Loan Document or Subordinated Note Document,  (ii) the foregoing
shall not apply to  restrictions  and  conditions  existing on the date hereof
identified on Schedule 6.10 (but shall apply to any amendment or  modification
expanding the scope of any such restriction or condition), (iii) the foregoing
shall  not  apply  to  customary  restrictions  and  conditions  contained  in
agreements  relating to the sale of a Subsidiary  pending such sale,  provided
such  restrictions  and conditions  apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be
sold and such sale is permitted  hereunder,  (iv) clause (a) of the  foregoing
shall  not  apply to  restrictions  or  conditions  imposed  by any  agreement
relating  to  secured  Indebtedness   permitted  by  this  Agreement  if  such
restrictions or conditions  apply only to the property or assets securing such
Indebtedness  and (v) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary
provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof.

      SECTION 6.11.  AMENDMENT OF MATERIAL  DOCUMENTS.  The Borrower will not,
and will not  permit  any  Subsidiary  to,  amend,  modify or waive any of its
rights under any  Subordinated  Note  Document or any  document or  instrument
evidencing or governing the Preferred  Stock or other  instrument or agreement
evidencing  or  governing   Indebtedness  or  preferred  stock,  if  any  such
amendment, modification or waiver, taken together with any related amendments,
modifications  or waivers,  could  reasonably be expected to be adverse to the
rights or  interests of the Lenders  (including  by reducing the amount of any
prepayment  required to be made  hereunder).

      SECTION 6.12.  INTEREST  EXPENSE  COVERAGE RATIO.  The Borrower will not
permit the ratio of (a) Consolidated  EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Cash Interest
Expense,  in each case for any period of four consecutive  fiscal quarters (or
such lesser  number of fiscal  quarters as shall have  elapsed  since June 30,
1999) ending during any period set forth below,  commencing with the period of
four consecutive  fiscal quarters (or such lesser number of fiscal quarters as
shall have elapsed  since June 30,  1999)  ending on December 31, 1999,  to be
less than the ratio set forth below opposite such period:


               PERIOD                                      RATIO

Fiscal year ending December 31, 1999                   2.25 to 1.00
Fiscal year ending December 31, 2000                   2.50 to 1.00
Fiscal year ending December 31, 2001                   2.75 to 1.00
Fiscal year ending December 31, 2002                   3.00 to 1.00
Thereafter                                             3.00 to 1.00


<PAGE>

                                                                            64


      SECTION 6.13.  LEVERAGE RATIO. The Borrower will not permit the Leverage
Ratio as of any date during any period set forth  below,  commencing  with the
period of four  consecutive  fiscal  quarters (or such lesser number of fiscal
quarters as shall have  elapsed  since June 30,  1999)  ending on December 31,
1999, to exceed the ratio set forth opposite such period:


               PERIOD                                      RATIO

Fiscal year ending December 31, 1999                   4.75 to 1.00
Fiscal year ending December 31, 2000                   4.00 to 1.00
Fiscal year ending December 31, 2001                   3.50 to 1.00
Fiscal year ending December 31, 2002                   3.25 to 1.00
Thereafter                                             3.25 to 1.00


      SECTION 6.14. CONSOLIDATED ADJUSTED EBITDA/ INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO. The
Borrower will not permit the ratio of (a) Consolidated  Adjusted EBITDA to (b)
Consolidated  Cash  Interest  Expense,  in each  case for any  period  of four
consecutive fiscal quarters (or such lesser number of fiscal quarters as shall
have  elapsed  since June 30,  1999)  ending on any date during any period set
forth below,  commencing with the period of four  consecutive  fiscal quarters
(or such lesser number of fiscal quarters as shall have elapsed since June 30,
1999) ending on December  31, 1999,  to be less than the ratio set forth below
opposite such period:


               PERIOD                                      RATIO

Fiscal year ending December 31, 1999                   2.00 to 1.00
Fiscal year ending December 31, 2000                   2.25 to 1.00
Fiscal year ending December 31, 2001                   2.50 to 1.00
Fiscal year ending December 31, 2002                   2.50 to 1.00
Thereafter                                             2.50 to 1.00


      SECTION  6.15.  CAPITAL  EXPENDITURES.  The Borrower will not permit the
aggregate  amount  of  Capital  Expenditures  made  by the  Borrower  and  the
Subsidiaries  in any fiscal  year to exceed the amount set forth  below as the
"BASE  AMOUNT" for such fiscal  year,  PROVIDED  that the amount of  permitted
Capital  Expenditures in any fiscal year shall be increased by an amount equal
to 50% of the total amount of unused  permitted  Capital  Expenditures for the
immediately preceding year (but not including the amount of any unused Capital
Expenditures carried forward to such preceding year pursuant to this proviso):


            FISCAL YEAR                                    BASE AMOUNT

                1999                                       $10,500,000
                2000                                        $8,000,000
                2001                                        $7,800,000
                2002                                        $7,500,000


<PAGE>

                                                                            65


                2003                                        $7,900,000
                2004                                        $8,400,000
                2005                                        $8,900,000
                2006                                        $9,400,000
                2007                                        $9,900,000


                                  ARTICLE VII

                               EVENTS OF DEFAULT

      If any of the following events ("EVENTS OF DEFAULT") shall occur:

            (a) the  Borrower  shall fail to pay any  principal of any Loan or
      any reimbursement  obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and
      as the  same  shall  become  due and  payable,  whether  at the due date
      thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

            (b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any
      fee or any other amount (other than an amount  referred to in clause (a)
      of this Article) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document
      when and as the same shall  become  due and  payable,  and such  failure
      shall continue unremedied for a period of three Business Days;

            (c) any  representation  or warranty  made or deemed made by or on
      behalf of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary in or in  connection  with any
      Loan  Document  or any  amendment  or  modification  thereof  or  waiver
      thereunder, or in any report, certificate,  financial statement or other
      document  furnished  pursuant to or in connection with any Loan Document
      or any amendment or  modification  thereof or waiver  thereunder,  shall
      prove to have been incorrect when made or deemed made;

            (d) the  Borrower  shall fail to observe or perform any  covenant,
      condition or agreement  contained in Section 5.02, 5.04 (with respect to
      the existence of the Borrower) or 5.11 or in Article VI;

            (e) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any  covenant,
      condition or agreement  contained in any Loan Document (other than those
      specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this  Article),  and such failure
      shall  continue  unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof
      from the  Administrative  Agent to the  Borrower  (which  notice will be
      given at the request of any Lender);

            (f) the Borrower or any Subsidiary  shall fail to make any payment
      (whether of principal or interest and  regardless  of amount) in respect
      of any Material Indebtedness,  when and as the same shall become due and
      payable;

            (g) any event or  condition  occurs that  results in any  Material
      Indebtedness  becoming  due  prior  to its  scheduled  maturity  or that
      enables or permits  (with or without the giving of notice,  the lapse of
      time or both) the holder or holders of any Material  Indebtedness or any


<PAGE>

                                                                            66


      trustee  or  agent  on  its  or  their  behalf  to  cause  any  Material
      Indebtedness  to become due, or to require the  prepayment,  repurchase,
      redemption  or  defeasance  thereof,  prior to its  scheduled  maturity;
      PROVIDED  that this  clause (g) shall not apply to secured  Indebtedness
      that  becomes due as a result of the  voluntary  sale or transfer of the
      property or assets securing such Indebtedness;

            (h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary
      petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other
      relief in respect of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or its debts,  or of
      a substantial  part of its assets,  under any Federal,  state or foreign
      bankruptcy, insolvency,  receivership or similar law now or hereafter in
      effect  or (ii)  the  appointment  of a  receiver,  trustee,  custodian,
      sequestrator,  conservator  or similar  official for the Borrower or any
      Subsidiary  or for a  substantial  part of its assets,  and, in any such
      case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days
      or an order or decree  approving or ordering any of the foregoing  shall
      be entered;

            (i) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily  commence
      any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation,  reorganization
      or  other  relief  under  any  Federal,  state  or  foreign  bankruptcy,
      insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii)
      consent  to the  institution  of,  or fail to  contest  in a timely  and
      appropriate  manner,  any proceeding or petition described in clause (h)
      of this  Article,  (iii)  apply for or consent to the  appointment  of a
      receiver,  trustee,  custodian,  sequestrator,  conservator  or  similar
      official for the Borrower or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of
      its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material  allegations of a
      petition  filed  against it in any such  proceeding,  (v) make a general
      assignment  for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the
      purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

            (j) the Borrower or any Subsidiary  shall become unable,  admit in
      writing its inability or fail  generally to pay its debts as they become
      due;

            (k) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate
      amount in excess of $5,000,000  shall be rendered  against the Borrower,
      any  Subsidiary  or any  combination  thereof and the same shall  remain
      undischarged  for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution
      shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by
      a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or
      any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

            (l) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the
      Required  Lenders,  when taken together with all other ERISA Events that
      have  occurred,  could  reasonably be expected to result in liability of
      the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries in an aggregate  amount exceeding (i)
      $1,000,000 in any year or (ii) $5,000,000 for all periods;

            (m) any Lien  purported to be created under any Security  Document
      shall  cease to be, or shall be  asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a
      valid and perfected Lien on any Collateral,  with the priority  required
      by the applicable Security Document,  except (i) as a result of the sale
      or other  disposition  of the  applicable  Collateral  in a  transaction
      permitted  under  the  Loan  Documents  or  (ii)  as  a  result  of  the
      Administrative  Agent's  failure  to  maintain  possession  of any stock
      certificates,  promissory  notes or other  instruments  delivered  to it
      under the Pledge Agreement;


<PAGE>

                                                                            67


            (n) any of the  Security  Documents  shall cease to be or shall be
      asserted by any Loan Party not to be in full force and effect;

            (o) the  Guarantee  Agreement or the  Indemnity,  Subrogation  and
      Contribution  Agreement  shall  cease to be or shall be  asserted by any
      Loan Party not to be in full force and effect; or

            (p) a Change in Control shall occur;

then,  and in every  such  event  (other  than an event  with  respect  to the
Borrower  described  in clause  (h) or (i) of this  Article),  and at any time
thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may,
and at the request of the Required  Lenders shall,  by notice to the Borrower,
take either or both of the following actions,  at the same or different times:
(i) terminate the Commitments,  and thereupon the Commitments  shall terminate
immediately,  and (ii)  declare  the  Loans  then out  standing  to be due and
payable in whole (or in part,  in which case any  principal not so declared to
be due and payable may  thereafter  be  declared to be due and  payable),  and
thereupon  the  principal  of the  Loans so  declared  to be due and  payable,
together with accrued interest  thereon and all fees and other  obligations of
the Borrower  accrued  hereunder,  shall  become due and payable  immediately,
without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which
are hereby  waived by the  Borrower;  and in case of any event with respect to
the Borrower  described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article,  the Commitments
shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding,
together with accrued interest  thereon and all fees and other  obligations of
the Borrower accrued hereunder,  shall  automatically  become due and payable,
without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which
are hereby waived by the Borrower.


                                 ARTICLE VIII

                           THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT


      Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the
Administrative  Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative  Agent to
take such actions on its behalf and to exercise  such powers as are  delegated
to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents,  together with
such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

      The bank serving as the  Administrative  Agent  hereunder shall have the
same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may
exercise  the same as though it were not the  Administrative  Agent,  and such
bank and its Affiliates may accept  deposits from, lend money to and generally
engage in any kind of business  with the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  or other
Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

      The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except
those  expressly  set  forth  in the  Loan  Documents.  Without  limiting  the
generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject
to any fiduciary or other implied duties,  regardless of whether a Default has
occurred and is continuing,  (b) the  Administrative  Agent shall not have any
duty to take any discretionary  action or exercise any  discretionary  powers,
except  discretionary  rights and powers  expressly  contemplated  by the Loan


<PAGE>

                                                                            68


Documents that the Administrative  Agent is required to exercise in writing by
the  Required  Lenders (or such other number or  percentage  of the Lenders as
shall be necessary under the  circumstances  as provided in Section 9.02), and
(c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan  Documents,  the  Administrative
Agent  shall not have any duty to  disclose,  and shall not be liable  for the
failure to disclose,  any  information  relating to the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries  that is  communicated  to or  obtained  by the bank  serving  as
Administrative   Agent  or  any  of  its  Affiliates  in  any  capacity.   The
Administrative  Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by
it with the consent or at the request of the  Required  Lenders (or such other
number  or  percentage  of  the  Lenders  as  shall  be  necessary  under  the
circumstances  as provided in Section 9.02) or in the absence of its own gross
negligence or wilful misconduct.  The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed
not to have  knowledge of any Default  unless and until written notice thereof
is given to the  Administrative  Agent by the  Borrower  or a Lender,  and the
Administrative  Agent  shall  not be  responsible  for or  have  any  duty  to
ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement,  warranty or representation  made
in or in  connection  with  any  Loan  Document,  (ii)  the  contents  of  any
certificate,  report or other document  delivered  thereunder or in connection
therewith,  (iii)  the  performance  or  observance  of any of the  covenants,
agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan  Document,  (iv)
the  validity,  enforceability,  effectiveness  or  genuineness  of  any  Loan
Document  or  any  other  agreement,   instrument  or  document,  or  (v)  the
satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan
Document,  other than to confirm  receipt of items  expressly  required  to be
delivered to the Administrative  Agent. Any co-agents  hereunder shall have no
obligations or liabilities pursuant to their capacity as co- agents.

      The  Administrative  Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not
incur any  liability  for  relying  upon,  any notice,  request,  certificate,
consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be
genuine  and  to  have  been  signed  or  sent  by  the  proper  Person.   The
Administrative  Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by
telephone  and believed by it to be made by the proper  Person,  and shall not
incur any liability for relying thereon.  The Administrative Agent may consult
with  legal  counsel  (who  may be  counsel  for  the  Borrower),  independent
accountants and other experts  selected by it, and shall not be liable for any
action  taken or not  taken by it in  accordance  with the  advice of any such
counsel, accountants or experts.

      The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise
its rights and powers by or through any one or more  sub-agents  appointed  by
the Administrative  Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may
perform  any and all its duties  and  exercise  its rights and powers  through
their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory  provisions of the preceding
paragraphs  shall apply to any such  sub-agent  and to the Related  Parties of
each  Administrative  Agent and any such  sub-agent,  and shall apply to their
respective  activities  in  connection  with  the  syndication  of the  credit
facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

      Subject  to  the  appointment  and  acceptance  of a  successor  to  the
Administrative  Agent as provided in this paragraph,  the Administrative Agent
may resign at any time by  notifying  the  Lenders,  the Issuing  Bank and the
Borrower.  Upon any such  resignation,  the  Required  Lenders  shall have the
right,  in  consultation  with the  Borrower,  to appoint a  successor.  If no
successor shall have been so appointed by the Required  Lenders and shall have
accepted  such  appointment  within 30 days after the retiring  Administrative
Agent gives notice of its resignation,  then the retiring Administrative Agent


<PAGE>

                                                                            69


may,  on behalf of the  Lenders  and the  Issuing  Bank,  appoint a  successor
Administrative  Agent  which  shall be a bank with an office in New York,  New
York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment
as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed
to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the
retiring  Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be
discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder.  The fees payable by the
Borrower  to a  successor  Administrative  Agent  shall  be the  same as those
payable to its predecessor  unless  otherwise  agreed between the Borrower and
such successor.  After the Administrative Agent's resignation  hereunder,  the
provisions  of this Article and Section 9.03 shall  continue in effect for the
benefit  of such  retiring  Administrative  Agent,  its  sub-agents  and their
respective  Related  Parties in respect of any actions  taken or omitted to be
taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

      Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance
upon the Administrative  Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents
and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and
decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender also  acknowledges that it
will,  independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any
other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time
to time deem appropriate,  continue to make its own decisions in taking or not
taking action under or based upon this  Agreement,  any other Loan Document or
related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.


                                  ARTICLE IX

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

      SECTION  9.01.  NOTICES.  Except  in  the  case  of  notices  and  other
communications  expressly permitted to be given by telephone,  all notices and
other  communications  provided  for herein  shall be in writing  and shall be
delivered  by hand or  overnight  courier  service,  mailed  by  certified  or
registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

            (a) if to the Borrower,  to it at Hanger Orthopedic  Group,  Inc.,
      7700  Old  Georgetown  Road,  Bethesda,  MD  20814,  Attention  of Chief
      Executive Officer (Telecopy No. (301) 986-0702);

            (b) if to the  Administrative  Agent, to The Chase Manhattan Bank,
      Loan and Agency Services Group,  One Chase Manhattan  Plaza,  8th Floor,
      New York, New York 10081,  Attention of Anne Bowles  (Telecopy No. (212)
      552-7500);

            (c) if to the Issuing  Bank,  to it at The Chase  Manhattan  Bank,
      Loan and Agency Services Group,  One Chase Manhattan  Plaza,  8th Floor,
      New York, New York 10081,  Attention of Anne Bowles  (Telecopy No. (212)
      552-7500);

            (d) if to any other  Lender,  to it at its  address  (or  telecopy
      number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.


<PAGE>

                                                                            70


Any party  hereto may change its  address or  telecopy  number for notices and
other  communications  hereunder by notice to the other  parties  hereto.  All
notices and other  communications given to any party hereto in accordance with
the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have been given on the
date of receipt.

      SECTION  9.02.  WAIVERS;  AMENDMENTS.  (a) No  failure  or  delay by the
Administrative  Agent,  the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right
or power  hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver
thereof,  nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power,
or any  abandonment  or  discontinuance  of steps to  enforce  such a right or
power,  preclude any other or further  exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing Bank and the Lenders  hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are
cumulative  and are not  exclusive  of any rights or remedies  that they would
otherwise  have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to
any  departure  by any Loan Party  therefrom  shall in any event be  effective
unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section,  and then
such waiver or consent  shall be effective  only in the specific  instance and
for the  purpose for which  given.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of the
foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be
construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative
Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such
Default at the time.

      (b) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision
hereof or thereof may be waived,  amended or modified  except,  in the case of
this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into
by the  Borrower  and the  Required  Lenders or, in the case of any other Loan
Document,  pursuant to an agreement or agreements  in writing  entered into by
the  Administrative  Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are parties
thereto, in each case with the consent of the Required Lenders;  PROVIDED that
no such agreement  shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the
written consent of such Lender,  (ii) reduce the principal  amount of any Loan
or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon,  or reduce any fees
payable  hereunder,  without  the  written  consent  of each  Lender  affected
thereby,  (iii)  postpone the maturity of any Loan, or any  scheduled  date of
payment of the  principal  amount of any Term Loan under  Section 2.09, or the
required date of  reimbursement  of any LC  Disbursement,  or any date for the
payment of any  interest or fees payable  hereunder,  or reduce the amount of,
waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration
of any  Commitment,  without  the  written  consent  of each  Lender  affected
thereby,  (iv) change Section  2.17(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the
pro rata sharing of payments required thereby,  without the written consent of
each Lender, (v) change any of the provisions of this Section o the percentage
set forth in the  definition of "Required  Lenders" or any other  provision of
any Loan Document  specifying  the number or percentage of Lenders (or Lenders
of any Class) required to waive, amend or modify any rights thereunder or make
any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the written consent
of each  Lender  (or each  Lender  of such  Class,  as the case may be),  (vi)
release  any  Subsidiary  Loan Party from its  Guarantee  under the  Guarantee
Agreement (except as expressly provided in the Guarantee Agreement),  or limit
its  liability in respect of such  Guarantee,  without the written  consent of


<PAGE>

                                                                            71


each Lender, (vii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the
Liens of the Security  Documents,  without the written consent of each Lender,
(viii)  change any  provisions  of any Loan  Document  in a manner that by its
terms  adversely  affects  the rights in respect  of  payments  due to Lenders
holding Loans of any Class  differently  than those holding Loans of any other
Class,  without the written  consent of Lenders holding a majority in interest
of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments of each affected Class or (ix)
change the rights of the Tranche B Lenders to decline mandatory prepayments as
provided in Section  2.10  without  the  written  consent of Tranche B Lenders
holding a majority of the outstanding  Tranche B Loans;  PROVIDED FURTHER that
(a) no such agreement  shall amend,  modify or otherwise  affect the rights or
duties of the  Administrative  Agent or the  Issuing  Bank  without  the prior
written consent of the  Administrative  Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case
may be, and (b) any waiver,  amendment or  modification of this Agreement that
by its terms  affects  the  rights  or  duties  under  this  Agreement  of the
Revolving  Lenders (but not the Tranche A Lenders and Tranche B Lenders),  the
Tranche A Lenders (but not the Revolving Lenders and Tranche B Lenders) or the
Tranche B Lenders (but not the Revolving Lenders and Tranche A Lenders) may be
effected by an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower
and  requisite  percentage  in interest of the affected  Class of Lenders that
would be  required  to consent  thereto  under  this  Section if such Class of
Lenders were the only Class of Lenders hereunder at the time.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing,  any provision of this Agreement may be amended by an agreement
in  writing  entered  into  by the  Borrower,  the  Required  Lenders  and the
Administrative  Agent  (and,  if their  rights  or  obligations  are  affected
thereby,  the  Issuing  Bank)  if (i) by  the  terms  of  such  agreement  the
Commitment of each Lender not consenting to the amendment provided for therein
shall terminate upon the  effectiveness of such amendment and (ii) at the time
such amendment becomes effective,  each Lender not consenting thereto receives
payment in full of the principal of and interest  accrued on each Loan made by
it and all other  amounts  owing to it or accrued for its  account  under this
Agreement.

      SECTION 9.03. EXPENSES; INDEMNITY; DAMAGE WAIVER. (a) The Borrower shall
pay (i) all reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses incurred by the Arranger,  the
Agents and their respective Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges
and   disbursements  of  counsel  for  the  Agents,  in  connection  with  the
syndication of the credit facilities  provided for herein, the preparation and
administration  of the Loan  Documents  or any  amendments,  modifications  or
waivers  of  the  provisions   thereof   (whether  or  not  the   transactions
contemplated  hereby or thereby  shall be  consummated),  (ii) all  reasonable
out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred by the Issuing Bank in  connection  with the
issuance,  amendment,  renewal  or  extension  of any  Letter of Credit or any
demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by
the Agents,  the Issuing Bank or any Lender,  including the fees,  charges and
disbursements  of any counsel for the Agents,  the Issuing Bank or any Lender,
in connection  with the  enforcement or protection of its rights in connection
with the Loan  Documents,  including  its  rights  under this  Section,  or in
connection  with  the  Loans  made or  Letters  of  Credit  issued  hereunder,
including  all  such  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  during  any  workout,
restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

      (b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Arranger,  the Agents,  the Issuing
Bank and each Lender,  and each Related Party of any of the foregoing  Persons
(each  such  Person  being  called  an  "INDEMNITEE")  against,  and hold each
Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and
related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel
for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out
of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of any
Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument  contemplated  hereby,  the
performance  by  the  parties  to  the  Loan  Documents  of  their  respective
obligations  thereunder or the  consummation of the  Transactions or any other
transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use
of the proceeds therefrom  (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor
a demand for payment  under a Letter of Credit if the  documents  presented in


<PAGE>

                                                                            72


connection  with such  demand do not  strictly  comply  with the terms of such
Letter of  Credit),  (iii) any  actual  or  alleged  presence  or  release  of
Hazardous  Materials on or from any Mortgaged  Property or any other  property
currently  or  formerly  owned  or  operated  by  the  Borrower  or any of its
Subsidiaries,  or  any  Environmental  Liability  related  in  any  way to the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,  or (iv) any actual or prospective claim,
litigation,  investigation  or  proceeding  relating to any of the  foregoing,
whether based on contract,  tort or any other theory and regardless of whether
any Indemnitee is a party thereto;  PROVIDED that such indemnity shall not, as
to any  Indemnitee,  be  available  to the extent  that such  losses,  claims,
damages,  liabilities  or  related  expenses  are  determined  by a  court  of
competent  jurisdiction by final and  nonappealable  judgment to have resulted
from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

      (c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount  required to
be paid by it to the Arranger,  the Agents or the Issuing Bank under paragraph
(a) or  (b) of  this  Section,  each  Lender  severally  agrees  to pay to the
Arranger,  the Agents or the Issuing  Bank,  as the case may be, such Lender's
pro rata share  (determined  as of the time that the  applicable  unreimbursed
expense or indemnity  payment is sought) of such unpaid amount;  PROVIDED that
the unreimbursed  expense or indemnified  loss,  claim,  damage,  liability or
related  expense,  as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the
Arranger, the Agents or the Issuing Bank in its capacity as such. For purposes
hereof,  a Lender's "pro rata share" shall be determined  based upon its share
of the sum of the total Revolving Exposures, outstanding Term Loans and unused
Commitments at the time.

      (d) To the extent  permitted by applicable  law, the Borrower  shall not
assert,  and each hereby  waives,  any claim  against any  Indemnitee,  on any
theory of liability, for special, indirect,  consequential or punitive damages
(as opposed to direct or actual damages)  arising out of, in connection  with,
or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument  contemplated
hereby,  the  Transactions,  any Loan or  Letter  of  Credit or the use of the
proceeds thereof.

      (e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable  promptly  after
written demand therefor.

      SECTION  9.04.  SUCCESSORS  AND  ASSIGNS.  (a)  The  provisions  of this
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto
and their respective  successors and assigns  permitted hereby  (including any
Affiliate of the Issuing  Bank that issues any Letter of Credit),  except that
the  Borrower  may not  assign  or  otherwise  transfer  any of its  rights or
obligations  hereunder  without the prior written  consent of each Lender (and
any  attempted  assignment  or transfer by the  Borrower  without such consent
shall be null and void).  Nothing in this  Agreement,  expressed  or  implied,
shall be construed to confer upon any Person  (other than the parties  hereto,
their  respective  successors  and assigns  permitted  hereby  (including  any
Affiliate  of the Issuing  Bank that issues any Letter of Credit)  and, to the
extent  expressly  contemplated  hereby,  the  Related  Parties of each of the
Arranger, the Agents, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable
right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

      (b) Any Lender may assign to one or more  assignees  all or a portion of
its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of
its  Commitment  and the  Loans at the time  owing to it);  PROVIDED  that (i)
except in the case of an  assignment  to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender,


<PAGE>

                                                                            73


each of the  Borrower  and the  Administrative  Agent (and,  in the case of an
assignment  of all or a portion  of a  Revolving  Commitment  or any  Lender's
obligations  in respect of its LC Exposure,  the Issuing Bank) must give their
prior  written  consent  to  such  assignment  (which  consent  shall  not  be
unreasonably  withheld),  (ii) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender
or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of
the assigning  Lender's  Commitment or Loans,  the amount of the Commitment or
Loans of the assigning  Lender subject to each such assignment  (determined as
of the date the Assignment and Acceptance  with respect to such  assignment is
delivered  to the  Administrative  Agent)  shall not be less  than  $5,000,000
unless each of the Borrower and the  Administrative  Agent otherwise  consent,
(iii)  each  partial   assignment   shall  be  made  as  an  assignment  of  a
proportionate  part of all the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under
this  Agreement,  except that this  clause  (iii)  shall not be  construed  to
prohibit the assignment of a proportionate  part of all the assigning Lender's
rights and  obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans,  (iv)
the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative
Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation
fee of  $3,500,  and (v) the  assignee,  if it shall  not be a  Lender,  shall
deliver  to the  Administrative  Agent an  Administrative  Questionnaire;  and
PROVIDED  FURTHER that any consent of the Borrower  otherwise  required  under
this  paragraph  shall not be required if an Event of Default under clause (h)
or (i) of Article VII has occurred and is  continuing.  Subject to  acceptance
and recording  thereof  pursuant to paragraph  (d) of this  Section,  from and
after the effective  date  specified in each  Assignment  and  Acceptance  the
assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest
assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of
a Lender under this Agreement,  and the assigning Lender  thereunder shall, to
the extent of the interest  assigned by such  Assignment  and  Acceptance,  be
released from its  obligations  under this  Agreement  (and, in the case of an
Assignment and Acceptance  covering all of the assigning  Lender's  rights and
obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto
but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.13, 2.14, 2.15
and 9.03).  Any  assignment  or transfer by a Lender of rights or  obligations
under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated
for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation  in
such rights and  obligations in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section.
For the purposes of this Section 9.04(b), the term "Affiliate" shall be deemed
to include,  with respect to an  investment  fund that  invests in  commercial
loans,  any other  investment  fund that  invests in  commercial  loans and is
managed or advised by the same  investment  advisor as such investment fund or
by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

      (c) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the
Borrower,  shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York a copy
of each  Assignment  and  Acceptance  delivered  to it and a register  for the
recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders,  and the Commitment of,
and principal amount of the Loans and LC  Disbursements  owing to, each Lender
pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the  "REGISTER").  The entries
in the Register  shall be  conclusive,  and the Borrower,  the  Administrative
Agent,  the Issuing  Bank and the Lenders may treat each Person  whose name is
recorded in the Register  pursuant to the terms  hereof as a Lender  hereunder
for all purposes of this  Agreement,  notwithstanding  notice to the contrary.
The Register  shall be available for  inspection by the Borrower,  the Issuing
Bank  and any  Lender,  at any  reasonable  time and  from  time to time  upon
reasonable prior notice.

      (d) Upon its  receipt  of a duly  completed  Assignment  and  Acceptance
executed by an assigning  Lender and an  assignee,  the  assignee's  completed
Administrative  Questionnaire  (unless the assignee  shall already be a Lender


<PAGE>

                                                                            74


hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of
this Section and any written consent to such assignment  required by paragraph
(b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and
Acceptance and record the information  contained  therein in the Register.  No
assignment  shall be effective  for purposes of this  Agreement  unless it has
been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

      (e)  Any  Lender  may,   without  the  consent  of  the  Borrower,   the
Administrative  Agent or the Issuing Bank, sell  participations to one or more
banks or other entities (a "PARTICIPANT") in all or a portion of such Lender's
rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its
Commitment  and the  Loans  owing to it);  PROVIDED  that  (i)  such  Lender's
obligations  under this  Agreement  shall remain  unchanged,  (ii) such Lender
shall  remain  solely   responsible  to  the  other  parties  hereto  for  the
performance of such  obligations  and (iii) the Borrower,  the  Administrative
Agent,  the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders  shall  continue to deal solely
and directly  with such Lender in  connection  with such  Lender's  rights and
obligations  under this  Agreement.  Any agreement or  instrument  pursuant to
which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall
retain  the sole  right to  enforce  the Loan  Documents  and to  approve  any
amendment,  modification  or waiver of any  provision  of the Loan  Documents;
PROVIDED that such  agreement or instrument  may provide that such Lender will
not,  without  the  consent  of  the  Participant,  agree  to  any  amendment,
modification or waiver  described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that
affects  such  Participant.  Subject to  paragraph  (f) of this  Section,  the
Borrower  agrees that each  Participant  shall be entitled to the  benefits of
Sections 2.13, 2.14 and 2.15 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had
acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section.
To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the
benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant
agrees to be subject to Section 2.16(c) as though it were a Lender.

      (f) A Participant  shall not be entitled to receive any greater  payment
under Section 2.13 or 2.15 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled
to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant,  unless
the sale of the  participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower's
prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were
a Lender  shall not be  entitled to the  benefits  of Section  2.15 unless the
Borrower is notified of the  participation  sold to such  Participant and such
Participant  agrees,  for the benefit of the Borrower,  to comply with Section
2.15(e) as though it were a Lender.

      (g) Any Lender may at any time  pledge or assign a security  interest in
all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of
such Lender,  including any pledge or assignment  to secure  obligations  to a
Federal  Reserve Bank,  and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or
assignment of a security interest;  PROVIDED that no such pledge or assignment
of a security  interest  shall  release a Lender  from any of its  obligations
hereunder  or  substitute  any such  pledgee or assignee  for such Lender as a
party hereto.

      SECTION 9.05. SURVIVAL. All covenants,  agreements,  representations and
warranties  made  by  the  Loan  Parties  in  the  Loan  Documents  and in the
certificates or other instruments  delivered in connection with or pursuant to
this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document  shall be  considered to have been
relied upon by the other  parties  hereto and shall  survive the execution and
delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any
Letters  of Credit,  regardless  of any  investigation  made by any such other
party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative  Agent, the


<PAGE>

                                                                            75


Issuing  Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or
incorrect  representation  or  warranty  at the time any  credit  is  extended
hereunder,  and  shall  continue  in  full  force  and  effect  as long as the
principal  of or any  accrued  interest  on any  Loan or any fee or any  other
amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of
Credit is  outstanding  and so long as the  Commitments  have not  expired  or
terminated.  The provisions of Sections 2.13,  2.14, 2.15 and 9.03 and Article
VIII shall  survive  and remain in full  force and  effect  regardless  of the
consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  the repayment of the
Loans,  the  expiration  or  termination  of the  Letters  of  Credit  and the
Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

      SECTION 9.06. COUNTERPARTS;  INTEGRATION;  EFFECTIVENESS. This Agreement
may be executed in counterparts  (and by different parties hereto on different
counterparts),  each of which shall  constitute an original,  but all of which
when taken together shall  constitute a single contract.  This Agreement,  the
other Loan Documents and any separate  letter  agreements with respect to fees
payable to the  Administrative  Agent constitute the entire contract among the
parties  relating  to the  subject  matter  hereof and  supersede  any and all
previous  agreements  and  understandings,  oral or  written,  relating to the
subject  matter  hereof.  Except as provided in Section 4.01,  this  Agreement
shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the  Administrative
Agent and when the  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received  counterparts
hereof which,  when taken  together,  bear the signatures of each of the other
parties hereto,  and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of
an executed  counterpart  of a signature  page of this  Agreement  by telecopy
shall be  effective  as delivery of a manually  executed  counterpart  of this
Agreement.

      SECTION 9.07.  SEVERABILITY.  Any provision of this Agreement held to be
invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable  in any  jurisdiction  shall,  as to such
jurisdiction,  be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity,  illegality or
unenforceability  without affecting the validity,  legality and enforceability
of the  remaining  provisions  hereof;  and  the  invalidity  of a  particular
provision in a particular  jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in
any other jurisdiction.

      SECTION  9.08.  RIGHT  OF  SETOFF.  If an Event of  Default  shall  have
occurred and be  continuing,  each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby
authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent  permitted
by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or
demand,  provisional  or final) at any time held and other  obligations at any
time owing by such Lender or  Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of
the  Borrower  against any of and all the  obligations  of the Borrower now or
hereafter  existing under this Agreement held by such Lender,  irrespective of
whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and
although such  obligations  may be unmatured.  The rights of each Lender under
this  Section are in addition to other rights and  remedies  (including  other
rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

      SECTION  9.09.  GOVERNING  LAW;  JURISDICTION;  CONSENT  TO  SERVICE  OF
PROCESS. (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed
by the law of the State of New York.

      (b) The Borrower hereby  irrevocably and  unconditionally  submits,  for
itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court
of the State of New York  sitting in New York County and of the United  States


<PAGE>

                                                                            76


District Court of the Southern  District of New York, and any appellate  court
from any thereof,  in any action or  proceeding  arising out of or relating to
any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each
of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and  unconditionally  agrees that all
claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined
in such New York State or, to the extent  permitted  by law,  in such  Federal
court.  Each of the parties  hereto  agrees that a final  judgment in any such
action  or  proceeding  shall  be  conclusive  and may be  enforced  in  other
jurisdictions  by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
Nothing in this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document  shall affect any right
that the  Administrative  Agent,  the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise
have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other
Loan  Document  against the  Borrower or its  properties  in the courts of any
jurisdiction.

      (c) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and  unconditionally  waives, to the
fullest extent it may legally and  effectively  do so, any objection  which it
may now or  hereafter  have to the  laying  of venue of any  suit,  action  or
proceeding  arising  out of or relating  to this  Agreement  or any other Loan
Document in any court  referred to in paragraph (b) of this  Section.  Each of
the parties hereto hereby irrevocably  waives, to the fullest extent permitted
by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action
or proceeding in any such court.

      (d) Each  party to this  Agreement  irrevocably  consents  to service of
process in the manner  provided for notices in Section  9.01.  Nothing in this
Agreement  or any other Loan  Document  will  affect the right of any party to
this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

      SECTION 9.10.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO
THE FULLEST  EXTENT  PERMITTED BY  APPLICABLE  LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A
TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING  TO THIS  AGREEMENT,  ANY OTHER  LOAN  DOCUMENT  OR THE  TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY  (WHETHER  BASED ON CONTRACT,  TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).
EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO  REPRESENTATIVE,  AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF
ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY
WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF  LITIGATION,  SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING  WAIVER
AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO
ENTER INTO THIS  AGREEMENT  BY,  AMONG OTHER  THINGS,  THE MUTUAL  WAIVERS AND
CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

      SECTION 9.11.  HEADINGS.  Article and Section  headings and the Table of
Contents used herein are for  convenience  of reference  only, are not part of
this  Agreement  and shall not  affect the  construction  of, or be taken into
consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

      SECTION 9.12.  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Each of the Arranger,  the Agents,  the
Issuing  Bank and the Lenders  agrees to maintain the  confidentiality  of the
Information (as defined below),  except that  Information may be disclosed (a)
to  its  and  its  Affiliates'  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents,
including  accountants,  legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood
that the  Persons  to whom such  disclosure  is made will be  informed  of the
confidential   nature  of  such   Information  and  instructed  to  keep  such
Information  confidential),  (b) to the  extent  requested  by any  regulatory


<PAGE>

                                                                            77


authority,  (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by
any  subpoena  or  similar  legal  process,  (d) to any  other  party  to this
Agreement,  (e) in connection  with the exercise of any remedies  hereunder or
any suit,  action or proceeding  relating to this  Agreement or any other Loan
Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder,  (f) subject to
an agreement  containing  provisions  substantially  the same as those of this
Section, to any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective  assignee of
or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement,  (g)
with the consent of the Borrower, (h) to the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally  recognized rating
agency  that  requires  access  to  information  about a  Lender's  investment
portfolio in connection  with ratings issued with respect to such Lender,  (i)
to any direct or indirect contractual  counterparty in swap agreements or such
contractual  counterparty's  professional advisor (so long as such contractual
counterparty or professional  advisor to such contractual  counterparty agrees
to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9.12.) or (j) to the extent such
Information (i) becomes publicly  available other than as a result of a breach
of this Section or (ii) becomes  available to the  Arranger,  the Agents,  the
Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than
the  Borrower.  For the  purposes  of this  Section,  "INFORMATION"  means all
information  received  from  the  Borrower  relating  to the  Borrower  or its
business,  other than any such  information that is available to the Arranger,
the Agents, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to
disclosure by the Borrower; PROVIDED that, in the case of information received
from  the  Borrower  after  the  date  hereof,  such  information  is  clearly
identified  at the time of delivery as  confidential.  Any Person  required to
maintain the  confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall
be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has
exercised  the same degree of care to  maintain  the  confidentiality  of such
Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

      SECTION 9.13. INTEREST RATE LIMITATION.  Notwithstanding anything herein
to the  contrary,  if at any time the interest  rate  applicable  to any Loan,
together  with all fees,  charges  and other  amounts  which  are  treated  as
interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the "CHARGES"), shall
exceed the maximum  lawful rate (the  "MAXIMUM  RATE") which may be contracted
for, charged,  taken,  received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in
accordance  with  applicable  law, the rate of interest  payable in respect of
such Loan  hereunder,  together with all Charges  payable in respect  thereof,
shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent  lawful,  the interest
and Charges  that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not
payable as a result of the  operation of this Section  shall be cumulated  and
the interest  and Charges  payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or
periods  shall be increased  (but not above the Maximum Rate  therefor)  until
such  cumulated  amount,  together with interest  thereon at the Federal Funds
Effective  Rate to the date of  repayment,  shall have been  received  by such
Lender.

      SECTION  9.14.  RELEASE OF LIENS AND  GUARANTEES.  In the event that the
Borrower or any  Subsidiary  conveys,  sells,  leases,  assigns,  transfers or
otherwise  disposes  of all or any  portion  of any of the  Equity  Interests,
assets or property of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in a transaction
not  prohibited by Section 6.04, the  Administrative  Agent and the Collateral
Agent shall  promptly (and the Lenders  hereby  authorize  the  Administrative
Agent and the  Collateral  Agent to) take such  action  and  execute  any such
documents as may be reasonably requested by the Borrower and at the Borrower's
expense to release any Liens  created by any Loan  Document in respect of such
Equity Interests,  assets, property, including the release and satisfaction of
record of any mortgage or deed of trust granted in connection  herewith,  and,
in the case of a disposition of all or substantially  all the Equity Interests


<PAGE>

                                                                            78


or assets of any Subsidiary Loan Party, terminate such Subsidiary Loan Party's
obligations  under  the  Subsidiary  Guarantee  Agreement.  In  addition,  the
Administrative  Agent and the  Collateral  Agent agree to take such actions as
are  reasonably  requested by the Borrower  and at the  Borrower's  expense to
terminate the Liens and security  interests created by the Loan Documents when
all the Obligations are paid in full and all Letters of Credit and Commitments
are terminated. Any representation, warranty or covenant contained in any Loan
Document relating to any such Equity Interests, assets, property or Subsidiary
shall no longer be deemed  to be made once such  Equity  Interests,  assets or
property is conveyed, sold, leased, assigned, transferred or disposed of.


<PAGE>

                                                                            79


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed by their respective  authorized  officers as of the day and year
first above written.


                                   HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.,
                                   individually and as Administrative Agent,

                                   By: /s/IVAN R. SABEL
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name:  Ivan R. Sabel
                                       Title: Chairman and Chief Executive
                                              Officer


<PAGE>

                                   THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
                                   individually and as Administrative Agent,

                                   By: /s/STEPHEN P. ROCHFORD
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Stephen P. Rochford
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                                   individually and as Syndication Agent,

                                   By: /s/DAVID BELL
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: David Bell
                                       Title: Principal


                                   PARIBAS,
                                   individually and as Documentation Agent,

                                   By: /s/DARRYL M. MONASEBIAN
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Daryl M. Monasebian
                                       Title: Director, Merchant Banking Group

                                   By: /s/DONALD ERCOLE
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Donald Ercole
                                       Title: Managing Director


                                   ABN AMRO BANK N.V.

                                   By: /s/DONALD SUTTON
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Donald Sutton
                                       Title: Vice President

                                   By: /s/MICHAEL A. KOWALCZUK
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Michael A. Kowalczuk
                                       Title: Assistant Vice President


<PAGE>

                                   ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,

                                   By: /s/JERRY D. ZINKULA
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Jerry D. Zinkula
                                       Title: Authorized Signatory

                                   By: /s/PATRICIA W. WILSON
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Patricia W. Wilson
                                       Title: Authorized Signatory


                                   BANKBOSTON, N.A.

                                   By: /s/CHRISTOPHER J. WICKLES
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Christopher J. Wickles
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   COMERICA BANK,

                                   By: /s/MARK J. HERMAN
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Mark J. Herman
                                       Title: First Vice President


                                   COOPERATIEVE CENTRALE RAIFFEISEN-
                                   BOERENLEENBANK B.A. "RABOBANK
                                   INTERNATIONAL", NEW YORK BRANCH,
                                   individually and as a co-agent,

                                   By: /s/ELLEN A. POLANSKY
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Ellen A. Polansky
                                       Title: Vice President

                                   By: /s/ELLEN M. TACKLING
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Ellen M. Tackling
                                       Title: Vice President-Credit Control


<PAGE>

                                   CREDIT LYONNAIS NEW YORK BRANCH,

                                   By: /s/JOHN C. OBERLE
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: John C. Oberle
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   CYPRESSTREE INSTITUTIONAL FUND, LLC,

                                   By: CypressTree Investment Management
                                       Company, Inc. its Managing Member,

                                   By: /s/JEFFREY HEMER
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Jeffrey Hemer
                                       Title: Principal


                                   DEBT STRATEGIES FUND III, INC.,

                                   By: /s/COLLEEN M. CUNNIFFE
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Colleen M. Cunniffe
                                       Title: Authorized Signatory


                                   DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK
                                   BRANCH AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCH

                                   By: /s/CHARLES M. O'SHEA
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Charles M. O'Shea
                                       Title: Vice President

                                   By: /s/ANDREW P. NESI
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Andrew P. Nesi
                                       Title: First Vice President


                                   FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK,
                                   individually and as a co-agent,

                                   By: /s/J. MATT MACLVER, JR.
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: J. Matt Maclver, Jr.
                                       Title: Vice President


<PAGE>

                                   FLEET NATIONAL BANK,

                                   By: /s/CATHERINE H. LILLY
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Catherine H. Lilly
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   FRANKLIN FLOATING RATE TRUST,

                                   By: /s/CHAUNCEY LUFKIN
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Chauncey Lufkin
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   HELLER FINANCIAL, INC.,

                                   By: /s/SHELIA C. WEIME
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Shelia C. Weime
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   KZH IV LLC,

                                   By: /s/VIRGINIA CONWAY
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Virginia Conway
                                       Title: Authorized Agent


                                   KZH CYPRESSTREE-1 LLC,

                                   By: /s/VIRGINIA CONWAY
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Virginia Conway
                                       Title: Authorized Agent


<PAGE>

                                   KZH STERLING LLC,

                                   By: /s/VIRGINIA CONWAY
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Virginia Conway
                                       Title: Authorized Agent


                                   MERRILL LYNCH SENIOR FLOATING
                                   RATE FUND II, INC.,

                                   By: /s/COLLEEN M. CUNNIFFE
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Colleen M. Cunniffe
                                       Title: Authorized Agent


                                   METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,

                                   By: /s/JAMES R. DINGLER
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: James R. Dingler
                                       Title: Director


                                   MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER PRIME
                                   INCOME TRUST,

                                   By: /s/SHELIA A. FINNERTY
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Shelia A. Finnerty
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA, A
                                   CANADIAN CHARTERED BANK,

                                   By: /s/MICHAEL E. WILLIAMS
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Michael E. Williams
                                       Title: Vice President /  Manager

                                   By: /s/ROBERT A. INCORVATI
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Robert A. Incorvati
                                       Title: Vice President


<PAGE>

                                   NORTH AMERICAN SENIOR FLOATING
                                   RATE FUND,

                                   By: CypressTree Investment Management
                                       Company, Inc. as Portfolio Manager

                                   By: /s/JEFFREY HEMER
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Jeffrey Hemer
                                       Title: Principal


                                   PINEHURST TRADING, INC.,

                                   By: /s/KELLY C. WALKER
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Kelly C. Walker
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   PROVIDENT BANK OF MARYLAND,

                                   By: /s/FRIEDA M.A. MCWILLIAMS
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Frieda M.A. McWilliams
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   SCOTIABANC, INC., individually and as a co-
                                   agent,

                                   By: /s/CAROLYN A. CALLOWAY
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Carolyn A. Calloway
                                       Title: Relationship Manager


<PAGE>

                                   SEQUILS I, LTD.,

                                   By: TCW Advisors, Inc. as its Collateral
                                       Manager

                                   By: /s/JUSTIN L. DRISCOLL
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Justin L. Driscoll
                                       Title: Senior Vice President

                                   By: /s/JONATHAN R. INSULL
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Jonathan R. Insull
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   SUMMIT BANK,

                                   By: /s/CHRISTOPHER P. KLECZKOWSKI
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Christopher P. Kleczkowski
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   THE UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.,

                                   By: /s/JAMES L. LEAHY
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: James L. Leahy
                                       Title: Senior Vice President


                                   U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

                                   By: /s/BRIAN C. O'NEIL
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Brian C. O'Neil
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   USTRUST,

                                   By: /s/ERRIN SHAGEL
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name: Errin Shagel
                                       Title: Vice President



                                                                 EXHIBIT 10(b)

                         HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

                                 $150,000,000
                  11 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2009

                              PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                                                  June 9, 1999


DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
CHASE SECURITIES INC.
PARIBAS CORPORATION
c/o Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
    Bankers Trust Plaza
    130 Liberty Street
    New York, New York  10006


Ladies and Gentlemen:

      Hanger Orthopedic Group,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation (the "COMPANY"),
hereby  confirms its  agreement  with you (the "INITIAL  PURCHASERS"),  as set
forth below.

      1. THE SECURITIES. Subject to the terms and conditions herein contained,
the Company proposes to issue and sell to the Initial Purchasers  $150,000,000
aggregate  principal amount of its 11 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009,
Series A (thE  "NOtes").  The Notes are to be issued under an  indenture  (thE
"INDENTure")  to be dated as of June 16,  1999 by and  between the Company and
U.S. Bank Trust, National Association, as Trustee (thE "TRUStee"). Each of the
Company's  domestic  subsidiarie s (the "GUARANTORS") is jointly and severally
guaranteeing (the "GUARANTEES"), on a senior subordinated basis, the Company's
obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.

      The Notes will be offered  and sold to the  Initial  Purchasers  without
being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "ACT"),  in
reliance on exemptions therefrom.

      In  connection  with the sale of the Notes,  the Company has  prepared a
preliminary   offering   memorandum  dated  May  21,  1999  (the  "PRELIMINARY
MEMORANDUM"),  and a final offering  memorandum dated June 9, 1999 (the "FINAL
MEMORANDUM";  the Preliminary  Memorandum and the Final Memorandum each herein
being referred to as a "MEMORANDUM")  setting forth or including a description
of the  terms  of the  Notes,  the  terms  of the  offering  of the  Notes,  a
description  of the  Company  and any  material  developments  relating to the


<PAGE>

Company  occurring  after  the date of the most  recent  historical  financial
statements included therein.

      The Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect  transferees of the
Notes will be entitled to the benefits of the Registration  Rights  Agreement,
substantially  in the form  attached  hereto as  EXHIBIT A (the  "REGISTRATION
RIGHTS  AGREEMENT"),  pursuant to which the Company and the Guarantors  agree,
among  other  things,  to file a  registration  statement  (the  "REGISTRATION
STATEMENT")  with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the  "COMMISSION")
registering  the Notes or the Exchange  Notes (as defined in the  Registration
Rights Agreement) under the Act.

      2.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The Company represents and warrants
to and agrees with each of the Initial Purchasers that:

      (a) Neither the  Preliminary  Memorandum  as of the date thereof nor the
Final  Memorandum  nor any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto  as of the date
thereof and at all times subsequent thereto up to the Closing Date (as defined
in Section 3 below)  contained or contains any untrue  statement of a material
fact or  omitted  or omits  to state a  material  fact  necessary  to make the
statements  therein,  in the light of the circumstances  under which they were
made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth
in this Section 2(a) do not apply to statements or omissions  made in reliance
upon  and in  conformity  with  information  relating  to  any of the  Initial
Purchasers  furnished  to the  Company in writing  by the  Initial  Purchasers
expressly for use in the Preliminary  Memorandum,  the Final Memorandum or any
amendment or supplement thereto.

      (b) As of the Closing Date, the Company will have the authorized, issued
and outstanding  capitalization set forth in the Final Memorandum;  all of the
subsidiaries  of the Company are listed in SCHEDULE 2 attached hereto (each, a
"SUBSIDIARY" and  collectively,  the  "SUBSIDIARIES");  all of the outstanding
shares of capital stock of the Company and the Subsidiaries  have been, and as
of the Closing Date will be, duly  authorized  and validly  issued,  are fully
paid and  nonassessable  and were not issued in violation of any preemptive or
similar rights;  all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company
and of  each  of the  Subsidiaries  will  be  free  and  clear  of all  liens,
encumbrances,  equities and claims or restrictions on  transferability  (other
than those imposed by the Act and the securities or "Blue Sky" laws of certain
jurisdictions) or voting;  except as set forth in the Final Memorandum,  there
are no (i) options,  warrants or other rights to purchase,  (ii) agreements or
other  obligations  to issue or (iii) other  rights to convert any  obligation
into, or exchange any securities  for, shares of capital stock of or ownership
interests in the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries  outstanding.  Except for
the Subsidiaries or as disclosed in the Final Memorandum, the Company does not
own,  directly or indirectly,  any shares of capital stock or any other equity
or  long-term  debt  securities  or have  any  equity  interest  in any  firm,
partnership, joint venture or other entity.

      (c)  Each of the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries  is duly  incorporated,
validly  existing  and in good  standing  under  the  laws  of its  respective
jurisdiction of incorporation and has all requisite  corporate (or partnership


                                     -2-

<PAGE>

or limited  liability  company)  power and authority to own its properties and
conduct  its  business  as  now  conducted  and  as  described  in  the  Final
Memorandum;  each of the Company and the  Subsidiaries is duly qualified to do
business as a foreign  corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions
where the  ownership  or  leasing  of its  properties  or the  conduct  of its
business  requires  such  qualification,  except  where the  failure  to be so
qualified would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse
effect on the general affairs,  management,  business, condition (financial or
otherwise),  prospects  or  results  of  operations  of the  Company  and  the
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (any such event, a "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT").

      (d) The Company  has all  requisite  corporate  power and  authority  to
execute,  deliver and perform each of its obligations under the Indenture, the
Notes,  the Exchange  Notes and the Private  Exchange Notes (as defined in the
Registration  Rights Agreement).  The Notes, when issued,  will be in the form
contemplated by the Indenture.  The Notes,  the Exchange Notes and the Private
Exchange Notes have each been duly and validly  authorized by the Company and,
when  executed by the Company and  authenticated  by the Trustee in accordance
with the  provisions  of the  Indenture  and,  in the case of the Notes,  when
delivered to and paid for by the Initial  Purchasers  in  accordance  with the
terms of this Agreement, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations
of the Company  entitled to the  benefits of the  Indenture,  and  enforceable
against  the  Company  in  accordance  with  their  terms,   except  that  the
enforcement   thereof   may  be   subject  to  (i)   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium  or other  similar laws now or hereafter in effect
relating to creditors' rights generally, and (ii) general principles of equity
and the  discretion of the court before which any  proceeding  therefor may be
brought.

      (e) The Company and each of the Guarantors  has all requisite  corporate
(or partnership or limited liability  company) power and authority to execute,
deliver and perform its obligations  under the Indenture.  The Indenture meets
the requirements for  qualification  under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended (the "TIA"). The Indenture has been duly and validly authorized by the
Company and each of the  Guarantors  and,  when  executed and delivered by the
Company and each of the Guarantors (assuming the due authorization,  execution
and delivery by the  Trustee),  will  constitute  a valid and legally  binding
agreement of the Company and each of the Guarantors,  enforceable  against the
Company and each of the Guarantors in accordance  with its terms,  except that
the  enforcement  thereof  may  be  subject  to  (i)  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium  or other  similar laws now or hereafter in effect
relating to creditors' rights generally and (ii) general  principles of equity
and the  discretion of the court before which any  proceeding  therefor may be
brought.

      (f) The Company and each of the Guarantors  has all requisite  corporate
(or partnership or limited liability  company) power and authority to execute,
deliver and perform its obligations  under the Registration  Rights Agreement.
The Registration  Rights Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by the
Company and each of the  Guarantors  and,  when  executed and delivered by the
Company  and each of the  Guarantors,  will  constitute  a valid  and  legally
binding  agreement  of the  Company  and  each of the  Guarantors  enforceable
against the Company and each of the  Guarantors in accordance  with its terms,
except  that (A) the  enforcement  thereof  may be subject to (i)  bankruptcy,


                                     -3-

<PAGE>

insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter
in effect relating to creditors' rights generally and (ii) general  principles
of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor
may be brought and (B) any rights to indemnity or contribution  thereunder may
be  limited  by  federal  and  state   securities   laws  and  public   policy
considerations.

      (g) The Company  has all  requisite  corporate  power and  authority  to
execute,  deliver and  perform its  obligations  under this  Agreement  and to
consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  This  Agreement  and the
consummation by the Company of the transactions  contemplated hereby have been
duly and validly  authorized  by the  Company.  This  Agreement  has been duly
executed and delivered by the Company.

      (h) No  consent,  approval,  authorization  or  order  of any  court  or
governmental  agency or body,  or third party is required for the issuance and
sale by the Company of the Notes to the Initial  Purchasers,  the  issuance by
any  Guarantor of its Guarantee or the  consummation  by the Company or any of
the Guarantors of the other transactions  contemplated hereby,  except such as
have been obtained and such as may be required under state securities or "Blue
Sky"  laws in  connection  with the  purchase  and  resale of the Notes by the
Initial  Purchasers.  None  of  the  Company  or  the  Subsidiaries  is (i) in
violation  of  its  certificate  of   incorporation   or  bylaws  (or  similar
organizational  document),  (ii)  in  breach  or  violation  of  any  statute,
judgment,  decree,  order, rule or regulation applicable to any of them or any
of their  respective  properties  or  assets,  except  for any such  breach or
violation which would not,  individually or in the aggregate,  have a Material
Adverse  Effect,  or (iii) in breach of or  default  under  (nor has any event
occurred  which,  with notice or passage of time or both,  would  constitute a
default  under)  or in  violation  of any of the  terms or  provisions  of any
indenture,  mortgage,  deed of trust, loan agreement,  note,  lease,  license,
franchise  agreement,  permit,  certificate,  contract or other  agreement  or
instrument  to which  any of them is a party or to which  any of them or their
respective properties or assets is subject (collectively, "CONTRACTS"), except
for any such breach, default, violation or event which would not, individually
or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

      (i) The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by the  Company of this
Agreement and the Notes and by the Company and each Guarantor of the Indenture
and the Registration Rights Agreement, and the consummation by the Company and
each Guarantor of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including,
without  limitation,  the  issuance  and  sale  of the  Notes  to the  Initial
Purchasers) will not conflict with or constitute or result in a breach of or a
default  under (or an event which with notice or passage of time or both would
constitute a default under) or violation of any of (i) the terms or provisions
of any Contract, except for any such conflict,  breach, violation,  default or
event  which  would not,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  have a Material
Adverse Effect,  (ii) the certificate of  incorporation  or bylaws (or similar
organizational  document) of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries,  or (iii)
(assuming  compliance with all applicable  state securities or "Blue Sky" laws
and assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial
Purchasers in Section 8 hereof) any statute,  judgment, decree, order, rule or
regulation  applicable  to the  Company or any of the  Subsidiaries  or any of
their respective properties or assets, except for any such conflict, breach or


                                     -4-

<PAGE>

violation which would not,  individually or in the aggregate,  have a Material
Adverse Effect.

      (j) The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the
Subsidiaries  included in the Final Memorandum  present fairly in all material
respects the financial  position,  results of operations and cash flows of the
Company  and the  Subsidiaries  at the dates and for the periods to which they
relate and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles applied on a consistent basis,  except as otherwise stated therein.
The  summary  and  selected  financial  and  statistical  data  in  the  Final
Memorandum  present  fairly in all  material  respects the  information  shown
therein and have been  prepared  and compiled on a basis  consistent  with the
audited  financial  statements  included  therein,  except as otherwise stated
therein.  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP (the  "INDEPENDENT  ACCOUNTANTS")  is an
independent public accounting firm within the meaning of the Act and the rules
and regulations promulgated thereunder.

      (k) The pro forma financial statements (including the notes thereto) and
the other pro forma financial information included in the Final Memorandum (i)
comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of
Regulation  S-X  promulgated  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as
amended (the "EXCHANGE  ACT"),  (ii) have been prepared in accordance with the
Commission's  rules  and  guidelines  with  respect  to  pro  forma  financial
statements,  and (iii)  have been  properly  computed  on the bases  described
therein;  and  the  assumptions  used  in the  preparation  of the  pro  forma
financial data and other pro forma financial information included in the Final
Memorandum are reasonable and the adjustments  used therein are appropriate to
give effect to the transactions or circumstances referred to therein.

      (l) There is not pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened
any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation to which the Company or
any of the  Subsidiaries is a party, or to which the property or assets of the
Company  or any of the  Subsidiaries  are  subject,  before or  brought by any
court,  arbitrator  or  governmental  agency  or  body  which,  if  determined
adversely to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, would, individually or in
the  aggregate,  have a Material  Adverse  Effect or which seeks to  restrain,
enjoin,  prevent the  consummation  of or otherwise  challenge the issuance or
sale of the  Notes  to be sold  hereunder  or the  consummation  of the  other
transactions described in the Final Memorandum.

      (m)  The  Company  and  each of the  Subsidiaries  holds  all  licenses,
certificates and permits from governmental  authorities  ("PERMITS") which are
necessary to the conduct of their  businesses,  except where the failure to do
so would not have a Material  Adverse Effect;  and neither the Company nor any
of the  Subsidiaries  has infringed any patents,  patent rights,  trade names,
trademarks or copyrights,  which  infringement  is material to the business of
the Company and the  Subsidiaries  taken as a ------- whole. The Company knows
of no material infringement by others of patents,  patent rights, trade names,
trademarks or copyrights owned by or licensed to the Company.


                                     -5-

<PAGE>

      (n) Since the date of the most recent financial  statements appearing in
the Final Memorandum,  except as described therein, (i) none of the Company or
the  Subsidiaries  has  incurred any  liabilities  or  obligations,  direct or
contingent,  or  entered  into or agreed  to enter  into any  transactions  or
contracts  (written  or oral) not in the  ordinary  course of  business  which
liabilities,  obligations, transactions or contracts would, individually or in
the  aggregate,  be  material to the general  affairs,  management,  business,
condition (financial or otherwise),  prospects or results of operations of the
Companies and its Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole, (ii) none of the Company or
the  Subsidiaries  has purchased any of its  outstanding  capital  stock,  nor
declared,  paid or otherwise made any dividend or  distribution of any kind on
its capital  stock (other than with respect to any of such  Subsidiaries,  the
purchase  of, or  dividend  or  distribution  on,  capital  stock owned by the
Company) and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock
or long-term indebtedness of the Company or the Subsidiaries.

      (o) Each of the Company  and the  Subsidiaries  has filed all  necessary
federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns,  except where the
failure to so file such returns would not,  individually  or in the aggregate,
have a Material  Adverse Effect,  and has paid all taxes shown as due thereon;
and  other  than tax  deficiencies  which the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  is
contesting  in good  faith and for which the  Company or such  Subsidiary  has
provided adequate reserves,  there is no tax deficiency that has been asserted
against the Company or any of the Subsidiaries  that would have,  individually
or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

      (p) The  statistical  and  market-related  data  included  in the  Final
Memorandum  are based on or derived  from  sources  which the  Company and the
Subsidiaries believe to be reliable and accurate.

      (q) None of the Company,  the  Subsidiaries or any agent acting on their
behalf has taken or will take any action  that might cause this  Agreement  or
the  sale  of the  Notes  to  violate  Regulation  T, U or X of the  Board  of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System,  in each case as in effect, or as the
same may hereafter be in effect, on the Closing Date.

      (r) Each of the Company  and the  Subsidiaries  has good and  marketable
title to all real property and good title to all personal  property  described
in the Final  Memorandum as being owned by it and good and marketable title to
a leasehold  estate in the real and personal  property  described in the Final
Memorandum  as being  leased  by it free  and  clear  of all  liens,  charges,
encumbrances or  restrictions,  except as described in the Final Memorandum or
to the extent the failure to have such title or the  existence  of such liens,
charges,  encumbrances  or  restrictions  would  not,  individually  or in the
aggregate,   have  a  Material  Adverse  Effect.  All  leases,  contracts  and
agreements  to which the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries  is a party or by
which any of them is bound are valid and  enforceable  against  the Company or
such  Subsidiary,  and are valid and  enforceable  against  the other party or
parties  thereto and are in full force and effect with only such exceptions as
would not,  individually or in the aggregate,  have a Material Adverse Effect.
The Company and the  Subsidiaries  own or possess  adequate  licenses or other
rights to use all patents, trademarks,  service marks, trade names, copyrights
and  know-how  necessary  to conduct  the  businesses  now or  proposed  to be
operated by them as described in the Final Memorandum, and none of the Company


                                     -6-

<PAGE>

or the  Subsidiaries  has received any notice of  infringement  of or conflict
with (or knows of any such  infringement  of or conflict with) asserted rights
of others with respect to any patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names,
copyrights or know-how  which,  if such assertion of  infringement or conflict
were sustained, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

      (s)  There  are  no  legal  or  governmental  proceedings  involving  or
affecting the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective  properties
or assets which would be required to be described in a prospectus  pursuant to
the Act that are not  described  in the  Final  Memorandum,  nor are there any
material  contracts or other documents which would be required to be described
in a  prospectus  pursuant  to the Act that  are not  described  in the  Final
Memorandum.

      (t) Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries  carries  insurance in such
amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of its business
and the value of its properties.

      (u) The  Company is in  compliance  in all  material  respects  with all
presently applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, as amended,  including the regulations and published  interpretations
thereunder ("ERISA"); no "reportable event" (as defined in ERISA) has occurred
with respect to any "pension plan" (as defined in ERISA) for which the Company
would have any liability;  the Company has not incurred and does not expect to
incur liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or
withdrawal  from,  any  "pension  plan"  or (ii)  Sections  412 or 4971 of the
Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  including  the  regulations  and
published interpretations thereunder (the "CODE"); and each "pension plan" for
which the Company  would have any  liability  that is intended to be qualified
under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified in all material  respects and
nothing  has  occurred,  whether by action or by failure to act,  which  would
cause the loss of such qualification.

      (v) The  Company  maintains  a system of  internal  accounting  controls
sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed
in  accordance  with  management's  general or  specific  authorization;  (ii)
transactions  are  recorded as necessary  to permit  preparation  of financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles and to
maintain  accountability for assets;  (iii) access to assets is permitted only
in accordance with management's  general or specific  authorization;  and (iv)
the recorded  accountability  for assets is compared with  existing  assets at
reasonable  intervals  and  appropriate  action is taken  with  respect to any
differences.

      (w) Neither the Company nor any  Subsidiary is an  "investment  company"
within the meaning of such term under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940 and
the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

      (x) The Notes, the Indenture and the Registration  Rights Agreement will
conform in all  material  respects  to the  descriptions  thereof in the Final
Memorandum.


                                     -7-

<PAGE>

      (y) No holder of  securities  of the Company or any  Subsidiary  will be
entitled to have such securities registered under the registration  statements
required  to be filed  by the  Company  pursuant  to the  Registration  Rights
Agreement other than as expressly permitted thereby.

      (z) Immediately after the consummation of the transactions  contemplated
by this  Agreement,  the fair value and  present  fair  saleable  value of the
assets of each of the Company  and the  Subsidiaries  (each on a  consolidated
basis) will exceed the sum of its stated liabilities and identified contingent
liabilities;  none of the Company or the Subsidiaries  (each on a consolidated
basis)  is,  nor  will  any of the  Company  or the  Subsidiaries  (each  on a
consolidated  basis) be, after giving  effect to the  execution,  delivery and
performance  of this  Agreement,  and  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby,  (a) left with unreasonably  small capital with which to
carry on its business as it is proposed to be conducted, (b) unable to pay its
debts (contingent or otherwise) as they mature or (c) otherwise insolvent.

      (aa) None of the Company,  the  Subsidiaries or any of their  respective
Affiliates  (as  defined  in Rule  501(b) of  Regulation  D under the Act) has
directly,  or through any agent, (i) sold, offered for sale,  solicited offers
to buy or otherwise  negotiated in respect of, any  "security"  (as defined in
the  Act)  which is or could  be  integrated  with the sale of the  Notes in a
manner that would require the  registration  under the Act of the Notes or the
Guarantees  or (ii)  engaged  in any form of general  solicitation  or general
advertising  (as  those  terms  are  used in  Regulation  D under  the Act) in
connection with the offering of the Notes or in any manner  involving a public
offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Act.  Assuming the accuracy
of the  representations  and warranties of the Initial Purchasers in Section 8
hereof, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of
the  Notes  to the  Initial  Purchasers  in the  manner  contemplated  by this
Agreement  to  register  any of the  Notes  under  the Act or to  qualify  the
Indenture under the TIA.

      (bb) No  securities  of the  Company or any  Subsidiary  are of the same
class  (within  the  meaning  of Rule 144A  under the Act) as the Notes or the
Guarantees  and  listed on a national  securities  exchange  registered  under
Section 6 of the  Exchange  Act,  or quoted in a U.S.  automated  inter-dealer
quotation system.

      (cc) None of the Company or the  Subsidiaries has taken, nor will any of
them take,  directly or indirectly,  any action  designed to, or that might be
reasonably  expected to, cause or result in  stabilization  or manipulation of
the price of the Notes.

      (dd) None of the  Company,  the  Subsidiaries,  any of their  respective
Affiliates or any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial
Purchasers)  has  engaged in any  directed  selling  efforts  (as that term is
defined in  Regulation S under the Act  ("REGULATION  S")) with respect to the
Notes; and the Company,  the Subsidiaries and their respective  Affiliates and
any person acting on its or their behalf  (other than the Initial  Purchasers)
have complied with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S.

      (ee)  Neither  the  Company  nor  any  Subsidiary  has  engaged  in  any
activities which are prohibited, or are cause for civil penalties of mandatory
or  permissive  exclusion  from Medicare or Medicaid,  under Section  1320a-7,


                                     -8-

<PAGE>

1320a-7a,  1320a-7b,  or 1395nn of Title 42 of the  United  States  Code,  the
federal  CHAMPUS  statute,  or the  regulations  promulgated  pursuant to such
statutes  or  regulations  or  related  state or local  statues  or which  are
prohibited by any private  accrediting  organization from which the Company or
any  of  its  Subsidiaries  seeks  accreditation  or by  generally  recognized
professional  standards  of care or  conduct.  Neither  the Company nor to the
knowledge  of the  Company  any  other  person  who has a direct  or  indirect
ownership or control  interest in the Company or any  Subsidiary  or who is an
officer,   director,  agent  or  managing  employee  of  the  Company  or  any
Subsidiary:  (1) has had a civil monetary  penalty  assessed  against it under
Section 1128A of the Social  Security Act ("SSA");  (2) has been excluded from
participation  under the Medicare program or a Federal Health Care Program (as
that term is defined in SSA Section 1128(B)(f)); or (3) has been convicted (as
that term is defined in 42 C.F.R.  (S)  1001.2)  of any of the  categories  of
offenses described in SSA Section 1128(a) and (b)(1), (2) and (3).

      In addition to the above  representations  and  warranties,  the Company
hereby  makes  to the  Initial  Purchasers  each  of the  representations  and
warranties contained in Section II of the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of
April 2, 1999 by and among NovaCare, Inc., NC Resources, Inc., the Company and
HPO Acquisition  Corporation,  and such representations and warranties,  as so
made by the Company, shall be incorporated into this Agreement by reference as
if set forth in full herein.

      Any  certificate  signed by any officer of the Company or any Subsidiary
and  delivered  to  any  Initial  Purchaser  or to  counsel  for  the  Initial
Purchasers shall be deemed a joint and several  representation and warranty by
the Company and each of the  Subsidiaries to each Initial  Purchaser as to the
matters covered thereby.

      3.  PURCHASE,  SALE  AND  DELIVERY  OF THE  NOTES.  On the  basis of the
representations,  warranties,  agreements and covenants  herein  contained and
subject to the terms and  conditions  herein set forth,  the Company agrees to
issue and sell to the Initial Purchasers,  and the Initial Purchasers,  acting
severally  and not  jointly,  agree to  purchase  the Notes in the  respective
amounts  set forth on  SCHEDULE  1 hereto  from the  Company at 97.0% of their
principal  amount.  One or more  certificates in definitive form for the Notes
that the Initial  Purchasers  have agreed to purchase  hereunder,  and in such
denomination  or  denominations  and  registered  in such name or names as the
Initial  Purchasers request upon notice to the Company at least 36 hours prior
to the Closing Date,  shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the
Initial Purchasers,  against payment by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers
of the purchase price  therefor by wire transfer (same day funds),  net of the
overnight cost of such funds, to such account or accounts as the Company shall
specify  prior to the Closing  Date,  or by such means as the  parties  hereto
shall agree prior to the Closing  Date.  Such  delivery of and payment for the
Notes shall be made at the offices of Willkie  Farr &  Gallagher,  787 Seventh
Avenue,  New York, New York at 10:00 A.M., New York time, on June 16, 1999, or
at such other place, time or date as the Initial Purchasers,  on the one hand,
and the  Company,  on the other hand,  may agree  upon,  such time and date of
delivery  against  payment being herein referred to as the "CLOSING DATE." The
Company will make such certificate or certificates for the Notes available for
checking and  packaging by the Initial  Purchasers  at the offices of Deutsche


                                     -9-

<PAGE>

Bank Securities Inc. in New York, New York, or at such other place as Deutsche
Bank  Securities  Inc. may  designate,  at least 24 hours prior to the Closing
Date.

      4. OFFERING BY THE INITIAL PURCHASERS. The Initial Purchasers propose to
make an offering of the Notes at the price and upon the terms set forth in the
Final Memorandum,  as soon as practicable after this Agreement is entered into
and as in the judgment of the Initial Purchasers is advisable.

      5. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.  The Company covenants and agrees with each
of the Initial Purchasers that:

      (a) The Company will not amend or supplement the Final Memorandum or any
amendment  or  supplement  thereto of which the Initial  Purchasers  shall not
previously  have been advised and furnished a copy for a reasonable  period of
time prior to the proposed amendment or supplement and as to which the Initial
Purchasers shall not have given their consent. The Company will promptly, upon
the  reasonable  request of the Initial  Purchasers or counsel for the Initial
Purchasers,  make any amendments or supplements to the Preliminary  Memorandum
or the Final  Memorandum that may be necessary or advisable in connection with
the resale of the Notes by the Initial Purchasers.

      (b) The Company will cooperate with the Initial  Purchasers in arranging
for the  qualification of the Notes for offering and sale under the securities
or  "Blue  Sky"  laws of such  jurisdictions  as the  Initial  Purchasers  may
designate and will continue such  qualifications  in effect for as long as may
be necessary to complete the resale of the Notes;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that in
connection  therewith,  the  Company  shall not be  required  to  qualify as a
foreign  corporation or to execute a general  consent to service of process in
any  jurisdiction  or subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal dollar
amount in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

      (c) If, at any time prior to the completion of the  distribution  by the
Initial  Purchasers  of the Notes or the  Private  Exchange  Notes,  any event
occurs or information  becomes known as a result of which the Final Memorandum
as then  amended or  supplemented  would  include  any untrue  statement  of a
material  fact,  or omit to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to make  the
statements  therein,  in the light of the circumstances  under which they were
made, not  misleading,  or if for any other reason it is necessary at any time
to amend or supplement the Final Memorandum to comply with applicable law, the
Company will promptly notify the Initial  Purchasers thereof and will prepare,
at the  expense  of the  Company,  an  amendment  or  supplement  to the Final
Memorandum   that  corrects  such   statement  or  omission  or  effects  such
compliance.

      (d) The Company will, without charge,  provide to the Initial Purchasers
and to counsel for the Initial  Purchasers  as many copies of the  Preliminary
Memorandum and the Final Memorandum or any amendment or supplement  thereto as
the Initial Purchasers may reasonably request.


                                     -10-

<PAGE>

      (e) The  Company  will  deposit  the net  proceeds  from the sale of the
Notes,  together with cash,  U.S.  government  obligations  and/or other "Cash
Equivalents" (as defined in the Final  Memorandum) in the amounts described in
"Description of the  Notes--Pledge  for Special  Mandatory  Redemption" in the
Final Memorandum with the Trustee in a special account  established  under the
Indenture,  pending  the closing of the  acquisition  (the  "ACQUISITION")  of
Novacare Orthotics & Prosthetics,  Inc.  ("NOVACARE O&P"). Upon the closing of
the Acquisition,  the Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the
Notes as set forth under "Sources and Uses of Funds" in the Final  Memorandum.

      (f) For so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, the Company will
furnish  to  the   Initial   Purchasers   copies  of  all  reports  and  other
communications  (financial  or  otherwise)  furnished  by the  Company  to the
Trustee or to the  holders of the Notes and, as soon as  available,  copies of
any reports or financial  statements furnished to or filed by the Company with
the  Commission  or any  national  securities  exchange  on which any class of
securities of the Company may be listed.

      (g) Prior to the Closing  Date,  the Company will furnish to the Initial
Purchasers,  as soon as  they  have  been  prepared,  a copy of any  unaudited
interim  financial  statements of the Company for any period subsequent to the
period covered by the most recent financial  statements appearing in the Final
Memorandum.

      (h) None of the  Company,  any of its  Affiliates  or  anyone  acting on
behalf of the  Company  or any such  Affiliate  will  sell,  offer for sale or
solicit offers to buy or otherwise  negotiate in respect of any "security" (as
defined in the Act) which could be integrated  with the sale of the Notes in a
manner which would require the registration  under the Act of the Notes or the
Guarantees.

      (i) The Company  will not,  and will not permit any of the  Subsidiaries
to,  engage in any form of general  solicitation  or general  advertising  (as
those terms are used in  Regulation  D under the Act) in  connection  with the
offering of the Notes or in any manner  involving a public offering within the
meaning of Section 4(2) of the Act.

      (j) For so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, the Company will
make available at its expense,  upon request,  to any holder of such Notes and
any  prospective   purchasers  thereof  the  information   specified  in  Rule
144A(d)(4)  under the Act, unless the Company is then subject to Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act.

      (k) The Company  will use its best efforts to (i) permit the Notes to be
designated  PORTAL  securities  in accordance  with the rules and  regulations
adopted by the NASD relating to trading in the Private Offerings,  Resales and
Trading  through  Automated  Linkages  market (the  "PORTAL  MARKET") and (ii)
permit the Notes to be  eligible  for  clearance  and  settlement  through The
Depository Trust Company.

      (l) In connection with Notes offered and sold in an offshore transaction
(as defined in  Regulation  S) the Company  will not  register any transfer of
such Notes not made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S and will
not,  except in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S, if applicable,


                                     -11-

<PAGE>

issue any such Notes in the form of definitive securities.

      (m) Immediately upon consummation of the Acquisition,  the Company shall
cause  Novacare  O&P and each of its  subsidiaries  to execute  and  deliver a
supplemental indenture in which such entity agrees to be bound by the terms of
the Indenture as a Guarantor.

      6. EXPENSES.  The Company agrees to pay all costs and expenses  incident
to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, whether or not the
transactions   contemplated  herein  are  consummated  or  this  Agreement  is
terminated  pursuant to Section 11 hereof,  including  all costs and  expenses
incident to (i) the printing, word processing or other production of documents
with respect to the transactions  contemplated hereby,  including any costs of
printing the Preliminary Memorandum and the Final Memorandum and any amendment
or supplement  thereto,  and any "Blue Sky" memoranda,  (ii) all  arrangements
relating to the delivery to the Initial  Purchasers of copies of the foregoing
documents,  (iii) the fees and  disbursements of the counsel,  the accountants
and any other experts or advisors  retained by the Company,  (iv)  preparation
(including  printing),  issuance and delivery to the Initial Purchasers of the
Notes,  (v) the  qualification  of the Notes under state  securities and "Blue
Sky" laws, including filing fees and fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Initial  Purchasers  relating  thereto,  (vi) expenses in connection  with any
meetings with prospective  investors in the Notes,  (vii) fees and expenses of
the Trustee  including  fees and expenses of counsel,  (viii) all expenses and
listing fees incurred in connection  with the application for quotation of the
Notes on the PORTAL  Market and (ix) any fees  charged  by  investment  rating
agencies  for the rating of the Notes.  If the sale of the Notes  provided for
herein is not  consummated  because any  condition to the  obligations  of the
Initial  Purchasers  set forth in Section 7 hereof is not  satisfied,  because
this  Agreement is terminated or because of any failure,  refusal or inability
on the  part of the  Company  to  perform  all  obligations  and  satisfy  all
conditions  on their part to be performed or satisfied  hereunder  (other than
solely by reason of a default by the Initial  Purchasers of their  obligations
hereunder  after all  conditions  hereunder  have been satisfied in accordance
herewith),  the Company  agrees to promptly  reimburse the Initial  Purchasers
upon demand for all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees,  disbursements and
charges of Willkie Farr & Gallagher,  counsel for the Initial Purchasers) that
shall have been  incurred by the Initial  Purchasers  in  connection  with the
proposed purchase and sale of the Notes.

      7. CONDITIONS OF THE INITIAL PURCHASERS' OBLIGATIONS.  The obligation of
the Initial  Purchasers to purchase and pay for the Notes shall, in their sole
discretion,  be  subject  to the  satisfaction  or  waiver  of  the  following
conditions on or prior to the Closing Date:

      (a) On the Closing Date, the Initial  Purchasers shall have received the
opinion, dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers,
of  Freedman,  Levy,  Kroll  &  Simonds,  counsel  for  the  Company  and  the
Guarantors,  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to counsel  for the Initial
Purchasers, to the effect that:


                                     -12-

<PAGE>

            (i) Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries is duly incorporated,
      validly  existing and in good standing  under the laws of its respective
      jurisdiction  of  incorporation  and has  all  requisite  corporate  (or
      partnership  or  limited  liability)  power  and  authority  to own  its
      properties  and to  conduct  its  business  as  described  in the  Final
      Memorandum.  Each of the Company and the  Subsidiaries is duly qualified
      to do business as a foreign  corporation  in good  standing in all other
      jurisdictions  where the  ownership or leasing of its  properties or the
      conduct of its business  requires such  qualification,  except where the
      failure to be so qualified would not,  individually or in the aggregate,
      have a Material Adverse Effect.

            (ii)  The  Company  has the  authorized,  issued  and  outstanding
      capitalization set forth in the Final Memorandum; all of the outstanding
      shares of capital  stock of the Company and the  Subsidiaries  have been
      duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and
      were not issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights; all of
      the outstanding  shares of capital stock of the  Subsidiaries are owned,
      directly or indirectly, by the Company (except for Hanger Europe, N.V.),
      free and clear of all perfected security interests and, to the knowledge
      of such  counsel,  free and  clear  of all  other  liens,  encumbrances,
      equities and claims or restrictions on transferability (other than those
      imposed  by the Act and the  securities  or "Blue  Sky" laws of  certain
      jurisdictions) or voting.

            (iii) Except as set forth in the Final  Memorandum (A) no options,
      warrants or other rights to purchase from the Company or any  Subsidiary
      shares of capital  stock or  ownership  interests  in the Company or any
      Subsidiary are  outstanding,  (B) no agreements or other  obligations to
      issue, or other rights to convert,  any obligation into, or exchange any
      securities  for,  shares of capital stock or ownership  interests in the
      Company  or  any  Subsidiary  are  outstanding  and  (C)  no  holder  of
      securities  of the  Company or any  Subsidiary  is entitled to have such
      securities  registered  under  a  registration  statement  filed  by the
      Company pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

            (iv) The Company and each  Guarantor has all  requisite  corporate
      (or  partnership  or limited  liability  company) power and authority to
      execute,   deliver  and  perform  each  of  its  obligations  under  the
      Indenture, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes;
      the Indenture meets the  requirements for  qualification  under the TIA;
      the  Indenture  has been duly and validly  authorized by the Company and
      each  Guarantor and, when duly executed and delivered by the Company and
      each Guarantor  (assuming the due authorization,  execution and delivery
      thereof by the Trustee),  will  constitute the valid and legally binding
      agreement  of the Company and each  Guarantor,  enforceable  against the
      Company and each Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except that the
      enforcement  thereof  may  be  subject  to (i)  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
      reorganization,  moratorium  or other  similar  laws now or hereafter in
      effect  relating  to  creditors'   rights  generally  and  (ii)  general
      principles  of equity and the  discretion  of the court before which any
      proceeding therefor may be brought.


                                     -13-

<PAGE>

            (v) The Notes are in the form  contemplated by the Indenture.  The
      Notes have each been duly and validly  authorized  by the  Company  and,
      when duly  executed  and  delivered  by the  Company and paid for by the
      Initial  Purchasers  in  accordance  with the  terms  of this  Agreement
      (assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Indenture
      by the Trustee and due  authentication  and delivery of the Notes by the
      Trustee in accordance with the Indenture), will constitute the valid and
      legally binding obligations of the Company,  entitled to the benefits of
      the Indenture,  and  enforceable  against the Company in accordance with
      their terms,  except that the enforcement  thereof may be subject to (i)
      bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
      now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors'  rights  generally and
      (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before
      which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

            (vi) The Exchange  Notes and the Private  Exchange Notes have been
      duly and validly authorized by the Company,  and when the Exchange Notes
      and the Private  Exchange Notes have been duly executed and delivered by
      the  Company in  accordance  with the terms of the  Registration  Rights
      Agreement and the Indenture  (assuming the due authorization,  execution
      and delivery of the Indenture by the Trustee and due  authentication and
      delivery of the  Exchange  Notes and the Private  Exchange  Notes by the
      Trustee in accordance with the Indenture), will constitute the valid and
      legally binding obligations of the Company,  entitled to the benefits of
      the Indenture,  and  enforceable  against the Company in accordance with
      their terms,  except that the enforcement  thereof may be subject to (i)
      bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
      now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors'  rights  generally and
      (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before
      which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

            (vii) The Company and each  Guarantor has all requisite  corporate
      (or  partnership  or limited  liability  company) power and authority to
      execute,  deliver  and perform its  obligations  under the  Registration
      Rights  Agreement;  the Registration  Rights Agreement has been duly and
      validly  authorized  by the Company and each  Guarantor  and,  when duly
      executed and delivered by the Company and each  Guarantor  (assuming due
      authorization,   execution   and   delivery   thereof  by  the   Initial
      Purchasers),  will constitute the valid and legally binding agreement of
      the Company and each Guarantor, enforceable against the Company and each
      Guarantor in accordance with its terms,  except that (A) the enforcement
      thereof may be subject to (i)  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
      moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect  relating to
      creditors'  rights  generally and (ii) general  principles of equity and
      the discretion of the court before which any proceeding  therefor may be
      brought and (B) an rights to indemnity or contribution thereunder may be
      limited  by  federal  and  state   securities  laws  and  public  policy
      considerations.

            (viii) The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority
      to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and
      to consummate the transactions  contemplated  hereby; and this Agreement
      and the  consummation  by the Company of the  transactions  contemplated


                                     -14-

<PAGE>

      hereby  have been  duly and  validly  authorized  by the  Company.  This
      Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company.

            (ix) The Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the Registration
      Rights  Agreement  conform in all material  respects to the descriptions
      thereof contained in the Final Memorandum.

            (x) No legal or  governmental  proceedings  are pending or, to the
      knowledge of such counsel, threatened to which any of the Company or the
      Subsidiaries  is a party or to  which  the  property  or  assets  of the
      Company or any Subsidiary is subject which,  if determined  adversely to
      the Company or the  Subsidiaries,  would result,  individually or in the
      aggregate,  in a Material  Adverse  Effect,  or which seeks to restrain,
      enjoin,  prevent the consummation of or otherwise challenge the issuance
      or sale of the Notes to be sold  hereunder  or the  consummation  of the
      other  transactions  described in the Final Memorandum under the caption
      "The Acquisition and Related Financing Transactions."

            (xi) None of the Company or the  Subsidiaries  is (i) in violation
      of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or similar organizational
      document), (ii) to the knowledge such counsel, in breach or violation of
      any statute,  judgment,  decree, order, rule or regulation applicable to
      any of them or any of their respective  properties or assets, except for
      any such breach or  violation  which would not,  individually  or in the
      aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) in breach or default
      under (nor has any event occurred which,  with notice or passage of time
      or both, would constitute a default under) or in violation of any of the
      terms or provisions of any Contract known to such counsel  (including in
      any event any of the foregoing which have been filed by the Company with
      the Commission), except for any such breach, default, violation or event
      which  would  not,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  have a Material
      Adverse Effect.

            (xii) The execution,  delivery and  performance of this Agreement,
      the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the consummation of
      the transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby  (including,  without
      limitation,   the  issuance  and  sale  of  the  Notes  to  the  Initial
      Purchasers)  will not conflict  with or constitute or result in a breach
      or a default  under (or an event which with notice or passage of time or
      both would  constitute  a default  under) or violation of any of (i) the
      terms or provisions of any Contract known to such counsel  (including in
      any event any of the foregoing which have been filed by the Company with
      the  Commission),  except  for any  such  conflict,  breach,  violation,
      default or event which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have
      a Material  Adverse  Effect,  (ii) the certificate of  incorporation  or
      bylaws (or similar organizational document) of the Company or any of the
      Subsidiaries,  or (iii) (assuming  compliance with all applicable  state
      securities  or  "Blue  Sky"  laws  and  assuming  the  accuracy  of  the
      representations  and  warranties of the Initial  Purchasers in Section 8
      hereof) any statute,  judgment,  decree, order, rule or regulation known
      to  such  counsel  to be  applicable  to  the  Company  or  any  of  the


                                     -15-

<PAGE>

      Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, except for
      any such conflict,  breach or violation which would not, individually or
      in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.


            (xiii)  No  consent,  approval,  authorization  or  order  of  any
      governmental  authority  is required  for the  issuance  and sale by the
      Company of the Notes to the  Initial  Purchasers,  the  issuance  by any
      Guarantor  of its  Guarantee or the  consummation  by the Company or any
      Guarantor of the other transactions  contemplated hereby, except such as
      may be  required  under  Blue Sky laws,  as to which such  counsel  need
      express no opinion, and those which have previously been obtained.

            (xiv) The Company and the  Subsidiaries  have obtained all Permits
      necessary to conduct the  businesses  now or proposed to be conducted by
      them as  described  in the Final  Memorandum,  the lack of which  would,
      individually or in the aggregate,  have a Material  Adverse Effect;  and
      each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has fulfilled and performed all
      of its  obligations  with  respect  to such  Permits  and no  event  has
      occurred  which  allows,  or after  notice or lapse of time would allow,
      revocation  or  termination  thereof or  results  in any other  material
      impairment of the rights of the holder of any such Permit.

            (xv) To the best of such counsel's knowledge,  the Company and the
      Subsidiaries own or possess adequate licenses or other rights to use all
      patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and know-how
      necessary  to conduct the  businesses  now or proposed to be operated by
      them as  described in the Final  Memorandum,  and none of the Company or
      the  Subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement of or conflict
      with asserted rights of others with respect to any patents,  trademarks,
      service  marks,  trade  names,  copyrights  or know-how  which,  if such
      assertion  of  infringement  or conflict  were  sustained,  would have a
      Material Adverse Effect.

            (xvi) To the  knowledge  of such  counsel,  there  are no legal or
      governmental  proceedings  involving  or  affecting  the  Company or the
      Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets which would
      be required to be described in a prospectus pursuant to the Act that are
      not  described  in the Final  Memorandum,  nor are  there  any  material
      contracts or other  documents which would be required to be described in
      a  prospectus  pursuant to the Act that are not  described  in the Final
      Memorandum.

            (xvii) None of the Company or the  Subsidiaries is, or immediately
      after the sale of the Notes to be sold hereunder and the  application of
      the proceeds from such sale (as described in the Final  Memorandum under
      the  caption  "Sources  and  Uses of  Funds")  will be,  an  "investment
      company" as such term is defined in the Investment  Company Act of 1940,
      as amended.

            (xviii)  No  registration  under  the  Act  of  the  Notes  or the
      Guarantees is required in  connection  with the sale of the Notes to the
      Initial  Purchasers  as  contemplated  by this  Agreement  and the Final
      Memorandum or in connection  with the initial resale of the Notes by the


                                     -16-

<PAGE>

      Initial  Purchasers in accordance with Section 8 of this Agreement,  and
      prior to the  commencement  of the  Exchange  Offer (as  defined  in the
      Registration  Rights  Agreement)  or  the  effectiveness  of  the  Shelf
      Registration   Statement   (as  defined  in  the   Registration   Rights
      Agreement), the Indenture is not required to be qualified under the TIA,
      in each case assuming (i) (A) that the  purchasers who buy such Notes in
      the initial resale thereof are qualified institutional buyers as defined
      in Rule 144A promulgated under the Act ("QIBS") or accredited  investors
      as defined in Rule 501(a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) promulgated under the Act
      ("ACCREDITED  INVESTORS")  or (B) that the offer or sale of the Notes is
      made in an offshore  transaction  as defined in  Regulation  S, (ii) the
      accuracy of the  Initial  Purchasers'  representations  in Section 8 and
      those of the Company  contained in this Agreement  regarding the absence
      of a general  solicitation  in connection with the sale of such Notes to
      the Initial  Purchasers and the initial resale thereof and (iii) the due
      performance  by the Initial  Purchasers of the  agreements  set forth in
      Section 8 hereof.

            (xix) Neither the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
      this  Agreement  nor the sale,  issuance,  execution  or delivery of the
      Notes will violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the
      Federal Reserve System.

      At the time the foregoing opinion is delivered,  Freedman, Levy, Kroll &
Simonds shall  additionally state that it has participated in conferences with
officers  and other  representatives  of the Company,  representatives  of the
independent public accountants for the Company, representatives of the Initial
Purchasers and counsel for the Initial  Purchasers,  at which  conferences the
contents of the Final  Memorandum  and related  matters were  discussed,  and,
although it has not independently verified and is not passing upon and assumes
no responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements
contained  in  the  Final  Memorandum  (except  to  the  extent  specified  in
subsection  7(a)(ix)),  no facts have come to its  attention  which lead it to
believe that the Final Memorandum, on the date thereof or at the Closing Date,
contained  an  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or  omitted  to state a
material  fact  required  to be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to  make  the
statements  contained therein,  in light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading (it being  understood that such firm need express no
opinion with respect to the financial statements and related notes thereto and
the other  financial,  statistical  and accounting  data included in the Final
Memorandum).  The opinion of Freedman, Levy, Kroll & Simonds described in this
Section 7(a) shall be rendered to the Initial Purchasers at the request of the
Company and shall so state therein.

      References to the Final  Memorandum in this subsection (a) shall include
any amendment or supplement thereto prepared in accordance with the provisions
of this Agreement at the Closing Date.

      (b) On the Closing Date, the Initial  Purchasers shall have received the
opinion, in form and substance  satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers,  dated
as of the Closing  Date and  addressed to the Initial  Purchasers,  of Willkie
Farr & Gallagher,  counsel for the Initial Purchasers, with respect to certain
legal matters relating to this Agreement and such other related matters as the


                                     -17-

<PAGE>

Initial Purchasers may reasonably require. In rendering such opinion,  Willkie
Farr & Gallagher shall have received and may rely upon such  certificates  and
other documents and information as it may reasonably request to pass upon such
matters.

      (c) The Initial  Purchasers  shall have  received  from the  Independent
Accountants a comfort  letter or letters dated the date hereof and the Closing
Date,  in  form  and  substance   satisfactory  to  counsel  for  the  Initial
Purchasers.

      (d) The  representations and warranties of the Company contained in this
Agreement (including,  without limitation,  the representations and warranties
referenced  in the  penultimate  paragraph  of  Section  2)  shall be true and
correct on and as of the date hereof and on and as of the  Closing  Date as if
made on and as of the Closing Date; the  statements of the Company's  officers
made pursuant to any  certificate  delivered in accordance with the provisions
hereof  shall be true and  correct on and as of the date made and on and as of
the  Closing  Date;  the  Company  shall  have  performed  all  covenants  and
agreements  and  satisfied  all  conditions  on their part to be  performed or
satisfied  hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date; and, except as described
in the Final  Memorandum  (exclusive of any  amendment or  supplement  thereto
after the date hereof),  subsequent  to the date of the most recent  financial
statements  in such  Final  Memorandum,  there  shall  have  been no  event or
development, and no information shall have become known, that, individually or
in the aggregate, has or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

      (e) The sale of the Notes hereunder  shall not be enjoined  (temporarily
or permanently) on the Closing Date.

      (f)  Subsequent to the date of the most recent  financial  statements in
the Final Memorandum  (exclusive of any amendment or supplement  thereto after
the date hereof), none of the Company, any of the Subsidiaries,  NovaCare O&P,
or any of its subsidiaries  shall have sustained any loss or interference with
respect to its business or properties from fire, flood, hurricane, accident or
other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any strike, labor
dispute,  slow  down or  work  stoppage  or from  any  legal  or  governmental
proceeding,  order or decree,  which loss or interference,  individually or in
the aggregate,  has or would be reasonably  likely to have a Material  Adverse
Effect.

      (g) The Initial  Purchasers  shall have  received a  certificate  of the
Company,  dated the  Closing  Date,  signed on  behalf of the  Company  by its
Chairman of the Board,  President or any Senior Vice  President  and the Chief
Financial Officer, to the effect that:

            (i) The representations and warranties of the Company contained in
      this Agreement (including,  without limitation,  the representations and
      warranties  referenced  in the  penultimate  paragraph of Section 2) are
      true  and  correct  on and as of the  date  hereof  and on and as of the
      Closing Date, and the Company has performed all covenants and agreements
      and  satisfied  all  conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied
      hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date;


                                     -18-

<PAGE>

            (ii) At the Closing Date,  since the date hereof or since the date
      of  the  most  recent  financial  statements  in  the  Final  Memorandum
      (exclusive  of any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto  after  the  date
      hereof),  no event or development  has occurred,  and no information has
      become known,  that,  individually or in the aggregate,  has or would be
      reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

            (iii)  The  sale of the  Notes  hereunder  has not  been  enjoined
      (temporarily or permanently).

      (h) On the Closing Date, the Initial  Purchasers shall have received the
Registration  Rights Agreement  executed by the Company and each Guarantor and
such  agreement  shall be in full force and effect at all times from and after
the Closing Date.

      On or before the Closing Date,  the Initial  Purchasers  and counsel for
the Initial Purchasers shall have received such further  documents,  opinions,
certificates,  letters and schedules or instruments  relating to the business,
corporate,  legal and financial affairs of the Company and the Subsidiaries as
they shall have heretofore reasonably requested from the Company.

      All  such  documents,  opinions,  certificates,  letters,  schedules  or
instruments  delivered  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  will  comply  with  the
provisions  hereof only if they are  reasonably  satisfactory  in all material
respects to the Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial Purchasers. The
Company shall furnish to the Initial  Purchasers such conformed copies of such
documents, opinions, certificates,  letters, schedules and instruments in such
quantities as the Initial Purchasers shall reasonably request.

      8. OFFERING OF NOTES;  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. (a) Each of the Initial
Purchasers  represents and warrants (as to itself only) that it is a QIB. Each
of the Initial Purchasers agrees with the Company (as to itself only) that (i)
it has not and will not solicit offers for, or offer or sell, the Notes by any
form of general  solicitation or general  advertising (as those terms are used
in  Regulation D under the Act) or in any manner  involving a public  offering
within  the  meaning  of  Section  4(2) of the  Act;  and (ii) it has and will
solicit  offers for the Notes only from,  and will offer the Notes only to (A)
in the case of offers inside the United States,  (x) persons whom such Initial
Purchaser  reasonably believes to be QIBs or, if any such person is buying for
one or more  institutional  accounts  for  which  such  person  is  acting  as
fiduciary  or agent,  only when such person has  represented  to such  Initial
Purchasers that each such account is a QIB, to whom notice has been given that
such sale or delivery  is being made in  reliance  on Rule 144A,  and, in each
case,  in  transactions  under  Rule  144A or (y) a  limited  number  of other
institutional  investors  reasonably  believed by such Initial Purchaser to be
Accredited  Investors that,  prior to their purchase of the Notes,  deliver to
such Initial Purchaser a letter containing the  representations and agreements
set forth in the  applicable  exhibit to the  Indenture and (B) in the case of
offers outside the United States, to persons other than U.S. persons ("FOREIGN
PURCHASERS,"   which  term  shall  include   dealers  or  other   professional
fiduciaries in the United States acting on a  discretionary  basis for foreign
beneficial owners (other than an estate or trust));  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that,
in the case of this  clause  (B), in  purchasing  such Notes such  persons are


                                     -19-

<PAGE>

deemed to have represented and agreed as provided under the caption  "Transfer
Restrictions"  contained in the Final  Memorandum (or, if the Final Memorandum
is not in existence, in the most recent Memorandum).

      (b) Each of the Initial Purchasers represents and warrants (as to itself
only) with respect to offers and sales  outside the United  States that (i) it
has complied and will comply with all applicable  laws and regulations in each
jurisdiction in which it acquires,  offers,  sells or delivers Notes or has in
its possession or distributes  any Memorandum or any such other  material,  in
all cases at its own  expense;  (ii) the  Notes  have not been and will not be
offered or sold within the United  States or to, or for the account or benefit
of, U.S.  persons  except in  accordance  with  Regulation  S under the Act or
pursuant to an exemption from the registration  requirements of the Act; (iii)
it has  offered the Notes and will offer and sell the Notes (A) as part of its
distribution  at any time and (B)  otherwise  until 40 days after the later of
the commencement of the offering and the Closing Date, only in accordance with
Rule 903 of Regulation S and,  accordingly,  neither it nor any persons acting
on its behalf have  engaged or will  engage in any  directed  selling  efforts
(within the meaning of Regulation  S) with respect to the Notes,  and any such
persons  have  complied  and  will  comply  with  the  offering   restrictions
requirement  of  Regulation  S;  and  (iv) it  agrees  that,  at or  prior  to
confirmation  of sales of the  Notes,  it will have sent to each  distributor,
dealer or person  receiving a selling  concession,  fee or other  remuneration
that purchases  Notes from it during the restricted  period a confirmation  or
notice to substantially the following effect:

            "The  Securities  covered  hereby  have not been  registered
            under  the  United  States   Securities  Act  of  1933  (the
            "Securities Act") and may not be offered and sold within the
            United  States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S.
            persons (i) as part of the distribution of the Securities at
            any time or (ii) otherwise  until 40 days after the later of
            the commencement of the offering and the closing date of the
            offering,   except  in  either  case  in   accordance   with
            Regulation  S  (or  Rule  144A  if   available)   under  the
            Securities  Act.  Terms used above have the meaning given to
            them in Regulation S."

      Terms used in this Section 8 and not defined in this  Agreement have the
meanings given to them in Regulation S.

      9. INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify
and hold  harmless  the  Initial  Purchasers,  and each  person,  if any,  who
controls any Initial  Purchaser within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or
Section  20 of the  Exchange  Act,  against  any  losses,  claims,  damages or
liabilities  to which any Initial  Purchaser  or such  controlling  person may
become  subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or  otherwise,  insofar as any
such losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities (or actions in respect  thereof)
arise out of or are based upon:


                                     -20-

<PAGE>

            (i) any  untrue  statement  or  alleged  untrue  statement  of any
      material fact contained in any Memorandum or any amendment or supplement
      thereto  or any  application  or other  document,  or any  amendment  or
      supplement  thereto,  executed  by the  Company  or based  upon  written
      information  furnished  by or on  behalf  of the  Company  filed  in any
      jurisdiction in order to qualify the Notes under the securities or "Blue
      Sky" laws thereof or filed with any securities association or securities
      exchange (each an "APPLICATI "); or

            (ii) the omission or alleged  omission to state, in any Memorandum
      or any amendment or supplement  thereto or any  Application,  a material
      fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements
      therein not misleading,

and will  reimburse,  as  incurred,  the  Initial  Purchasers  and  each  such
controlling  person for any legal or other  expenses  incurred  by the Initial
Purchasers  or such  controlling  person  in  connection  with  investigating,
defending against or appearing as a third-party witness in connection with any
such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, the Company
will not be liable in any such case to the extent  that any such loss,  claim,
damage,  or liability  arises out of or is based upon any untrue  statement or
alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  or  alleged  omission  made  in  any
Memorandum  or any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto or any  Application  in
reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information  concerning  the
Initial  Purchasers  furnished  to  the  Company  by  the  Initial  Purchasers
specifically for use therein.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to
any liability that the Company may otherwise have to the indemnified  parties.
The Company shall not be liable under this Sectio 9 for any  settlement of any
claim or action effected without its prior written consent, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

      (b) The Initial  Purchasers  agree to  indemnify  and hold  harmless the
Company, its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the
Company  within  the  meaning  of  Section  15 of the Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act against any losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities to which the
Company or any such director, officer or controlling person may become subject
under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise,  insofar as such losses, claims,
damages or  liabilities  (or actions in respect  thereof)  arise out of or are
based  upon (i) any  untrue  statement  or  alleged  untrue  statement  of any
material  fact  contained in any  Memorandum  or any  amendment or  supplement
thereto or any  Application,  or (ii) the omission or the alleged  omission to
state therein a material  fact required to be stated in any  Memorandum or any
amendment or supplement  thereto or any Application,  or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the
extent,  that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged  omission  was made in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with written
information concerning such Initial Purchaser, furnished to the Company by the
Initial Purchasers specifically for use therein; and subject to the limitation
set forth immediately preceding this clause, will reimburse,  as incurred, any
legal or other expenses incurred by the Company or any such director,  officer
or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending against or
appearing as a third party  witness in connection  with any such loss,  claim,
damage,  liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement will
be in addition to any liability that the Initial Purchasers may otherwise have


                                     -21-

<PAGE>

to the indemnified  parties.  The Initial Purchasers shall not be liable under
this  Section 9 for any  settlement  of any claim or action  effected  without
their consent,  which shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  The Company shall
not, without the prior written consent of the Initial  Purchasers,  effect any
settlement or compromise of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of
which any Initial  Purchaser is or could have been a party, or indemnity could
have been sought  hereunder by any Initial  Purchaser,  unless such settlement
(A) includes an  unconditional  written release of the Initial  Purchasers and
all  respective  controlling  persons  party to such  proceeding,  in form and
substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Initial  Purchasers,   from  all
liability  on claims that are the subject  matter of such  proceeding  and (B)
does not include any  statement as to an admission  of fault,  culpability  or
failure to act by or on behalf of any Initial Purchaser.

      (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified  party under this Section 9
of notice of the commencement of any action for which such  indemnified  party
is entitled to  indemnification  under this Section 9, such indemnified  party
will,  if a claim in respect  thereof is to be made  against the  indemnifying
party under this Section 9, notify the indemnifying  party of the commencement
thereof in writing;  but the omission to so notify the indemnifying  party (i)
will not relieve it from any liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless
and to the extent such failure  results in the forfeiture by the  indemnifying
party of  substantial  rights and  defenses  and (ii) will not,  in any event,
relieve the indemnifying  party from any obligations to any indemnified  party
other than the  indemnification  obligation provided in paragraphs (a) and (b)
above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified  party,  and
it  notifies  the  indemnifying  party  of  the  commencement   thereof,   the
indemnifying party will be entitled to participate  therein and, to the extent
that  it may  wish,  jointly  with  any  other  indemnifying  party  similarly
notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably  satisfactory
to such indemnified party;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that if (i) the use of counsel
chosen by the  indemnifying  party to represent  the  indemnified  party would
present such counsel with a conflict of interest,  (ii) the  defendants in any
such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying  party and
the indemnified party shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one
or more legal defenses  available to it and/or other indemnified  parties that
are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party,
or (iii) the  indemnifying  party shall not have employed  counsel  reasonably
satisfactory  to the  indemnified  party to represent  the  indemnified  party
within a reasonable time after receipt by the indemnifying  party of notice of
the  institution  of such action,  then, in each such case,  the  indemnifying
party  shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf
of such  indemnified  party or parties and such  indemnified  party or parties
shall  have the right to select  separate  counsel  to defend  such  action on
behalf  of  such  indemnified   party  or  parties.   After  notice  from  the
indemnifying  party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the
defense thereof and approval by such indemnified party of counsel appointed to
defend  such  action,  the  indemnifying  party  will  not be  liable  to such
indemnified party under this Section 9 for any legal or other expenses,  other
than  reasonable  costs  of  investigation,   subsequently  incurred  by  such
indemnified  party in  connection  with the  defense  thereof,  unless (i) the
indemnified  party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the
proviso to the immediately  preceding sentence (it being understood,  however,
that in connection with such action the indemnifying party shall not be liable
for the  expenses  of more than one  separate  counsel  (in  addition to local


                                     -22-

<PAGE>

counsel) in any one action or separate but  substantially  similar  actions in
the  same  jurisdiction  arising  out  of  the  same  general  allegations  or
circumstances,  designated by the Initial  Purchasers in the case of paragraph
(a) of this  Section 9 or the  Company  in the case of  paragraph  (b) of this
Section 9,  representing  the indemnified  parties under such paragraph (a) or
paragraph  (b), as the case may be, who are parties to such action or actions)
or (ii) the  indemnifying  party has  authorized in writing the  employment of
counsel for the indemnified  party at the expense of the  indemnifying  party.
After such notice from the indemnifying  party to such indemnified  party, the
indemnifying  party  will not be  liable  for the costs  and  expenses  of any
settlement of such action effected by such indemnified party without the prior
written  consent  of  the  indemnifying  party  (which  consent  shall  not be
unreasonably  withheld),  unless such indemnified  party waived in writing its
rights  under this Section 9, in which case the  indemnified  party may effect
such a settlement without such consent.

      (d) In  circumstances in which the indemnity  agreement  provided for in
the preceding  paragraphs of this Section 9 is unavailable to, or insufficient
to hold  harmless,  an  indemnified  party in respect of any  losses,  claims,
damages or  liabilities  (or actions in respect  thereof),  each  indemnifying
party,  in  order  to  provide  for just  and  equitable  contribution,  shall
contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result
of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
in such  proportion  as is  appropriate  to reflect (i) the relative  benefits
received  by the  indemnifying  party  or  parties  on the  one  hand  and the
indemnified  party on the other from the  offering of the Notes or (ii) if the
allocation provided by the foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable
law,  not only  such  relative  benefits  but also the  relative  fault of the
indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the
other in connection with the statements or omissions or alleged  statements or
omissions that resulted in such losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities  (or
actions in respect thereof).  The relative benefits received by the Company on
the one hand and any Initial  Purchaser  on the other shall be deemed to be in
the same proportion as the total proceeds from the offering (before  deducting
expenses)  received by the Company bear to the total discounts and commissions
received by such Initial Purchaser. The relative fault of the parties shall be
determined by reference to, among other things,  whether the untrue or alleged
untrue  statement of a material  fact or the  omission or alleged  omission to
state a material  fact relates to  information  supplied by the Company on the
one hand,  or such  Initial  Purchaser  on the other,  the  parties'  relative
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
such  statement or omission or alleged  statement  or omission,  and any other
equitable considerations appropriate in the circumstances. The Company and the
Initial  Purchasers agree that it would not be equitable if the amount of such
contribution  were  determined by pro rata or per capita  allocation or by any
other  method of  allocation  that does not take into  account  the  equitable
considerations  referred  to in the  first  sentence  of this  paragraph  (d).
Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  paragraph  (d),  no  Initial
Purchaser  shall be  obligated  to make  contributions  hereunder  that in the
aggregate  exceed  the total  discounts,  commissions  and other  compensation
received by such Initial  Purchaser under this  Agreement,  less the aggregate
amount of any damages that such Initial  Purchaser has otherwise been required
to pay by reason of the untrue or alleged  untrue  statements or the omissions
or  alleged  omissions  to state a  material  fact,  and no  person  guilty of
fraudulent  misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act)


                                     -23-

<PAGE>

shall be entitled to  contribution  from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person,
if any, who controls an Initial  Purchaser within the meaning of Section 15 of
the Act or  Section  20 of the  Exchange  Act  shall  have the same  rights to
contribution as the Initial Purchasers, and each director of the Company, each
officer of the Company  and each  person,  if any,  who  controls  the Company
within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act,
shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

      10.  SURVIVAL  CLAUSE.  The  respective   representations,   warranties,
agreements,  covenants,  indemnities and other statements of the Company,  its
officers and the Initial  Purchasers set forth in this Agreement or made by or
on behalf of them  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall remain in full force and
effect,  regardless  of (i)  any  investigation  made by or on  behalf  of the
Company,  any of its  officers or  directors,  the Initial  Purchasers  or any
controlling  person  referred to in Section 9 hereof and (ii)  delivery of and
payment for the Notes. The respective agreements,  covenants,  indemnities and
other statements set forth in Sections 6, 9 and 14 hereof shall remain in full
force and  effect,  regardless  of any  termination  or  cancellation  of this
Agreement.

      11.  TERMINATION.  (a)  This  Agreement  may be  terminated  in the sole
discretion  of the Initial  Purchasers by notice to the Company given prior to
the Closing Date in the event that the Company  shall have failed,  refused or
been unable to perform all  obligations and satisfy all conditions on its part
to be performed or satisfied  hereunder at or prior thereto or, if at or prior
to the Closing Date:

            (i) any of the Company, the Subsidiaries or NovaCare O&P or any of
      its  subsidiaries  shall have  sustained any loss or  interference  with
      respect to its  businesses or properties  from fire,  flood,  hurricane,
      accident or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from
      any strike,  labor  dispute,  slow down or work stoppage or any legal or
      governmental  proceeding,  which  loss  or  interference,  in  the  sole
      judgment of the Initial  Purchasers,  has had or has a Material  Adverse
      Effect,  or there shall have been,  in the sole  judgment of the Initial
      Purchasers,  any  event  or  development  that,  individually  or in the
      aggregate,  has or could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
      Effect (including  without limitation a change in control of the Company
      or the  Subsidiaries),  except  in each case as  described  in the Final
      Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto);

            (ii)  trading  in  securities  of  the  Company  or in  securities
      generally on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange or the
      Nasdaq  National  Market shall have been suspended or minimum or maximum
      prices shall have been established on any such exchange or market;

            (iii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by New York or
      United States authorities;


                                     -24-

<PAGE>

            (iv)  there  shall  have been (A) an  outbreak  or  escalation  of
      hostilities  between the United States and any foreign power,  or (B) an
      outbreak  or  escalation  of any other  insurrection  or armed  conflict
      involving  the  United  States or any other  national  or  international
      calamity  or  emergency,  or (C) any  material  change in the  financial
      markets of the United States which, in the case of (A), (B) or (C) above
      and  in  the  sole  judgment  of  the  Initial   Purchasers,   makes  it
      impracticable  or  inadvisable  to  proceed  with  the  offering  or the
      delivery of the Notes as contemplated by the Final Memorandum; or

            (v) any  securities of the Company  shall have been  downgraded or
      placed on any "watch list" for possible  downgrading  by any  nationally
      recognized statistical rating organization.

      (b)  Termination of this Agreement  pursuant to this Section 11 shall be
without  liability  of any party to any other  party  except  as  provided  in
Section 10 hereof.

      12. INFORMATION  SUPPLIED BY THE INITIAL PURCHASERS.  The statements set
forth in the second and third  sentences of the fifth paragraph and the first,
second,  third and fourth sentences of the seventh paragraph under the heading
"Private  Placement" in the Final  Memorandum  (to the extent such  statements
relate to the Initial Purchasers) constitute the only information furnished by
the Initial  Purchasers to the Company for the purposes of Sections 2(a) and 9
hereof.

      13. NOTICES.  All  communications  hereunder shall be in writing and, if
sent to the Initial Purchasers,  shall be mailed or delivered to Deutsche Bank
Securities  Inc., 130 Liberty  Street,  New York,  New York 10006,  Attention:
Corporate  Finance  Department,  with a copy to Willkie Farr & Gallagher,  787
Seventh Avenue,  New York, New York 10019,  Attention:  William J. Grant, Jr.,
and if sent to the  Company,  shall be mailed or  delivered  to the Company at
7700 Old Georgetown Road, Bethesda, Maryland, Attention: Ivan R. Sabel; with a
copy to Freedman,  Levy, Kroll & Simonds,  Washington Square, 1050 Connecticut
Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C,. 20036-5366, Attention: Jay W. Freedman.

      All such  notices and  communications  shall be deemed to have been duly
given:  when  delivered by hand, if personally  delivered;  five business days
after  being  deposited  in the mail,  postage  prepaid,  if  mailed;  and one
business day after being timely delivered to a next-day air courier.

      14.  SUCCESSORS.  This  Agreement  shall  inure to the benefit of and be
binding  upon  the  Initial  Purchasers,  the  Company  and  their  respective
successors and legal  representatives,  and nothing  expressed or mentioned in
this  Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any
legal or  equitable  right,  remedy  or  claim  under  or in  respect  of this
Agreement,  or  any  provisions  herein  contained;  this  Agreement  and  all
conditions and  provisions  hereof being intended to be and being for the sole
and  exclusive  benefit of such persons and for the benefit of no other person
except that (i) the indemnities of the Company  contained in Section 9 of this
Agreement  shall also be for the  benefit of any person or persons who control
the Initial  Purchasers within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section


                                     -25-

<PAGE>

20 of the  Exchange  Act and (ii) the  indemnities  of the Initial  Purchasers
contained in Section 9 of this Agreement  shall also be for the benefit of the
directors of the  Company,  its officers and any person or persons who control
the  Company  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act. No purchaser of Notes from the Initial Purchasers will be deemed
a successor because of such purchase.

      15.  APPLICABLE LAW. THE VALIDITY AND  INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT,
AND THE TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS  SET  FORTH  HEREIN  SHALL BE  GOVERNED  BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK  APPLICABLE TO
CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED  WHOLLY  THEREIN,  WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
ANY PROVISIONS THEREOF RELATING TO CONFLICTS OF LAW.

      16.  COUNTERPARTS.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in  two  or  more
counterparts,  each of which  shall be  deemed an  original,  but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


               [REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


                                     -26-

<PAGE>

      If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please indicate
your  acceptance  thereof  in the  space  provided  below  for  that  purpose,
whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between the Company
and the Initial Purchasers.

                                     Very truly yours,

                                     HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

                                     By: /s/IVAN R. SABEL
                                         ------------------------------------
                                         Name:  Ivan R. Sabel
                                         Title: Chairman, President and Chief
                                                Executive Officer


DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

By: /s/JULIE PERSILY
    ------------------------
    Name:  Julie Persily
    Title: Managing Director


CHASE SECURITIES INC.

By: /s/IRA GINSBERG
    ---------------------
    Name:  Ira Ginsburg
    Title: Vice President


PARIBAS CORPORATION

By: /s/ROBERT E. HOWARD
    ------------------------
    Name:  Robert E. Howard
    Title: Managing Director


<PAGE>

                                                                    SCHEDULE 1

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Principal
                                                                                Amount of
Initial Purchaser                                                               Notes
- -----------------                                                               -----
<S>                                                                             <C>
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.........................................           90,000,000
Chase Securities Inc.................................................           37,500,000
Paribas Corporation..................................................           22,500,000
                                                                                ------------
          Total......................................................           $ 150,000,000
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                                                                    SCHEDULE 2

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

                                                                             Jurisdiction of
Name                                                                         Incorporation
- ----                                                                         -------------
<S>                                                                          <C>
Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics, Inc.                                         Delaware
Eugene Tuefel & Son Orthotics & Prosthetics, Inc.                            Pennsylvania
Southern Prosthetic Supply, Inc.                                             Georgia
Seattle Orthopedic Group, Inc.                                               Delaware
OPNET, Inc.                                                                  Nevada
HPO Acquisition Corp.                                                        Delaware
Hanger Europe, N.V.                                                          Belgium
</TABLE>



                                                                 EXHIBIT 10(C)


                         HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

                                  as Issuer,


                                      and


                                THE GUARANTORS

                               (defined herein)


                                      and


                     U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

                                  as Trustee


                            -----------------------

                                   INDENTURE

                           Dated as of June 16, 1999

                            -----------------------


                              up to $300,000,000

                  11 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009


<PAGE>

                             CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 TIA                                                                   Indenture
 Section                                                                Section
 -------                                                               ---------
<S>                                                                     <C>
310(a)(1).....................................................          7.10
   (a)(2).....................................................          7.10
   (a)(3).....................................................          N.A.
   (a)(4).....................................................          N.A.
   (a)(5).....................................................          7.8; 7.10
   (b)........................................................          7.8; 7.10; 13.2
   (c)........................................................          N.A.
311(a)........................................................          7.11
   (b)........................................................          7.11
   (c)........................................................          N.A.
312(a)........................................................          2.5
   (b)........................................................          13.3
   (c)........................................................          13.3
313(a)........................................................          7.6
   (b)(1).....................................................          N.A.
   (b)(2).....................................................          7.6
   (c)........................................................          7.6; 13.2
   (d)........................................................          7.6
314(a)........................................................          4.6; 4.8; 13.2
   (b)........................................................          N.A.
   (c)(1).....................................................          13.4
   (c)(2).....................................................          13.4
   (c)(3).....................................................          N.A.
   (d)........................................................          N.A.
   (e)........................................................          13.5
   (f)........................................................          N.A.
315(a)........................................................          7.1(b)
   (b)........................................................          7.5; 13.2
   (c)........................................................          7.1(a)
   (d)........................................................          7.1(c)
   (e)........................................................          6.11
316(a)(last sentence).........................................          2.9
   (a)(1)(A)..................................................          6.5
   (a)(1)(B)..................................................          6.4
   (a)(2).....................................................          N.A.
   (b)........................................................          6.7
   (c)........................................................          9.5
317(a)(1).....................................................          6.8
   (a)(2).....................................................          6.9
   (b)........................................................          2.4
318(a)........................................................          13.1


<PAGE>

   (c)........................................................          13.1
</TABLE>

 --------------------------
 N.A. means Not Applicable

NOTE: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a
      part of this Indenture.


<PAGE>

                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE

             ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.1. Definitions.  ................................................  1
Section 1.2. Incorporation by Reference of TIA............................. 35
Section 1.3. Rules of Construction......................................... 36

                             ARTICLE II. THE NOTES

Section 2.1. Form and Dating............................................... 36
Section 2.2. Execution and Authentication;
              Aggregate Principal Amount................................... 37
Section 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent.................................... 39
Section 2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust.......................... 40
Section 2.5. Noteholder Lists.............................................. 40
Section 2.6. Transfer and Exchange......................................... 41
Section 2.7. Replacement Notes............................................. 41
Section 2.8. Outstanding Notes............................................. 42
Section 2.9. Treasury Notes................................................ 42
Section 2.10. Temporary Notes.............................................. 43
Section 2.11. Cancellation................................................. 43
Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest........................................... 44
Section 2.13. CUSIP Number................................................. 44
Section 2.14. Deposit of Moneys............................................ 44
Section 2.15. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes....................... 44
Section 2.16. Special Transfer Provisions.................................. 46

       ARTICLE III. REDEMPTION; PLEDGE FOR SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION

Section 3.1. Notices to Trustee............................................ 49
Section 3.2. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed............................. 50
Section 3.3. Notice of Redemption.......................................... 50
Section 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption................................ 51
Section 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price................................... 52
Section 3.6. Notes Redeemed in Part........................................ 52
Section 3.7. Pledge for Special Mandatory Redemption....................... 52

                             ARTICLE IV. COVENANTS

Section 4.1. Payment of Notes.............................................. 54
Section 4.2. Maintenance of Office or Agency............................... 54
Section 4.3. Corporate Existence........................................... 54


                                     (i)

<PAGE>

Section 4.4. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims............................. 55
Section 4.5. Conduct of Business........................................... 55
Section 4.6. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default..................... 55
Section 4.7. Compliance with Laws.......................................... 56
Section 4.8. Reports to Holders............................................ 57
Section 4.9. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws....................... 58
Section 4.10. Limitation on Restricted Payments............................ 58
Section 4.11. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates................... 61
Section 4.12. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment
               Restrictions Affecting Restricted
               Subsidiaries................................................ 62
Section 4.13. Prohibition on Incurrence of Senior
               Subordinated Debt........................................... 63
Section 4.14. Limitation on Incurrence of Additional
               Indebtedness................................................ 64
Section 4.15. Offer to Repurchase Upon a Change of Control................. 64
Section 4.16. Limitation on Asset Sales.................................... 67
Section 4.17. Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital
               Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries............................ 71
Section 4.18. Limitation on Liens.......................................... 71
Section 4.19. Payments for Consent......................................... 72
Section 4.20. Additional Guarantees........................................ 72
Section 4.21. Designation of Subsidiaries.................................. 73

                       ARTICLE V. SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

Section 5.1. When Company May Merge, Etc................................... 73
Section 5.2. Successor Corporation Substituted............................. 75
Section 5.3. When a Guarantor May Merge, Etc............................... 75

                       ARTICLE VI. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

Section 6.1. Events of Default............................................. 76
Section 6.2. Acceleration. ................................................ 78
Section 6.3. Other Remedies................................................ 79
Section 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults....................................... 79
Section 6.5. Control by Majority........................................... 80
Section 6.6. Limitation on Suits........................................... 80
Section 6.7. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.......................... 81
Section 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee.................................... 81
Section 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.............................. 81
Section 6.10. Priorities.  ................................................ 82
Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs........................................ 83
Section 6.12. Restoration of Rights and Remedies........................... 83


                                     (ii)

<PAGE>

                             ARTICLE VII. TRUSTEE

Section 7.1. Duties of Trustee............................................. 83
Section 7.2. Rights of Trustee............................................. 85
Section 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee.................................. 86
Section 7.4. Trustee's Disclaimer.......................................... 86
Section 7.5. Notice of Default............................................. 86
Section 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders................................. 87
Section 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity.................................... 87
Section 7.8. Replacement of Trustee........................................ 89
Section 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.............................. 90
Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification................................ 90
Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against
               Company..................................................... 90

               ARTICLE VIII. DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

Section 8.1. Satisfaction and Discharge.................................... 91
Section 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance...................... 91
Section 8.3. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant
              Defeasance................................................... 93
Section 8.4. Application of Trust Money.................................... 95
Section 8.5. Repayment to the Company or the Guarantors.................... 95
Section 8.6. Reinstatement................................................. 96

                ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

Section 9.1. Without Consent of Holders.................................... 97
Section 9.2. With Consent of Holders....................................... 98
Section 9.3. Compliance with TIA........................................... 99
Section 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents............................. 99
Section 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes..............................100
Section 9.6. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc...............................101

                           ARTICLE X. SUBORDINATION

Section 10.1. Notes Subordinated to Senior Debt............................101
Section 10.2. No Payment on Notes in Certain Circumstances.................101
Section 10.3. Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution,
               Etc.........................................................103
Section 10.4. Payments May Be Paid Prior to Dissolution....................105
Section 10.5. Subrogation. ................................................105
Section 10.6. Obligations of the Company Unconditional.....................106
Section 10.7. Notice to Trustee............................................106
Section 10.8. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of
               Liquidating Agent...........................................107


                                    (iii)

<PAGE>

Section 10.9. Trustee's Relation to Senior Debt............................107
Section 10.10. Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or
                Omissions of the Company or Holders of Senior
                Debt.......................................................108
Section 10.11. Noteholders Authorize Trustee To Effectuate
                Subordination of Notes.....................................109
Section 10.12. This Article X Not To Prevent
                Events of Default..........................................109
Section 10.13. Trustee's Compensation Not Prejudiced.......................109

                            ARTICLE XI. GUARANTEES

Section 11.1. Unconditional Guarantee......................................110
Section 11.2. Severability.................................................111
Section 11.3. Release of a Guarantor.......................................111
Section 11.4. Limitation of Guarantor's Liability..........................112
Section 11.5. Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain
               Terms.......................................................112
Section 11.6. Contribution.................................................113
Section 11.7. Waiver of Subrogation........................................114

                   ARTICLE XII. SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES

Section 12.1. Subordination of Guarantee...................................114
Section 12.2. No Payment on Guarantees in
               Certain Circumstances.......................................115
Section 12.3. Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution,
               Etc.........................................................117
Section 12.4. Payments May Be Paid Prior to Dissolution....................118
Section 12.5. Subrogation. ................................................119
Section 12.6. Obligations of Each Subsidiary Guarantor
               Unconditional...............................................119
Section 12.7. Notice to Trustee............................................120
Section 12.8. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of
               Liquidating Agent...........................................121
Section 12.9. Trustee's Relation to Guarantor Senior Debt..................121
Section 12.10. Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or
                Omissions of a Guarantor or Holders of
                Guarantor Senior Debt......................................122
Section 12.11. Noteholders Authorize Trustee To Effectuate
                Subordination of Guarantees................................122
Section 12.12. This Article XII Not To Prevent
                Events of Default..........................................123
Section 12.13. Trustee's Compensation Not Prejudiced.......................123


                                     (iv)

<PAGE>

                                            ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.1. TIA Controls.................................................123
Section 13.2. Notices.     ................................................124
Section 13.3. Communications by Holders with Other Holders.................125
Section 13.4. Certificate and Opinion as to
               Conditions Precedent........................................125
Section 13.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion................126
Section 13.6. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar....................126
Section 13.7. Legal Holidays...............................................126
Section 13.8. Governing Law; Waiver........................................127
Section 13.9. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements................127
Section 13.10. No Recourse Against Others..................................127
Section 13.11. Successors. ................................................128
Section 13.12. Duplicate Originals.........................................128
Section 13.13. Severability................................................128


SIGNATURES.................................................................113

EXHIBIT A(1) - FORM OF INITIAL NOTE......................................A.1-1

EXHIBIT A(2) - FORM OF EXCHANGE NOTE.....................................A.2-1

EXHIBIT B -    FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTES.............................B-1

EXHIBIT C -    FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED
               IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS TO
               NON-QIB ACCREDITED INVESTORS................................C-1

EXHIBIT D -    FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED
               IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS
               PURSUANT TO REGULATION S....................................D-1

EXHIBIT E -    FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE..............................E-1


NOTE: THIS TABLE OF CONTENTS SHALL NOT, FOR ANY PURPOSE,  BE DEEMED TO BE PART
      OF THE INDENTURE.


                                     (v)

<PAGE>

                                   INDENTURE

      INDENTURE,  dated as of June 16, 1999,  by and among  Hanger  Orthopedic
Group,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the  "COMPANY"),  the  Guarantors  (as
hereinafter defined) and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as Trustee (the
"TRUSTEE").

      The  Company  has duly  authorized  the  creation of an issue of 11 1/4%
Senior  Subordinated Notes due 2009 and, to provide therefor,  the Company has
duly  authorized  the  execution  and delivery of this  Indenture.  All things
necessary to make the Notes, when duly issued and executed, by the Company and
authenticated and delivered  hereunder,  the valid obligations of the Company,
and to make this Indenture a valid and binding agreement of the Company,  have
been done.

      Each party hereto agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties
and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

                                  ARTICLE I.

                  DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

      Section 1.1.      DEFINITIONS.

      "ACCELERATION NOTICE" has the meaning provided in Section 6.2.

      "ACQUIRED  INDEBTEDNESS"  means  Indebtedness  of a Person or any of its
Subsidiaries  existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary
of the  Company or at the time it merges or  consolidates  with the Company or
any of its  Subsidiaries  or assumed in  connection  with the  acquisition  of
assets  from such  Person  and in each case  whether or not  incurred  by such
Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person
becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such acquisition, merger or
consolidation.

      "ACQUISITION"  means  the  acquisition  by  the  Company  of  all of the
outstanding  Capital Stock of NovaCare Orthotics & Prosthetics,  Inc. pursuant
to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement.

      "ACT" means the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and the rules and
regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.


<PAGE>

      "ADJUSTED  NET ASSETS" of a Guarantor  at any date shall mean the lesser
of the amount by which (x) the fair value of the  property  of such  Guarantor
exceeds  the  total  amount of  liabilities,  including,  without  limitation,
contingent  liabilities (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent
liabilities incurred or assumed on such date), but excluding liabilities under
the Guarantee of such  Guarantor at such date and (y) the present fair salable
value of the assets of such  Guarantor  at such date  exceeds  the amount that
will be required to pay the probable  liability of such Guarantor on its debts
(after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or
assumed  on such  date and after  giving  effect  to any  collection  from any
Subsidiary of such Guarantor in respect of the  obligations of such Subsidiary
under the  Guarantee),  excluding  debt in respect of the  Guarantee,  as they
become absolute and matured.

      "AFFILIATE"  means,  with  respect to any  specified  Person,  any other
Person who directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls,
or is controlled by, or is under common control with,  such specified  Person.
The term "control" means the possession,  directly or indirectly, of the power
to direct or cause the direction of the  management  and policies of a Person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities,  by contract or otherwise;
and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings  correlative to the
foregoing.

      "AFFILIATE TRANSACTION" has the meaning provided in Section 4.11.

      "AGENT" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar.

      "ASSET  ACQUISITION"  means  (a) an  Investment  by the  Company  or any
Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company in any other  Person  pursuant to which
such Person (x) shall  become a  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company or any
Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company, or (y) shall be merged with or into the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) the acquisition by
the Company or any  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company of the assets of any
Person (other than a Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company)  which  constitute
all or  substantially  all of the  assets  of such  Person  or  comprises  any
division or line of business of such Person or any other  properties or assets
of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business.


                                     -2-

<PAGE>

      "ASSET SALE" means any direct or indirect  sale,  issuance,  conveyance,
transfer,  lease  (other than  operating  leases  entered into in the ordinary
course of business),  assignment or other transfer for value by the Company or
any  of  its  Restricted   Subsidiaries  (including  any  Sale  and  Leaseback
Transaction) to any Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary  of the  Company  of:  (i)  any  Capital  Stock  of any  Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company; or (ii) any other property or assets of the Company
or any Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company other than in the ordinary course
of business;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that Asset Sales shall not  include:  (a) a
transaction  or series of related  transactions  for which the  Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration of less than $500,000;
and (b) the sale, lease,  conveyance,  disposition or other transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company as permitted under Section 5.1.

      "AUTHENTICATING AGENT" has the meaning provided in Section 2.2.

      "BANKRUPTCY LAW" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal, state
or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

      "BLOCKAGE PERIOD" has the meaning provided in Section 10.2(a).

      "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" means, as to any Person,  the board of directors of
such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

      "BOARD  RESOLUTION"  means,  with  respect  to any  Person,  a copy of a
resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person
to have been duly  adopted by the Board of  Directors of such Person and to be
in full force and effect on the date of such  certification,  and delivered to
the Trustee.

      "BUSINESS DAY" means a day that is not a Legal Holiday.

      "CAPITAL  STOCK"  means  (i)  with  respect  to  any  Person  that  is a
corporation,   any  and  all  shares,   interests,   participations  or  other
equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock,
including each class of Common Stock and Preferred  Stock of such Person;  and
(ii)  with  respect  to any  Person  that  is not a  corporation,  any and all
partnership, membership or other equity interests of such Person.


                                     -3-

<PAGE>

      "CAPITALIZED  LEASE OBLIGATION" means, as to any Person, the obligations
of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified  and accounted
for as  capital  lease  obligations  under  GAAP  and,  for  purposes  of this
definition,  the  amount  of  such  obligations  at  any  date  shall  be  the
capitalized amount of such obligations at such date,  determined in accordance
with GAAP.

      "CASH EQUIVALENTS" means (i) marketable direct obligations issued by, or
unconditionally  guaranteed by, the United States  Government or issued by any
agency  thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United  States,
in each case maturing  within one year from the date of  acquisition  thereof;
(ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of
America  or  any  political  subdivision  of any  such  state  or  any  public
instrumentality  thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition
thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings
obtainable  from either  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Group  ("S&P") or Moody's
Investors Service, Inc.  ("MOODY'S");  (iii) commercial paper maturing no more
than  one  year  from  the  date  of  creation  thereof  and,  at the  time of
acquisition,  having a rating  of at least  A-1 from S&P or at least  P-1 from
Moody's;  (iv) certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances maturing within
one year from the date of  acquisition  thereof  issued by any bank  organized
under the laws of the United  States of  America  or any state  thereof or the
District of Columbia or any U.S.  branch of a foreign  bank having at the date
of acquisition  thereof  combined  capital and surplus of not less than $250.0
million;  (v) repurchase  obligations  with a term of not more than seven days
for underlying  securities of the types  described in clause (i) above entered
into with any bank meeting the qualifications  specified in clause (iv) above;
and (vi)  investments  in money market funds which  invest  substantially  all
their assets in securities  of the types  described in clauses (i) through (v)
above.

      "CHANGE OF CONTROL" means the occurrence of one or more of the following
events:

            (i) any sale,  lease,  exchange  or other  transfer  (in one
      transaction  or a  series  of  related  transactions)  of  all  or
      substantially  all of the  assets of the  Company to any Person or
      group of related  Persons  for  purposes  of Section  13(d) of the
      Exchange Act (a "Group"),  together  with any  Affiliates  thereof


                                  -4-

<PAGE>

      (whether or not  otherwise in  compliance  with the  provisions of
      this Indenture);

            (ii) the  approval  by the  holders of Capital  Stock of the
      Company of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution
      of the Company  (whether or not otherwise in  compliance  with the
      provisions of this Indenture);

            (iii) any  Person or Group  shall be or  become  the  owner,
      directly  or  indirectly,  beneficially  or of  record,  of shares
      representing more than 40% of the aggregate  ordinary voting power
      represented  by the issued and  outstanding  Capital  Stock of the
      Company;

            (iv) any  Person or Group,  other  than  Chase,  shall be or
      become the  owner,  directly  or  indirectly,  beneficially  or of
      record,  of shares  representing  more  than 25% of the  aggregate
      ordinary  voting power  represented by the issued and  outstanding
      Capital  Stock of the  Company,  provided  that  Chase  then owns,
      directly  or  indirectly,  beneficially  or of  record,  a  lesser
      percentage of such aggregate voting power; or

            (v) the  replacement of a majority of the Board of Directors
      of the  Company  over a two-year  period  from the  directors  who
      constituted the Board of Directors of the Company at the beginning
      of such period,  and such replacement shall not have been approved
      by a vote of at least a majority of the Board of  Directors of the
      Company then still in office who either were members of such Board
      of Directors at the beginning of such period or whose  election as
      a member of such Board of Directors was previously so approved.

      "CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER" has the meaning provided in Section 4.15.

      "CHANGE OF CONTROL  PAYMENT  DATE" has the  meaning  provided in Section
4.15.

      "CEDEL" means Cedel S.A.

      "CHASE" means Chase Capital Partners and its Affiliates.


                                  -5-

<PAGE>

      "COMMON  STOCK" of any Person  means any and all  shares,  interests  or
other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether
voting or non-voting) of such Person's  common stock,  whether  outstanding on
the  Issue  Date or  issued  after  the  Issue  Date,  and  includes,  without
limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

      "COMPANY" means Hanger  Orthopedic Group,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation
and its successors  that become a party to this  Indenture in accordance  with
its terms.

      "CONSOLIDATED EBITDA" means, with respect to any Person, for any period,
the sum (without  duplication) of (i) Consolidated Net Income; and (ii) to the
extent  Consolidated  Net Income has been reduced thereby (1) all income taxes
of such Person and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  paid or accrued in accordance
with  GAAP  for  such  period  (other  than  income  taxes   attributable   to
extraordinary,  unusual or nonrecurring  gains or losses or taxes attributable
to sales or  dispositions  outside  the  ordinary  course  of  business);  (2)
Consolidated  Interest Expense; and (3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges LESS any
non-cash  items  increasing  Consolidated  Net Income for such period,  all as
determined  on a  consolidated  basis  for  such  Person  and  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

      "CONSOLIDATED  FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE  RATIO" means,  with respect to any
Person,  the ratio of Consolidated  EBITDA of such Person during the four full
fiscal  quarters (the "FOUR QUARTER  PERIOD")  ending prior to the date of the
transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio for which financial  statements are available (the "TRANSACTION
DATE") to  Consolidated  Fixed  Charges of such  Person  for the Four  Quarter
Period. In addition to and without  limitation of the foregoing,  for purposes
of this definition,  "Consolidated  EBITDA" and  "Consolidated  Fixed Charges"
shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of
such calculation to:

            (i) the incurrence or repayment of any  Indebtedness of such
      Person or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries (and the application
      of the  proceeds  thereof)  giving  rise to the need to make  such
      calculation and any incurrence or repayment of other  Indebtedness
      (and the  application  of the  proceeds  thereof),  other than the
      incurrence or repayment of  Indebtedness in the ordinary course of
      business for working capital purposes  pursuant to working capital
      facilities,  occurring  during the Four  Quarter  Period or at any
      time  subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on
      or  prior  to the  Transaction  Date,  as if  such  incurrence  or
      repayment, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds


                                  -6-

<PAGE>

      thereof),  occurred on the first day of the Four  Quarter  Period;
      and

            (ii)  any  asset  sales  or  other   dispositions  or  Asset
      Acquisitions (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition
      giving  rise to the need to make such  calculation  as a result of
      such Person or one of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  (including any
      Person  who  becomes a  Restricted  Subsidiary  as a result of the
      Asset Acquisition)  incurring,  assuming or otherwise being liable
      for Acquired  Indebtedness  and also  including  any  Consolidated
      EBITDA  (including  any pro  forma  expense  and  cost  reductions
      calculated on a basis  consistent  with  Regulation  S-X under the
      Exchange Act)  attributable to the assets which are the subject of
      the Asset  Acquisition or asset sale or other  disposition  during
      the Four Quarter Period)  occurring during the Four Quarter Period
      or at any time  subsequent  to the  last  day of the Four  Quarter
      Period and on or prior to the  Transaction  Date, as if such asset
      sale or other  disposition  or Asset  Acquisition  (including  the
      incurrence,   assumption   or  liability  for  any  such  Acquired
      Indebtedness)  occurred  on the  first  day of  the  Four  Quarter
      Period.

If such Person or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  directly or indirectly
guarantees  Indebtedness of a third Person,  the preceding sentence shall give
effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed  Indebtedness as if such Person or
any  Restricted  Subsidiary of such Person had directly  incurred or otherwise
assumed   such   guaranteed   Indebtedness.    Furthermore,   in   calculating
"Consolidated  Fixed Charges" for purposes of determining the denominator (but
not the numerator) of this "Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio":

            (1) interest on  outstanding  Indebtedness  determined  on a
      fluctuating  basis  as of the  Transaction  Date  and  which  will
      continue to be so  determined  thereafter  shall be deemed to have
      accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on


                                  -7-

<PAGE>

      such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date; and

            (2)   notwithstanding   clause   (1)  above,   interest   on
      Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such
      interest  is covered  by  agreements  relating  to  Interest  Swap
      Obligations,  shall be  deemed  to  accrue  at the rate per  annum
      resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements.

      "CONSOLIDATED  FIXED CHARGES" means,  with respect to any Person for any
period,  the sum, without  duplication,  of (i) Consolidated  Interest Expense
PLUS (ii) the  product  of (x) the  amount of all  dividends  on any series of
Preferred Stock of such Person (other than dividends accrued on the Redeemable
Preferred  Stock and other than  dividends  paid in Qualified  Capital  Stock)
paid,  accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period TIMES (y)
a fraction,  the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one
minus the then current  effective  consolidated  federal,  state and local tax
rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal.

      "CONSOLIDATED  INTEREST  EXPENSE" means,  with respect to any Person for
any period, the sum of, without duplication: (i) the aggregate of the interest
expense  of such  Person  and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  for  such  period
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP,  including without
limitation,  (a)  any  amortization  of  debt  discount  and  amortization  or
write-off of deferred  financing  costs, (b) the net costs under Interest Swap
Obligations,  (c) all capitalized interest and (d) the interest portion of any
deferred  payment  obligation  AND (ii) the interest  component of Capitalized
Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such
Person and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  during such period as determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

      "CONSOLIDATED  NET INCOME"  means,  with respect to any Person,  for any
period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of such Person and its Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in
accordance with GAAP; PROVIDED that there shall be excluded therefrom:

            (i) after-tax  gains from Asset Sales (without regard to the
      $500,000  limitation  set  forth  in the  definition  thereof)  or


                                  -8-

<PAGE>

      abandonments or reserves relating thereto;

            (ii)  after-tax  items   classified  as   extraordinary   or
      nonrecurring gains;

            (iii) the net income of any Person acquired in a "pooling of
      interests"  transaction  accrued  prior to the date it  becomes  a
      Restricted  Subsidiary  of the  referent  Person  or is  merged or
      consolidated with the referent Person or any Restricted Subsidiary
      of the referent Person;

            (iv) the net  income  (but not  loss)  of any  Wholly  Owned
      Restricted  Subsidiary  of the referent  Person to the extent that
      the  declaration  of  dividends or similar  distributions  by that
      Restricted  Subsidiary of that income is restricted by a contract,
      operation of law or otherwise;

            (v) the net income of any Person,  other than a Wholly Owned
      Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person, except to the extent
      of cash dividends or distributions  paid to the referent Person or
      to a Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary of the referent Person by
      such Person;

            (vi) any restoration to income of any  contingency  reserve,
      except to the extent that  provision for such reserve was made out
      of Consolidated Net Income accrued at any time following the Issue
      Date;

            (vii) income or loss attributable to discontinued operations
      (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such
      period  whether  or  not  such   operations   were  classified  as
      discontinued); and

            (viii) in the case of a successor to the referent  Person by
      consolidation  or  merger  or  as a  transferee  of  the  referent
      Person's assets,  any earnings of the successor  corporation prior
      to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets.

      "CONSOLIDATED   NET  WORTH"  of  any  Person   means  the   consolidated
stockholders'  equity of such Person,  determined on a  consolidated  basis in
accordance  with GAAP,  less (without  duplication)  amounts  attributable  to


                                  -9-

<PAGE>

Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person.

      "CONSOLIDATED  NON-CASH CHARGES" means, with respect to any Person,  for
any  period,  the  aggregate  depreciation,  amortization  and other  non-cash
expenses of such Person and its Restricted  Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated
Net Income of such Person and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  for such  period,
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding any such
charges  constituting an  extraordinary  item or loss or any such charge which
requires an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges or  expenditures  for any
future period).

      "COVENANT DEFEASANCE" has the meaning provided in Section 8.2(c).

      "CREDIT  AGREEMENT"  means the Credit Agreement to be entered into on or
about the Issue Date, between the Company,  the lenders party thereto in their
capacities as lenders  thereunder and The Chase Manhattan Bank,  Bankers Trust
Company,  and Paribas, as agents,  together with the related documents thereto
(including,   without  limitation,   any  guarantee  agreements  and  security
documents),  in each case as such  agreements  may be amended  (including  any
amendment and restatement  thereof),  supplemented or otherwise  modified from
time to time,  including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing,
replacing  or  otherwise  restructuring  (including  increasing  the amount of
available borrowings  thereunder (PROVIDED that such increase in borrowings is
permitted by Section 4.14) or adding Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company as
additional  borrowers  or  guarantors  thereunder)  all or any  portion of the
Indebtedness  under such agreement or any successor or  replacement  agreement
and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

      "CURRENCY AGREEMENT" means any foreign exchange contract,  currency swap
agreement or other similar  agreement or  arrangement  designed to protect the
Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company  against  fluctuations in
currency values.

      "CUSTODIAN"   means  any  receiver,   trustee,   assignee,   liquidator,
sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

      "DEADLINE DATE" means July 7, 1999.


                                  -10-

<PAGE>

      "DEFAULT"  means an event or condition  the  occurrence  of which is, or
with the lapse of time or the  giving of notice or both  would be, an Event of
Default.

      "DEPOSITORY"  means The  Depository  Trust  Company,  its  nominees  and
successors.

      "DEPOSITORY PARTICIPANTS" has the meaning provided in Section 2.15.

      "DESIGNATED  SENIOR DEBT" means (i) Indebtedness  under or in respect of
the Credit  Agreement  and (ii) any other  Indebtedness  that,  at the time of
determination, has an aggregate principal amount of at least $25.0 million and
is specifically  designated in the instrument  evidencing such Indebtedness as
"Designated Senior Debt" by the Company.

      "DESIGNATION  AMOUNT" means,  at the time the Company  designates any of
its Subsidiaries as an  "Unrestricted  Subsidiary"  under this Indenture,  the
fair  market  value  of the  Investment  of the  Company  and  the  Restricted
Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary on such date.

      "DISQUALIFIED  CAPITAL  STOCK" means that  portion of any Capital  Stock
which,  by its  terms  (or by the  terms  of any  security  into  which  it is
convertible  or for  which it is  exchangeable  at the  option  of the  holder
thereof),  or upon the happening of any event (other than an event which would
constitute  a  Change  of  Control),  matures  or is  mandatorily  redeemable,
pursuant to a sinking fund  obligation or  otherwise,  or is redeemable at the
sole option of the holder thereof  (except,  in each case, upon the occurrence
of a Change of Control) on or prior to the final maturity date of the Notes.

      "DISTRIBUTION  COMPLIANCE PERIOD" has the meaning provided in Regulation
S.

      "DOMESTIC   RESTRICTED   SUBSIDIARY"   means  a  Restricted   Subsidiary
incorporated  or otherwise  organized or existing under the laws of the United
States, any state thereof or any territory or possession of the United States.

      "EUROCLEAR" means Euroclear System.

      "EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning provided in Section 6.1.


                                  -11-

<PAGE>

      "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
any successor statute or statutes thereto.

      "EXCHANGE NOTES" means the 11 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 to
be issued in exchange  for the  Initial  Notes  pursuant  to the  Registration
Rights Agreement or, with respect to Initial Notes issued under this Indenture
subsequent  to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.2, a  registration  rights
agreement substantially identical to the Registration Rights Agreement.

      "EXCHANGE   OFFER"  has  the  meaning  assigned  to  such  term  in  the
Registration  Rights  Agreement,  dated as of June 16, 1999,  by and among the
Company,  the  Guarantors,  and BT Alex.  Brown  Incorporated,  Deutsche  Bank
Securities  Inc.,  Chase  Securities  Inc. and Paribas  Corporation as initial
purchasers (the "REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT").

      "FAIR MARKET  VALUE" means,  with respect to any asset or property,  the
price which could be negotiated in an arm's-length,  free market  transaction,
for cash,  between a willing  seller and a willing and able buyer,  neither of
whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the  transaction.  Fair
market  value shall be  determined  by the Board of  Directors  of the Company
acting  reasonably  and in  good  faith  and  shall  be  evidenced  by a Board
Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company delivered to the Trustee.

      "FUNDING GUARANTOR" has the meaning provided in Section 11.6.

      "GAAP" means generally accepted  accounting  principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other  entity as may be approved by a  significant  segment of the  accounting
profession of the United States, which are in effect as of the Issue Date.

      "GLOBAL NOTES" has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.

      "GUARANTEE" means the Guarantees executed and delivered by any Guarantor
with respect to the Company's Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.


                                  -12-

<PAGE>

      "GUARANTOR"   means   each   of  the   Company's   Domestic   Restricted
Subsidiaries,  whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created.  Each
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company created subsequent to the Issue Date will
execute a supplemental indenture in which such Restricted Subsidiary agrees to
be bound by the terms of this  Indenture  as a  Guarantor;  PROVIDED  that any
Person constituting a Guarantor as described above shall cease to constitute a
Guarantor  when its  respective  Guarantee is released in accordance  with the
terms of this Indenture.

      "GUARANTOR BLOCKAGE PERIOD" has the meaning provided in Section 12.2(a).

      "GUARANTOR  PAYMENT BLOCKAGE NOTICE" has the meaning provided in Section
12.2(a).

      "GUARANTOR DESIGNATED SENIOR DEBT", with respect to any Guarantor, means
(i)  Indebtedness  under or in respect of the  Credit  Agreement  and (ii) any
other  Indebtedness of such Guarantor that, at the time of determination,  has
an  aggregate  principal  amount  of at least  $25.0  million  (including  the
principal amount of Obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries under such
Indebtedness) and is specifically designated in the instrument evidencing such
Indebtedness as "Designated Senior Debt" or "Guarantor Designated Senior Debt"
by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

      "GUARANTOR  SENIOR  DEBT"  means,  with  respect to any  Guarantor:  the
principal of, premium,  if any, and interest  (including any interest accruing
subsequent  to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for
in the documentation with respect thereto,  whether or not such interest is an
allowed  claim  under  applicable  law) on any  Indebtedness  of a  Guarantor,
whether  outstanding  on the Issue Date or  thereafter  created,  incurred  or
assumed,  unless, in the case of any particular  Indebtedness,  the instrument
creating or evidencing  the same or pursuant to which the same is  outstanding
expressly  provides  that  such  Indebtedness  shall not be senior in right of
payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor. Without limiting the generality of
the  foregoing,  "Guarantor  Senior Debt" shall also include the principal of,
premium,  if any, interest  (including any interest accruing subsequent to the
filing  of  a  petition  of  bankruptcy  at  the  rate  provided  for  in  the
documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed
claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of:


                                  -13-

<PAGE>

            (i) all monetary  obligations of every nature of the Company
      under  the  Credit  Agreement,   including,   without  limitation,
      obligations   to  pay  principal   and   interest,   reimbursement
      obligations   under   letters  of  credit,   fees,   expenses  and
      indemnities;

            (ii) all Interest Swap Obligations; and

            (iii) all  obligations  under Currency  Agreements;  in each
      case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Guarantor Senior Debt" shall not include:

            (a) any  Indebtedness  of such  Guarantor to a Subsidiary of
      such Guarantor;

            (b)  Indebtedness  to,  or  guaranteed  on  behalf  of,  any
      shareholder,  director,  officer or employee of such  Guarantor or
      any Subsidiary of such Guarantor  (including,  without limitation,
      amounts owed for compensation,  but excluding any Guarantor Senior
      Debt held by any Person who becomes such a shareholder as a result
      of the exercise of remedies under such Guarantor Senior Debt);

            (c)  Indebtedness  to  trade  creditors  and  other  amounts
      incurred  in  connection  with  obtaining   goods,   materials  or
      services;

            (d) Indebtedness represented by Disqualified Capital Stock;

            (e) any liability for federal,  state,  local or other taxes
      owed or owing by such Guarantor;

            (f) that portion of any  Indebtedness  incurred in violation
      of Section 4.14 (but, as to any such obligation, no such violation
      shall be deemed to exist for  purposes  of this  clause (f) if the
      holder(s)  of such  obligation  or  their  representative  and the
      Trustee  shall  have  received  an  Officers'  Certificate  of the


                                  -14-

<PAGE>

      Company to the effect  that the  incurrence  of such  Indebtedness
      does not (or, in the case of revolving credit  indebtedness,  that
      the incurrence of the entire  committed amount thereof at the date
      on which the  initial  borrowing  thereunder  is made  would  not)
      violate such provisions of this Indenture);

            (g) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to
      any election  under  Section  1111(b) of Title 11,  United  States
      Code, is without recourse to the Company; and

            (h)  any  Indebtedness  which  is,  by  its  express  terms,
      subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such
      Guarantor.

      "HOLDER"  or  "NOTEHOLDER"  means  the  person  in whose  name a Note is
registered on the Registrar's books.

      "IAI GLOBAL NOTE" means, a permanent  global Note in the form of EXHIBIT
A-1 hereto  bearing the legend in EXHIBIT B hereto and the  Private  Placement
Legend and  deposited  with or on behalf of and  registered in the name of the
Depository or its nominee,  issued in a denomination  equal to the outstanding
principal  amount  of the Notes  initially  sold to  Institutional  Accredited
Investors.

      "INCUR" has the meaning provided in Section 4.14.

      "INDEBTEDNESS" means with respect to any Person, without duplication:

            (i) all Obligations of such Person for borrowed money;

            (ii) all  Obligations  of such  Person  evidenced  by bonds,
      debentures, Notes or other similar instruments;

            (iii) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

            (iv) all Obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the
      deferred   purchase  price  of  property,   all  conditional  sale
      obligations  and  all   Obligations   under  any  title  retention
      agreement (but excluding trade accounts  payable and other accrued
      liabilities  arising in the ordinary  course of business  that are


                                  -15-

<PAGE>

      not  overdue  by 90 days or more or are  being  contested  in good
      faith  by   appropriate   proceedings   promptly   instituted  and
      diligently conducted);

            (v) all Obligations for the  reimbursement of any obligor on
      any  letter of  credit,  banker's  acceptance  or  similar  credit
      transaction;

            (vi) guarantees and other contingent  obligations in respect
      of  Indebtedness  referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above and
      clause (viii) below;

            (vii)  all  Obligations  of any  other  Person  of the  type
      referred to in clauses  (i) through  (vi) which are secured by any
      lien on any property or asset of such  Person,  the amount of such
      Obligation  being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value
      of such  property  or asset or the  amount  of the  Obligation  so
      secured;

            (viii)  all  Obligations   under  currency   agreements  and
      interest swap agreements of such Person; and

            (ix) all  Disqualified  Capital  Stock issued by such Person
      with the amount of Indebtedness  represented by such  Disqualified
      Capital  Stock  being  equal to the  greater of its  voluntary  or
      involuntary   liquidation   preference   and  its  maximum   fixed
      repurchase  price, but excluding  accrued  dividends,  if any. For
      purposes  hereof,  the  "maximum  fixed  repurchase  price" of any
      Disqualified  Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase
      price shall be  calculated  in  accordance  with the terms of such
      Disqualified  Capital Stock as if such Disqualified  Capital Stock
      were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required
      to be determined pursuant to this Indenture,  and if such price is
      based  upon,  or  measured  by,  the  fair  market  value  of such
      Disqualified  Capital  Stock,  such  fair  market  value  shall be
      determined  reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors
      of the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock.

      "INDEPENDENT  FINANCIAL  ADVISOR"  means a firm (i) which does not,  and
whose directors, officers and employees or Affiliates do not, have a direct or
indirect  financial interest in the Company and (ii) which, in the judgment of
the Board of Directors of the Company, is otherwise  independent and qualified


                                  -16-

<PAGE>

to perform the task for which it is to be engaged.

      "INDENTURE"  means this Indenture,  as amended or supplemented from time
to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

      "INITIAL NOTES" means, collectively, (i) the 11 1/4% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2009 of the  Company  issued on the Issue  Date and (ii) one or more
series of 11 1/4%  Senior  Subordinated  Notes due 2009 that are issued  under
this  Indenture  subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.2, in each
case for so long as such securities constitute Restricted Securities.

      "INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDINGS" means with respect to any Person
(i) any  insolvency or bankruptcy  case or  proceeding,  or any  receivership,
liquidation,  reorganization  or other similar case or proceeding  relative to
such Person or to the  creditors of such Person,  as such, or to the assets of
such Person, or (ii) any liquidation,  dissolution,  reorganization or winding
up of such Person,  whether voluntary or involuntary,  or (iii) any assignment
for the benefit of creditors or any other marshaling of assets and liabilities
of such Person.

      "INSTITUTIONAL  ACCREDITED  INVESTOR"  means an  institution  that is an
"accredited  investor" as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1),  (2), (3) or
(7) under the Securities Act.

      "INTEREST  PAYMENT  DATE" when used with respect to any Note,  means the
stated maturity of an installment of interest specified in such Note.

      "INTEREST SWAP OBLIGATIONS" means the obligations of any Person pursuant
to any arrangement (including, without limitation,  interest rate swaps, caps,
floors,  collars  and  similar  agreements)  with any other  Person,  whereby,
directly or  indirectly,  such Person is entitled to receive from time to time
periodic payments  calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of
interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by
such  other  Person  calculated  by  applying  a fixed or a  floating  rate of
interest on the same notional amount.


                                  -17-

<PAGE>

      "INVESTMENT"  means, with respect to any Person,  any direct or indirect
loan or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, a guarantee)
or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property
to others or any  payment for  property or services  for the account or use of
others),  or any purchase or  acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock,
bonds,  Notes,  debentures or other  securities  or evidences of  Indebtedness
issued by, any Person.  "Investment"  shall exclude extensions of trade credit
by the Company and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  on  commercially  reasonable
terms in  accordance  with  normal  trade  practices  of the  Company  or such
Restricted  Subsidiary,  as the case may be. If the Company or any  Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company  sells or otherwise  disposes of any Common Stock of
any direct or indirect  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company such that, after
giving  effect to any such sale or  disposition,  the Company no longer  owns,
directly  or  indirectly,  100%  of  the  outstanding  Common  Stock  of  such
Restricted Subsidiary,  the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment
on the date of any such sale or disposition  equal to the fair market value of
the Common Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.

      "ISSUE DATE" means the date of original issuance of the Notes.

      "LEGAL DEFEASANCE" has the meaning provided in Section 8.2(b).

      "LEGAL HOLIDAY" has the meaning provided in Section 13.7.

      "LIEN"  means  any  lien,  mortgage,  deed of  trust,  pledge,  security
interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or
other  title  retention  agreement,  any lease in the nature  thereof  and any
agreement to give any security interest).

      "MANDATORY  REDEMPTION  DATE" means the earliest of (a) July 27, 1999 if
the Acquisition  has not been  consummated on or prior to the Deadline Date or
(b) the 20th day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the first Business Day
thereafter)  following  the date  that  the  Company  elects  to  abandon  the
Acquisition  or (c) the 20th day (or if such day is not a  Business  Day,  the
first  Business Day  thereafter)  following  the date that the Stock  Purchase
Agreement is terminated.


                                  -18-

<PAGE>

      "MANDATORY  REDEMPTION  PRICE" means 101% of the principal amount of all
of the Notes  outstanding  on the  Mandatory  Redemption  Date,  together with
accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption.

      "MATURITY DATE" means June 15, 2009.

      "NET CASH PROCEEDS" means,  with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds
in the form of cash or Cash  Equivalents  including  payments  in  respect  of
deferred  payment  obligations  when  received  in the  form  of  cash or Cash
Equivalents (other than the portion of any such deferred payment  constituting
interest)  received by the Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries from
such Asset Sale net of:

            (i) reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses and fees relating to
      such Asset Sale (including,  without limitation, legal, accounting
      and investment banking fees and sales commissions),

            (ii) taxes paid or payable  after  taking  into  account any
      reduction in  consolidated  tax  liability  due to  available  tax
      credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements,

            (iii)  repayment  of  Indebtedness  that is  secured  by the
      Property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale, and

            (iv)  appropriate  amounts to be  provided by the Company or
      any Restricted  Subsidiary,  as the case may be, as a reserve,  in
      accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such
      Asset  Sale  and  retained  by  the  Company  or  any   Restricted
      Subsidiary,  as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including,
      without  limitation,  pension  and other  post-employment  benefit
      liabilities,  liabilities  related to  environmental  matters  and
      liabilities under any indemnification  obligations associated with
      such Asset Sale.

      "NET PROCEEDS OFFER" has the meaning provided in Section 4.16(b).

      "NET PROCEEDS  OFFER  PAYMENT DATE" has the meaning  provided in Section
4.16(b).


                                  -19-

<PAGE>

      "NON-U.S.  PERSON" means a Person other than a "U.S. Person" (as defined
in Regulation S under the Securities Act).

      "NOTES" means,  collectively,  the Initial Notes,  the Private  Exchange
Notes,  if any,  and the  Unrestricted  Notes,  treated  as a single  class of
securities,  as amended or  supplemented  from time to time in accordance with
the terms hereof, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture.

      "OBLIGATIONS"  means all obligations for principal,  premium,  interest,
penalties,   fees,   indemnification,   reimbursements,   damages   and  other
liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

      "OFFER TRIGGER DATE" has the meaning provided in Section 4.16(b).

      "OFFICER" means, with respect to any person,  the Chairman of the Board,
the Chief Executive  Officer,  the President,  any Vice  President,  the Chief
Financial  Officer,  the Treasurer,  the Controller,  or the Secretary of such
person, or any other officer designated by the Board of Directors serving in a
similar capacity.

      "OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE" means, with respect to any Person, a certificate
signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an  Assistant  Treasurer or
an  Assistant  Secretary  of such  Person  and  otherwise  complying  with the
requirements  of  Sections  13.4 and 13.5,  as they relate to the making of an
Officers' Certificate.

      "OPINION OF COUNSEL" means a written opinion from legal counsel, who may
be counsel for the Company and who is  reasonably  acceptable  to the Trustee,
complying with the  requirements  of Sections 13.4 and 13.5, as they relate to
the giving of an Opinion of Counsel.

      "PAYING AGENT" has the meaning provided in Section 2.3.

      "PAYMENT BLOCKAGE NOTICE" has the meaning provided in Section 10.2(a).


                                  -20-

<PAGE>

      "PERMITTED  INDEBTEDNESS"  means,  without  duplication,   each  of  the
following:

            (i)  Indebtedness  represented  by the  Notes  issued in the
      Offering in an  aggregate  principal  amount not to exceed  $150.0
      million;

            (ii) Indebtedness  incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement
      in an aggregate  principal  amount at any time  outstanding not to
      exceed  $300.0  million  less:  (a) the  amount  of all  mandatory
      principal  payments actually made by the Company in respect of the
      term loans  thereunder  (excluding any such payments to the extent
      refinanced  at  the  time  of  payment  under  a  replaced  Credit
      Agreement);  and (b) reduced by any required permanent  repayments
      (which are  accompanied by a  corresponding  permanent  commitment
      reduction) thereunder;

            (iii) other  Indebtedness  of the Company and its Restricted
      Subsidiaries  outstanding  on the Issue Date reduced by the amount
      of any scheduled  amortization  payments or mandatory  prepayments
      when actually paid or permanent reductions thereon;

            (iv)  Interest  Swap  Obligations  of the  Company  covering
      Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries
      and Interest Swap Obligations of any Restricted  Subsidiary of the
      Company  covering  Indebtedness  of  such  Restricted  Subsidiary,
      PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such Interest Swap Obligations are entered
      into to protect the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  from
      fluctuations  in  interest  rates  on  Indebtedness   incurred  in
      accordance   with  this  Indenture  to  the  extent  the  notional
      principal  amount of such Interest Swap Obligation does not exceed
      the principal  amount of the  Indebtedness  to which such Interest
      Swap Obligation relates;

            (v) Indebtedness under Currency Agreements, provided that in
      the case of Currency Agreements which relate to Indebtedness, such
      Currency  Agreements  do  not  increase  the  Indebtedness  of the
      Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries  outstanding other than as
      a result of fluctuations in foreign currency  exchange rates or by


                                  -21-

<PAGE>

      reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;

            (vi) Indebtedness of a Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company
      to the Company or to a Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the
      Company for so long as such Indebtedness is held by the Company or
      a Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company, in each case
      subject to no Lien held by a Person  other  than the  Company or a
      Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company  (other than a
      Lien to  collateralize  Indebtedness  described  in clause (ii) of
      this definition of "Permitted Indebtedness"), PROVIDED that if, as
      of any date,  any Person  other than the Company or a Wholly Owned
      Restricted  Subsidiary  of the  Company  owns or  holds  any  such
      Indebtedness  or  holds a Lien  in  respect  of such  Indebtedness
      (other  than a Lien to  collateralize  Indebtedness  described  in
      clause (ii) of this definition of "Permitted Indebtedness"),  such
      date  shall  be  deemed  the   incurrence  of   Indebtedness   not
      constituting   Permitted   Indebtedness  by  the  issuer  of  such
      Indebtedness;

            (vii)   Indebtedness  of  the  Company  to  a  Wholly  Owned
      Restricted   Subsidiary  of  the  Company  for  so  long  as  such
      Indebtedness  is held by a Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of
      the Company, in each case subject to no Lien (other than a Lien to
      secure Indebtedness described in clause (ii) of this definition of
      "Permitted  Indebtedness"),  PROVIDED that (a) any Indebtedness of
      the  Company  to any Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the
      Company  is  unsecured  and  subordinated,  pursuant  to a written
      agreement,  to the Company's  obligations under this Indenture and
      the Notes and (b) if as of any date any Person other than a Wholly
      Owned Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company owns or holds any such
      Indebtedness  or any  Person  holds  a Lien  in  respect  of  such
      Indebtedness (other than a Lien to secure  Indebtedness  described
      in clause (ii) of this  definition of  "Permitted  Indebtedness"),
      such date  shall be deemed  the  incurrence  of  Indebtedness  not
      constituting Permitted Indebtedness by the Company;

            (viii)  Indebtedness  arising from the honoring by a bank or
      other  financial   institution  of  a  check,   draft  or  similar


                                  -22-

<PAGE>

      instrument   inadvertently   (except  in  the  case  of   daylight
      overdrafts)  drawn  against  insufficient  funds  in the  ordinary
      course of business,  provided,  however, that such Indebtedness is
      extinguished within two business days of incurrence;

            (ix)  Indebtedness  of the Company or any of its  Restricted
      Subsidiaries  represented  by letters of credit for the account of
      the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,  as the case may be, in
      order  to  provide  security  for  workers'  compensation  claims,
      payment  obligations in connection with  self-insurance or similar
      requirements in the ordinary course of business;

            (x)   Indebtedness    represented   by   Capitalized   Lease
      Obligations and Purchase Money Indebtedness of the Company and its
      Restricted   Subsidiaries  incurred  in  the  ordinary  course  of
      business not to exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding;

            (xi) Refinancing Indebtedness;

            (xii)  Unsecured  Indebtedness of the Company payable to one
      or more  sellers  of any  Person  acquired  by the  Company or any
      Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company,  incurred in
      connection  with such  acquisition in compliance with the terms of
      this  Indenture,  not to exceed $15.0  million in the aggregate at
      any one time outstanding and in each case subordinated in right of
      payment to the Notes and the Guarantees;

            (xiii)  additional  Indebtedness  of  the  Company  and  its
      Restricted  Subsidiaries in an aggregate  principal  amount not to
      exceed $25.0  million at any one time  outstanding  (which  amount
      may,  but need  not,  be  incurred  in whole or in part  under the
      Credit Agreement); and

            (xiv) Indebtedness  represented by the Redeemable  Preferred
      Stock,  including  any  additional  shares  issued in  payment  of
      dividends thereon.

For purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.14, in the event that an
item of Indebtedness  meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of


                                  -23-

<PAGE>

Permitted  Indebtedness  described  in clauses (i)  through  (xii) above or is
entitled to be incurred  pursuant to the  Consolidated  Fixed Charge  Coverage
Ratio  provisions  of such  Section  4.14,  the  Company  shall,  in its  sole
discretion,  classify (or later  reclassify)  such item of Indebtedness in any
manner that  complies  with Section  4.14.  Accrual of interest,  accretion or
amortization  of  original  issue  discount,  the  payment of  interest on any
Indebtedness in the form of additional  Indebtedness  with the same terms, and
the  payment  of  dividends  on  Disqualified  Capital  Stock  in the  form of
additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Capital Stock shall not be
deemed to be an  incurrence  of  Indebtedness  or an issuance of  Disqualified
Capital Stock for purposes of Section 4.14.

      "PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" means:

            (i) Investments by the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary
      of the Company in any Person  that is or will  become  immediately
      after such Investment a Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary of the
      Company or that will merge or  consolidate  into the  Company or a
      Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

            (ii) Investments in the Company by any Restricted Subsidiary
      of the Company;  PROVIDED that any  Indebtedness  evidencing  such
      Investment  (other  than  any  guarantee  of  Indebtedness  of the
      Company  described in clause (ii) of the  definition  of Permitted
      Indebtedness) is unsecured and subordinated, pursuant to a written
      agreement,  to the Company's  obligations under the Notes and this
      Indenture;

            (iii) investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

            (iv) loans and  advances to  employees  and  officers of the
      Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
      business  for bona fide  business  purposes  not in excess of $1.0
      million at any one time outstanding;

            (v)  Currency   Agreements  and  Interest  Swap  Obligations
      entered  into  in the  ordinary  course  of the  Company's  or its
      Restricted  Subsidiaries'  businesses  and otherwise in compliance
      with this Indenture;


                                  -24-

<PAGE>

            (vi)  additional  Investments not to exceed $10.0 million at
      any one time outstanding;

            (vii)  Investments  in  securities  of  trade  creditors  or
      customers  received  pursuant  to any  plan of  reorganization  or
      similar  arrangement  upon the  bankruptcy  or  insolvency of such
      trade creditors or customers; and

            (viii)  Investments  made by the  Company or its  Restricted
      Subsidiaries as a result of  consideration  received in connection
      with an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 4.16.

      "PERMITTED LIENS" means the following types of Liens:

            (i) Liens for taxes,  assessments or governmental charges or
      claims either (a) not delinquent or (b) contested in good faith by
      appropriate  proceedings  and  as to  which  the  Company  or  its
      Restricted  Subsidiaries  shall  have set aside on its books  such
      reserves as may be required pursuant to GAAP;

            (ii)  statutory  Liens of  landlords  and Liens of carriers,
      warehousemen,  mechanics,  suppliers,  materialmen,  repairmen and
      other  Liens  imposed by law  incurred in the  ordinary  course of
      business for sums not yet  delinquent  or being  contested in good
      faith, if such reserve or other appropriate provision,  if any, as
      shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof;

            (iii) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course
      of business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment
      insurance and other types of social  security,  including any Lien
      securing  letters  of  credit  issued  in the  ordinary  course of
      business consistent with past practice in connection  therewith or
      to secure  the  performance  of  tenders,  statutory  obligations,
      surety and  appeal  bonds,  bids,  leases,  government  contracts,
      performance   and   return-of-money   bonds  and   other   similar
      obligations  (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed
      money);

            (iv)  judgment  Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default
      so long as such  Lien is  adequately  bonded  and any  appropriate


                                  -25-

<PAGE>

      legal  proceedings  which  may have been  duly  initiated  for the
      review of such judgment shall not have been finally  terminated or
      the period within which such  proceedings  may be initiated  shall
      not have expired;

            (v) easements,  rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other
      similar  charges or  encumbrances  in respect of real property not
      interfering in any material  respect with the ordinary  conduct of
      the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

            (vi) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized
      Lease  Obligation;  PROVIDED  that such Liens do not extend to any
      property or assets  which is not leased  property  subject to such
      Capitalized Lease Obligation;

            (vii) purchase money Liens to finance  property or assets of
      the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company  acquired
      in the ordinary course of business;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that (A)
      the related purchase money  Indebtedness shall not exceed the cost
      of such  property  or  assets  and  shall  not be  secured  by any
      property or assets of the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary of
      the  Company,  other than the  property and assets so acquired and
      (B) the Lien securing such Indebtedness shall be created within 90
      days of such acquisition;

            (viii) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods
      and proceeds of any Person  securing such Person's  obligations in
      respect of bankers'  acceptances issued or created for the account
      of such Person to facilitate the purchase,  shipment or storage of
      such inventory or other goods;

            (ix) Liens securing  reimbursement  obligations with respect
      to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other
      property  relating  to such  letters  of credit and  products  and
      proceeds thereof;

            (x) Liens  encumbering  deposits made to secure  obligations
      arising  from  statutory,  regulatory,  contractual,  or  warranty
      requirements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,


                                  -26-

<PAGE>

      including rights of offset and set-off;

            (xi) Liens securing Interest Swap Obligations which Interest
      Swap  Obligations   relate  to  Indebtedness   that  is  otherwise
      permitted under this Indenture;

            (xii) Liens securing Indebtedness under Currency Agreements;

            (xiii)  Liens  securing  Acquired  Indebtedness  incurred in
      accordance with Section 4.14; PROVIDED that (A) such Liens secured
      such  Acquired  Indebtedness  at  the  time  of and  prior  to the
      incurrence  of such  Acquired  Indebtedness  by the  Company  or a
      Restricted  Subsidiary  of the  Company,  and were not  granted in
      connection  with, or in  anticipation  of, the  incurrence of such
      Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of
      the  Company,  and (B) such  Liens do not  extend  to or cover any
      property  or assets  of the  Company  or of any of its  Restricted
      Subsidiaries,  other than the  property or assets that secured the
      Acquired  Indebtedness prior to the time such Indebtedness  became
      Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of
      the Company,  and are no more  favorable to the  lienholders  than
      those securing the Acquired  Indebtedness  prior to the incurrence
      of such  Acquired  Indebtedness  by the  Company  or a  Restricted
      Subsidiary of the Company; and

            (xiv)  Liens on assets of the Company  securing  Senior Debt
      described  in  clause  (ii)  of  the   definition   of  "Permitted
      Indebtedness"  and Liens or assets  of any  Restricted  Subsidiary
      securing guarantees of Senior Debt described in clause (ii) of the
      definition of "Permitted Indebtedness".

      "PERSON" means an individual, partnership,  corporation,  unincorporated
organization,  trust or joint venture,  or a governmental  agency or political
subdivision thereof.

      "PHYSICAL NOTES" has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.

      "PLEDGED PROPERTY" has the meaning provided in Section 3.7.


                                  -27-

<PAGE>

      "PREFERRED  STOCK" of any Person means any Capital  Stock of such Person
that has  preferential  rights to any other  Capital Stock of such Person with
respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation.

      "PRINCIPAL"  of  any  Indebtedness   (including  the  Notes)  means  the
principal  amount  of such  Indebtedness  plus the  premium,  if any,  on such
Indebtedness.

      "PRIVATE  EXCHANGE NOTES" has the meaning set forth in the  Registration
Rights Agreement.

      "PRIVATE  PLACEMENT  LEGEND" means the legend initially set forth on the
Initial Notes in the form set forth in EXHIBIT A(L).

      "PROCEEDS PURCHASE DATE" has the meaning provided in Section 4.16.

      "PRO FORMA" means,  with respect to any calculation  made or required to
be made pursuant to the terms of this  Indenture,  a calculation in accordance
with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the  Securities  Act, as determined by
the Board of Directors  of the Company in  consultation  with its  independent
public accountants.

      "PROPERTY"  of any person means all types of real,  personal,  tangible,
intangible or mixed  property  owned by such person whether or not included in
the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such person and its Subsidiaries
under GAAP.

      "PUBLIC EQUITY OFFERING" means an underwritten equity offering, pursuant
to an effective registration statement under the Act, of the Qualified Capital
Stock of the  Company,  or of any  entity of which the  Company is a direct or
indirect  subsidiary,  to the  extent  the  proceeds  thereof  shall have been
received or contributed to the Company.

      "PURCHASE MONEY  INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness of the Company and its
Restricted  Subsidiaries  incurred in the normal  course of  business  for the
purpose of  financing  all or any part of the purchase  price,  or the cost of
installation, construction or improvement, of property or equipment.

      "QUALIFIED   CAPITAL   STOCK"  means  any  Capital  Stock  that  is  not
Disqualified Capital Stock.


                                  -28-

<PAGE>

      "QUALIFIED   INSTITUTIONAL  BUYER"  or  "QIB"  shall  have  the  meaning
specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

      "RECORD DATE" means,  with respect to any Note,  any of the Record Dates
specified in such Note, whether or not a Legal Holiday.

      "REDEEMABLE  PREFERRED  STOCK" means the 7% Redeemable  Preferred Stock,
par value $0.01 per share,  to be issued by the Company in connection with the
Acquisition.

      "REDEMPTION  DATE" when used with  respect  to any Note to be  redeemed,
means the date fixed for such  redemption  pursuant to this  Indenture and the
Notes, including, without limitation, any Mandatory Redemption Date.

      "REDEMPTION  PRICE" when used with  respect to any Note to be  redeemed,
means the price fixed for such  redemption  pursuant to this Indenture and the
Notes, including, without limitation, any Mandatory Redemption Price.

      "REFINANCE"  means,  in  respect of any  security  or  Indebtedness,  to
refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or
to issue a security  or  Indebtedness  in exchange or  replacement  for,  such
security or Indebtedness in whole or in part.  "Refinanced" and  "Refinancing"
shall have correlative meanings.

      "REFINANCING  INDEBTEDNESS"  means any Refinancing by the Company or any
Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company of  Indebtedness  incurred in accordance
with Section  4.14 (other than  pursuant to clauses  (ii),  (iv),  (v),  (vi),
(vii),   (viii),   (ix),   (x)  or  (xii)  of  the  definition  of  "Permitted
Indebtedness"), in each case that does not:

            (1) result in an increase in the aggregate  principal amount
      of  Indebtedness  of such  Person as of the date of such  proposed
      Refinancing (plus the amount of any premium or penalty required to
      be  paid  under  the  terms  of  the  instrument   governing  such
      Indebtedness and plus the amount of reasonable  expenses  incurred
      by the Company in connection with such Refinancing) or

            (2) create  Indebtedness with (A) a Weighted Average Life to
      Maturity  that is less than the Weighted  Average Life to Maturity
      of the  Indebtedness  being  Refinanced  or (B) a  final  maturity
      earlier  than  the  final  maturity  of  the  Indebtedness   being


                                  -29-

<PAGE>

      Refinanced;

PROVIDED that (x) if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is solely Indebtedness
of the  Company,  then such  Refinancing  Indebtedness  shall be  Indebtedness
solely  of the  Company  and  (y) if such  Indebtedness  being  Refinanced  is
subordinate or junior to the Notes, then such Refinancing  Indebtedness  shall
be subordinate to the Notes at least to the same extent and in the same manner
as the Indebtedness being Refinanced.

      "REGISTRAR" has the meaning provided in Section 2.3.

      "REGISTRATION   RIGHTS  AGREEMENT"  has  the  meaning  provided  in  the
definition of "Exchange Offer."

      "REGULATION S" means Regulation S under the Act.

      "REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE" means a permanent  global Note in the form of
Exhibit  A-1 hereto  bearing  the  legend in EXHIBIT B hereto and the  Private
Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name
of the  Depository  or its  nominee,  issued  in a  denomination  equal to the
outstanding  principal  amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule
903 of Regulation S.

      "REPRESENTATIVE"  means the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or
representative in respect of any Designated Senior Debt; provided that if, and
for so long as, any Designated Senior Debt lacks such a  representative,  then
the  Representative  for  such  Designated  Senior  Debt  shall  at all  times
constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding  principal  amount of such
Designated Senior Debt in respect of any Designated Senior Debt.

      "RESTRICTED PAYMENT" has the meaning provided in Section 4.10.

      "RESTRICTED  SECURITY"  has the  meaning  assigned  to such term in Rule
144(a)(3)  under the Act;  provided  that the  Trustee  shall be  entitled  to
request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether
any Note constitutes a Restricted Security.

      "RESTRICTED  SUBSIDIARY"  of any  Person  means any  Subsidiary  of such
Person which, at the time of determination, is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.


                                  -30-

<PAGE>

      "RULE 144A" means Rule 144A under the Act.

      "SALE  AND   LEASEBACK   TRANSACTION"   means  any  direct  or  indirect
arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party,  providing
for the leasing to the Company or a  Restricted  Subsidiary  of any  property,
whether owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary at the Issue Date or
later acquired,  which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company
or such Restricted  Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom
funds have been or are to be advanced  by such Person on the  security of such
Property.

      "SEC" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any
successor agency.

      "SENIOR  DEBT" means the  principal  of,  premium,  if any, and interest
(including  any interest  accruing  subsequent  to the filing of a petition of
bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto,
whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under  applicable law) on any
Indebtedness  of the  Company,  whether  outstanding  on  the  Issue  Date  or
thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular
Indebtedness,  the  instrument  creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to
which the same is outstanding  expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall
not be  senior  in  right  of  payment  to the  Notes.  Without  limiting  the
generality  of the  foregoing,  "Senior Debt" shall also include the principal
of, premium,  if any, interest  (including any interest accruing subsequent to
the  filing  of a  petition  of  bankruptcy  at the rate  provided  for in the
documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed
claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of:

            (i) all monetary  obligations of every nature of the Company
      under  the  Credit  Agreement,   including,   without  limitation,
      obligations   to  pay  principal   and   interest,   reimbursement
      obligations   under   letters  of  credit,   fees,   expenses  and
      indemnities;

            (ii) all Interest Swap Obligations; and

            (iii) all  obligations  under Currency  Agreements,  in each
      case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Senior Debt" shall not include:


                                  -31-

<PAGE>

            (a) any  Indebtedness  of the Company to a Subsidiary of the
      Company;

            (b)  Indebtedness  to,  or  guaranteed  on  behalf  of,  any
      shareholder,  director,  officer or employee of the Company or any
      Subsidiary of the Company (including,  without limitation, amounts
      owed for  compensation  but  excluding any Senior Debt held by any
      Person who becomes such a shareholder  as a result of the exercise
      of remedies under such Senior Debt);

            (c)  Indebtedness  to  trade  creditors  and  other  amounts
      incurred  in  connection  with  obtaining   goods,   materials  or
      services;

            (d) Indebtedness represented by Disqualified Capital Stock;

            (e) any liability for federal,  state,  local or other taxes
      owed or owing by the Company;

            (f) that portion of any  Indebtedness  incurred in violation
      of Section 4.14 (but, as to any such obligation, no such violation
      shall be deemed to exist for  purposes  of this  clause (f) if the
      holder(s)  of such  obligation  or  their  representative  and the
      Trustee  shall  have  received  an  Officers'  Certificate  of the
      Company to the effect  that the  incurrence  of such  Indebtedness
      does not (or, in the case of revolving credit  indebtedness,  that
      the incurrence of the entire  committed amount thereof at the date
      on which the  initial  borrowing  thereunder  is made  would  not)
      violate such provisions of this Indenture);

            (g) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to
      any election  under  Section  1111(b) of Title 11,  United  States
      Code, is without recourse to the Company; and

            (h)  any  Indebtedness  which  is,  by  its  express  terms,
      subordinated in right of payment to any other  Indebtedness of the
      Company.

      "SIGNIFICANT  SUBSIDIARY",   with  respect  to  any  Person,  means  any
Restricted  Subsidiary  of such  Person  that  satisfies  the  criteria  for a


                                  -32-

<PAGE>

"significant subsidiary" set forth in Rule 1.02(w) of Regulation S-X under the
Exchange Act.

      "SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION" means a mandatory redemption of the Notes
pursuant to paragraph 6(c) of the Notes.

      "STOCK PURCHASE  AGREEMENT" means the stock purchase  agreement dated as
of  April  2,  1999 by and  among  the  Company,  HPO  Acquisition  Corp.,  NC
Resources, Inc. and NovaCare Orthotics & Prosthetics,  Inc., as amended on May
19, 1999.

      "SUBSIDIARY",  with respect to any Person,  means (i) any corporation of
which the  outstanding  Capital  Stock having at least a majority of the votes
entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary  circumstances
shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or (ii) any
other  Person  of which at  least a  majority  of the  voting  interest  under
ordinary  circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly,  owned by such
Person.

      "SURVIVING ENTITY" has the meaning provided in Section 5.1.

      "TIA"  means  the  Trust  Indenture  Act  of  1939  (15  U.S.C.   ss.ss.
77aaa-77bbbb),  as amended, as in effect on the date of this Indenture, except
as otherwise provided in Section 9.4.

      "TRUSTEE"  means  the  party  named  as such in this  Indenture  until a
successor  replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and
thereafter means such successor.

      "TRUST OFFICER" means any officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee
to  administer  this  Indenture,  or in the case of a  successor  trustee,  an
officer  assigned  to  the  department,   division  or  group  performing  the
corporation  trust work of such  successor  and  assigned to  administer  this
Indenture.

      "U.S. GOVERNMENT  OBLIGATIONS" means non-callable direct obligations of,
and non-callable  obligations  guaranteed by, the United States of America for
the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America
is pledged.

      "U.S.  LEGAL TENDER" means such coin or currency of the United States of
America as at the time of  payment  shall be legal  tender for the  payment of
public and private debts.


                                  -33-

<PAGE>

      "UNRESTRICTED  NOTES"  means one or more  Notes  that do not and are not
required to bear the Private Placement Legend in the form set forth on EXHIBIT
A(L), including,  without limitation, the Exchange Notes in the form set forth
as EXHIBIT A(2) hereto.

      "UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" of any Person means (i) any Subsidiary of such
Person that at the time of determination shall be or continue to be designated
an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  by the Board of  Directors of such Person in the
manner provided below; and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted  Subsidiary.
The Board of Directors  may  designate  any  Subsidiary  (including  any newly
acquired or newly formed  Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted  Subsidiary unless
such  Subsidiary  owns any Capital  Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any
property of, the Company or any other  Subsidiary of the Company that is not a
Subsidiary  of the  Subsidiary  to be so  designated;  PROVIDED  that  (a) the
Company would be permitted  under this  Indenture to make an Investment  under
all  applicable  provisions  of Section  4.10 at the time of such  designation
(assuming the  effectiveness  of such  designation)  in an amount equal to the
Designation  Amount,  and the Company  certifies the foregoing to the Trustee;
and (b) each Subsidiary to be so designated and each of its  Subsidiaries  has
not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue,
assume,  guarantee  or otherwise  become  directly or  indirectly  liable with
respect to any  Indebtedness  pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any
of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.  The Board
of Directors  may  designate  any  Unrestricted  Subsidiary to be a Restricted
Subsidiary  only if (x) immediately  after giving effect to such  designation,
the Company is able to incur at least $1.00 of additional  Indebtedness (other
than  Permitted  Indebtedness)  in  compliance  with  Section  4.14;  and  (y)
immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such designation, no
Default or Event of Default  shall have occurred and be  continuing.  Any such
designation  by the Board of  Directors  shall be  evidenced to the Trustee by
promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution  giving effect
to such  designation  and an Officers'  Certificate of the Company  certifying
that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

      "WEIGHTED   AVERAGE  LIFE  TO  MATURITY"  means,  when  applied  to  any
Indebtedness  at any date,  the number of years  obtained by dividing  (i) the
then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (ii) the
sum of the total of the  products  obtained by  multiplying  (a) the amount of


                                  -34-

<PAGE>

each then  remaining  installment,  sinking  fund,  serial  maturity  or other
required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect
thereof,  by (b) the number of years  (calculated to the nearest  one-twelfth)
which will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.

      "WHOLLY  OWNED  RESTRICTED  SUBSIDIARY"  of any Person  means any Wholly
Owned  Subsidiary  of such  Person  which  at the time of  determination  is a
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person.

      "WHOLLY  OWNED  SUBSIDIARY"  of any Person means any  Subsidiary of such
Person of which all the outstanding  voting securities (other than in the case
of a foreign Subsidiary,  directors' qualifying shares or an immaterial amount
of shares  required to be owned by other Persons  pursuant to applicable  law)
are owned by such Person or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person.

      Section 1.2.      INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF TIA.

      Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision
is  incorporated  by  reference  in, and made a part of, this  Indenture.  The
following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

      "Commission" means the SEC.

      "indenture securities" means the Notes.

      "indenture security holder" means a Holder or a Noteholder.

      "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.

      "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee.

      "obligor" on the indenture securities means the Company, the Guarantors,
or any other obligor on the Notes or the Guarantees.

      All other TIA terms used in this  Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA  reference  to  another  statute or defined by SEC rule and not
otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.


                                     -35-

<PAGE>

      Section 1.3.      RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

      Unless the context otherwise requires:

            (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

            (2) an  accounting  term not  otherwise  defined  has the  meaning
      assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

            (3) "or" is not exclusive;

            (4) words in the  singular  include the  plural,  and words in the
      plural include the singular; and

            (5) "herein,"  "hereof" and other words of similar import refer to
      this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article,  Section or
      other subdivision.

                                  ARTICLE II.

                                   THE NOTES

      Section 2.1.      FORM AND DATING.

      (a)   The Initial Notes, the notation thereon relating to the Guarantees
and the Trustee's  certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the
form of EXHIBIT A(1) hereto. The Exchange Notes, the notation thereon relating
to the Guarantees and the Trustee's  certificate  of  authentication  shall be
substantially  in the  form  of  EXHIBIT  A(2)  hereto.  The  Notes  may  have
notations,  legends or  endorsements  required by law,  stock exchange rule or
depository  rule or usage.  The Company and the Trustee shall approve the form
of the Notes and any notation,  legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall
be dated the date of its issuance.

      The  terms and  provisions  contained  in the  Notes and the  Guarantees
annexed  hereto as EXHIBITS A(L) and A(2),  shall  constitute,  and are hereby
expressly  made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent  applicable,  the
Company,  the Guarantors and the Trustee,  by their  execution and delivery of
this  Indenture,  expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound
thereby.


                                     -36-

<PAGE>

      (b)   Notes offered and sold to Institutional Accredited Investors shall
be issued initially in the form of one or more IAI Global Notes.

      (c)   Notes  offered  and sold in  reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued
initially  in the form of one or more  permanent  global  Notes in  registered
form,  substantially  in the form set forth in EXHIBIT A(L) (together with the
IAI Global  Notes and the  Regulation  S Global  Notes,  the "GLOBAL  NOTES"),
deposited with the Trustee,  as custodian for the  Depository,  and shall bear
the  Private  Placement  Legend  and the legend set forth in EXHIBIT B hereto,
duly  executed by the Company and the  Guarantors,  and  authenticated  by the
Trustee as hereinafter provided.

      (d)   Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued
initially  in the  form of the  Regulation  S  Global  Note,  which  shall  be
deposited on behalf of the  purchasers of the Notes  represented  thereby with
the Trustee,  at its New York office,  as custodian  for the  Depository,  and
registered  in the name of the  Depository  or the nominee of the  Depository,
duly executed by the Company and  authenticated  by the Trustee as hereinafter
provided.

      (e)   The aggregate principal amount of any Global Note may from time to
time be  increased  or  decreased  by  adjustments  made on the records of the
Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, as hereinafter provided.

      Section 2.2.      EXECUTION  AND  AUTHENTICATION;   AGGREGATE  PRINCIPAL
                        AMOUNT.

      Two Officers,  or an Officer and an Assistant Secretary,  shall sign, or
one Officer shall sign and one Officer or an Assistant Secretary (each of whom
shall,  in each case,  have been duly  authorized by all  requisite  corporate
actions)  shall  attest to the Notes for the  Company  by manual or  facsimile
signature.

      If an Officer or Assistant Secretary whose signature is on a Note was an
Officer or  Assistant  Secretary at the time of such  execution  but no longer
holds that office or position at the time the Trustee  authenticates the Note,
the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

      A Note shall not be valid until an  authorized  signatory of the Trustee
manually signs the  certificate of  authentication  on the Note. The signature


                                     -37-

<PAGE>

shall be conclusive  evidence that the Note has been authenticated  under this
Indenture.

      The Trustee shall  authenticate  (i) Initial Notes for original issue in
the  aggregate  principal  amount  not to exceed  $300,000,000  in one or more
series,  provided that the aggregate  principal amount of Initial Notes issued
on the Issue Date shall not exceed  $150,000,000,  (ii) Private Exchange Notes
from time to time only in  exchange  for a like  principal  amount of  Initial
Notes and (iii)  Unrestricted Notes from time to time only (x) in exchange for
a like  principal  amount of Initial  Notes or (y) in an  aggregate  principal
amount  of not  more  than  the  excess  of  $300,000,000  over the sum of the
aggregate principal amount of (A) Initial Notes then outstanding,  (B) Private
Exchange  Notes  then  outstanding  and  (C)  Unrestricted   Notes  issued  in
accordance  with  (iii)(x)  above,  in each case  upon a written  order of the
Company in the form of an  Officers'  Certificate  of the  Company.  Each such
written  order shall specify the amount of Notes to be  authenticated  and the
date on which the Notes are to be  authenticated,  whether the Notes are to be
Initial Notes,  Private  Exchange Notes or Unrestricted  Notes and whether the
Notes  are to be  issued  as  Physical  Notes or  Global  Notes or such  other
information as the Trustee may reasonably request.  In addition,  with respect
to  authentication  pursuant to clauses (ii) or (iii) of the first sentence of
this  paragraph,  the first  such  written  order  from the  Company  shall be
accompanied  by an  Opinion of  Counsel  of the  Company in a form  reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee stating that the issuance of the Private  Exchange
Notes or the Unrestricted  Notes, as the case may be, does not give rise to an
Event of Default, complies with this Indenture and has been duly authorized by
the Company.  The aggregate  principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time
may not exceed $300,000,000, except as provided in Section 2.8.

      In the  event  that  the  Company  shall  issue  and the  Trustee  shall
authenticate  any Notes issued under this  Indenture  subsequent  to the Issue
Date  pursuant  to  clauses  (i)  and  (iii)  of  the  first  sentence  of the
immediately  preceding  paragraph,  the Company  shall use its best efforts to
obtain  the same  "CUSIP"  number  for such  Notes as is  printed on the Notes
outstanding  at such  time;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that if any  series of Notes
issued  under  this  Indenture  subsequent  to the Issue  Date is  determined,
pursuant  to an  Opinion  of  Counsel  of the  Company  in a  form  reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee to be a different class of security than the Notes
outstanding  at such time for  federal  income tax  purposes,  the Company may


                                     -38-

<PAGE>

obtain a "CUSIP"  number  for such Notes that is  different  than the  "CUSIP"
number printed on the Notes then outstanding.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
all Notes issued under this Indenture  shall vote and consent  together on all
matters  as one class  and no  series of Notes  will have the right to vote or
consent as a separate class on any matter.

      The  Trustee may appoint an  authenticating  agent (the  "AUTHENTICATING
AGENT")  reasonably  acceptable to the Company to authenticate  Notes.  Unless
otherwise   provided  in  the  appointment,   an   Authenticating   Agent  may
authenticate  Notes  whenever  the Trustee may do so. Each  reference  in this
Indenture to  authentication  by the Trustee includes  authentication  by such
Authenticating  Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as an Agent
to deal with the Company and Affiliates of the Company.

      The Notes  shall be  issuable  in fully  registered  form only,  without
coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

      Section 2.3.      REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT.

      The Company  shall  maintain an office or agency (which shall be located
in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York,  State of New York) where
(a) Notes may be presented or surrendered for  registration of transfer or for
exchange ("REGISTRAR"),  (b) Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment
("PAYING AGENT") and (c) notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect
of the Notes and this  Indenture  may be served.  The  Registrar  shall keep a
register of the Notes and of their  transfer and exchange.  The Company,  upon
prior written notice to the Trustee,  may have one or more  co-Registrars  and
one or more additional paying agents reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The
term "Paying Agent" includes any additional Paying Agent.  Neither the Company
nor any Affiliate of the Company may act as Paying Agent.

      The Company shall enter into an  appropriate  agency  agreement with any
Agent not a party to this Indenture,  which  agreement  shall  incorporate the
provisions  of the TIA and implement the  provisions  of this  Indenture  that
relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee, in advance, of the
name and  address  of any such  Agent.  If the  Company  fails to  maintain  a
Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice,  the Trustee


                                     -39-

<PAGE>

shall  act as such and  shall  be  entitled  to  appropriate  compensation  in
accordance with Section 7.7.

      The Company  initially  appoints the Trustee as Registrar,  Paying Agent
and agent for  service of demands and  notices in  connection  with the Notes,
until such time as the Trustee has resigned or a successor has been appointed.
The Paying Agent or Registrar may resign upon 30 days prior written  notice to
the Company.

      Section 2.4.      PAYING AGENT TO HOLD ASSETS IN TRUST.

      The Company  shall  require  each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to
agree in writing that,  subject to Articles X and XII, each Paying Agent shall
hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all assets held by
the Paying  Agent for the payment of  principal  of, or interest on, the Notes
(whether such assets have been  distributed  to it by the Company or any other
obligor on the Notes),  and the Company and the Paying  Agent shall notify the
Trustee in writing of any Default by the Company (or any other  obligor on the
Notes) in making  any such  payment.  The  Company  at any time may  require a
Paying  Agent to  distribute  all assets held by it to the Trustee and account
for  any  assets  disbursed  and  the  Trustee  may at  any  time  during  the
continuance of any payment  Default,  upon written  request to a Paying Agent,
require such Paying Agent to  distribute  all assets held by it to the Trustee
and to account for any assets distributed. Upon distribution to the Trustee of
all assets that shall have been  delivered by the Company to the Paying Agent,
the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for such assets.

      Section 2.5.      NOTEHOLDER LISTS.

      The  Trustee  shall  preserve  in as  current  a form  as is  reasonably
practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish or
cause the  Registrar  to furnish to the  Trustee  as of each  Record  Date and
before  each  related  Interest  Payment  Date and at such other  times as the
Trustee  may request in writing a list as of such date and in such form as the
Trustee may  reasonably  require of the names and  addresses  of  Noteholders,
which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.


                                     -40-

<PAGE>

      Section 2.6.      TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.

      Subject to the  provisions  of  Sections  2.15 and 2.16,  when Notes are
presented to the  Registrar or a  co-Registrar  with a request to register the
transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount
of Notes of other  authorized  denominations,  the  Registrar or  co-Registrar
shall  register  the  transfer  or  make  the  exchange  as  requested  if its
requirements for such transaction are met; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the Notes
presented or  surrendered  for  registration  of transfer or exchange shall be
duly  endorsed  or  accompanied  by a written  instrument  of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar or  co-Registrar,  duly executed
by the Holder  thereof or his attorney duly  authorized in writing.  To permit
registrations  of transfer and exchanges,  the Company shall issue and execute
and the Trustee shall  authenticate Notes at the Registrar's or co-Registrar's
request.  No service charge shall be made to a Noteholder for any registration
of transfer or exchange.  The Company may require from such Noteholder payment
of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar  governmental  charge
payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar
governmental  charge payable upon exchanges or transfers  pursuant to Sections
2.10,  3.6, 4.15, 4.16 or 9.5, in which event the Company shall be responsible
for the payment of such taxes).

      The  Registrar  or  co-Registrar  shall not be required to register  the
transfer  of or  exchange  of any Note (i)  during a period  beginning  at the
opening of business 15 days  before the mailing of a notice of  redemption  of
Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such  mailing and (ii)
selected for  redemption in whole or in part  pursuant to Article III,  except
the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

      Any Holder of a Global Note shall,  by  acceptance  of such Global Note,
agree that  transfers  of  beneficial  interests  in such  Global  Note may be
effected  only  through a book entry system  maintained  by the Holder of such
Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the
Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

      Section 2.7.      REPLACEMENT NOTES.

      If a mutilated  Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a
Note claims that the Note has been lost,  destroyed or wrongfully  taken,  the


                                     -41-

<PAGE>

Company  shall  issue  and  execute  and  the  Trustee  shall  authenticate  a
replacement  Note if the  Trustee's  requirements  are met. If required by the
Trustee  or the  Company,  such  Holder  must  provide  an  affidavit  of lost
certificate  and an  indemnity  bond or  other  indemnity,  sufficient  in the
judgment of both the  Company and the  Trustee,  to protect the  Company,  the
Trustee  or any Agent  from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is
replaced. The Company may charge such Holder for its reasonable, out-of-pocket
expenses in replacing a Note,  including  reasonable  fees and expenses of the
Trustee and  counsel and the Trustee may charge the Company for the  Trustee's
reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses in replacing such Note. Every  replacement
Note shall constitute an additional Obligation of the Company.

      Section 2.8.      OUTSTANDING NOTES.

      Notes  outstanding  at any  time  are  all  the  Notes  that  have  been
authenticated  by the Trustee except those canceled by it, those  delivered to
it for  cancellation  and those described in this Section as not  outstanding.
Subject  to the  provisions  of  Section  2.9,  a Note  does  not  cease to be
outstanding  because the Company,  any  Guarantor  or any of their  respective
Affiliates holds the Note.

      If a Note is  replaced  pursuant  to Section 2.7 (other than a mutilated
Note  surrendered  for  replacement),  it ceases to be outstanding  unless the
Trustee receives proof  satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a
BONA FIDE purchaser.  A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender
of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.7.

      If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Paying Agent holds U.S.
Legal  Tender  or U.S.  Government  Obligations  sufficient  to pay all of the
principal  and  interest  due on the  Notes  payable  on that  date and is not
prohibited from paying such money to the Holders thereof pursuant to the terms
of this  Indenture,  then on and after that date such Notes  shall cease to be
outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue.

      Section 2.9.      TREASURY NOTES.

      In determining  whether the Holders of the required  principal amount of
Notes have concurred in any direction,  waiver, consent or notice, Notes owned
by the Company,  any Guarantor or any of their respective  Affiliates shall be


                                     -42-

<PAGE>

considered as though they are not outstanding, except that for the purposes of
determining  whether the  Trustee  shall be  protected  in relying on any such
direction,  waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee
actually knows are so owned shall be so  considered.  The Company shall notify
the Trustee,  in writing,  when it, any  Guarantor or any of their  respective
Affiliates  repurchases  or otherwise  acquires  Notes,  and of the  aggregate
principal amount of such Notes so repurchased or otherwise acquired.

      Section 2.10.     TEMPORARY NOTES.

      Until definitive  Notes are ready for delivery,  the Company may prepare
and the Trustee shall  authenticate  temporary Notes upon receipt of a written
order of the Company in the form of an Officers'  Certificate.  The  Officers'
Certificate  shall specify the amount of temporary  Notes to be  authenticated
and the date on which the temporary Notes are to be  authenticated,  and shall
direct the Trustee to authenticate  such Notes and certify that all conditions
precedent to the issuance of such Notes  contained  herein have been  complied
with.  Temporary Notes shall be  substantially in the form of definitive Notes
but may have variations that the Company and the Trustee consider  appropriate
for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and
the Trustee shall  authenticate upon receipt of a written order of the Company
pursuant to Section 2.2 definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

      Section 2.11.     CANCELLATION.

      The  Company  at  any  time  may  deliver   Notes  to  the  Trustee  for
cancellation.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee
any Notes surrendered to them for transfer,  exchange or payment. The Trustee,
or at the direction of the Trustee,  the Registrar or the Paying Agent, and no
one else,  shall cancel and, at the written  direction  of the Company,  shall
dispose of all Notes  surrendered  for  registration  of  transfer,  exchange,
payment or cancellation. Subject to Section 2.7, the Company may not issue new
Notes to  replace  Notes  that it has paid or  delivered  to the  Trustee  for
cancellation.  If the Company or any Guarantor shall acquire any of the Notes,
such  acquisition  shall not operate as a redemption  or  satisfaction  of the
Indebtedness  represented  by  such  Notes  unless  and  until  the  same  are
surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.11.


                                     -43-

<PAGE>

      Section 2.12.     DEFAULTED INTEREST.

      If the Company  defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall
pay the defaulted  interest,  plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable
on the  defaulted  interest to the  Persons  who are  Holders on a  subsequent
special record date,  which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the
date fixed by the Company for the  payment of  defaulted  interest or the next
succeeding  Business Day if such date is not a Business  Day. At least 15 days
before the  subsequent  special  record date,  the Company  shall mail to each
Holder,  with a copy to the  Trustee,  a notice  that  states  the  subsequent
special  record date,  the payment date and the amount of defaulted  interest,
and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid.

      Section 2.13.     CUSIP NUMBER.

      The  Company in issuing the Notes may use one or more  "CUSIP"  numbers,
and if so, the appropriate CUSIP number(s) shall be included in all notices of
redemption  or exchange as a  convenience  to Holders;  provided that any such
notice  may state  that no  representation  is made by the  Trustee  as to the
correctness or accuracy of any CUSIP number(s) printed in the notice or on the
Notes,  and that  reliance  may be  placed  only on the  other  identification
numbers printed on the Notes. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of
any change in the CUSIP number.

      Section 2.14.     DEPOSIT OF MONEYS.

      Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each Interest  Payment Date,
Redemption Date,  Change of Control Payment Date and on the Maturity Date, the
Company shall have deposited  with the Paying Agent in  immediately  available
funds money  sufficient  to make cash  payments,  if any, due on such Interest
Payment  Date,  Redemption  Date,  Change of Control  Payment Date or Maturity
Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to
remit payment to the Holders on such Interest  Payment Date,  Redemption Date,
Change of Control Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be.

      Section 2.15.     BOOK-ENTRY PROVISIONS FOR GLOBAL NOTES.

      (a) The Global Notes  initially  shall (i) be  registered in the name of
the  Depository  or the nominee of such  Depository,  (ii) be delivered to the
Trustee as custodian for such  Depository  and (iii) bear legends as set forth


                                     -44-

<PAGE>

in EXHIBIT B.  Members of, or  participants  in, the  Depository  ("DEPOSITORY
PARTICIPANTS")  shall have no rights under this  Indenture with respect to any
Global  Note held on their  behalf by the  Depository,  or the  Trustee as its
custodian, or under the Global Notes, and the Depository may be treated by the
Company,  the  Trustee  and any agent of the  Company  or the  Trustee  as the
absolute   owner  of  the   Global   Notes   for  all   purposes   whatsoever.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  nothing herein shall prevent the Company,  the
Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee  from giving  effect to any
written  certification,   proxy  or  other  authorization   furnished  by  the
Depository  or  impair,   as  between  the   Depository   and  its  Depository
Participants,  the operation of customary  practices governing the exercise of
the rights of a holder of any Note.

      (b)  Transfers  of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers in whole,
but not in  part,  to the  Depository,  its  successors  or  their  respective
nominees.  Interests of beneficial  owners in a Global Note may be transferred
or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of
the Depository (and, if applicable, Euroclear and Cedel) and the provisions of
Section  2.16.  In  addition,  Physical  Notes  shall  be  transferred  to all
beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial  interests in a Global Note
if (i) the  Depository  notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to
continue as Depository for such Global Note and a successor  depository is not
appointed  by the  Company  within 90 days of such  notice or (ii) an Event of
Default has  occurred  and is  continuing  and the  Registrar  has  received a
request from the Depository to issue Physical Notes.

      (c) In  connection  with any  transfer  or  exchange of a portion of the
beneficial  interest  in a  Global  Note  to  beneficial  owners  pursuant  to
paragraph  (b), the Registrar  shall (if one or more Physical  Notes are to be
issued)  reflect  on its  books and  records  the date and a  decrease  in the
principal  amount  of such  Global  Note in an amount  equal to the  principal
amount of the beneficial  interest in such Global Note to be transferred,  and
the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one
or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.

      (d) In  connection  with  the  transfer  of an  entire  Global  Note  to
beneficial  owners pursuant to paragraph (b), such Global Note shall be deemed
to be  surrendered  to the Trustee  for  cancellation,  and the Company  shall
execute,  and the Trustee shall  authenticate and deliver,  to each beneficial


                                     -45-

<PAGE>

owner identified by the Depository in exchange for its beneficial  interest in
such Global Note, an equal  aggregate  principal  amount of Physical  Notes of
authorized denominations.

      (e) Any Physical Note  constituting a Restricted  Security  delivered in
exchange  for an  interest in Global Note  pursuant  to  paragraph  (b) or (c)
shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraphs (a)(i)(x) and (c) of Section
2.16, bear the Private Placement Legend.

      (f) The  Holder  of a  Global  Note  may  grant  proxies  and  otherwise
authorize any person,  including Depository  Participants and persons that may
hold interests  through  Depository  Participants,  to take any action which a
Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

      Section 2.16.     SPECIAL TRANSFER PROVISIONS.

      (a) TRANSFERS TO NON-QIB INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS AND NON-U.S.
PERSONS. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration
of any proposed transfer of a Note  constituting a Restricted  Security to any
Institutional  Accredited  Investor  which  is not a QIB  or to  any  Non-U.S.
Person:

            (i)  the  Registrar  shall  register  the  transfer  of  any  Note
      constituting a Restricted  Security,  whether or not such Note bears the
      Private  Placement  Legend,  if (x) the requested  transfer is after the
      second  anniversary  of the date of this  Indenture  and the  transferor
      certifies  that it is not,  and for the  preceding  three months has not
      been,  an  Affiliate  of the  Company  or any  Guarantor,  and  that the
      Restricted Security was not acquired from the Company or an Affiliate of
      the  Company  less  than two  years  prior  to the date of the  proposed
      transfer  or (y)  (1) in the  case  of a  transfer  to an  Institutional
      Accredited Investor which is not a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons), the
      proposed  transferee  has  delivered  to  the  Registrar  a  certificate
      substantially  in the form of  EXHIBIT  C hereto or (2) in the case of a
      transfer to a Non-U.S.  Person, the proposed transferor has delivered to
      the  Registrar  a  certificate  substantially  in the form of  EXHIBIT D
      hereto;


                                     -46-

<PAGE>

            (ii) if the proposed  transferee is a Depository  Participant  and
      the Notes to be  transferred  consist  of  Physical  Notes  which  after
      transfer  are to be  evidenced by an interest in an IAI Global Note or a
      Regulation  S  Global  Note,  as the case may be,  upon  receipt  by the
      Registrar  of (x)  written  instructions  given in  accordance  with the
      Depository's  and the  Registrar's  procedures  and (y) the  appropriate
      certificate,  if any, required by clause (y) of paragraph (i) above, the
      Registrar  shall  register  the  transfer  and  reflect on its books and
      records  the date and an  increase  in the  principal  amount  of an IAI
      Global  Note or  Regulation  S Global  Note,  as the case may be,  in an
      amount  equal  to  the  principal   amount  of  Physical   Notes  to  be
      transferred,  and  the  Trustee  shall  cancel  the  Physical  Notes  so
      transferred; and

            (i) if the proposed transferor is a Depository Participant seeking
      to transfer an interest in a Global Note,  upon receipt by the Registrar
      of (x) written  instructions  given in accordance with the  Depository's
      and the Registrar's procedures and (y) the appropriate  certificate,  if
      any,  required by clause (y) of paragraph (i) above, the Registrar shall
      register  the transfer and reflect on its books and records the date and
      (A) a decrease  in the  principal  amount of the Global  Note from which
      such interests are to be transferred in an amount equal to the principal
      amount  of the  Notes  to be  transferred  and  (B) an  increase  in the
      principal amount of an IAI Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note, as
      the case may be, in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes
      to be transferred.

      (b) TRANSFERS TO QIBS. The following provisions shall apply with respect
to the  registration  of  any  proposed  transfer  of a  Note  constituting  a
Restricted Security to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons):

            (i) the Registrar  shall register the transfer if such transfer is
      being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for
      on the form of Note stating,  or has  otherwise  advised the Company and
      the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with
      the  provisions  of  Rule  144A  to a  transferee  who  has  signed  the


                                     -47-

<PAGE>

      certification provided for on the form of Note stating, or has otherwise
      advised the Company and the Registrar in writing,  that it is purchasing
      the Note for its own  account  or an  account  with  respect to which it
      exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is
      a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A,  and is aware that the sale to it
      is being  made in  reliance  on Rule 144A and  acknowledges  that it has
      received  such  information  regarding  the Company as it has  requested
      pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such  information
      and that it is aware that the  transferor  is relying upon its foregoing
      representations  in order  to  claim  the  exemption  from  registration
      provided by Rule 144A; and

            (ii) if the proposed transferee is a Depository  Participant,  and
      the Notes to be  transferred  consist  of  Physical  Notes  which  after
      transfer  are to be  evidenced  by an  interest in a Global  Note,  upon
      receipt by the  Registrar of written  instructions  given in  accordance
      with the  Depository's  and the  Registrar's  procedures,  the Registrar
      shall  reflect on its books and  records the date and an increase in the
      principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal
      amount of the Physical  Notes to be  transferred,  and the Trustee shall
      cancel the Physical Notes so transferred; and

            (iii)  if the  proposed  transferor  is a  Depository  Participant
      seeking to transfer an interest in the IAI Global Note or the Regulation
      S Global  Note,  upon receipt by the  Registrar of written  instructions
      given  in  accordance   with  the   Depository's   and  the  Registrar's
      procedures, the Registrar shall register the transfer and reflect on its
      books and records the date and (A) a decrease in the principal amount of
      the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be,
      in  an  amount  equal  to  the  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  to be
      transferred  and (B) an increase in the  principal  amount of the Global
      Note in an  amount  equal to the  principal  amount  of the  Notes to be
      transferred.


                                     -48-

<PAGE>

      (c)  PRIVATE  PLACEMENT  LEGEND.  Upon  the  registration  of  transfer,
exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the
Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private  Placement  Legend.
Upon the  registration  of transfer,  exchange or replacement of Notes bearing
the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear
the Private  Placement  Legend unless (i) the  circumstances  contemplated  by
paragraph  (a)(i)(x)  of this Section 2.16 exist or (ii) there is delivered to
the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and
the Trustee to the effect that neither such Private  Placement  Legend nor the
related  restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance
with the provisions of the Act.

      (d) GENERAL. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement
Legend,  each Holder of such a Note  acknowledges the restrictions on transfer
of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private  Placement  Legend
and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

      The  Registrar  shall retain  copies of all  letters,  notices and other
written communications  received pursuant to Section 2.15 or this Section 2.16
for a period of three years.  The Company  shall have the right to inspect and
make copies of all such letters,  notices or other written  communications  at
any  reasonable  time upon the  giving  of  reasonable  written  notice to the
Registrar.

                                 ARTICLE III.

              REDEMPTION; PLEDGE FOR SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION

      Section 3.1.      NOTICES TO TRUSTEE.

      If the Company  elects to redeem Notes  pursuant to Paragraph Six of the
Notes,  or if the Company is required to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to a
Special  Mandatory  Redemption,  it shall,  in either  case,  notify  both the
Trustee  and the  Paying  Agent  in  writing  of the  Redemption  Date and the
principal  amount of the Notes to be  redeemed.  The  Company  shall give each
notice  provided  for in this  Section 3.1 at least 30 days (or 45 days if the
Company  causes  the  Trustee  to give  notice of  redemption  to the  Holders
pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof) before the Redemption Date (except as provided
in Section 3.7), together with an Officers' Certificate and Opinion of Counsel


                                     -49-

<PAGE>

stating that such redemption shall comply with the conditions contained herein
and in the Notes.

      Section 3.2.      SELECTION OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED.

      In the event that less than all of the Notes are to be  redeemed  at any
time,  selection of such Notes for redemption  shall be made by the Trustee in
compliance  with  the  requirements  of  the  principal  national   securities
exchange,  if any,  on which  such  Notes are listed or, if such Notes are not
then listed on a national securities exchange,  on a pro rata basis, by lot or
by such  method as the  Trustee  shall  deem fair and  appropriate;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that if a partial  redemption  is made with the proceeds of a Public
Equity  Offering,  selection of the Notes or portions  thereof for  redemption
shall be made by the  Trustee  only on a pro rata  basis or on as nearly a pro
rata basis as is practicable (subject to Depository  procedures),  unless such
method is otherwise prohibited.  The Trustee shall make the selection from the
Notes  outstanding and not previously called for redemption and shall promptly
notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the
case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof
to be  redeemed.  Notes in  denominations  of $1,000 may be  redeemed  only in
whole. The Trustee may select for redemption  portions (equal to $1,000 or any
integral multiple  thereof) of the principal of Notes that have  denominations
larger than $1,000.  Provisions of this  Indenture  that apply to Notes called
for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

      Section 3.3.      NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

      At least  30 days  (other  than  with  respect  to a  Special  Mandatory
Redemption)  but not more than 60 days before a Redemption  Date,  the Company
shall mail or cause to be mailed a notice of  redemption  by first class mail,
postage prepaid, to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed, with a copy to
the Trustee and any Paying  Agent;  provided  that,  with respect to a Special
Mandatory  Redemption,  such  notice  shall be so  mailed  promptly  after the
occurrence of the event triggering such Special Mandatory Redemption.

      Each notice for  redemption  shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and
shall state:

            (1) the Redemption Date;


                                     -50-

<PAGE>

            (2) the Redemption  Price and the amount of accrued  interest,  if
      any, to be paid;

            (3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

            (4)  the   subparagraph  of  the  Notes  pursuant  to  which  such
      redemption is being made;

            (5) that Notes called for  redemption  must be  surrendered to the
      Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price plus accrued  interest,  if
      any;

            (6) that, unless (a) the Company defaults in making the redemption
      payment or (b) such redemption payment is prohibited pursuant to Article
      X or XII hereof or  otherwise,  interest on Notes called for  redemption
      ceases  to  accrue  on and  after  the  Redemption  Date,  and the  only
      remaining  right of the  Holders of such Notes is to receive  payment of
      the Redemption  Price plus accrued  interest,  if any, to the Redemption
      Date, upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;

            (7) if any Note is being  redeemed  in part,  the  portion  of the
      principal amount (equal to $1,000 or any integral  multiple  thereof) of
      such Note to be redeemed and that, on or after the Redemption  Date, and
      upon  surrender  of such  Note,  a new Note or  Notes  in the  aggregate
      principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued;
      and

            (8)  if  fewer  than  all  the  Notes  are  to  be  redeemed,  the
      identification  of the  particular  Notes  (or  portion  thereof)  to be
      redeemed,  as well as the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Notes to be
      redeemed and the aggregate  principal  amount of Notes to be outstanding
      after such partial redemption.

      Section 3.4.      EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

      Once notice of  redemption  is mailed in  accordance  with  Section 3.3,
Notes called for redemption  become due and payable on the Redemption Date and
at the Redemption Price plus accrued  interest,  if any. Upon surrender to the
Trustee or Paying Agent,  such Notes called for redemption,  unless prohibited
pursuant to Article X or XII or otherwise pursuant to this Indenture, shall be


                                     -51-

<PAGE>

paid at the Redemption  Price (which shall include accrued interest thereon to
the Redemption  Date), but installments of interest,  the maturity of which is
on or prior to the Redemption  Date,  shall be payable to Holders of record at
the close of business on the relevant record dates referred to in the Notes.

      Section 3.5.      DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.

      Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.7, on or before the Redemption
Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent in immediately available
funds U.S. Legal Tender  sufficient to pay the  Redemption  Price plus accrued
interest,  if any,  of all Notes or  portions  thereof to be  redeemed on that
date.  The Paying Agent shall  promptly  return to the Company any U.S.  Legal
Tender so  deposited  which is not  required  for that  purpose,  except  with
respect to monies owed as obligations to the Trustee pursuant to Article VII.

      If the Company complies with the preceding  paragraph and payment of the
Notes is not prohibited under Article X or XII or otherwise,  then, unless the
Company  defaults  in the  payment  of  such  Redemption  Price  plus  accrued
interest,  if any,  interest on the Notes to be redeemed shall cease to accrue
on and after the  applicable  Redemption  Date,  whether or not such Notes are
presented for payment.

      Section 3.6.      NOTES REDEEMED IN PART.

      Upon  surrender  of a Note that is to be redeemed  in part,  the Company
shall issue and execute,  and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder, a
new Note or Notes equal in principal  amount to the unredeemed  portion of the
Note surrendered.

      Section 3.7.      PLEDGE FOR SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

      (a) On the Issue Date,  the Company  shall  deposit with the Trustee for
credit to a special account established by the Trustee the net proceeds of the
Notes and cash,  U.S.  Government  Obligations  and/or other Cash  Equivalents
(such  proceeds,   cash,  U.S.   Government   Obligations  and/or  other  Cash
Equivalents,  together with the interest, dividends and distributions thereon,
the "PLEDGED PROPERTY") in an aggregate amount sufficient (taking into account
all scheduled interest,  dividends,  earnings and other distributions  thereon
and the initial  investment of such cash) to redeem the Notes at the Mandatory


                                     -52-

<PAGE>

Redemption Price, assuming such redemption occurs on July 27, 1999.

      (b) If the Trustee receives a notice of a Special  Mandatory  Redemption
from the  Company or if the  Trustee  does not  receive a notice to the effect
described in paragraph (c) of this Section 3.7 on or before the Deadline Date,
the Trustee shall liquidate all Pledged  Property held by it no later than the
Business Day prior to the Mandatory  Redemption Date and release to the Paying
Agent an amount of Pledged  Property in cash equal to the aggregate  Mandatory
Redemption  Price  of the  Notes  for  payment  to  Holders  on the  Mandatory
Redemption  Date.  Concurrently  with such  release to the Paying  Agent,  the
Trustee shall release any excess  Pledged  Property to the Company  which,  in
turn,  will be  permitted  to use such funds in its  discretion,  including to
dividend such excess to its stockholders.  If the cash proceeds of the Pledged
Property are less than the Mandatory  Redemption  Price,  the Company shall be
obligated  to deliver an amount  equal to the  deficiency  to the Paying Agent
prior to the Mandatory Redemption Date.

      (c) If the Trustee  receives  notice that the closing of the Acquisition
will occur on or prior to the  Deadline  Date,  the Trustee  will  release all
Pledged Property to the Company upon presentation of an Officer's  Certificate
of the  Company,  certifying  to the Trustee that (A) the Company and NovaCare
Orthotics  &  Prosthetics,   Inc.  propose   concurrently  to  consummate  the
Acquisition  pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement,  as it may
be  amended,  (B) the terms of the  transactions  to be  entered  into and the
business to be acquired from NovaCare Orthotics & Prosthetics, Inc. conform in
all material  respects to the  description  thereof  contained in the Offering
Memorandum  dated  June 9, 1999 with  respect  to the  offering  of the Notes,
subject only to any changes  provided  for or  contemplated  in such  Offering
Memorandum or otherwise  permitted pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase
Agreement,  (C) all  conditions  to the closing of the  Acquisition  have been
satisfied or waived,  and (D) immediately  following such release (and, in any
event,  within one Business Day  thereafter)  such funds will be used to pay a
portion of the purchase price for the Acquisition.


                                     -53-

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE IV.

                                   COVENANTS

      Section 4.1.      PAYMENT OF NOTES.

      The Company  shall pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the
dates  and in the  manner  provided  in the Notes  and in this  Indenture.  An
installment of principal of or interest on the Notes shall be considered  paid
on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying  Agent  (other than the Company
or an Affiliate of the Company) holds,  prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City time
on that date,  U.S.  Legal Tender  designated  for and  sufficient  to pay the
installment  in full  and is not  prohibited  from  paying  such  money to the
Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

      The Company shall pay, to the extent such payments are lawful,  interest
on overdue  principal and on overdue  installments of interest (without regard
to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the rate borne
by the  Notes.  Interest  will be  computed  on the  basis of a  360-day  year
comprised of twelve 30-day months.

      Section 4.2.      MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.

      The Company shall  maintain the office or agency  required under Section
2.3.  The  Company  shall  give  prior  written  notice to the  Trustee of the
location,  and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any
time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required  office or agency or
shall  fail  to  furnish  the  Trustee   with  the   address   thereof,   such
presentations,  surrenders,  notices  and demands may be made or served at the
address of the Trustee set forth in Section 13.2.

      Section 4.3.      CORPORATE EXISTENCE.

      Except as  otherwise  permitted  by Article V, the  Company  shall do or
cause  to be done,  at its own  cost and  expense,  all  things  necessary  to
preserve  and keep in full force and effect its  corporate  existence  and the
corporate existence of each of the Restricted  Subsidiaries in accordance with
the respective organizational documents of each such Restricted Subsidiary and
the material  rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the Company and
each such Restricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall not
be  required  to  preserve,  with  respect to itself,  any  material  right or


                                     -54-

<PAGE>

franchise and, with respect to any of its  Subsidiaries,  any such  existence,
material  right or  franchise,  if the Board of Directors of the Company shall
determine in good faith that the  preservation  thereof is no longer desirable
in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole.

      Section 4.4.      PAYMENT OF TAXES AND OTHER CLAIMS.

      The Company  shall pay or discharge  or cause to be paid or  discharged,
before the same shall become delinquent,  (i) all material taxes,  assessments
and  governmental  charges  (including  withholding  taxes and any  penalties,
interest  and  additions  to taxes)  levied or  imposed  upon it or any of its
Subsidiaries or its Properties or any of its Subsidiaries' Properties and (ii)
all material lawful claims for labor,  materials and supplies that, if unpaid,
might by law  become a Lien upon its  Properties  or any of its  Subsidiaries'
Properties;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be required to pay
or  discharge  or cause to be paid or  discharged  any such  tax,  assessment,
charge or claim whose amount,  applicability or validity is being contested in
good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  properly  instituted  and  diligently
conducted for which adequate reserves, to the extent required under GAAP, have
been taken.

      Section 4.5.      CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

      The  Company  and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  shall not engage in any
businesses  which are not the  same,  similar  or  reasonably  related  to the
businesses in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on
the Issue Date.

      Section 4.6.      Compliance Certificate; NOTICE OF DEFAULT.

      (a) The Company shall  deliver to the Trustee,  within 90 days after the
end of each  fiscal  year  of the  Company,  an  Officers'  Certificate  which
complies with TIA ss. 314(a)(4) stating that a review of its activities during
the preceding  fiscal year has been made under the  supervision of the signing
Officers with a view to determining whether it has kept,  observed,  performed
and fulfilled its  Obligations  under this  Indenture  (without  regard to any
period of grace or  requirement  of notice  provided  hereunder)  and  further
stating,  as to each  such  Officer  signing  such  certificate,  that to such
Officer's  knowledge the Company during such  preceding  fiscal year has kept,
observed,  performed  and  fulfilled  each and  every  such  covenant  and the


                                     -55-

<PAGE>

Obligations  contained in this Indenture and the Notes and no Default or Event
of Default occurred during such year and at the date of such certificate there
is no Default or Event of Default that has occurred and is  continuing  or, if
such  signers do know of such  Default or Event of  Default,  the  certificate
shall   describe  the  Default  or  Event  of  Default  and  its  status  with
particularity.  The Officers' Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should
the Company elect to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal year end.

      (b) The annual financial  statements  delivered  pursuant to Section 4.8
shall  be  accompanied  by a  written  report  of  the  Company's  independent
accountants (who shall be a firm of established  national  reputation) that in
conducting their audit of such financial  statements nothing has come to their
attention  that would lead them to believe  that the Company has  violated any
provisions of Article IV, V or VI of this Indenture  insofar as they relate to
accounting  matters or, if any such  violation  has occurred,  specifying  the
nature  and  period  of  existence  thereof,  it being  understood  that  such
accountants  shall not be liable  directly or indirectly to any Person for any
failure to obtain  knowledge of any such violation that would not be disclosed
in the course of an audit  examination  conducted in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards.

      (c)  (i)  If any  Default  or  Event  of  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing or (ii) if any Holder seeks to exercise any remedy  hereunder  with
respect to a claimed  Default under this  Indenture or the Notes,  the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee, at its address set forth in Section 13.2 hereof,
by  registered  or  certified   mail  or  by  telegram,   telex  or  facsimile
transmission  followed  by  hard  copy  by  registered  or  certified  mail an
Officers' Certificate specifying such event, notice or other action (including
any  action  the  Company is taking or  proposes  to take in respect  thereof)
promptly upon any such officer obtaining  knowledge of any Default or an Event
of Default.

      Section 4.7.      COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

      The Company shall,  and shall cause each of its  Subsidiaries to, comply
with all applicable statutes, rules,  regulations,  orders and restrictions of
the United States of America, all foreign  jurisdictions the laws of which any


                                     -56-

<PAGE>

Subsidiary  are subject,  all states and  municipalities  thereof,  and of any
governmental  department,  commission,  board,  regulatory authority,  bureau,
agency and instrumentality of the foregoing,  in respect of the conduct of its
businesses and the ownership of its properties, except for such noncompliances
as could not singly or in the aggregate have a material  adverse effect on the
business or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries,  taken as
a whole.

      Section 4.8.      REPORTS TO HOLDERS.

      Regardless  of whether or not required by the rules and  regulations  of
the SEC, so long as any Notes are  outstanding,  the Company  shall deliver to
the Trustee  within 15 days after the filing of the same with the SEC,  copies
of:

      (1) all  quarterly  and  annual  financial  information  that  would  be
required  to be  contained  in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if
the  Company  were  required to file such  Forms,  including  a  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" that
describes the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and
its consolidated  Subsidiaries  (showing in reasonable  detail,  either on the
face  of  the  financial  statements  or  in  the  footnotes  thereto  and  in
Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations,  the financial  condition and results of operations of the Company
and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  separate from the  financial  condition and
results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company, if any)
and,  with respect to the annual  information  only,  a report  thereon by the
Company's certified independent accountants; and

      (2) all current  reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC
on Form 8-K if the Company were  required to file such  reports,  in each case
within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and regulations.

      In addition,  following the consummation of the Exchange Offer,  whether
or not required by the rules and  regulations  of the SEC,  the Company  shall
file a copy of all  such  information  and  reports  with  the SEC for  public
availability  within  the  time  periods  specified  in the  SEC's  rules  and
regulations  (unless  the SEC will not  accept  such a  filing)  and make such
information  available to securities  analysts and prospective  investors upon
request.  In  addition,  the Company  shall,  for so long as any Notes  remain
outstanding, furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective
investors,  upon their  request,  the  information  required  to be  delivered


                                     -57-

<PAGE>

pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

      Section 4.9.      WAIVER OF STAY, EXTENSION OR USURY LAWS.

      The  Company  and each  Guarantor  covenants  (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist  upon,  plead,  or in any
manner  whatsoever  claim or take the  benefit  or  advantage  of, any stay or
extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the
Company  or any such  Guarantor,  as the case may be,  from  paying all or any
portion  of the  principal  of or  interest  on the  Notes or  performing  its
Guarantee,  as the case may be and as contemplated  herein,  wherever enacted,
now or at any time  hereafter in force,  or which may affect the  covenants or
the performance of this Indenture;  and (to the extent that it may lawfully do
so) the  Company and each  Guarantor  hereby  expressly  waives all benefit or
advantage of any such law, and  covenants  that it shall not hinder,  delay or
impede the  execution  of any power herein  granted to the Trustee,  but shall
suffer and permit the  execution of every such power as though no such law had
been enacted.

      Section 4.10.     LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.

      The  Company  shall  not,  and  shall  not  cause or  permit  any of its
Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,  directly or indirectly:  (1) declare or pay any
dividend or make any  distribution  (other  than  dividends  or  distributions
payable in Qualified  Capital Stock of the Company) on or in respect of shares
of the Company's Capital Stock to holders of such Capital Stock; (2) purchase,
redeem or  otherwise  acquire  or retire  for value any  Capital  Stock of the
Company or any  warrants,  rights or options to purchase or acquire  shares of
any class of such Capital Stock; (3) make any principal  payment on, purchase,
defease,  redeem,  prepay,  decrease or otherwise acquire or retire for value,
prior to any  scheduled  final  maturity,  scheduled  repayment  or  scheduled
sinking fund payment, any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is
subordinate  or junior in right of payment to the Notes  (other  than any such
Indebtedness  that is held by the  Company  or a  Guarantor);  or (4) make any
Investment  (other than  Permitted  Investments),  including  any  Designation
Amount  (each of the  foregoing  actions  set forth in clauses (1) through (4)


                                     -58-

<PAGE>

being  referred  to  as a  "RESTRICTED  PAYMENT");  if at  the  time  of  such
Restricted  Payment or immediately after giving effect thereto,  (i) a Default
or an Event of Default  shall have  occurred  and be  continuing;  or (ii) the
Company is not able to incur at least $1.00 of additional  Indebtedness (other
than  Permitted  Indebtedness)  in compliance  with Section 4.14; or (iii) the
aggregate amount of Restricted  Payments  (including such proposed  Restricted
Payment)  made  subsequent  to the Issue Date (the  amount  expended  for such
purposes,  if other than in cash, being the fair market value of such property
as  determined  in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company)  shall
exceed the sum of: (w) 50% of the  cumulative  Consolidated  Net Income (or if
cumulative  Consolidated  Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss)
of the  Company  earned  from and after the first day of the first full fiscal
quarter following the Issue Date and on or prior to the last day of the latest
fiscal quarter for which consolidated  financial statements of the Company are
available  preceding the date the  Restricted  Payment  occurs  (treating such
period as a single accounting period); plus (x) 100% of the aggregate net cash
proceeds  received by the Company from any Person  (other than a Subsidiary of
the Company) from the issuance and sale subsequent to the Issue Date and on or
prior to the date the Restricted  Payment occurs of Qualified Capital Stock of
the Company;  plus (y) without  duplication of any amounts  included in clause
(iii)(x)  above,  100%  of the  aggregate  net  cash  proceeds  of any  equity
contribution  received by the Company from a holder of the  Company's  Capital
Stock  (excluding,  in the case of  clauses  (iii)(x)  and  (y),  any net cash
proceeds from a Public Equity  Offering to the extent used to redeem the Notes
in compliance  with the  provisions  set forth in paragraph 6(b) of the Notes;
plus (z) without duplication, the sum of: (A) the aggregate amount returned in
cash on or with respect to Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made
subsequent  to the Issue Date whether  through  interest  payments,  principal
payments,  dividends  or other  distributions  or  payments;  (B) the net cash
proceeds  received by the Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  from
the  disposition of all or any portion of such  Investments  (other than to an
Unrestricted  Subsidiary of the  Company);  and (C) upon  redesignation  of an
Unrestricted  Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary,  the fair market value of
such Subsidiary;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the sum of clauses (A), (B) and (C)
above  shall not  exceed the  aggregate  amount of all such  Investments  made
subsequent to the Issue Date.


                                     -59-

<PAGE>

      Notwithstanding   the  foregoing,   the  provisions  set  forth  in  the
immediately  preceding  paragraph  do not  prohibit:  (1) the  payment  of any
dividend  within 60 days after the date of declaration of such dividend if the
dividend  would  have been  permitted  on the date of  declaration;  (2) if no
Default  or Event of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be  continuing,  the
acquisition  of any shares of Capital Stock of the Company,  either (i) solely
in  exchange  for shares of  Qualified  Capital  Stock of the  Company or (ii)
through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for
cash  (other  than to a  Subsidiary  of the  Company)  of shares of  Qualified
Capital Stock of the Company; PROVIDED that, any such net proceeds pursuant to
the immediately  preceding clause (2)(ii) are excluded from clause (4)(iii)(x)
of the immediately  preceding sentence;  (3) if no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing,  the acquisition of any Indebtedness of
the Company or any Guarantor that is subordinate or junior in right of payment
to the Notes  either (i) solely in exchange  for shares of  Qualified  Capital
Stock of the  Company,  or (ii) through the  application  of net proceeds of a
substantially  concurrent  sale for cash  (other than to a  Subsidiary  of the
Company)  of (a)  shares of  Qualified  Capital  Stock of the  Company  or (b)
Refinancing Indebtedness; PROVIDED that, any such net proceeds pursuant to the
immediately  preceding clause (3)(ii)(a) are excluded from clause  (4)(iii)(x)
of the immediately  preceding sentence;  (4) so long as no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be  continuing,  repurchases by the Company of
Common  Stock of the  Company  from  employees  of the  Company  or any of its
Subsidiaries or their authorized representatives upon the death, disability or
termination  of employment of such  employees,  in an aggregate  amount not to
exceed $1.0  million in any  calendar  year;  and (5) the  acquisition  of any
shares of (i)  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  solely in exchange  for shares of
Common  Stock of the Company,  or (ii) Common  Stock of the Company  solely in
exchange for shares of Common Stock of the Company of another class.

      In  determining  the  aggregate  amount  of  Restricted   Payments  made
subsequent  to the Issue Date in  accordance  with  clause  (iii) of the first
paragraph of this Section 4.10,  amounts expended  pursuant to clauses (1) and
(4) of such paragraph shall be included in such calculation.


                                     -60-

<PAGE>

      Section 4.11.     LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.

      The  Company  shall  not,  and shall not  permit  any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  to,  directly or  indirectly,  enter into or permit to exist any
transaction or series of related transactions (including,  without limitation,
the purchase,  sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any
service)  with,  or  for  the  benefit  of,  any of its  Affiliates  (each  an
"AFFILIATE  TRANSACTION"),  other than (x) Affiliate Transactions permitted as
described  below  and (y)  Affiliate  Transactions  on terms  that are no less
favorable than those that might  reasonably have been obtained in a comparable
transaction at such time on an arm's-length basis from a Person that is not an
Affiliate  of  the  Company  or  such  Restricted  Subsidiary.  All  Affiliate
Transactions  (and each  series of related  Affiliate  Transactions  which are
similar  or part of a  common  plan)  involving  aggregate  payments  or other
property  with a fair market value in excess of $2.5 million shall be approved
by the Board of Directors of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, such approval to be evidenced by a Board Resolution  stating that
such Board of Directors has determined that such transaction complies with the
foregoing  provisions.  If the  Company or any  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the
Company enters into an Affiliate Transaction (or a series of related Affiliate
Transactions  related to a common plan) that involves an aggregate fair market
value of more than $10.0 million,  the Company or such Restricted  Subsidiary,
as the  case  may be,  shall,  prior  to the  consummation  thereof,  obtain a
favorable  opinion as to the fairness of such transaction or series of related
transactions to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, from a financial point of view, from an Independent  Financial Advisor
and file the same with the Trustee.

      The  restrictions  set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 4.11
shall not apply to: (i) reasonable fees and compensation paid to and indemnity
provided on behalf of,  officers,  directors,  employees or consultants of the
Company or any  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company as  determined  in good
faith  by  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  or  senior  management;  (ii)
transactions  exclusively  between or among the  Company and any of its Wholly
Owned  Restricted  Subsidiaries  or  exclusively  between or among such Wholly
Owned Restricted  Subsidiaries,  provided such  transactions are not otherwise
prohibited by this Indenture;  (iii) any agreement  (including any certificate


                                     -61-

<PAGE>

of  designations  relating to Capital Stock) as in effect as of the Issue Date
or with respect to any  certificate of  designations  pursuant to an agreement
dated as of the Issue Date, the date of the filing thereof,  or any exhibit or
amendment thereto or any transaction  contemplated thereby (including pursuant
to any amendment thereto) in any replacement  agreement thereto so long as any
such amendment or  replacement  agreement is not more  disadvantageous  to the
Holders in any material  respect  than the original  agreement as in effect on
the Issue Date; (iv) the issuance to Chase Equity Associates, L.P. and Paribas
North America,  Inc. pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement dated on or
about the Issue Date of shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock, and the payment
of dividends  on such shares in  accordance  with the terms of such  Preferred
Stock; and (v) Restricted Payments permitted by this Indenture.

      Section 4.13.     LIMITATION ON DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT  RESTRICTIONS
                        AFFECTING RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.

      The  Company  shall  not,  and  shall  not  cause or  permit  any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,  create or otherwise cause
or permit to exist or become  effective any  encumbrance or restriction on the
ability of any  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company to (a) pay dividends or
make any other  distributions  on or in respect of its Capital Stock; (b) make
loans or advances or to pay any  Indebtedness or other  obligation owed to the
Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or (c) transfer any
of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of: (1) applicable law; (2) this Indenture or the Credit Agreement; (3)
Liens on  property  described  in clause  (vi) or (vii) of the  definition  of
Permitted Liens, but only with respect to transfers  referred to in clause (c)
above;  (4) customary  non-assignment  provisions of any contract or any lease
governing a leasehold  interest of any  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company;
(5) any  instrument  governing  Acquired  Indebtedness,  which  encumbrance or
restriction  is not  applicable to any Person,  or the properties or assets of
any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so
acquired;  (6) agreements  existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in the
manner  such  agreements  are in effect on the Issue Date;  (7) any  agreement
entered into for the sale or  disposition of all or  substantially  all of the
Capital Stock or property of any Restricted  Subsidiary pending the closing of


                                     -62-

<PAGE>

such sale or disposition;  or (8) an agreement governing Indebtedness incurred
to  Refinance  the  Indebtedness  issued,  assumed or incurred  pursuant to an
agreement referred to in clause (2), (3), (5) or (6) above; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that the provisions  relating to such encumbrance or restriction  contained in
any such  Indebtedness  are no less  favorable  to the Company in any material
respect  as  determined  by the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  in their
reasonable  and good  faith  judgment  than the  provisions  relating  to such
encumbrance or restriction  contained in agreements referred to in such clause
(2), (3), (5) or (6).

      Section 4.13.     PROHIBITION ON INCURRENCE OF SENIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT.

      The Company  shall not, and shall not permit any  Restricted  Subsidiary
that is a Guarantor to, incur or suffer to exist  Indebtedness  that is senior
in right of payment to the Notes or such  Guarantor's  Guarantee,  as the case
may be, and  subordinate in right of payment to any other  Indebtedness of the
Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be.


                                     -63-

<PAGE>

      Section 4.14.     LIMITATION ON INCURRENCE OF ADDITIONAL INDEBTEDNESS.

      The  Company  shall  not,  and shall not  permit  any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,  create,  incur,  assume,  guarantee,
acquire,  become  liable,  contingently  or  otherwise,  with  respect  to, or
otherwise  become  responsible  for  payment of  (collectively,  "INCUR")  any
Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness);  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that if
no Default or Event of Default  shall have  occurred and be  continuing at the
time of or as a consequence  of the incurrence of any such  Indebtedness,  the
Company  or  any  of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  that  is  or,  upon  such
incurrence,  becomes a Guarantor may incur  Indebtedness  (including,  without
limitation,  Acquired  Indebtedness)  and  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the
Company that is not or will not, upon such incurrence,  become a Guarantor may
incur Acquired Indebtedness,  in each case if on the date of the incurrence of
such  Indebtedness,  after  giving  effect  to  the  incurrence  thereof,  the
Consolidated  Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio of the Company is greater than (a)
2.25 to 1.0, if the date of such  incurrence  is prior to December 15, 2001 or
(b) 2.5 to 1.0, if the date of such  incurrence  is on or after  December  15,
2001.

      For purposes of the foregoing paragraph, neither the accrual of interest
nor the  accretion  of  discount  on  Indebtedness  shall be  deemed  to be an
incurrence of Indebtedness.

      Section 4.15.     OFFER TO REPURCHASE UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL.

      (a) Upon the  occurrence of a Change of Control,  each Holder shall have
the right to  require  that the  Company  purchase  all or a  portion  of such
Holder's Notes  pursuant to the offer  described in paragraph (b) (the "CHANGE
OF CONTROL OFFER"),  at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount
thereof plus accrued interest to the date of purchase.

      (b) Within 30 days  following  the date upon which the Change of Control
occurred,  the Company shall send,  by first class mail,  postage  prepaid,  a
notice to each Holder,  with a copy to the Trustee,  which notice shall govern
the terms of the Change of Control Offer. Such notice shall state:

            (1) that the Change of Control  Offer is being  made  pursuant  to
      this  Section  4.15 and that all Notes  tendered  will be  accepted  for
      payment;


                                     -64-

<PAGE>

            (2) the purchase price (including the amount of accrued  interest)
      and the purchase  date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later
      than 60 days from the date such  notice is mailed,  other than as may be
      required by law) (the "CHANGE OF CONTROL PAYMENT DATE");

            (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest if
      interest is then accruing;

            (4) that,  unless the Company defaults in making payment therefor,
      any Note  accepted for payment  pursuant to the Change of Control  Offer
      shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

            (5) that Holders  electing to have a Note purchased  pursuant to a
      Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the
      form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the
      Note  completed,  to the Paying  Agent at the address  specified  in the
      notice prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day
      prior to the Change of Control Payment Date;

            (6) that  Holders will be entitled to withdraw  their  election if
      the Paying Agent receives, not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
      on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control  Payment Date,
      a telegram,  telex,  facsimile  transmission or letter setting forth the
      name of the  Holder,  the  principal  amount  of the  Notes  the  Holder
      delivered for purchase and a statement  that such Holder is  withdrawing
      his election to have such Note purchased; and

            (7) the  circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of
      Control.

      (c) On or before the Change of Control  Payment Date,  the Company shall
(i) accept for payment  Notes or  portions  thereof  tendered  pursuant to the
Change of Control Offer,  (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender
sufficient  to pay the purchase  price plus accrued  interest,  if any, of all
Notes or portions  thereof so tendered and  accepted and (iii)  deliver to the
Trustee Notes so accepted for cancellation  pursuant to Section 2.11, together


                                     -65-

<PAGE>

with an  Officers'  Certificate  stating the Notes or portions  thereof  being
purchased by the Company.  The Paying Agent shall  promptly mail or deliver to
the Holders of Notes so accepted  payment in an amount  equal to the  purchase
price plus accrued interest,  if any, and the Company shall execute and issue,
and the  Trustee  shall  promptly  authenticate  and mail or  deliver  to such
Holders new Notes equal in principal amount to any unpurchased  portion of the
Notes  surrendered.  Any Notes not so  accepted  shall be  promptly  mailed or
delivered by the Company to the Holder  thereof.  The Company  shall  publicly
announce  the  results  of the  Change  of  Control  Offer  on or as  soon  as
practicable  after the Change of Control  Payment  Date.  For purposes of this
Section 4.15, the Trustee shall act as the Paying Agent.

      (d) Prior to the  mailing of the notice  described  in clause (b) above,
but in any event within 30 days  following any Change of Control,  the Company
shall:  (i) repay in full and terminate  all  commitments  under  Indebtedness
under  the  Credit  Agreement  and all  other  Senior  Debt the terms of which
require  repayment  upon a  Change  of  Control  or offer to repay in full and
terminate all commitments  under all  Indebtedness  under the Credit Agreement
and all other  such  Senior  Debt and to repay the  Indebtedness  owed to each
lender which has accepted such offer;  or (ii) obtain the  requisite  consents
under the Credit  Agreement and all other Senior Debt to permit the repurchase
of the Notes as  described  above.  The Company  shall  first  comply with the
covenant in the immediately  preceding sentence before it shall be required to
repurchase  Notes  pursuant to the other  provisions of this Section 4.15. The
Company's  failure to comply with this Section  4.15(d)  shall  constitute  an
Event of Default  described in clause (3) and not in clause (2) in Section 6.1
of this Indenture.

      (e) The Company shall comply with the  requirements  of Rule 14e-1 under
the Exchange Act and any other  securities laws and regulations  thereunder to
the extent such laws and  regulations  are  applicable in connection  with the
repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer.  To the extent that
the  provisions  of any  securities  laws or  regulations  conflict  with this
Section 4.15, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations  and shall not be deemed to have  breached its  obligations  under
this Section 4.15 by virtue thereof.


                                     -66-

<PAGE>

      Section 4.16.     LIMITATION ON ASSET SALES.

      (a) The Company  shall not,  and shall not permit any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

            (i) the Company or the applicable  Restricted  Subsidiary,  as the
      case may be,  receives  consideration  at the time of such Asset Sale at
      least  equal to the fair market  value of the assets  sold or  otherwise
      disposed  of (as  determined  in good  faith by the  Company's  Board of
      Directors);

            (ii) at least 85% of the consideration  received by the Company or
      the  Restricted  Subsidiary,  as the case may be,  from such  Asset Sale
      shall be in the form of cash or Cash  Equivalents and is received at the
      time of such disposition; and

            (iii) upon the  consummation  of an Asset Sale,  the Company shall
      apply,  or cause  such  Restricted  Subsidiary  to  apply,  the Net Cash
      Proceeds  relating to such Asset Sale within 180 days of receipt thereof
      either:

            (A) to prepay any Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt and, in the
      case of any Senior Debt under any revolving  credit  facility,  effect a
      permanent  reduction in the  availability  under such  revolving  credit
      facility;

            (B) to make an investment  in  properties  and assets that replace
      the properties and assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale or in
      properties  and assets that will be used in the  business of the Company
      and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  as  existing  on the Issue Date or in
      businesses reasonably related thereto ("REPLACEMENT ASSETS"); or

            (C) a combination of prepayment  and  investment  permitted by the
      foregoing clauses (iii)(A) and (iii)(B).

      (b) On the 181st day after an Asset Sale or such earlier  date,  if any,
as the Board of  Directors  of the  Company or of such  Restricted  Subsidiary
determines  not to apply the Net Cash Proceeds  relating to such Asset Sale as
set forth in clause (iii) of paragraph (a) (each,  an "OFFER  TRIGGER  DATE"),


                                     -67-

<PAGE>

such  aggregate  amount of Net Cash Proceeds which have not been applied on or
before such Offer  Trigger Date as permitted in clause (iii) of paragraph  (a)
(each an "OFFER  AMOUNT")  shall be applied by the Company or such  Restricted
Subsidiary to make an offer to purchase  (the "NET PROCEEDS  OFFER") on a date
(the "NET PROCEEDS OFFER PAYMENT DATE") not less than 30 nor more than 45 days
following the  applicable  Offer Trigger Date,  from all Holders on a PRO RATA
basis, that amount of Notes equal to the Offer Amount at a price equal to 100%
of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased,  plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if
at  any  time  any  non-cash  consideration  received  by the  Company  or any
Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company,  as the case may be, in connection with
any Asset Sale is  converted  into or sold or  otherwise  disposed of for cash
(other   than   interest   received   with   respect  to  any  such   non-cash
consideration),  then  such  conversion  or  disposition  shall be  deemed  to
constitute an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Cash Proceeds  thereof shall be
applied in accordance with this Section 4.16. The Company may defer making the
Net  Proceeds  Offer until there is an  aggregate  Offer Amount equal to or in
excess of $5.0 million  resulting from one or more Asset Sales (at which time,
the entire Offer  Amount,  and not just the amount in excess of $5.0  million,
shall be applied as required pursuant to this paragraph).

      (c) In the event of the transfer of  substantially  all (but not all) of
the property and assets of the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  as an
entirety to a Person in a  transaction  permitted  under  Section  5.1,  which
transaction does not constitute a Change of Control, the successor corporation
shall be deemed to have sold the  properties and assets of the Company and its
Restricted  Subsidiaries not so transferred for purposes of this Section 4.16,
and shall comply with the provisions of this Section 4.16 with respect to such
deemed sale as if it were an Asset Sale. In addition, the fair market value of
such  properties  and  assets of the  Company or its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
deemed to be sold shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds for purposes of this
Section 4.16.

      (d) Each Net  Proceeds  Offer  shall be mailed to the record  Holders as
shown on the register of Holders  within 25 days  following  the Offer Trigger
Date,  with a copy to the Trustee.  The notice shall contain all  instructions
and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the


                                     -68-

<PAGE>

Net Proceeds Offer and shall state the following terms:

            (1) that the Net Proceeds  Offer is being made pursuant to Section
      4.16 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; PROVIDED,
      HOWEVER,  that if the aggregate  principal amount of Notes tendered in a
      Net Proceeds Offer plus accrued interest at the expiration of such offer
      exceeds the  aggregate  amount of the Net  Proceeds  Offer  Amount,  the
      Company  shall  select  the Notes to be  purchased  on a pro rata  basis
      (based on  amounts  tendered)  (with such  adjustments  as may be deemed
      appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000
      or integral multiples thereof shall be purchased);

            (2) the purchase price (including the amount of accrued  interest)
      and the  purchase  date (which  shall be 20 Business  Days from the date
      such notice is mailed,  or such longer period as may be required by law)
      (the "PROCEEDS PURCHASE DATE");

            (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest if
      interest is then accruing;

            (4) that,  unless the Company defaults in making payment therefor,
      any Note accepted for payment  pursuant to the Net Proceeds  Offer shall
      cease to accrue interest after the Proceeds Purchase Date;

            (5) that Holders  electing to have a Note purchased  pursuant to a
      Net Proceeds Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form
      entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Note
      completed,  to the Paying  Agent at the address  specified in the notice
      prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day  immediately
      preceeding the Proceeds Purchase Date;

            (6) that  Holders will be entitled to withdraw  their  election if
      the Paying Agent receives, not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
      on the Business Day immediately preceeding the Proceeds Purchase Date, a
      telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name
      of the Holder,  the principal  amount of the Notes the Holder  delivered
      for  purchase  and a  statement  that  such  Holder is  withdrawing  his


                                     -69-

<PAGE>

      election to have such Note purchased; and

            (7) that Holders whose Notes were  purchased  only in part will be
      issued new Notes equal to principal amount to the unpurchased portion of
      the Notes surrendered.

      (e) Upon receiving  notice of the Net Proceeds Offer,  Holders may elect
to tender  their Notes in whole or in part in integral  multiples of $1,000 in
exchange for cash. To the extent  Holders  properly  tender Notes in an amount
exceeding the Offer Amount, Notes of tendering Holders shall be purchased on a
PRO RATA basis (based on amounts tendered).  A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain
open for a period of 20 business days or such longer period as may be required
by law.

      (f) On or before the  Proceeds  Purchase  Date,  the  Company  shall (i)
accept for payment  Notes or  portions  thereof  tendered  pursuant to the Net
Proceeds  Offer which are to be purchased in  accordance  with item (b) above,
(ii)  deposit with the Paying Agent U.S.  Legal Tender  sufficient  to pay the
purchase  price of all Notes to be purchased  and (iii) deliver to the Trustee
Notes so accepted for cancellation  pursuant to Section 2.11, together with an
Officers' Certificate stating the Notes or portions thereof being purchased by
the Company.  The Paying Agent shall  promptly mail to the Holders of Notes so
accepted  payment  in an  amount  equal to the  purchase  price  plus  accrued
interest,  if any, and the Company  shall  execute and issue,  and the Trustee
shall  promptly  authenticate  and mail or deliver to such  Holders  new Notes
equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.
The Company shall  publicly  announce the results of the Net Proceeds Offer on
or as soon as  practicable  after the Proceeds  Purchase Date. For purposes of
this Section 4.16, the Trustee shall act as the Paying Agent.

      (g) To the extent that the aggregate  amount of Notes tendered  pursuant
to a Net  Proceeds  Offer is less  than the Net  Proceeds  Offer  Amount,  the
Company may use any remaining Net Proceeds Offer Amount for general  corporate
purposes, and the Net Proceeds Offer Amount shall return to zero.

      (h) The Company shall comply with the  requirements  of Rule 14e-1 under
the Exchange Act and any other  securities laws and regulations  thereunder to


                                     -70-

<PAGE>

the extent such laws and  regulations  are  applicable in connection  with the
repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds  Offer.  To the extent that the
provisions of any securities  laws or regulations  conflict with Section 4.16,
the Company shall comply with the applicable  securities  laws and regulations
and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 4.16 by
virtue thereof.

      Section 4.17.     LIMITATION  ON ISSUANCES AND SALES OF CAPITAL STOCK OF
                        RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.

      The Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue
any Capital  Stock (other than to the Company or to a Wholly Owned  Restricted
Subsidiary  of the Company) or permit any Person  (other than the Company or a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) to own any Capital Stock of
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

      Section 4.18.     LIMITATION ON LIENS.

      The  Company  shall  not,  and  shall  not  cause or  permit  any of its
Restricted  Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,  create, incur, assume or
permit or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind  against or upon any  property
or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  whether owned
on the Issue Date or acquired after the Issue Date, or any proceeds therefrom,
or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income or profits therefrom
unless:  (i) in the  case of Liens  securing  Indebtedness  that is  expressly
subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes,  the Notes are secured
by a Lien on such  property,  assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to
such  Liens;  and (ii) in all other  cases,  the Notes are equally and ratably
secured, except for: (A) Liens existing as of the Issue Date to the extent and
in the manner such Liens are in effect on the Issue Date;  (B) Liens  securing
Senior Debt and Liens securing Guarantor Senior Debt; (C) Liens of the Company
or a Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the  Company  on  assets of any
Restricted   Subsidiary  of  the  Company;   (D)  Liens  securing  Refinancing
Indebtedness  which is incurred to Refinance any  Indebtedness  which has been
secured by a Lien  permitted  under this Indenture and which has been incurred
in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture,  provided,  however, that
such  Liens:  (i) are no  less  favorable  to the  Holders  and  are not  more
favorable  to the  lienholders  with  respect  to such Liens than the Liens in
respect of the  Indebtedness  being  Refinanced;  and (ii) do not extend to or


                                     -71-

<PAGE>

cover  any  property  or  assets  of the  Company  or  any  of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  not securing the  Indebtedness so Refinanced;  and (E) Permitted
Liens.

      Section 4.19.     PAYMENTS FOR CONSENT.

      Neither  the  Company  nor  any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  shall,
directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration,  whether by
way of  interest,  fee or  otherwise,  to any Holder of any Notes for or as an
inducement  to any  consent,  waiver  or  amendment  of any  of the  terms  or
provisions  of this  Indenture or the Notes unless such  consideration  (i) is
offered to be paid to all Holders and (ii) is paid to all Holders of the Notes
that  consent,  waive or agree to  amend in the time  frame  set  forth in the
solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement, on a PRO
RATA basis.

      Section 4.20.     ADDITIONAL GUARANTEES.

      If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries transfers or causes
to be transferred, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, any
Property to any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor,  or if
the Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries shall organize,  acquire or
otherwise invest in another Domestic Restricted Subsidiary having total assets
with a book value in excess of $500,000,  then such  transferee or acquired or
other  Restricted  Subsidiary  shall: (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant
to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the
Company's  obligations  under the Notes  and this  Indenture  on the terms set
forth in this Indenture;  and (2) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel
that such  supplemental  indenture  has been  duly  authorized,  executed  and
delivered  by such  Restricted  Subsidiary  and  constitutes  a legal,  valid,
binding and  enforceable  obligation of such Restricted  Subsidiary,  provided
that, in connection  with any such  Restricted  Subsidiary that becomes such a
Restricted  Subsidiary on the date of the  Acquisition as the result  thereof,
such Opinion of Counsel may assume that the applicable law of the jurisdiction
of formation of such Restricted  Subsidiary is substantially  the same as that
of another  jurisdiction  named in such Opinion of Counsel.  Thereafter,  such


                                     -72-

<PAGE>

Restricted Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor for all purposes of this Indenture.

      Section 4.21.     DESIGNATION OF SUBSIDIARIES.

      The Board of  Directors  of the Company may  designate  (i) a Restricted
Subsidiary as an Unrestricted  Subsidiary and (ii) an Unrestricted  Subsidiary
as a Restricted  Subsidiary,  in each case, in accordance  with and subject to
the conditions  and  limitations  provided in the definition of  "Unrestricted
Subsidiary."  The  Subsidiaries  of the Company that are not designated by the
Board of Directors of the Company as Restricted or  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries
shall be deemed to be Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

                                  ARTICLE V.

                             SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

      Section 5.1.      WHEN COMPANY MAY MERGE, ETC.

      (a) The Company shall not, in a single  transaction or series of related
transactions,  consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell,  assign,
transfer,  lease,  convey or  otherwise  dispose  of (or  cause or permit  any
Subsidiary  of the  Company  to  sell,  assign,  transfer,  lease,  convey  or
otherwise  dispose  of)  all or  substantially  all of  the  Company's  assets
(determined  on a  consolidated  basis  for  the  Company  and  the  Company's
Subsidiaries)  whether as an entirety or  substantially  as an entirety to any
Person unless:

            (i) either (1) the Company  shall be the  surviving or  continuing
      corporation or (2) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such
      consolidation  or into which the  Company is merged or the Person  which
      acquires  by sale,  assignment,  transfer,  lease,  conveyance  or other
      disposition  the  properties  and  assets  of  the  Company  and  of the
      Company's  Subsidiaries  substantially  as an entirety  (the  "SURVIVING
      ENTITY") (x) shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under
      the laws of the United  States or any State  thereof or the  District of
      Columbia and (y) shall expressly assume,  by supplemental  indenture (in
      form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee),  executed and delivered
      to the Trustee,  the due and punctual  payment of the  principal of, and
      premium, if any, and interest on all of the Notes and the performance of


                                     -73-

<PAGE>

      every covenant of the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration  Rights
      Agreement on the part of the Company to be performed or observed

            (ii)  immediately  after giving effect to such transaction and the
      assumption  contemplated  by clause  (i)(2)(y) above  (including  giving
      effect  to  any  Indebtedness  and  Acquired  Indebtedness  incurred  or
      anticipated  to be  incurred  in  connection  with or in respect of such
      transaction),  the Company or such Surviving Entity, as the case may be,
      (1) shall have a  Consolidated  Net Worth  equal to or greater  than the
      Consolidated  Net  Worth  of  the  Company  immediately  prior  to  such
      transaction  and (2) shall be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional
      Indebtedness (in addition to Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section
      4.14;

            (iii)  immediately  before and immediately  after giving effect to
      such  transaction and the assumption  contemplated  by clause  (i)(2)(y)
      above (including,  without limitation, giving effect to any Indebtedness
      and Acquired Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred and any
      Lien granted in connection  with or in respect of the  transaction),  no
      Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and

            (iv) each Guarantor confirms its Guarantee; and

            (iv) the Company or the Surviving  Entity shall have  delivered to
      the Trustee an  Officers'  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel,  each
      stating that such consolidation,  merger,  sale,  assignment,  transfer,
      lease,  conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture
      is required  in  connection  with such  transaction,  such  supplemental
      indenture,  comply with the applicable  provisions of this Indenture and
      that  all  conditions  precedent  in  this  Indenture  relating  to such
      transaction have been satisfied.

      (b) For  purposes  of  paragraph  (a)  above,  the  transfer  (by lease,
assignment,   sale  or  otherwise,  in  a  single  transaction  or  series  of
transactions) of all or substantially  all of the properties and assets of one
or more  Restricted  Subsidiaries  of the Company  the Capital  Stock of which
constitutes  all or  substantially  all of the  properties  and  assets of the


                                     -74-

<PAGE>

Company shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially  all of the
properties and assets of the Company.

      Section 5.2.      SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED.

      Upon any consolidation,  combination or merger or any transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.1,
in which the Company is not the continuing  corporation,  the successor Person
formed by such  consolidation  or into which the Company is merged or to which
such  conveyance,  lease  or  transfer  is  made  shall  succeed  to,  and  be
substituted  for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under
this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such surviving  entity
had been named as such.

      Section 5.3.      WHEN A GUARANTOR MAY MERGE, ETC.

      (a) Each Guarantor  (other than any Guarantor  whose  Guarantee is to be
released in accordance  with the terms of the Guarantee and this  Indenture in
connection with any transaction complying with Section 4.16 shall not, and the
Company shall not cause or permit any Guarantor to,  consolidate with or merge
with or into any Person other than the Company or any other Guarantor  unless:
(1) the entity  formed by or surviving  any such  consolidation  or merger (if
other than the  Guarantor) or to which such sale,  lease,  conveyance or other
disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized and existing under
the  laws of the  United  States  or any  State  thereof  or the  District  of
Columbia;  (2)  such  entity  assumes  by  supplemental  indenture  all of the
obligations of the Guarantor on the Guarantee;  (3)  immediately  after giving
effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing; and (4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction
and the use of any net proceeds  therefrom  on a PRO FORMA basis,  the Company
could incur at least $1.00 of additional  Indebtedness  (other than  Permitted
Indebtedness) pursuant to Section 4.14.

      (b) Any merger or consolidation of a Guarantor with and into the Company
(with the Company being the surviving  entity) or another  Guarantor that is a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company need only comply with clause
(4) of paragraph (a).


                                     -75-

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VI.

                             DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

      Section 6.1.      EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

      The following events are defined as "Events of Default":

            (1)  the  failure  to  pay  interest   (including  any  Additional
      Interest)  on any Notes when the same  becomes  due and  payable and the
      default  continues  for a period of 30 days (whether or not such payment
      shall be prohibited by Article X or XII);

            (2) the failure to pay the  principal  of or premium on any Notes,
      when  such  principal  becomes  due  and  payable,  at  maturity,   upon
      redemption  or  otherwise  (including  the  failure to make a payment to
      purchase Notes  tendered  pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net
      Proceeds  Offer)  (whether or not such payment  shall be  prohibited  by
      Article X or XII);

            (3) a  default  in the  observance  or  performance  of any  other
      covenant  or  agreement   contained  in  this  Indenture  which  default
      continues  for a period of 30 days after the  Company  receives  written
      notice  specifying  the  default  (and  demanding  that such  default be
      remedied)  from  the  Trustee  or the  Holders  of at  least  25% of the
      outstanding  principal  amount  of the  Notes  (except  in the case of a
      default with respect to Section 5.1,  which will  constitute an Event of
      Default  with such notice  requirement  but without such passage of time
      requirement);

            (4) the  failure to pay at final  maturity  (giving  effect to any
      applicable  grace  periods and any  extensions  thereof)  the  principal
      amount of any  Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary
      of the Company,  or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any
      such  Indebtedness  (which  acceleration  is not rescinded,  annulled or
      otherwise  cured  within  20  days of  receipt  by the  Company  or such
      Restricted  Subsidiary  of  notice  of  any  such  acceleration)  if the
      aggregate  principal  amount  of such  Indebtedness,  together  with the
      principal  amount of any other such  Indebtedness in default for failure
      to pay  principal  at  final  maturity  or which  has been  accelerated,


                                     -16-

<PAGE>

      aggregates $10.0 million or more at any time;

            (5) one or more  judgments  in an  aggregate  amount  in excess of
      $10.0 million shall have been rendered against the Company or any of its
      Restricted  Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged,  unpaid
      or unstayed  for a period of 60 days after such  judgment  or  judgments
      become final and non-appealable;

            (6) With  respect to the  Company,  any  Guarantor or any of their
      Significant Subsidiaries, either:

                  (x) such entity (A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding
            under any Bankruptcy  Law with respect to itself,  (B) consents to
            the entry of a judgment,  decree or order for relief against it in
            an involuntary  case or proceeding  under any Bankruptcy  Law, (C)
            consents  to  the   appointment  of  a  Custodian  of  it  or  for
            substantially  all of its property,  (D) consents to or acquiesces
            in the  institution  of a bankruptcy or an  insolvency  proceeding
            against it, (E) makes a general  assignment for the benefit of its
            creditors,  or (F) takes any  corporate  action  to  authorize  or
            effect any of the foregoing; or

                  (y) a court of  competent  jurisdiction  enters a  judgment,
            decree or order for relief in respect of such entity,  which shall
            (A) approve as properly filed a petition  seeking  reorganization,
            arrangement,  adjustment or composition in respect of such entity,
            (B) appoint a Custodian of such entity or for substantially all of
            its property or (C) order the  winding-up  or  liquidation  of its
            affairs,  and in any such  case,  such  judgment,  decree or order
            shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive
            days; or

            (7) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full
      force  and  effect  or any  Guarantee  of a  Significant  Subsidiary  is
      declared to be null and void and  unenforceable  or any  Guarantee  of a
      Significant Subsidiary is found to be invalid or any Guarantor that is a
      Significant  Subsidiary  denies its liability under its Guarantee (other


                                     -77-

<PAGE>

      than by reason of release of such Guarantor in accordance with the terms
      of the Indenture).

      Section 6.2.      ACCELERATION.

      (a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default  specified in
clause (6) above with respect to the Company)  shall occur and be  continuing,
the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal  amount of outstanding
Notes may declare the principal of and accrued interest on all the Notes to be
due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying
the respective Event of Default and that it is a "notice of acceleration" (the
"ACCELERATION  NOTICE"),  and the same (i) shall  become  immediately  due and
payable  or (ii) if  there  are  any  amounts  outstanding  under  the  Credit
Agreement, shall become immediately due and payable upon the first to occur of
an acceleration under the Credit Agreement or 5 Business Days after receipt by
the  Company  and  the  Representative  under  the  Credit  Agreement  of such
Acceleration  Notice but only if such Event of Default is then continuing.  If
an Event of Default  specified in clause (6) above with respect to the Company
occurs and is continuing,  then all unpaid principal of, and premium,  if any,
and accrued and unpaid  interest  on all of the  outstanding  Notes shall IPSO
FACTO become and be  immediately  due and payable  without any  declaration or
other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

      (b) The Holders of a majority in  principal  amount of the Notes may, at
any time after a  declaration  of  acceleration  with  respect to the Notes as
described  in  paragraph  (a),  rescind  and cancel such  declaration  and its
consequences  (i) if the  rescission  would not conflict  with any judgment or
decree,  (ii) if all  existing  Events of  Default  have been  cured or waived
except  nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because
of the  acceleration,  (iii) to the extent the  payment  of such  interest  is
lawful,  interest on overdue  amounts,  which has become due otherwise than by
such declaration of acceleration,  has been paid, (iv) if the Company has paid
the Trustee its  reasonable  compensation  and  reimbursed the Trustee for its
expenses,  disbursements  and  advances  and (v) in the  event  of the cure or
waiver of an Event of Default of the type  described  in clause (6) of Section
6.1, the Trustee shall have received an Officers'  Certificate  and an Opinion
of  Counsel  that such Event of  Default  has been  cured or  waived.  No such


                                     -78-

<PAGE>

rescission shall affect any subsequent  Default or impair any right consequent
thereto.

      (c)  Holders of the Notes may not  enforce  the  Indenture  or the Notes
except as provided in the Indenture and under the TIA.

      (d) In the case of any  Event of  Default  occurring  by  reason  of any
willful  action  (or  inaction)  taken  (or not  taken) by or on behalf of the
Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company
would  have had to pay if the  Company  then had  elected  to redeem the Notes
pursuant  to  the  optional  redemption  provisions  of  this  Indenture,   an
equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the
extent  permitted by law upon the  acceleration  of the Notes.  If an Event of
Default  occurs by reason of any willful  action (or  inaction)  taken (or not
taken) by or on behalf of the  Company  with the  intention  of  avoiding  the
prohibition  on  redemption  of the  Notes  prior to June 15,  2004,  then the
premium  specified  herein for  redemption  as of such date shall also  become
immediately  due  and  payable  to  the  extent  permitted  by  law  upon  the
acceleration of the Notes.

      Section 6.3.      OTHER REMEDIES.

      If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,  the Trustee may pursue
any available  remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment
of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the  performance of any
provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

      The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of
the  Notes  or does  not  produce  any of them in the  proceeding.  A delay or
omission  by the  Trustee  or any  Holder  in  exercising  any right or remedy
accruing  upon an Event of  Default  shall not  impair  the right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence  in the Event of Default.  No remedy is
exclusive of any other remedy.  All available  remedies are  cumulative to the
extent permitted by law.

      Section 6.4.      WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.

      Subject to  Sections  2.9,  6.7 and 9.2,  the  Holders of a majority  in
principal  amount of the outstanding  Notes by notice to the Trustee may waive
any  existing  Default  or Event of  Default  and its  consequences,  except a
Default in the payment of principal of or interest on any Note as specified in


                                     -79-

<PAGE>

clauses  (1) and (2) of  Section  6.1.  When a Default  or Event of Default is
waived, it shall be deemed cured and shall cease to exist.

      Section 6.5.      CONTROL BY MAJORITY.

      Subject to Section 2.9, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the outstanding  Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy  available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or
power conferred on it, including,  without  limitation,  any remedies provided
for in Section 6.3. Subject to Section 7.1, however, the Trustee may refuse to
follow any direction that the Trustee  reasonably  believes conflicts with any
law or this Indenture,  that the Trustee  determines may be unduly prejudicial
to the rights of another  Holder,  or that may involve the Trustee in personal
liability;  provided  that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper
by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

      Section 6.6.      LIMITATION ON SUITS.

      A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the
Notes unless:

            (1) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing
      Event of Default;

            (2)  Holders  of at  least  25% in  principal  amount  of the then
      outstanding  Notes make a written  request to the  Trustee to pursue the
      remedy;

            (3)  such  Holder  or  Holders  offer  to  the  Trustee  indemnity
      reasonably  satisfactory to the Trustee  against any loss,  liability or
      expense to be incurred in compliance with such request;

            (4) the Trustee  does not comply  with the request  within 30 days
      after  receipt of the request and the offer of  satisfactory  indemnity;
      and

            (5)  during  such  30-day  period the  Holders  of a  majority  in
      principal  amount  of the  outstanding  Notes do not give the  Trustee a
      direction which, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the
      request.


                                     -80-

<PAGE>

      The  foregoing  limitations  shall not apply to a suit  instituted  by a
Holder for the enforcement of the payment of principal and premium, if any, or
interest on such Note on or after the  respective  due dates set forth in such
Note (including upon acceleration thereof);  provided that upon institution of
any  proceeding  or exercise of any remedy,  such Holders  provide the Trustee
with prompt written notice thereof.

      A Holder may not use this  Indenture to prejudice  the rights of another
Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Holder.

      Section 6.7.      RIGHTS OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PAYMENT.

      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture,  the right of any
Holder to receive  payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after
the  respective  due dates  expressed  in such Note,  or to bring suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective  dates,  shall not
be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

      Section 6.8.      COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE.

      If an Event of Default in payment of principal or interest  specified in
clause (1) or (2) of Section  6.1 occurs and is  continuing,  the  Trustee may
recover  judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express  trust  against
the Company,  any  Guarantor,  or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole
amount of principal  and accrued  interest  remaining  unpaid,  together  with
interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest
is lawful,  interest on overdue installments of interest,  in each case at the
rate  per  annum  borne by the  Notes,  and such  further  amount  as shall be
sufficient  to cover the costs  and  expenses  of  collection,  including  the
reasonable compensation,  expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel.

      Section 6.9.      TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.

      The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other  papers or documents
as may be  necessary  or  advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee
(including  any  claim  for  the  reasonable  compensation,  expenses,  taxes,
disbursements  and  advances of the  Trustee,  its agents and counsel) and the
Holders  allowed in any  judicial  proceedings  relating to the Company or any
other  obligor  upon the Notes,  any of their  respective  creditors or any of


                                     -81-

<PAGE>

their  respective  property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and
receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims
and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings
is hereby  authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and,
in the event that the  Trustee  shall  consent to the making of such  payments
directly  to the  Holders,  to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the
reasonable compensation,  expenses,  taxes,  disbursements and advances of the
Trustee,  its agent and counsel,  and any other  amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.7. The Company's payment obligations under this Section 6.9 shall be
secured in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Section 7.7.  Nothing  herein
contained  shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to
or  accept  or adopt  on  behalf  of any  Holder  any plan of  reorganization,
arrangement,  adjustment or  composition  affecting the Notes or the rights of
any Holder  thereof,  or to  authorize  the  Trustee to vote in respect of the
claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

      Section 6.10.     PRIORITIES.

      If the Trustee  collects any money or property  pursuant to this Article
VI, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

            First: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.7;

            Second:  subject to Articles X and XII, to Holders for amounts due
      and  unpaid on the Notes for  interest  and  premium,  ratably,  without
      preference  or  priority of any kind,  according  to the amounts due and
      payable on the Notes for interest and premium, respectively;

            Third:  subject to  Articles X and XII, to Holders for amounts due
      and unpaid on the Notes for  principal,  ratably  without  preference or
      priority  of any kind,  according  to the amounts due and payable on the
      Notes for principal; and

            Fourth:  subject  to  Articles  X and  XII,  to the  Company,  the
      Guarantors,  or any other obligor on the Notes,  as their  interests may
      appear, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.


                                     -82-

<PAGE>

      The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Company, may fix a record date and
payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

      Section 6.11.     UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.

      In any suit  for the  enforcement  of any  right or  remedy  under  this
Indenture  or in any suit  against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as  Trustee,  a court in its  discretion  may  require the filing by any
party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and
the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs,  including reasonable
attorneys' fees,  against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to
the  merits  and good  faith  of the  claims  or  defenses  made by the  party
litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by
a Holder  pursuant  to Section  6.7,  or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more
than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

      Section 6.12.     RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

      If the Trustee or any Holder has  instituted  any  proceeding to enforce
any right or remedy under this  Indenture or any Note and such  proceeding has
been  discontinued  or  abandoned  for  any  reason,  or has  been  determined
adversely  to the Trustee or to such  Holder,  then and in every such case the
Company,  the Trustee and the Holders shall,  subject to any  determination in
such  proceeding,  be restored  severally  and  respectively  to their  former
positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and
the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

                                 ARTICLE VII.

                                    TRUSTEE

      Section 7.1.      DUTIES OF TRUSTEE.

      (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing,  the Trustee
shall  exercise such of the rights and powers  vested in it by this  Indenture
and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof as a prudent
person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own
affairs.


                                     -83-

<PAGE>

      (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

            (i) The Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically
      set forth in this  Indenture  and the TIA and no others and no covenants
      or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee.

            (ii) In the  absence  of bad faith on its part,  the  Trustee  may
      conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness
      of  the  opinions  expressed  therein,  upon  certificates  or  opinions
      furnished  to the Trustee and  conforming  to the  requirements  of this
      Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificate or opinion which
      by any provision hereof is specifically  required to be furnished to the
      Trustee,  the Trustee  shall  examine the  certificates  and opinions to
      determine  whether  or not  they  conform  to the  requirements  of this
      Indenture.

      (c)  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  herein  contained,  the
Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent  action,  its
own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

            (i) This  paragraph  does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of
      this Section 7.1.

            (ii) The  Trustee  shall not be liable  for any error of  judgment
      made in good  faith by a Trust  Officer,  unless it is  proved  that the
      Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

            (iii) The Trustee  shall not be liable with  respect to any action
      it takes or omits to take in good faith in  accordance  with a direction
      received by it pursuant to Section 6.2, 6.4 or 6.5.

      (d) No provision of this  Indenture  shall require the Trustee to expend
or risk its own  funds or  otherwise  incur  any  financial  liability  in the
performance  of any of its duties  hereunder  or in the exercise of any of its
rights  or powers if it shall  have  reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that
repayment of such funds or adequate  indemnity  against such risk or liability
is not reasonably assured to it.


                                     -84-

<PAGE>

      (e) Every  provision  of this  Indenture  that in any way relates to the
Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7.1.

      (f) The Trustee  shall not be liable for interest on any money or assets
received by it except as the Trustee  may agree in writing  with the  Company.
Assets held in trust by the Trustee need not be  segregated  from other assets
except to the extent required by law.

      Section 7.2.      RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

      Subject to Section 7.1:

      (a) The  Trustee  may rely and  shall be fully  protected  in  acting or
refraining  from  acting  upon any  document  reasonably  believed by it to be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee
need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

      (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may consult with
counsel and may require an Officers'  Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or
both,  which shall conform to Sections 13.4 and 13.5. The Trustee shall not be
liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in  reliance  on
such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

      (c) The Trustee may act through its  attorneys  and agents and shall not
be  responsible  for the  misconduct  or  negligence  of any attorney or agent
appointed with due care.

      (d) The  Trustee  shall not be liable  for any  action  that it takes or
omits to take in good faith which it  reasonably  believes to be authorized or
within its rights or powers.

      (e) The Trustee  shall not be bound to make any  investigation  into the
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other
paper or document,  but the Trustee, in its discretion,  may make such further
inquiry or investigation  into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if
the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation,  it
shall be  entitled,  upon  reasonable  notice to the  Company,  to examine the
books, records, and premises of the Company and the Guarantors,  personally or
by agent or attorney,  and to consult with the officers and representatives of


                                     -85-

<PAGE>

the Company and the Guarantors, including the accountants and attorneys of the
Company and the Guarantors.

      (f) The Trustee  shall be under no  obligation  to  exercise  any of the
rights  or powers  vested in it by this  Indenture  at the  request,  order or
direction of any of the Holders  pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture,
unless such Holders  shall have  offered to the Trustee  security or indemnity
reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Trustee  against  the  costs,  expenses  and
liabilities which may be incurred by it in compliance with such request, order
or direction.

      (h) The Trustee  shall not be charged with  knowledge of any Defaults or
Events of Default  unless either (1) a Trust Officer of the Trustee shall have
actual  knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of
such  Default or Event of Default  shall have been given to the Trustee by any
Holder or by the  Company  or any other  obligor on the Notes or any holder of
Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt or any representative thereof.

      Section 7.3.      INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

      The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner
or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, any Subsidiary of
the Company, or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have
if it were not Trustee.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights.  However,
the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

      Section 7.4.      TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER.

      The Trustee  makes no  representation  as to the validity or adequacy of
this Indenture or the Notes, and it shall not be accountable for the Company's
use of the proceeds from the Notes,  and it shall not be  responsible  for any
statement  of the  Company  in this  Indenture  or the  Notes  other  than the
Trustee's certificate of authentication.

      Section 7.5.      NOTICE OF DEFAULT.

      If a Default or an Event of Default  occurs and is continuing  and if it
is known to the Trustee,  the Trustee  shall mail to each Holder notice of the
uncured Default or Event of Default within 90 days after such Default or Event
of Default becomes known to the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default or an


                                     -86-

<PAGE>

Event of  Default  in  payment  of  principal  of or  interest  on,  any Note,
including  an  accelerated  payment,  a Default  in  payment  on the Change of
Control  Payment  Date  pursuant to a Change of Control  Offer or a Default in
compliance  with Article V hereof,  the Trustee may withhold the notice if and
so long as its Board of  Directors,  the  executive  committee of its Board of
Directors or a committee of its directors  and/or Trust Officers in good faith
determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders.

      Section 7.6.      REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS.

      Within 60 days  after  May 15 of each  year  beginning  with  2000,  the
Trustee  shall,  to the  extent  that any of the events  described  in TIA ss.
313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise,  mail to
each Holder a brief  report dated as of such date that  complies  with TIA ss.
313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA ss.ss. 313(b) and (c).

      A copy of each  report at the time of its  mailing to  Holders  shall be
mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange,  if any,
on which the Notes are listed.

      The Company  shall  promptly  notify the Trustee in writing if the Notes
become listed on any stock  exchange and the Trustee shall comply with TIA ss.
313(d).

      Section 7.7.      COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.

      The  Company  shall  pay to the  Trustee  from  time to time  reasonable
compensation for its services. The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited
by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall
reimburse   the  Trustee   upon   request  for  all   reasonable,   documented
out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  or  made  by  it  in  connection  with  the
performance  of its duties under this  Indenture.  Such expenses shall include
the  reasonable,  documented  fees and  expenses of the  Trustee's  agents and
counsel.

      The  Company  hereby  agrees to  indemnify  the  Trustee and its agents,
employees,  officers,  directors  and  shareholders  for, and hold it harmless
against,  any loss,  liability  or expense  incurred  by it  (except  for such
actions  to the  extent  caused  by  any  negligence,  bad  faith  or  willful
misconduct  on  its  part),   arising  out  of  or  in  connection   with  the
administration  of this trust including the reasonable,  documented  costs and
expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with


                                     -87-

<PAGE>

the exercise or performance of any of its rights,  powers or duties hereunder.
The Trustee shall notify the Company  promptly of any claim  asserted  against
the  Trustee  for which it may seek  indemnity.  Failure by the  Trustee to so
notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations  hereunder
unless, and then only to the extent, such failure results in the forfeiture by
the  Company  of  substantial  rights  and  defenses.  At the  Trustee's  sole
discretion,  the Company  shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall provide
reasonable  cooperation  and may  participate at the Company's  expense in the
defense. Alternatively, the Trustee may at its option have separate counsel of
its own choosing and the Company shall pay the reasonable, documented fees and
expenses of such  counsel;  provided that the Company shall not be required to
pay such fees and expenses if it assumes the  Trustee's  defense,  there is no
conflict of interest  between the Company and the Trustee in  connection  with
such defense as  reasonably  determined by the Trustee and no Default or Event
of Default has  occurred and is  continuing.  The Company need not pay for any
settlement  made  without  its written  consent,  which  consent  shall not be
unreasonably withheld. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify
against any loss or  liability to the extent  incurred by the Trustee  through
its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

      To secure the  Company's  payment  obligations  in this Section 7.7, the
Trustee  shall  have a lien  prior to the Notes on all assets or money held or
collected by the Trustee,  in its capacity as Trustee,  except assets or money
held in trust to pay principal of or interest on particular Notes.

      When the Trustee incurs  expenses or renders  services after an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.1(6) occurs, such expenses and the compensation
for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration  under
any Bankruptcy Law.

      The  obligations  of the  Company  under this  Section  7.7 and any lien
arising hereunder shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the
discharge  of the  Company's  Obligations  pursuant  to  Article  VIII  or the
termination of this Indenture.


                                     -88-

<PAGE>

      Section 7.8.      REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE.

      The Trustee  may resign by so  notifying  the  Company in writing,  such
resignation to be effective upon the appointment of a successor  Trustee.  The
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding  Notes may remove
the  Trustee by so  notifying  the  Company and the Trustee in writing and may
appoint a successor Trustee with the Company's consent which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

            (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

            (2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

            (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee
      or its property; or

            (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

      If the  Trustee  resigns  or is  removed  or if a vacancy  exists in the
office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall notify each Holder of such
event and shall promptly  appoint a successor  Trustee.  Within one year after
the successor  Trustee  takes  office,  the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Notes may appoint a successor  Trustee to replace the  successor
Trustee appointed by the Company.

      A  successor   Trustee  shall  deliver  a  written   acceptance  of  its
appointment  to the  retiring  Trustee and to the Company.  Immediately  after
that,  the retiring  Trustee shall transfer all property held by it as Trustee
to the  successor  Trustee,  subject to the lien  provided in Section 7.7, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights,  powers and duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture.  A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession
to each Holder.

      If a successor  Trustee  does not take  office  within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed,  the retiring Trustee,  the Company or
the Holders of at least 10% in principal  amount of the outstanding  Notes may
petition  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  for  the  appointment  of a
successor Trustee.


                                     -89-

<PAGE>

      If the  Trustee  fails to comply  with  Section  7.10,  any  Holder  may
petition  any court of competent  jurisdiction  for the removal of the Trustee
and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

      Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8,
the Company's  obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of
the retiring Trustee.

      Section 7.9.      SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC.

      If the Trustee  consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers
all  or  substantially  all  of  its  corporate  trust  business  to,  another
corporation  or national  banking  association,  the  resulting,  surviving or
transferee  corporation  without  any further  act shall,  if such  resulting,
surviving or transferee  corporation is otherwise eligible  hereunder,  be the
successor Trustee; provided that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified
and eligible under this Article VII.

      Section 7.10.     ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION.

      This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirement
of TIA  ss.ss.  310(a)(1),  (2) and (5).  The  Trustee  (or,  in the case of a
corporation  included in a bank  holding  company  system,  the  related  bank
holding  company)  shall  have a  combined  capital  and  surplus  of at least
$100,000,000  as set  forth in its most  recent  published  annual  report  of
condition.  In addition,  if the Trustee is a  corporation  included in a bank
holding  company  system,  the  Trustee,  independently  of such bank  holding
company, shall meet the capital requirements of TIA ss. 310(a)(2). The Trustee
shall  comply  with TIA ss.  310(b);  provided,  however,  that there shall be
excluded from the  operation of TIA ss.  310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures
under which other securities,  or certificates of interest or participation in
other securities, of the Company are outstanding, if the requirements for such
exclusion set forth in TIA ss. 310(b)(1) are met.

      Section 7.11.     PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY.

      The Trustee  shall  comply with  TIAss.311(a),  excluding  any  creditor
relationship  listed in  TIAss.311(b).  A  Trustee  who has  resigned  or been
removed shall be subject to TIAss.311(a) to the extent indicated therein.


                                     -90-

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE VIII.

                      DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

      Section 8.1.      SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE.

      This  Indenture  shall be  discharged  and shall  cease to be of further
effect (except as to surviving  rights or registration of transfer or exchange
of  the  Notes,  as  expressly  provided  for  in  this  Indenture)  as to all
outstanding Notes when (i) either (a) all the Notes theretofore  authenticated
and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced
or paid and Notes for whose payment money has  theretofore  been  deposited in
trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter  repaid to
the Company or discharged  from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee
for cancellation or (b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation  have become due and  payable  and the  Company  has  irrevocably
deposited  or  caused  to be  deposited  with the  Trustee  funds in an amount
sufficient  to pay and  discharge  the  entire  Indebtedness  on the Notes not
theretofore  delivered  to the Trustee for  cancellation,  for  principal  of,
premium,  if any,  and  interest on the Notes to the date of deposit  together
with irrevocable  instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply
such funds to the  payment  thereof;  (ii) the Company has paid all other sums
payable  under  this  Indenture  by the  Company;  and (iii) the  Company  has
delivered  to the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel
stating that all conditions  precedent  under this  Indenture  relating to the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

      Section 8.2.      LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

      (a) The Company may, at its option by Board  Resolution  of the Board of
Directors of the Company,  at any time,  elect to have either paragraph (b) or
(c)  below be  applied  to all  outstanding  Notes  upon  compliance  with the
conditions set forth in Section 8.3.

      (b) Upon the Company's exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option
applicable  to this  paragraph  (b),  the  Company and the  Guarantors  shall,
subject to the  satisfaction  of the  conditions  set forth in Section 8.3, be
deemed  to have been  discharged  from its  obligations  with  respect  to all
outstanding  Notes on the date the  conditions  set forth below are  satisfied


                                     -91-

<PAGE>

(hereinafter,  "LEGAL DEFEASANCE").  For this purpose,  Legal Defeasance means
that the  Company  shall be  deemed  to have paid and  discharged  the  entire
Indebtedness  represented by the outstanding  Notes, which shall thereafter be
deemed to be "outstanding" only for the purposes of Section 8.4 hereof and the
other  Sections of this  Indenture  referred to in (i) and (ii) below,  and to
have satisfied all its other  obligations  under such Notes and this Indenture
(and the  Trustee,  on  demand of and at the  expense  of the  Company,  shall
execute proper  instruments  acknowledging the same), and Holders of the Notes
and any amounts  deposited  under Section 8.3 hereof shall cease to be subject
to any  obligations  to, or the  rights  of,  any  holder  of  Senior  Debt or
Guarantor  Senior  Debt  under  Article  X or XII,  as the  case  may  be,  or
otherwise,  except for the  following  provisions,  which shall  survive until
otherwise  terminated  or discharged  hereunder:  (i) the rights of Holders of
outstanding  Notes to receive  solely from the trust fund described in Section
8.4 hereof,  and as more fully set forth in such Section,  payments in respect
of the  principal  of and  interest on such Notes when such  payments are due,
(ii) the Company's obligations with respect to such Notes under Article II and
Section 4.2 hereof, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of
the Trustee  hereunder and the Company's  obligations in connection  therewith
and (iv) this Article VIII.  Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the
Company may exercise its option under this paragraph (b)  notwithstanding  the
prior exercise of its option under paragraph (c) hereof.

      (c) Upon the Company's exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option
applicable  to  this  paragraph  (c),  the  Company  shall,   subject  to  the
satisfaction  of the conditions  set forth in Section 8.3 hereof,  be released
from its obligations under Section 4.5, Sections 4.10 through 4.21 and Article
V hereof  with  respect  to the  outstanding  Notes on and  after the date the
conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, "COVENANT DEFEASANCE"),
and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not "outstanding" for the purposes of
any  direction,  waiver,  consent or  declaration  or act of Holders  (and the
consequences  of any thereof) in  connection  with such  covenants,  but shall
continue to be deemed "outstanding" for all other purposes hereunder (it being
understood  that such Notes  shall not be deemed  outstanding  for  accounting
purposes) and Holders of the Notes and any amounts deposited under Section 8.3
hereof shall cease to be subject to any  obligations to, or the rights of, any


                                     -92-

<PAGE>

holder of Senior Debt or Guarantor  Senior Debt under Article X or Article XII
or otherwise.  For this purpose,  such Covenant  Defeasance  means that,  with
respect to the  outstanding  Notes,  the  Company  may omit to comply with and
shall have no liability in respect of any term,  condition or  limitation  set
forth in any such covenant,  whether directly or indirectly,  by reason of any
reference  elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference
in any such covenant to any other  provision  herein or in any other  document
and such  omission  to comply  shall not  constitute  a Default or an Event or
Default under Section  6.1(3)  hereof,  but,  except as specified  above,  the
remainder of this  Indenture  and such Notes shall be unaffected  thereby.  In
addition, upon the Company's exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option
applicable  to  this  paragraph  (c),  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  the
conditions set forth in Section 8.3 hereof,  those events described in Section
6.1 (except those events described in Section 6.1(1),  (2), and (6)) shall not
constitute Events of Default.

      Section 8.3.      CONDITIONS TO LEGAL DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

      The  following  shall be the  conditions  to the  application  of either
Section 8.2(b) or 8.2(c) hereof to the outstanding Notes:

      In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

      (a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for
the benefit of the Holders, U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government  Obligations,
or a  combination  thereof,  in such  amounts as will be  sufficient  (without
reinvestment),  in the opinion of a nationally  recognized firm of independent
public accountants,  to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
the  Notes  on the  stated  date  for  payment  thereof  or on the  applicable
redemption date, as the case may be;

      (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.2(b) hereof,  the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
reasonably  acceptable  to the  Trustee  confirming  that (A) the  Company has
received from, or there has been published by, the Internal  Revenue Service a
ruling or (B) since the date of the Indenture,  there has been a change in the
applicable  federal  income tax law,  in either case to the effect  that,  and


                                     -93-

<PAGE>

based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not
recognize income,  gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of
such Legal  Defeasance  and will be subject to federal  income tax on the same
amounts,  in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case
if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

      (c) in the case of an election under Section 8.2(c) hereof,  the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
reasonably  acceptable  to the Trustee  confirming  that the Holders  will not
recognize income,  gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of
such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
amounts,  in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case
if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

      (d) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
on the date of the deposit  specified  in  paragraph  (a) or, in the case of a
Legal  Defeasance,  insofar as an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(6)
is concerned,  at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date
of the deposit specified in paragraph (a);

      (e) such Legal  Defeasance or Covenant  Defeasance shall not result in a
breach or violation of or  constitute  a default  under this  Indenture or any
other  material  agreement  or  instrument  to which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries is
bound;

      (f) the  Company  shall  have  delivered  to the  Trustee  an  Officers'
Certificate  stating  that the deposit  was not made by the  Company  with the
intent of  preferring  the Holders over any other  creditors of the Company or
with the intent of  defeating,  hindering,  delaying or  defrauding  any other
creditors of the Company or others;

      (g) the  Company  shall  have  delivered  to the  Trustee  an  Officers'
Certificate  and an Opinion  of  Counsel,  each  stating  that all  conditions
precedent  provided  for or relating to the Legal  Defeasance  or the Covenant
Defeasance have been complied with; and

      (h) the  Company  shall  have  delivered  to the  Trustee  an Opinion of
Counsel  to the  effect  that (A) the trust  funds  will not be subject to any


                                     -94-

<PAGE>

rights of holders of Senior Debt, including, without limitation, those arising
under the Indenture and (B) assuming no intervening  bankruptcy of the Company
between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the date of deposit and
that no Holder is an insider of the Company,  after the 91st day following the
date of  deposit  specified  in  paragraph  (a),  the trust  funds will not be
subject  to  avoidance  as  a  preference  under  any  applicable  bankruptcy,
insolvency,   reorganization  or  similar  laws  affecting  creditors'  rights
generally.

      Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Opinion  of Counsel  required  by
paragraph (b) of this Section 8.3 with respect to a Legal  Defeasance need not
be  delivered  if all Notes  not  theretofore  delivered  to the  Trustee  for
cancellation  (i) have  become  due and  payable  or (ii) will  become due and
payable on the maturity date within one year under  arrangements  satisfactory
to the  Trustee for the giving of notice of  redemption  by the Trustee in the
name, and at the expense, of the Company.

      Section 8.4.      APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY.

      The  Trustee or Paying  Agent shall hold in trust U.S.  Legal  Tender or
U.S.  Government  Obligations  deposited with it pursuant to Article VIII, and
shall apply the deposited U.S. Legal Tender and the money from U.S. Government
Obligations  in accordance  with this Indenture to the payment of principal of
and interest on the Notes.  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to invest
said U.S. Legal Tender or U.S.  Government  Obligations except as it may agree
with the Company.

      The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee  against any tax, fee or
other  charge  imposed on or assessed  against the U.S.  Legal  Tender or U.S.
Government  Obligations  deposited  pursuant  to  Section  8.3  hereof  or the
principal  and interest  received in respect  thereof other than any such tax,
fee or other  charge  which by law is for the  account  of the  Holders of the
outstanding Notes.

      Section 8.5.      REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY OR THE GUARANTORS.

      (a) The Trustee  shall  deliver or pay to the  Company,  or if deposited
with the Trustee by any Guarantor,  to such Guarantor,  from time to time upon
request any U.S.  Legal Tender or U.S.  Government  Obligations  held by it as
provided  in  Section  8.3  hereof  which,  in  the  opinion  of a  nationally


                                     -95-

<PAGE>

recognized  firm of  independent  public  accountants  expressed  in a written
certification  thereof  delivered to the Trustee,  are in excess of the amount
thereof that would then be required to be  deposited  to effect an  equivalent
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

      (b) The Trustee and the Paying  Agent  shall pay to the  Company,  or if
deposited with the Trustee by any Guarantor,  to such Guarantor,  upon request
any money held by them for the payment of principal  or interest  that remains
unclaimed for two years after the date due;  provided that the Trustee or such
Paying Agent,  before being required to make any payment may at the expense of
the Company cause to be published  once in a newspaper of general  circulation
in the City of New York or mail to each Holder  entitled to such money  notice
that such money  remains  unclaimed  and that after a date  specified  therein
which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such  publication  or mailing
any  unclaimed  balance  of such money  then  remaining  will be repaid to the
Company or a Guarantor.  After  payment to the Company or a Guarantor,  as the
case may be,  Noteholders  entitled to such money must look to the Company for
payment as general  creditors  unless an  applicable  law  designates  another
Person.

      Section 8.6.      REINSTATEMENT.

      If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S.  Legal Tender
or U.S.  Government  Obligations in accordance  with Article VIII by reason of
any legal  proceeding  or by reason of any order or  judgment  of any court or
governmental  authority enjoining,  restraining or otherwise  prohibiting such
application,  the  Company's  and  each  Guarantor's  obligations  under  this
Indenture  and the Notes shall be revived and  reinstated as though no deposit
had occurred pursuant to Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying
Agent is  permitted  to apply all such U.S.  Legal  Tender or U.S.  Government
Obligations in accordance  with Article VIII;  provided that if the Company or
any  Guarantor,  as the case may be, has made any payment of  principal  of or
interest on any Notes because of the  reinstatement  of its  obligations,  the
Company  or any  Guarantor,  as the case may be,  shall be  subrogated  to the
rights of the  Holders  of such Notes to receive  such  payment  from the U.S.
Legal  Tender or U.S.  Government  Obligations  held by the  Trustee or Paying
Agent.


                                     -96-

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE IX.

                      AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

      Section 9.1.      WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

      The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution,  the Guarantors, and
the Trustee,  together,  may amend or supplement this Indenture,  the Notes or
any Guarantee without notice to or consent of any Holder:

            (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;  provided that
      such amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights of any
      Holder in any material respect;

            (2) to comply with Article V;

            (3) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place
      of certificated Notes;

            (4) to comply with any  requirements of the SEC in order to effect
      or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

            (5) to add guarantees  with respect to the Notes and the Indenture
      or to secure  the Notes or release  Guarantees  in  accordance  with the
      terms of this Indenture;

            (6) to make any change that would provide any  additional  benefit
      or rights to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the rights of
      any Holder in any material respect;

PROVIDED  THAT the Company has  delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel
and an  Officers'  Certificate  stating  that  such  amendment  or  supplement
complies  with the  provisions  of this  Section  9.1,  and such  amendment or
supplement does not in the opinion of the Trustee, adversely affect the rights
of any of the Holders in any material  respect.  In formulating its opinion on
such  matters,  the Trustee  will be  entitled to rely on such  evidence as it
deems  appropriate,  including,  without  limitation,  solely on an Opinion of
Counsel.  Any amendment or supplement  complying  with the  provisions of this
Section 9.1 that merely  provides  for the  addition of a Guarantor or for the
release of a Guarantor of its Guarantee in  accordance  with the terms of this


                                     -97-

<PAGE>

Indenture may be effected  without the  signature of any Guarantor  other than
the Guarantor being so added or so released, as the case may be.

      Section 9.2.      WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

      Subject  to  Section  6.7,  the  Company,  when  authorized  by a  Board
Resolution,  and the Trustee,  together with the written consent of the Holder
or Holders of at least a majority in  aggregate  principal  amount of the then
outstanding  Notes,  may amend or supplement this Indenture,  the Notes or any
Guarantee.  Subject to  Section  6.7,  the Holder or Holders of a majority  in
aggregate  principal  amount of the outstanding  Notes may waive compliance by
the Company with any provision of this  Indenture or the Notes.  No amendment,
supplement  or waiver,  including  a waiver  pursuant to Section  6.4,  shall,
without the consent of each Holder of each Note affected thereby:

            (1)  reduce  the  principal  amount of Notes  whose  Holders  must
      consent to an  amendment,  supplement or waiver of any provision of this
      Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee;

            (2) reduce  the rate of or change or have the  effect of  changing
      the time for payment of interest,  including defaulted interest,  on any
      Notes;

            (3)  reduce  the  principal  of or  change  or have the  effect of
      changing  the fixed  maturity of any Notes,  or change the date on which
      any Notes may be subject to redemption,  or reduce the redemption  price
      therefor;

            (4) make any Notes  payable in money other than that stated in the
      Notes;

            (5) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture protecting
      the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest
      on such  Note on or after  the due  date  thereof  or to  bring  suit to
      enforce such payment,  or permitting  Holders of a majority in principal
      amount of Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default;

            (6) amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation
      of the Company to make and  consummate a Change of Control  Offer in the


                                     -98-

<PAGE>

      event of a Change of Control or make and consummate a Net Proceeds Offer
      with  respect  to any Asset  Sale or  modify  any of the  provisions  or
      definitions with respect thereto;

            (7)  modify or  change  any  provision  of this  Indenture  or the
      related definitions  affecting the subordination or ranking of the Notes
      or the Guarantees in a manner which adversely affects the Holders; or

            (8) release any Guarantor  from any of its  obligations  under its
      Guarantee or this Indenture  other than in accordance  with the terms of
      this Indenture.

      It shall not be  necessary  for the  consent of the  Holders  under this
Section  9.2  to  approve  the  particular  form  of any  proposed  amendment,
supplement or waiver,  but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the
substance thereof.

      After an amendment,  supplement or waiver under this Section 9.2 becomes
effective,  the Company  shall mail to the Holders  affected  thereby a notice
briefly  describing  the amendment,  supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the
Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any
way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

      Section 9.3.      COMPLIANCE WITH TIA.

      Every  amendment,  waiver or supplement  of this  Indenture or the Notes
shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

      Section 9.4.      REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS.

      Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to
it by a Holder is a  continuing  consent by the  Holder  and every  subsequent
Holder  of a Note or  portion  of a Note that  evidences  the same debt as the
consenting  Holder's Note,  even if notation of the consent is not made on any
Note. Subject to the following paragraph, any such Holder or subsequent Holder
may revoke the  consent  as to such  Holder's  Note or portion of such Note by
written notice to the Trustee or the Company received before the date on which
the Trustee receives an Officers'  Certificate  certifying that the Holders of
the requisite  principal  amount of Notes have consented (and not  theretofore


                                     -99-

<PAGE>

revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.

      The Company may,  but shall not be  obligated  to, fix a record date for
the purpose of determining  the Holders  entitled to consent to any amendment,
supplement or waiver, which record date shall be at least 30 days prior to the
first  solicitation  of  such  consent.  If  a  record  date  is  fixed,  then
notwithstanding  the last  sentence of the  immediately  preceding  paragraph,
those  Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly  designated
proxies),  and only those  Persons,  shall be  entitled  to revoke any consent
previously  given,  whether or not such Persons  continue to be Holders  after
such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90
days after such record date.

      After an amendment,  supplement or waiver  becomes  effective,  it shall
bind every  Holder,  unless it makes a change  described in any of clauses (1)
through (8) of Section 9.2, in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver
shall  bind  only  each  Holder  of a Note who has  consented  to it and every
subsequent  Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt
as the  consenting  Holder's  Note;  provided  that any such waiver  shall not
impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive  payment of  principal  of
and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such
Note,  or to bring suit for the  enforcement  of any such  payment on or after
such respective dates without the consent of such Holder.

      Section 9.5.      NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF NOTES.

      If an amendment,  supplement or waiver  changes the terms of a Note, the
Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the  Trustee.  The
Trustee may place an  appropriate  notation on the Note  regarding the changed
terms and  return  it to the  Holder.  Alternatively,  if the  Company  or the
Trustee so  determines,  the Company in exchange  for the Note shall issue and
the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Any
such  notation or  exchange  shall be made at the sole cost and expense of the
Company.  Failure to make the  appropriate  notation or issue a new Note shall
not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.


                                    -100-

<PAGE>

      Section 9.6.      TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC.

      The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized
pursuant to this Article IX;  provided  that the Trustee may, but shall not be
obligated to, execute any such  amendment,  supplement or waiver which affects
the  Trustee's  own rights,  duties or immunities  under this  Indenture.  The
Trustee shall be entitled to receive,  if requested,  an indemnity  reasonably
satisfactory  to it and to receive,  and shall be fully  protected  in relying
upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers' Certificate each stating that the
execution of any amendment,  supplement or waiver authorized  pursuant to this
Article IX is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

                                  ARTICLE X.

                                 SUBORDINATION

      Section 10.1.     NOTES SUBORDINATED TO SENIOR DEBT.

      The Company  covenants and agrees and the Trustee and each Holder of the
Notes,  by its acceptance  thereof,  likewise  covenants and agrees,  that all
Notes shall be issued  subject to the  provisions  of this  Article X; and the
Trustee and each person holding any Note,  whether upon original issue or upon
transfer,  assignment or exchange thereof, accepts and agrees that the payment
of all Obligations on the Notes by the Company shall, to the extent and in the
manner herein set forth, be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the
prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Obligations on Senior
Debt, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter  incurred;  that the
subordination is for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable directly by, the
holders  of Senior  Debt,  and that each  holder of Senior  Debt  whether  now
outstanding or hereinafter created,  incurred,  assumed or guaranteed shall be
deemed  to have  acquired  Senior  Debt in  reliance  upon the  covenants  and
provisions contained in this Indenture and the Notes.

      Section 10.2.     NO PAYMENT ON NOTES IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.

      (a) If any default  occurs and is  continuing  in the payment  when due,
whether at maturity, upon any redemption,  by declaration or otherwise, of any
principal of, interest on,  reimbursement for drawings under letters of credit
issued as part of, or regularly  accruing fees with respect to, any Designated


                                    -101-

<PAGE>

Senior Debt, no payment of any kind or character  shall be made by the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries  with respect to any Obligations on the Notes or to
acquire any of the Notes for cash or property. In addition, if any other event
of default  occurs and is  continuing  with respect to any  Designated  Senior
Debt,  as such  event of default is  defined  in the  instrument  creating  or
evidencing  such  Designated  Senior  Debt,  permitting  the  holders  of such
Designated  Senior Debt then  outstanding to accelerate  the maturity  thereof
(or, in the case of any Designated Senior Debt consisting of a guarantee,  the
maturity of the Indebtedness so guaranteed) and if the  Representative for the
respective  issue of Designated  Senior Debt gives written notice of the event
of default to the  Trustee (a "PAYMENT  BLOCKAGE  NOTICE"),  then,  unless and
until all events of default  have been cured or waived or have ceased to exist
or the Trustee  receives  notice from the  Representative  for the  respective
issue of Designated  Senior Debt  terminating  the Blockage Period (as defined
below), during the 180 days after the delivery of such Payment Blockage Notice
(the  "BLOCKAGE  PERIOD"),  neither the  Company  nor any of its  Subsidiaries
shall:  (x) make any  payment  of any kind or  character  with  respect to any
Obligations on the Notes or (y) acquire any of the Notes for cash or property.
Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall a Blockage
Period  extend  beyond  180  days  from the  date of the  commencement  of the
Blockage Period and only one such Blockage Period may be commenced  within any
360  consecutive  days. No event of default which existed or was continuing on
the date of the  commencement  of any  Blockage  Period  with  respect  to the
Designated  Senior Debt shall be, or be made, the basis for  commencement of a
second Blockage Period by the  Representative  of such Designated  Senior Debt
whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive  days,  unless such event of
default  shall  have  been  cured or  waived  for a period of not less than 90
consecutive days (it being  acknowledged  that any subsequent  action,  or any
breach of any financial  covenants for a period  commencing  after the date of
commencement of such Blockage Period that, in either case,  would give rise to
an event of default pursuant to any provisions under which an event of default
previously  existed or was continuing  shall constitute a new event of default
for this purpose).

      (b) In the event that,  notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall
be received by the Trustee or any Holder when such  payment is  prohibited  by
Section  10.2(a),  such payment shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and
shall be paid over or  delivered  to, the  holders of Senior Debt (pro rata to


                                    -102-

<PAGE>

such holders on the basis of the respective amount of Senior Debt held by such
holders) or their respective  Representatives,  as their respective  interests
may appear, for application to the payment of the Senior Debt remaining unpaid
until all such Senior Debt has been paid in full,  after giving  effect to any
concurrent  payment,  distribution or provision therefor to or for the holders
of Senior Debt. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on information regarding
amounts  then due and owing on the  Senior  Debt,  if any,  received  from the
holders of Senior Debt (or their  Representatives)  or, if such information is
not received from such holders or their Representatives, from the Company, and
only amounts included in the information provided to the Trustee shall be paid
to the holders of Senior Debt.

      (c)  Nothing  contained  in this  Article X shall limit the right of the
Trustee or the Holders of Notes to take any action to accelerate  the maturity
of the Notes  pursuant  to Section  6.2 or to pursue  any  rights or  remedies
hereunder.

      Section 10.3.     PAYMENT OVER OF PROCEEDS UPON DISSOLUTION, ETC.

      (a) Upon any  payment or  distribution  of assets of the  Company of any
kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors in an
Insolvency or Liquidation  Proceeding relating to the Company or its property,
whether  voluntary or  involuntary,  all  Obligations due upon all Senior Debt
shall first be paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents,  or such payment duly
provided for to the satisfaction of the holders of Senior Debt, by the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries,  before any payment or distribution of any kind or
character  is made on account  of any  Obligations  on the  Notes,  or for the
acquisition,  by the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries,  of any of the Notes
for cash or property. Upon any such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding,  any
payment or  distribution  of assets of the  Company of any kind or  character,
whether in cash, property or securities,  to which the Holders of the Notes or
the Trustee would be entitled shall be paid by the Company or by any receiver,
trustee in bankruptcy,  liquidating trustee, agent or other person making such
payment or  distribution,  or by the Holders of the Notes or by the Trustee if
received  by them,  directly  to the  holders of Senior Debt (pro rata to such
holders on the basis of the  amounts of Senior  Debt held by such  holders) or
their  Representatives,  as their interests may appear, for application to the
payment of the Senior  Debt  remaining  unpaid  until all such Senior Debt has


                                    -103-

<PAGE>

been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment, distribution
or provision therefor to or for the holders of Senior Debt.

      (b) To the extent any payment of Senior Debt (whether by or on behalf of
the Company,  as proceeds of security or enforcement of any right of setoff or
otherwise) is declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required
to be paid to any Custodian under any Bankruptcy Law, then, if such payment is
recovered by, or paid over to, such  Custodian the Senior Debt or part thereof
originally  intended  to be  satisfied  shall be deemed to be  reinstated  and
outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.

      (c) In the event that,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any payment or
distribution  of assets of the  Company of any kind or  character,  whether in
cash,  property  or  securities,  shall be  received  by any Holder  when such
payment or  distribution  is  prohibited by Section  10.3(a),  such payment or
distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over
or  delivered  to, the holders of Senior Debt (pro rata to such holders on the
basis of the  respective  amount of Senior Debt held by such holders) or their
respective Representatives,  or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture
pursuant  to which  any of such  Senior  Debt may have been  issued,  as their
respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of Senior Debt
remaining  unpaid  until all such Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash or
Cash Equivalents,  after giving effect to any concurrent payment, distribution
or provision therefor to or for the holders of such Senior Debt.

      (d) The  consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company
with or into,  another  corporation  or the  liquidation or dissolution of the
Company  following the conveyance or transfer of all or  substantially  all of
its assets, to another  corporation upon the terms and conditions  provided in
Article V hereof shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or
reorganization for the purposes of this Section 10.3 if such other corporation
shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply
with the conditions stated in Article V hereof.


                                    -104-

<PAGE>

      Section 10.4.     PAYMENTS MAY BE PAID PRIOR TO DISSOLUTION.

      Nothing contained in this Article X or elsewhere in this Indenture shall
prevent (i) the  Company,  except under the  conditions  described in Sections
10.2 and 10.3,  from  making  payments  at any time for the  purpose of making
payments of principal of and interest on the Notes,  or from  depositing  with
the  Trustee  any moneys for such  payments,  or (ii) in the absence of actual
knowledge of the Trustee that a given  payment  would be prohibited by Section
10.2 or 10.3, the  application by the Trustee of any moneys  deposited with it
for the purpose of making such  payments of  principal  of and interest on the
Notes to the Holders entitled thereto,  unless at least one Business Day prior
to the date upon which such payment  would  otherwise  become due and payable,
the Trustee  shall have  received the written  notice  provided for in Section
10.2(a) or in Section 10.7 (provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, such
application shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of the first sentence
of Section  10.2(a) and Section  10.3).  The Company shall give prompt written
notice  to  the  Trustee  of  any  dissolution,   winding-up,  liquidation  or
reorganization of the Company.

      Section 10.5.     SUBROGATION.

      Subject to the payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Senior
Debt,  the  Holders  of the Notes  shall be  subrogated  to the  rights of the
holders of Senior Debt to receive payments or distributions of cash,  property
or  securities  of the Company  applicable  to the Senior Debt until the Notes
shall be paid in full;  and,  for the  purposes of such  subrogation,  no such
payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt by or on behalf of
the  Company  or by or on behalf of the  Holders  by virtue of this  Article X
which  otherwise  would have been made to the  Holders  shall,  as between the
Company and the Holders of the Notes, be deemed to be a payment by the Company
to or on account of the Senior Debt, it being  understood  that the provisions
of this Article X are and are intended  solely for the purpose of defining the
relative  rights of the Holders of the Notes, on the one hand, and the holders
of the Senior Debt, on the other hand.

      If any payment or distribution to which the Holders would otherwise have
been  entitled  but for the  provisions  of this  Article  X shall  have  been
applied,  pursuant  to the  provisions  of this  Article X, to the  payment of
amounts  payable under the Senior Debt,  then the Holders shall be entitled to


                                    -105-

<PAGE>

receive  from the holders of such Senior  Debt any  payments or  distributions
received by such holders of Senior Debt in excess of the amount  sufficient to
pay all amounts payable under or in respect of the Senior Debt in full in cash
or Cash Equivalents.

      Section 10.6.     OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY UNCONDITIONAL.

      Nothing any  contained in this Article X or elsewhere in this  Indenture
or in the Notes is intended to or shall  impair,  as among the Company and the
Holders of the Notes,  the  obligation  of the Company,  which is absolute and
unconditional,  to pay to the  Holders of the Notes the  principal  of and any
interest  on the Notes as and when the same shall  become  due and  payable in
accordance  with their  terms,  or is intended to or shall affect the relative
rights of the Holders of the Notes and creditors of the Company other than the
holders of the Senior Debt, nor shall anything  herein or therein  prevent the
Holder of any Note or the Trustee on its behalf from  exercising  all remedies
otherwise  permitted  by  applicable  law upon default  under this  Indenture,
subject to the rights,  if any, in respect of cash,  property or securities of
the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

      Section 10.7.     NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.

      The Company shall give prompt  written notice to the Trustee of any fact
known to the Company  which would  prohibit the making of any payment to or by
the Trustee in respect of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Article
X.  Regardless  of anything to the  contrary  contained  in this  Article X or
elsewhere in this  Indenture,  the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge
of the existence of any default or event of default with respect to any Senior
Debt or of any other facts which would  prohibit  the making of any payment to
or by the Trustee  unless and until the Trustee shall have received  notice in
writing from the Company,  or from a holder of Senior Debt or a Representative
therefor,  and, prior to the receipt of any such written  notice,  the Trustee
shall be  entitled  to  assume  (in the  absence  of actual  knowledge  to the
contrary) that no such facts exist.

      In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that any evidence
is required with respect to the right of any person as a holder of Senior Debt


                                    -106-

<PAGE>

to participate in any payment or distribution  pursuant to this Article X, the
Trustee  may  request  such  person  to  furnish  evidence  to the  reasonable
satisfaction  of the  Trustee as to the  amounts  of Senior  Debt held by such
person,  the extent to which such person is entitled  to  participate  in such
payment or  distribution  and any other facts  pertinent to the rights of such
person  under this  Article X and,  if such  evidence  is not  furnished,  the
Trustee may defer any payment to such person pending judicial determination as
to the right of such person to receive such payment.

      Section 10.8.     RELIANCE  ON   JUDICIAL   ORDER  OR   CERTIFICATE   OF
                        LIQUIDATING AGENT.

           Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company
referred  to in this  Article X, the  Trustee,  subject to the  provisions  of
Article  VII  hereof,  and the  Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to rely
upon any order or decree made by any court of competent  jurisdiction in which
Insolvency or Liquidation  Proceedings  are pending,  or upon a certificate of
the Custodian or other person making such payment or  distribution,  delivered
to the  Trustee or the holders of the Notes,  for the purpose of  ascertaining
the Persons entitled to participate in such  distribution,  the holders of the
Senior  Debt and other  Indebtedness  of the  Company,  the amount  thereof or
payable  thereon,  the amount or amounts paid or  distributed  thereon and all
other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article X.

      Section 10.9.     TRUSTEE'S RELATION TO SENIOR DEBT.

      The  Trustee  and any  agent  of the  Company  or the  Trustee  shall be
entitled  to all the  rights set forth in this  Article X with  respect to any
Senior Debt which may at any time be held by it in its individual or any other
capacity to the same extent as any other  holder of Senior Debt and nothing in
this  Indenture  shall  deprive  the  Trustee  or any such agent of any of its
rights as such holder.

      With respect to the holders of Senior Debt,  the Trustee  undertakes  to
perform  or to  observe  only such of its  covenants  and  obligations  as are
specifically  set  forth  in this  Article  X,  and no  implied  covenants  or
obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this
Indenture  against the  Trustee.  The  Trustee  shall not be deemed to owe any
fiduciary  duty to the  holders of Senior  Debt and shall not be liable to any


                                    -107-

<PAGE>

such holders if the Trustee  shall pay over or  distribute  to or on behalf of
Holders  or the  Company  or any  other  person  money or  assets to which any
holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article,  except if
such payment is made as a result of willful  misconduct or gross negligence of
the Trustee.

      Whenever a  distribution  is to be made or a notice  given to holders or
owners of Senior Debt,  the  distribution  may be made and the notice given to
their Representatives, if any.

      Section 10.10.    SUBORDINATION RIGHTS NOT IMPAIRED BY ACTS OR OMISSIONS
                        OF THE COMPANY OR HOLDERS OF SENIOR DEBT.

      No right of any present or future  holders of any Senior Debt to enforce
subordination as provided herein shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or
impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act
or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder,  or by any noncompliance
by the Company with the terms of this  Indenture,  regardless of any knowledge
thereof which any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with.

      Without in any way limiting the  generality of the foregoing  paragraph,
the holders of Senior Debt may, at any time and from time to time, without the
consent of or notice to the Trustee,  without incurring  responsibility to the
Trustee or the Holders of the Notes and without  impairing  or  releasing  the
subordination  provided in this Article X or the obligations  hereunder of the
Holders of the Notes to the holders of the Senior Debt,  do any one or more of
the following:  (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the
time of payment of, or renew or alter,  Senior  Debt,  or  otherwise  amend or
supplement in any manner Senior Debt, or any instrument evidencing the same or
any agreement  under which Senior Debt is  outstanding;  (ii) sell,  exchange,
release or otherwise  deal with any property  pledged,  mortgaged or otherwise
securing  Senior Debt;  (iii)  release any Person liable in any manner for the
payment or  collection  of Senior  Debt;  and (iv)  exercise  or refrain  from
exercising any rights against the Company and any other Person.


                                    -108-

<PAGE>

      Section 10.11.    NOTEHOLDERS    AUTHORIZE    TRUSTEE   TO    EFFECTUATE
                        SUBORDINATION OF NOTES.

      Each Holder of Notes by its acceptance of them  authorizes and expressly
directs the Trustee on its behalf to take such action as may be  necessary  or
appropriate  to  effectuate,  as between  the  holders of Senior  Debt and the
Holders of Notes, the  subordination  provided in this Article X, and appoints
the Trustee its attorney-in-fact for such purposes, including, in the event of
any  dissolution,  winding-up,  liquidation or  reorganization  of the Company
(whether in bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership,  reorganization or similar
proceedings  or upon an assignment  for the benefit of creditors or otherwise)
tending  towards  liquidation  of the business or assets of the  Company,  the
filing  of a claim for the  unpaid  balance  of its or his  Notes and  accrued
interest in the form required in those proceedings.

      If the Trustee does not file a proper claim or proof of debt in the form
required in such proceeding prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time
to file such claim or  claims,  then the  holders of the Senior  Debt or their
Representative  are or is hereby  authorized to have the right to file and are
or is hereby  authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the
Holders of said Notes.  Nothing herein  contained shall be deemed to authorize
the Trustee or the holders of Senior Debt or their Representative to authorize
or  consent  to or  accept  or  adopt on  behalf  of any  Holders  any plan of
reorganization,  arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or
the rights of any Holder  thereof,  or to authorize the Trustee or the holders
of Senior Debt or their  Representative to vote in respect of the claim of any
Holder in any such proceeding.

      Section 10.12.    THIS ARTICLE X NOT TO PREVENT EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

      The failure to make a payment on account of  principal of or interest on
the Notes by reason of any  provision of this Article X shall not be construed
as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default.

      Section 10.13.    TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION NOT PREJUDICED.

      Nothing  in this  Article X shall  apply to amounts  due to the  Trustee
pursuant to other sections in this Indenture.


                                    -109-

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XI.

                                  GUARANTEES

      Section 11.1.     UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTEE.

      Each  Guarantor  fully  and  unconditionally,   jointly  and  severally,
guarantees  (such  guarantee to be referred to herein as the  "GUARANTEE")  to
each Holder of a Note  authenticated  and  delivered by the Trustee and to the
Trustee and its  successors and assigns,  the Notes or the  obligations of the
Company  hereunder or thereunder,  that: (i) the principal of (and premium on,
if any) and  interest on the Notes  shall be  promptly  paid in full when due,
subject to any applicable grace period,  whether at maturity,  by acceleration
or otherwise  and interest on the overdue  principal,  if any, and interest on
any interest,  to the extent lawful, of the Notes and all other Obligations of
the Company to the  Holders or the Trustee  hereunder  or  thereunder  will be
promptly  paid in full or performed,  all in accordance  with the terms hereof
and thereof and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of
any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in
full when due or performed in  accordance  with the terms of the  extension or
renewal,  subject to any applicable grace period,  whether at stated maturity,
by acceleration or otherwise, subject, however, in the case of clauses (i) and
(ii) above,  to the  limitations  set forth in Section  11.4.  Each  Guarantor
agrees,  to the extent  permitted  by  applicable  law,  that its  Obligations
hereunder shall be unconditional,  irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability  of the Notes or this  Indenture,  the absence of any action to
enforce  the same,  any  waiver or  consent  by any  Holder of the Notes  with
respect to any  provisions  hereof or thereof,  the  recovery of any  judgment
against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances
which might otherwise  constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of
such  Guarantor.  Each  Guarantor  hereby waives,  to the extent  permitted by
applicable law, diligence,  presentment,  demand of payment,  filing of claims
with a court in the event of  insolvency  or  bankruptcy  of the Company,  any
right to require a proceeding first against the Company,  protest,  notice and
all  demands  whatsoever  and  covenants  that  this  Guarantee  shall  not be
discharged except by complete performance of the Obligations  contained in the
Notes, this Indenture and in this Guarantee.  If any Noteholder or the Trustee
is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, any Guarantor,


                                    -110-

<PAGE>

or any  Custodian  acting in  relation to the  Company or any  Guarantor,  any
amount paid by the Company or any Guarantor to the Trustee or such Noteholder,
this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore  discharged,  shall be reinstated in
full force and effect.  Each  Guarantor  further  agrees that as between  each
Guarantor,  on the one hand,  and the  Holders and the  Trustee,  on the other
hand, (x) the maturity of the Obligations Guaranteed hereby may be accelerated
as provided in Article VI for the purposes of this Guarantee,  notwithstanding
any stay,  injunction or other  prohibition  preventing  such  acceleration in
respect  of the  Obligations  Guaranteed  hereby,  and (y) in the event of any
acceleration of such  obligations as provided in Article VI, such  Obligations
(whether or not due and  payable)  shall  forthwith  become due and payable by
each Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee.

      Section 11.2.     SEVERABILITY.

      In case any  provision of this  Guarantee  shall be invalid,  illegal or
unenforceable,  the  validity,  legality and  enforceability  of the remaining
provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

      Section 11.3.     RELEASE OF A GUARANTOR.

      (a) In the event of either (i) a sale or other disposition of all of the
Capital  Stock  of any  Guarantor  or  (ii)  in the  event  that  the  Company
designates a Guarantor to be an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary,  or such  Guarantor
ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of
a sale  or  other  disposition,  by way of  such a  merger,  consolidation  or
otherwise,  of all of the Capital  Stock of such  Guarantor  to a Person other
than the  Company  or a  Guarantor  or any  such  designation)  or the  entity
acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other  disposition of all or
substantially  all of the  assets of such  Guarantor)  shall be  released  and
relieved of any  obligations  under its Guarantee;  provided that the Net Cash
Proceeds  of such sale or other  disposition  are applied in  accordance  with
Section 4.15 or 4.16, as applicable.

      (b) In the case of a sale, assignment,  lease,  transfer,  conveyance or
other  disposition of all or  substantially  all of the assets of a Guarantor,
upon the assumption provided for in Section  11.5(a)(y),  such Guarantor shall
be discharged from all further liability and obligation under the Indenture.


                                    -111-

<PAGE>

      (c) If a  Guarantor's  guarantee  of the  Obligations  under the  Credit
Agreement is unconditionally  released,  such Guarantor shall be automatically
and  unconditionally  released  and  relieved  of any  obligations  under  its
Guarantee.

      (d) The Trustee shall deliver an appropriate  instrument evidencing such
release upon  receipt of a written  request by the Company  accompanied  by an
Officers'  Certificate  certifying as to the compliance with this Section 11.3
and the other provisions of this Indenture.

      (e) Any Guarantor not so released  remains liable for the full amount of
principal of and interest on the Notes as provided in this Article XI.

      Section 11.4.     LIMITATION OF GUARANTOR'S LIABILITY.

      Each  Guarantor,  and by  its  acceptance  hereof  each  Holder,  hereby
confirms  that it is the  intention of all such parties that the  Guarantee by
such Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent  transfer
or  conveyance  for purposes of any  Bankruptcy  Law,  the Uniform  Fraudulent
Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent  Transfer Act or any similar Federal or
state law. To effectuate  the foregoing  intention,  the Holders and each such
Guarantor  hereby  irrevocably  agree that the  Obligations  of such Guarantor
under its  Guarantee  shall be limited to the  maximum  amount as will,  after
giving effect to all other contingent and fixed  liabilities of such Guarantor
(including, without limitation, any Obligations under the Credit Facility) and
after giving effect to any  collections  from or payments made by or on behalf
of any other  Guarantor in respect of the  obligations of such other Guarantor
under its Guarantee or pursuant to Section 11.6,  result in the Obligations of
such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting  such fraudulent  transfer
or conveyance.

      Section 11.5.     GUARANTORS MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC., ON CERTAIN TERMS.

      (a) No Guarantor may consolidate  with or merge with or into (whether or
not such Guarantor is the surviving Person),  another  corporation,  Person or
entity whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor unless, either:

            (x) such  consolidation  or merger  constitutes  an Asset  Sale in
      compliance  with  Section  4.16 which is subject  to the  provisions  of
      Section 11.3(a); or

            (y) (i) the Person formed by or surviving  any such  consolidation
      or merger (if other than such Guarantor)  assumes all the Obligations of
      such Guarantor under the Notes,  the Guarantee,  the Indenture,  and the
      Registration  Rights Agreement  pursuant to a supplemental  indenture in
      form and substance  satisfactory to the Trustee;  (ii) immediately after
      giving  effect  to such  transaction,  no  Default  or Event of  Default
      exists;  (iii)  immediately  after  giving  effect  to such  transaction
      (including  giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired  Indebtedness
      incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection  with or in respect
      of such  transaction),  (A) such  Guarantor,  or any Person formed by or
      surviving any such consolidation or merger,  would have Consolidated Net
      Worth,  equal to or  greater  than the  Consolidated  Net  Worth of such
      Guarantor  immediately  preceding  the  transaction  and (B) the Company
      would be  permitted to incur at least $1.00 of  additional  Indebtedness
      (in addition to Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section 4.14.

      (b) The  requirements  of Section  11.5(a)(y)(i),  (iii)(A) and (iii)(B)
shall not apply in the case of a consolidation with or merger with or into the
Company or another Guarantor.

      Section 11.6.     CONTRIBUTION.

      In  order to  provide  for just and  equitable  contribution  among  the
Guarantors,  the Guarantors agree,  inter se, that in the event any payment or
distribution  is made by any  Guarantor  (a  "FUNDING  GUARANTOR")  under this
Guarantee, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from all
other Guarantors in a pro rata amount based on the Adjusted Net Assets of each
Guarantor  (including  the Funding  Guarantor)  for all payments,  damages and
expenses  incurred by that Funding  Guarantor  in  discharging  the  Company's
obligations  with  respect to the Notes or any other  Guarantor's  Obligations
with respect to this Guarantee.


                                    -113-

<PAGE>

      Section 11.7.     WAIVER OF SUBROGATION.

      Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights which
it may now or  hereafter  acquire  against  the  Company  that  arise from the
existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor's Obligations
under this Guarantee and this Indenture,  including,  without limitation,  any
right of subrogation,  reimbursement,  exoneration,  indemnification,  and any
right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder of Notes against the
Company, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under
contract,  statute or common law, including,  without limitation, the right to
take or receive from the  Company,  directly or  indirectly,  in cash or other
property or by setoff or in any other  manner,  payment or security on account
of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in
violation  of the  preceding  sentence,  such amount shall have been deemed to
have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the
benefit  of,  the  Holders of the Notes,  and shall  forthwith  be paid to the
Trustee for the benefit of such  Holders to be credited  and applied  upon the
Notes,  whether  matured or unmatured,  in  accordance  with the terms of this
Indenture.  Each  Guarantor  acknowledges  that it  will  receive  direct  and
indirect  benefits  from  the  financing  arrangements  contemplated  by  this
Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 11.7 is knowingly made
in contemplation of such benefits.

                                 ARTICLE XII.

                          SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES

      Section 12.1.     SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEE.

      Each  Guarantor  covenants and agrees and the Trustee and each Holder of
the Guarantees, by its acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that
all Guarantees  shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article XII;
and the Trustee and each person holding any  Guarantee,  whether upon original
issue or upon  transfer,  assignment or exchange  thereof,  accepts and agrees
that the  payment of all  Obligations  on the  Guarantees  by such  Subsidiary
shall, to the extent and in the manner herein set forth,  be subordinated  and
junior  in right  of  payment  to the  prior  payment  in full in cash or Cash
Equivalents of all Obligations on any Guarantor Senior Debt of such Guarantor,
whether  outstanding  on the  Issue  Date or  thereafter  incurred;  that  the


                                    -114-

<PAGE>

subordination is for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable directly by, the
holders of  Guarantor  Senior Debt,  and that each holder of Guarantor  Senior
Debt whether now  outstanding or  hereinafter  created,  incurred,  assumed or
guaranteed shall be deemed to have acquired  Guarantor Senior Debt in reliance
upon the covenants and provisions contained in this Indenture and the Notes.

      Section 12.2.     NO PAYMENT ON GUARANTEES IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.

      (a) If any default  occurs and is  continuing  in the payment  when due,
whether at maturity, upon any redemption,  by declaration or otherwise, of any
principal of, interest on,  reimbursement for drawings under letters of credit
issued as part of, or regularly  accruing  fees with respect to, any Guarantor
Designated  Senior Debt, no payment of any kind or character  shall be made by
such Guarantor or any of its  Subsidiaries  with respect to any Obligations on
its Guarantee or to acquire any of the Notes or the related Guarantee for cash
or  property.  In  addition,  if any  other  event of  default  occurs  and is
continuing with respect to any Guarantor Designated Senior Debt, as such event
of default is defined in the instrument  creating or evidencing such Guarantor
Designated  Senior Debt,  permitting the holders of such Guarantor  Designated
Senior Debt then  outstanding to accelerate  the maturity  thereof (or, in the
case of any Guarantor  Designated  Senior Debt consisting of a guarantee,  the
maturity of the Indebtedness so guaranteed) and if the  Representative for the
respective issue of Guarantor  Designated  Senior Debt gives written notice of
the event of default to the Trustee (a "GUARANTOR  PAYMENT BLOCKAGE  NOTICE"),
then, unless and until all events of default have been cured or waived or have
ceased to exist or the Trustee receives notice from the Representative for the
respective issue of Guarantor Designated Senior Debt terminating the Guarantor
Blockage Period (as defined below),  during the 180 days after the delivery of
such Guarantor  Payment  Blockage  Notice (the "GUARANTOR  BLOCKAGE  PERIOD"),
neither the Guarantor nor any of its Subsidiaries  shall: (x) make any payment
of any kind or character  with respect to any  Obligations on the Notes or its
Guarantee or (y) acquire any of the Notes or the related Guarantee for cash or
property. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall a
Guarantor  Blockage  Period  extend  beyond  180  days  from  the  date of the
commencement  of the  Guarantor  Blockage  Period and only one such  Guarantor
Blockage Period may be commenced within any 360 consecutive  days. No event of


                                    -115-

<PAGE>

default which existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any
Guarantor Blockage Period with respect to the Guarantor Designated Senior Debt
shall  be,  or be made,  the  basis  for  commencement  of a second  Guarantor
Blockage Period by the Representative of such Guarantor Designated Senior Debt
whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive  days,  unless such event of
default  shall  have  been  cured or  waived  for a period of not less than 90
consecutive days (it being  acknowledged  that any subsequent  action,  or any
breach of any financial  covenants for a period  commencing  after the date of
commencement  of such Guarantor  Blockage  Period that, in either case,  would
give rise to an event of default  pursuant  to any  provisions  under which an
event of default  previously  existed or was continuing shall constitute a new
event of default for this purpose).

      (b) In the event that,  notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall
be received by the Trustee or any Holder when such  payment is  prohibited  by
Section  12.2(a),  such payment shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and
shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Guarantor  Senior Debt (pro
rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amount of Guarantor Senior
Debt  held by such  holders)  or their  respective  Representatives,  as their
respective  interests  may  appear,  for  application  to the  payment  of the
Guarantor  Senior Debt remaining  unpaid until all such Guarantor  Senior Debt
has  been  paid in  full,  after  giving  effect  to any  concurrent  payment,
distribution or provision  therefor to or for the holders of Guarantor  Senior
Debt. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on information  regarding  amounts
then due and owing on the  Guarantor  Senior Debt,  if any,  received from the
holders  of  Guarantor  Senior  Debt (or  their  Representatives)  or, if such
information is not received from such holders or their  Representatives,  from
such Guarantor,  and only amounts included in the information  provided to the
Trustee shall be paid to the holders of Guarantor Senior Debt.

      (c) Nothing  contained  in this Article XII shall limit the right of the
Trustee or the Holders of Notes to take any action to accelerate  the maturity
of the Notes  pursuant  to Section  6.2 or to pursue  any  rights or  remedies
hereunder.


                                    -116-

<PAGE>

      Section 12.3.     PAYMENT OVER OF PROCEEDS UPON DISSOLUTION, ETC.

      (a) Upon any payment or  distribution  of assets of any Guarantor of any
kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors in an
Insolvency  or  Liquidation  Proceeding  relating  to  such  Guarantor  or its
property,  whether  voluntary or  involuntary,  all  Obligations  due upon all
Guarantor Senior Debt shall first be paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents,
or such  payment  duly  provided  for to the  satisfaction  of the  holders of
Guarantor Senior Debt, by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, before any
payment or  distribution  of any kind or  character  is made on account of any
Obligations on the Notes or the related Guarantee, or for the acquisition,  by
the Guarantor or any of its  Subsidiaries,  of any of the Notes or the related
Guarantees  for cash or  property.  Upon any such  Insolvency  or  Liquidation
Proceeding, any payment or distribution of assets of the Guarantor of any kind
or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Holders of
the Notes or the Trustee  would be entitled  shall be paid by the Guarantor or
by any receiver,  trustee in bankruptcy,  liquidating trustee,  agent or other
person making such payment or distribution,  or by the Holders of the Notes or
by the  Trustee if received  by them,  directly  to the  holders of  Guarantor
Senior Debt (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the amounts of Guarantor
Senior Debt held by such holders) or their Representatives, as their interests
may  appear,  for  application  to the  payment of the  Guarantor  Senior Debt
remaining  unpaid until all such Guarantor  Senior Debt has been paid in full,
after  giving  effect to any  concurrent  payment,  distribution  or provision
therefor to or for the holders of Guarantor Senior Debt.

      (b) To the extent any payment of Guarantor Senior Debt (whether by or on
behalf of such Guarantor,  as proceeds of security or enforcement of any right
of setoff or  otherwise) is declared to be  fraudulent  or  preferential,  set
aside or required to be paid to any Custodian, under any Bankruptcy Law, then,
if such payment is recovered by, or paid over to such Custodian, the Guarantor
Senior  Debt or part  thereof  originally  intended to be  satisfied  shall be
deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.

      (c) In the event that,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any payment or
distribution  of assets of a Guarantor  of any kind or  character,  whether in


                                    -117-

<PAGE>

cash,  property  or  securities,  shall be  received  by any Holder  when such
payment or  distribution  is  prohibited by Section  12.3(a),  such payment or
distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over
or  delivered  to, the  holders  of  Guarantor  Senior  Debt (pro rata to such
holders on the basis of the respective amount of Guarantor Senior Debt held by
such  holders)  or their  respective  Representatives,  or to the  trustee  or
trustees under any indenture  pursuant to which any of such  Guarantor  Senior
Debt may have been  issued,  as their  respective  interests  may appear,  for
application to the payment of Guarantor Senior Debt remaining unpaid until all
such Guarantor Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash or Cash  Equivalents,
after  giving  effect to any  concurrent  payment,  distribution  or provision
therefor to or for the holders of such Guarantor Senior Debt.

      (d) The  consolidation of a Guarantor with, or the merger of a Guarantor
with or into,  another  corporation  or the  liquidation  or  dissolution of a
Guarantor  following the conveyance or transfer of all or substantially all of
its assets, to another  corporation upon the terms and conditions  provided in
Article V hereof shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or
reorganization for the purposes of this Section 12.3 if such other corporation
shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply
with the conditions stated in Article V hereof.

      Section 12.4.     Payments May Be Paid Prior TO DISSOLUTION.

      Nothing  contained in this  Article XII or  elsewhere in this  Indenture
shall  prevent (i) any  Guarantor,  except under the  conditions  described in
Sections  12.2 and 12.3,  from making  payments at any time for the purpose of
making  payments of principal of and interest on the Notes, or from depositing
with the  Trustee  any moneys  for such  payments,  or (ii) in the  absence of
actual  knowledge by the Trustee that a given  payment  would be prohibited by
Section 12.2 or 12.3, the  application by the Trustee of any moneys  deposited
with it for the purpose of making such  payments of  principal of and interest
on the Notes to the Holders entitled thereto, unless at least one Business Day
prior to the date upon  which  such  payment  would  otherwise  become due and
payable,  the Trustee shall have received the written  notice  provided for in
Section  12.2(a)  or in  Section  12.7  (provided  that,  notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  such  application  shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of


                                    -118-

<PAGE>

the first sentence of Section 12.2(a) and Section 12.3).  Each Guarantor shall
give  prompt  written  notice to the Trustee of any  dissolution,  winding-up,
liquidation or reorganization of such Guarantor.

      Section 12.5.     SUBROGATION.

      Subject  to the  payment  in full in  cash  or Cash  Equivalents  of all
Guarantor  Senior Debt,  the Holders of the Notes shall be  subrogated  to the
rights  of the  holders  of  Guarantor  Senior  Debt to  receive  payments  or
distributions of cash, property or securities of such Guarantor  applicable to
the Guarantor  Senior Debt of such Guarantor  until the Notes shall be paid in
full;  and,  for  the  purposes  of such  subrogation,  no  such  payments  or
distributions  to the holders of the Guarantor  Senior Debt by or on behalf of
such Guarantor or by or on behalf of the Holders by virtue of this Article XII
which  otherwise  would have been made to the  Holders  shall,  as between the
Guarantor  and the  Holders  of the  Notes,  be deemed to be a payment by such
Guarantor to or on account of the Guarantor  Senior Debt, it being  understood
that the  provisions  of this Article XII are and are intended  solely for the
purpose of defining  the relative  rights of the Holders of the Notes,  on the
one hand, and the holders of the Guarantor Senior Debt, on the other hand.

      If any payment or distribution to which the Holders would otherwise have
been  entitled  but for the  provisions  of this  Article  XII shall have been
applied,  pursuant to the  provisions  of this  Article XII, to the payment of
amounts  payable  under the Guarantor  Senior Debt,  then the Holders shall be
entitled  to  receive  from the  holders  of such  Guarantor  Senior  Debt any
payments or distributions received by such holders of Guarantor Senior Debt in
excess of the amount sufficient to pay all amounts payable under or in respect
of the Guarantor Senior Debt in full in cash or Cash Equivalents.

      Section 12.6.     OBLIGATIONS    OF    EACH     SUBSIDIARY     GUARANTOR
                        UNCONDITIONAL.

      Nothing  contained in this Article XII or elsewhere in this Indenture or
in the Notes or the  Guarantees is intended to or shall  impair,  as among any
Guarantor  and the Holders of the Notes,  the  obligation  of such  Guarantor,
which is absolute  and  unconditional,  to pay to the Holders of the Notes the
principal  of and any  interest on the Notes as and when the same shall become


                                    -119-

<PAGE>

due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Guarantees, or is intended
to or shall  affect  the  relative  rights  of the  Holders  of the  Notes and
creditors of any  Guarantor  other than the holders of Guarantor  Senior Debt,
nor shall  anything  herein or therein  prevent  the Holder of any Note or the
Trustee on its behalf from  exercising  all  remedies  otherwise  permitted by
applicable law upon default under this  Indenture,  subject to the rights,  if
any, in respect of cash, property or securities of any Guarantor received upon
the exercise of any such remedy.

      Section 12.7.     NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.

      The Company or any  Guarantor  shall give prompt  written  notice to the
Trustee of any fact known to the  Company or any such  Guarantor  which  would
prohibit  the  making of any  payment  to or by the  Trustee in respect of the
Guarantees  pursuant to the  provisions  of this  Article XII.  Regardless  of
anything to the  contrary  contained  in this Article XII or elsewhere in this
Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of
any default or event of default with respect to any  Guarantor  Senior Debt or
of any other facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the
Trustee  unless and until the Trustee  shall have  received  notice in writing
from the Company or a Guarantor,  or from a holder of Guarantor Senior Debt or
a  Representative  therefor,  and,  prior to the  receipt of any such  written
notice,  the  Trustee  shall be  entitled  to assume (in the absence of actual
knowledge to the contrary) that no such facts exist.

      In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that any evidence
is required  with  respect to the right of any person as a holder of Guarantor
Senior Debt to  participate  in any payment or  distribution  pursuant to this
Article XII,  the Trustee may request  such person to furnish  evidence to the
reasonable  satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amounts of Guarantor  Senior
Debt held by such  person,  the extent to which  such  person is  entitled  to
participate in such payment or  distribution  and any other facts pertinent to
the rights of such person under this Article XII, and if such  evidence is not
furnished  the Trustee may defer any payment to such person  pending  judicial
determination as to the right of such person to receive such payment.


                                    -120-

<PAGE>

      Section 12.8.     RELIANCE  ON   JUDICIAL   ORDER  OR   CERTIFICATE   OF
                        LIQUIDATING AGENT.

      Upon any payment or distribution of assets of any Guarantor  referred to
in this Article XII, the  Trustee,  subject to the  provisions  of Article VII
hereof,  and the Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to rely upon any order
or decree made by any court of competent  jurisdiction in which  Insolvency or
Liquidation  Proceedings are pending,  or upon certificate of the Custodian or
other person making such payment or distribution,  delivered to the Trustee or
the holders of the Notes, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled
to participate in such distribution,  the holders of the Guarantor Senior Debt
and other  Indebtedness  of such  Guarantor,  the  amount  thereof  or payable
thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts
pertinent thereto or to this Article XII.

      Section 12.9.     TRUSTEE'S RELATION TO GUARANTOR SENIOR DEBT.

      The  Trustee  and any agent of any  Guarantor  or the  Trustee  shall be
entitled to all the rights set forth in this  Article XII with  respect to any
Guarantor Senior Debt which may at any time be held by it in its individual or
any other capacity to the same extent as any other holder of Guarantor  Senior
Debt and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee or any such agent
of any of its rights as such holder.

      With  respect to the  holders of  Guarantor  Senior  Debt,  the  Trustee
undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations
as are specifically set forth in this Article XII, and no implied covenants or
obligations with respect to the holders of Guarantor Senior Debt shall be read
into this  Indenture  against the Trustee.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to
owe any fiduciary  duty to the holders of Guarantor  Senior Debt and shall not
be liable to any such holders if the Trustee  shall pay over or  distribute to
or on behalf of Holders or any such  Guarantor  or any other  person  money or
assets to which any  holders of  Guarantor  Senior  Debt shall be  entitled by
virtue of this Article,  except if such payment is made as a result of willful
misconduct or gross negligence of the Trustee.

      Whenever a  distribution  is to be made or a notice  given to holders or
owners of Guarantor  Senior Debt, the  distribution may be made and the notice


                                    -121-

<PAGE>

given to their Representatives, if any.

      Section 12.10.    SUBORDINATION RIGHTS NOT IMPAIRED BY ACTS OR OMISSIONS
                        OF A GUARANTOR OR HOLDERS OF GUARANTOR SENIOR DEBT.

      No right of any present or future  holders of any Guarantor  Senior Debt
to enforce  subordination  as provided  herein shall at any time in any way be
prejudiced  or  impaired  by any  act or  failure  to act on the  part  of any
Guarantor or by any act or failure to act, in good faith,  by any such holder,
or by any  noncompliance  by such Guarantor with the terms of this  Indenture,
regardless  of any  knowledge  thereof  which  any  such  holder  may  have or
otherwise be charged with.

      Without in any way limiting the  generality of the foregoing  paragraph,
the holders of  Guarantor  Senior Debt may, at any time and from time to time,
without  the  consent  of  or  notice  to  the  Trustee,   without   incurring
responsibility  to  the  Trustee  or the  Holders  of the  Notes  and  without
impairing or releasing the  subordination  provided in this Article XII or the
obligations  hereunder  of the  Holders  of the  Notes to the  holders  of the
Guarantor  Senior Debt,  do any one or more of the  following:  (i) change the
manner,  place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment  of, or renew
or alter,  Guarantor  Senior Debt,  or otherwise  amend or  supplement  in any
manner  Guarantor  Senior Debt, or any  instrument  evidencing the same or any
agreement  under  which  Guarantor  Senior  Debt is  outstanding;  (ii)  sell,
exchange,  release or otherwise deal with any property  pledged,  mortgaged or
otherwise  securing  Guarantor Senior Debt; (iii) release any person liable in
any manner for the payment or  collection of Guarantor  Senior Debt;  and (iv)
exercise or refrain from  exercising any rights against such Guarantor and any
other person.

      Section 12.11.    NOTEHOLDERS    AUTHORIZE    TRUSTEE   TO    EFFECTUATE
                        SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES.

      Each Holder of Notes by its acceptance of them  authorizes and expressly
directs the Trustee on its behalf to take such action as may be  necessary  or
appropriate to effectuate, as between the holders of Guarantor Senior Debt and
the Holders of Notes,  the  subordination  provided in this  Article  XII, and
appoints the Trustee its attorney-in-fact for such purposes, including, in the


                                    -122-

<PAGE>

event of any dissolution,  winding-up,  liquidation or  reorganization  of any
Guarantor (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership,  reorganization or
similar  proceedings  or upon an  assignment  for the benefit of  creditors or
otherwise)  tending  towards  liquidation  of the  business  or assets of such
Guarantor,  the filing of a claim for the  unpaid  balance of its or his Notes
and accrued interest in the form required in those proceedings.

      If the Trustee does not file a proper claim or proof of debt in the form
required in such proceeding prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time
to file such claim or claims, then the holders of the Guarantor Senior Debt or
their Representative are or is hereby authorized to have the right to file and
are or is hereby  authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of
the  Holders  of said  Notes.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall be  deemed to
authorize  the  Trustee  or the  holders  of  Guarantor  Senior  Debt or their
Representative  to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any
Holders any plan of  reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment or  composition
affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder  thereof,  or to authorize the
Trustee or the holders of  Guarantor  Senior Debt or their  Representative  to
vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

      Section 12.12.    THIS ARTICLE XII NOT TO PREVENT EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

      The failure to make a payment on account of  principal of or interest on
the  Guarantees  by reason of any  provision  of this Article XII shall not be
construed as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default.

      Section 12.13.    TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION NOT PREJUDICED.

      Nothing in this  Article  XII shall  apply to amounts due to the Trustee
pursuant to other sections in this Indenture.

                                 ARTICLE XIII.

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

      Section 13.1.     TIA CONTROLS.

      If any provision of this Indenture limits,  qualifies, or conflicts with
another  provision  which is required to be included in this  Indenture by the


                                    -123-

<PAGE>

TIA, the required provision shall control.

      Section 13.2.     NOTICES.

      Any  notices or other  communications  required or  permitted  hereunder
shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery,
by private  courier  service  guaranteeing  next day  delivery,  by telex,  by
telecopier or registered or certified mail,  postage  prepaid,  return receipt
requested, addressed as follows:

      if to the Company or the Guarantors, if any:

                  Hanger Orthopedic Group Inc.
                  7700 Old Georgetown Road
                  Bethesda, Maryland  20814
                  Attention: Ivan R. Sabel
                  Telecopy:  (301) 652-8307

                  with a copy to:

                  Freedman, Levy, Kroll & Simonds
                  Washington Square
                  1050 Connecticut Avenue, N.W., Suite 825
                  Washington, D.C,. 20036-5366
                  Attention:  Jay W. Freedman, Esq.
                  Telecopy:  (202) 457-5151

      if to the Trustee:

                  U.S. Bank Trust National Association
                  180 East Fifth Street
                  St. Paul, Minnesota  55101
                  Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration, Reference--
                              Hanger Orthopedic
                  Telecopy:  (651) 244-0712

      Each of the Company,  the Guarantors,  and the Trustee by written notice
to each other such Person may designate  additional or different addresses for
notices  to such  Person.  Any notice or  communication  to the  Company,  the
Guarantors,  or the  Trustee  shall be deemed to have been given or made as of
the date so delivered if personally  delivered or delivered by private courier
service guaranteeing next day delivery;  when answered back, if telexed;  when
receipt is acknowledged, if faxed; and five (5) calendar days after mailing if


                                    -124-

<PAGE>

sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of
change of  address  shall not be deemed  to have  been  given  until  actually
received by the addressee).

      Any notice or  communication  mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to such
Holder by first class mail or other  equivalent means at such Holder's address
as it  appears  on the  registration  books  of the  Registrar  and  shall  be
sufficiently given to such Holder if so mailed within the time prescribed.

      Failure to mail a notice or  communication  to a Holder or any defect in
it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice
or  communication  is mailed in the manner  provided  above, it is duly given,
whether or not the addressee receives it.

      Section 13.3.     COMMUNICATIONS BY HOLDERS WITH OTHER HOLDERS.

      Holders may communicate pursuant to TIAss.312(b) with other Holders with
respect to their rights under this  Indenture or the Notes.  The Company,  the
Guarantors,  the Trustee,  the  Registrar  and any other Person shall have the
protection of TIAss.312(c).

      Section 13.4.     CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

      Upon any  request or  application  by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee upon
request:

            (1) an Officers'  Certificate,  in form and  substance  reasonably
      satisfactory  to  the  Trustee,  stating  that,  in the  opinion  of the
      signers,  all  conditions  precedent,  if  any,  provided  for  in  this
      Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with;

            (2) an  Opinion  of  Counsel  in  form  and  substance  reasonably
      satisfactory  to the  Trustee  stating  that,  in the  opinion  of  such
      counsel,  all such conditions  precedent,  if any,  provided for in this
      Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and


                                    -125-

<PAGE>

            (3) where  applicable,  a certificate or opinion by an independent
      certified public accountant reasonably  satisfactory to the Trustee that
      complies with TIA ss. 314(c).

      Section 13.5.      STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION.

      Each  certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition
or  covenant  provided  for  in  this  Indenture,  other  than  the  Officers'
Certificate required by Section 4.6, shall include:

            (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion
      has read such covenant or condition;

            (2)  a  brief  statement  as  to  the  nature  and  scope  of  the
      examination  or  investigation  upon which the  statements  or  opinions
      contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

            (3) a statement  that, in the opinion of such Person,  he has made
      such examination or  investigation as is reasonably  necessary to enable
      him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or
      condition has been complied with; and

            (4) a statement  as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such
      Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

      Section 13.6.     RULES BY TRUSTEE, PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR.

      The Trustee may make  reasonable  rules in accordance with the Trustee's
customary practices for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Paying Agent
or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions.

      Section 13.7.     LEGAL HOLIDAYS.

      A "Legal Holiday" used with respect to a particular  place of payment is
a Saturday,  a Sunday or a day on which banking  institutions in New York, New
York or at such place of payment  are not  required  to be open.  If a payment
date is a Legal  Holiday at such  place,  payment may be made at such place on


                                    -126-

<PAGE>

the next  succeeding  day that is not a Legal  Holiday,  and no interest shall
accrue for the intervening period.

      Section 13.8.     GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER.

      THIS  INDENTURE,  THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AS APPLIED TO
CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED  WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK,  WITHOUT REGARD TO
PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE  APPLICATION  OF THE LAW
OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO
AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE  JURISDICTION  OF THE  COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
SITTING IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK,  OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE
SOUTHERN  DISTRICT OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS  INDENTURE.  Each of the  parties  hereto  hereby  waives any
objection  it may now or  hereafter  have  to the  courts  referred  to in the
immediately  preceding  sentence  being  nominated  as the  forum  to hear and
determine any suit,  action or  proceeding  arising out of or relating to this
Indenture  and agrees not to claim that any such court is not a convenient  or
appropriate  forum.  Each of the parties  hereto  hereby waives its right to a
jury trial in  connection  with any  action or  proceeding  arising  out of or
relating to this Indenture.

      Section 13.9.     NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS.

      This Indenture may not be used to interpret another  indenture,  loan or
debt agreement of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.  Any such indenture,
loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

      Section 13.10.    NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS.

      No director,  officer, employee or stockholder,  as such, of the Company
or any Subsidiary  shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company
or any  Subsidiary  under the Notes,  any  Guarantee or this  Indenture.  Each
Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver
and release are part of the  consideration for the issuance of the Notes. This
provision does not affect any possible claims under federal securities laws.


                                    -127-

<PAGE>

      Section 13.11.    SUCCESSORS.

      All agreements of the Company and the Guarantors in this Indenture,  the
Notes and the Guarantees  shall bind their  successors.  All agreements of the
Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

      Section 13.12.    DUPLICATE ORIGINALS.

      All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed
copy shall be an original,  but all of them together shall  represent the same
agreement.

      Section 13.13.    SEVERABILITY.

      In case any one or more of the  provisions  in this  Indenture or in the
Notes or in the Guarantees shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in
any respect for any reason,  the validity,  legality and enforceability of any
such  provision in every other respect and of the remaining  provisions  shall
not in any way be affected or impaired thereby,  it being intended that all of
the provisions  hereof shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by
law.


                                    -128-

<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be
duly executed, all as of the date first written above.

                                         COMPANY:

                                         HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.


                                         By:  /s/IVAN R. SABEL
                                              -------------------------------
                                         Name:  Ivan R. Sabel
                                         Title: Chairman, President and Chief
                                                Executive Officer

                                         By:  /s/RICHARD A. STEIN
                                              -------------------------------
                                         Name:  Richard A. Stein
                                         Title: Secretary and Chief Financial
                                                Officer


                                         GUARANTORS:

                                         HANGER PROSTHETICS & ORTHOTICS, INC.
                                         SOUTHERN PROSTHETIC SUPPLY, INC.
                                         SEATTLE ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.
                                         OPNET, INC.
                                         EUGENE TUEFEL & SON ORTHOTICS &
                                         PROSTHETICS, INC.
                                         HPO ACQUISITION CORP.


                                         By:  /s/IVAN R. SABEL
                                              -------------------------------
                                         Name:  Ivan R. Sabel
                                         Title: Chairman, President and Chief
                                                Executive Officer

                                         By:  /s/RICHARD A. STEIN
                                              -------------------------------
                                         Name:  Richard A. Stein
                                         Title: Secretary and Chief Financial
                                                Officer

                                         TRUSTEE:

                                         U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                           as Trustee

                                         By:  /s/RICHARD PROKOSCH
                                              ----------------------
                                         Name:  Richard Prokosch
                                         Title: Authorized Signatory



                                                                 EXHIBIT 10(d)

 =============================================================================

                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


                           Dated as of June 16, 1999


                                 By and Among

                        HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.,

                        THE GUARANTORS SIGNATORY HERETO

                                      and

                        DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

                           CHASE SECURITIES INC. and

                              PARIBAS CORPORATION

                             as Initial Purchasers


                  11 1/4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009

 =============================================================================


<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page

1. Definitions.............................................................. 1

2. Exchange Offer........................................................... 4

3. Market-Making Registration Statement..................................... 8

4. Shelf Registration.......................................................13

5. Additional Interest......................................................14

6. Registration Procedures..................................................16

7. Registration Expenses....................................................22

8. Indemnification..........................................................23

9. Rules 144 and 144A.......................................................27

10. Underwritten Registrations..............................................27

11. Miscellaneous...........................................................28

      (a) No Inconsistent Agreements........................................28
      (b) Adjustments Affecting Registrable Notes...........................28
      (c) Additional Amounts of Notes.......................................28
      (d) Amendments and Waivers............................................28
      (e) Notices...........................................................29
      (f) Successors and Assigns............................................30
      (g) Counterparts......................................................30
      (h) Headings..........................................................31
      (i) Governing Law.....................................................31
      (j) Severability......................................................31
      (k) Securities Held by the Issuers or their Affiliates................31
      (l) Third Party Beneficiaries.........................................31
      (m) Entire Agreement..................................................31


                                      (i)

<PAGE>

                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

      This Registration Rights Agreement (the "AGREEMENT") is dated as of June
16, 1999, by and among HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP,  INC., a Delaware  corporation
(the  "COMPANY"),  the  guarantors  signatory  hereto (the  "GUARANTORS,"  and
together with the Company, the "ISSUERS"),  and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,
CHASE SECURITIES  INC., and PARIBAS  CORPORATION  (collectively,  the "INITIAL
PURCHASERS").

      This  Agreement  is  entered  into  in  connection   with  the  Purchase
Agreement,  dated as of June 9, 1999, by and among the Company and the Initial
Purchasers (the "PURCHASE  AGREEMENT")  relating to the sale by the Company to
the Initial  Purchasers of $150,000,000  aggregate  principal amount of its 11
1/4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (thE "NOtes"). In order to induce the
Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase  Agreement,  the Company (on its
own  behalf  and on behalf  of the  Guarantors)  has  agreed  to  provide  the
registration rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of the Initial
Purchasers and their direct and indirect  transferees and the Market Maker (as
defined  below).  The execution and delivery of this  Agreement by the Company
and the  Guarantors  is a condition to the Initial  Purchasers'  obligation to
purchase the Notes under the Purchase Agreement.

      The parties hereby agree as follows:

1.       DEFINITIONS

      As used in this Agreement,  the following terms shall have the following
meanings:

      ADDITIONAL INTEREST: See Section 5(a) hereof.

      ADDITIONAL NOTES: See Section 11(c) hereof.

      ADVICE: See the last paragraph of Section 6 hereof.

      AGREEMENT: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

      APPLICABLE PERIOD: See Section 2(b) hereof.

      COMPANY: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

      EFFECTIVENESS  DATE: With respect to (i) the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement,  the 125th day after the Issue Date and (ii) any Shelf Registration
Statement, the 125th day after such Shelf Registration Statement is filed.

      EFFECTIVENESS PERIOD: See Section 4(a) hereof.

      EVENT DATE: See Section 5(b) hereof.


<PAGE>

      EXCHANGE ACT: The Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and the
rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

      EXCHANGE NOTES: See Section 2(a) hereof.

      EXCHANGE OFFER: See Section 2(a) hereof.

      EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT: See Section 2(a) hereof.

      FILING  DATE:  (A) If no  Registration  Statement  has been filed by the
Issuers pursuant to this Agreement, the 60th day after the Issue Date; and (B)
in any other case (which may be applicable notwithstanding the consummation of
the Exchange Offer), the 60th day after the delivery of a Shelf Notice.

      HOLDER: Any holder of a Registrable Note or Registrable Notes.

      INDEMNIFIED PERSON: See Section 8(c) hereof.

      INDEMNIFYING PERSON: See Section 8(c) hereof.

      INDENTURE: means the Indenture, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among
the Issuers, and U.S. Bank Trust, National Association,  as trustee,  relating
to the Notes as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

      INITIAL PURCHASERS: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

      INITIAL SHELF REGISTRATION: See Section 4(a) hereof.

      INSPECTORS: See Section 6(n) hereof.

      ISSUE DATE: June 16, 1999, the date of original issuance of the Notes.

      MARKET MAKER: see Section 3(a) hereof.

      MARKET-MAKING REGISTRATION STATEMENT: see Section 3(a) hereof.

      NASD: See Section 6(t) hereof.

      NOTES: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

      PARTICIPANT: See Section 8(a) hereof.

      PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER: See Section 2(b) hereof.

      PERSON:  An  individual,  trustee,  corporation,   partnership,  limited
liability company,  joint stock company,  trust,  unincorporated  association,
union, business association, firm or other legal entity.


                                     -2-

<PAGE>

      PRIVATE EXCHANGE: See Section 2(b) hereof.

      PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTES: See Section 2(b) hereof.

      PROSPECTUS:  The  prospectus  included  in  any  Registration  Statement
(including,  without  limitation,  any prospectus  subject to completion and a
prospectus that includes any information  previously omitted from a prospectus
filed as part of an effective  registration  statement  in reliance  upon Rule
430A under the  Securities  Act and any term sheet filed  pursuant to Rule 434
under the  Securities  Act),  as amended  or  supplemented  by any  prospectus
supplement,  and all  other  amendments  and  supplements  to the  Prospectus,
including  post-effective   amendments,   and  all  material  incorporated  by
reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

      PURCHASE AGREEMENT: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

      RECORDS: See Section 6(n) hereof.

      REGISTRABLE NOTES: Each Note upon its original issuance and at all times
subsequent thereto,  each Exchange Note as to which Section 2(c)(iv) hereof is
applicable upon original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto and each
Private  Exchange  Note  upon  original  issuance  thereof  and at  all  times
subsequent  thereto,  until (i) a  Registration  Statement  (other than,  with
respect  to  any  Exchange  Note  as  to  which  Section  2(c)(iv)  hereof  is
applicable,  the Exchange Offer  Registration  Statement)  covering such Note,
Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note has been declared  effective by the SEC
and such Note,  Exchange Note or such Private  Exchange  Note, as the case may
be,  has been  disposed  of in  accordance  with such  effective  Registration
Statement,  (ii) such Note has been  exchanged  pursuant to the Exchange Offer
for an Exchange Note or Exchange Notes that may be resold without  restriction
under  federal  securities  laws,  (iii) such Note,  Exchange  Note or Private
Exchange  Note, as the case may be, ceases to be  outstanding  for purposes of
the Indenture or (iv) such Note,  Exchange Note or Private  Exchange  Note, as
the case may be, may be resold without restriction  pursuant to Rule 144 under
the Securities Act.

      REGISTRATION  STATEMENT:  Any registration statement of the Issuers that
covers any of the Notes,  the  Exchange  Notes or the Private  Exchange  Notes
filed with the SEC under the Securities Act  (including,  without  limitation,
any   Market-Making   Registration   Statement),   including  the  Prospectus,
amendments  and  supplements  to  such   registration   statement,   including
post-effective  amendments,  all exhibits,  and all material  incorporated  by
reference  or deemed to be  incorporated  by  reference  in such  registration
statement.

      "REOFFER  CONDITION"  shall be deemed to have  occurred  if either (1) a
Shelf  Registration is filed pursuant to Section 4 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus
contained in the  Exchange  Offer  Registration  Statement  filed  pursuant to
Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered  under the  Securities Act by any
Participating  Broker-Dealer  that  seeks to sell  Exchange  Notes  during the
Applicable Period.


                                     -3-

<PAGE>

      RULE 144: Rule 144  promulgated  under the Securities  Act, as such Rule
may be amended  from time to time,  or any similar rule (other than Rule 144A)
or regulation  hereafter  adopted by the SEC providing for offers and sales of
securities  made in  compliance  therewith  resulting  in offers  and sales by
subsequent  holders that are not affiliates of the Issuers of such  securities
being free of the  registration  and prospectus  delivery  requirements of the
Securities Act.

      RULE 144A: Rule 144A promulgated  under the Securities Act, as such Rule
may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule (other than Rule 144) or
regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.

      RULE 415: Rule 415  promulgated  under the Securities  Act, as such Rule
may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation  hereafter
adopted by the SEC.

      SEC: The Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor agency.

      SECURITIES  ACT: The Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and the rules
and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

      SHELF NOTICE: See Section 2(c) hereof.

      SHELF REGISTRATION: See Section 4(b) hereof.

      SHELF REGISTRATION  STATEMENT:  Any Registration Statement relating to a
Shelf Registration.

      SUBSEQUENT SHELF REGISTRATION: See Section 4(b) hereof.

      TIA: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

      TRUSTEE: The trustee under the Indenture.

      UNDERWRITTEN  REGISTRATION OR UNDERWRITTEN  OFFERING:  A registration in
which  securities of the Issuers are sold to an underwriter  for reoffering to
the public.

2.       EXCHANGE OFFER

      (a) The Issuers  shall file with the SEC, no later than the Filing Date,
a Registration  Statement (the "EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION  STATEMENT") on an
appropriate  registration  form  with  respect  to  a  registered  offer  (the
"EXCHANGE  OFFER") to exchange any and all of the Registrable Notes for a like
aggregate principal amount of notes (the "EXCHANGE NOTES") of the Issuers that
are  identical in all material  respects to the Notes except that the Exchange
Notes shall contain no restrictive  legend  thereon.  The Exchange Offer shall
comply  with all  applicable  tender  offer  rules and  regulations  under the
Exchange Act and other applicable  laws,  including state "Blue Sky" laws. The
Issuers  shall  use  their  best  efforts  (x) to  cause  the  Exchange  Offer
Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or
before the  Effectiveness  Date;  (y) to keep the  Exchange  Offer open for at
least 30 days (or longer if  required by  applicable  law) after the date that


                                     -4-

<PAGE>

notice of the Exchange  Offer is mailed to Holders;  and (z) to consummate the
Exchange  Offer on or prior to the 30th day  following  the date on which  the
Exchange Offer  Registration  Statement is declared  effective by the SEC. If,
after  the  Exchange  Offer  Registration   Statement  is  initially  declared
effective by the SEC, the Exchange Offer or the issuance of the Exchange Notes
thereunder is interfered with by any stop order,  injunction or other order or
requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, the Exchange
Offer Registration  Statement shall be deemed not to have become effective for
purposes of this Agreement.

      Each Holder that  participates in the Exchange Offer will be required to
represent to the Company (i) that any Exchange Notes to be received by it will
be acquired in the ordinary  course of its business,  (ii) that at the time of
the consummation of the Exchange Offer such Holder will have no arrangement or
understanding  with any  Person  to  participate  in the  distribution  of the
Exchange  Notes in violation of the  provisions of the  Securities  Act, (iii)
that such Holder is not an affiliate of the Issuers  within the meaning of the
Securities  Act,  (iv) if such Holder is not a  broker-dealer,  that it is not
engaged  in, and does not intend to engage in, the  distribution  of  Exchange
Notes and (v) if such  Holder is a  Participating  Broker-Dealer  (as  defined
below),  that such Holder will receive  Exchange  Notes for its own account in
exchange for Notes that were  acquired as a result of  market-making  or other
trading  activities  and that it will deliver a prospectus in connection  with
any resale of such Exchange Notes.

      Upon  consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with this Section
2, the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall  continue to apply,  solely with
respect to Registrable  Notes that are Private Exchange Notes,  Exchange Notes
as to  which  Section  2(c)(iv)  is  applicable  and  Exchange  Notes  held by
Participating Broker-Dealers, and the Issuers shall have no further obligation
to register  Registrable  Notes (other than Private  Exchange  Notes and other
than in respect  of any  Exchange  Notes as to which  clause  2(c)(iv)  hereof
applies)  pursuant to Section 4 hereof.  No securities other than the Exchange
Notes and the  guarantees  of the  Guarantors  with respect  thereto  shall be
included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

      (b) The Issuers shall  include  within the  Prospectus  contained in the
Exchange   Offer   Registration   Statement  a  section   entitled   "Plan  of
Distribution,"  reasonably  acceptable to the Initial Purchasers,  which shall
contain a summary  statement of the  positions  taken or policies  made by the
staff of the SEC with  respect to the  potential  "underwriter"  status of any
broker-dealer that is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act) of Exchange Notes received by such broker-dealer in the Exchange
Offer (a  "PARTICIPATING  BROKER-DEALER"),  whether such positions or policies
have been publicly  disseminated  by the staff of the SEC or such positions or
policies represent the prevailing views of the staff of the SEC. Such "Plan of
Distribution"  section shall include all information  with respect to the sale
of Exchange Notes by Participating  Broker-Dealers that the SEC may require in
order to permit such sales pursuant  thereto,  but such "Plan of Distribution"
shall not name any such Participating  Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of
Notes  held by any  such  Participating  Broker-Dealer  except  to the  extent
required by the SEC. Such "Plan of Distribution"  section shall also expressly
permit, to the extent permitted by applicable  policies and regulations of the
SEC,  the use of the  Prospectus  by all  Persons  subject  to the  prospectus
delivery  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act,  including,  to  the  extent


                                     -5-

<PAGE>

permitted by applicable policies and regulations of the SEC, all Participating
Broker-Dealers,  and  include  a  statement  describing  the  means  by  which
Participating  Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Notes in compliance with
the Securities Act.

      The  Issuers  shall use their best  efforts to keep the  Exchange  Offer
Registration  Statement  effective and to amend and  supplement the Prospectus
contained therein in order to permit such Prospectus to be lawfully  delivered
by  all  Persons  subject  to  the  prospectus  delivery  requirements  of the
Securities  Act for  such  period  of  time as is  necessary  to  comply  with
applicable  law in  connection  with any resale of the Exchange  Notes covered
thereby;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that such period shall not exceed 180 days after
such  Exchange  Offer  Registration  Statement is declared  effective (or such
longer period if extended  pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 6 hereof)
(the "APPLICABLE PERIOD").

      If, prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer,  any Initial  Purchaser
holds any Notes acquired by it that have, or that are reasonably  likely to be
determined  to  have,  the  status  of  an  unsold  allotment  in  an  initial
distribution,  or any Holder is not  entitled to  participate  in the Exchange
Offer,  the Issuers upon the request of any such Holder  shall  simultaneously
with the  delivery of the  Exchange  Notes in the  Exchange  Offer,  issue and
deliver to any such Holder,  in exchange  (the " PRIVATE  EXCHANGE")  for such
Notes held by any such Holder,  a like principal amount of notes (the "PRIVATE
EXCHANGE NOTES") of the Issuers that are identical in all material respects to
the Exchange Notes (except that they may bear a customary  legend with respect
to  restrictions  on  transfer).  The Private  Exchange  Notes shall be issued
pursuant to the same  indenture as the Exchange  Notes and bear the same CUSIP
number as the Exchange Notes.

      Interest  on the  Exchange  Notes and the  Private  Exchange  Notes will
accrue  from  (A) the  later of (i) the last  interest  payment  date on which
interest was paid on the Notes surrendered in exchange therefor or (ii) if the
Notes are surrendered for exchange on a date subsequent to the record date for
an interest payment date to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as
to which interest will be paid, the date of such interest payment or (B) if no
interest has been paid on the Notes, from the date of the original issuance of
the Notes.

      In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall:

            (1)  mail,  or cause to be  mailed,  to each  Holder  entitled  to
      participate in the Exchange Offer a copy of the Prospectus  forming part
      of  the  Exchange  Offer  Registration   Statement,   together  with  an
      appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

            (2) keep the  Exchange  Offer open for not less than 30 days after
      the date that  notice of the  Exchange  Offer is mailed to  Holders  (or
      longer if required by applicable law);

            (3) utilize the  services of a depositary  for the Exchange  Offer
      with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York;


                                     -6-

<PAGE>

            (4) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to
      the close of business,  New York time, on the last business day on which
      the Exchange Offer shall remain open; and

            (5) otherwise comply in all material  respects with all applicable
      laws, rules and regulations.

      As soon as  practicable  after the close of the  Exchange  Offer and the
Private Exchange, if any, the Issuers shall:

            (1) accept for exchange all Registrable Notes validly tendered and
      not validly  withdrawn  pursuant to the  Exchange  Offer and the Private
      Exchange, if any;

            (2) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable  Notes
      so accepted for exchange; and

            (3) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each
      Holder of Notes,  Exchange Notes or Private  Exchange Notes, as the case
      may be,  equal  in  principal  amount  to the  Notes of such  Holder  so
      accepted for exchange.

      The Exchange Offer and the Private  Exchange shall not be subject to any
conditions, other than that (i) the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange, as the
case may be, does not violate applicable law or any applicable  interpretation
of the  staff of the  SEC,  (ii) no  action  or  proceeding  shall  have  been
instituted  or  threatened  in any court or by any  governmental  agency which
might  materially  impair  the  ability of the  Issuers  to  proceed  with the
Exchange Offer or the Private  Exchange,  and no material adverse  development
shall have occurred in any existing  action or proceeding  with respect to the
Issuers and (iii) all governmental  approvals shall have been obtained,  which
approvals  the Issuers deem  necessary  for the  consummation  of the Exchange
Offer or Private Exchange.

      The Exchange Notes and the Private  Exchange Notes shall be issued under
(i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture  identical in all material  respects to
the Indenture and which,  in either case, has been qualified  under the TIA or
is exempt from such  qualification  and shall provide that the Exchange  Notes
shall not be subject to the transfer  restrictions set forth in the Indenture.
The Indenture or such  indenture  shall provide that the Exchange  Notes,  the
Private  Exchange  Notes and the Notes shall vote and consent  together on all
matters as one class and that none of the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange
Notes or the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate  class
on any matter.

      (c) If,  (i)  because of any  change in law or in  currently  prevailing
interpretations  of the staff of the SEC,  the  Issuers are not  permitted  to
effect the Exchange Offer,  (ii) the Exchange Offer is not consummated  within
155 days of the Issue  Date,  (iii) any  Initial  Purchaser  or any  holder of
Private Exchange Notes so requests in writing to the Issuers at any time after
the consummation of the Exchange Offer, or (iv) in the case of any Holder that
participates  in the  Exchange  Offer,  such Holder does not receive  Exchange
Notes on the date of the exchange that may be sold without  restriction  under
federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such Holder as


                                     -7-

<PAGE>

an affiliate any of the Issuers within the meaning of the Securities  Act) and
so notifies the Issuers  within 30 days after such Holder first  becomes aware
of such restrictions, in the case of each of clauses (i) to and including (iv)
of this sentence,  then the Issuers shall promptly  deliver to the Holders and
the Trustee written notice thereof (the "SHELF NOTICE") and shall file a Shelf
Registration pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

3.      MARKET-MAKING REGISTRATION STATEMENT

      (a) For so long as any of the Notes or  Exchange  Notes are  outstanding
and Chase  Securities  Inc. (the "MARKET  MAKER") or any of its affiliates (as
defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC under the Securities Act) owns
any equity securities of any Issuer and proposes to make a market in the Notes
or  Exchange  Notes  as part  of its  business  in the  ordinary  course,  the
following provisions shall apply for the sole benefit of the Market Maker:

            (i) The  Issuers  shall  (A) on the date that the  Exchange  Offer
      Registration  Statement  is  filed  with the  SEC,  file a  Registration
      Statement (the "MARKET-MAKING REGISTRATION STATEMENT") (which may be the
      same Registration Statement as the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
      or the Initial Shelf Registration  Statement,  if permitted by the rules
      and  regulations  of the  SEC) and use its best  efforts  to cause  such
      Market-Making Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC
      on or prior to the  consummation of the Exchange Offer; (B) periodically
      amend the Market-Making  Registration  Statement so that the information
      contained  therein complies with the requirements of Section 10(a) under
      the Securities  Act; (C) within 45 days following the end of each of the
      Company's fiscal quarters, file a supplement to the prospectus contained
      in  the  Market-Making  Registration  Statement  which  sets  forth  the
      financial  results  of the  Company  for such  quarter;  (D)  amend  the
      Market-Making   Registration   Statement  or   supplement   the  related
      prospectus  when  necessary  to  reflect  any  material  changes  in the
      information   provided   therein;   and  (E)  amend  the   Market-Making
      Registration  Statement  when  required to do so in order to comply with
      Section  10(a)(3) of the Securities  Act;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that (1)
      prior to filing the Market-Making  Registration Statement, any amendment
      thereto or any  supplement to the related  prospectus,  the Issuers will
      furnish to the Market Maker copies of all such documents  proposed to be
      filed, which documents will be subject to the review of the Market Maker
      and its  counsel,  (2) the  Issuers  will  not  file  the  Market-Making
      Registration  Statement,  any  amendment  thereto any  supplement to the
      related  prospectus  to which the  Market  Maker and its  counsel  shall
      reasonably  object  unless the Issuers are advised by counsel  that such
      Market-Making   Registration  Statement,   amendment  or  supplement  is
      required to be filed and (3) the Issuers  will  provide the Market Maker
      and its counsel with copies of the Market-Making  Registration Statement
      and each amendment and supplement filed.

            (ii) If at any time the Company  becomes no longer eligible to use
      Form S-3 under the  Securities Act with respect to sales of the Notes or
      Exchange Notes, the Issuers shall file a post-effective amendment to the
      Market-Making  Registration  Statement  to  convert  it  to a  Form  S-1
      registration statement as soon as practicable.


                                     -8-

<PAGE>

            (iii) The Issuers  shall notify the Market Maker and, if requested
      by the  Market  Maker,  confirm  such  advice in  writing,  (A) when the
      Market-Making   Registration  Statement,  any  post-effective  amendment
      thereto and any amendment or supplement  to the related  prospectus  has
      been filed and, with respect to the Market-Making Registration Statement
      any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; (B) of
      any  request  by  the  SEC  for  any  post-effective  amendment  to  the
      Market-Making Registration Statement, any amendment or supplement to the
      related prospectus or for additional information; (C) of the issuance by
      the  SEC  of  any  stop  order  suspending  the   effectiveness  of  the
      Market-Making   Registration   Statement  or  the   initiation   of  any
      proceedings  for that purpose;  (D) of the receipt by the Issuers of any
      notification  with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the
      Notes or Exchange Notes for sale in any  jurisdiction  or the initiation
      or threatening of any proceedings for such purpose; (E) of the happening
      of any  event  which  makes  any  statement  made  in the  Market-Making
      Registration  Statement,  the related  prospectus  or any  amendment  or
      supplement thereto untrue or which requires the making of any changes in
      the  Market-Making   Registration  Statement,  such  prospectus  or  any
      amendment or supplement  thereto in order to make the statements therein
      not  misleading;  and (F) of any  advice  from a  nationally  recognized
      statistical  rating  organization  that such organization has placed the
      Company under  surveillance or review with negative  implications or has
      determined to downgrade the rating of the Notes,  Exchange  Notes or any
      other debt  obligation  of the  Company,  whether or not such  downgrade
      shall have been publicly announced.

            (iv) If any event contemplated by clauses  (a)(iii)(B) through (E)
      above  occurs  during the period for which the Issuers  are  required to
      maintain an effective Market-Making  Registration Statement, the Issuers
      shall promptly prepare and file with the SEC a post-effective  amendment
      to the  Market-Making  Registration  Statement  or a  supplement  to the
      related  prospectus  or file any  other  required  document  so that the
      prospectus  will not include an untrue  statement of a material  fact or
      omit to state a material fact  necessary in order to make the statements
      therein,  in the light of the circumstances  under which they were made,
      not misleading.

            (v) In the event of the issuance of any stop order  suspending the
      effectiveness  of the  Market-Making  Registration  Statement  or of any
      order  suspending the  qualification  of the Notes or Exchange Notes for
      sale in any  jurisdiction,  the Issuers  shall use  promptly  their best
      efforts to obtain its withdrawal.

            (vi) The  Issuers  shall  furnish  to the  Market  Maker,  without
      charge,   (i)  at  least  one  conformed   copy  of  the   Market-Making
      Registration  Statement and any post-effective  amendment  thereto;  and
      (ii) as many  copies of the  related  prospectus  and any  amendment  or
      supplement thereto as the Market Maker may reasonably request.

            (vii)  The  Issuers  shall  consent  to the use of the  prospectus
      contained in the Market-Making  Registration  Statement or any amendment
      or  supplement  thereto  by the  Market  Maker  in  connection  with the
      offering and sale of the Notes or Exchange Notes.


                                     -9-

<PAGE>

            (viii) For so long as the Notes or Exchange Notes are outstanding,
      the Issuers shall furnish to the Market Maker (A) as soon as practicable
      after  the end of each of the  Company's  fiscal  years,  the  number of
      copies reasonably  requested by the Market Maker of the Company's annual
      report for such  year,  (B) as soon as  available,  the number of copies
      reasonably  requested  by the Market  Maker of each  report  (including,
      without  limitation,  reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K) or definitive
      proxy  statements  of the Company filed under the Exchange Act or mailed
      to stockholders and (C) all public reports and all reports and financial
      statements furnished by the Issuers to the NASDAQ National Market System
      or any U.S. national securities exchange or quotation service upon which
      the Notes or Exchange Notes may be listed pursuant to requirements of or
      agreements  with  such  exchange  or  quotation  service  or to the  SEC
      pursuant  to the  Exchange  Act or any  rule  or  regulation  of the SEC
      thereunder.

      (b)  Prior  to the  effective  date  of the  Market-Making  Registration
Statement,  the Issuers will use their best efforts to register or qualify, or
cooperate  with the  Market  Maker  and its  counsel  in  connection  with the
registration  or  qualification  of, the Notes or Exchange Notes for offer and
sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Market
Maker reasonably  requests,  and do any and all other acts or things necessary
or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such  jurisdictions  of the Notes
or  Exchange  Notes  covered  by  the  Market-Making  Registration  Statement,
PROVIDED  that the Company  will not be required  to qualify  generally  to do
business in any jurisdiction  where it is not then so qualified or to take any
action which would subject it to general  service of process or to taxation in
any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

      (c)  Each  Issuer   represents  that  the   Market-Making   Registration
Statement,   any  post-effective   amendments   thereto,   any  amendments  or
supplements to the related  prospectus and any documents filed by it under the
Exchange  Act will,  when they become  effective or are filed with the SEC, as
the case may be, conform in all respects to the requirements of the Securities
Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and  regulations  of the SEC thereunder
and will  not,  as of the  effective  date of the  Market-Making  Registration
Statement  or such  post-effective  amendments  and as of the  filing  date of
amendments or supplements to such prospectus or filings under the Exchange Act
contain an untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not  misleading;  PROVIDED  that no  representation  or warranty is made as to
information  contained  in or  omitted  from  the  Market-Making  Registration
Statement or the related  prospectus in reliance  upon and in conformity  with
written information  furnished to the Issuers by the Market Maker specifically
for inclusion  therein,  which  information  the parties  hereto agree will be
limited to the  statements  concerning  the  market-making  activities  of the
Marker  Maker  to be set  forth  on  the  cover  page  and  in  the  "Plan  of
Distribution" section of the prospectus.

      (d) At the  time  of  effectiveness  of the  Market-Making  Registration
Statement  and  concurrently  each  time that the  Market-Making  Registration
Statement or the related  prospectus shall be amended or such prospectus shall
be supplemented,  the Company shall (if requested by the Market Maker) furnish
the Market  Maker and its counsel  with a  certificate  of its Chairman of the


                                     -10-

<PAGE>

Board or President and its chief financial officer to the effect that:

            (i) The  Market-Making  Registration  Statement  has been declared
      effective by the SEC under the Securities Act;

            (ii) In the case of an amendment to the Market-Making Registration
      Statement,  such amendment has become effective under the Securities Act
      as of the date and time specified in such certificate;

            (iii) In the case of an amendment or supplement to the  prospectus
      contained in the Market-Making  Registration Statement,  such supplement
      was filed with the SEC pursuant to the subparagraph of Rule 424(b) under
      the Securities  Act specified in such  certificate on the date specified
      therein;

            (iv) To the knowledge of such officers,  no stop order  suspending
      the effectiveness of the Market-Making  Registration  Statement has been
      issued and no  proceeding  for that purpose is pending or  threatened by
      the SEC; and

            (v)  Such  officers  have  carefully  examined  the  Market-Making
      Registration  Statement and the related  prospectus (and, in the case of
      an amendment or supplement,  such amendment or supplement) and as of the
      date of the  Market-Making  Registration  Statement or such amendment or
      supplement, as applicable,  the Market-Making Registration Statement and
      the related prospectus, as amended or supplemented,  if applicable,  did
      not include any untrue  statement of a material fact and did not omit to
      state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
      the statements therein not misleading.

      (e) At the  time  of  effectiveness  of the  Market-Making  Registration
Statement  and  concurrently  each  time that the  Market-Making  Registration
Statement or the related  prospectus shall be amended or such prospectus shall
be supplemented,  the Issuers shall (if requested by the Market Maker) furnish
the Market Maker and its counsel  with the written  opinion of counsel for the
Issuers satisfactory to the Market maker to the effect that:

            (i) The  Market-Making  Registration  Statement  has been declared
      effective by the SEC under the Securities Act;

            (ii) In the case of an amendment to the Market-Making Registration
      Statement,  such amendment has become effective under the Securities Act
      as of the date and time specified in such opinion;

            (iii) In the case of an amendment or supplement to the  prospectus
      contained in the Market-Making  Registration Statement,  such supplement
      was filed with the SEC pursuant to the subparagraph of Rule 424(b) under
      the  Securities  Act  specified  in such  opinion on the date  specified
      therein;

            (iv) To the  knowledge of such counsel,  no stop order  suspending


                                     -11-

<PAGE>

      the effectiveness of the Market-Making  Registration  Statement has been
      issued and no  proceeding  for that purpose is pending or  threatened by
      the SEC; and

            (v) Such  counsel  has  reviewed  the  Market-Making  Registration
      Statement and the related  prospectus  (and, in the case of an amendment
      or  supplement,  such  amendment or supplement)  and  participated  with
      officers of the Company and its  independent  public  accountants in the
      preparation  of  the  Market-Making   Registration  Statement  and  such
      prospectus  (and,  in the  case  of an  amendment  or  supplement,  such
      amendment  or  supplement)  and has no reason to believe  that as of the
      date of the Market- Making  Registration  Statement or such amendment or
      supplement, as applicable,  the Market-Making Registration Statement, as
      amended,  if  applicable,  contained any untrue  statement of a material
      fact or omitted to state a material fact  required to be stated  therein
      or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,  or that the
      related prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable,  contains
      any untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omits to state a material
      fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements
      therein,  in the light of the circumstances  under which they were made,
      not misleading.

      (f) At the  time  of  effectiveness  of the  Market-Making  Registration
Statement  and  concurrently  each  time that the  Market-Making  Registration
Statement or the related  prospectus shall be amended or such prospectus shall
be supplemented to include audited annual financial  information,  the Company
shall (if  requested  by the Market  Maker)  furnish the Market  Maker and its
counsel  with a letter of  PriceWaterhouseCoopers  LLP (or  other  independent
public accountants for the Company of nationally recognized standing), in form
satisfactory to the Market Maker,  addressed to the Market Maker and dated the
date of delivery of such  letter,  (i)  confirming  that they are  independent
public  accountants  within  the  meaning  of the  Securities  Act  and are in
compliance with the applicable  requirements  relating to the qualification of
accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the SEC and (ii) in all other
respects,  substantially  in the form of the letter  delivered  to the Initial
Purchasers  pursuant to Section 7(c) of the Purchase  Agreement  with,  in the
case of an amendment or supplement to include audited  financial  information,
such  changes as may be  necessary  to  reflect  the  amended or  supplemental
financial information.

      (g) Each Issuer,  jointly and severally,  hereby agrees to indemnify the
Market Maker, and if applicable, contribute to the Market Maker, in accordance
with Section 8 hereof.

      (h) The Issuers  will comply with the  provisions  of this  Section 3 at
their own  expense  and will  reimburse  the  Market  Maker  for its  expenses
associated with this Section 3 (including fees of counsel).

      (i) The agreements  contained in this Section 3 and the representations,
warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement shall survive all offers
and sales of the Notes or  Exchange  Notes and shall  remain in full force and
effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any
investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party.


                                     -12-

<PAGE>

      (j) For purposes of this Section 3, any reference to the terms  "amend",
"amendment" or  "supplement"  with respect to the  Market-Making  Registration
Statement or the Prospectus  contained therein shall be deemed to refer to and
include  the  filing  under  the  Exchange  Act of any  document  deemed to be
incorporated therein by reference.

4.       SHELF REGISTRATION

      If at any time a Shelf Notice is delivered  as  contemplated  by Section
2(c) hereof, then:

      (a)  SHELF  REGISTRATION.   The  Issuers  shall  file  with  the  SEC  a
Registration  Statement  for an  offering  to be  made on a  continuous  basis
pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable Notes not permitted to be
exchanged  in the  Exchange  Offer  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  this
Agreement,  Private  Exchange  Notes and  Exchange  Notes as to which  Section
2(c)(iv) is applicable (the "INITIAL SHELF  REGISTRATION").  The Issuers shall
use their best efforts to file with the SEC the Initial Shelf  Registration on
or before the applicable Filing Date. The Initial Shelf  Registration shall be
on Form  S-1 or  another  appropriate  form  permitting  registration  of such
Registrable Notes for resale by Holders in the manner or manners designated by
them (including,  without limitation, one or more underwritten offerings). The
Issuers shall not permit any securities other than the Registrable Notes to be
included  in  the  Initial  Shelf   Registration   or  any  Subsequent   Shelf
Registration.

      The  Issuers  shall use their best  efforts to cause the  Initial  Shelf
Registration to be declared  effective under the Securities Act on or prior to
the Effectiveness Date and to keep the Initial Shelf Registration continuously
effective  under the Securities Act until the date which is two years from the
Issue Date,  subject to extension  pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 6
hereof (the  "EFFECTIVENESS  PERIOD"),  or such shorter period ending when all
Registrable  Notes  covered  by the Shelf  Registration  have been sold in the
manner set forth and as contemplated in the Initial Shelf  Registration or, if
applicable,  a Subsequent  Shelf  Registration;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the
Effectiveness  Period in respect of the Initial  Shelf  Registration  shall be
extended  to the  extent  required  to  permit  dealers  to  comply  with  the
applicable  prospectus delivery  requirements of Rule 174 under the Securities
Act and as otherwise provided herein.

      No holder of Registrable  Notes may include any of its Registrable Notes
in any Shelf  Registration  Statement  pursuant to this  Agreement  unless and
until such holder  furnishes  to the Issuers in  writing,  after  receipt of a
request therefor,  such information as the Issuers may reasonably  request for
use in  connection  with any Shelf  Registration  Statement or  Prospectus  or
preliminary  prospectus  included  therein.  No Holder  shall be  entitled  to
Additional  Interest pursuant to Section 5 hereof unless and until such Holder
shall have provided all such reasonably requested information.  Each Holder as
to which any Shelf  Registration  Statement is being effected will be required
to agree to furnish  promptly to the Issuers  all  information  required to be
disclosed in order to make information  previously furnished to the Issuers by
such Holder not materially misleading.

      (b) SUBSEQUENT SHELF REGISTRATIONS. If the Initial Shelf Registration or
any Subsequent Shelf Registration ceases to be effective for any reason at any
time during the Effectiveness Period (other than because of the sale of all of


                                     -13-

<PAGE>

the  securities  registered  thereunder),  the Issuers  shall,  in addition to
fulfilling their obligations under (d) below, within 30 days of such cessation
of  effectiveness  amend the Initial Shelf  Registration in a manner to obtain
the withdrawal of the order suspending the effectiveness  thereof,  or file an
additional Shelf  Registration  Statement pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of
the  Registrable  Notes  covered  by and not  sold  under  the  Initial  Shelf
Registration or an earlier Subsequent Shelf Registration  (each, a "SUBSEQUENT
SHELF REGISTRATION"). If a Subsequent Shelf Registration is filed, the Issuers
shall use their best efforts to cause the Subsequent Shelf  Registration to be
declared  effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after such
filing and to keep such subsequent Shelf Registration  continuously  effective
for a period equal to the number of days in the Effectiveness  Period less the
aggregate  number of days during which the Initial Shelf  Registration  or any
Subsequent Shelf Registration was previously  continuously  effective. As used
herein the term "SHELF  REGISTRATION" means the Initial Shelf Registration and
any Subsequent Shelf Registration.

      (c) SUPPLEMENTS AND  AMENDMENTS.  The Issuers shall promptly  supplement
and amend any Shelf  Registration  if  required by the rules,  regulations  or
instructions   applicable  to  the  registration  form  used  for  such  Shelf
Registration, if required by the Securities Act, or if reasonably requested by
the Holders of a majority in  aggregate  principal  amount of the  Registrable
Notes covered by such  Registration  Statement or by any  underwriter  of such
Registrable Notes.

      (d) WITHDRAWAL OF STOP ORDERS.  If the Shelf  Registration  ceases to be
effective  for any reason at any time during the  Effectiveness  Period (other
than because of the sale of all of the securities registered thereunder),  the
Issuers  shall use their best efforts to obtain the prompt  withdrawal  of any
order suspending the effectiveness thereof.

5.       ADDITIONAL INTEREST

      (a) The Issuers and the Initial  Purchasers  agree that the Holders will
suffer damages if the Issuers fail to fulfill their  obligations under Section
2 or  Section 4 hereof  and that it would not be  feasible  to  ascertain  the
extent of such damages with precision.  Accordingly, the Issuers agree to pay,
as  liquidated   damages,   additional  interest  on  the  Notes  ("ADDITIONAL
INTEREST") under the  circumstances and to the extent set forth below (each of
which shall be given independent effect):

            (i) if (A) neither the Exchange Offer  Registration  Statement nor
      the Initial  Shelf  Registration  has been filed on or prior to the 60th
      day after the Issue Date or (B)  notwithstanding  that the Issuers  have
      consummated  or will  consummate  the  Exchange  Offer,  the Issuers are
      required to file a Shelf Registration and such Shelf Registration is not
      filed  on  or  prior  to  the  Filing  Date  applicable  thereto,  then,
      commencing  on the day after any such Filing Date,  Additional  Interest
      shall accrue on the principal amount of the Notes at a rate of 0.50% per
      annum for the first 90 days immediately following such applicable Filing
      Date, and such Additional  Interest rate shall increase by an additional


                                     -14-

<PAGE>

      0.50% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period; or

            (ii) if (A) neither the Exchange Offer Registration  Statement nor
      the Initial Shelf  Registration  is declared  effective by the SEC on or
      prior to 125 days after the Issue Date or (B)  notwithstanding  that the
      Issuers have  consummated  or will  consummate the Exchange  Offer,  the
      Issuers  are  required  to  file a Shelf  Registration  and  such  Shelf
      Registration  is not  declared  effective  by the SEC on or prior to the
      Effectiveness  Date  applicable  to  such  Shelf   Registration,   then,
      commencing on the day after such 125th day or such  Effectiveness  Date,
      as applicable,  Additional Interest shall accrue on the principal amount
      of the  Notes  at a rate  of  0.50%  per  annum  for the  first  90 days
      immediately following the day after such 125th day or such Effectiveness
      Date, as applicable, and such Additional Interest rate shall increase by
      an additional 0.50% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day
      period; or

            (iii) if (A) the Issuers have not exchanged Exchange Notes for all
      Notes  validly  tendered in  accordance  with the terms of the  Exchange
      Offer on or prior to the 30th day after  the date on which the  Exchange
      Offer Registration  Statement relating thereto was declared effective or
      (B) if applicable,  a Shelf Registration has been declared effective and
      such Shelf  Registration  ceases to be  effective at any time during the
      Effectiveness  Period,  then  Additional  Interest  shall  accrue on the
      principal amount of the Notes at a rate of 0.50% per annum for the first
      90 days commencing on the (x) 31st day after such effective date, in the
      case of (A) above, or (y) the day such Shelf  Registration  ceases to be
      effective in the case of (B) above,  and such  Additional  Interest rate
      shall increase by an additional 0.50% per annum at the beginning of each
      such subsequent 90-day period;

      PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the Additional  Interest rate on the Notes may
not accrue under more than one of the foregoing clauses (i) - (iii) at any one
time and at no time shall the aggregate amount of Additional Interest accruing
exceed in the aggregate 1.0% per annum; PROVIDED,  FURTHER,  HOWEVER, that (1)
upon the filing of the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the
applicable Shelf Registration as required hereunder (in the case of clause (i)
above of this Section 5), (2) upon the  effectiveness  of the  Exchange  Offer
Registration  Statement  or the  applicable  Shelf  Registration  Statement as
required hereunder (in the case of clause (ii) of this Section 5), or (3) upon
the  exchange of the  Exchange  Notes for all Notes  tendered  (in the case of
clause  (iii)(A)  of  this  Section  5),  or  upon  the  effectiveness  of the
applicable Shelf  Registration  Statement which had ceased to remain effective
(in the case of (iii)(B) of this Section 5), Additional  Interest on the Notes
in  respect  of which such  events  relate as a result of such  clause (or the
relevant subclause thereof), as the case may be, shall cease to accrue.

      (b) The Issuers  shall notify the Trustee  within one business day after
each and every date on which an event  occurs in  respect of which  Additional
Interest is required to be paid (an "EVENT  DATE").  Any amounts of Additional
Interest due  pursuant to (a)(i),  (a)(ii) or (a)(iii) of this Section 5 shall
be payable in cash semi-annually on each interest payment date with respect to
the Notes (to the Holders of record on the record date with respect  thereto),
commencing  with the first  such  date  occurring  after  any such  Additional


                                     -15-

<PAGE>

Interest  commences  to accrue.  The  amount of  Additional  Interest  will be
determined  by  multiplying  the  applicable  Additional  Interest rate by the
principal  amount of the  Registrable  Notes,  multiplied  by a fraction,  the
numerator  of which is the number of days such  Additional  Interest  rate was
applicable  during  such  period  (determined  on the basis of a 360-day  year
comprised of twelve  30-day  months and, in the case of a partial  month,  the
actual number of days elapsed), and the denominator of which is 360.

6.       REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

      In connection with the filing of any Registration  Statement pursuant to
Sections 2 or 4 hereof,  the Issuers shall effect such registrations to permit
the sale of the  securities  covered  thereby in accordance  with the intended
method  or  methods  of  disposition  thereof,  and  pursuant  thereto  and in
connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Issuers hereunder, the
Issuers shall:

      (a) Prepare and file with the SEC prior to the applicable Filing Date, a
Registration Statement or Registration  Statements as prescribed by Sections 2
or 4 hereof,  and use  their  best  efforts  to cause  each such  Registration
Statement  to become  effective  and  remain  effective  as  provided  herein;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, if (1) such filing is pursuant to Section 4 hereof or
(2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration  Statement filed
pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered  under the Securities
Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during
the  Applicable  Period  relating  thereto,  before  filing  any  Registration
Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements  thereto, the Issuers
shall  furnish to and afford the Holders of the  Registrable  Notes covered by
such Registration Statement or each such Participating  Broker-Dealer,  as the
case may be, their counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, a reasonable
opportunity  to review copies of all such documents  (including  copies of any
documents to be  incorporated by reference  therein and all exhibits  thereto)
proposed to be filed (in each case at least five  business  days prior to such
filing,  or such later date as is  reasonable  under the  circumstances).  The
Issuers  shall  not file  any  Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus  or any
amendments  or  supplements  thereto if the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal  amount  of the  Registrable  Notes  covered  by  such  Registration
Statement,  their  counsel,  or  the  managing  underwriters,  if  any,  shall
reasonably object.

      (b) Prepare  and file with the SEC such  amendments  and  post-effective
amendments to each Shelf Registration Statement or Exchange Offer Registration
Statement,  as the case may be, as may be necessary to keep such  Registration
Statement   continuously   effective  for  the  Effectiveness  Period  or  the
Applicable Period or until consummation of the Exchange Offer, as the case may
be;  cause  the  related  Prospectus  to be  supplemented  by  any  Prospectus
supplement  required by  applicable  law, and as so  supplemented  to be filed
pursuant to Rule 424 (or any  similar  provisions  then in force)  promulgated
under the Securities Act; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act
and the Exchange Act  applicable to it with respect to the  disposition of all
securities  covered by such  Registration  Statement  as so amended or in such
Prospectus as so supplemented and with respect to the subsequent resale of any
securities  being sold by a  Participating  Broker-Dealer  covered by any such


                                     -16-

<PAGE>

Prospectus. The Issuers shall be deemed not to have used their best efforts to
keep a Registration  Statement  effective  during the Effective  Period or the
Applicable  Period,  as the  case  may be,  relating  thereto  if the  Issuers
voluntarily  take any  action  that  would  result in  selling  Holders of the
Registrable Notes covered thereby or Participating  Broker-Dealers  seeking to
sell  Exchange  Notes not being  able to sell such  Registrable  Notes or such
Exchange  Notes  during  that  period  unless (i) such  action is  required by
applicable  law or (ii) the  Issuers  comply  with this  Agreement,  including
without  limitation,  the  provisions of Section 6(k) or the last paragraph of
this Section 6.

      (c) If the Reoffer Condition has occurred, notify the selling Holders of
Registrable Notes, or each  Participating  Broker-Dealer from whom the Issuers
have received written notice that it will be a Participating  Broker-Dealer in
the  Exchange  Offer,  as the  case may be,  their  counsel  and the  managing
underwriters,  if any,  promptly (but in any event within two business  days),
and confirm such notice in writing,  (i) when a Prospectus  or any  Prospectus
supplement or post-effective  amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a
Registration  Statement  or any  post-effective  amendment,  when the same has
become  effective under the Securities Act (including in such notice a written
statement  that any Holder may, upon request,  obtain,  at the sole expense of
the  Issuers,   one  conformed   copy  of  such   Registration   Statement  or
post-effective   amendment  including  financial   statements  and  schedules,
documents  incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference  therein and
exhibits),  (ii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order  suspending  the
effectiveness  of a  Registration  Statement  or of any  order  preventing  or
suspending  the use of any  preliminary  prospectus  or the  initiation of any
proceedings  for  that  purpose,  (iii) if at any time  when a  prospectus  is
required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the
Registrable Notes or resales of Exchange Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers
the  representations  and warranties of the Issuers contained in any agreement
(including any  underwriting  agreement)  contemplated  by Section 6(m) hereof
cease to be true and correct in all material respects,  (iv) of the receipt by
the  Issuers  of  any  notification  with  respect  to the  suspension  of the
qualification or exemption from  qualification of a Registration  Statement or
any of  the  Registrable  Notes  or  the  Exchange  Notes  to be  sold  by any
Participating  Broker-Dealer  for  offer or sale in any  jurisdiction,  or the
initiation or  threatening  of any  proceeding  for such  purpose,  (v) of the
happening  of any event,  the  existence of any  condition or any  information
becoming known that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or
related  Prospectus or any document  incorporated or deemed to be incorporated
therein by  reference  untrue in any  material  respect or that  requires  the
making of any changes in or amendments  or  supplements  to such  Registration
Statement,  Prospectus or documents so that,  in the case of the  Registration
Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state any material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of the Prospectus,
it will not contain any untrue  statement of a material  fact or omit to state
any  material  fact  required to be stated  therein or  necessary  to make the
statements  therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not  misleading,  and (vi) of the  determination  by any of the Issuers that a
post-effectiv amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate.

      (d) If the  Reoffer  Condition  has  occurred,  use its best  efforts to
prevent  the  issuance  of  any  order  suspending  the   effectiveness  of  a
Registration  Statement or of any order  preventing or suspending the use of a


                                     -17-

<PAGE>

Prospectus or suspending the qualification  (or exemption from  qualification)
of any of the  Registrable  Notes  or the  Exchange  Notes  to be  sold by any
Participating  Broker-Dealer,  for sale in any jurisdiction,  and, if any such
order is issued,  to use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any such
order at the earliest possible date.

      (e) If the Reoffer  Condition  has  occurred,  and if  requested  by the
managing  underwriter or  underwriters  (if any), the Holders of a majority in
aggregate  principal amount of the Registrable  Notes being sold in connection
with an underwritten offering or any Participating Broker-Dealer, (i) promptly
as  practicable  incorporate  in a  prospectus  supplement  or  post-effective
amendment such  information as the managing  underwriter or  underwriters  (if
any), such Holders, any Participating Broker-Dealer or counsel for any of them
reasonably  request to be included therein,  (ii) make all required filings of
such  prospectus  supplement  or  such  post-effective  amendment  as  soon as
practicable after the Issuers have received  notification of the matters to be
incorporated in such prospectus  supplement or post-effective  amendment,  and
(iii) supplement or make amendments to such Registration Statement.

      (f) If the  Reoffer  Condition  has  occurred,  furnish to each  selling
Holder of Registrable Notes and to each such  Participating  Broker-Dealer who
so requests and to counsel and each managing underwriter,  if any, at the sole
expense of the Issuers,  one conformed copy of the  Registration  Statement or
Registration Statements and each post-effective  amendment thereto,  including
financial  statements  and  schedules,   and,  if  requested,   all  documents
incorporated  or  deemed  to be  incorporated  therein  by  reference  and all
exhibits.

      (g) If the  Reoffer  Condition  has  occurred,  deliver to each  selling
Holder of Registrable Notes, or each such Participating Broker-Dealer,  as the
case may be, their respective  counsel,  and the underwriters,  if any, at the
sole expense of the Issuers,  as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses
(including  each  form  of  preliminary  prospectus)  and  each  amendment  or
supplement thereto and any documents incorporated by reference therein as such
Persons may  reasonably  request;  and,  subject to the last paragraph of this
Section 6, the Issuers hereby  consent to the use of such  Prospectus and each
amendment or supplement  thereto by each of the selling Holders of Registrable
Notes or each such  Participating  Broker-Dealer,  as the case may be, and the
underwriters  or agents,  if any, and dealers (if any), in connection with the
offering  and  sale  of the  Registrable  Notes  covered  by,  or the  sale by
Participating   Broker-Dealers   of  the  Exchange  Notes  pursuant  to,  such
Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto.

      (h) Prior to any public offering of Registrable Notes or any delivery of
a Prospectus  contained in the Exchange  Offer  Registration  Statement by any
Participating  Broker-Dealer  who  seeks to sell  Exchange  Notes  during  the
Applicable  Period,  to use its best  efforts to register  or qualify,  and to
cooperate  with  the  selling  Holders  of  Registrable  Notes  or  each  such
Participating  Broker-Dealer,  as the case may be, the managing underwriter or
underwriters,  if any, and their  respective  counsel in  connection  with the
registration  or  qualification   (or  exemption  from  such  registration  or
qualification)  of such  Registrable  Notes  for  offer  and  sale  under  the
securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions  within the United States as
any selling Holder, Participating  Broker-Dealer,  or the managing underwriter


                                     -18-

<PAGE>

or underwriters reasonably request in writing;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that where
Exchange Notes held by Participating  Broker-Dealers  or Registrable Notes are
offered  other than through an  underwritten  offering,  the Issuers  agree to
cause their counsel to perform Blue Sky  investigations and file registrations
and  qualifications  required to be filed pursuant to this Section 6(h);  keep
each such  registration or qualification  (or exemption  therefrom)  effective
during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective
and do any and all other acts or things  reasonably  necessary or advisable to
enable the  disposition  in such  jurisdictions  of the Exchange Notes held by
Participating   Broker-Dealers   or  the  Registrable  Notes  covered  by  the
applicable Registration Statement;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the Company shall
not be required to (A) qualify  generally  to do business in any  jurisdiction
where it is not then so  qualified,  (B) take any action that would subject it
to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so
subject or (C) subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal dollar amount
in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

      (i) If a Shelf  Registration  is filed  pursuant  to  Section  4 hereof,
cooperate  with the  selling  Holders of  Registrable  Notes and the  managing
underwriter or underwriters,  if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and
delivery of  certificates  representing  Registrable  Notes to be sold,  which
certificates  shall not bear any  restrictive  legends  and shall be in a form
eligible  for  deposit  with The  Depository  Trust  Company;  and enable such
Registrable Notes to be in such  denominations and registered in such names as
the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or Holders may request.

      (j) Use its best efforts to cause the  Registrable  Notes covered by the
Registration  Statement  to be  registered  with or  approved  by  such  other
governmental  agencies or authorities as may be reasonably necessary to enable
the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or  underwriters,  if any, to
consummate  the  disposition  of  such  Registrable  Notes,  except  as may be
required  solely  as a  consequence  of the  nature of such  selling  Holder's
business,  in which case the Issuers will cooperate in all reasonable respects
with the  filing  of such  Registration  Statement  and the  granting  of such
approvals.

      (k) If the Reoffer  Condition has occurred,  upon the  occurrence of any
event  contemplated by paragraph  6(c)(iii),  6(c)(v) or 6(c)(vi)  hereof,  as
promptly as practicable prepare and (subject to Section 6(a) hereof) file with
the SEC, at the sole expense of the Issuers,  a supplement  or  post-effective
amendment  to the  Registration  Statement  or a  supplement  to  the  related
Prospectus or any document  incorporated or deemed to be incorporated  therein
by  reference,  or file any other  required  document so that,  as  thereafter
delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable  Notes being sold thereunder or
to the  purchasers  of the  Exchange  Notes to whom  such  Prospectus  will be
delivered  by a  Participating  Broker-Dealer,  any such  Prospectus  will not
contain an untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state a material
fact  required  to be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to make the  statements
therein,  in the light of the  circumstances  under which they were made,  not
misleading.

      (l)  Prior to the  effective  date of the first  Registration  Statement
relating to the Registrable  Notes, (i) provide the Trustee with  certificates
for the  Registrable  Notes or Exchange  Notes,  as the case may be, in a form
eligible  for deposit  with The  Depository  Trust  Company and (ii) provide a
CUSIP number for the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be.


                                     -19-

<PAGE>

      (m) In connection with any  underwritten  offering of Registrable  Notes
pursuant to a Shelf Registration,  enter into an underwriting  agreement as is
customary in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Notes in
form and substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Issuers and take all such
other  actions as are  reasonably  requested  by the managing  underwriter  or
underwriters  in order to  expedite  or  facilitate  the  registration  or the
disposition of such Registrable  Notes and, in such connection,  (i) make such
representations  and warranties to, and covenants with, the underwriters  with
respect to the business of the Issuers and their  subsidiaries  (including any
acquired  business,  property or entity,  if applicable) and the  Registration
Statement,  Prospectus and  documents,  if any,  incorporated  or deemed to be
incorporated by reference  therein,  in each case, as are customarily  made by
issuers to underwriters in underwritten  offerings of debt securities  similar
to the Notes,  and confirm the same in writing if and when  requested  in form
and substance reasonably  satisfactory to the Issuers; (ii) obtain the written
opinions of counsel to the Issuers and written updates thereof in form,  scope
and  substance   reasonably   satisfactory  to  the  managing  underwriter  or
underwriters,  addressed to the underwriters  covering the matters customarily
covered in opinions  reasonably  requested in underwritten  offerings and such
other matters as may be reasonably  requested by the managing  underwriter  or
underwriters;  (iii) use its best efforts to obtain "cold comfort" letters and
updates thereof in form,  scope and substance  reasonably  satisfactory to the
managing  underwriter or underwriters  from the independent  certified  public
accountants of the Issuers (and, if necessary, any other independent certified
public  accountants  of any  subsidiary  of  the  Issuers  or of any  business
acquired by the Issuers for which financial statements and financial data are,
or  are  required  to  be,  included  or  incorporated  by  reference  in  the
Registration Statement),  addressed to the underwriters, such letters to be in
customary form and covering matters of the type  customarily  covered in "cold
comfort" letters in connection with underwritten  offerings of debt securities
similar to the Notes and such other  matters as  reasonably  requested  by the
managing underwriter or underwriters as permitted by the Statement on Auditing
Standards No. 72; and (iv) if an  underwriting  agreement is entered into, the
same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable
to the sellers  and  underwriters,  if any,  than those set forth in Section 8
hereof (or such other  provisions  and  procedures  acceptable to Holders of a
majority in aggregate  principal  amount of Registrable  Notes covered by such
Registration Statement and the managing underwriter or underwriters or agents,
if any).  The above  shall be done at each  closing  under  such  underwriting
agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder.

      (n) If the Reoffer Condition has occurred, make available for inspection
by any selling  Holder of such  Registrable  Notes  being  sold,  or each such
Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, any underwriter participating
in any such  disposition  of  Registrable  Notes,  if any,  and any  attorney,
accountant  or other agent  retained by any such  selling  Holder or each such
Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, or underwriter (collectively,
the  "INSPECTORS"),  at the offices where  normally  kept,  during  reasonable
business hours, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents
and  instruments  of the Issuers  and their  subsidiaries  (collectively,  the
"RECORDS")  as shall be  reasonably  necessary  to enable them to exercise any
applicable due diligence responsibilities,  and cause the officers,  directors
and employees of the Issuers and their  subsidiaries to supply all information
reasonably   requested  by  any  such   Inspector  in  connection   with  such
Registration  Statement and Prospectus.  Each Inspector shall agree in writing


                                     -20-

<PAGE>

that it will keep the Records  confidential  and that it will not disclose any
of the Records unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid
or correct a  misstatement  or  omission  in such  Registration  Statement  or
Prospectus, (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena
or other order from a court of competent  jurisdiction,  (iii)  disclosure  of
such information is necessary or advisable,  in the opinion of counsel for any
Inspector, in connection with any action, claim, suit or proceeding,  directly
or indirectly,  involving or potentially  involving such Inspector and arising
out of, based upon,  relating to, or involving  this Agreement or the Purchase
Agreement,  or any  transactions  contemplated  hereby or  thereby  or arising
hereunder or thereunder, or (iv) the information in such Records has been made
generally  available to the public.  Each selling  Holder of such  Registrable
Notes and each such Participating  Broker-Deale will be required to agree that
it will provide prior written  notice to the Issuers of the  disclosure of any
information by such Inspector  pursuant to Section 6(n)(i),  (ii) or (iii) and
allow the Issuers to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the
Records  deemed  confidential  at the  Issuers'  expense,  including,  without
limitation,   obtaining  a   protective   order  from  a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction.

      (o)  Provide  an  indenture  trustee  for the  Registrable  Notes or the
Exchange  Notes,  as the case may be,  and  cause the  Indenture  or the trust
indenture  provided  for in  Section  2(b)  hereof,  as the case may be, to be
qualified  under  the TIA not  later  than  the  effective  date of the  first
Registration  Statement  relating to the Registrable  Notes; and in connection
therewith, cooperate with the trustee under any such indenture and the Holders
of the  Registrable  Notes, to effect such changes to such indenture as may be
required for such indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of
the TIA;  and  execute,  and use its best  efforts  to cause  such  trustee to
execute,  all  documents  as may be required to effect such  changes,  and all
other  forms and  documents  required  to be filed with the SEC to enable such
indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner.

      (p) Comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make
generally  available  to  their  respective   securityholders  a  consolidated
earnings  statement   satisfying  the  provisions  of  Section  12(a)  of  the
Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar rule promulgated  under
the Securities Act) no later than 45 days after the end of any 12-month period
(or 90 days after the end of any  12-month  period if such  period is a fiscal
year) (i)  commencing  at the end of any fiscal  quarter in which  Registrable
Notes  are  sold  to  underwriters  in  a  firm  commitment  or  best  efforts
underwritten  offering  and  (ii)  if not  sold  to  underwriters  in  such an
offering,  commencing  on the  first day of the first  fiscal  quarter  of the
Issuers after the effective date of a Registration Statement, which statements
shall cover said 12-month periods.

      (q) Upon  consummation  of the  Exchange  Offer or a  Private  Exchange,
obtain  an  opinion  of  counsel  to  the  Issuers,  in a form  customary  for
underwritten  transactions,  addressed  to the  Trustee for the benefit of all
Holders  of  Registrable  Notes  participating  in the  Exchange  Offer or the
Private  Exchange,  as the case may be,  that the  Exchange  Notes or  Private
Exchange  Notes,  as the case may be, the related  Guarantees  and the related
indenture  constitute  legal,  valid and binding  obligations  of the Issuers,
enforceable against them in accordance with their respective terms, subject to
customary exceptions and qualifications.


                                     -21-

<PAGE>

      (r) If the Exchange  Offer or a Private  Exchange is to be  consummated,
upon delivery of the  Registrable  Notes by Holders to the Issuers (or to such
other Person as directed by the Issuers) in exchange for the Exchange Notes or
the Private  Exchange  Notes,  as the case may be, the Issuers  shall mark, or
cause to be marked,  on such Registrable Notes that such Registrable Notes are
being  cancelled in exchange for the  Exchange  Notes or the Private  Exchange
Notes, as the case may be; in no event shall such Registrable  Notes be marked
as paid or otherwise satisfied.

      (s) If not then  rated,  use its best  efforts to cause the  Registrable
Notes covered by a Registration  Statement or the Exchange  Notes, as the case
may be, to be rated with the appropriate  rating agencies,  if so requested by
the Holders of a majority in aggregate  principal amount of Registrable  Notes
covered by such Registration  Statement or the Exchange Notes, as the case may
be, or the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any.

      (t)  Cooperate  with each  seller of  Registrable  Notes  covered by any
Registration  Statement and each  underwriter,  if any,  participating  in the
disposition  of  such  Registrable  Notes  and  their  respective  counsel  in
connection with any filings required to be made with the National  Association
of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"). ----

      (u) Use its best efforts to take all other steps reasonably necessary to
effect the registration of the Exchange Notes and/or Registrable Notes covered
by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.

      Each Holder of Registrable  Notes and each  Participating  Broker-Dealer
agrees by its  acquisition of such  Registrable  Notes or Exchange Notes to be
sold by such  Participating  Broker-Dealer,  as the  case may be,  that,  upon
actual receipt of any notice from the Issuers of the happening of any event of
the kind described in Section 6(c)(ii), 6(c)(iv), 6(c)(v), or 6(c)(vi) hereof,
such Holder shall forthwith discontinue  disposition of such Registrable Notes
covered by such  Registration  Statement or Prospectus or Exchange Notes to be
sold by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer,  as the case may be, until
such Holder's or  Participating  Broker-Dealer's  receipt of the copies of the
supplemented or amended  Prospectus  contemplated  by Section 6(k) hereof,  or
until it is advised in writing  (the  "ADVICE") by the Issuers that the use of
the  applicable  Prospectus  may be resumed,  and has  received  copies of any
amendments or  supplements  thereto.  In the event that the Issuers shall give
any such notice,  each of the  Effectiveness  Period and the Applicable Period
shall be extended by the number of days during such periods from and including
the date of the  giving  of such  notice to and  including  the date when each
seller of Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement or Exchange
Notes  to be sold by such  Participating  Broker-Dealer,  as the  case may be,
shall have received (x) the copies of the  supplemented or amended  Prospectus
contemplated by Section 6(k) hereof or (y) the Advice.

7.       REGISTRATION EXPENSES

      All fees and expenses  incident to the performance of or compliance with
this  Agreement by the Issuers  (except for any  underwriting  commissions  or
discounts)  shall be borne by the Issuers  whether or not the  Exchange  Offer
Registration Statement, any Market-Making  Registration Statement or any Shelf


                                     -22-

<PAGE>

Registration  Statement is filed or becomes effective or the Exchange Offer is
consummated,  including,  without limitation,  (i) all registration and filing
fees (including, without limitation, (A) fees with respect to filings required
to be made with the NASD in connection with an  underwritten  offering and (B)
fees  and  expenses  of  compliance  with  state  securities  or Blue Sky laws
(including,  without limitation,  reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel
in  connection  with  Blue  Sky  qualifications  of the  Registrable  Notes or
Exchange Notes and  determination of the eligibility of the Registrable  Notes
or Exchange  Notes for  investment  under the laws of such  jurisdictions  (x)
where  the  holders  of  Registrable  Notes  are  located,  in the case of the
Exchange  Notes,  or (y) as provided in Section  6(h)  hereof,  in the case of
Registrable   Notes  or  Exchange   Notes  to  be  sold  by  a   Participating
Broker-Dealer  during  the  Applicable   Period)),   (ii)  printing  expenses,
including,   without  limitation,   expenses  of  printing   certificates  for
Registrable  Notes or Exchange  Notes in a form  eligible for deposit with The
Depository  Trust  Company and of  printing  prospectuses  if the  printing of
prospectuses is requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any,
by the Holders of a majority in aggregate  principal amount of the Registrable
Notes included in any  Registration  Statement or in respect of Exchange Notes
to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period, as
the case may be, (iii) messenger,  telephone and delivery expenses,  (iv) fees
and  disbursements  of counsel  for the  Issuers  and,  in the case of a Shelf
Registration, reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for all
of the  sellers  of  Registrable  Notes  (exclusive  of any  counsel  retained
pursuant to Section 8 hereof),  (v) fees and  disbursements of all independent
certified  public   accountants   referred  to  in  Section  6(m)(iii)  hereof
(including,  without  limitation,  the expenses of any special audit and "cold
comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance), (vi) Securities
Act liability insurance, if the Issuers desire such insurance,  (vii) fees and
expenses of all other Persons retained by the Issuers, (viii internal expenses
of the Issuers (including,  without  limitation,  all salaries and expenses of
officers and employees of the Issuers performing legal or accounting  duties),
(ix) the expense of any annual  audit,  (x) the fees and expenses  incurred in
connection  with  the  listing  of  the  securities  to be  registered  on any
securities exchange, and the obtaining of a rating of the securities,  in each
case,  if  applicable,  and (xi)  the  expenses  relating  to  printing,  word
processing  and  distributing  all   Registration   Statements,   underwriting
agreements,  indentures and any other  documents  necessary in order to comply
with this Agreement.

8.       INDEMNIFICATION

      (a) The  Issuers  jointly  and  severally  agree to  indemnify  and hold
harmless  each  Holder of  Registrable  Notes,  each  Market  Maker,  and each
Participating  Broker-Dealer  selling  Exchange  Notes  during the  Applicable
Period, the affiliates,  officers, directors,  representatives,  employees and
agents of each such  Person,  and each  Person,  if any, who controls any such
Person  within the  meaning  of either  Section  15 of the  Securities  Act or
Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each,  a  "PARTICIPANT")  from and against any
and  all  losses,  claims,  damages,   judgments,   liabilities  and  expenses
(including,  without limitation,  the reasonable legal fees and other expenses
actually  incurred in  connection  with any suit,  action or proceeding or any
claim asserted)  caused by, arising out of or based upon any untrue  statement
or alleged untrue  statement of a material fact contained in any  Registration
Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented
if the Issuers shall have furnished any amendments or supplements  thereto) or


                                     -23-

<PAGE>

any  preliminary  prospectus,  including,  without  limitation,  any  document
incorporated by reference therein,  or caused by, arising out of or based upon
any omission or alleged  omission to state therein a material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein, in the case of
the Prospectus in the light of the  circumstances  under which they were made,
not misleading,  EXCEPT insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities
are caused by, arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or omission
or  alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  made  in  reliance  upon  and in
conformity  with  information  relating to any  Participant  furnished  to the
Issuers in writing by such  Participant  expressly for use therein;  provided,
however,  that the  Issuers  will not be liable if such  untrue  statement  or
omission or alleged untrue  statement or omission was contained or made in any
preliminary  prospectus and corrected in the final Prospectus or any amendment
or  supplement  thereto  and any such  loss,  liability,  claim,  or damage or
expense  suffered  or incurred by the  Participant  resulted  from any action,
claim or suit by any Person who purchased  Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes
which are the subject  thereof from such  Participant and it is established in
the related  proceeding that such  Participant  failed to deliver or provide a
copy of the final  Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) to such Person with
or prior to the confirmation of the sale of such Registrable Notes or Exchange
Notes sold to such Person if required by applicable  law,  unless such failure
to deliver or provide a copy of the  Prospectus  (as amended or  supplemented)
was a result of noncompliance by the Issuers with Section 6 of this Agreement.
In addition,  the Issuers  jointly and  severally  agree to indemnify and hold
harmless the Market  Maker and each of its  affiliates,  officers,  directors,
representatives,  employees and agents,  and each Person, if any, who controls
any such Person within the meaning of either  Section 15 of the Securities Act
or  Section 20 of the  Exchange  Act,  from and  against  any and all  losses,
claims,  damages,  judgments,  liabilities  and expenses  (including,  without
limitation,  the reasonable legal fees and other expenses actually incurred in
connection with any suit,  action or proceeding or any claim asserted)  caused
by,  arising  out of or based  upon any  material  breach by any Issuer of its
obligations contained in Section 3 hereof.

      (b) Each Participant  will, as a condition to the inclusion of its Notes
in any  Shelf  Registration,  be  required  to and  shall be  deemed to agree,
severally and not jointly,  to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers,  their
respective directors, officers, employees and agents who sign the Registration
Statement  and each  Person who  controls  the  Issuers  within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same
extent as the foregoing  indemnity from the Issuers to each  Participant,  but
only with reference to information  relating to such Participant  furnished to
the  Issuers  in  writing  by  such  Participant  expressly  for  use  in  any
Registration Statement or Prospectus,  any amendment or supplement thereto, or
any  preliminary  prospectus.  The  liability  of any  Participant  under this
paragraph shall in no event exceed the proceeds  received by such  Participant
from  sales  of  Registrable  Notes  or  Exchange  Notes  giving  rise to such
obligations.

      (c) If any suit,  action,  proceeding  (including  any  governmental  or
regulatory  investigation),  claim or  demand  shall be  brought  or  asserted
against  any Person in respect of which  indemnity  may be sought  pursuant to
either of the two preceding paragraphs, such Person (the "INDEMNIFIED PERSON")
shall  promptly  notify the Persons  against whom such indemnity may be sought
(the "INDEMNIFYING  PERSONS") in writing, and the Indemnifying  Persons,  upon
request  of  the   Indemnified   Person,   shall  retain  counsel   reasonably


                                     -24-

<PAGE>

satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and
any  others  the  Indemnifying   Persons  may  reasonably  designate  in  such
proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses actually incurred by
such counsel related to such proceeding;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the failure
to so notify the  Indemnifying  Persons  shall not  relieve any of them of any
obligation  or  liability  which any of them may have  hereunder  or otherwise
except to the extent it is materially  prejudiced by such failure. In any such
proceeding,  any  Indemnified  Person  shall  have the right to retain its own
counsel,  but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of
such  Indemnified   Person  unless  (i)  the  Indemnifying   Persons  and  the
Indemnified  Person  shall  have  mutually  agreed to the  contrary,  (ii) the
Indemnifying  Persons shall have failed within a reasonable  period of time to
retain counsel reasonably  satisfactory to the Indemnified Person or (iii) the
named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include
both any  Indemnifying  Person  and the  Indemnified  Person or any  affiliate
thereof  and  representation  of both  parties  by the same  counsel  would be
inappropriate due to actual or potential  conflicting  interests between them.
It is  understood  that,  unless  there  exists a conflict  among  Indemnified
Persons,   the  Indemnifying  Persons  shall  not,  in  connection  with  such
proceeding or separate but  substantially  similar  related  proceeding in the
same jurisdiction arising out of the same general  allegations,  be liable for
the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local
counsel)  for all  Indemnified  Persons,  and that all such fees and  expenses
shall be reimbursed promptly as they are incurred.  Any such separate firm for
the Participants and such control Persons of Participants  shall be designated
in writing by  Participants  who sold a majority in  interest  of  Registrable
Notes and Exchange Notes sold by all such  Participants  and any such separate
firm for the Issuers,  their  respective  directors,  officers,  employees and
agents and such control  Persons of the Issuers shall be designated in writing
by the  Company  and  shall  be  reasonably  acceptable  to the  Holders.  The
Indemnifying  Persons shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding
effected  without  its  prior  written  consent  (which  consent  shall not be
unreasonably  withheld or  delayed),  but if settled  with such  consent or if
there be a final  non-appealable  judgment  for the  plaintiff  for  which the
Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnification  pursuant to this Agreement,
each of the  Indemnifying  Persons  agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each
Indemnified  Person from and against any loss or  liability  by reason of such
settlement or judgment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if either (x)
the Indemnifying  Persons shall have failed within a reasonable period of time
to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person, or (y) an
Indemnified  Person is entitled to retain  separate  counsel at the expense of
the  Indemnifying  Person pursuant to this paragraph 8(c) and at any time such
Indemnified  Person shall have requested an  Indemnifying  Person to reimburse
the Indemnified  Person for reasonable fees and expenses  actually incurred by
counsel  as  contemplated  by  the  third  sentence  of  this  paragraph,  the
Indemnifying Persons agree that they shall be liable for any settlement of any
proceeding  effected  without their written  consent if (i) such settlement is
entered into more than 30 days after  receipt by such  Indemnifying  Person of
the  aforesaid  request  and (ii)  such  Indemnifying  Person  shall  not have
reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the
date of such settlement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Indemnifying Person shall
not be liable for any settlement effected without its consent pursuant to this
sentence if the Indemnifying Person is contesting,  in good faith, the request
for  reimbursement.  No Indemnifying  Person shall,  without the prior written
consent of the  Indemnified  Persons (which consent shall not be  unreasonably


                                     -25-

<PAGE>

withheld or delayed),  effect any  settlement  or compromise of any pending or
threatened  proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified  Person is or could
have been a party,  or  indemnity  could have been  sought  hereunder  by such
Indemnified  Person,  unless such  settlement  (A)  includes an  unconditional
written release of such Indemnified  Person, in form and substance  reasonably
satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are
the subject  matter of such  proceeding and (B) does not include any statement
as to an admission of fault,  culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of
such Indemnified Person.

      (d) If the  indemnification  provided for in clauses (a) and (b) of this
Section 8 is for any reason  unavailable to, or insufficient to hold harmless,
an Indemnified Person in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities
referred to therein,  then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraphs,  in
lieu of  indemnifying  such  Indemnified  Person  thereunder  and in  order to
provide for just and equitable  contribution,  shall  contribute to the amount
paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the
relative  benefits  received by the Indemnifying  Person or Persons on the one
hand and the  Indemnified  Person or Persons on the other from the offering of
the Notes or (ii) if the  allocation  provided by the foregoing  clause (i) is
not permitted by applicable law, not only such relative  benefits but also the
relative fault of the  Indemnifying  Person or Persons on the one hand and the
Indemnified  Person or Persons on the other in connection  with the statements
or omissions or alleged  statements or omissions that resulted in such losses,
claims,  damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any
other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the
Issuers on the one hand and the  Participants  on the other shall be deemed to
be in the same  proportion  as the total  proceeds  from the offering  (net of
discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) of the Notes received
by the Issuers, as provided on the cover page of the Offering Memorandum dated
June 9, 1999,  bears to total proceeds  received by such  Participant from the
sale of Registrable  Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be. The relative
fault of the parties  shall be determined by reference to, among other things,
whether  the  untrue or alleged  untrue  statement  of a material  fact or the
omission or alleged  omission to state a material fact relates to  information
supplied  by the  Issuers  on the one hand or such  Participant  or such other
Indemnified  Person,  as the case may be, on the other, the parties'  relative
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
such statement or omission, and any other equitable considerations appropriate
in the circumstances.

      (e) The  parties  agree  that it  would  not be just  and  equitable  if
contribution pursuant to this Section 8 were determined by PRO RATA allocation
(even if the  Participants  were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by
any other method of  allocation  that does not take  account of the  equitable
considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.  The amount
paid or payable by an  Indemnified  Person as a result of the losses,  claims,
damages,  judgments,  liabilities and expenses  referred to in the immediately
preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set
forth above, any reasonable legal or other expenses  actually incurred by such
Indemnified  Person in  connection  with  investigating  or defending any such
action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, in no event
shall a  Participant  be  required to  contribute  any amount in excess of the
amount  by  which  proceeds   received  by  such  Participant  from  sales  of
Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, exceeds the amount of


                                     -26-

<PAGE>

any damages that such  Participant  has otherwise  been required to pay or has
paid by reason of such  untrue or alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  or
alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the
meaning  of  Section  11(f)  of the  Securities  Act)  shall  be  entitled  to
contribution   from  any  Person  who  was  not  guilty  of  such   fraudulent
misrepresentation.

      (f) Any losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities or expenses for which an
indemnified party is entitled to  indemnification  or contribution  under this
Section 8 shall be paid by the Indemnifying  Party to the Indemnified Party as
such  losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or expenses are  incurred.  The
indemnity  and  contribution  agreements  contained  in this Section 8 and the
representations  and  warranties  of the Issuers  set forth in this  Agreement
shall remain  operative  and in full force and effect,  regardless  of (i) any
investigation  made by or on behalf of any Holder or any person who controls a
Holder,  the Issuers and their respective  directors,  officers,  employees or
agents or any person controlling the Issuers, and (ii) any termination of this
Agreement.

      (g) The indemnity and contribution  agreements contained in this Section
8 will be in  addition to any  liability  which the  Indemnifying  Persons may
otherwise have to the Indemnified Persons referred to above.

9.       RULES 144 AND 144A

      The Issuers  covenant and agree that they will file the reports required
to be filed by them  under the  Securities  Act and the  Exchange  Act and the
rules and  regulations  adopted by the SEC  thereunder  in a timely  manner in
accordance  with the  requirements  of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act
and,  if at any time an Issuer is not  required  to file  such  reports,  such
Issuer will, upon the request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable
Notes, make publicly available annual reports and such information,  documents
and  other  reports  of the type  specified  in  Sections  13 and 15(d) of the
Exchange Act. The Issuers  further  covenant,  for so long as any  Registrable
Notes remain outstanding,  to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner
of Registrable  Notes in connection  with any sale thereof and any prospective
purchaser of such  Registrable  Notes from such Holder or beneficial owner the
information  required by Rule 144A(d)(4)  under the Securities Act in order to
permit resales of such Registrable Notes pursuant to Rule 144A.

10.       UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS

      If any of the Registrable Notes covered by any Shelf Registration are to
be sold in an  underwritten  offering,  the  investment  banker or  investment
bankers and manager or managers that will manage the offering will be selected
by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Registrable
Notes  included in such  offering and shall be  reasonably  acceptable  to the
Issuers.

      No  Holder of  Registrable  Notes may  participate  in any  underwritten
registration  hereunder  unless such  Holder (a) agrees to sell such  Holder's
Registrable  Notes on the  basis  provided  in any  underwriting  arrangements
approved by the Persons  entitled  hereunder to approve such  arrangements and


                                     -27-

<PAGE>

(b)   completes   and  executes  all   questionnaires,   powers  of  attorney,
indemnities,  underwriting  agreements and other documents  required under the
terms of such underwriting arrangements.

11.      MISCELLANEOUS

      (a) NO INCONSISTENT AGREEMENTS. The Issuers have not entered into, as of
the date of this  Agreement  and the Issuers  shall not enter  into,  from and
after the date of this  Agreement,  any agreement with respect to any of their
securities  that is  inconsistent  with the rights  granted to the  Holders of
Registrable Notes in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions
hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict
with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any of
the Issuers'  other issued and  outstanding  securities.  The Issuers have not
entered into, as of the date of this Agreement and the Issuers shall not enter
into, from and after the date of this Agreement, any agreement with respect to
any of their securities which will grant to any Person piggy-back registration
rights with respect to any Registration  Statement required to be filed by the
Issuers pursuant to this Agreement.

      (b)  ADJUSTMENTS  AFFECTING  REGISTRABLE  NOTES.  The Issuers shall not,
directly or indirectly,  take any action with respect to the Registrable Notes
as a  class  that  would  adversely  affect  the  ability  of the  Holders  of
Registrable  Notes  to  include  such  Registrable  Notes  in  a  registration
undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.

      (c)  ADDITIONAL  AMOUNTS OF NOTES.  The Notes are  limited in  aggregate
principal amount to $300,000,000,  of which $150,000,000 will be issued on the
date hereof.  Additional  amounts of Notes may be issued in one or more series
from time to time under the Indenture (collectively  "Additional Notes") prior
to the filing of any  Registration  Statement.  The Issuers  shall provide the
registration  rights set forth under this Agreement to the Initial  Purchasers
and  any  subsequent   holder  or  holders  of  such   Additional   Notes  and
notwithstanding anything contained herein may include such Additional Notes in
any Registration Statement filed hereunder.

      (d) AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.  The provisions of this Agreement may not be
amended, modified or supplemented,  and waivers or consents to departures from
the provisions hereof may not be given,  otherwise than with the prior written
consent of (I) the Issuers, (II)(A) the Holders of not less than a majority in
aggregate  principal amount of the then outstanding  Registrable Notes, (B) in
circumstances  that would adversely affect the  Participating  Broker-Dealers,
the  Participating  Broker-  Dealers  holding  not  less  than a  majority  in
aggregate  principal  amount of the Exchange  Notes held by all  Participating
Broker-Dealers  and  (C)  the  Market  Maker,  with  respect  to any  proposed
amendment, modification, supplement or waiver to Section 3; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that  Section  8  and  this  Section  11(d)  may  not  be  amended,  modified,
supplemented  or waived without the prior written  consent of (i) each Holder,
(ii) each Participating  Broker-Dealer  (including any person who was a Holder
or Participating  Broker-Dealer of Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, as the
case may be, disposed of pursuant to any Registration  Statement)  affected by
any such amendment,  modification,  supplement or waiver, and (iii) the Market


                                     -28-

<PAGE>

Maker,  if  the  Market  Maker  would  be  affected  by  any  such  amendment,
modification, supplement or waiver. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or
consent to depart from the provisions hereof (other than Sections 8 and 11(d))
with respect to a matter that relates  exclusively to the rights of Holders of
Registrable  Notes whose  securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration
Statement and that does not directly or indirectly  affect,  impair,  limit or
compromise  the rights of other Holders of  Registrable  Notes may be given by
Holders  of  at  least  a  majority  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the
Registrable Notes being sold pursuant to such Registration Statement.

      (e) NOTICES.  All notices and other communications  (including,  without
limitation,  any notices or other  communications to the Trustee) provided for
or permitted  hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery,  registered
first-class mail, next-day air courier or facsimile:

            (i) if to a Holder of the Registrable  Notes or any  Participating
      Broker-Dealer,   at  the  most   current   address  of  such  Holder  or
      Participating  Broker-Dealer,  as the  case  may be,  set  forth  on the
      records of the registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner
      to the Initial Purchasers as specified in Section 11(e)(ii);

            (ii) if to the Initial Purchasers, as follows:

                           Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
                           One Bankers Trust Plaza
                           130 Liberty Street
                           New York, NY  10006
                           Facsimile No:  (212) 250-7200
                           Attention:  Corporate Finance

                  with a copy to:

                           Willkie Farr & Gallagher
                           787 Seventh Avenue
                           New York, NY 10019
                           Facsimile No:  (212) 728-8111
                           Attention:  William J. Grant, Jr.

            (iii) if to the Issuers, at the address as follows:

                           Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.
                           7700 Old Georgetown Road, 2nd Floor
                           Bethesda, MD 20814
                           Facsimile No: (301) 652-8307
                           Attention:  Richard A. Stein


                                     -29-

<PAGE>

                  with a copy to:

                           Freedman, Levy, Kroll & Simonds
                           1050 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
                           Suite 825
                           Washington, D.C. 20036-5366
                           Facsimile No:  (202) 457-5151
                           Attention:  Arthur H. Bill

            (iv) if to the Market Maker, as follows:

                           Chase Securities Inc.
                           270 Park Avenue, 4th floor
                           New York, New York  10017
                           Facsimile:  (212) 270-0994
                           Attention:  High Yield Capital Markets

                  with a copy to:

                           The Chase Manhattan Bank
                           Legal Department
                           270 Park Avenue, 40th floor
                           New York, New York  10017
                           Facsimile:  (212) 270-7487
                           Attention:  Stephen B. Grant

      All such  notices and  communications  shall be deemed to have been duly
given:  when  delivered by hand, if personally  delivered;  five business days
after being deposited in the mail,  postage prepaid,  if mailed;  one business
day after being timely delivered to a next-day air courier; and upon receiving
confirmation receipt by the addressee, if sent by facsimile.

      Copies of all such  notices,  demands or other  communications  shall be
concurrently  delivered  by the Person  giving the same to the  Trustee at the
address and in the manner specified in such Indenture.

      (f) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties  hereto,
the Holders and the Participating Broker-Dealers, PROVIDED that nothing herein
shall be deemed to permit any  assignment,  transfer or other  disposition  of
Registrable  Notes in violation of the terms of the Purchase  Agreement or the
Indenture.

      (g)  COUNTERPARTS.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any  number of
counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
when so  executed  shall be deemed to be an  original  and all of which  taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.


                                     -30-

<PAGE>

      (h)  HEADINGS.  The headings in this  Agreement are for  convenience  of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

      (i) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,  AS APPLIED  TO  CONTRACTS
MADE AND PERFORMED  ENTIRELY  WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK,  WITHOUT REGARD TO
PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO
THE  JURISDICTION  OF THE  COURTS  OF THE  STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY  ACTION OR
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

      (j)  SEVERABILITY.  If any term,  provision,  covenant or restriction of
this  Agreement  is held by a court of competent  jurisdiction  to be invalid,
illegal,  void or  unenforceable,  the  remainder  of the  terms,  provisions,
covenants  and  restrictions  set forth  herein shall remain in full force and
effect  and shall in no way be  affected,  impaired  or  invalidated,  and the
parties  hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative
means  to  achieve  the  same  or  substantially   the  same  result  as  that
contemplated by such term,  provision,  covenant or restriction.  It is hereby
stipulated  and  declared to be the  intention  of the parties that they would
have  executed the remaining  terms,  provisions,  covenants and  restrictions
without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal,
void or unenforceable.

      (k)  SECURITIES  HELD BY THE ISSUERS OR THEIR  AFFILIATES.  Whenever the
consent or approval of Holders of a specified  percentage of Registrable Notes
is required  hereunder,  Registrable Notes held by the Issuers or any of their
affiliates  (as such term is  defined  in Rule 405 under the  Securities  Act)
shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given
by the Holders of such required percentage.

      (l)  THIRD  PARTY  BENEFICIARIES.   Holders  of  Registrable  Notes  and
Participating  Broker-Dealers  are intended third party  beneficiaries of this
Agreement, and this Agreement may be enforced by such Persons.

      (m)  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement,  together  with  the  Purchase
Agreement,  the Indenture and the Notes, is intended by the parties as a final
and  exclusive  statement of the agreement  and  understanding  of the parties
hereto in respect of the subject matter  contained  herein and therein and any
and all prior  oral or written  agreements,  representations,  or  warranties,
contracts, understandings, correspondence, conversations and memoranda between
the Holders on the one hand and the Issuers on the other,  or between or among
any agents, representatives,  parents, subsidiaries,  affiliates, predecessors
in  interest or  successors  in interest  with  respect to the subject  matter
hereof and thereof are merged herein and replaced hereby.


                                     -31-

<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first written above.


                                     HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.
                                     HANGER PROSTHETICS & ORTHOTICS,
                                       INC.
                                     SOUTHERN PROSTHETIC SUPPLY, INC.
                                     SEATTLE ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.
                                     OPNET, INC.
                                     EUGENE TUEFEL & SON ORTHOTICS &
                                       PROSTHETICS, INC.
                                     HPO ACQUISITION CORP.

                                     By: /s/IVAN R. SABEL
                                         ------------------------------------
                                         Name:  Ivan R. Sabel
                                         Title: Chairman, President and Chief
                                                Executive Officer


DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

By: /s/JULIE PERSILY
    ------------------------
    Name:  Julie Persily
    Title: Managing Director


CHASE SECURITIES INC.

By: /s/IRA GINSBERG
    ---------------------
    Name:  Ira Ginsburg
    Title: Vice President


PARIBAS CORPORATION

By: /s/ROBERT E. HOWARD
    ------------------------
    Name:  Robert E. Howard
    Title: Managing Director



                                                                 EXHIBIT 10(e)


                         SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                           DATED AS OF JUNE 16, 1999


                                     AMONG


                         HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.


                                      AND


                          THE PURCHASERS NAMED HEREIN


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<S>                                                                                      <C>
Article I DEFINED TERMS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION........................................... 1
   1.1    Defined Terms.................................................................. 1
   1.2    Rules of Construction.......................................................... 5

Article II PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES; CLOSING.......................................... 6
   2.1    Certificate of Amendment....................................................... 6
   2.2    Authorization of Issuance of Preferred Shares.................................. 6
   2.3    Sale of Securities............................................................. 6
   2.4    Closing........................................................................ 6
   2.5    Closing Deliveries............................................................. 7
   2.6    Use of Proceeds................................................................ 7

Article III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES ABOUT THE COMPANY............................. 7
   3.1    Offering Memorandum............................................................ 7
   3.2    Capitalization................................................................. 8
   3.3    Organization, Power and Authority and Good Standing............................ 9
   3.4    Authorization, Execution, Enforceability and Consents.......................... 9
   3.5    Reports and Financial Information..............................................11
   3.6    Compliance with Laws...........................................................11
   3.7    Absence of Changes.............................................................12
   3.8    Taxes..........................................................................12
   3.9    Title to Assets................................................................12
   3.10   Proceedings....................................................................12
   3.11   Contracts......................................................................13
   3.12   Insurance......................................................................13
   3.13   ERISA..........................................................................13
   3.14   Accounting.....................................................................14
   3.15   Investment Company.............................................................14
   3.16   Solvency.......................................................................14
   3.17   Private Sale...................................................................14
   3.18   Brokers........................................................................14
   3.19   Regulatory Matters.............................................................15
   3.20   Y2K............................................................................15
   3.21   Incorporation of NovaCare Purchase Agreement...................................16
   3.22   Certificates of Officers.......................................................16

Article IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASERS..............................16
   4.1    Authorization of the Documents.................................................16
   4.2    Investment Representations.....................................................16

Article V CONDITIONS TO CLOSING..........................................................17
   5.1    Conditions to Purchasers' Obligations..........................................17
   5.2    Conditions to the Company's Obligations........................................19


<PAGE>

Article VI INDEMNIFICATION...............................................................19
   6.1    Survival of Representations, Warranties, Agreements and Covenants, Etc.........19
   6.2    Indemnification................................................................19

Article VII TRANSFER OF SECURITIES.......................................................21
   7.1    Restriction on Transfer........................................................21
   7.2    Restrictive Legends............................................................22
   7.3    Notice of Transfer.............................................................22
   7.4    Transfer Pursuant to Rule 144..................................................23

Article VIII ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY........................................23
   8.1    Escrow of Proceeds of Senior Subordinated Notes................................23
   8.2    Conduct Pending Closing........................................................23
   8.3    Existing Warrants and Common Stock.............................................24
   8.4    Amendment of By-laws...........................................................25

Article IX MISCELLANEOUS.................................................................25
   9.1    Fees...........................................................................25
   9.2    Further Assurances.............................................................26
   9.3    Remedies.......................................................................26
   9.4    Successors  and  Assigns.......................................................26
   9.5    Entire  Agreement..............................................................26
   9.6    Notices........................................................................27
   9.7    Amendments, Modifications and Waivers..........................................28
   9.8    Governing  Law; Waiver of Jury Trial...........................................28
   9.9    No Third Party Reliance........................................................28
   9.10   Submission to Jurisdiction.....................................................29
   9.11   Severability...................................................................29
   9.12   Independence of Agreements, Covenants, Representations and Warranties .........29
   9.13   Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures.............................................30
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                            SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

SCHEDULES
Schedule I        -   Purchasers, Purchase Price and Fees
Schedule 3.2(d)   -   Options and Warrants
Schedule 3.2(e)   -   Preemptive rights and Rights of First Refusal
Schedule 3.2(f)   -   Liens
Schedule 3.2(g)   -   Redemption Rights
Schedule 3.2(h)   -   Registration Rights
Schedule 3.6      -   Orders
Schedule 3.10     -   Proceedings
Schedule 3.20     -   Y2K

EXHIBITS
Exhibit A   -   Certificate of Designations for Redeemable Preferred Stock
Exhibit B   -   Form of Charter Amendment
Exhibit C   -   Investor Rights Agreement
Exhibit D   -   Regulation Y Letter


<PAGE>

                                             SECURITIES   PURCHASE   AGREEMENT
                                        dated as of June 16, 1999 among HANGER
                                        ORTHOPEDIC  GROUP,  INC.,  a  Delaware
                                        corporation (the  "COMPANY"),  and the
                                        Purchasers   listed  on   SCHEDULE   I
                                        (collectively, the "PURCHASERS").

      The Company is in the business of  developing,  acquiring  and operating
orthotic  and  prosthetic  patient-care  centers  in the  United  States  (the
"BUSINESS").  The Company  desires to raise  $60,000,000  in preferred  equity
financing,  and the Purchasers  are willing to purchase  certain shares of the
Company's  preferred  stock in  connection  therewith,  all on the  terms  and
subject to the conditions set forth herein.

      ACCORDINGLY,  in  consideration  of the  foregoing  and  the  covenants,
agreements,  representations and warranties  contained in this Agreement,  and
for other good and  valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of
which are hereby acknowledged by the parties,  the parties hereto hereby agree
as follows:

                                  ARTICLE I
                     DEFINED TERMS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

1.1      DEFINED TERMS.

      Capitalized  terms used and not otherwise defined in this Agreement have
the meanings  given to them below or in the other  locations of this Agreement
specified below (or, if not defined herein, have the meanings ascribed to them
in the Certificate of Designations):

      "AGREEMENT" shall have the meaning given to such term in SECTION 1.2.

      "AMENDED  CHARTER" means, at any time prior to the  effectiveness of the
Charter  Amendment,  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the Company as in
effect  on the  date  hereof  and,  thereafter,  as  amended  by  the  Charter
Amendment.

      "APPLICABLE  SECURITIES" means the shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock,
the Warrants and the Reserved Common Shares.

      "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

      "BUSINESS"  has  the  meaning  given  to  it in  the  Preamble  to  this
Agreement.

      "BUSINESS  DAY" means any day other than a Saturday,  Sunday or a day on
which all United States securities exchanges on which Securities issued by the
Company are listed, are authorized or required to be closed.

      "CERTIFICATE OF  DESIGNATIONS"  means the  certificate of  designations,
powers,  preferences  and relative,  participating,  optional or other special
rights and  qualifications,  limitations  or  restrictions  of the  Redeemable


<PAGE>

Preferred Stock, in substantially the form set forth in EXHIBIT A.

      "CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION" means the Certificate of Incorporation of
the Company as amended and  restated  and in effect from time to time prior to
the effectiveness of the Charter Amendment.

      "CHARTER AMENDMENT" means the amendment to the Company's  Certificate of
Incorporation, in substantially the form attached as EXHIBIT B

      "CLAIM" means any claim, demand,  assessment,  judgment,  order, decree,
action, cause of action, litigation, suit, investigation or other Proceeding.

      "CLOSING" has the meaning given to it in SECTION 2.4.

      "CLOSING DATE" has the meaning given to it in SECTION 2.4.

      "CLOSING CERTIFICATE" has the meaning given to it in SECTION 6.1.

      "CODE"  means the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended,  or any
similar Federal law then in force,  and the rules and regulations  promulgated
thereunder, all as the same may from time to time be in effect.

      "COMMISSION"  means  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  or  any
successor or replacement thereto.

      "COMPANY" has the meaning given to it in the caption to this Agreement.

      "COMPANY  INDEMNIFIED  PERSONS"  has the meaning  given to it in SECTION
6.2(B).

      "CHASE" shall mean Chase Equity  Associates,  L.P., a California limited
partnership.

      "CREDIT  AGREEMENT" shall mean the Credit Agreement dated as of the date
hereof, among the Company, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative  Agent,
Collateral  Agent and Issuing Bank,  Bankers  Trust  Company,  as  Syndication
Agent, Paribas (f/k/a Banque Paribas), as Documentation Agent, and the Lenders
party thereto.

      "DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement,  the Certificate of Designations,  the
Investor Rights Agreement and the Regulation Y Letters.

      "ERISA" means the Employment  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended,  or any similar  Federal law in force,  and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder, all as the same may be amended.

      "EQUITY  INCENTIVE PLANS" has the meaning given to it in the Certificate
of Designations.


                                      2

<PAGE>

      "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
any  similar  Federal  Statute  then in force,  and the rules and  regulations
promulgated thereunder, all as the same may from time to time be in effect.

      "FINAL  MEMORANDUM"  means the final offering  memorandum  dated June 9,
1999, to be used in connection with the sale of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

      "FUNDAMENTAL  DOCUMENTS"  means the documents by which any Person (other
than an  individual)  establishes  its legal  existence  or which  govern  its
internal affairs. The Fundamental Documents of the Company are the Certificate
of Incorporation (prior to the effectiveness under Delaware Law of the Charter
Amendment), the Amended Charter (after the effectiveness under Delaware Law of
the Charter Amendment) and the By-laws of the Company.

      "GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

      "INDEMNIFIED  PERSONS" means any of the Company  Indemnified  Persons or
any of the Purchaser Indemnified Persons, as the context may require.

      "INDEMNIFYING  PERSONS" means any of the  Purchasers or the Company,  as
the context may require.

      "INSURANCE POLICIES" has the meaning given to it in SECTION 3.12.

      "INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY  RIGHTS" means all industrial  and  intellectual
property rights, including, without limitation,  patents, patent applications,
patent rights, trademarks, trademark applications, trade names, service marks,
service mark applications, copyrights, copyright applications, know-how, trade
secrets,   proprietary  processes  and  formulae,   confidential  information,
franchises,  licenses,  inventions,  instructions,  marketing materials, trade
dress,  logos  and  designs  and all  documentation  and  media  constituting,
describing  or relating to the  foregoing,  including  manuals,  memoranda and
records.

      "INVESTOR  RIGHTS  AGREEMENT"  means the Investor Rights Agreement among
the Company and the Purchasers, in substantially the form set forth in EXHIBIT
C.

      "KNOWLEDGE" has the meaning given to it in SECTION 1.2.

      "LIABILITY" means any liability or obligation, whether known or unknown,
asserted  or  unasserted,   absolute  or  contingent,  accrued  or  unaccrued,
liquidated  or  unliquidated  and whether due or to become due,  regardless of
when asserted.

      "LOSS" means any loss  (including  diminution  in value of  Securities),
Liability,  Claim, cost, damage,  deficiency, Tax (including any Taxes imposed
with respect to any indemnity  payments for any such Loss),  penalty,  fine or
expense, whether or not arising out of any Claims by or on behalf of any party
to  this  Agreement  or  any  third  party,  including  interest,   penalties,
reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses and all amounts paid in investigation,
defense or settlement of any of the foregoing which any such party may suffer,


                                      3

<PAGE>

sustain or become subject to, as a result of, in connection with,  relating or
incidental to or by virtue of any indemnifiable event or condition.

      "MATERIAL  ADVERSE EFFECT" means, with respect to any Person, a material
adverse  effect  on  the  business,   condition   (financial  and  otherwise),
operations, results of operations, assets (including levels of working capital
and components thereof), Liabilities, and prospects of such Person.

      "MATERIAL AGREEMENTS" has the meaning given to it in SECTION 3.10.

      "NOVACARE  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT" means the Stock Purchase Agreement dated
as of April 2, 1999 by and among  NovaCare,  Inc.,  NC  Resources,  Inc.,  the
Company and HPO  Acquisition  Corp.,  as in effect on the date  hereof  (after
giving effect to Amendment No. 1 dated May 19, 1999).

      "PARIBAS" means Paribas North America, Inc.

      "PERMITS" has the meaning given to it in SECTION 3.6(B)

      "PERSON" has the meaning given to it in the Certificate of Designations.

      "PRELIMINARY MEMORANDUM" means the preliminary offering memorandum dated
May 21, 1999 used in connection  with the offering of the Senior  Subordinated
Notes.

      "PROCEEDING"  means any legal,  administrative  or  arbitration  action,
suit, complaint, charge, hearing, inquiry, investigation or proceeding.

      "PURCHASER" has the meaning given to it in the caption to this Agreement
and any Person  succeeding to the rights of a Purchaser  pursuant to the terms
hereof.

      "PURCHASER  INDEMNIFIED  PERSON" has the meaning  given to it in SECTION
6.2(A).

      "REDEEMABLE  PREFERRED  STOCK"  means the  Corporation's  7%  Redeemable
Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share.

      "REGULATION  Y  LETTER"  means  letters  from the  Company  to Chase and
Paribas, in substantially the form attached as EXHIBIT D.

      "RESERVED  COMMON  SHARES"  means  shares of Common  Stock  that will be
reserved from and after the  Convertibility  Effective  Date for issuance upon
the  conversion  of the  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock or the  exercise  of the
Warrants, as the case may be.

      "SECURITIES"  has  the  meaning  given  to  it  in  the  Certificate  of
Designations.


                                      4

<PAGE>

      "SENIOR   SUBORDINATED   NOTES"  means  the  Company's  11  1/4%  Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2009 issued on the date hereof.

      "SENIOR  SUBORDINATED  NOTES  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT"  means  the  Purchase
Agreement  dated  as of  June 9,  1999,  among  the  Company  and the  Initial
Purchasers signatory thereto.

      "SUBSIDIARY"  has  the  meaning  given  to  it  in  the  Certificate  of
Designations.

      "TAX" means any Taxes and the term  "TAXES"  means,  with respect to any
Person,  (A) all income taxes  (including any tax on or based upon net income,
or gross income, or income as specially defined,  or earnings,  or profits, or
selected items of income, earnings or profits) and all gross receipts,  sales,
use,  ad  valorem,  transfer,  franchise,   license,   withholding,   payroll,
employment,  excise,  severance,  stamp,  occupation,   premium,  property  or
windfall profits taxes, alternative or add-on minimum taxes, customs duties or
other taxes,  fees,  assessments or charges of any kind  whatsoever,  together
with any interest and any  penalties,  additions to tax or additional  amounts
imposed by any taxing  authority  (domestic or foreign) on such Person and (B)
any  Liability  for the  payment  of any amount of the type  described  in the
immediately  preceding  clause  (A) as a result  of (i)  being a  "transferee"
(within the meaning of Section 6901 of the Code or any other  Applicable  Law)
of  another  Person,  (ii)  being  a  member  of an  affiliated,  combined  or
consolidated group or (iii) a contractual arrangement or otherwise.

      "TRUSTEE" has the meaning given to it in the Indenture.

      "WARRANTS"  means the  warrants to purchase  shares of Common Stock that
may be issuable  upon the  redemption  of the  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock in
accordance with the Certificate of Designations.

1.2      RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

      The  term  this  "AGREEMENT"  means  this  agreement  together  with all
schedules and exhibits  hereto,  as the same may from time to time be amended,
modified,  supplemented  or restated in accordance  with the terms hereof.  In
this Agreement,  the term "KNOWLEDGE" of any Person means (i) actual knowledge
of such Person (including the actual knowledge of the executive officers,  key
employees  and directors of such Person) and (ii) that  knowledge  which could
have been acquired by such Person after making such due inquiry and exercising
such due diligence as a prudent businessperson would have made or exercised in
the management of his or her business affairs,  including due inquiry of those
key  employees  and  professionals  of such  Person  who could  reasonably  be
expected to have actual knowledge of the matters in question.  The use in this
Agreement of the term "including" means "including,  without  limitation." The
words "HEREIN," "HEREOF,"  "HEREUNDER" and other words of similar import refer
to this  Agreement as a whole,  including the  schedules and exhibits,  as the
same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, and
not to any particular section, subsection,  paragraph,  subparagraph or clause
contained  in this  Agreement.  All  references  to  sections,  schedules  and


                                      5

<PAGE>

exhibits  mean the sections of this  Agreement  and the schedules and exhibits
attached to this Agreement,  except where otherwise  stated.  The title of and
the section and paragraph  headings in this  Agreement are for  convenience of
reference only and shall not govern or affect the interpretation of any of the
terms or  provisions  of this  Agreement.  The use  herein  of the  masculine,
feminine or neuter  forms shall also denote the other  forms,  as in each case
the context may require or permit.  Where specific language is used to clarify
by example a general statement  contained herein, such specific language shall
not be deemed to modify,  limit or restrict in any manner the  construction of
the general statement to which it relates. The language used in this Agreement
has been chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent,  and no rule of
strict  construction  shall be applied  against  any party.  Unless  expressly
provided otherwise,  the measure of a period of one month or year for purposes
of  this  Agreement  shall  be  that  date  of the  following  month  or  year
corresponding  to the starting date,  provided that if no  corresponding  date
exists,  the  measure  shall  be that  date  of the  following  month  or year
corresponding  to the next day following the starting date.  For example,  one
month  following  February 18 is March 18, and one month following March 31 is
May 1.

                                  ARTICLE II
                     PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES; CLOSING

2.1      CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT.

      Prior to the Closing, the Company shall file with the Secretary of State
of the State of Delaware the Certificate of  Designations.  The Certificate of
Designations  designates 60,000 shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock and sets
forth the powers, preferences and relative,  participating,  optional or other
special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

2.2      AUTHORIZATION OF ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED SHARES.

      The Company has  authorized  the issuance at the Closing of an aggregate
of 60,000 shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock.

2.3      SALE OF SECURITIES.

      At the Closing,  subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions
set forth in ARTICLE V, the Company  shall  issue and sell to each  Purchaser,
and each Purchaser shall severally  purchase from the Company,  that number of
shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock set forth opposite its name on SCHEDULE I
for the aggregate purchase price set forth opposite its name.

2.4      CLOSING.

      The closing (the  "CLOSING")  hereunder with respect to the issuance and
sale of the Preferred  Shares being purchased by each Purchaser at the Closing
and the consummation of the related  transactions  contemplated  hereby shall,
subject to the  satisfaction or waiver of the applicable  conditions set forth
in SECTION 5.1, take place at the offices of Haythe & Curley, 237 Park Avenue,


                                      6

<PAGE>

New York, New York 10017 at 10:00 a.m., local time, on the date of the closing
of the transactions  contemplated by the NovaCare  Purchase  Agreement,  or at
such other time, date or place as agreed to by the parties.

2.5      CLOSING DELIVERIES.

      At the Closing,  the Company shall deliver to each Purchaser  purchasing
shares  of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  a  certificate,  registered  in such
Purchaser's  name,  representing  the  shares of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock
purchased by such Purchaser at the Closing,  against receipt by the Company of
a wire  transfer,  of  immediately  available  funds to an account or accounts
designated by the Company,  of an aggregate amount equal to the purchase price
for the shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock being purchased by such Purchaser
at the Closing (such date, the "CLOSING DATE").

2.6      USE OF PROCEEDS.

      The  proceeds  received  by the  Company  from the sale of all shares of
Redeemable  Preferred  Stock shall be used by the Company  solely as set forth
under "Sources and Uses of Funds" in the Final Memorandum.

                                 ARTICLE III
               REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES ABOUT THE COMPANY

      The Company represents and warrants to each Purchaser as follows:

3.1      OFFERING MEMORANDUM.

      (a) Neither the  Preliminary  Memorandum  as of the date thereof nor the
Final  Memorandum  nor any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto  as of the date
thereof and at all times  subsequent  thereto up to the Closing Date contained
or contains  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omitted or omits to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements  therein,  in the light
of the circumstances  under which they were made, not misleading,  except that
the  representations and warranties set forth in this SECTION 3.1 do not apply
to  statements  or  omissions  made in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with
information  relating to either of the Purchasers  furnished to the Company in
writing by the Purchasers expressly for use in the Preliminary Memorandum, the
Final Memorandum or any amendment or supplement thereto.

      (b) The  statistical  and  market-related  data  included  in the  Final
Memorandum  are based on or derived  from  sources  which the  Company and the
Subsidiaries believe to be reliable and accurate.


                                      7

<PAGE>

3.2      CAPITALIZATION.

      The  authorized  capital  stock of the  Company  immediately  after  the
Closing shall consist of:

      (a)  25,000,000  duly  authorized  shares of Common Stock,  of which (i)
18,852,824 shares shall be duly and validly issued and outstanding, fully paid
and  nonassessable,  with no  personal  Liability  attached  to the  ownership
thereof,  (ii) 133,495 shares shall be held by the Company as treasury shares,
(iii)  1,893,914  shares  shall  be duly and  validly  reserved  for  issuance
pursuant to outstanding options, (iv) 468,099 shares shall be duly and validly
reserved for issuance  pursuant to options that may be granted  after the date
hereof to employees of the Company  pursuant to the Company's Equity Incentive
Plans and (v) 830,650  shares shall be duly and validly  reserved for issuance
pursuant to outstanding warrants.

      (b) 10,000,000  duly  authorized  shares of Preferred  Stock,  60,000 of
which  shall  be duly and  validly  issued  and  outstanding,  fully  paid and
nonassessable,  with no personal  Liability attached to the ownership thereof,
all of which shall be held of record and beneficially by the Purchasers and in
the amounts  set forth on SCHEDULE I, free and clear of all Liens.  All of the
outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated Redeemable Preferred
Stock.

      (c) All Reserved  Common  Shares,  if and when issued,  will be duly and
validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable, with no personal
Liability attached to the ownership thereof.

      (d)  SCHEDULE  3.2(D)  contains  a  list  of all  outstanding  warrants,
options, agreements,  convertible securities and other commitments pursuant to
which the  Company  is or may become  obligated  to issue,  sell or  otherwise
transfer any Securities of the Company,  which list names all Persons entitled
to receive  such  Securities,  indicates  whether or not such  Securities  are
entitled to any  anti-dilution  or similar  adjustments  upon the  issuance of
additional  Securities of the Company or  otherwise,  sets forth the shares of
capital  stock  and  other  Securities   required  to  be  issued   thereunder
(calculated  after giving effect to all such  anti-dilution  and other similar
adjustments  resulting from the issuance of the shares of Redeemable Preferred
Stock and, if applicable, the other Applicable Securities) and the exercise or
conversion price thereof, as applicable.

      (e)  Except  as set forth on  SCHEDULE  3.2(E)  there are no  preemptive
rights,  rights  of first  refusal  or other  similar  rights to  purchase  or
otherwise  acquire shares of capital stock or other  Securities of the Company
pursuant to any Applicable Law, any Fundamental Document of the Company or any
agreement to which the Company is a party or may be bound.

      (f) Except as set forth on  SCHEDULE  3.2(F) or as  contemplated  by the
Documents and the Fundamental Documents of the Company, there is no Lien (such
as a right of first  refusal,  right of first  offer,  proxy,  voting trust or
voting  agreement) with respect to the sale or voting of any Securities of the


                                      8

<PAGE>

Company  (whether  outstanding  or issuable upon the  conversion,  exchange or
exercise of outstanding Securities).

      (g) Except as set forth on  SCHEDULE  3.2(G),  other than as required by
the  Certificate  of  Designations,   there  are  no  obligations  to  redeem,
repurchase or otherwise acquire shares of capital stock or other Securities of
the Company  pursuant to any Applicable Law, any  Fundamental  Document of the
Company or any agreement to which the Company is a party or may be bound.

      (h) Except as contemplated  by the Investor  Rights  Agreement or as set
forth on  SCHEDULE  3.2(H),  no Person  has any right to cause the  Company to
effect the registration under the Securities Act of any shares of Common Stock
or any other Securities of the Company.

      (i) Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 2 to the Senior  Subordinated  Notes
Purchase Agreement, the Company does not have any Subsidiaries. Except for the
Subsidiaries  or as  disclosed in the Final  Memorandum,  the Company does not
own,  directly or indirectly,  any shares of capital stock or any other equity
or long-term debt Securities or have any equity interest in any Person.

      (j) All  Securities  issued by the Company  have been  either  issued in
transactions  in  accordance  with  or  exempt  from  registration  under  the
Securities Act and the rules and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder and all
applicable  state  securities  or "blue sky"  laws,  and the  Company  has not
violated the Securities Act or any applicable  state  securities or "blue sky"
laws in  connection  with the  issuance of any such  Securities.  There are no
restrictions  upon the voting rights  associated with, or the transfer of, any
of the capital  stock of the Company,  except as provided by (i) United States
or state securities laws or (ii) the terms and provisions of the Documents.

3.3      ORGANIZATION, POWER AND AUTHORITY AND GOOD STANDING.

      (a) Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries is duly organized,  validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of
organization  and has all  requisite  corporate  (or  partnership  or  limited
liability  company)  power and authority to own its properties and conduct its
business as now conducted and as described in the Final Memorandum.

      (b) Each of the Company and the  Subsidiaries  is duly  qualified  to do
business as a foreign entity in good standing in all other jurisdictions where
the  ownership  or leasing of its  properties  or the conduct of its  business
requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would
not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.4      AUTHORIZATION, EXECUTION, ENFORCEABILITY AND CONSENTS.

      (a) The Company  has all  requisite  corporate  power and  authority  to
execute,  deliver and perform each of its obligations under this Agreement and
each other Document.  This Agreement and each other Document has been duly and
validly  authorized by the Company.  This Agreement has been duly executed and


                                      9

<PAGE>

delivered by the Company and this Agreement constitutes and, when executed and
delivered  by the  Company  (assuming  the due  authorization,  execution  and
delivery by the other parties  thereto),  each other Document to which it is a
party, will constitute,  a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company,
enforceable  against the Company in accordance with its terms, except that the
enforcement   thereof   may  be   subject  to  (i)   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium  or other  similar laws now or hereafter in effect
relating to creditors' rights generally and (ii) general  principles of equity
and the  discretion of the court before which any  proceeding  therefor may be
brought.

      (b) The  authorization,  reservation,  issuance,  sale and delivery,  as
applicable,  of the shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock and,  subject to the
effectiveness of the Charter Amendment, the other Applicable Securities,  have
been duly and validly  authorized by all  requisite  action on the part of the
Company.  The shares of Redeemable  Preferred  Stock and the other  Applicable
Securities (if issued), will be duly and validly issued and outstanding, fully
paid and nonassessable,  with no personal Liability attaching to the ownership
thereof and not subject to any preemptive  rights,  rights of first refusal or
other similar rights of the stockholders of the Company.

      (c)  No  consent,  approval,  authorization,  Permit  or  Order  of  any
Governmental Authority or third party is required for the issuance and sale by
the Company of the Applicable Securities to the Purchasers or the consummation
by the Company of the other transactions  contemplated  hereby or by any other
Document,  except in the case of the Reserved Shares,  for the approval of the
shareholders of the Company. None of the Company or the Subsidiaries is (i) in
violation  of its  Fundamental  Documents,  (ii) in breach or violation of any
Applicable  Law,  or (iii) in breach of or  default  under  (nor has any event
occurred  which,  with notice or passage of time or both,  would  constitute a
default under) or in violation of any of the terms or provisions of any Permit
or Material  Agreement  to which the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  is a
party or to which any of their respective properties or assets is subject.

      (d) The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by the  Company of this
Agreement and each other Document,  and the  consummation of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby and thereby,  including the  authorization,  reservation,
issuance,  sale and delivery,  as the case may be, of the shares of Redeemable
Preferred Stock and, subject to the  effectiveness  of the Charter  Amendment,
the other  Applicable  Securities,  will not (a) violate any Applicable Law or
(b) conflict  with or result in any breach of any of the terms,  conditions or
provisions  of, or  constitute  (with due notice or lapse of time,  or both) a
default  or  give  rise  to  any  right  of   termination,   cancellation   or
acceleration, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties
or assets of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries,  under, any provision of
the  Fundamental  Documents of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  or any
Material  Agreement or Permit to which the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries
is a party or by which the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries or their assets
or properties are or may be bound.


                                      10

<PAGE>

3.5      REPORTS AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

      (a) The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the
Subsidiaries  included in the Final Memorandum  present fairly in all material
respects the financial  position,  results of operations and cash flows of the
Company  and the  Subsidiaries  at the dates and for the periods to which they
relate and have been prepared in accordance  with GAAP applied on a consistent
basis, except as otherwise stated therein.  The summary and selected financial
and statistical  data in the Final  Memorandum  present fairly in all material
respects the information  shown therein and have been prepared and compiled on
a basis consistent with the audited  financial  statements  included  therein,
except  as  otherwise   stated   therein.   PricewaterhouseCoopers   LLP  (the
"INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS") is an independent public accounting firm within the
meaning of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.

      (b) The pro forma financial statements (including the notes thereto) and
the other pro forma financial information included in the Final Memorandum (i)
comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of
Regulation S-X promulgated  under the Exchange Act, (ii) have been prepared in
accordance  with the  Commission's  rules and  guidelines  with respect to pro
forma financial statements, and (iii) have been properly computed on the bases
described  therein;  the assumptions  used in the preparation of the pro forma
financial data and other pro forma financial information included in the Final
Memorandum are reasonable and the adjustments  used therein are appropriate to
give effect to the transactions or circumstances referred to therein.

3.6      COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

      (a) SCHEDULE 3.6 sets forth a list of all Orders to which the Company or
any of its  Subsidiaries  or any of their  respective  assets or properties is
bound.

      (b)  The  Company  and  each  of the  Subsidiaries  holds  all  material
licenses,  certificates and permits from Governmental  Authorities ("PERMITS")
which are necessary to the conduct of their businesses.

      (c) To the Knowledge of the Company,  there is no proposed change in any
Applicable Law which would require the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries  to
obtain any  material  Permits in order to conduct the  business of the Company
and the Subsidiaries as each is presently  conducted and as presently proposed
to be  conducted  which the  Company  or such  Subsidiary  does not  currently
possess.

      (d) To the Company's  knowledge,  there is no Applicable Law which would
prohibit or restrict the Company or any of the Subsidiaries from, or otherwise
materially  adversely  affect  the  Company  or any of  the  Subsidiaries  in,
conducting each of their  businesses in any  jurisdiction in which each is now
conducting business or which it proposes to conduct business.

      (e) Neither the Company nor any of the  Subsidiaries  has  infringed any
Intellectual  Property Rights of any Person.  To the Knowledge of the Company,
no Person has infringed any owned or licensed  Intellectual Property Rights of


                                      11

<PAGE>

the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

3.7      ABSENCE OF CHANGES.

      Since the date of the most recent financial  statements appearing in the
Final Memorandum,  except as described therein, (i) none of the Company or the
Subsidiaries   has  incurred  any  Liabilities  or   obligations,   direct  or
contingent,  or  entered  into or agreed  to enter  into any  transactions  or
contracts (written or oral) not in the ordinary course of business,  (ii) none
of the  Company  or the  Subsidiaries  has  purchased  any of its  outstanding
capital  stock,  nor  declared,   paid  or  otherwise  made  any  dividend  or
distribution  of any kind on its capital stock (other than with respect to any
of such Subsidiaries, the purchase of, or dividend or distribution on, capital
stock owned by the Company)  and (iii) there has not been any material  change
in  the  capital  stock  or  long-term  indebtedness  of  the  Company  or its
Subsidiaries.

3.8      TAXES.

      Each of the  Company  and  the  Subsidiaries  has  filed  all  necessary
federal,  state and foreign income and franchise Tax returns, and has paid all
Taxes required to be paid by it prior to or as of the Closing;  and other than
tax  deficiencies  which the Company or any  Subsidiary  is contesting in good
faith and for which the  Company  or such  Subsidiary  has  provided  adequate
reserves, there is no material Tax deficiency that has been proposed, asserted
or assessed against the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.

3.9      TITLE TO ASSETS.

      (a) Each of the Company  and the  Subsidiaries  has good and  marketable
title to all real property and good title to all personal  property  described
in the Final  Memorandum as being owned by it and good and marketable title to
a leasehold  estate in the real and personal  property  described in the Final
Memorandum as being leased by it free and clear of all Liens or  restrictions,
except as described in the Final Memorandum.

      (b) All leases,  contracts and agreements to which the Company or any of
the  Subsidiaries  is a party or by which  any of them is bound  are valid and
enforceable  against  the  Company  or  such  Subsidiary,  and are  valid  and
enforceable  against the other party or parties  thereto and are in full force
and effect.

      (c) The Company and the Subsidiaries own or possess adequate licenses or
other rights to use all Intellectual  Property Rights necessary to conduct the
businesses  now or proposed to be operated by them as  described  in the Final
Memorandum.

3.10     PROCEEDINGS.

      Except as set forth on  SCHEDULE  3.10,  there is not pending or, to the
Knowledge of the Company,  threatened  any  Proceeding to which the Company or
any of the  Subsidiaries is a party, or to which the property or assets of the
Company  or any of the  Subsidiaries  are  subject,  before or  brought by any
Governmental Authority.


                                      12

<PAGE>

3.11     CONTRACTS.

      (a) Neither the  Company nor any of its  Subsidiaries  is a party to (a)
notes, bonds, mortgages, indentures, or material Permits or (b) other material
written or oral contracts,  agreements,  instruments and other understandings,
(i) involving annual amounts in excess of $10 million,  (ii) that are material
to the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries,  (iii) that are  material  to the
financial  condition  or  results of the  operations  of the  Company  and its
Subsidiaries  or (iv) that  would  have been  required  to be  described  in a
prospectus  pursuant  to  the  Securities  Act  (collectively,  the  "MATERIAL
AGREEMENTS"),  except for those Material  Agreements that are described in the
Final Memorandum.

      (b) Each Material  Agreement  constitutes a valid and binding obligation
of the Company  and/or  Subsidiary  party  thereto and to the Knowledge of the
Company is enforceable  against such other party in accordance with its terms.
Each  of the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries  have  in all  material  respects
performed all of the  obligations  required to be performed by each of them to
date pursuant to the Material Agreements,  and there exists no default, or any
event which upon the giving of notice or the passage of time,  or both,  would
give rise to a claim of a default in the  performance  by the  Company and the
Subsidiaries  or, to the  Knowledge of the Company,  any other party to any of
the Material Agreements,  except where such default or event,  individually or
in the  aggregate,  has not had nor could it  reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

3.12     INSURANCE.

      Each of the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries  carries  insurance  in such
amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of its business
and the value of its properties.  The Company has not received any notice that
(i) any of such  policies has been or will be canceled or  terminated  or will
not be  renewed on  substantially  the same terms as are now in effect or (ii)
the  premium  on any of such  policies  will be  materially  increased  on the
renewal thereof.

3.13     ERISA.

      The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all presently
applicable  provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder
("ERISA");  no  "reportable  event" (as  defined in ERISA) has  occurred  with
respect to any  "pension  plan" (as  defined  in ERISA) for which the  Company
would have any liability;  the Company has not incurred and does not expect to
incur liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or
withdrawal  from,  any  "pension  plan"  or (ii)  Sections  412 or 4971 of the
Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  including  the  regulations  and
published interpretations thereunder (the "Code"); and each "pension plan" for
which the Company  would have any  liability  that is intended to be qualified
under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified in all material  respects and
nothing  has  occurred,  whether by action or by failure to act,  which  would
cause the loss of such qualification.


                                      13

<PAGE>

3.14     ACCOUNTING.

      The  Company  maintains  a  system  of  internal   accounting   controls
sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed
in  accordance  with  management's  general or  specific  authorization;  (ii)
transactions  are  recorded as necessary  to permit  preparation  of financial
statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain  accountability for assets;
(iii)  access to assets is  permitted  only in  accordance  with  management's
general or specific  authorization;  and (iv) the recorded  accountability for
assets  is  compared  with  existing   assets  at  reasonable   intervals  and
appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

3.15     INVESTMENT COMPANY.

      Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is an "investment company" within
the  meaning of such term  under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940 and the
rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

3.16     SOLVENCY.

      Immediately  after the consummation of the transactions  contemplated by
this  Agreement,  the fair value and present fair saleable value of the assets
of each of the Company and the  Subsidiaries  (each on a  consolidated  basis)
will  exceed  the sum of its  stated  liabilities  and  identified  contingent
liabilities;  none of the Company or the Subsidiaries  (each on a consolidated
basis)  is,  nor  will  any of the  Company  or the  Subsidiaries  (each  on a
consolidated  basis) be, after giving  effect to the  execution,  delivery and
performance  of this  Agreement,  and  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby,  (i) left with unreasonably  small capital with which to
carry on its  business as it is proposed to be  conducted,  (ii) unable to pay
its  debts  (contingent  or  otherwise)  as they  mature  or  (iii)  otherwise
insolvent.

3.17     PRIVATE SALE.

      Assuming  the  accuracy  of the  representations  of the  Purchasers  in
SECTION 4.2, the offering, sale, and issuance of the Applicable Securities, as
the case may be, will be, exempt from  registration  under the  Securities Act
and applicable state securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder.  Neither the Company nor any Person  authorized or employed by the
Company as agent, broker, dealer or otherwise in connection with the offering,
sale or issuance of the Applicable ----------- Securities has offered the same
for sale to, or  solicited  any  offers  to buy the same  from,  or  otherwise
approached or  negotiated  with respect  thereto,  any Person or Persons other
than the Purchasers.

3.18     BROKERS.

      In connection with this transaction,  and the closing fee payable to the
Purchasers  in an amount  equal to the amount set forth on SCHEDULE I, none of
the Company,  any of the  Company's  Subsidiaries  or any of their  respective
officers,  directors,  stockholders  or  employees  (or any  affiliate  of the
foregoing)  has  employed  any  broker  or finder or  incurred  any  actual or
potential  Liability  or  obligation,  whether  direct  or  indirect,  for any


                                      14

<PAGE>

brokerage   fees,   commissions  or  finders'  fees  in  connection  with  the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.19     REGULATORY MATTERS.

      Neither  the Company nor any  Subsidiary  has engaged in any  activities
which  are  prohibited,  or are  cause for civil  penalties  of  mandatory  or
permissive  exclusion  from  Medicare  or  Medicaid,  under  Section  1320a-7,
1320a-7a,  1320a-7b,  or 1395nn of Title 42 of the  United  States  Code,  the
federal  CHAMPUS  statute,  or the  regulations  promulgated  pursuant to such
statutes  or  regulations  or  related  state or local  statutes  or which are
prohibited by any private  accrediting  organization from which the Company or
any  of  its  Subsidiaries  seeks  accreditation  or by  generally  recognized
professional  standards  of care or  conduct.  Neither  the Company nor to the
Knowledge of the Company any other Person who has a direct or indirect control
interest in the  Company or any  Subsidiary  or who is an  officer,  director,
[agent or managing  employee] of the Company or any Subsidiary:  (1) has had a
civil monetary  penalty  assessed against it under Section 1128A of the Social
Security Act  ("SSA");  (2) has been  excluded  from  participation  under the
Medicare  program or a Federal Health Care Program (as that term is defined in
SSA Section 1128(B)(f)); or (3) has been convicted (as that term is defined in
42 C.F.R.  (S) 1001.2) of any of the  categories of offenses  described in SSA
Section 1128(a) and (b)(1), (2) and (3).

3.20     Y2K.

      (a) Except as set forth on SCHEDULE  3.20(A),  all computer hardware and
software owned, licensed or used by the Company  (collectively,  the "COMPUTER
PRODUCTS")  has been  designed  to be used  prior  to,  during  and  after the
calendar year 2000 AD, and will operate  during each such time period  without
error relating to date data and date-dependent  data,  specifically  including
any error  relating  to, or the  product  of,  date data which  represents  or
references different centuries or more than one century.

      (b)  Without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  and  at no
additional cost to the Company, except as set forth on SCHEDULE 3.20(B):

            (i) each  Computer  Product  will not  abnormally  end or  provide
      invalid or  incorrect  results  as a result of date  data,  specifically
      including date data which represents or references  different  centuries
      or more than one century;

            (ii) each  Computer  Product has been designed to ensure year 2000
      compatibility,   including,  but  not  limited  to,  date  data  century
      recognition,   calculations   which   accommodate   same   century   and
      multi-century  formulas and date values and date data  interface  values
      that reflect the century; and

            (iii) each  Computer  Product  (A) manages  and  manipulates  data
      involving dates,  including  single century  formulas and  multi-century
      formulas,  and will not cause an abnormally  ending  scenario within the
      application or generate  incorrect  values or invalid results  involving
      such  dates,   (B)  provides  that  all   date-related   user  interface
      functionalities  and data fields  include the  indication of century and


                                      15

<PAGE>

      (C)  provides  that  all  date-related  data  interface  functionalities
      include the indication of century.

      (c) At Purchaser's  request and upon reasonable notice, the Company will
provide  written  evidence  sufficient  to  demonstrate  adequate  testing and
conversion of each Computer Product to meet the foregoing requirements.

3.21     INCORPORATION OF NOVACARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

      The Company hereby makes to the Purchasers  each of the  representations
and warranties contained in SECTION II of the NovaCare Purchase Agreement, and
such  representations  and  warranties,  as so made by the  Company,  shall be
incorporated into this Agreement by reference as if set forth in full herein.

3.22     CERTIFICATES OF OFFICERS.

      Any  certificate  signed by any officer of the Company or any Subsidiary
and  delivered  to any  Purchaser  or to counsel for the  Purchasers  shall be
deemed a joint and several representation and warranty by the Company and each
of the Subsidiaries to each Purchaser as to the matters covered thereby.

                                  ARTICLE IV
               REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASERS

      Each  Purchaser  represents  and  warrants  to the  Company as to itself
severally,  and not jointly as to any other Purchaser,  as of the date hereof,
as follows:

4.1      AUTHORIZATION OF THE DOCUMENTS.

      Such Purchaser has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver
and  perform  the  Documents  to  which  it is a party  and  the  transactions
contemplated  thereby,  and the  execution,  delivery and  performance by such
Purchaser of the Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by
all requisite action by such Purchaser.  This Agreement has been duly executed
and  delivered by such  Purchaser  and this  Agreement  constitutes  and, when
executed and  delivered by such  Purchaser  (assuming  the due  authorization,
execution and delivery by the other parties  thereto),  each other Document to
which  such  Purchaser  is a  party  will  constitute,  a  valid  and  binding
obligation of such Purchaser, enforceable against such Purchaser in accordance
with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,
fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws and subject to general
principles of equity.

4.2      INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS.

      Solely for  establishing  that the sale or  issuance  of the  Redeemable
Preferred Stock and, if applicable,  the other Applicable Securities (if any),
to such  Purchaser,  is  exempt  from  the  registration  requirements  of the
Securities Act and comparable provisions of state blue-sky laws and not in any
way to mitigate the  responsibility or Liability of the Company for any breach
of the representations  and warranties made by it in this Agreement,  on which


                                      16

<PAGE>

such Purchaser is relying in full in connection with its decision to invest in
the Company:

      (a) Such Purchaser is acquiring the shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock
for its own account,  for investment  and not with a view to the  distribution
thereof in violation of the  Securities  Act or  applicable  state  securities
laws.

      (b) Such Purchaser  understands that (i) the Applicable  Securities have
not been registered  under the Securities Act or applicable  state  securities
laws by reason of their  issuance by the Company in a transaction  exempt from
the  registration  requirements  of the Securities  Act and  applicable  state
securities  laws  and  (ii)  the  Applicable  Securities  must be held by such
Purchaser  indefinitely unless a subsequent  disposition thereof is registered
under the  Securities Act and applicable  state  securities  laws or is exempt
from such registration.

      (c)  Such  Purchaser   further   understands  that  the  exemption  from
registration  afforded by Rule 144 (the  provisions of which are known to such
Purchaser) promulgated under the Securities Act depends on the satisfaction of
various conditions, and that, if applicable, Rule 144 may afford the basis for
sales of Securities acquired hereunder in limited amounts.

      (d) Such  Purchaser  has not employed any broker or finder in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

      (e) Such  Purchaser  is an  "accredited  investor"  (as  defined in Rule
501(a) of Regulation D promulgated  under the Securities  Act). Such Purchaser
has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is
capable  of  evaluating  the  risks  and  merits  of  this  investment.   Such
Purchaser's  representations  in this  subsection  shall in no way  limit  the
enforceability  of  any  representations  made  by the  Company  in any of the
Documents to which it is a party.

      (f) Such  Purchaser was not formed for the purpose of  consummating  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

                                  ARTICLE V
                             CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

5.1      CONDITIONS TO PURCHASERS' OBLIGATIONS.

      The  obligation of each Purchaser to purchase and pay for the Securities
to be purchased hereunder at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction of the
following conditions precedent (unless waived by such Purchaser):

      (a) The Company shall have filed the  Certificate of  Designations  with
and such  filing  shall have been  accepted by the  Secretary  of State of the
State of Delaware.


                                      17

<PAGE>

      (b) The Company shall have duly issued and delivered to each Purchaser a
certificate  for the number of shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock purchased
by such Purchaser.

      (c) The Company shall have duly executed and delivered to each Purchaser
the Investor Rights Agreement.

      (d) The Company shall have executed and delivered to Chase and Paribas a
Regulation Y Letter.

      (e) The Company shall have performed its  obligations  under,  and shall
have  complied  with,  all the  covenants  and  agreements  set  forth in this
Agreement  and all  representations  and  warranties  contained in ARTICLE III
shall  be  true  and  correct  in  all   material   respects   (except   those
representations  and warranties  that are qualified as to  materiality,  which
shall be true and correct in all respects) as of the date hereof and at and as
of the  Closing  Date  with the same  effect  as if such  representations  and
warranties  had been made at and as of the Closing  Date,  and each  Purchaser
shall have received a  certificate  to that effect signed by an officer of the
Company.

      (f) Each Purchaser  shall have received an opinion from Freedman,  Levy,
Kroll  &  Simonds,  counsel  to  the  Company,  in a  form  acceptable  to the
Purchasers.

      (g) Each Purchaser shall have received a certificate  from the Secretary
or an  Assistant  Secretary  of the  Company,  dated as of the  Closing  Date,
certifying (i) that true and complete copies of the  Fundamental  Documents of
the Company as in effect on the Closing Date are attached thereto,  (ii) as to
the incumbency and genuineness of the signatures of each Person executing this
Agreement  and the other  Documents  on behalf  of the  Company  and (iii) the
genuineness of the resolutions (attached thereto) of the board of directors or
similar governing body of the Company authorizing the execution,  delivery and
performance of this Agreement and the other  Documents to which the Company is
a party and the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and
thereby.

      (h) The  Company  shall have filed  with the  Secretary  of State of the
State of  Delaware  a  certificate  of  cancellation  canceling  all series of
preferred stock other than the Redeemable Preferred Stock.

      (i) The Company shall have paid to each Purchaser a closing fee equal to
the amount set forth  opposite such  Purchaser's  name on SCHEDULE I and shall
have paid all fees and expenses of O'Sullivan  Graev & Karabell,  LLP, counsel
to Chase, and White & Case, counsel to Paribas.

      (j) Each of the  conditions to the  obligations of the Company under the
NovaCare Purchase  Agreement shall have been satisfied,  the Company shall not
have  delivered a notice of mandatory  redemption to the holders of the Senior
Subordinated  Notes,  each of the conditions to the Lenders'  obligations  set
forth in the Credit  Agreement  shall have been  satisfied  or waived and each
Purchaser  shall have  received a  certificate  from an officer of the Company
certifying to the foregoing.


                                      18

<PAGE>

5.2      CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS.

      The  obligation  of the  Company  to  issue  the  shares  of  Redeemable
Preferred   Stock  to  the  Purchasers  at  the  Closing  is  subject  to  the
satisfaction  of the  following  conditions  precedent  (unless  waived by the
Company).

      (a) Each Purchaser shall have delivered to the Company by wire transfer,
of  immediately  available  funds to an account or accounts  designated by the
Company,  an aggregate  amount  equal to the purchase  price for the shares of
Redeemable Preferred Stock being purchased by such Purchaser.

      (b) Each of the  conditions to the  obligations of the Company under the
NovaCare Purchase  Agreement shall have been satisfied,  the Company shall not
have  delivered a notice of mandatory  redemption to the holders of the Senior
Subordinated Notes and each of the conditions to the Lenders'  obligations set
forth in the Credit Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived.

                                  ARTICLE VI
                                INDEMNIFICATION

6.1      SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AGREEMENTS AND COVENANTS,
         ETC.

      All statements  contained in this Agreement or any other Document or any
closing  certificate  delivered by the Company or the Purchasers,  pursuant to
this Agreement or in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement (each, a "CLOSING  CERTIFICATE"),  shall constitute  representations
and warranties by the Company,  or the Purchasers,  as applicable,  under this
Agreement.  Notwithstanding any investigation made at any time by or on behalf
of any party hereto,  all  representations  and  warranties  contained in this
Agreement or made in writing by or on behalf of the Company,  or an Purchaser,
in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall
survive the Closing until the third anniversary of the Closing Date,  PROVIDED
HOWEVER,  that the representations  and warranties  contained in SECTIONS 3.2,
3.3 and 3.4 shall survive the Closing  indefinitely,  the  representation  and
warranties  contained  in 3.8 shall  survive the Closing and  continue in full
force and effect until the sixtieth day after the expiration of the statute of
limitations  applicable to the matters covered thereby and the representations
and warranties  contained in SECTION 3.20 shall survive the Closing until such
time as they survive under the NovaCare Purchase Agreement.

6.2      INDEMNIFICATION.

      (a) In  addition  to all other  rights  and  remedies  available  to the
Purchasers,  the  Company  shall  indemnify,  defend  and hold  harmless  each
Purchaser  and  its  affiliates  and  their  respective  partners,   officers,
directors, employees, agents and representatives (collectively, the "PURCHASER
REPRESENTATIVES"; and together with such Purchaser, the "PURCHASER INDEMNIFIED
PERSONS") against all Losses (without giving effect to any qualification as to
materiality), and none of the Purchaser Indemnified Persons shall be liable to
the Company or any other stockholder of the Company for or with respect to any
and all Losses,  together  with all costs and  expenses  (including  legal and
accounting  fees and expenses)  related  thereto or incurred in enforcing this


                                      19

<PAGE>

ARTICLE VI, (i) arising from the untruth,  inaccuracy  or breach of any of the
representations  or  warranties  of the Company  contained  in any Document or
Closing  Certificate  or any  facts  or  circumstances  constituting  any such
untruth, inaccuracy or breach, (ii) arising from the breach of any covenant or
agreement of the Company  contained in any Document or Closing  Certificate or
any facts or circumstances constituting such breach, or (iii) arising from any
Claim,  except  for any  Claim  made by the  Company  against  such  Purchaser
pursuant to SECTION 6.2(B)  (whenever  made),  resulting from or caused by any
transaction,  status, event,  condition,  occurrence or situation relating to,
arising  out of or in  connection  with (A) the  status  of, or conduct of the
business  and  affairs  of, the  Company or (B) the  execution,  delivery  and
performance  of  this  Agreement  and the  other  Documents  and  the  related
documents and agreements contemplated hereby and thereby.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  and subject to the following part of this sentence,  upon judicial
determination,  which  is  final  and no  longer  appealable,  that the act or
omission giving rise to the  indemnification  pursuant to SECTION  6.2(A)(III)
resulted primarily out of or was based primarily upon the indemnified  party's
gross negligence,  fraud or willful misconduct,  (unless such action was based
upon  the  indemnified  party's  reliance  in  good  faith  upon  any  of  the
representations, warranties, covenants or promises made by the Company herein,
or in the  Documents),  the Company  shall not be  responsible  for any Losses
sought to be  indemnified  in connection  therewith,  and the Company shall be
entitled to recover from the indemnified party all amounts  previously paid in
full or partial  satisfaction of such  indemnity,  together with all costs and
expenses of the Company  reasonably  incurred in effecting such  recovery,  if
any.

      (b) In  addition  to all other  rights  and  remedies  available  to the
Company,  each  Purchaser  severally as to itself only and not as to any other
Purchaser,  shall  indemnify,  defend and hold  harmless  the  Company and its
officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives (collectively,  the
"COMPANY  INDEMNIFIED  PERSONS,")  against  all  Losses,   together  with  all
reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs and expenses  (including legal and accounting
fees and expenses)  related  thereto or incurred in enforcing this ARTICLE VI,
(i)  arising   from  the  untruth,   inaccuracy   or  breach  of  any  of  the
representations  or warranties of such Purchaser  contained in any Document or
Closing  Certificate or any facts or circumstances  constituting such untruth,
inaccuracy  or breach or (ii)  arising  from the  breach  of any  covenant  or
agreement of such Purchaser  contained in any Document or Closing  Certificate
or any facts or circumstances constituting such breach.

      (c) If for any  reason the  indemnity  provided  for in this  Section is
unavailable to any  Indemnified  Person or is  insufficient  to hold each such
Indemnified  Person  harmless from all such Losses arising with respect to the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  then the  Indemnifying  Persons
shall  contribute  to the  amount  paid or  payable  for such  Losses  in such
proportion  as is  appropriate  to  reflect  not  only the  relative  benefits
received  by the  Indemnifying  Persons  on the one hand and such  Indemnified
Person on the other but also the relative  fault of the  Indemnifying  Persons
and the Indemnified Person as well as any relevant  equitable  considerations.
In addition,  the Indemnifying  Persons shall reimburse any Indemnified Person
upon demand for all reasonable  expenses  (including  reasonable fees of legal
counsel) incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with investigating,
preparing  for  or  defending  any  such  action  or  claim.   The  indemnity,


                                      20

<PAGE>

contribution  and expenses  reimbursement  obligations  that the  Indemnifying
Persons have under this ARTICLE VI shall be in addition to any Liability  that
the Indemnifying  Persons may otherwise have. The Indemnifying Persons further
agree that the indemnification and reimbursement commitments set forth in this
Agreement shall apply whether or not the Indemnified  Person is a formal party
to any such Claim.

      (d) Any indemnification of an Indemnified Person by Indemnifying Persons
pursuant to this  Section  shall be effected by wire  transfer of  immediately
available funds from the Indemnifying  Persons to an account designated by the
Indemnified Person within 15 days after the determination thereof.

      (e) All indemnification rights hereunder shall survive the execution and
delivery  of  the  Documents  and  the   consummation   of  the   transactions
contemplated herein and therein indefinitely, regardless of any investigation,
inquiry  or  examination  made for or on behalf  of, or any  knowledge  of the
Purchaser and/or any of the other Indemnified Parties or the acceptance by the
Purchaser of any certificate or opinion.

      (f) By  executing  this  Agreement,  the  Company  (i)  agrees  that  no
Purchaser  Indemnified  Person shall have any  Liability to the Company or its
Subsidiaries   pursuant  to  this  Agreement,   the  other  Documents  or  the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (the "COVERED CONDUCT") except (A)
as provided in SECTION 6.2(B), and (B) to the extent that a court of competent
jurisdiction  shall have  determined by final  judgment,  no longer subject to
appeal, that the losses resulting from such Covered Conduct primarily resulted
from or were based primarily upon such Purchaser  Indemnified Person's willful
misconduct  or gross  negligence,  (ii) agrees that it will not make under any
circumstances,  and it  will  cause  it  Subsidiaries  not to make  under  any
circumstances,  any claim  against  any  Purchaser  Indemnified  Person,  with
respect to a Claim or Loss with  respect to which such  Person is  entitled to
indemnification  hereunder, for any special, indirect or consequential damages
in respect of any breach or wrongful  conduct  (whether the claim therefore is
based on contract,  tort or duty imposed by law) in connection  with,  arising
out of or in any way  related  to, the  transactions  contemplated  by and the
relationship  established  by  this  Agreement,  the  other  Documents  or the
transactions  contemplated  hereby or thereby,  or any act,  omission or event
occurring in connection therewith,  and (iii) waives,  releases and agrees not
to sue upon, and it agrees to cause its  Subsidiaries not to sue upon any such
Claim,  for any such damages,  whether or not accrued and whether or not known
or suspected to exist in any such party's favor.

                                 ARTICLE VII
                            TRANSFER OF SECURITIES

7.1      RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER.

      The  Applicable  Securities  shall not be  transferable  except upon the
conditions  specified in this ARTICLE VII,  which  conditions  are intended to
insure  compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act in respect of the
transfer thereof.


                                      21

<PAGE>

7.2      RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS.

      Each   certificate   evidencing  the  Applicable   Securities  and  each
certificate  for any such securities  issued to subsequent  transferees of any
such  certificate  shall  (unless  otherwise  permitted by the  provisions  of
SECTION  7.3  hereof)  be  stamped  or  otherwise  imprinted  with a legend in
substantially the following form:

            "THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED
            FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES
            ACT OF 1933.  THESE  SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN
            THE ABSENCE OF SUCH  REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION  THEREFROM UNDER
            SAID ACT OR  APPLICABLE  STATE  BLUE SKY LAWS.  ADDITIONALLY,  THE
            TRANSFER  OF  THESE   SECURITIES  IS  SUBJECT  TO  THE  CONDITIONS
            SPECIFIED IN THE SECURITIES  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT  DATED AS OF JUNE
            16, 1999,  AMONG THE ISSUER HEREOF AND CERTAIN  OTHER  SIGNATORIES
            THERETO,  AND NO  TRANSFER OF THESE  SECURITIES  SHALL BE VALID OR
            EFFECTIVE UNTIL SUCH  CONDITIONS  HAVE BEEN  FULFILLED.  COPIES OF
            SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN  REQUEST MADE
            BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS  CERTIFICATE  TO THE  SECRETARY OF
            THE ISSUER HEREOF."

7.3      NOTICE OF TRANSFER.

      (a) The  holder of any  Applicable  Securities,  by  acceptance  thereof
agrees,  prior to any transfer of any Applicable  Securities,  to give written
notice to the Company of such  holder's  intention to effect such transfer and
to comply in all other  respects with the provisions of this SECTION 7.3. Each
such  notice  shall  describe  the manner and  circumstances  of the  proposed
transfer and shall be  accompanied  by the written  opinion,  addressed to the
Company, of counsel for the holder of Applicable Securities,  as to whether in
the opinion of such counsel  (which  opinion and counsel  shall be  reasonably
satisfactory  to the Company)  such proposed  transfer  involves a transaction
requiring registration of such Applicable Securities under the Securities Act;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that (i) in the case of a holder of Applicable Securities
which is a  partnership,  no such opinion of counsel  shall be necessary for a
transfer by such holder of  Applicable  Securities to a partner of such holder
of  Applicable  Securities,  or a retired  partner of such  holder who retires
after the date hereof,  or the estate of any such partner or retired  partner,
if in each case the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of
this ARTICLE VII to the same extent as if such  transferee  were  originally a
signatory  to this  Agreement,  (ii) in the  case of a  holder  of  Applicable
Securities  which  is a  corporation,  no such  opinion  of  counsel  shall be
necessary  for a  transfer  by such  holder  of  Applicable  Securities  to an
Affiliate,  officer or director of such  corporation and (iii) no such opinion
shall be  required  in  connection  with a transfer  pursuant  to Rule 144 (as
amended from time to time)  promulgated under the Securities Act (or successor
rule thereto),  provided,  that the Company,  shall be provided with customary


                                      22

<PAGE>

written representations relating to such transaction.

      (b) If in the  opinion of such  counsel  (if such  opinion  is  required
hereunder)  the proposed  transfer of  Applicable  Securities  may be effected
without  registration  under the  Securities  Act,  the  holder of  Applicable
Securities  shall thereupon be entitled to transfer  Applicable  Securities in
accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by it to the Company.

      (c) Each  certificate  or other  instrument  evidencing  the  securities
issued upon the transfer of any Applicable Securities (and each certificate or
other  instrument  evidencing any  untransferred  balance of such  securities)
shall  bear the  legend  set forth in  SECTION  7.2  hereof  unless (i) in the
opinion of such counsel registration of future transfer is not required by the
applicable  provisions  of the  Securities  Act or (ii) the Company shall have
waived the requirement of such legends;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that such legend
shall not be required on any  certificate or other  instrument  evidencing the
securities  issued upon such transfer in the event such transfer shall be made
in compliance with the requirements of Rule 144 (as amended from time to time)
promulgated under the Securities Act (or successor rule thereto).

7.4      TRANSFER PURSUANT TO RULE 144.

      The Company  agrees to make publicly  available the current  information
with  respect  to the  Company  that is  required  by Rule  144(c)  under  the
Securities  Act and  otherwise  to take any  other  action or to  execute  any
certificates  necessary  to permit a  transfer  by any  holder  of  Applicable
Securities  to  qualify  for the  exemption  set  forth in Rule  144.  Without
limiting the foregoing,  if such information is not publicly available,  then,
upon a holder's  request,  the Company will provide such  information  to such
holder or any prospective purchaser designated by such holder.

                                 ARTICLE VIII
                     ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY

8.1      ESCROW OF PROCEEDS OF SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES.

      The Company will  deposit the net  proceeds  from the sale of the Senior
Subordinated Notes with the Trustee in a special account established under the
Indenture,  pending  the  closing  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by the
NovaCare Purchase Agreement.  Upon the Closing, the Company will apply the net
proceeds  from the sale of the Senior  Subordinated  Notes as set forth  under
"Sources and Uses of Funds" in the Final Memorandum.

8.2      CONDUCT PENDING CLOSING.

      (a) From the date hereof to the Closing  Date,  the Company  shall,  and
shall cause each  Subsidiary to, carry on its business in the ordinary  course
consistent  with past practice and use reasonable  efforts to preserve  intact
its current business organization,  keep available the services of its current
officers  and  employees  and  preserve  its  relationships   with  customers,


                                      23

<PAGE>

suppliers,   licensors,  licensees  and  others  having  significant  business
dealings with it. Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,  from the
date hereof to the Closing  Date,  the Company  shall not and shall cause each
Subsidiary not to (except as expressly permitted by this Agreement or with the
Purchaser's  consent)  (i) take any  action or omit to take any  action  which
would or reasonably could be expected to cause any of the  representations and
warranties  contained in ARTICLE III to be untrue as of the Closing Date as if
made as of the  Closing  Date or (ii) take any action  which is not  expressly
permitted under SECTION 3.3 of the Certificate of Designations.

      (b) The Company shall use its best efforts to ensure that all conditions
to the  Closing  set forth in  SECTION  5.1 are  satisfied  on or prior to the
Closing Date,  including executing and delivering all documents required to be
delivered  by the Company at the Closing and taking any and all actions  which
may be necessary on its part to cause each other party to the  Documents to so
execute and deliver each Document.

8.3      EXISTING WARRANTS AND COMMON STOCK.

      (a) The  Company  acknowledges  and  consents  to any  transfer by Chase
Venture  Capital  Associates,  L.P.  ("CVCA")  of any and all shares of Common
Stock of the Company and/or any and all warrants to purchase  shares of Common
Stock of the Company held by CVCA to Chase or any of Chase's affiliates. ----

      (b) Simultaneously with the effectiveness of the Charter Amendment,  the
Company  shall amend each  outstanding  warrant to  purchase  shares of Common
Stock  held by Chase or any of its  affiliates  to cause  such  warrant  to be
exercisable for (i) shares of Non-Voting Common Stock or (ii) shares of Voting
Common  Stock (to the extent that shares of  Non-Voting  Common Stock could be
converted  by such  holder  into  shares of Voting  Common  Stock).  Each such
amendment shall contain such other terms and conditions as shall be reasonably
satisfactory to Chase and the Company.

      (c) If the  Convertibility  Effective  Date  has not  occurred  prior to
December  31,  1999,  the  Company  shall  create a new  series of  non-voting
preferred stock (the "JUNIOR  PREFERRED  STOCK").  The Junior  Preferred Stock
shall be  substantially  similar to the Non-Voting  Common Stock,  except that
upon any Liquidation of the Company, (i) the holders thereof shall be entitled
to a receive  before any payment shall be made to the holders of any shares of
Common  Stock the  greater of (A) $1.00 per share and (B) the amount that such
holders  would have  received  assuming  that the Charter  Amendment  had been
approved  prior to such  Liquidation  and such  holders  had  exercised  their
warrants to purchase shares of Non-Voting Common Stock) and (ii) the shares of
Junior  Preferred Stock shall rank junior to the Redeemable  Preferred  Stock.
Without  limiting  the  foregoing,  the Junior  Preferred  Stock  shall not be
redeemable, the holders of Junior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive
dividends  to the same extent as the holders of shares of Voting  Common Stock
are entitled to receive  dividends,  the holders of shares of Junior Preferred
Stock shall not have any  preference  over shares of Common Stock with respect
to the payment of dividends and the Junior  Preferred Stock shall contain such
other terms and  conditions as are reasonably  satisfactory  to the Purchasers
and the Company.  If the Charter  Amendment shall not have become effective on
or prior to  December  31,  1999,  the Company  shall  amend each  outstanding


                                      24

<PAGE>

warrant  to  purchase  shares  of  Common  Stock  held by  Chase or any of its
affiliates  to cause such warrant to be  exercisable  from and after such date
for shares of either (x) Junior Preferred Stock or (y) shares of Voting Common
Stock to the extent that shares of Non-Voting  Common Stock, if issued,  could
have been converted by such holder into shares of Voting Common Stock.

      (d) Prior to the Convertibility  Effective Date, Chase will not exercise
any warrant held by it if after giving effect to such conversion,  Chase would
own in excess of the maximum  amount of Voting Common Stock as is  permissible
under Applicable Law.

8.4      AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS.

      The  Company  shall  amend the by-laws of the Company to provide for the
rights granted to the Investors  pursuant to the  Certificate of  Designations
and the Investor Rights Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the by-laws
of the Company shall  provide (a) for the  directors  elected by the Investors
pursuant  to the  Certificate  of  Designations  to be included on the Board's
committees  from and after the occurrence of an Event of  Non-Compliance,  (b)
for the board  observation  rights in accordance with the terms and conditions
set forth in the Investor Rights  Agreement and (c) that meetings of the Board
or any committee thereof may be held by telephone conference call.

                                  ARTICLE IX
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

9.1      FEES.

      (a) The Company will pay, and save the Purchasers  harmless  against all
Liability,  whether or not the Closing hereunder  occurs,  for the payment of,
(i) all costs and other expenses  incurred from time to time by the Company in
connection  with  the  Company's   performance  of  and  compliance  with  all
agreements  and  conditions  contained  herein on its part to be  performed or
complied with (including the reasonable costs and expenses of counsel incurred
in connection  with the review and  preparation  of the  Documents),  (ii) the
actual  and  reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs  and  expenses  incurred  by the
Purchasers in connection with the transactions  contemplated hereby, including
reasonable  fees,  expenses and charges of  O'Sullivan  Graev & Karabell,  LLP
(counsel to Chase) and White & Case (counsel to Paribas), (iii) the reasonable
costs and expenses  (including fees, expenses and charges of counsel) incurred
by  the  Purchasers  in  connection  with  any  amendment  or  waiver  of,  or
enforcement of, any Document relating to the transactions  contemplated hereby
and (iv) the reasonable  costs and expenses  incurred by each Purchaser in any
filing with any  Governmental  Authority with respect to its investment in the
Company or in any other filing with any Governmental Authority with respect to
the Company that mentions such Purchaser.

      (b) The  Company  further  agrees  that it will  pay,  and will save the
Purchasers  harmless  from, any and all Liability with respect to any stamp or
similar taxes which may be  determined  to be payable in  connection  with the
execution and delivery and  performance of the Documents or any  modification,


                                      25

<PAGE>

amendment or alteration of the terms or provisions of the Documents,  and that
it will similarly pay and hold the Purchasers harmless from all issue taxes in
respect of the issuance of any Applicable Securities to the Purchasers.

      (c) The Company  further  agrees to pay to each  Purchaser  the fees set
forth in SCHEDULE I opposite such Purchaser's name.

      (d)  Notwithstanding   anything  to  the  contrary  set  forth  in  this
Agreement,  any fees,  expenses,  costs or  charges  which are  payable by the
Company  pursuant to this SECTION 9.1 may be paid by the applicable  Purchaser
by set-off by reducing the  consideration to be paid at the Closing in respect
of the shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock to be purchased by such Purchaser.
Notwithstanding  any  such  set-off,  such  shares  shall  be  fully  paid and
non-assessable.

9.2      FURTHER ASSURANCES.

      The Company shall duly execute and deliver, or cause to be duly executed
and  delivered,  at its own cost and  expense,  such further  instruments  and
documents  and to take all such  action,  in each case as may be  necessary or
proper  in the  reasonable  judgment  of  the  Purchasers  to  carry  out  the
provisions and purposes of the Agreement and the other Documents.

9.3      REMEDIES.

      In case any one or more of the  representations,  warranties,  covenants
and/or  agreements set forth in this Agreement shall have been breached by the
Company,  the Purchasers (or any Purchaser) may proceed to protect and enforce
its or  their  rights  either  by suit in  equity  and/or  by  action  at law,
including  an action  for  damages  as a result of any such  breach  and/or an
action for specific performance of any such covenant or agreement contained in
this Agreement.

9.4      SUCCESSORS  AND  ASSIGNS.

      This  Agreement  shall bind and inure to the  benefit of the Company and
the Purchasers and their respective  successors,  assigns,  heirs and personal
representatives.   Upon  any  transfer  of  any  Applicable  Securities,   the
transferee  shall be bound by, and entitled to the benefits of, this Agreement
with  respect  to  such  transferred  Securities  in the  same  manner  as the
transferring Purchaser.

9.5      ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.

      This  Agreement and the other  writings  referred to herein or delivered
pursuant  hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire  agreement  among
the  parties  with  respect  to the  subject  matter  hereof and  thereof  and
supersede all prior and  contemporaneous  arrangements or understandings  with
respect thereto.


                                      26

<PAGE>

9.6      NOTICES.

      All notices and other communications delivered hereunder (whether or not
required to be delivered  hereunder) shall be deemed to be sufficient and duly
given if contained in a written instrument (a) personally delivered,  (b) sent
by   telecopier,   (c)  sent  by   nationally-recognized   overnight   courier
guaranteeing  next Business Day delivery or (d) sent by first class registered
or certified mail,  postage prepaid,  return receipt  requested,  in each case
addressed as follows:

                  if to the Company, to:

                  Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.
                  7700 Old Georgetown Road
                  Bethesda, MD  20814
                  Telephone:  (301) 986-0701
                  Telecopier:  (301) 652-8307
                  Attention:  Mr. Richard Stein, Secretary

                  with a copy to:

                  Freedman, Levy, Kroll & Simonds
                  1050 Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 825
                  Washington, DC 20036-5366
                  Telephone:  (202) 457-5102
                  Telecopier:  (202) 457-5151
                  Attention:  Jay W. Freedman, Esq.

if to any Purchaser, to him, her or it at his, her or its address set forth on
SCHEDULE I attached hereto;

                  with a copy to:

                  O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP
                  30 Rockefeller Plaza
                  New York, NY  10112
                  Telephone:  (212) 408-2400
                  Telecopier: (212) 728-5950
                  Attention:  Harvey M. Eisenberg, Esq.

or to  such  other  address  as  the  party  to  whom  such  notice  or  other
communication is to be given may have furnished to each other party in writing
in accordance  herewith.  Any such notice or communication  shall be deemed to
have been  received (i) when  delivered,  if personally  delivered,  (ii) when
sent,  if sent by  telecopy  on a Business  Day (or, if not sent on a Business
Day, on the next Business Day after the date sent by  telecopy),  (iii) on the
next Business Day after dispatch, if sent by nationally recognized,  overnight
courier  guaranteeing  next  Business  Day  delivery,  and  (iv) on the  fifth
Business Day  following  the date on which the piece of mail  containing  such


                                      27

<PAGE>

communication is posted, if sent by mail.

9.7      AMENDMENTS, MODIFICATIONS AND WAIVERS.

      The  terms and  provisions  of this  Agreement  may not be  modified  or
amended,  nor may any of the  provisions  hereof  be  waived,  temporarily  or
permanently,  except pursuant to a written instrument  executed by the Company
and the Requisite  Senior Holders;  PROVIDED  HOWEVER that any such amendment,
modification or waiver that would adversely affect the rights hereunder of any
Purchaser,  in its capacity as a Purchaser,  without  similarly  affecting the
rights hereunder of all Purchasers,  in their capacities as Purchasers,  shall
not be effective as to such Purchaser  without its prior written  consent.  No
waiver  by  any  party  shall  operate  or be  construed  as a  waiver  of any
subsequent breach by any other party.

9.8      GOVERNING  LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

      All questions  concerning the construction,  interpretation and validity
of the Documents shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance
with the domestic laws of the State of Delaware,  without giving effect to any
choice or conflict of law  provision or rule (whether in the State of Delaware
or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any
jurisdiction  other  than  the  State  of  Delaware.  In  furtherance  of  the
foregoing,  the  internal  law of the  State  of  Delaware  will  control  the
interpretation  and  construction  of  the  Documents,   even  if  under  such
jurisdiction's choice of law or conflict of law analysis,  the substantive law
of some other jurisdiction would ordinarily or necessarily apply.

      BECAUSE   DISPUTES   ARISING  IN  CONNECTION   WITH  COMPLEX   FINANCIAL
TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY  RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND
EXPERT  PERSON AND THE PARTIES  WISH  APPLICABLE  LAWS TO APPLY  (RATHER  THAN
ARBITRATION  RULES),  THE PARTIES  DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A
JUDGE  APPLYING  SUCH  APPLICABLE  LAWS.   THEREFORE,   TO  ACHIEVE  THE  BEST
COMBINATION  OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL  SYSTEM AND OF  ARBITRATION,  THE
PARTIES  HERETO  WAIVE  ALL  RIGHT  TO TRIAL  BY JURY IN ANY  ACTION,  SUIT OR
PROCEEDING  BROUGHT TO ENFORCE  OR DEFEND  ANY RIGHTS OR  REMEDIES  UNDER THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENTS RELATED HERETO.

9.9      NO THIRD PARTY RELIANCE.

      Anything   contained  herein  to  the  contrary   notwithstanding,   the
representations  and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement (a)
are being given by the Company as an  inducement  to the  Purchasers  to enter
into this Agreement and the other Documents (and the Company acknowledges that
the  Purchasers  have  expressly  relied  thereon)  and (b) are solely for the
benefit of the Purchasers.  Accordingly,  no third party  (including,  without
limitation,  any holder of capital  stock of the Company) or anyone  acting on


                                      28

<PAGE>

behalf of any thereof other than the Purchasers,  and each of them, shall be a
third party or other beneficiary of such representations and warranties and no
such third party shall have any rights of contribution  against the Purchasers
or the Company  with  respect to such  representations  or  warranties  or any
matter  subject to or resulting  in  indemnification  under this  Agreement or
otherwise.

9.10     SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION.

      Any legal action or  proceeding  with  respect to this  Agreement or the
other  Documents may be brought in the courts of the State of New York and the
United  States of  America  for the  Southern  District  of New York  and,  by
execution  and  delivery of this  Agreement,  the Company  hereby  accepts for
itself and in respect of its  property,  generally  and  unconditionally,  the
jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. The Company hereby  irrevocably  waives,
in connection  with any such action or proceeding,  any objection,  including,
without  limitation,  any  objection  to the venue or based on the  grounds of
forum non  conveniens,  which it may now or hereafter  have to the bringing of
any such action or proceeding in such  respective  jurisdictions.  The Company
hereby  irrevocably  consents  to  the  service  of  process  of  any  of  the
aforementioned  courts in any such  action or  proceeding  by the  mailing  of
copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid,  to it at its
address as set forth  herein.  Nothing  herein  shall  affect the right of the
Purchasers  to  serve  process  in any  other  manner  permitted  by law or to
commence  legal  proceedings or otherwise  proceed  against the Company in any
other jurisdiction.

9.11     SEVERABILITY.

      It is the desire and intent of the parties that the  provisions  of this
Agreement  be  enforced to the fullest  extent  permissible  under the law and
public policies applied in each  jurisdiction in which  enforcement is sought.
Accordingly,  in the event that any provision of this Agreement  would be held
in any jurisdiction to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason,
such  provision,  as to  such  jurisdiction,  shall  be  ineffective,  without
invalidating  the  remaining  provisions  of this  Agreement or affecting  the
validity  or   enforceability   of  such   provision   in  any   jurisdiction.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if such provision could be more narrowly drawn
so as not be invalid,  prohibited or  unenforceable in such  jurisdiction,  it
shall, as to such jurisdiction, be so narrowly drawn, without invalidating the
remaining   provisions  of  this   Agreement  or  affecting  the  validity  or
enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

9.12     INDEPENDENCE OF AGREEMENTS, COVENANTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

      All agreements and covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect
so that if a certain action or condition constitutes a default under a certain
agreement or covenant,  the fact that such action or condition is permitted by
another agreement or covenant shall not affect the occurrence of such default,
unless  expressly  permitted under an exception to such initial  covenant.  In
addition,   all  representations  and  warranties  hereunder  shall  be  given
independent  effect so that if a particular  representation or warranty proves
to be  incorrect  or is  breached,  the fact that  another  representation  or


                                      29

<PAGE>

warranty  concerning  the same or similar  subject matter is correct or is not
breached will not affect the  incorrectness of or a breach of a representation
and warranty hereunder.

9.13     COUNTERPARTS; FACSIMILE SIGNATURES.

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts,  and each
such counterpart hereof shall be deemed to be an original instrument,  but all
such  counterparts  together shall  constitute  but one  agreement.  Facsimile
counterpart signatures to this Agreement shall be acceptable an binding.

                                    * * * *


                                      30

<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have executed this  Securities
Purchase Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                     HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.


                                     By: /s/IVAN R. SABEL
                                         ------------------------------------
                                         Name:  Ivan R. Sabel
                                         Title: Chairman, President and Chief
                                                Executive Officer


                                     PURCHASERS

                                     CHASE EQUITY ASSOCIATES, L.P.
                                     By:   Chase Capital Partners,
                                           its General Partner


                                     By: /s/MITCHELL J. BLUTT, M.D.
                                         ------------------------------------
                                         Name:  Mitchell J. Blutt, M.D.
                                         Title: Executive Partner


                                     PARIBAS NORTH AMERICA, INC.


                                     By: /s/JOHN G. MARTINEZ
                                         ------------------------------------
                                         Name:  John G. Martinez
                                         Title: Financial Controller


                                      31

<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           AGGREGATE
          NAME AND ADDRESS                 NUMBER OF SHARES             PRICE OF SHARES                CLOSING FEE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>                       <C>                          <C>
 CHASE EQUITY ASSOCIATES, L.P.                   50,000                    $50,000,000                  $500,000
 c/o Chase Capital Partners
 380 Madison Avenue,
 12th Floor
 New York, NY  10017
 Attention: Eric Green
 Tel:  (212) 622-3100
 Fax:  (212) 622-3101
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 PARIBAS NORTH AMERICA, INC.                     10,000                    $10,000,000                  $100,000
 787 7th Avenue, 32nd Floor
 New York, NY  10019
 Attention:  Donald Ercole
 Tel:  (212) 841-2540
 Fax:  (212) 841-2363
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TOTAL                                           60,000                    $60,000,000                  $600,000
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



                                                                 EXHIBIT 10(f)


 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


                           INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT


                              DATED JULY 1, 1999


                                     AMONG


                         HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

                                      AND

                           CERTAIN OF ITS INVESTORS


 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE


SECTION 1  DEFINITIONS.....................................................  1

SECTION 2  RIGHTS TO SUBSCRIBE FOR SECURITIES..............................  2

SECTION 3  BOARD OF DIRECTORS..............................................  3

SECTION 4  INFORMATION RIGHTS; COVENANTS...................................  4

SECTION 5  SHELF REGISTRATION..............................................  6

SECTION 6  DEMAND REGISTRATION.............................................  7

SECTION 7  PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION..........................................  9

SECTION 8  SHORT FORM REGISTRATIONS........................................  9

SECTION 9  EXPENSES........................................................ 10

SECTION 10 PREPARATION AND FILING.......................................... 10

SECTION 11 INDEMNIFICATION................................................. 13

SECTION 12 UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT.......................................... 15

SECTION 13 INFORMATION BY INVESTOR......................................... 15

SECTION 14 EXCHANGE ACT COMPLIANCE......................................... 16

SECTION 15 NO CONFLICT OF RIGHTS........................................... 16

SECTION 16 MISCELLANEOUS................................................... 16


<PAGE>


                                             INVESTOR  RIGHTS  AGREEMENT dated
                                        as  of  July  1,  1999,  among  HANGER
                                        ORTHOPEDIC  GROUP,  INC.,  a  Delaware
                                        corporation (the  "COMPANY"),  and the
                                        investors  of the  Company  listed  on
                                        SCHEDULE   I   (together   with  their
                                        successors,  assigns and  transferees,
                                        the "INVESTORS").

      Each  Investor  currently  holds shares of the  Company's 7%  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock.  The parties hereto deem it to be in their best interests to
set forth their rights and  obligations in connection  with public  offerings,
sales of shares of Common Stock and certain other duties of the Company to the
Investors. Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:

     SECTION 1.   DEFINITIONS.

      As used in this Agreement,  the following terms shall have the following
meanings  (capitalized  terms used in this  Agreement  and not defined  herein
shall have the meanings given to them in the Certificate of Designations):

            "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

            "CERTIFICATE OF  DESIGNATIONS"  has the meaning given to it in the
Securities Purchase Agreement.

            "CLOSING" has the meaning given to it in the  Securities  Purchase
Agreement.

            "COMMISSION"  has  the  meaning  given  to  it in  the  Securities
Purchase Agreement.

            "COMMON STOCK PERCENTAGE" means, with respect to any Investor, the
fraction,  expressed  as a  percentage,  the  numerator  of which is the total
number of Common Stock  Equivalents  held by such Investor and the denominator
of which is the total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock.

            "INVESTORS"  has the meaning  given to it in the  preamble to this
Agreement.

            "NOTICE  OF  ACCEPTANCE"  has the  meaning  given to it in Section
2(b).

            "NYSE" means the New York Stock Exchange.

            "OFFER" has the meaning given to it in Section 2(a).

            "OFFER PERIOD" has the meaning given to it in Section 2(a).

            "OFFERED  SECURITIES"  means (A) shares of Common  Stock,  (B) any
other  equity  security of the Company,  (C) any debt  security of the Company
which by its terms is convertible into or exchangeable for any equity security
of the Company or has an equity kicker or other participation  rights, (D) any
security of the Company  that is a  combination  of debt and equity or (E) any
option, warrant or other right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire
any equity  security or any such debt  security of the Company;  PROVIDED that


<PAGE>

Offered  Securities  shall not  include (i) any  Security  that is issued in a
public offering that is registered  under the Securities Act, (ii) any options
to  acquire  shares  of  Common  Stock  granted  to  employees,  directors  or
consultants  of the Company or any Security  issued upon  exercise of any such
options or (iii) any Security issued as  consideration in any acquisition of a
business..

            "OTHER  SHARES"  means at any time  those  shares of Common  Stock
which do not constitute Primary Shares or Restricted Shares.

            "PRIMARY  SHARES"  means at any time the  authorized  but unissued
shares of Common  Stock or shares of Common  Stock held by the  Company in its
treasury.

            "REFUSED SECURITIES" has the meaning given to it in Section 2(d).

            "RESTRICTED  SHARES"  means  at  any  time,  with  respect  to any
Investor, the shares of Common Stock held by such Investor.

            "RULE 144" means Rule 144 promulgated  under the Securities Act or
any successor rule thereto or any complementary rule thereto.

            "RULE 144A" means Rule 144A  promulgated  under the Securities Act
or any successor rule thereto or any complementary rule thereto.

            "SELLING INVESTOR" has the meaning given to it in Section 10(b).

            "SELLING  INVESTORS'  COUNSEL"  has  the  meaning  given  to it in
Section 10(b).

     SECTION 2.   RIGHTS TO SUBSCRIBE FOR SECURITIES.

      (a) The Company  shall not issue,  sell or exchange,  or agree to issue,
sell or exchange,  any Offered  Securities unless the Company shall have first
offered to sell to each Investor up to such Investor's Common Stock Percentage
of such Offered  Securities,  at a price and on such other terms as shall have
been  specified  by the Company in writing  delivered  to the  Investors  (the
"OFFER"),  which  Offer by its  terms  shall  remain  open for a period  of 15
business  days  from the  date it is  delivered  by the  Company  (the  "OFFER
PERIOD").  The rights of the  Investors  to subscribe  for Offered  Securities
pursuant to this Section are assignable to any other Investor or any Affiliate
of any Investors.

      (b) Notice of any Investors 's intention to accept, in whole or in part,
an Offer shall be evidenced by a writing signed by such Investor and delivered
to the  Company  prior to the end of the  Offer  Period,  setting  forth  such
portion of the Offered  Securities  as such  Investor  elects to purchase (the
"NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE");  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that if such Investor exercises
its rights under this Section 2, such Investor must purchase a ratable portion
of each class of the Offered  Securities  (if more than one class is offered).
Within 20 days after receipt by the Company of such Notices of Acceptance, the
Company shall sell and each Investor shall purchase the Offered  Securities in
respect of which such Investor's Notice of Acceptance was delivered,  upon the
terms and conditions of the Offer.


                                      2

<PAGE>

      (c) In the event the Company materially amends the terms of the Offer at
any time,  the Offer Period shall be extended for a period of not less than 10
business days (or 48 hours if the amendment relates solely to the price of the
Offer or the  number  of shares to be sold in the  Offer,  in each case  based
solely on the  closing  price of the  shares of Common  Stock as quoted by the
NYSE).

      (d) In the  event  that  Notices  of  Acceptance  are not  given  by the
Investors in respect of all the Offered Securities,  the Company shall have 90
days from the  expiration  of the Offer Period to sell all or any part of such
Offered  Securities as to which Notices of Acceptance have not been given (the
"REFUSED  SECURITIES")  to any  other  Person(s),  but  only  upon  terms  and
conditions  in all respects,  including,  without  limitation,  unit price and
interest rates, which are no more favorable,  in the aggregate,  to such other
Person(s) or less favorable,  in the aggregate,  to the Company than those set
forth in the Offer.

      (e) In each case, any Offered  Securities not purchased by the Investors
or any other  Person(s) in  accordance  with Sections 2(b) and 2(d) may not be
sold or otherwise  disposed of until they are again  offered to the  Investors
under the procedures specified in this Section 2.

     SECTION 3.   BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

      (a) The Investors shall have the right to designate persons who shall be
observers,  and shall be entitled to be present,  at each meeting of the Board
(the "BOARD  OBSERVERS").  The number of Board  Observers  that the  Investors
shall be  entitled  to  designate  shall equal the greater of (i) one and (ii)
such number as would  represent  as a  percentage  of the number of  directors
constituting  the entire Board,  the aggregate  Common Stock Percentage of all
Investors.

      (b) The Investors  may designate the Board  Observers at a meeting (by a
vote of a majority of the Investors  present provided that a quorum exists) or
by  delivering  a notice to the  Corporation  signed by the  Requisite  Senior
Holders.  At any  meeting  held  for the  purpose  of  designating  the  Board
Observers,  the presence,  in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority
of the  number of shares of  Senior  Preferred  Stock at the time  outstanding
shall be required to  constitute a quorum of such class to designate the Board
Observers.

      (c) Upon delivery of a written  request by any Investor,  the President,
any  Vice  President,   the  Secretary  or  any  Assistant  Secretary  of  the
Corporation shall call a special meeting of the Investors.  Such meeting shall
be held at the earliest  practicable date at the principal executive office of
this  Corporation  or at such other  location as the  Investors  submitting  a
written request shall designate.

      (d) The Board  Observers  will have the right to attend each  meeting of
the Board and at least one of such observers  shall be entitled to attend each
meeting  of  each  committee  of  the  Board.   Any  such  attendance  may  be
teleconference.  No  meeting  of the  Board or any  committee  thereof  may be
conducted by teleconference if all participants  therein cannot hear all other
participants. The Company shall provide the Board Observers with (i) copies of
all actions taken by written consent of the Board and/or any committee thereof
promptly  after  the  execution   thereof,   (ii)   simultaneously   with  any
distribution  to directors  of the Company or any members of any  committee of
the Board,  copies of all materials that are  distributed to such directors or


                                      3

<PAGE>

members (including  requests for actions by written consent) and (iii) written
notice at least one week prior to any meeting of the Board or any committee of
the Board that such Board Observer is entitled to attend.

      (e)  The  Company  shall  reimburse  each  observer  designated  by  the
Investors  for all  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with or
relating to any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof.

     SECTION 4.   INFORMATION RIGHTS; COVENANTS.

      (a)  ACCESS  TO  RECORDS.  The  Company  shall,  and  shall  cause  each
Subsidiary  to, afford to the  Investors,  the Affiliates of the Investors and
each of their  respective  officers,  employees,  advisors,  counsel and other
authorized representatives (collectively with the Affiliates of the Investors,
the "REPRESENTATIVES"),  during normal business hours, reasonable access, upon
reasonable advance notice, to all of the books,  records and properties of the
Company and such  Subsidiary and all officers and employees of the Company and
such Subsidiary.

      (b) FINANCIAL REPORTS.  The Company shall furnish each Investor with the
following:

            (i) MONTHLY REPORTS.  As soon as available,  but not later than 30
      days after the end of each fiscal month, a consolidated balance sheet of
      the Company as of the end of such period and consolidated  statements of
      income of the Company for such period and for the period  commencing  at
      the end of the  previous  fiscal  year and  ending  with the end of such
      period, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding
      figures for the  corresponding  period of the preceding fiscal year, and
      including  comparisons to the budget or business plan and an analysis of
      the variances from the budget or plan,  all prepared in accordance  with
      generally accepted accounting  principles  consistently  applied (except
      for the absence of footnotes and year-end adjustments).

            (ii) QUARTERLY REPORTS.  As soon as available,  but not later than
      45 days  after  the  end of  each  quarterly  accounting  period,  (A) a
      consolidated  balance  sheet of the Company as of the end of such period
      and  consolidated  statements  of  income,  cash  flows and  changes  in
      stockholders'  equity for such quarterly  accounting  period and for the
      period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with
      the end of such period,  setting forth in each case in comparative  form
      the corresponding  figures for the corresponding period of the preceding
      fiscal year,  and including  comparisons  to the budget or business plan
      and an analysis of the variances  from the budget or plan,  all prepared
      in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals consistently
      applies and (B) a report by  management  of the Company of the operating
      and financial  highlights of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  for such
      period,  which shall  include (x) a  comparison  between  operating  and
      financial  results and budget and (y) an analysis of the  operations  of
      the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period.

            (iii) ANNUAL AUDIT.  As soon as  available,  but not later than 90
      days  after  the  end  of  each  fiscal  year  of the  Company,  audited
      consolidated  financial  statements of the Company,  which shall include


                                      4

<PAGE>

      statements of income,  cash flows and changes in  Investors'  equity for
      such fiscal year and a balance  sheet as of the last day  thereof,  each
      prepared in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles,
      consistently applied, and accompanied by the report of a "Big 5" firm of
      independent  certified  public  accountants  selected  by the Board (the
      "ACCOUNTANTS"). The Company and its Subsidiaries shall maintain a system
      of accounting  sufficient to enable its Accountants to render the report
      referred to in this Section 4.

            (iv)  BUDGETS.  As soon as  available,  but not more  than 90 days
      after the  commencement  of each new fiscal  year,  a business  plan and
      projected financial statements for such new fiscal year.

            (v) MISCELLANEOUS.  Promptly upon becoming available,  the Company
      shall provide to each Investor:

                  (A)  copies  of all  financial  statements,  reports,  press
            releases,  notices,  proxy  statements and other documents sent by
            the Company or its  Subsidiaries  to its  Investors  generally  or
            released  to the  public and copies of all  regular  and  periodic
            reports, if any, filed by the Company or its Subsidiaries with the
            Commission, any securities exchange or the NASD;

                  (B)   notification   in   writing  of  any   litigation   or
            governmental  proceeding in which it or any of its Subsidiaries is
            involved and which might, if determined adversely,  materially and
            adversely effect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

                  (C)  notification in writing of the existence of any default
            under any material agreement or instrument to which the Company or
            any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of their assets
            are bound;

                  (D) copies of the minutes and actions by written  consent of
            the board of directors of the Company;

                  (E) upon  request,  copies of all  reports  prepared  for or
            delivered to the management of the Company or its  Subsidiaries by
            its accountants; and

                  (F) upon request, any other routinely collected financial or
            other  information  available to  management of the Company or its
            subsidiaries (including,  without limitation,  routinely collected
            statistical data).

            (c)  COMPLIANCE  WITH  INDENTURE.  So long as any shares of Senior
      Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company will comply and perform all
      obligations  under SECTION 5.04,  SECTION 5.05,  SECTION 5.06, the first
      sentence of SECTION 5.07,  the first  sentence of SECTION 5.09,  SECTION
      5.10 AND SECTION 6.10 of the Credit Agreement.

            (d) NO CONFLICTING  AGREEMENTS.  Neither the Company nor shall the
      Company  permit  any of its  Subsidiaries  to enter  into any  agreement
      containing any provision  which would (i) be violated or breached by the


                                      5

<PAGE>

      exercise or  performance  by Company or its  Subsidiary  of any of their
      respective rights or obligations under any Related Document, (ii) impair
      in any material  respect the ability of the Company or any Subsidiary to
      comply with the terms of the Documents or (iii) prohibit a wholly- owned
      Subsidiary from paying dividends or making other distributions..

     SECTION 5.   SHELF REGISTRATION.

      (a) Prior to the Actual Conversion Date for any conversion at the option
of the Company,  the Company  shall file with the  Commission  a  Registration
Statement  for an offering to be made on a continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule
415 covering all of the Restricted Shares (the "INITIAL SHELF  REGISTRATION").
The Company shall use its best efforts to file with the Commission the Initial
Shelf  Registration  at least 60 days prior to the Actual  Conversion Date for
any  conversion at the option of the Company.  The Initial Shelf  Registration
shall be on Form S-1 or another  appropriate  form permitting  registration of
such  Restricted  Shares for resale by the  Investors in the manner or manners
designated by them (including, without limitation, one underwritten offering).
The Issuers shall not permit any securities  other than the Restricted  Shares
to be included in the  Initial  Shelf  Registration  or any  Subsequent  Shelf
Registration (as defined below).

      The   Company   shall,   subject  to   applicable   Law  or   applicable
interpretations of the staff of the Commission,  use its best efforts to cause
the Initial Shelf  Registration to be declared  effective under the Securities
Act on or prior to the Actual Conversion Date for any conversion at the option
of the  Company  and to  keep  the  Initial  Shelf  Registration  continuously
effective under the Securities Act until the date which is two years from such
Actual  Conversion  Date or such shorter period ending when (i) all Restricted
Shares covered by the Initial Shelf  Registration have been sold in the manner
set forth and as contemplate in the Initial Shelf  Registration or cease to be
outstanding  or  (ii) a  Subsequent  Shelf  Registration  covering  all of the
Restricted Shares covered by and not sold under the Initial Shelf Registration
or an earlier  Subsequent Shelf Registration has been declared effective under
the Securities Act (the "EFFECTIVENESS PERIOD"),  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the
Effectiveness  Period in respect of the Initial  Shelf  Registration  shall be
extended  to the  extent  required  to  permit  dealers  to  comply  with  the
applicable  prospectus delivery  requirements of Rule 174 under the Securities
Act and as otherwise provided herein.

      No  Investor  may  include  any of its  Restricted  Shares  in any Shelf
Registration  Statement  pursuant  to this  Agreement  unless  and until  such
Investor  furnishes to the Company in writing,  within 15 business  days after
receipt of a request  therefor,  such  information  concerning  such  Investor
required to be included in any Shelf  Registration  Statement or Prospectus or
preliminary  prospectus included therein.  Each holder of Restricted Shares as
to which any Shelf Registration  Statement is being effected agrees to furnish
promptly to the Company all  information  required to be disclosed in order to
make  information  previously  furnished  to the Company by such  Investor not
materially misleading.

      (b) SUBSEQUENT SHELF REGISTRATION.  If the Initial Shelf Registration or
any Subsequent Shelf Registration ceases to be effective for any reason at any
time during the Effectiveness Period (other than because of the sale of all of
the securities registered thereunder),  the Company shall use its best efforts
to obtain the prompt  withdrawal  of any order  suspending  the  effectiveness


                                      6

<PAGE>

thereof,  and in  any  event  shall  within  45  days  of  such  cessation  of
effectiveness  use their best efforts to amend the Initial Shelf  Registration
in a manner to obtain the withdrawal of the order suspending the effectiveness
thereof, or file an additional "shelf" Registration Statement pursuant to Rule
415 covering all of the  Restricted  Shares  covered by and not sold under the
Initial Shelf Registration or an earlier Subsequent Shelf Registration  (each,
a "SUBSEQUENT  SHELF  REGISTRATION").  If a Subsequent  Shelf  Registration is
filed,  the Company shall use its best efforts to cause the  Subsequent  Shelf
Registration  to be declared  effective  under the  Securities  Act as soon as
practicable  after such filing and to keep such subsequent Shelf  Registration
continuously  effective  for a  period  equal  to the  number  of  days in the
Effectiveness  Period  less the  aggregate  number  of days  during  which the
Initial Shelf Registration or any Subsequent Shelf Registration was previously
continuously effective. As used herein the term "SHELF REGISTRATION" means the
Initial Shelf Registration and any Subsequent Shelf Registration.

      (c) SUPPLEMENTS AND  AMENDMENTS.  The Company shall promptly  supplement
and amend any Shelf  Registration  if  required by the rules,  regulations  or
instructions   applicable  to  the  registration  form  used  for  such  Shelf
Registration, if required by the Securities Act, or if reasonably requested by
the Investors or by any underwriter of such Restricted Shares.

      (d) SUSPENSION OF SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT. The Company's obligation
to keep the Shelf Registration  Statement  effective and usable for offers and
sales of the  Registrable  Securities  may be suspended by the Company in good
faith for valid business reasons,  including,  without  limitation,  a pending
acquisition or divestiture of assets. Any such period during which the Company
fails to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective and usable for offers
and sales of Restricted  Securities is referred to as a "Suspension Period." A
Suspension  Period  shall  commence  on and  include the date that the Company
gives notice that the Shelf  Registration  Statement is no longer effective or
the prospectus  included  therein is not longer usable for offers and sales of
the Restricted Securities and shall end on the date when each Investor covered
by such registration  statement either receives the copies of the supplemented
or amended  prospectus or is advised in writing by the Company that the use of
the prospectus  may be resumed;  PROVIDED that the aggregate of all Suspension
Periods shall not exceed 90 days in any period of 365 consecutive days.

     SECTION 6.   DEMAND REGISTRATION.

      (a) If at any time after the third  anniversary  of the date  hereof the
Company  shall be  requested  by the  Requisite  Senior  Holders  to  effect a
registration  under the Securities Act of Restricted Shares in accordance with
this  Section,  then the Company shall  promptly  give written  notice of such
proposed  registration to all holders of Restricted  Shares and shall offer to
include in such proposed  registration  any Restricted  Shares requested to be
included in such proposed  registration by such holders who respond in writing
to the Company's  notice  within 15 days after  delivery of such notice (which
response shall specify the number of Restricted Shares proposed to be included
in such  registration  and the intended method of  distribution,  which may be
pursuant to a shelf  registration).  The Company  shall  promptly use its best
efforts to effect such  registration  on an appropriate  form,  including Form
S-2, if available, under the Securities Act of the Restricted Shares which the
Company has been so requested to register; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company
shall not be obligated to effect any  registration  under the  Securities  Act
except in accordance with the following provisions:

            (i) the  Company  shall  not be  obligated  to file  more than one
      registration  statement in total  pursuant to this  Section,  subject to
      paragraph (c) below;

            (ii) the Company  shall not be obligated to file any  registration
      statement  during  any  period  in  which  (A)  any  other  registration
      statement  (other  than on Form S-4 or Form S-8  promulgated  under  the
      Securities Act or any successor forms thereto) pursuant to which Primary
      Shares  are to be or were sold has been filed and not  withdrawn  or has
      been declared  effective within the prior 60 days or (B) the Company has
      determined  in good faith that the  filing of a  registration  statement
      would require the  disclosure of material  information  that the Company
      has a bona fide business  purpose for preserving as  confidential,  such
      filing to be delayed  until the date which is 90 days after such request
      for  registration  pursuant  to this  Section  6(a);  PROVIDED  that the
      Company may only so delay the filing or  effectiveness of a registration
      statement  pursuant to this Section  6(a)(ii)(B) on one occasion  during
      any twelve month period;

            (iii) with respect to the  registration  pursuant to this Section,
      the Company may include in such registration any Primary Shares or Other
      Shares; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that if the managing underwriter advises the
      Company in writing that the inclusion of all Restricted Shares,  Primary
      Shares and Other  Shares  proposed to be  included in such  registration
      would interfere with the successful marketing (including pricing) of all
      such securities,  then the number of Restricted  Shares,  Primary Shares
      and Other Shares proposed to be included in such  registration  shall be
      included in the following order:

                  (A) FIRST, the Restricted Shares held by all Investors,  PRO
            RATA based upon the number of Restricted Shares owned by each such
            Investor at the time of such registration;

                  (B) SECOND, the Primary Shares; and

                  (C) THIRD, the Other Shares.

      (b) the  Investors  requesting a  registration  pursuant to this Section
may, in the notice delivered  pursuant to paragraph (a) above, elect that such
registration  cover  an  underwritten  offering.   Upon  such  election,  such
Investors shall select one or more nationally  recognized  firms of investment
banks to act as the  managing  underwriters  and shall  select any  additional
investment  banks to be used in connection  with such offering,  provided that
such  investment  banks must be reasonably  satisfactory  to the Company.  The
Company shall, together with all Investors proposing to sell Restricted Shares
in such  offering,  enter into a customary  underwriting  agreement  with such
underwriters.

      (c) A requested  registration  under this  Section may be  rescinded  by
written  notice to the  Company by the  Investors  holding a  majority  of the
Restricted  Shares to be included  in such  registration  under the  following
circumstances:

                  (A) If such registration statement is rescinded prior to the
            filing  date,  such  rescinded  registration  shall not count as a
            registration  statement  initiated  pursuant  to this  Section for
            purposes of paragraph (a) above;


                                      8

<PAGE>

                  (B) If such  registration  statement is rescinded  after the
            filing  date  but  prior to its  effective  date,  such  rescinded
            registration shall not count as a registration statement initiated
            pursuant to this Section for  purposes of  paragraph  (a) above if
            the  participating  Investors (x) have  reimbursed the Company for
            all  out-of-pocket  fees and  expenses  incurred by the Company in
            connection with such rescinded  registration or (y) (1) reasonably
            believed  that the  registration  statement  contained  an  untrue
            statement  of  material  fact or omitted to state a material  fact
            required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
            made therein not misleading, (2) notified the Company of such fact
            and requested that the Company  correct such alleged  misstatement
            or  omission  and (3) the  Company  has  refused to  correct  such
            alleged misstatement or omission; and

                  (C)  A  registration  shall  not  count  as  a  registration
            statement  initiated  pursuant  to this  Section  for  purposes of
            paragraph   (a)  above  unless  it  becomes   effective   and  the
            participating  Investors  are  able to sell  at  least  80% of the
            Restricted  Shares  sought  to be  included  in such  registration
            statement.

     SECTION 7.   PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION.

      If at any time the Company  proposes for any reason to register  Primary
Shares or Other  Shares  under the  Securities  Act (other than on Form S-4 or
Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor forms thereto),
it shall  promptly give written notice to each Investor of its intention to so
register  the Primary  Shares or Other Shares and,  upon the written  request,
given within 15 days after delivery of any such notice by the Company,  of any
Investor  to  include  in such  registration  Restricted  Shares  held by such
Investor (which request shall specify the number of Restricted Shares proposed
to be included in such  registration),  the Company shall use its best efforts
to cause all such Restricted Shares to be included in such registration on the
same  terms and  conditions  as the  securities  otherwise  being sold in such
registration;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the managing underwriter advises the
Company that the inclusion of all Restricted  Shares or Other Shares  proposed
to be  included  in such  registration  would  interfere  with the  successful
marketing  (including pricing) of the Primary Shares proposed to be registered
by the Company, then the number of Primary Shares, Restricted Shares and Other
Shares proposed to be included in such  registration  shall be included in the
following order:

      (a) FIRST, the Primary Shares;

      (b)  SECOND,  the  Restricted  Shares  requested  to be included in such
registration,  PRO RATA based upon the number of Shares of Common Stock (based
upon Common Stock  Equivalents)  owned by each such seller at the time of such
registration; and

      (c) THIRD, the Other Shares.

     SECTION 8.   SHORT FORM REGISTRATIONS.

      If at any time  after  the  third  anniversary  of the date  hereof  any
Investor requests that the Company file a registration  statement on Form S-2,
Form S-3 or any successor  forms  thereto for a public  offering of all or any


                                      9

<PAGE>

portion of the Restricted  Shares held by such Investor,  and the Company is a
registrant  entitled to use Form S-3 or any successor thereto to register such
shares,  then the Company  shall use its best  efforts to  register  under the
Securities  Act on Form  S-3 or any  successor  thereto,  for  public  sale in
accordance with the method of disposition specified in such notice, the number
of shares of Restricted Shares specified in such notice.  Whenever the Company
is  required  by  this  Section  8 to use  its  best  efforts  to  effect  the
registration of Restricted Shares,  each of the procedures and requirements of
Section 6  (including  but not  limited to the  requirement  that the  Company
notify all holders of Restricted Shares from whom notice has not been received
and provide them with the  opportunity to  participate in the offering)  shall
apply to such registration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein,  no request may be made under this Section 8 within three months after
the effective date of a registration statement filed by the Company covering a
firm  commitment   underwritten  public  offering  in  which  the  holders  of
Restricted  Shares shall have been entitled to join pursuant to Section 6 or 7
in which there shall have been effectively registered all Restricted Shares as
to which registration shall have been requested. There is no limitation on the
number  of  registrations  pursuant  to this  Section  8 that the  Company  is
obligated to effect.

     SECTION 9.   EXPENSES.

      The  Company  shall  bear  the  expense  of any  registrations  effected
pursuant  to  Sections  5,  6,  7 and 8  including,  without  limitation,  all
registration  and filing fees (including all expenses  incident to filing with
the NASD),  fees and expenses of complying with  securities and blue sky laws,
printing  expenses,  and  fees  and  expenses  of the  Company's  counsel  and
accountants,  and the fees and expenses of the Selling  Investors' Counsel (as
defined  below),  but excluding  any  underwriters'  or brokers'  discounts or
commissions, transfer taxes (to the extent that such taxes are required by law
to be paid  by the  Selling  Investors)  and the  fees of any  counsel  to any
Selling  Investor,  other  than  the  Selling  Investors'  Counsel  (it  being
understood   that  the  fees  and  expenses  of  any   underwriter   and  such
underwriter's counsel shall be the responsibility of such underwriter).

     SECTION 10.  PREPARATION AND FILING.

      If and  whenever  the  Company is under an  obligation  pursuant  to the
provisions  of  this   Agreement  to  use  its  best  efforts  to  effect  the
registration of any Restricted  Shares, the Company shall, as expeditiously as
practicable:

      (a) with respect to a  registration  under  Sections 6, 7 and 8, use its
best efforts to cause a registration  statement that registers such Restricted
Shares to become and remain effective for a period of 180 days or until all of
such Restricted Shares have been disposed of (if earlier);

      (b) furnish,  at least five business  days before filing a  registration
statement that registers such Restricted Shares, a prospectus relating thereto
or any amendments or supplements relating to such a registration  statement or
prospectus,  to each holder of Restricted Shares, to any counsel to any seller
of Restricted  Shares (the "SELLING  INVESTOR") and to one counsel selected by
the holders of a majority of such Restricted  Shares (the "SELLING  INVESTORS'
COUNSEL"),  copies  of all  such  documents  proposed  to be filed  (it  being
understood  that such  five-business-day  period need not apply to  successive


                                      10

<PAGE>

drafts of the same  document  proposed to be filed so long as such  successive
drafts are  supplied to each  Selling  Investor and such counsel in advance of
the proposed filing by a period of time that is customary and reasonable under
the circumstances);

      (c) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements
to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith
as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for at least
the periods set forth in Section 9(a) or until all of such  Restricted  Shares
have been  disposed of (if earlier) and to comply with the  provisions  of the
Securities  Act  with  respect  to the  sale  or  other  disposition  of  such
Restricted Shares;

      (d) notify in writing any Selling  Investor,  any counsel to any Selling
Investor and the Selling Investors' Counsel promptly (i) of the receipt by the
Company of any  notification  with respect to any  comments by the  Commission
with respect to such registration  statement or prospectus or any amendment or
supplement  thereto  or any  request by the  Commission  for the  amending  or
supplementing thereof or for additional information with respect thereto, (ii)
of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the issuance
by the  Commission  of any stop order  suspending  the  effectiveness  of such
registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or
the  initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose and (iii) of
the receipt by the Company of any notification  with respect to the suspension
of the qualification of such Restricted Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or
the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purposes;

      (e) use its best efforts to register or qualify such  Restricted  Shares
under  such other  securities  or blue sky laws of such  jurisdictions  as any
seller of Restricted Shares reasonably  requests and do any and all other acts
and things  which may be  reasonably  necessary  or  advisable  to enable such
seller  of  Restricted   Shares  to  consummate   the   disposition   in  such
jurisdictions  of the  Restricted  Shares  owned  by  such  seller;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that the Company  will not be required  to qualify  generally  to do
business,  subject itself to general taxation or consent to general service of
process in any jurisdiction  where it would not otherwise be required so to do
but for this paragraph (e);

      (f)  furnish to each  seller of such  Restricted  Shares  such number of
copies of a summary  prospectus or other  prospectus,  including a preliminary
prospectus,  in conformity  with the  requirements  of the Securities Act, and
such other  documents  as such  seller of  Restricted  Shares  may  reasonably
request in order to facilitate  the public sale or other  disposition  of such
Restricted Shares;

      (g)  use  its  best  efforts  to  cause  such  Restricted  Shares  to be
registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities
as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company to
enable the seller or sellers  thereof to consummate  the  disposition  of such
Restricted Shares;

      (h) notify on a timely  basis each seller of such  Restricted  Shares at
any time when a prospectus  relating to such Restricted  Shares is required to
be delivered under the Securities Act within the appropriate  period mentioned
in paragraph (a) of this Section, of the happening of any event as a result of
which the  prospectus  included  in such  registration  statement,  as then in


                                      11

<PAGE>

effect,  includes an untrue  statement of a material  fact or omits to state a
material  fact  required  to be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to  make  the
statements  therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing
and,  at the  request of such  seller,  prepare  and  furnish to such seller a
reasonable  number  of  copies  of a  supplement  to or an  amendment  of such
prospectus  as may be  necessary  so  that,  as  thereafter  delivered  to the
offerees of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement
of a material  fact or omit to state a  material  fact  required  to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of
the circumstances then existing;

      (i) make available for inspection by any Selling  Investor,  any counsel
to any Selling Investor and the Selling  Investors' Counsel or any underwriter
participating in any disposition  pursuant to such registration  statement and
any  attorney,  accountant  or other agent  retained  by any such  underwriter
(collectively,  the "INSPECTORS"),  all pertinent financial and other records,
pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the
"RECORDS"),  as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their
due diligence responsibility,  and cause the Company's officers, directors and
employees  to  supply  all  information   (together  with  the  Records,   the
"INFORMATION")  reasonably  requested by any such Inspector in connection with
such  registration  statement.  Any  of  the  Information  which  the  Company
determines in good faith to be confidential,  and of which  determination  the
Inspectors are so notified,  shall not be disclosed by the  Inspectors  unless
(i) the  disclosure  of such  Information  is  necessary to avoid or correct a
misstatement or omission in the  registration  statement,  (ii) the release of
such Information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court
of competent  jurisdiction  or (iii) such  Information has been made generally
available to the public.  The seller of Restricted Shares agrees that it will,
upon learning  that  disclosure  of such  Information  is sought in a court of
competent  jurisdiction,  give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at
the Company's expense,  to undertake  appropriate action to prevent disclosure
of the Information deemed confidential;

      (j) use its best efforts to obtain from its independent certified public
accountants  "comfort"  letters in customary  form and at customary  times and
covering matters of the type customarily covered by comfort letters;

      (k) use its best  efforts  to obtain  from its  counsel  an  opinion  or
opinions in customary form;

      (l) provide a transfer agent and registrar (which may be the same entity
and which may not be the Company) for such Restricted Shares;

      (m) issue to any  underwriter  to which any seller of Restricted  Shares
may sell shares in an offering certificates evidencing such Restricted Shares;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the Company shall have the right to approve any such
underwriter with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld;

      (n) list  such  Restricted  Shares  on the NYSE and any  other  national
securities  exchange on which any shares of the Common Stock are listed and on
NASDAQ if then  included,  or if the Common  Stock is not listed on a national
securities  exchange,  use its best efforts to qualify such Restricted  Shares


                                      12

<PAGE>

for inclusion on such national securities exchange or NASDAQ as the holders of
a majority of such Restricted Shares shall request;

      (o) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all  applicable  rules
and  regulations of the Commission and make available to its  securityholders,
as soon as  reasonably  practicable,  earnings  statements  (which need not be
audited)  covering a period of 12 months  beginning  within three months after
the effective date of the registration  statement,  which earnings  statements
shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act; and

      (p) use its best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the
registration of such Restricted Shares contemplated hereby.

     SECTION 11.  INDEMNIFICATION.

      (a) In connection with any  registration of any Restricted  Shares under
the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify and
hold  harmless  the  seller  of  such  Restricted  Shares,  its  officers  and
directors,  each  underwriter,  broker or any other person acting on behalf of
such seller and each other  person,  if any, who controls any of the foregoing
persons within the meaning of the  Securities Act against any losses,  claims,
damages or liabilities,  joint or several,  (or actions in respect thereof) to
which any of the foregoing persons may become subject under the Securities Act
or  otherwise,  insofar as such losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities  (or
actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement
or alleged untrue  statement of a material fact contained in the  registration
statement  under  which  such  Restricted  Shares  were  registered  under the
Securities  Act, any  preliminary  prospectus  or final  prospectus  contained
therein or otherwise  filed with the  Commission,  any amendment or supplement
thereto or any  document  incident to  registration  or  qualification  of any
Restricted  Shares,  or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged
omission to state  therein a material  fact  required to be stated  therein or
necessary to make the statements  therein not misleading,  and shall reimburse
such seller, such officer or director,  such underwriter,  such broker or such
other person acting on behalf of such seller and each such controlling  person
for  any  legal  or  other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  by any of  them in
connection  with  investigating  or defending  any such loss,  claim,  damage,
liability or action;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be liable
in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or
action  arises out of or is based upon an untrue  statement or alleged  untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission made in said registration statement,
preliminary prospectus,  final prospectus,  amendment,  supplement or document
incident to registration or qualification of any Restricted Shares in reliance
upon and in  conformity  with  written  information  furnished  to the Company
through an instrument duly executed by such seller or underwriter specifically
for use in the preparation thereof;  PROVIDED,  FURTHER,  that with respect to
any  preliminary  prospectus,  the foregoing  indemnity shall not inure to the
benefit of (a) any  underwriter  or, in the case of a  registration  statement
filed with respect to an offering which is not an underwritten  offering,  any
Selling Investor,  from whom the person asserting any losses,  claims, damages
and liabilities and judgments  purchased  Restricted  Shares or (b) any person
controlling  such  underwriter  or  Selling  Investor,  if (i) a  copy  of the
prospectus  (as  then  amended  or  supplemented  if the  Company  shall  have
furnished any amendments or  supplements  thereto) was required by law to have
been delivered by such underwriter or Selling  Investor (as applicable),  (ii)
the prospectus had not been sent or given by or on behalf of such  underwriter
or Selling  Investor (as applicable) to such person with or prior to a written


                                      13

<PAGE>

confirmation  of the sale of the Restricted  Shares to such person,  (iii) the
prospectus (as so amended and supplemented) would have cured the defect giving
rise to such loss, claim, damage,  liability or judgment and (iv) such failure
to deliver the prospectus (as so amended and  supplemented) was not the result
of noncompliance by the Company with Section 10(f) hereof.

      (b) In connection with any  registration of Restricted  Shares under the
Securities Act pursuant to this  Agreement,  each seller of Restricted  Shares
shall  indemnify  and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent
as set forth in the  preceding  paragraph of this  Section) the Company,  each
director  of the  Company,  each  officer of the  Company  who shall sign such
registration  statement,  each  underwriter,  broker or other person acting on
behalf of such seller,  each person who controls any of the foregoing  persons
within the meaning of the  Securities  Act and each other seller of Restricted
Shares under such  registration  statement  with  respect to any  statement or
omission from such registration statement, any preliminary prospectus or final
prospectus  contained  therein or  otherwise  filed with the  Commission,  any
amendment or supplement  thereto or any document  incident to  registration or
qualification of any Restricted Shares, if such statement or omission was made
in reliance upon and in conformity with written  information  furnished to the
Company or such underwriter through an instrument duly executed by such seller
specifically  for use in connection with the preparation of such  registration
statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus,  amendment, supplement or
document; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the obligation to indemnify will be several,
not joint and  several,  among such  sellers  of  Restricted  Shares,  and the
maximum  amount of  liability in respect of such  indemnification  shall be in
proportion to and limited to, in the case of each seller of Restricted Shares,
an amount equal to the net proceeds  actually received by such seller from the
sale of Restricted Shares effected pursuant to such registration.

      (c) The  indemnification  required  by this  Section  11 will be made by
periodic  payments during the course of the  investigation or defense,  as and
when bills are received or expenses incurred,  subject to prompt refund in the
event  any  such  payments  are  determined  not to have  been  due and  owing
hereunder.

      (d)  Promptly  after  receipt by an  indemnified  party of notice of the
commencement  of any action  involving a claim  referred  to in the  preceding
paragraphs of this Section, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect
thereof is made against an  indemnifying  party,  give  written  notice to the
latter of the  commencement of such action (it being  understood that no delay
in delivering or failure to deliver such notice shall relieve the indemnifying
persons from any liability or obligation  hereunder unless (and then solely to
the extent that) the  indemnifying  person is  prejudiced by such delay and/or
failure). In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party, the
indemnifying  party  will be  entitled  to  participate  in and to assume  the
defense thereof,  jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified
to the extent that it may wish, with counsel  reasonably  satisfactory to such
indemnified  party,  and  after  notice  from the  indemnifying  party to such
indemnified  party of its  election  so to assume  the  defense  thereof,  the
indemnifying  party shall not be  responsible  for any legal or other expenses
subsequently  incurred by the latter in connection  with the defense  thereof;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  if any  indemnified  party  shall  have  reasonably
concluded that there may be one or more legal or equitable  defenses available
to such  indemnified  party which are  additional  to or  conflict  with those
available to the indemnifying party, or that such claim or litigation involves
or could  have an  effect  upon  matters  beyond  the  scope of the  indemnity


                                      14

<PAGE>

agreement provided in this Section,  the indemnifying party shall not have the
right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party
and such  indemnifying  party shall reimburse such  indemnified  party and any
person  controlling  such  indemnified  party for that portion of the fees and
expenses of any counsel retained by the indemnified  party which is reasonably
related to the matters  covered by the  indemnity  agreement  provided in this
Section.

      (e) The indemnification provided for under this Agreement will remain in
full force and effect regardless of any investigation  made by or on behalf of
the indemnified party or any officer,  director or controlling  person of such
indemnified party and will survive the transfer of securities.

      (f) If the indemnification  provided for in this Section 11 is held by a
court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with
respect to any loss,  claim,  damage,  liability or action referred to herein,
then the indemnifying  party, in lieu of indemnifying  such indemnified  party
hereunder, shall contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified
party as a result of such loss,  claim,  damage,  liability  or action in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying
party on the one hand and of the indemnified  party on the other in connection
with the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage or
liability as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative
fault  of the  indemnifying  party  and  of the  indemnified  party  shall  be
determined by reference to, among other things,  whether the untrue or alleged
untrue  statement of a material  fact or the  omission or alleged  omission to
state a material  fact  relates to  information  supplied by the  indemnifying
party or by the indemnified party and the parties' relative intent, knowledge,
access to information  and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
omission. The Company and the sellers of Restricted Shares agree that it would
not be just and equitable if  contributions  pursuant to this  paragraph  were
determined by PRO RATA  allocation or by any other method of allocation  which
did not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The
amount  paid or payable  to an  indemnified  party as a result of the  losses,
claims, damages,  liabilities or expenses referred to above shall be deemed to
include,  subject to the limitation  set forth in Section 11(d),  any legal or
other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  in  connection  with  investigating  or
defending  the same.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in no event  shall the
amount  contributed by a seller of Restricted  Shares exceed the aggregate net
offering  proceeds  received by such  seller  from the sale of its  Restricted
Shares.

     SECTION 12.  UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT.

      Notwithstanding  the provisions of Sections 9 and 10, to the extent that
the  Company  and  the  holders  selling   Restricted  Shares  in  a  proposed
registration  shall enter into an  underwriting  or similar  agreement,  which
agreement  contains  provisions  covering one or more issues addressed in such
Sections,  the provisions  contained in such Sections addressing such issue or
issues shall be  superseded  with respect to such  registration  by such other
agreement.

     SECTION 13.  INFORMATION BY INVESTOR.

      Each Investor selling Restricted Shares in a proposed registration shall
furnish to the Company such written  information  regarding  such Investor and
the  distribution  proposed by such  Investor  as the  Company may  reasonably


                                      15

<PAGE>

request in writing and as shall be reasonably  required in connection with any
registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Agreement.

     SECTION 14.  EXCHANGE ACT COMPLIANCE.

      The Company shall comply with all of the reporting  requirements  of the
Exchange Act and with all other public information  reporting  requirements of
the Commission  which are conditions to the  availability  of Rule 144 for the
sale of the Common Stock.  The Company shall  cooperate  with each Investor in
supplying  such  information as may be necessary for such Investor to complete
and file any information  reporting  forms presently or hereafter  required by
the Commission as a condition to the availability of Rule 144.

     SECTION 15.  NO CONFLICT OF RIGHTS.

      The  Company   represents   and  warrants  to  the  Investors  that  the
registration  rights granted to the Investors  hereby do not conflict with any
other registration  rights granted by the Company to any Person other than any
Investor. The Company shall not, after the date hereof, grant any registration
rights  which  conflict  with  or  are  not  expressly   subordinated  to  the
registration rights granted hereby.

     SECTION 16.  MISCELLANEOUS.

      (a)  REMEDIES.   In  case  any  one  or  more  of  the  representations,
warranties, covenants and/or agreements set forth in this Agreement shall have
been  breached by the Company,  the Investors (or any Investor) may proceed to
protect  and enforce its or their  rights  either by suit in equity  and/or by
action at law,  including an action for damages as a result of any such breach
and/or an action for specific  performance  of any such  covenant or agreement
contained in this Agreement.

      (b) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement  shall bind and inure to the
benefit of the  Company and the  Investors  and their  respective  successors,
assigns,  heirs  and  personal  representatives.  Upon  any  transfer  of  any
Applicable  Securities,  the transferee shall be bound by, and entitled to the
benefits of, this Agreement with respect to such transferred Securities in the
same manner as the transferring Investor.

      (c) ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement and the other writings referred to
herein or  delivered  pursuant  hereto  which form a part  hereof  contain the
entire  agreement  among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof
and  thereof  and  supersede  all prior and  contemporaneous  arrangements  or
understandings with respect thereto.

      (d) NOTICES.  All notices,  requests,  consents and other communications
hereunder  to any party shall be deemed to be  sufficient  if  contained  in a
written  instrument and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered
in person, by telecopy,  by  nationally-recognized  overnight  courier,  or by
first class registered or certified mail,  postage prepaid,  addressed to such
party at the address set forth in the  Securities  Purchase  Agreement or such
other  address as may  hereafter be  designated in writing by the addressee to
the addressor. All such notices,  requests,  consents and other communications


                                      16

<PAGE>

shall be deemed to have been delivered (a) in the case of personal delivery or
delivery  by  telecopy,  on the  date of  such  delivery,  (b) in the  case of
nationally-recognized  overnight courier,  on the next business day and (c) in
the case of mailing,  on the third business day following such mailing if sent
by certified mail, return receipt requested.

      (e) AMENDMENTS,  MODIFICATIONS AND WAIVERS.  The terms and provisions of
this  Agreement may not be modified or amended,  nor may any of the provisions
hereof be waived,  temporarily or  permanently,  except  pursuant to a written
instrument executed by the Company and the Requisite Senior Holders;  PROVIDED
HOWEVER that any such  amendment,  modification or waiver that would adversely
affect the rights  hereunder of any  Investor,  in its capacity as a Investor,
without  similarly  affecting the rights hereunder of all Investors,  in their
capacities  as Investors,  shall not be effective as to such Investor  without
its  prior  written  consent.  No  waiver by any  party  shall  operate  or be
construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by any other party.

      (f) GOVERNING LAW;  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  All questions  concerning the
construction,  interpretation  and validity of the Documents shall be governed
by and  construed  and enforced in  accordance  with the domestic  laws of the
State of  Delaware,  without  giving  effect to any choice or  conflict of law
provision or rule (whether in the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction)
that would cause the  application of the laws of any  jurisdiction  other than
the State of Delaware.  In furtherance  of the foregoing,  the internal law of
the State of Delaware will control the  interpretation and construction of the
Documents,  even if under such jurisdiction's choice of law or conflict of law
analysis,  the substantive law of some other  jurisdiction would ordinarily or
necessarily apply.

      BECAUSE   DISPUTES   ARISING  IN  CONNECTION   WITH  COMPLEX   FINANCIAL
TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY  RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND
EXPERT  PERSON AND THE PARTIES  WISH  APPLICABLE  LAWS TO APPLY  (RATHER  THAN
ARBITRATION  RULES),  THE PARTIES  DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A
JUDGE  APPLYING  SUCH  APPLICABLE  LAWS.   THEREFORE,   TO  ACHIEVE  THE  BEST
COMBINATION  OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL  SYSTEM AND OF  ARBITRATION,  THE
PARTIES  HERETO  WAIVE  ALL  RIGHT  TO TRIAL  BY JURY IN ANY  ACTION,  SUIT OR
PROCEEDING  BROUGHT TO ENFORCE  OR DEFEND  ANY RIGHTS OR  REMEDIES  UNDER THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENTS RELATED HERETO.

      (g)  SUBMISSION TO  JURISDICTION.  Any legal action or  proceeding  with
respect to this Agreement or the other  Documents may be brought in the courts
of the State of New York and the  United  States of America  for the  Southern
District of New York and, by  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement,  the
Company  hereby  accepts for itself and in respect of its property,  generally
and  unconditionally,  the jurisdiction of the aforesaid  courts.  The Company
hereby  irrevocably  waives, in connection with any such action or proceeding,
any objection,  including,  without limitation,  any objection to the venue or
based on the grounds of forum non  conveniens,  which it may now or  hereafter
have to the  bringing  of any such  action or  proceeding  in such  respective
jurisdictions.  The  Company  hereby  irrevocably  consents  to the service of
process of any of the  aforementioned  courts in any such action or proceeding
by the mailing of copies  thereof by  registered  or certified  mail,  postage


                                      17

<PAGE>

prepaid, to it at its address as set forth herein. Nothing herein shall affect
the right of the Investors to serve  process in any other manner  permitted by
law or to commence legal  proceedings or otherwise proceed against the Company
in any other jurisdiction.

      (h)  SEVERABILITY.  It is the desire and intent of the parties  that the
provisions  of this  Agreement be enforced to the fullest  extent  permissible
under  the law and  public  policies  applied  in each  jurisdiction  in which
enforcement  is sought.  Accordingly,  in the event that any provision of this
Agreement  would be held in any  jurisdiction  to be  invalid,  prohibited  or
unenforceable for any reason, such provision,  as to such jurisdiction,  shall
be  ineffective,   without  invalidating  the  remaining  provisions  of  this
Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any
jurisdiction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if such provision could be more
narrowly  drawn so as not be  invalid,  prohibited  or  unenforceable  in such
jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be so narrowly drawn, without
invalidating  the  remaining  provisions  of this  Agreement or affecting  the
validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

      (i)   INDEPENDENCE  OF  AGREEMENTS,   COVENANTS,   REPRESENTATIONS   AND
WARRANTIES.  All agreements and covenants hereunder shall be given independent
effect so that if a certain action or condition  constitutes a default under a
certain  agreement  or  covenant,  the fact that such action or  condition  is
permitted by another  agreement or covenant shall not affect the occurrence of
such default,  unless  expressly  permitted under an exception to such initial
covenant.

      (j) COUNTERPARTS;  FACSIMILE SIGNATURES.  This Agreement may be executed
in any  number of  counterparts,  and each such  counterpart  hereof  shall be
deemed to be an original instrument,  but all such counterparts together shall
constitute  but  one  agreement.  Facsimile  counterpart  signatures  to  this
Agreement shall be acceptable an binding.

                                  * * * * * *


                                      18

<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have  executed  this  Investor
Rights Agreement on the date first written above.

                                      HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

                                      By: /s/IVAN R. SABEL
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Name:  Ivan R. Sabel
                                          Title: Chairman, President and Chief
                                                 Executive Officer


                                      PURCHASERS

                                      CHASE EQUITY ASSOCIATES, L.P.
                                      By: Chase Capital Partners,
                                          its General Partner


                                      By: /s/MITCHELL J. BLUTT, M.D.
                                          ------------------------------
                                          Name:  Mitchell J. Blutt, M.D.
                                          Title: Executive Partner


                                      PARIBAS NORTH AMERICA, INC.

                                      By: /s/JOHN G. MARTINEZ
                                          ---------------------------
                                          Name:  John G. Martinez
                                          Title: Financial Controller



                                                                    EXHIBIT 23


                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We hereby  consent  to the  incorporation  by  reference  in the  Registration
Statement on Form S-8 (No.  33-63191) of Hanger  Orthopedic Group, Inc. of our
report dated March 19, 1999 relating to the  financial  statements of NovaCare
Orthotics and Prosthetics, Inc. and subsidiaries, which appears in the Current
Report on Form 8-K of Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. dated July 15, 1999.


Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
July 15, 1999



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission